were <3
Cer

erat
bight

, x,
ae Ry:

Sete aoe
Fa a a
Ap ht des tae
Ree

nae on Mie *
Big Pera a
LPT Re eee be 5

ma ik spe aes te I

+ Ae Ae.

pi pad ac ~

Ee ah 4s eo dee

BHO Y

Nae ge ght Ss ena A at

= *
A tie AP oxy
ps mt BE et
Sa Pte

a ye

2 Pat rep
Caos
eee ae
a

Spike gee spice gain we Vga
erat aed ieee eetnds
: vig eat An TR Be

ite ened $= eS has AO

=

Ise

ANNALS OF NATURAL HISTORY;

MAGAZINE |

OF

Rep

ZOOLOGY, BOTANY, AND GEOLOGY.

(BEING A CONTINUATION OF THE ‘MAGAZINE OF ZOOLOGY AND BOTANY, AND
SIR W. J. HOOKER’S ‘ BOTANICAL COMPANION. )

CONDUCTED BY
Sir W. JARDINE, Bart.—P. J. SELBY, Esea.,
Dr. JOHNSTON,
Sir W. J. HOOKER, Recius Proressor or Borany,

AND

RICHARD TAYLOR, F.L.S.

LONDON:

PRINTED AND PUBLISHED BY R. AND J. E. TAYLOR.

SOLD BY S. HIGHLEY; SIMPKIN AND MARSHALL} SHERWOOD AND CO.; W. WOOD,
TAVISTOCK STREET ; BAILLIERE, REGENT STREET, AND PARIS:
LIZARS, AND MACLACHLAN AND STEWART, EDINBURGH ;
CURRY, DUBLIN: AND ASHER, BERLIN.

| 183 9)-1839.

““Omnes res create sunt divine sapientie et potentie testes, livitie felicitatis
humane: ex harum usu bonitas Creatoris; ex pulchritudine sapie..‘ia Domini; ex
ceconomia in conservatione, proportione, renovatione, potentia majestatis elucet.
Earum itaque indagatio ab hominibus sibi relictis semper estimata; a vere eruditis

et sapientibus semper exculta; male doctis et barbaris semper inimica fuit.”—
LINN. .

3
be

ADVERTISEMENT.

Tur Second Volume of the Annals of Natural History
being now completed, the Editors have the satisfaction
of being enabled to state, after the experience of a year,
that the support which their Journal has received from the
public is at the least sufficient to give the full assurance
of its permanent establishment. That which above all af-
fords them the greatest encouragement is the quality and
quantity of the contributions with which they have been
supplied by valuable correspondents diligently employed
in the observation of Nature. Thus aided, they are gra-
tified at finding that their labours have begun to engage
attention, not only in their own, but also in other coun-
tries. Already have some of the contents of this Journal
been deemed worthy of being transferred into the pages
of the Annales d’Histoire Naturelle ; whilst expressions
of approbation and encouragement in the journals and
correspondence of their contemporaries of Germany,
Belgium, and the United States lead to the expectation
that it will be increasingly useful as an established and

lv ADVERTISEMENT.

ready medium of communication for the lovers of Na-
tural History in all parts of the world. |

The Editors must, however, be allowed earnestly to
call upon all those to whom the success of such a Work
may seem important, for their exertions to extend its
sale, which though just sufficient to ensure permanence,
and gradually on the increase, is still far short of that
which its well-wishers might hope for. It can hardly
be necessary for the Editors to state that their means of
giving additional interest and value to these Annals, in
various respects, must necessarily depend upon their
having a greater sale than will merely cover the expenses
of Publication.

P.S. It is hardly possible to speak of the difficulties with which
Scientific Journals have to struggle in this country in comparison
with all others, without adverting to the very heavy expense of Post-
age, and expressing our regret and mortification that nothing has
yet been done by Government to relieve Science and Literature
among us from a burthen so enormously oppressive.

CONTENTS OF VOL. II.

NUMBER VII.

I. On some new forms of Arachnida. By W.S. MacLeay, A.M.,
Mamie” C WAG PRM Neca y chess tad cicnvenes 6ccaaviessesce’s Evebsveees page 1

II. On Fishes new to Ireland. By Witt1am Tuompson, Esq., Vice-
President of the Natural History Society of Belfast ..........cesseeeeees ° 14

IIT. Botanical Notes of a Tour in Ireland, with notices of new Bri-
MR RPN EEE, TALL, TNs nj, ccaysiccnydcaseecctooscccekstasuesce sense oo. 28

IV. Some account of the genus Langsdorfia. By G. W. Axnort,
ARB csv evaten aceite GPCR eerE sedenessuatenass AWE sdvass Cydaceehencubobenan dance soe ©6986

__ V. On a new species of British Fish. By R. Parnexx, M.D.,
RA Ri IE, BME) pics ss cccesucsavirveser segsscdseseueenstenetead secs’ 39

VI. On the British Shrews. By the Rev. L. Jenyns, M.A., F.L.S. 438
VII. Flor Insularum Nove Zelandiz Precursor; or a Specimen of
the Botany of the Island of New Zealand. By AtLan Cunnincuam, Esq. 44
VIII. An attempt to ascertain the Fauna of Shropshire and North
Wales. By T. C. Eyton, Esq., F.L.S. ........0 Asay ss Abi peilbcedenseos pine 52
IX. Information respecting Botanical Travellers............ euessnvasdns 57

New Books :—Icones Fungorum hucusque cognitorum, auctore A. C. J.
Corda ; Commentationes de Leguminosarum Generibus, auctore
Georgio Bentham; Natural Arrangement and Relations of the Fa-
mily of Flycatchers, by W. Swainson .........cscscecsescsccesesoes 61-—64

Proceedings of the Geological Society ; Royal Society of Edinburgh ;
Royal Irish Academy; Zoological Society ......c..c.cesceeeeeeees 64—77

Helminthology; Nest and Eggs of the Water Rail; Walking of the
Seal; Hydré; Meteorological Observations and Table ...... 77—80

NUMBER VIII.
X. Observations on the Fur Seal of Commerce. By R. Hamiuton,

MM Bs tee Ps OFF NE GR IRUDY ) vi vic su cntiecs.ses cies cine Suen edge snegve vaso eas 81
XI. On Ononis antiquorum. By Epwarp Forster, Esq., F.R.S.,

Vice-President of the Linnean Society...........s060+. ab vunecteiovabess esas 95
XII. On the Genus Syngnathus. By Prof. B. Frigs .............06 0 96

XIII. Enumeration of the Plants collected by Rob. Schomburgk,

Esq., in British Guiana. By Grorce Bentuawy, Esq., F.L.S. ......... 105
XIV. Illustrations of Indian Botany. By Drs. Wicut and Arnott.

PAV TM SURE wat Vig hepCltnss coniscsecs sosscgdeceddtsvaessnvedectecoscosassceces 111
XV. Descriptions of new British Insects. By A. H. Hauipay, Esq. 112
XVI. Communication respecting Fossil and Recent Infusoria. By

Py We Rac PRU NURRG:* Ceavscccssscitinsssenesasssiietecslcececesossevascases 121
XVII. Flore Insularum Nove Zelandiz Precursor; or a Specimen of

the Botany of the Island of New Zealand. By Aryan Cunninenam, Esq. 125

New Books :—Illustrations of the Zoology of South Africa, by A.
Smith, M.D.; Wiegmann’s Archiv fiir Naturgeschichte ; Natural
History and Illustrations of Scottish Salmonide, by Sir William
Jardine, Bart.; Monographia Anoplurorum Britanniz, by H.
RIOT, NE Seay cla iesbevchuceresecdedooatvessstecvesesecctescesecns 132—139

Proceedings of the Botanical Society of Edinburgh ; Zoological Society ;
e? British Association ..... Peet seb RAGE CAS SA Fae Ubd owed ebvesevavecs cane 140—156

Vi CONTENTS.

Orchidacee ; Collections of Scottish and American Mosses ; Animal of
Panopeca australis; Industry and Metamorphoses of the Odyneri ;
Lestris parasiticus ; Copper in Plants; Occurrence of Falco Islan-
dicus in England; Meteorological Observationsand Table page157—160

NUMBER IX.
XVIII. On the Organic Origin of the Potstones or Paramoudras of

Whitlingham, near Norwich. By Prof. C. G. EHRENBERG .......0+0+. 161
XIX. On the Genera Pinus and Abies, with remarks on the Culti-
vation of some Species. By Capt. S. E. Cook, R.N. ........cecceseees --- 163
XX. On the Metamorphoses of Crustacea. By Capt. Du Cans, R.N.
(With Plates.) io i... cs nnssnasecdhsameseeespansestetcsstescanaesshevanscecel suas 178
XXI. Notes on the Hairy-armed Bat (Vespertilio Leisleri). By
Taowas Parneg, Esq., Jun. (With a Plate.) «2.2... s,.cscccccccccsceseswes 181
XXII. Deescriptions of New British Insects. (By A. H. Karen
EiSq.)" i pecedcccuscessessvacedecseuvanecneuunpiwen d¢ev subse ustyedahl dota sycheuby ine . 183
XXIII. On the Formation of Fibrous Cells or Tubes of the Liber i in
Plants. By Prof. J. MEYEN oi .ii. cece cconseroccescseusdessucenbeahensbbep coe 190
XXIV. On some new Organic Remains in the Flints of Chalk. By
the Rev. J:.B. Reapz, F.R-S. (With Plates.) - 23. cisccsssceccscasssévsses 191
XXV. Descriptions of British Chalcidites. By Francis Wauker,
BUis5o even sav oveuscecsenecausesnbawes take tenses Sus veda sebephunes hetswee Suv ceseseese 198

XXVI. Flore Insularum Nove Zelandiz Precursor; ora Specimen
of the Botany of the Islands of New Zeaiand. By ALLAN CunninG-
HAM, Hess. in c0its das tsccavieci sss cedleavonssaweuun suePisebaves eek ¥asgeiuedseneer aed 205

New Books :—Plante Javanice rariores, quas in Insula Java legit et
investigavit ‘I’. Horsfield, M.D.; Monograph of the Caprimul-
gide, by John Gould, Esq., F.R.S. ; Wiegmann’s Archiv fiir Na-

tur PesCIChle 52.2. libs viieadoenscesuecvnueepne cha oévenees pasivesabees 214—223
Proceedings of the Zoological Society ; Botanical Society of Lon-
don eeesesseeenseseese COeoeeeseteseesereeseeeseeeees @eecoeeeseeeeeseeseesece 996—233

Cardamine sylvatica; Himalayan Gypaétos ; Occurrence of Nasturtium
Anceps ; Action of free Carbonic Acid on the Nutrition of Plants ;
Hybridity in Ferns; Affinities of the Ceratophyllacee; Striped
Hyzena ; on a representative of the order of Insectivorous Mam-
malia; Caoutchouc in Plants; Obituary ; Meteorological Obser-
vations and Table’ ...:s.+s<sdesisasss juve aaciaas daceoseees eseves 2O0—240

NUMBER X.

XXVII. Hares on the Greenland and Iceland Falcons, showing
that they are distinct species. By J. Hancock, Esq. (With a Plate.) 241
XXVIII. On the Land and Freshwater Mollusca of Algiers and
Bougia. By Epwarp Forses, Esq. (With two Plates.) ......0s.+0+... 250
X XIX. On the Habits of the King of the Vultures. By Rozert
H. ScHomBures, Esq. , <..ecesqsscosessccoes cuseesctsenss@dMatestSPttensntpors) 255
XXX. On the British species of Lotus. By Cuannes C. Peete
Mi A., FDS. sscssendescisrseraeveoenys 9 bens seo dp viva vine Fae pebmides biebdevap swale 260
-XXXI. On F ishes; containing a notice of one species new to the
British, and of others to the Irish Fauna. By W. Tuompson, Esq. ... 266
XXXII. On the Wild Cattle of Chillingham Park. By L. Hinv-
MARSH, TAQ.” <0s iss vcvvesss oasevedusbancadsenceuvessnasteumheeheesisaee se cvseee 274
XXXIII. On some new or little known Mammalia. By J. E. Gray,
Esq., F.R.S. (With two Plates.) ...........000 Sies peauinguen dstanetakhaabexe 284
XXXIV. Catalogue of the Slender-tongued Saurians, with Descrip-
tions of many new Genera and Species, By J. E. Gray, Esq., F.R.S. 287

CONTENTS. Vil

New Books :—The Honey-Bee: its Natural History, Physiology and
Management, by E. Bevan, M.D.; Plante Javanice Rariores,
quas in Insula Java 1802—1818, legit et investigavit T. Horsfield,
MD sen sshnes UA s i ivis sasvebee Pekin vied veev essa daneenaaae ss page 293, 294

Proceedings of the Zoological Society .......scesssereseees ape wbtinly ¢h.os'00H 985 300

On the New Holland Gerboa Rat; new anomalous Reptile; on the

Fur Seal of Commerce; Habits of the Black Slug; Regulus mo-
destus, Gould, a British Bird; Meteorological Observations and

Table Soeveserevves COSC POCO KT ee EOE HHH BeeseeEEeos Seer eserserererereneee 307—312
NUMBER XI.
_ XXXV. On the Writings of Goethe relative to Natural History.
FEF ire SE re esi dab vennecso ys codestvedhceaccvensaeses snbasnns Kendustvees és 313

XXXVI. Notes on some Shrews brought from Germany, including
the description of an apparently New Species. By the Rev. L. Jenyns,
M.A.

Soccascssenetedeserstccoveoverecs Ceo eeeveceececceccccessosetoescesecseseseeess GLO
XXXVII. Dusesigibione: of two New Orchideous Plants. By Sir W.
J. Hooker, F.R.S. (With two Plates.) 0... ..sescccseseceensseeerereeneeees 329

XXXVIII. Catalogue of the Slender-tongued Saurians, with Descrip-
tions of many New Genera and Species. By J. E. Gray, Esq., F.R.S. 331
~XXXIX. On the Breeding of the Woodcock in Ireland, By W.

Tuompson, Esq., Vice-Pres. Nat. Hist. Soc. Belfast...... SiisubAabonta sens 337
' XL. On the Botany of the Channel Islands. By Cuarres C. Ba-
zincTON, M.A. ...... Siskin PReWaeiee sn sd vodnd Wp hanks ceraound case sovagsensiepese’ 348

XLI. Descriptions of British Chalecidites. By F. Warxkn, Esq. ... 350
XLII. Flore Insularum Nove Zelandiz Precursor ; or a Specimen
of the Botany of the Islands of New Zealand. By Auuan Cunnine-
MAM, DUMe ces thisdines ubse tn siseae,s Caer eevecsececeseseceseseseeesseecs na dsaets 356
XLII, Information respecting Botanical Travellers ...... erescsecsees GOO

New Books :—A Cornish Fauna, being a Compendium of the Natural
History of the County, by Jonathan Couch, F.L.S.; British Ento-
mology, vol. xv., by John Curtis, F.L.S. ; Tcones Plantarum, by
Sir W. J. Hooker, F'.R.S. ; English Botany, by J. D. C. Sowerby ;
Tijdschrift voor Natuurlijke Geschiedenis en Physiologie ; Icones
Plantarum Indiz Orientalis, by Dr. R. Wight; A History of the

Fishes of Madeira, by the Rev. R. 'T. Lowe ...............04. 365—369
Proceedings of the Royal Society; Linnzean Society ; Wernerian So-
ciety; Zoological Society.........+6. sganveene bop snk beens eSbeeiece 370—380

Occurrence of Jackson’s Gull (Larus Jacksonii); Coronated Lump .-
Fish, new to the British Fauna; French Expedition of Discovery
to the South Polar Seas ; Occurrence of Viola lactea; Meteor-
ological Observations and Table .........escesseceeee dees cpsaact 381—384

NUMBER XII.

XLIV. On two species of a new South African Genus of the Na-
tural Order Lhizanthee. By the Hon. W. H, Harvey. (With two

PAUBOIND 2 acarnskcesieestinciisy os0ssieisnt Rraleaves WeSnpecetiaceutqegaescasvecusaces 385
XLV. On the Synonymy of Passandra, with Descriptions of all the
old and of some new Species. By Epwarp Newman, F.L.S. ......... 388

XLVI. On the Existence of a third Tunic; together with certain
other peculiarities in the Structure of Pollen. By Herserr Grravp,
eee PU Oe MOE DS © Bus Cains os ck ny H ny coke dneen ta pncd cncuad sisnenscs 399
_ XLVII. Observations on several British Fishes, including the de-
scription of a New Species. By Witiiam Tuomrson, Esq., Vice-
President of the Natural History Society of Belfast. (With a Plate.) . 402

Vili CONTENTS.
XLVIII. Miscellanea Zoologica :—The British Aphroditacee. By
Gerorce Jounston, M.D. (With three Plates.) ...........scse00e wo. page 424
XLIX. Enumeration of the Plants collected by Robert Schomburgk,
Esq., in British Guiana. By Greorce Bentuam, Esq. F.L.S........... 441
L. Metamorphosis observed in Syngnathus lumbriciformis. By Prof.

B. Frres. (Witha Plate.) c.sccorseeeereessereveceens Stadinedeueypausecsennes 451
LI. Information respecting Botanical Travellers ..........ssesssseeseees 455
NUMBER XIII. SUPPLEMENT.
Information respecting Botanical Travellers ......... adeedestsbatanenes 457°
New Books :—Ornithological Biography, by John James Audubon,
F.R.S.; Genera Plantarum secundum Ordines naturales disposita,
by S. Endlicher; Icones Flore Germanice, by L. Reichenbach ;
Iconographia Generum Plantarum, by S. Endlicher ; Icones
Fungorum hucusque cognitorum, by A. C. J. Corda; ‘Linnzea ;
Manuals of British Insects, by J. F. Stephens.........0seeeee0 458—466
Proceedings of the Zoological Society ; Wernerian Society......... 466—478

Fur Seal of commerce; curious habit of Earth-worms; Occurrence
of Atriplex rosea; Animal of Modiolus discrepans ; ; Vespertilio
Leisleri; Note respecting Mr. Babington’s paper on the Botany of
the Channel Islands; Meteorological Observations and Table 478—482

PLATES.

Puates I. II.

III

VI.

XXI. XXII.

New forms of Arachnida.
. Motella cimbria.
IV.
Vv.
VII.
VIII.
IX.
x
a1. XA.
XII.
XIII.
Poe Be
XV.XVII.
XVI.
XVIII.
KER: RA:
XXIII.

Fur Seal of Commerce.

Acalypha ciliata.

Metamorphosis of Crustacea.

Fossil Scales of Fish.

Infusoria in Flint.

Hairy-armed Bat; and Feathers of Falcons.
Mollusca of Algiers.

Metamorphosis of Syngnathus lumbriciformis.

Bos brachyceros.
Pteronura Sandbachii.
New Orchideous Plants.
British Fish.

Structure of Pollen.
New Rhizanthee.
British Aphroditacee.

*

ERRATA.

Page 123, line 16, for this is the character read this is a character.
— 134, line 2 from bottom, for Sterocles read Pterocles.
135, line 1, for Sternotherus Linneotus read Sternotherus sinuatus.
138° line 5, , for ciliatory read ciliary.

184. last line, for $ read 18 ;
250, line3, after mandible insert, beginning a fresh paragraph, Young or nest saumag®, like,
&e.

— 263,6 lines from bottom, for Beche read Beke.

— 968, line 13, for Willoughbigii read Willughbeii.

a 269, 270: the aragraphs relative to Salmo feroxr and Anguilla latirostris should have been
appended as notes after that on Coregonus Pollan

— 286, line 23, after Archipelago insert under the name of Cynogale Bennettii.

ass 183, last line of text, for Platypalpus read Pachypalpus. .

Ann. Nak Hist.Vo\, 1.

-

| y
; PORE :
Lops Cuanabacoe Myrmarachne melanociphala.

Ww it
Rocce, Sd ae be
a opie = é i. 4

ANNALS OF NATURAL HISTORY.

-~

I.—On some new Forms of Arachnida. By W. S.
MacLeay, Esq., A.M., F.L.S., &c.

[ With Plates. ]

WHILE I take shame to myself for never having fulfilled a
promise made months ago to the * Magazine of Zoology and
Botany,’ I hope to make up for past indolence by contribu-
ting my mite very frequently in future to its successor ‘The
Annals of Natural History.’ In the mean time I shall be
glad if any interest is excited by the novelty of the forms here-
after described. Four of them at least are very singular, and
I have selected them as such out of a great variety of new
forms in my cabinet.

M. Latreille has somewhere said that it would be difficult
to discover a spider that cannot find its place in one of
Walckenaer’s divisions. The truth however is that naturalists
_as yet know but little of Arachnida. Leon Dufour, Koch,
and even the distinguished Walckenaer himself, are acquainted
with but few extra-European forms compared with the im-
mense variety that exist. The great majority of species are
inhabitants of warm climates, and being in general extremely
difficult to preserve, they are therefore rare in our collections.
Yet no Annulosa are more curious in their structure or per-
form more important functions in the ceconomy of nature. My
custom, when I was abroad, was to make sketches of the spe-
cies while yet alive; which plan I recommend to naturalists
as the only safe mode of studying these animals. The pencil
is, for the entomologist, an instrument as necessary to wield
as the pen.

I now place the following species before naturalists, in order
to prove how little is as yet known of even that part of the class
Arachnida which has been the most studied, namely, Spiders*,

* For instance, not any one part of the definition given by Mr. Kirby
(Int. to Ent. vol. iv. p.397) to the Araneidea is correct, except that the

Ann. Nat. Hist. Vol.2. No.7. Sept.1838. B

2 Mr. Macleay on some new forms of Arachnida.

Four of these species will be sufficient to show that this inter-
esting order has never yet been correctly marked out in any en-
tomological work. Iam not fond of giving insulated descrip-
tions without an ulterior object in view; and therefore I may
as well state that my aim now is to show that a true spider may
have a distinct head,—that spiders may have an articulated
thorax and abdomen,—that spiders may have only two eyes,—
and that those which have eight may have them disposed in
systems very different from any of the systems hitherto de-
scribed,—finally, that although spiders in general have their
labial palpi like feet, some species on the other hand may
have their true feet like palpi and their labial palpi with- —
out ungues. Nay, were I to proceed to the other orders of

Arachnida, I could exhibit facts equally extraordinary with

respect to the whole class. For the present I shall merely

say that my mode of distinguishing the order of Araneidea
from other Arachnida is as follows :—

Head rarely distinct from thorax.

Antenne of two joints, the last of which is a moveable corneous
fang. |

Labrum and Mandibles confluent with the tongue so as to

_ form the oral orifice. .

Mazillary palpi five-jointed.

Abdomen pedunculated; furnished at the base with two or
four respiratory apertures, and at the extremity with a .
spinning apparatus. ?

Feet with the coxee and tibiee each of two joints.

Genus NOPS. |
Antenne* small, not advancing from under the head, the first

abdomen is furnished with a spinning apparatus. Nor are the four cha-
racters given to the order by Walckenaer (Hist. Nat. des Ins. Apt. vol. i.
p. 38) less liable to objection.

* Walckenaer asks what is the use of calling these organs chelicera or
antenne. The answer is, that if we give them the old name “ mandibles,”
we are decidedly wrong ; and that if we call them antenna, we refer them to
those organs of Ptilota with which they correspond by analogy of position.
If we dissect a large Nephila when alive, we can easily perceive that these
organs are not in the mouth, but separated from it by the labrum, which is
under them, and not above them as Walckenaer erroneously says. The fact
is, that the part which is called by Walckenaer the “ bandeau” is not the true
labrum, which is confluent with the mandibles, so as to form what the French
call the “ languette.” “i

Ann. Nat. Hest. Vol 1. PLT

LDetnopis Lapua.

J Basire, lithe:

Mr. MacLeay on some new forms of Arachnida. 3

joint vertical, short, subconical, with the second joint or
fang small, curved, acute, and of the same colour as first
joint.

Eyes only two, placed close together towards the fore part of
cephalothorax.

Mazille conspicuous, subquadrate, bent round the mentum
and having their apex obliquely truncated.

Maxillary palpi having the first joint very short, the second
joint obconical and elongate, the third short and bent,
the fourth straight, obconical, and longer, the fifth or last
thick, oval, and hirsute.

Labial palpi pediform with seven joints.

Mentum separated from the sternum by a transverse furrow ;
longer than broad with its frontal edge semicircular.
Head not distinct from thorax. Cephalothorax subtranslucid
with convex back without hair, obovate, narrowing gra~
dually towards the front, which is rounded. Its tegument
is subcrustaceous, while that of the abdomen is membra-
naceous. This abdomen is a prolate spheroid terminated.
by six spinners of which two are inconspicuous and two
are very prominent. Sternum twice as long as broad,
oval, flat, and crustaceous. Jeet like the labial palpi
translucid; the penultimate pair being the shortest. Un-
gues short, pectinated at base. If there be a third unguis

it is evanescent.

Sp. 1. Nops avanasaco#.—Nops sanguineo-rubra, palpis maxillaribus

articulo ultimo crasso obscuro hirsuto pilis canescentibus ; cephalotho-
' racis macula oculifera parva nigra, pectore punctato plano; abdomine
obscuro hirto, fusulis pallidioribus; pedibus versus apicem hirtis; un-
guibus nigris,
Long. 5 lin.

_ The trivial name of this pomarkable spider will serve to com-

memorate Guanabacoa, the place where first I found it, a place

in which I long resided, devoting many delightful hours to the

science of natural history. The genus Nops is easily known

from all other spiders hitherto described by having only two

eyes. These are round, black, and when alive very brilliant ;

but they have no iris. In the species Nops Guanabacoe they

are set in the middle of a black spot, which is on the fore part
B2

4 Mr. MacLeay on some new forms of Arachnida.

of the egg-shaped cephalothorax. The sternum has vestiges
of those eminences at the base of the feet which distinguish
Ariadne and certain American forms of Dysdera. This spi-
der has only two pulmonary pouches; or if it has four, the
additional ones are very small. It is common under stones in
woods; and occurs also, although more rarely, in houses. I
have never seen it making a web, so that in this respect it
agrees with some of the Drassi. In fact, it connects the Dys-
derina, such as Savigny’s subgenus Ariadne, with certain Dras-
sina, such as Savigny’s subgenus Lachesis.

The Dysderina form a curious group. In them not only have
we the eyes varying in number, two, four, six, or eight, but the
organs of manducation are in some species rudimentary, and
in others excessively developed. I possess specimens of a
translucid West Indian spider closely allied to Filistata, and
having Mygalidous eyes situated on the balloon-shaped cepha-
lothorax of a Nops. In these specimens the antennez, max-
illae, &c, are so rudimentary and inconspicuous as would al-
most make us doubt that the species can be an animal of
prey, did we not find it making an irregular web in the cor-
ners and crevices of houses. I call it Hemerachne tenuipes ;
and on viewing it we can the better understand how Nops and
Ariadne should have small antennze, while Dysdera erythrina
has these organs so large.

I place Nops among the Dysderina, and not among the Dras-
sina, on account of its hard tegument ; for the Drassina in ge-
neral have this very tender, and thus we see Clubiona and
other comparatively delicate genera not only to form the food
of Hymenoptera like Pelopeus, but even of Diptera. I have
caught various species of Asilide in the act of devouring
these tender-skinned spiders, so that if certain spiders live on
flies, there are also certain flies that feed on spiders. But to
return to Nops Guanabacoe, the figure I give of it was drawn
by Mr. Charles Curtis from a dried specimen in my cabinet,
and coloured from a sketch made by me in Cuba of the live
animal. I possess another species of the genus which has no
black spot on the cephalothorax.

I take this opportunity of saying that I shall be glad to ex-
change specimens of Nops for specimens of the genus Artema,

Mr. MacLeay on some new forms of Arachnida. ~ 5

Walck., or Tessarops. Tessarops is a genus described by
Rafinesque in the ‘ Annales des Sc. Phys. de Bruxelles, and
to which some doubt is attached. Although I have no hesi-
tation in admitting that spiders may occur with four eyes as
well as with two, six, or eight; still the magnified hind leg as
figured by Rafinesque, and other circumstances connected
with the peculiar character of the author, make me agree with
Latreille in considering the existence of Tessarops maritima
as extremely apocryphal. If any such being exists, I suspect
it will be found to have been most incorrectly described, At
all events, I cannot believe it properly placed by Latreille
among the saltigrade spiders; nor do I think it can on the
other hand be very nearly allied to Nops. It seems, if I may
be allowed to found a conjecture upon a figure so bad and a
description so lame as those of Rafinesque, to he more closely
connected with a singularly flat and minute hard-shelled six-
eyed spider with a sessile abdomen, which is to be found in
Cuba among old papers and in boxes of insects, and which
passes off directly to the Acaridea or order of mites. I have
called it Sclerachne; for its tegument is even more hard in
proportion to its size than that of the genus Gastracantha of
Hahn, or any of the cancriform Epeiride which form Wal-
ckenaer’s genus Plectanus.
Prare I. Fig. 1. Nops Guanabacoe magnified.

Genus SELENOPS, Dufour.

Antenne short, with the first joint subconical, and the second
joint or fang hooked and sharp.

Eyes eight, six of which are placed in a semicircle with the
arch convex forward, the two lateral ones being the
largest and rather further removed from the intermediate
four than these are from each other. The remaining two
eyes, which are the least of all, are anterior, placed one
on each angle of the head and nearly on the same line
with the two middle ocelli of the semicircle.

Mazille straight. |

Mazillary palpi having the first joint very minute.

Labial palpi pediform and seven-jointed.

Mentum rounded at apex.

6 Mr. MacLeay on some new forms of Arachnida,

Head not distinct from thorax. Body very flat on the ground
with the legs also extended flat on the same surface. Ad-
domen soft with six fusi.

Of the genus Selenops Walckenaer gives three subgenera,
Omalosoma, Apharteres, and Aissus. Near to the latter comes
the following additional form of Selenops, which I shall call
Hypoplatea. |

Subgenus HypoPpuaTea.

Antenne with two teeth on the inner side of the groove of first
joint. :

Eyes, the two lateral ones of the arch rather oval in form.

Mazille subparallelogrammic, being obliquely truncated at
the inside.

Mawvillary palpi having their terminal joint the longest and
crowned with an unguis.

Mentum semicircular.

Sternum suborbicular, but posteriorly emarginate.

Abdomen as wide as the cephalothorax.

Feet, the last pair but one the longest. Tarsi having a cushion
surmounted by two very minute ungues.

Sp. 2. HyropuaTza ceLer.—Hypoplatea flavescenti-grisea, abdomine
fascia apicali nigra emarginata terminato ; ad basin tripunctato, punctis
inter pilos ochreo-flavos nigris; femoribus trifasciatis fascia media fulva
utrinque nigra fasciis externis nigris; tibiis subfasciatis.

Long. 63 lines.

This species is common in Cuba, darting in the rainy sea-
son with extreme velocity over the plastered floors. Its body
and legs are extended so flatly on the surface on which it
moves, and moreover it has the Thomisidous faculty of run-
ning backwards so strongly developed, that it is sure, along
with various little lizards of the subgenus Spheriodactylus, to
attract the attention of new comers, when, owing to certain
qualms inside and torrents of rain outside, they shut them-
selves up in their apartments to ponder gloomily over the
novelties of a West Indian climate. I possess other species
of the genus, but which belong to Walckenaer’s subgenus
Aissus, and which are only to be found on the trunks of trees,
These are seen like a ray of light to flash before the entomo-
logist when they have been dislodged by his stripping off the

Mr, MacLeay on some new forms of Arachnida, 7

bark in search of insects. The difference between the West
Indian subgenera Aissus and Hypoplatea is that in the former
the first pair of feet are the longest, whereas in Hypoplatea it
is the penultimate pair; besides in Aissus the two large lateral
ocelli are round, in Hypoplatea they are oval. The mentum
of Omalosoma, another subgenus of Selenops, is not truly se-
micircular, nor does that kind of spider lie so broad and flat
on the ground as Hypoplatea. In general aspect Hypoplatea
bears great resemblance to the genus drtamus of Koch, but
differs from it altogether in the disposition of the eyes. Tha-
natus, Koch, Artamus, Koch, Selenops, Duf., Philodromus,
Koch, and Olios of Walckenaer (which last is identical with
Koch’s Ocypete, a name that cannot stand as it has been else-
where employed), all form a group of laterigrade spiders which
perhaps are the swiftest of the whole order, They lie in wait
for their prey like the saltigrade spiders and those other late-
rigrade spiders of which Thomisus is the type; but instead of
leaping on their food like Thomisus, they catch it by their ex-
treme velocity in running. They differ thus also from the Ly-
cosina, which regularly hunt down their prey*; and I may take
this opportunity of observing that Koch makes a gross mis-
take in placing Walckenaer’s genus Ctenus among the Kraé-
benspinnen. Ctenus is not a laterigrade spider, but has all the
habits and structure of the Wolfspinnen, as I know by per-
sonal experience, the genus being very common in Cuba.
Latreille is also wrong in calling the Wolfspinnen “ citigrades”
par excellence, for they are far less swift than the present
group.

_ Ihave introduced Hypoplatea in this place, not so much
from the form being new to science, as in order to show the
proper mode of considering the ocellar system of spiders
when we are investigating their affinities. Thanatus and Ar-
tamus have nearly the typical system. of ocelli which preyails
throughout the greatest part of the laterigrade spiders, of
which it may be said that the arch of their eyes is typically
convex outwards in opposition to that of the Drassina, where

* On this account Walckenaer is wrong in placing the genus Oxyopes, Lat.,
or his own Sphasus among the Lycosina, 1 have always found these Oxyopes
on syngenesious flowers sedentary like Thomisi. One large green species of
Oxyopes is common in Cuba. I call it O. floricola.

8 Mr. MacLeay on some new forms of Arachnida.

the arch is typically convex inwards. Now the Thomiside
in general may be said to have their eight eyes disposed, four
and four, in two concentric arches, of which the curve is con-
vex in front. The four ocelli of the inner arch-remain pretty
nearly in all the Thomiside at equal distances from each other :
so also do the four of the outer or front arch in Artamus. In
the nocturnal genus Olios, of which the type is the Aranea ve-
natoria of Linnzeus and the manners very singular,* the con-
vexity of the front arch is scarcely to be detected. In the aber-
rant genus Thanatus, which is close to Ocyale and Dolomedes,
it is more visible. In Philodromus of Koch we see the four
front eyes going two and two to each side of the head. In the
genus Selenops the anomaly is at the extreme, so as to place
the outer edge of what is ordinarily the front arch in the curve
of the inner one and the other eyes a little lower. Thus in the
subgenus Hypoplatea there are six ocelli in an arch convex
outwards and two others in front, one at each corner of the
head. The sketch of Hypoplatea celer was taken by me from
the animal immediately after death.

Puate I. Fig. 2. Hypoplatea celer magnified. «, system of eyes; 6, men-
tum, maxilla and maxillary palpus; y, sternum.

Genus DEINOPIS.

Antenne proceeding vertically downwards nearly in the same
plane with the two large eyes. First joint subquadrate,
the second joint or fang closes inwards.

Eyes eight, two dorsal and six frontal ; of these last two enor-
mously large black, shining, spherical eyes occupy the
half of the front. Under these in the middle are two very
minute ocelli; and two others also small are placed be-
low, one on each, outside of the large eyes, but not on
the same vertical plane with them, for these last two
small ocelli are somewhat lateral. :

Mazxille subquadrate, thick, and diverging from the men-
tum.

Maxillary palpi with the first joint somewhat dilated; the
others cylindrical, nearly equal, excepting the last, which

* Walckenaer is in error when he says that this genus feeds on lizards. I
believe that no spider lives on Vertebrata. Thomisus morbillosus of the Ap-

pendix to King’s Survey of the Intratropical Coasts of New Holland belongs
to the genus Olios.

Mr. MacLeay on some new forms of Arachnida. 9

is subovate and terminates in a very minute unguis in the
female.

Labial palpi seven-jointed and pediform ; but differ from the
feet not only in being longer, but also in the joint cor-
responding with the femora, which is stouter and emargi-
nate at the base. This joint moreover is furnished nearly
half-way on the inside with curved setz. The last joints
of the labial palpi are also thicker than the corresponding
tarsi of the true feet, and their basal joint.is indistinct.

Menitum separated from the sternum by a transverse furrow,
longer than broad, restricted in the middle, and having a

. Semicircular apex.

Body slender, more than five times as long as broad. Head
confluent with body. Cephalothoragz convex in front, and
as broad as abdomen, behind broader and depressed,
The cephalothorax above presents an anterior elevation
in the form of a pentagon, which is the true head; the
base of the pentagon being the front of this head, which
is truncated in front, rounded off at the sides, and canali-
culated longitudinally in the middle, while each of the
lateral posterior angles of the pentagon supports a small
black eye. The head from the base of the above-men-
tioned pentagon is perpendicularly truncated, and thus
presents a vertical face, in eae are situated the other
SIX eyes.

Sternum of three distinct segments.

Abdomen more than twice as long as the rest of the body, sub-
cylindrical, only gradually tapering towards the point.
Fusi inconspicuous, Feet slender, of which the first pair
is longer than the third, and the third pair than the se-
cond, all being long and slender, and having inconspi-
cuous ungues.

Sp. 8. Dernopis Lamra.—Deinopis villosa grisea; capite medio lineis
duabus ochraceis obscuris ; sterno vitta nigra lata utrinque instructo ;
abdomine punctis quatuor minutis nigrescentibus basalibus, macu-
lisque duabus versus medium nigris; pedibus maculis nigrescentibus
variegatis.

Long. 54 lines.

One of the distinguishing characteristics of the class Arach-

nida is the disposition of the segments of their body to become

confluent. ven when, as for instance in the scorpions, the

\ ~

10 Mr. MacLeay on some new forms of Arachnida.

segments are in general distinct, the head remains confluent
with the thorax. In general the dorsal segments have this
disposition to become confluent more strongly than those of
the under side; and thus in the cancriform Epeiride we can
detect the vestiges of articulation on the under side of the ab-
domen, and in Deinopis on the under side of the cephalotho-
rax. But what makes the present spider above all others in-
teresting is the position of the eyes, which are remarkably un-
equal in size. _ Two of them are dorsal as usual, but the other
six have a rather novel situation, not being visible when we
look on the back of the insect. The head, being truncated in
front, presents, like that of certain saltigrade spiders, or rather
like certain Crustacea, a vertical face. Half of this face is oc-
cupied by two enormous black eyes, set in blood-red circular
rims*, which touch each other laterally, and form irides that
give our spider a most truculent aspect. This curious system
of eyes may, however, be easily approximated to that of
Ctenus, if we-make no account of the truncation of the head.
I found Deinopis, with the last-mentioned genus and Dolo-
medes, under stones in the island of Cuba. It must be as-
signed to the Wolfspinnen of Koch, but it is very unlike any
of them hitherto known. My drawing was made from it while
yet alive. I never found the male.

Prate II. Fig. 3. Deinopis Lamia, magnified. «, front and vertical view
of head; , sternum, mentum, maxille, and a maxillary palpus.

Genus MYRMARACHNE.

Antenne twice as long as head, with the first joint thick, ex-
serted, subtrigonal, plane above, and armed beneath and
on the inside with six minute spines; the second joint ©
or fang long, slender, sinuated, and very sharp at the
point.

Eyes eight, disposed as in Aftus.

Mazille short, straight, dilated and rounded off at their ex-
tremity.

Mazillary palpi having their first joint small; the second ob-
conical, subtrigonal, and thrice as long as the third ; the
third, fourth and fifth forming an obconical club, of which

_ * This fact proves the affinity of Deinopis to the Lycosina and Saltigrade

spiders, where the two largest ocelli of the eight may be seen to have the
pupil, as it were, surrounded by a coloured iris as in Vertebrata.

Mr. MacLeay on some new forms of Arachnida. 11

the former is the shortest joint, and the last is by far the
_ thickest, being truncated and concave at the apex.

Labial palpi pediform and 7-jointed, only the basal joint is
evanescent.

Mentum oval, elongate.

Body with a subcrustaceous tegument. Head distinct from
thorax though soldered to it; quadrate and convex on
the upper side, where the eyes are placed. Thorax ovate,
narrower and longer than the head, and convex also on
the upper side. Abdomen subarticulate, arched, pedun-
culated at the base, swelling in the middle, with a con-
vex back and dilated margined sides, and then termina-
ting in a spindle; the peduncle before mentioned being
slender, cylindrical, and longer than the head. Fee¢ are
like the labial palpi, but the two first pair are somewhat
shorter. Ungues not very conspicuous,

Sp. 4. MyrMARACHNE MELANOCEPHALA.—Myrmarachne capite nigro; an-
tennarum articulo primo rufo basi flavo; palpis maxillaribus brunneo-
nigris; thorace abdominisque pedunculo rufis; abdomine nigro ;_ palpis
labialibus pedibusque piceis.

Long. 4% lin.

This handsome spider is a native of Bengal, and I present a
figure of it, made by my friend Mr, C. Curtis, in order to show
the relation which it bears to the American subgenus, called
Myrmecium by Latreille. Myrmarachne is even still more like
than Myrmecium to an ant.or Mutilla. Its hard corneous en-
velope, its distinct head, the long peduncle of its abdomen,
and its insected body, all tend to aid the deception in the
most striking manner. It evidently comes between Aftus
Sormicoides, Walck., and Myrmecium rufum, Lat. It has the
eyes of the former spider, except that the two smallest and
middle ones are not placed at the margin of the head. With
the latter spider it agrees in the head being even still more
perfectly distinct.from the thorax, as well as in the abdomen
being subarticulate. Myrmecium, however, in its eyes, ap-
proaches, as Walckenaer observes, to Dolomedes, while the
antennze are short and of an ordinary form.

In Myrmarachne melanocephala the antenne are long, stout,
and the first joint has a tubercle on the upper side of its apex,
and its whole plane upper side is transversely striated, No-

12 Mr. MacLeay on some new forms of Arachnida.

thing is certainly known with respect to the manners of these
curious spiders, but I suppose, from analogy, that they may
eventually be found to feed on ants. It has been long known
that the Volucelle in their larva state live in the nests of the
Bombi they so much resemble; and I have discovered that
the larvee of those tropical Bombylit which have such a bee-
like form live on the larvee of the bees they so strikingly repre-
sent. Perhaps, in like manner, the object of nature in giving
such a striking form to this spider is to deceive the ants on
which they prey.

Aittus of Walckenaer is a very good subgenus, if the name
be confined to such ant-like insects as Aranea formicaria of
DeGeer, and Attus formicoides of Walckenaer. Latreille’s
name, Salticus, ought therefore to be confined to those salti-
grade spiders of which the Aranea scenica of Linnzeus may be
considered the type. This, however, is an use of the two ge-
neric names the very reverse of that which is proposed by
Sundevall in his description of the spiders of Sweden.

Puatel. Fig. 4. Myrmarachne melanocephala, magnified. «, system of
eyes; 6, antenna; y, abdomen viewed laterally.

Genus OTIOTHOPS.

Antenne short, having the first joint transversely vertical,
subcuneiform, and the second joint or fang minute and

horizontal.
Eyes eight; the four frontal ones disposed in a transverse

line, of which the two on the outside are the least and
suboyal ; behind these last there are two other eyes placed
small and round ; and the remaining two are in the mid-
dle between them only placed further behind; these two
are so confluent that to the naked eye the spider seems
to have only seven ocelli. (In my specimen the right
ocellus is evanescent, and the left is very large and of a
silvery lustre.)

Mazille large, subtriangular, truncated at the apex, and
having the palpi inserted at their very base.

Mazillary palpi with the penultimate joint short, and the last
one long, triangular and hirsute.

Labial palpi vertical, not pediform, six-jointed; first joint
curved, thick ; second semilunar, much incrassated ; third

Mr. MacLeay on some new forms of Arachnida. 13

obconical and less; fourth and fifth simple, the latter
shortest, and both armed on the outside with a brush,
while the last joint is appendiculated, pyriform, and at
the base on the side provided also with a brush.

Mentum separated from the sternum by a transverse furrow,
elongate, triangular, with a rounded point, and subar-
cuated in the middle.

Body thickish and convex. Head confluent with the thorax.
Cephalothorax very convex above, narrower before and
behind, rounded in front and truncated behind, with con-
vex sides. Abdomen a prolate spheroid, with a hairy mem-
branaceous tegument. ust six, two being very minute,
Breast plane, the segments being confluent. Feet dis-
similar, that is, the two last pair are very different from
the first pair. These are thicker, darker-coloured, and
have the penultimate joint on the inside armed with a
brush of hairs. The ungues of the feet are only two,
which are inconspicuous, except when greatly magnified*,

Sp. 5. Orrornors WatckenaErt.— Otiothops cephalothorace glabro pal-

pisque labialibus castaneo-brunneis ; pedibus brunneo-testaceis; abdo-
mine nigro hirsuto.

Long. 5 lin. :

This hard-skinned spider comes close to the genus Chersis
of Savigny, or Palpimanus of Dufour. The eyes, however,
here are totally different, and, moreover, very remarkable from
the confluence of the two hinder ones. Another singular cha-
racter is the first pair of feet, which are palpiform, and differ-
ent in structure from the two last pair; thus demonstrating
how in Arachnida true feet may become palpiform in the same
way as, more ordinarily, true palpi become pediform. The con-
version of the organs of the mouth into organs of locomotion,
and again of true feet into organs of manducation, is a sin-
gular characteristic of certain apterous Annulosa. Ottothops,
like Chersis, has strong points of affinity to the saltigrade spi-
ders. Our specimen is a female.

Walckenaer, as an essential character of spiders, lays stress
on what he calls the eight feet, that is, the labial palpi and

* Their structure, highly magnified, is figured by Walckenaer in his
beautiful work, tab. 10.

14 Mr. Thompson on Fishes new to Ireland.

six true feet, being unguiculated. Here, however, asin Cher-
sis, the labial palpi have no ungues at their extremity. More-
over, these labial palpi have only six joints; differing from
those of spiders in general, which have seven.

I have named the species after my old and very distin-
guished friend Baron Walckenaer, to whom we owe so much
of our knowledge of Arachnida*. Otiothops Walckenaeri is
found under stones in the woods of Cuba. My sketch is from
the life.

Puare II. Fig. 5. Otiothops Walckenaeri, magnified. , disposition of
eyes; B, sternum; ¢, first joints of coxee; ¢, first joint of labial palpi; @, labial
palpi; 4, mentum; y, maxilla; 3, maxillary palpus; «, base of antenna;
a, abdomen; a, fusi.

II.—On Fishes new to Ireland. By Wititu1am THompson,
Ksq., Vice-President of the Natural History Society of

Belfast.
‘ [Continued from Vol. I. p. 359.]

MoTELLA GLAUCA, Jenyns, Mackerel Midge.—Two mi-
nute specimens—the larger 1? inch long—of Mofeila that I
have closely examined, and which were obtained at the South
islands of Arran (off county Clare), by R. Ball, Esq., in June
1835, agree in every respect with the Ciliata glauca of Couch,
described in the Magazine of Natural History, vol. v. p.16 ;
at the same time I cannot perceive any specific difference be-
tween them and M. Mustela.

Puycis FurRcATUs, Flem., Common Bork head, —To
Cortland G. M. Skinner, Esq., of Glynn Park, Carrickfergus,
I am indebted for a remarkably fine specimen of this fish,
which was kindly secured for me on its being stated by the
fishermen who captured it to be a species quite unknown to
them. It was taken on February 24, 1836 (a calm day), with
a gaff or hook, as it “lay floundering” on the surface of the
water; was very violent when brought on board, and before
dying had struggled so hard as to divest itself of nearly all
its scales.

* [ wish, however, that in his excellent volume on Apterous insects in the

‘Suites de Buffon’ he had not been so fond of changing names. Surely
Walckenaer can afford to despise the petty credit of assigning a generic

name.

_ Mr. Thompson on Fishes new to Ireland. 15

_ The discrepancies of authors relative to the Phycis furcatus
induce me to add the following description of this individual :
length 25 inches ; greatest depth of body 6} inches; weight
63 Ibs. With Cuvier’s short description (Rég. An. t. 2. p. 335),
and which is adopted in the ‘Manual of British Vertebrate Ani-
mals,’ it agrees in only one of the three specific characters, that
of the first dorsal being more elevated than the second. Its 3rd
D. ray is longest *, being 3 inches in length, and terminating
in a filament; the 2nd ray is 2 inches, and the first but 10
lines long. Upper jaw much the longer; ventral fin, from
base to extremity of the longer fork, 73 inches ; to that of the
shorter, 54 inches. Head 5 inches 10 lines long, nearly as
one to four in length of body; P. fin rather more than half
the length of the head, and central between the dorsal and
ventral outline; profile rather angular from D. fin to eye,
above which it isa little depressed ; eye exceeding an inch in
diameter ; nostrils double, 3 lines apart ; beard very slight,
1 inch 2 lines long; 2nd D. and A. fins increase gradually
in breadth posteriorly, at their termination cut square, or at
right angles to the body; no spines before the A. fin as in
those described by Mr. Couch (Linn. Trans., vol. xiv. p. 75) ;
tail obscurely rounded; lateral line much incurvated for two-
thirds its length anteriorly ; vent 103 inches from snout;
“jaws and front of the vomer armed with several rows of
sharp card- or rasp-like teeth.” |
D. 9—64; A.54; P.17 (6th longest); V.1; C. 24,
reckoning all; Br. 7.

Colour of body lilac grey, becoming paler towards the belly ;
D. A. and C. fins lilac grey, terminated with black; P. fin
dark grey; V. fin greyish, towards extremity white; inte-
rior of gill covers rich purple; eyes silvery round the pupil,
thence to circumference brown.

On dissection it proved a male, the milt weighing 114 oz.
The stomach contained some crustacea and two small whi-
tings (Merlangus vulgaris).

Since the above was written, I have learned that a specimen

_* The error of Pennant and Cuvier in considering the Ist D. ray the long-

est may perhaps be attributed to a want of due examination, as otherwise it
does so appear, and more especially in a dried specimen.

16 Mr. Thompson on Fishes new to Ireland.

taken about the same place occurred to the late Mr. Templeton
(Mag. Nat. Hist., vol. i. p.411, New Series). The species
should consequently have been omitted as an unrecorded Irish
one; but as a description was drawn up, and specimens had
not come under the inspection of either Yarrell or Jenyns
previous to the publication of their respective works, it has
been considered better with this notice to retain it.

Puatessa Poxta, Cuv., Pole-—On April 26, 1837, I pro-
cured, in Belfast market, six specimens of this fish, which had
been taken along with turbot, &c. at Ardglass, on the coast
of Down. Such is the difference in the number of rays in
their fins, especially in the anal, that it seems to me desirable
to be noticed at full length.

No. 1. Length 143 inches; D.102; A. 89; V. 6.

Bo Pt, Emme 102 88 6

$ooecs 5 Bae Se 108 92 6

Wi apte eae 110 100 6

6. Ao ae 102 86 6

"Kee rest © mre 106 9] 6

No.1. P.12 on upper, 10 on under side; C. 19 41a Cuv., or 23 altogether.

2. 12 i 10 . ey ag gi) 8:
3. Al on each side 19 fi 23 ds
a 1 f tie ee
_ 5. 12 onupper,10 onunderside; 19 2 ere
Se is 10 ‘ ee ite

Branchiostegous membrane in each specimen consisting of
five rays; in each likewise a short strong bony spine, directed
forwards before the anal fin, but which cannot be called a
spinous ray: in some individuals the skin covers it, in others
the point is exposed.

With the short specific characters in the ‘Manual of British
Vertebrate Animals’ these individuals agree, with one ex-
ception, that of the lateral line not being “ straight through-
out its course,” although it is nearly so—from the origin it
slopes gently over the pectoral fin, and thence to the tail is
straight. They correspond in every detail with the general
description in the same work, except in the following particu-
lars, in which the specimens exhibit considerable difference.
Mr. Jenyns remarks, “greatest elevation of the [dorsal] fin
contained five times and a half in the breadth of the body,”

\

Mr. Thompson on Fishes new to Ireland. 17

p- 459—in some of these it is contained but 3}, in others 4
and 4} times, and this is not owing to difference of size in in-
dividuals; in the female specimen, which is of the largest
size, the dorsal fin is rather lower compared with breadth of
body than in the others. In the individual examined by Mr.
Jenyns, the ventral fins are described to have equalled the
pectorals in length, but in all these the latter are considerably
longer, in some being one-third, in others one-fourth longer
than the ventrals. With Mr. Yarrell’s description they gene-
rally agree.

- The colour of the upper side of these six specimens is one
uniform tint, intermediate between the “yellowish brown”
and “ wood brown” of Syme’s ‘ Nomenclature of Colours.’
The fins are all merely of a darker shade, owing to the mem-
brane being minutely spotted with a deeper brown ; the hinder
portion of the upper half of the P. fin is black, thus resem-
bling this fin in all the British species of sole; “the edges of
all the fins darker than the rest,” as described by Mr. Yarrell ;
the under side of the three larger is pure white, of the three
smaller white also, but closely dotted over with extremely mi-
nute black spots, which, without close examination, give to
this portion the appearance of soiled white; pupil purplish
black ; irides silvery, in some of them tinged with gold.

On dissection, five of these individuals exhibited milt, and
one of them roe; the ova of a very small size, and the milt
not much developed. Excepting the stomach of one, which
was empty, they all contained a few fragments of Solen pellu-
cidus or minutus ; in addition to this shell, three of them exhi- |
bited the remains of Ophiure; one, besides the Solen and Ophi-
ure, presented some crustacea; and another, in addition to the
Solen, the remains of marine worms, apparently Planarie.

On May 5, 1837, I obtained a seventh specimen of P.
Pola, which, like the others, was taken by trawling, at Ard-
glass. It was 12+ inches long, and exhibited milt moderately
developed. Its stomach contained fragments of Solen pellu-
cidus, and a specimen of Bulla lignaria.

Sotea Lineuua, Rond.*, Red-backed Sole.—On the 23rd

* Solea parva sive Lingula, Rondeletius ; see his figure of “a petite sole,”
p- 260; also Willughby’s figure and description, p. 102, F. 8, fig. 1.

Ann. Nat. Hist. Vol.2. No.7. Sept. 1838. Cc

18 Mr. Thompson on Fishes new to Ireland.

of August, 1836, three small specimens of this fish were cap-
tured by Mr. Hyndman and myself when dredging on a sandy
bottom off Dundrum, in the county of Down.

No. 1. Length 33 inches; D. 68; A. 56.

Boiss hat Ok cal 72-86.
“VGA WES 66 54.
No.1. P. 4 upper side, 2 under side; V.5; C.18 altogether.
2. 4 ” 2 ” 5 18 ”?
a = 2 ies igeepg

Breadth of body of No. 1,13 lines. In form they differ con-
siderably from Solea vulgaris, by tapering towards the tail.
Dorsal and anal fins similarly connected with the caudal, the
last ray of each exhibiting a low inconspicuous membrane,
which extends to the base of the outer caudal ray—these
three fins, merely touching in this manner, appear at a cursory
view unconnected. In the number of rays in the fins, and
characters generally, they correspond with Donovan’s descrip-
tion of the Pleuronectes variegatus (vol. v. p.117), but differ
remarkably from his figure in colouring; nor in this respect
do they agree entirely with Hanmer’s figure (Penn. Brit. Zool.,
vol. il. pl. 48. ed. 1812), with which I consider them identical,
as they want the blotches of black represented on the dorsal
and anal fins. They also differ a little from each other in co-
louring, the largest being of an uniform reddish brown on the
upper side; the two smaller, of a paler shade, with a series of
roundish black spots on the body, a short way inwardly from
the back of the dorsal and anal fins, and a few similar spots on
the lateral line: in one the spots approaching the fins just
named are eight in number, in the other they are fewer and
less conspicuous. In the three specimens all the fins except
the ventral have, at irregular intervals, an occasional ray black;
the rays only exhibiting this colour,

Mr. Jenyns has called attention to the difference of colour
and number of rays in the fins of the specimen he examined
(p.468) compared with the individual described by Mr. Han-
mer. In both respects it appears the species is subject to
considerable variation. Dr. Parnell has more recently de-
scribed (Mag. Zool. and Bot., vol. i. p. 527) what he considers
to be a new species of sole, and names Monochirus minutus ;

Mr. Thompson on Fishes new to Ireland. 19

but a comparison of my specimens with his description satis-
fies me of their identity. The specific character of M. minutus
is “every sixth or seventh ray of the dorsal and anal fins black,”
which marking appears in the individuals under consideration,
though less regularly ; their dorsal fins are connected with the
caudal as in this fish, although the junction, as before men-
tioned, is only observable on close examination. Two of my
three specimens at the same time display “ blackish spots,
which extend beyond the base of the rays [of the D. and A.
fins] towards the body of the fish,” a character remarked by
Dr. Parnell as distinguishing M/, Lingula from his new species.
My specimens generally possess in common the characters
of M. Lingula and M. minutus.

In Mr. Yarrell’s collection there is a dried specimen, 4}
inches long, from the Mediterranean, identical with mine, and
like them displaying conspicuously, at irregular intervals, the
black markings on the dorsal and anal fins*.

ADDENDUM.

Solea Lingula and Solea variegata. Belfast, June 18, 1838.
Among some small fishes taken by dredging within the en-
trance to Belfast bay by my friend Dr. J. L. Drummond, on
the 16th instant, and considerately forwarded to me when
quite recent, were five specimens of Solea, or Monochirus
(Cuv.). Of these, which with one exception were examined be-
fore being transferred to spirits, four individuals, varying from
32 to 44 inches in length, are the Solea Lingula, Rond.; and
one, 23 inches long, the Pleuronectes variegatus of Donovan.
In our two latest and best works upon the subject—Yarrell’s
‘ British Fishes,’ and Jenyns’s ‘ Manual of British Vertebrate
Animals’—these names are brought together as synonymous,
or representing but one species, with, however, an expression
of doubt as to its correctness by the latter author. A compa-
rative examination of the present examples satisfies me that
they apply to two distinct species. _

In placing the individuals together, the most obvious differ-

* Dublin, June 1838.—A specimen of this sole 34 inches long, and taken
at Youghal, is in the collection of R. Ball, Esq. Its upper side does not
exhibit any variegation of colours, but is of an uniform reddish brown hue.
The rays of the dorsal and anal fins are occasionally black, as in all indivi«
duals of this species I have seen.

Gz

20 Mr. Thompson on Fishes new to Ireland.

ences appear in the dark blotches and transverse bands of S.
variegata (Pleur. variegatus, Don.) contrasted with the com-
paratively uniform tint of S. Lingula; in the scales of S. varie-
gata being very much smaller *, in its eyes being relatively to
each other placed more vertically, in the dorsal and anal fins
being rather more distant from the caudal fin, and in the
general form of the body, which tapers less towards the tail ;
the rays too of the dorsal and anal fins are considerably fewer
in number than in S. Lingula.

The colour generally of the S. variegata is very similar to
that of Donovan’s figure (British Fishes, vol. v. pl. 117), being
of a pale yellowish brown, with the three conspicuous dark
transverse markings approximating more the form of bands,
and equidistant from each other, the last extending entirely
across the body; the indication of a fourth band appears above
the termination of the opercle, one (narrow and inconspicuous)
at the base, and another near the extremity of the caudal fin ;
the body is likewise marbled with blackish brown, towards,
and spreading over, the base of the dorsal and anal fins ; be-
tween the bands are faint markings of pale brown; dorsal
and anal fins pale yellowish brown, marked irregularly with
black towards the tail. rey

The four specimens of S. Lingula, though not all exactly
of the same shade of colour, are on the upper side of a pale
brown, entirely and closely freckled over with a darker tint,
and exhibiting several small roundish dark brown and white
spots on the body at the base of the dorsal and anal fins, and
along the lateral line: these brown and white spots are often
disposed alternately. The largest individual presents in ad-
dition to them, small white specks over the body generally.

* Although I here speak only relatively to the size of the scales of S.
Lingula, the remark may without explanation seem inconsistent with Do-
novan’s ‘‘ specific character’’ of the variegated sole, in which the scales are
stated to be “large ;’’ but a reference to his general description will show
that it is the comparative magnitude ofits scales to:those of the common sole
(S. vulgaris) to which he alludes, and in which he is correct, as he likewise
is in describing those of the latter species to be “‘ remarkably diminutive.”
The scales of my specimen accord in size with those of Donovan’s figure of
P. variegatus: being reckoned from the origin of the lateral line to the base
of the rays of the caudal fin (those on the rays not being enumerated) they
are about eighty-five in number; in the specimen of S. Lingula examined

there are about seventy scales within the same space. The scales lie more
closely to the body in S. Lingula than in S, variegata.

Mr, Thompson on Fishes new to Ireland. 21

Rays of dorsal and anal fins occasionally black. Pupil dark
blue, surrounded by a golden ring of about a hair’s breadth.
The number of fin-rays in my specimen of S. variegata are
D. 63, A.49, P:4*, V.4, C. 19 in all. In two of the specimens
of S. Lingula, varying most from each other in size, there are
72 rays in the dorsal and 56 in the anal fin; two others have
the dorsal with 76 and the anal with 58 and 59 rays.

Both species have papille on the under surface of the head,
are rough with ciliated scales on the under as well as the up-
per side, and have the nostrils tubular, but not to such an
extent as Risso, terming the projection a “ barbillon,” figures
that of his Monochirus Pegusa.

The variegated sole of Donovan and Yarrell appears to be
the same, and with it I consider the individual under consi-
deration identical. With Mr. Jenyns’s description of S. Lin-
gula my other specimens accord, as they also do with Mr.
Hanmer’s description and figure of the red-backed sole (Pen-
nant’s British Zoology, vol. i. p. 313, pl. 48, ed. 1812), with
the exception of the black markings on the dorsal and anal
fins, extending over several rays and their connecting mem-
brane, instead of being confined to a single ray as in all the
specimens I have examined.

It is worthy of investigation whether the Monochirus Pe-
gusa of Risso (t. 3, p. 258, f. 33, ed. 1826) be different from the
Solea variegata here treated of. The figure and description
of that species, though not in every respect accordant with
each other, present many characters in common with it.

The S. variegata is here for the first time recorded as occur-
ring on the coast of Ireland.

ANGUILLA LATIROSTRIS, Yarr. Broad-nosed Eel—When —

at Toome (county Antrim) in Sept. 1834, a kind of eel was

‘described to me as very different from the species (A. acuti-
rostris) taken there in such abundance when entering the

river Bann in autumn, on their passage from Lough Neagh

to the sea. It was called “ Culloch or hunter-eel,” and was

* This refers to the upper side, in which the second ray is the longest,
and terminated by a filament; length of this ray and filament 13 line: P.
fin on under side rudimentary, half a line in length, and rays undistinguish-
able.

22 Mr. Thompson on Fishes new to Ireland.

stated to differ much in appearance and voracity from that
species. A very intelligent fisherman at another part of the
lake, distinguishing it by the name of “ Gorb-eel,” bore testi-
mony to its voracious propensity*. He believes it to live
chiefly on pollans (Coregonus Pollan), from the circumstance
of having frequently known it to destroy these fishes when in
the nets. He considers this species to be stationary in the
lake, where it is sought for during summer with night lines,
generally baited with very large worms or small perch: about
5 Ibs. is the greatest weight he has known it to attain.

In Belfast market I subsequently saw quantities of this eel
from the above locality, when they proved to be the A. /ati-
rostris. On pointing them out to an angling friend, I was as-
sured that he had seen similar eels from Lough Erne on sale
in Enniskillen. A correspondent writing from Portumna, in
allusion it is presumed to this species, mentions a large-
mouthed eel, which preys much on fish, as an inhabitant of
the river Shannon.

Mr. Yarrell observes, “ In its habits the broad-nosed eel
has not been distinguished by any peculiarity that I am aware
of from the other common eel” (vol. ii. p. 299), but the follow-
ing circumstances incline me to believe, in addition to what
has been mentioned, that there is a further difference in this
respect. On looking over some thousand eels, taken in the
nets at Toome on the night of the 24th of Sept., I did not re-
cognise one of the broad-nosed species, nor have I seen it
among eels brought from this place to Belfast market, nor
again with the A. latirostris exposed here for sale, have I de-
tected the common eel ; but as it is from an examination in a
very few instances that I speak, this may perhaps apply only
in general terms. The season at which the two species are
brought to this market is different, the time for the A. Jati-
rostris being summer, and autumn for the A. acutirostris.
The intelligent fisherman before noticed states, however, that
he has taken both species on his night lines at the same time.
He knew the broad-nosed from the common eel before it ap-
peared at the surface, by the greater resistance offered, and

* Hence probably the name “ Glut Eel,” by which it was known to Pen-
nant.

Mr. Thompson on Fishes new to Ireland. 23

frequently it was brought up twisted round the line in its en-:
deavours to become extricated from the hook.

During the summer months the A. latirostris is brought in
by the tide as it flows over the banks of Belfast bay, and is
taken by eel-spearers. A specimen 42 inches long that I ex-
amined, and which was procured off the coast of the county
Antrim at mid-winter, had in proportion to its size every cha-
racter as strongly marked as the largest of its species: the
fleshy prominence on each side of the head and terminating
at the nape was very conspicuous.

Ammopytes Tosranus, Bloch. Wide-mouthed Sand-eel.
—This species is rare on the shores of Ireland as elsewhere
compared with 4. Lancea. Of the latter, were specimens of
Ammodytes favoured me by Mr. R. Ball from the coast of
Cork, and with one exception, all that I have taken from the
stomachs of the cod and other fishes. Such likewise, judging
from their size, ( four to nine inches in length’’) are those de-
scribed in the ‘ Wild Sports of the West’ as sought for on
the coast of Mayo, and also those taken on the sands adjoining
the village of Bushfoot near the Giants’ Causeway. In this last
locality I speak on the authority of a gentleman who has often
been present at the sand-eel fishing, and who, on being shown
my specimens of A. Tobianus, remarked that he had never
seen any of those taken there at all approaching them in size.
In a paper by Dr. J. D. Marshall on the Statistics and Natural
History of the island of Rathlin, published in a late part of
the Transactions of the Royal Irish Academy, the A. Todianus
is enumerated among the fishes of the island; but I have the
authority of the author for stating, that it is the common spe-
cies now distinguished by the name of A. Lancea*, to which
he there alluded. .

August 23, 1836.—On inquiring at Dundrum on the coast
of Down about sand-eels, I ascertained that two species are
procured in the extensive sands here; the larger of which is
called “ Snedden,” and the smaller “ Sand-eel,” and that they
are throughout the district considered as distinct as any two
species of fish. This information induced me to attend the
sand-eel fishing today, when at the extreme of low water I had

* Both species were until the last few years considered as one, which was
designated 4. Tobianus.

-

24 Mr. Thompson on Fishes new to Ireland.

the satisfaction of seeing both A. Tobianus and A.Lancea taken
indiscriminately, From the loose sand covered with water to
about the depth of nine inches, the persons engaged in this
occupation with great dexterity drew these fishes from their
lurking-places, using for the purpose old reaping hooks.
These are run through the sands with the right hand drawn
_ towards the left, by which the fish is seized and transferred

to a basket strapped round the waist and carried in front.
It is in shape like the angler’s, but much larger and open at
the top. The A. Tobianus is said to be always scarce here
compared with the A. Lancea, and is sometimes not to be
found at all. An intelligent fisherman informed me that
the greatest quantity he ever took of the former species
during “one ebb” was twelve or thirteen quarts. It is
by measure both kinds are estimated and sold, the A. Lancea
producing from one to two pence the quart, and the “ sned-
dens”, being more highly prized on account of their superior
size, one half more. On inquiring how the two species
are distinguished when of equal size, one man stated by the
difference of form, and chiefly in that of the head; and an-
other said he knew them by colour alone. Although the dif-
ference was in each respect very apparent to myself, I put both
parties to the test, and found that the one guided by form, and
the other by colour, drew the 4. Tobianus from his basket
with equal dexterity, and without a moment’s hesitation
singled it out from hosts of the A. Lancea. This fishing is car-
ried on here daily throughout the year except in winter, when:
being full of spawn the sand-eels are considered unfit to be
eaten. At other times they are used by all classes of people.
In the excellent hotel at Dundrum they were served up to us
at dinner along with salmon, and were fried with crumbs of
bread strewed over them—for breakfast they are similarly
cooked, The poorer people dry them in the sun, and in bright
days the tables and trays of the cottage are sure to be seen set
out before the doors covered with sand-eels,

August 27.—At Newcastle, about three miles south of Dun-
drum, great quantities of sand-eels were taken at the morning-
ebb of the spring-tide ; by some individuals so many as forty
quarts. In the evening I reckoned about eighty persons out
fishing, and haying two one-horse carts in readiness beside

Mr. Thompson on Fishes new to Ireland, 25

them to carry away the produce; but the harvest that was
then gathered fell short of requiring such extra aid*.

Having observed a number of pigs at Newcastle daily fre-
quenting the sand at the extreme edge of the retiring waves,
I ascertained, as had been anticipated, that they were in search
of sand-eels. This however was not the chosen feeding-ground
of these animals, as I subsequently saw them regularly driven
out there to forage for themselves. The A. Tobdianus though
taken here is less frequent than at Dundrum.

When at Ballywalter, on the coast of Down, and north-
wards of the last-mentioned place, in May 1836, Ifound a few of
A. Tobianus by examining the sand-eels which fishermen were
using as bait, and in the month of March following, obtained
a specimen along with two of the 4. Lancea from the stomach
of a sea trout (S. Trutta) taken at Donaghadee. On question-
ing some fishermen at Portaferry, situated just within the en-
trance to Strangford Lough, in the same county, respecting
the two species of sand-eel, I learned that they had not been
as such distinguished by them. It was however stated, that
they occasionally obtained much larger individuals than or-
dinary, which from colour were named “ green-backs,” the
common being called sand-eels: the former both from supe-
rior size and different colour must doubtless be the A. Tobia-
nus.

Amongst a few fishes found dead on the beach at Cairn-
lough near Glenarm (county of Antrim) in June 1836, by Dr.
J. L. Drummond, was a specimen of the 4. Todtanus. In this
as well as every other instance in which I have seen the last-
named species, specimens of A. Lancea occurred at the same
time. :

In the ‘Wild Sports of the West’ there is a short but
graphic account of sand-eel fishing by moonlight on the coast
of Mayo; and at Strangford Lough and other places in the
north of Ireland it is likewise a favourite pastime of the young
in the moonlight nights of summer, It is said that from the
silvery brilliance of the fish being more striking by night than

’ * “The coast [at Newcastle] affords plenty and variety of sea fish; and
such quantities of sand-eels have sometimes been taken on it, particularly
in the late season of scarcity, that the ‘poor carried them away in sacks-
full.”’—Harris’s Down, (p. 81.) published in 1744,

26 Mr. Thompson on Fishes new to Ireland.

day, it is at this time captured with greater facility ; but is it
not rather for the novelty of dry-land fishing, with the addi-
tional feature of being achieved by moonlight, that the sport is
at this time practised*? Although the sand-eel is noticed in
several of the Statistical Surveys of the Irish counties, there is
not that I recollect any remark which would lead us to suppose
that more than one kind has been observed ; but there can be
little doubt that both species are found elsewhere than on the
coasts of Down and Antrim.

The largest specimen of A. Todianus obtained at Dundrum
was 13 inches long. D.56 (first very short), P. 13, A. 29, C.15.
In all the characters of form and relative proportion of parts
it agrees with the descriptions of Yarrell and Jenyns. In
colour this species is of a dark bluish green, while the 4. Lancea
is of a sandy hue like the Atherine (4. Presdyter), but tinged
partially on the back and sides with bluish green. From the
mouth of the specimen described I took a small individual of
of its own speciest: Bloch and Couch mention similar in-
stances.

The largest A. Lancea procured at Dundrum was 8 inches
long. D. 54, P. 11, A. 27, C.14.

Dorsal fin commencing “in a line with the last quarter,’
and not above “ the middle” of the pectoral fins.

SynenatTHus TyPHe, Linn. Deep-nosed Pipe-fish.An
individual of this species, above 8 inches in length, and ob-
tained in 1835 at Glendore, county of Cork, by Mr. Allman,
has been forwarded for my inspection by Mr. R. Ball. Among
some small fishes taken along with crustacea, &c. in Larne
Lough (county of Antrim) during the summer of 1836, by
Mrs. Patterson of Belfast, and very kindly sent to me, was a
specimen of S. Typhle. Though only 1 inch 2 lines in length,
every character in proportion to its size was as strongly marked
as in the adult fish.

SYNGNATHUS 2ZQUOREUS, Linn. Aiquoreal Pipe-fish.—
A specimen of this fish taken at Youghal (county Cork) has

* Mr. Lukis states that in Guernsey they are sought for by moonlight.—
Yarr. Brit. Fish. vol. ii. p. 324.

+ An observant friend once saw a sand-eel about four inches in length,
taken with bait, which was either a os of herring or a composition of

feathers—the latter a common bait for the coal-fish (Merlangus Carbonarius)
in the north of Ireland, |

Mr. Thompson on Fishes new to Ireland. 27

been submitted to my examination by Mr. R. Ball. Its length
is 19 inches, rays of dorsal fin 40. It corresponds in all re-
spects with this species as admirably characterized by Mr.
Jenyns (p. 486); as also does another individual obtained in
the autumn of 1836 on the beach near Larne (county Antrim),
by Mr. James Marks of that town, who presented it to the
Belfast Museum. This specimen is 21} inches long, but being
imperfect at the caudal extremity, must when entire have been
at least one inch more. Its D. rays 41. March 15, 1838.
I received from George Matthews, Esq. of Spring-vale (county
Down), a perfect and beautiful specimen of this fish which
was found on the beach there after a high tide during the
boisterous weather about the beginning of this month. Its
length is 221 inches. D. rays 46. Caudal fin apparent to the
naked eye; its rays distinguished by a lens, 8 in number.
This Syngnathus was in the present instance preserved and
forwarded. to me on account of the fishermen being unac-
quainted with it.

Synenatuus Opuipion, Bloch. Snake Pipe-fish_ From
Mr. R. Ball I have received two specimens of S. Ophidion,
which were procured in 1835 at Glendore (by Mr. Allman)
and Youghal. The larger one is upwards of a foot in length,
and with the unimportant difference of i/s having 41 rays on
the dorsal fin, both individuals agree in every character with
the descriptions of this species by Jenyns and Yarrell, which
are much more minute than Bloch’s account of it. Mr. Ball
has subsequently informed me of his having received a third
specimen, about 14 inches in length, from Youghal, where it
was captured in July 1836. Soon after this time I received
a S. Ophidion from the coast of the county of Antrim.

HiprocaMPus BREVIROSTRIS, Cuv.? Sea-horse.—Vide
Zool. Proc., 1837, p. 58, for the first specimen recorded as
Irish. In addition to the individual there mentioned, a Hip-
pocampus was taken alive in Belfast Bay in July 1837, by my
relative Richard Langtry, Esq., and though ordered to be
preserved for me, was unfortunately lost. . In consequence of
this, its species, as in the former instance, cannot be given
with certainty*.

* I am credibly informed that a Hippocampus was found dead on the
beach near Youghal, on the southern coast, afew years ago,

28 Mr. J. Ball’s Botanical Notes of a Tour in Ireland.

Perromyzon PLANeERI, Cuv. Fringed-lipped Lamprey.—
I am indebted to Mr. R. Ball for two specimens of this fish,
which were obtained in the vicinity of Naas, county of Kildare.
They are 44 and 5 inches in length respectively; the smaller
one only has the “ anal sheath,” which is two lines long. (See
fig.in Yarr. B. F. vol. ii. p. 457.) The dentition in these spe-
cimens is similar to that shown in Mr. Yarrell’s figure of P.
fluviatilis, and consequently in this character they do not ac-
cord with his figure of the mouth of P. Planeri ; in this same
wood-cut however, the chief peculiarity of the species—the
fringed lip—is well represented. The dentition or “ armature
of the mouth” of P. fluviatilis and P. Planeri is similar, as re-
marked by Mr. Jenyns*.

April 2, 1838. From the Rey. Charles Mayne, Vicar Ge-
neral of Cashel—to whose kindness I have in several instances
been indebted for specimens of fishes, &c., from the river
Shannon—I to-day received a lamprey, 42 inches in length,
recently taken in the vicinity of Killaloe, and which proved
to be the P. Planeri.

Addendum to vol. i. p. 356.

Gosius GRAcILIS. Dublin, June 1838.—In the collection
of my friend Robert Ball, Esq. of this city, there are two spe-
cimens of Gobius gracilis about 3 inches in length, from
Youghal. On closely comparing them with individuals of
Gobius minutus of equal size, the differences in so far as they
are above mentioned are very obvious ; but further, as in those
before examined, I cannot perceive any constant characters.

II1.—Botanical Notes of a Tour in Ireland, with Notices of
some new British Plants. By J. Bauy, Esq., of Christ
College, Cambridge.

Tue attention of British naturalists having been recently di-

rected towards the wide field for investigation which Ireland

presents to them, it may perhaps not be inappropriate to offer
some additional information for the botanical tourist, gathered
* Dublin, June 1838,—Specimens of this Lamprey have lately been re-

ceived by R, Ball, Esq. from Inch river, about ten miles north-west of
Youghal.

Mr. J. Ball’s Botanical Notes of a Tour in Ireland. 29

during an excursion from Dublip through the northern part
of the island in the summer of 1837; as also to notice the
discovery of two or three plants, which are, I believe, new to
the British Flora. The neighbourhood of Dublin is princi-
pally rich in some of the more local sea plants; I may men-
tion as a station for several of these the south-eastern side of
the rocky point of Killiney Hill, which runs out towards the
small island of Dalkey. I have here gathered Inula (Lim-
_ barda, Hook.,) crithmoides, Lavatera arborea, Euphorbia port-
landica, Linum angustifolium, Statice spathulata, Daucus ma-
ritimus, &c. Further south, near Bray, Marrubium vulgare
may be seen more truly wild than it usually is in Ireland, ex-
tending for some distance along the shore, as also upon the
common near the town: on banks near the road, between
Bray and Enniskerry, Hrodium moschatum appears certainly
indigenous, and near the latter village I have noticed Melissa
Calamintha (Calamintha officinalis, Hook.), and Polygonum
minus, Scirpus Savii, Habenaria chlorantha, &c., as also Ge-
ranium pyrenaicum certainly wild and very common. Lrio-
phorum pubescens, which has hitherto been found in the boggy
ground just above the village, is, I fear, extirpated by drain-
age. In the sand pits on the hill by the Dublin road may be
noticed Festuca bromoides, and also a remarkable state of
Meracium Pilosella, apparently intermediate between that
plant and H. Peleterainum, Merat., which latter is however by
many botanists considered a miere variety of H. Pilosella.

In Glen Cree, a valley running from Powerscourt to Lough
Bray, I have gathered Carex levigata, Senecio viscosus, Pin-
guicula lusitanica, Myosotis repens, Pyrus Aria, &c.; and on
the mountains south of Glen Cree I have found a Leontodon
(Apargia, Hook.), to all appearance distinct from any recog-
nised British species. If it be possible to judge by mere de-
scriptions in this difficult genus, I should consider it to be
L. alpinum, Jacquin, (L. pyrenaicum, Gouan,) though in some
respects it approaches more near to L. hastile of Linnzeus.

The neighbourhood of Powerscourt Waterfall is remarkably
productive in ferns; in addition to the common species, there
are found here Polypodium phegopteris, Nephrodium oreopteris,

Hymenophyllum Tunbridgiense and H. Wilsoni (which latter

30 Mr. J. Ball’s Botanical Notes of a Tour in Ireland.

is not rare on the Irish mountains), and here for thirty years
has been known to grow a single frond of the rare Tricho-
manes brevisetum. On the south side of the stream, below the
waterfall, and elsewhere in the same neighbourhood, grows a
species of Nephrodium which Mr. Mackay considers identical
with N. dumetorum of Smith. The plant however by no
means agrees with the specimen in Smith’s Herbarium, which
is nothing but a small diseased specimen of N. dilatatum.,
The present specimen differs widely from any of the forms of
that variable plant which I have seen; how far these differ-
ences may be permanent is of course a question to be deter-
mined by more experienced botanists than myself. Near the
same place I have observed a concave variety of a Nephrodium
of the spinulosum tribe*, which may possibly be the same as
the variety of N. dilatatum mentioned by the Rev. W. Bree in
Mag. Nat. Hist. vol. iv., though it differs very constantly both
in form and habit from that plant. I have found it also on the
Great Sugar Loaf in the County of Wicklow and on Curslieve
Mountain in Mayo. i

Salix herbacea may be gathered on rocks at the summit of
Djouce mountain, and is, I believe, found in similar situations
on other mountains of this group. Upon the great Sugar
Loaf, which, like other mountains composed of quartz rock, is
exceedingly unproductive both in animal and yegetable life,
almost the only plant of interest is the Melampyrum monta-
num, Johnstone. This plant, which I have met in a similar
situation on Curslieve in Mayo, is found by the side of the
largest gully on the east side of the mountain; it preserves
very constantly its distinct habit. I am not aware whether it
has ever been remarked that the form of the lowest pair of
leaves is always obovato-lanceolate, being quite different from
that of the superior ones. In boggy ground, at the north-east
base of the mountain, grows the Wahlenbergia (Campanula,
L.) hederacea, mentioned by Mr. Mackay as growing upon
this mountain. In the Dargle, near the bed of the river, may
be found Meconopsis cambrica, and Bromus giganteus B, and

* The name spinulosum appears more applicable to this than to any plant
of this genus, the serratures of the pinnules being all tipped with stiff hairs,
which converge towards the extremity of each pinnule.

Mr. J. Ball’s Botanical Notes of a Tour in Ireland. 31

Bryum punctatum abundant in fructification. Returning to
Dublin, and procéeding northward along the shore of the bay,
Linum angustifolium may be found plentifully on banks be-
tween Clontarf and Howth; on the sandy sea shore Euphorbia
paralia isabundant. Close to the ruined church of Kilbarrick
may be seen the five British species of Papaver, P. somni-
Serum being as truly wild as,it is ever seen in Britain. In ad-
dition to many rare or local plants mentioned by Mr. Mackay I
have found in the sandy fields near this spot, Bromus erectus,
Festuca rubra, and Avena pubescens, and in a marsh near
Baldoyle, Heliosciadium inundatum. On banks above the vil-
lage of Howth I have collected a species of Sagina, differing
in appearance from the described British species, and agree-
ing very closely with a specimen from Sussex, named by Mr.
Borrer the Sagina filiformis of Pourret. For many rare plants
in the neighbourhood of Portmarnock, stations are given in
Mackay’s Flora Hibernica: I may observe that the species
of Viola, named in that work V. Curtisii, and which agrees
with cultivated specimens from a plant so named by Mr.
Borrer, is not the V. Curtisii of the original description, which
agrees with V. lutea in having the centre lobe of the sti-
pules undivided, being probably no more than a variety of that »
plant ; whilst the plant in question, which is abundant on the
sandy coasts north of Dublin, and which I have seen also in
the counties of Down and Derry, is apparently very nearly
allied to the V. saxatilis of continental writers, which in com-
mon with all the many named forms of V. tricolor, has the
middle lobe of the stipule dentate. On the sandy warren near
Portmarnock I noticed a tetrandrous species of Cerastium,
which appears to be identical with the C. pedunculatum, de-
_ scribed and figured by Mr. Babington in vol. ii. p.197. Pl. VI.
of the Magazine of Zoology and Botany. I may mention ha-
ving noticed in the county of Dublin the Fumaria parviflora, for
which only a single station is given in the ‘ Flora Hibernica,’
At Clogher Head, in the county Louth, I found in a corn field,
just above the village, Thlaspi arvense and Lamium incisum,
both rare in Ireland; and on the summit, Trifolium striatum
and Trigonella ornithopodioides ; and on steep banks over the
sea Statice spathulata and a white variety of Anthyllis vulne-

32 Mr. J. Ball’s Botanical Notes of a Tour in Ireland.

raria, first found, I believe in Kerry, by Miss Hutchins. Near
this I likewise found Fedia auricula, and, which is quite as
rare in Ireland, Lepidium campestre, the place of which plant,
so familiar to the English botanist, is almost always filled in
this island by LZ. Smithii. I may mention that the distinctive
character drawn from the smoothness of the capsule in L.
Smithii, though very general, cannot be relied upon, the only
constant character being, as I believe, the comparative length
of the styles. At Jonesboro’, near Dundalk, I observed a
white-flowered variety of Galeopsis Tetrahit, the same I believe
with the var. 8 pubescens of Henslow’s Catalogue of British
Plants ; it has the leaves ofa more acutely lanceolate form, and
the whole plant has a softer and more abundant pubescence.
I may here mention that near Newcastle in the county
Down, the rare Achillea tomentosa has been found by Miss
Keown. Sir J. E. Smith mentions his having received this
plant from Ireland, but no station has before been made known
for it in that country. The neighbourhood of Belfast is pe-
culiarly rich in botanical productions, to the stations for many
of which I was directed by my friend Professor Bryce. I may
mention some additional objects of interest which have not, I
believe, been previously noticed. On the south side of the bay,
between Belfast and Hollywood, I found Atriplex littoralis,
Blysmus rufus, and Scirpus glaucus. By the side of a sandy
lane, to the right of the road to Hollywood, I remarked a sin-
gular straggling variety of Viola lutea, which plant is very
rare in Ireland. Here also may be found the Rosa Hibernica,
which has become very scarce in this neighbourhood. Upon
that interesting botanical station the Cave Hill, I found a late
single-flowered variety of Sawifraga hypnoides, the flowers of
which were mostly sessile upon the extremities of the procum-
bent shoots; some, which had elongated flower stalks, appeared
identical with the form described by Smith under the name
of elongella: together with this, upon the south side of the
hill, 1 found the <Alchemilla vulgaris 8B minor (A. hybrida,
Pers.) ; it appears to differ in nothing from a@ but in its small
size and dense white spreading pubescence, which gives it a
hoary appearance. The finest specimens of the rare Orobanche
rubra (some of them nearly a foot in height) are to be found

Mr. J. Ball’s Botanical Notes of a Tour in Ireland. 33

on the basaltic rocks at the south-east angle of the hill.
Under bushes at the east side I found Circea intermedia
very luxuriant both in flower and fruit, as likewise Vicia sy/-
vatica, &c. At Colin Glen, a few miles from Belfast, I gathered.
specimens of Rubus saxatilis; and in boggy ground, about half
way up the Glen, a single specimen of a fern which corre-
sponds accurately with Smith’s original specimens of Nephro-
dium cristatum (N. callipteris, DC.).. Nearly in the same
place I collected Mentha rubra and a Galiwm, apparently of
the palustre tribe, but without flower or fruit, remarkable for
the leaves in the whorl being constantly four in number. In
ascending from the lower woody part of the glen to the rocks
at the summit, the botanist can scarcely fail to remark the
gradual transition from a very divided form ‘of Aspidium an-
gulare through the forms named aculeatum and lobatum, to
one on the rocks above, which cannot be distinguished from
A. lonchitis*. Throughout a great part of Antrim I noticed
Rubus Ideus as the most common species of the genus in
hedges and woods as also on rocky ground.

At Coleraine in Derry, Carwm verticillatum is found in great
abundance by the west bank of the river about a quarter of a
mile below the town. In a potato field near the same place
I found Lamium intermedium, which is new to the Irish Flora;
I also found it in a similar situation near the foot of Ben Bul-
ben in Sligo, and it is probably not rare in the northern coun-
ties. On sandy ground, near the mouth of the Baun, I no-
ticed Gnaphalium minimum and rectum, and Trifolium medium.
I may direct the attention of the conchologist to the sandy
coast of Magilligan, which is very productive in marine shells.
In addition to many rare plants mentioned in the Flora Hi-
bernica as growing on Ben-ye-venagh, I found many alpine
species not common in Ireland, Silene acaulis, Dryas octope-
tala, Saxifraga hypnoides, Salix herbacea; and on Umbragh
rocks Rubus saxatilis. Throughout the counties of Derry,
Tyrone, Donegal, and Sligo Galiopsis versicolor is common ;
but I may observe as somewhat remarkable, that I have never

* In this glen some rare land shells, Helix fusca and scarburgensis (lamel-
lata, Drap.), are to be found: for the direction to this spot I am indebted
to that active naturalist Mr. Thompson of Belfast.

Ann. Nat. Hist. Vol.2. No.7. Sept, 1838. D

34 Mr. J. Ball’s Botanical Notes of a Tour in Ireland.

seen it except in potato fields ; a fact somewhat corroborative
of the opinion as to its being a luxuriant variety of G. Tetrahit.
In the neighbourhood of Enniskillen, on the banks of Lake
Erne, I found Circea intermedia and Galium boreale; and in the
same locality many species of Mentha might probably be dis-
criminated by a botanist acquainted with that difficult genus.
Perhaps the mountains of Sligo offer the most promising field
to the inquiring naturalist of any part of Ireland. I may
mention the results of a hurried visit to Ben Bulben, which is
already known to be a habitat of Arenaria ciliata and many
other rare plants; on the limestone ledges at the north-west
angle of the mountain I found Dryas octopetala, Silene acaulis,
Saxifraga hypnoides and Aizoides, Juniperus nana, and a very
diminutive variety of Thalictrum minus, which has possibly
been mistaken for 7. alpinum, said to grow on this mountain.
A little to the east, on the northern face of the rock, I gathered
a very large glabrous-fruited form of Carex recurva, probably
the C. Micheliana of Eng. Bot., and in the same spot Poly-
gonum viviparum, not mentioned in the Flora Hibernica ; but
in a notice in the Mag, Nat. Hist. since pointed out to me,
I find that it was gathered nearly in the same spot many years
ago by Mr. Murphy. Proceeding eastward along the ledges
of limestone, which abound in fossils, particularly many spe-
cies of corals, I found growing in company with Ses/leria ceru-
lea a grass new to the British Flora, the Keleria valesiaca,
Gaud. Near the same place I noticed Asplenium viride, Cy-
stopteris fragilis, &c. On the bogs between Sligo and Bal-
lina I gathered Gnaphalum rectum, Osmunda regalis, and
Juncus nigritellus, Eng. Bot. Supp., a plant apparently quite
distinct from J. lamprocarpus; and near the coast Raphanus
maritimus and Scirpus Savii, 8. monostachys, a form which I
have also noticed in Wicklow. Near Ballina Gentiana Amarella
occurs with white flowers. In the great boggy district of Ty-
rawley, the herbage consists principally of Rhyncospora alba,
Schenus nigricans, Eleocharis palustris, Drocera anglica, and
Osmunda regalis, with a few of the more common carices and
junci. After passing the night at a cottage about seven miles
from its base, I next day ascended Curslieve, one of the highest
mountains in the Erris group. By the side of a stream, descend-

Mr. J. Ball’s Botanical Notes of a Tour in Ireland, 35

‘ing from Currough-na-Gorragh, a small lake at a considerable
elevation on the mountain, I gathered Melampyrum monianum,
and a concave Nephrodium which I have already mentioned.
I also found here a species of Hpilobiwm with downy fruit
somewhat allied to E. alpinum it corresponds accurately with
the description of EZ. nutans in Reichenbach’s ‘ Flora Excur-
soria Germanica,’ and Professor Don considers it identical with
that plant. On the rocks above Currough-na-Gorragh I ob-
served avariety of Savifraga stellaris with a large spreading pa-
nicle, the leaves covered with long dense hairs larger and more
deeply cut than in the ordinary state of the plant. Saxifraga
umbrosa 8.(S, punctata, Haworth), is abundant on this and all
the other mountains in this part of Ireland, Between New-
port and Castlebar I noticed Nepeta Cataria, probably not
indigenous, growing to the height of three or four feet. The
limestone district on the banks of Lake Carra near Castlebar,
is exceedingly productive in rare plants; on the north-eastern
shore near Moore Hall I found Gentiana verna in fruit, a
dwarf red-flowered variety of Gentiana Amarella, Gnaphalium
dioicum, Thalictrum minus, sometimes growing to a large size

and approaching very near to 7. majus, Galium boreale in
great luxuriance, &c. To the west of this point I found
Neottia spiralis and Equisetum variegatum. On a point of
low rocky land called Derrynany, I found Rhamnus catharti-
cus and frangula, both very rare in Ireland; Rubia peregrina,
Euonymus europeus, and a fern in abundant fructification but
with the capsules all burst, probably a Nephrodium, in which
case it is allied to N. thelypteris, but differs in its very rigid
habit, and in having the pinnules finely serrated and wanting
the characteristic depression of the two lower pinne.

Near Delphi in Morrisk I noticed Lycopodium selaginoides
with Savifraga wnbrosa, and. Daboécia (Menziesia, Sm.) poli-
folia in great abundance, as also Anthemis nobilis, which is a
rare plant in Ireland. In a walk across the district lying
between the Mamturk mountains and the group called the
Twelve Pins, I gathered several of the peculiar plants of this
district, as Eriocaulon septangulare, Utricularia minor and in-
termedia, &c.: also on rocks in the bed of the river above
Lough Inagh, Galium boreale, Thalictrum minus, and Hiera-

D2

36 Dr. Arnott on the Genus Langsdorffia.

cium umbellatum, in a very reduced state and generally with
only a single flower to each stem. An account of the botany
of Connamara having been published by my friend Mr. Ba-
bington in vol. ii. of the Mag. Nat. Hist., it will be unne-
cessary to add anything further as to this district. On the lime-
stone rocks at Kilcornan near Galway, I collected Grammitis
ceterach, Melissa Calamintha, Asperula cynanchica, Euonymus
europeus, Saxifraga tridactylites, &c.; also, which may ap-
pear somewhat remarkable, on level ground near the sea, Ju-
niperus nana in great abundance and luxuriance.

I cannot close this brief notice without expressing my ob-
ligations to my friend Mr. Babington for his assistance in the
determination of many of the plants here mentioned.

It is hoped that these results of a very hurried visit to some
little frequented parts of Ireland, may tempt some British na-
turalists to bestow a more careful examination on the hitherto
little investigated districts of the west, where there can be no
doubt that much would be found to repay their exertions.

IV.—Some Account of the Genus Langsdorffia. By G. W.
Arnott, Esq., LL.D.

LANGSDORFFIA Mart.

Receptacula solitaria, stipites simplices terminantia, unisexualia. ores
Mascuzt inter paleas clavatas basi complanata in favi modum nexas sessiles.
Perigonium infundibuliforme, limbo 8—5-fido, laciniis zestivatione indupli-
cato-valvatis. Stamina 3—5, monadelpha, perigonii laciniis opposita; co-
lumna solida, tubo perigonii adnata, parte libera anthesis breviore: anther
connatz, extrorsz, biloculares; loculi zequales, juxta totam longitudinem
dehiscentes. Ovarit rudimentum nullum. flores reminer (imperfecti?),
confertissimi, pedicellati. Stylus filiformis simplex. Ovarium stipitatum in
stylum gracilem attenuatum. Herbz carnosa, stipites e rhizomate hypogeo
crassiusculo assurgentes, simplices, squamis obsessi, monocephali. Capitula
unisexualia, alia ex eodem rhizomate mascula, alia feminea.

1. L. janeirensis; rhizomate repente subsimplici, stipitis squamis arcte
imbricatis lanceolatis villoso-fimbriatis, perigonio masc. trifido laciniis
demum patentibus, floribus fem. (glandulam nullam ambientibus ?) infra
stylum bulboso-granulosis.—L. janeirensis, L. C. Richard, in Mem. du
Mus. d Hist. Nat. viii. p. 412. t. 19.—L. hypogeea, Mart. Journ. von
Brasil, ii. p.179; Nov. gen. et sp. iii. p. 181. t. 299.

Hab. in sylvis umbrosis circa Rio Janeiro.

As no notice is taken of the glands which in the next are

Dr. Arnott on the Genus Langsdorffia, | i

found mixed with the female flowers, I presume that they do
not exist, but have not myself been so fortunate as to examine
specimens.

2. L. indica; rhizomate cespitoso ramoso, stipitis squamis patulis ellip-
ticis margine glabris, perigonio masc. 4—5-fido laciniis demum reflexis,
floribus fem. circa glandulam pyriformem stipitatam insertis levibus.
—L. indica, Wight et Arn. ined.; Hook. Ic. Pl. t. 205, 206.—Bala-
nophora indica, Wall. Cat. n. 7247.—B. elongata, Blume en pl. Jav. i.
p. 87?

Hab. In Peninsula Indiz orientalis prope Courtallum et Cunnawady,
atque in monte Newere-Ellia in insula Ceylano, Wight.

Rhizoma carnosum, amorphum, ramosum, ramis brevibus crassis subprae-
morsis. Caules seu stipites czespitosi, erecti, crassi, 4—6-pollices alti, mono-
cephali, e basi usque ad capitulum squamis patulis tecti, alii ejusdem czs-
pitis masculi-flori, alii femini-flori. Foliorum loco squamz obovales vel el-
lipticze, obtuse, versus basin angustatee, summz consimiles, omnes flavido-
virentes, carnosz, siccatione rigidulo-membranacee, glaberrime, minime
ciliolatz, persistentes.—Capitulum masculinum sessile, ovato-globosum vel
cylindraceo-ovale, obtusissimum, nunc squamis stipitis summis involucratum,
nunc omnino emersum. Flores numerosi, majusculi, circa axin dense spi-
ratim dispositi. Axis seu receptaculum crassi stipitis, subcylindraceum,
apice quandoque paullo crassius, paleis carnosis clavatis apice truncatis basi
membranaceis ac in favi modum connexis obsitum. Perigonium intra sin-
gulos alveolos solitarium, sessile, infundibuliforme, paleis subtriplo longius:
tubus cylindraceus semipollicem fere longus, andrcecio omnino farctus, pedi-
cellum cylindricum crassiusculum referens: limbus seepius quadrifidus, haud
raro tamen quinquefidus ; lacinize zequales, duas tresve lineas longe, ovales,
obtuse, zestivatione induplicato-valvate, dein patentissimz, demum reflexe.
Stamina monodelpha: columna filamentorum solida tubo perigonii coherens,
extra tubum breviter exserta: antheree 4—5, laciniis perigonii opposite,
circa column apicem solidum connate, singule, cordate, biloculares, lo-
culis zequalibus intus septulo longitudinali secundario biloculatis, per totam
longitudinem extrorsum dehiscentes, septulis post pollinis emissionem albo-
membranaceis patulis cristas tenues 16 vel 20 lengitudinales simulantibus.
Pollen subspheericum, compressiusculum, angulis tribus poriformibus.—Ca-
pitulum femineum sessile, ovoideum, squamis stipitis summis involucratum.
Flores innumeri, minutissimi, totam axeos seu receptaculi ovoidei superficiem
densissime tegentes, pedicellati, laves, fasciculatim dispositi: fasciculi a
plurimis floribus circa glandulam insertis compositi: glandula obpyriformis,
fusco-purpurea, semipellucida, obscure cellulosa, stipitata; stipes basi in-
crassata flores sustinens, supra basin gracilis. Ovarium ovoideum vel sub-
globosum, seepe inequilaterum, atro-fuscum, basi in pedicellum apice in
stylum attenuatum, ad styli basin lineola transversali (limbum perigonii co-
heerentis truncatum verosimiliter indicante) obscurissime notatum, intus ut
videtur solidum homogeneum ac inovulatum, ideoque forsan in nostris abor=

38 Dr. Arnott on the Genus Langsdorfiia.

tivum. Stylus filiformis, levis, apice crassior ac truncatus, structura sub-
cellulari, ex apice ovarii attenuato tarde deciduus, ovario colore pallidior :
stylorum apices glandulam supra descriptam vix superantes.

Richard, in his account of the genus, considers the female
flowers hitherto known to be imperfect: “ nescio quid imper-
fecti in omnibus trium capitulorum a me dissectorum floribus
femineis deprehendens, ad suspicandum alia existere capitula
perfectioribus onusta floribus moveor.” ~Most-other botanists
adopt the same view. I have never in the Indian species
been able to find so perfect a perianth as Richard found in
that from Brazil; and although the reputed ovaria were much
more swollen than those which Richard saw, I cannot find the
smallest trace of an ovule. I should therefore have thought it
probable that those female capitula which arise from the same
rhizoma as the male, were always imperfect, and that the fer-
tile ones were to be found on a different plant, perhaps ac-
companied by imperfect males; but Dr. Wight has observed
the ZL. indica in different places and at different times, and
he seems never to have detected any other than the form
above described. Blume, if indeed his Balanophora elongata
be the same as that from Dr. Wight, while he inserts it in
Balanophora, makes no exception as to the imperfection of any
of the female flowers: but that plant is referred doubtfully
by Endlicher to Cynopsole, a new genus, which is said to be
dicecious (the male only being known), but which may with
equal probability be held to be moneecious, and would then
only differ from Langsdorffia indica by “ flores masculi singuli
bractea canaliculata excepta,”’ instead of these bractea or
paleze being clavate upwards while their membranaceous bases
intersect each other and form cells. Blume also says of his
plant that it is dicecious, but from the account given in the
generic character of the structure of the monecious species,
it is obvious that by diecious he only alludes to the capitula
being unisexual.

Further observations may thus prove the three to be one
and the same species. Whether we suppose that Blume saw
perfect females, and that he found the structure as in the
genus Balanophora, where the ovaria are “one-ovuled and
attenuated upwards into a setaceous style,” or that the style

di

-banyooxy papdnrg-LNOT
“SrYQUL 7] “ypbrtay granny DITO

url josaop fo aorsod MY

Riess

S208

MTA WTA AY POV ey

Mr. R. Parnell on the Motella cimbria. 39

described by Richard, and above in Dr. Wight’s species, be-
longs to a complete but imperfectly observed female flower,
I cannot draw the conclusion at which Endlicher has arrived,
that Langsdorffia belongs to the same section of the order as
Helosis and Scybalium, both with two styles and a bilocular
ovary : it appears to me to be more intimately related to Ba-
lanophora, and this relation is confirmed by the female flowers
of B. indica being placed on glandular partial receptacles, as
in Balanophora fungosa of Forster. From Balanophora, how-
ever, Langsdorffia is readily recognised, by the males and fe-
males being on different, not on the same receptacles, and by
the ovaria being stalked, so that the ovary, considered along
with the stalk and style, may almost be called fusiform. If,
Endlicher, as I incline to think, has described his genus Cy-
nopsole from imperfect materials, and if Blume’s Balanophora
— elongata, and Wight’s Langsdorffia indica be referable to it,
and if the original Langsdorffia janeirensis is really destitute of
the glands that are intermingled with the female flowers of
the other, Cynopsole may still be kept up for the eastern species.

I may here remark that the ovary and style represented by
Forster agree tolerably well with those observed in Dr.Wight’s
plant; that Forster, as appears from his manuscripts quoted
by Richard, was doubtful if what he saw was an ovarium, or
that it was one-celled, and that he had seen neither pericarp
nor seed; from which it. may be inferred that the female
flowers observed were in appearance equally imperfect with
those of Langsdorffia. It appears, however, from Blume’s ge-
neric character (en. pl. Jay. i. p. 86) that he had at last ascer-
tained them to be perfect, and that the fruit is crustaceous
and one-seeded. :

V.—On a new Species of British Fish (Motella cimbria). By
~Ricwarp PARNELL, M.D., F.R.S.E.
{ With a Plate. ]

MoTELLA ciMBRIA*, the Four-bearded Rockling.

Specific characters.—Snout with three barbules, and one
onthe chin. Plate III.

* Gadus cimbrius, Linneus.

40 Mr. R. Parnell on the Motella cimbria.

Description —From a specimen 14 inches in length. Form
closely resembling that of the five-bearded rockling, but the
length of the head is somewhat greater compared to that of
the body; body elongated, rounded in front, compressed be-
hind, tapering from the vent to the caudal extremity, greatest
depth less than the length of the head. Head one-sixth of
the entire length, caudal fin included, slightly depressed; snout
blunt, projecting considerably beyond the under jaw; eye
large, of an oval form, placed high up, and about its own length
from the point of the snout; operculum rounded, oblique ;
gill-opening large; gape wide; maxillary extending in a line
with the posterior margin of the orbit ; teeth sharp, and fine,
situated in two rows on the under jaw, and in five rows on the
upper, a few are also placed in a cluster on the anterior part
of the vomer; dJarbules four, one a little in front of each
nostril, one at the extremity of the upper lip, and one on the
chin ; tongue fleshy, smooth, and without teeth. Fins, first
dorsal obsolete, scarcely discernible, commencing over the
operculum, and terminating a little in front of the second
dorsal, composed of a number of short, fine, capillary rays, of
which the first is the largest, presenting an appearance, ac-
cording to Linnzeus, of the letter T, but this latter character
I was unable to recognise in the present example, owing to
that ray having been somewhat destroyed previously to the
fish coming into my possession ; second dorsal taking its ori-
gin in a line over the ends of the pectorals, and terminating
a little in advance of the caudal, the anterior portion nearly of
equal height, the rays in the posterior half more sensibly in-
creasing in length to the last but four, from thence rapidly
diminishing, the first ray simple, the rest branched ; anal com-
mencing in a line under the twelfth ray of the second dorsal,
and ending under the last ray but three of the same fin, in
form similar to the second dorsal, but the rays scarcely more
than one half the length, the first ray simple, the rest branched;
caudal rounded at the extremity, the lengths of the middle
rays equalling the space between the first and twelfth rays of
the anal, the lateral rays simple ; ventrals jugular, the second
rays the longest, about two-thirds the length of the pectoral ;
pectorals rounded at the extremities, equalling the length of

Mr. R. Parnell on the Motella cimbria. 41

the caudal, the first rays stout and simple, the rest branched.
The fin-rays in number are
Ist D. 50; 2nd D. 50; P. 16; V.5; A. 43; C. 203
| Vert. 52.

Scales small, smooth, and adherent, covering the head, body,
and membranes of the dorsal, caudal and anal fins; lateral
line distinct, formed by a number of oval depressions placed
at intervals from each other, commencing over the operculum,
taking a bend under the ninth, tenth, and eleventh rays of
the second dorsal fin, from thence running straight to the
middle ray of the caudal. Colours, back and sides of a grey-
ish brown, belly dirty white, second dorsal fin edged with
white, which is more apparent towards the caudal end; upper
half of the caudal fin tipped with white ; pectorals, caudal and
lower parts of the dorsal, dark brown approaching to black ;
anal and ventrals dusky.

Two well-known species of Motella are frequently met with
on our coast, the Motella guinquecirrata and the Motella vul-
garis; but I am not aware of the Moftella cimbria (Gadus
cimbrius of Linnzeus) having previously been noticed as a
British fish. It was found in June last, a little to the east of
Inchkeith, on a haddock line baited with muscles, and sent
me by the fishermen of Newhaven, as being the only fish of
the kind they had ever met with. From its general appearance,
they at once recognised it to be closely allied to the five-bearded
rockling (Motella quinquecirrata), a common species through-
out the coast, but on comparison the differences between them
were obvious ; and although the two fishes do disagree in some
particulars, yet it is difficult to point out accurately and satis-
factorily, to those who are not in the habit of handling them,
what these particulars are. Some authors, placing no depend-
ence as a character on the numbers of barbules on the snout,
consider the five-bearded rockling and the three-bearded rock-
ling as mere varieties ; but this is not admitted either by Mr.
Yarrell or by Mr. Jenyns, who very justly consider them as
deserving of a place as distinct species in their valuable works
on British Ichthyology. The four-bearded rockling, accord-
ing to Linnzus, occurs in the Atlantic and Norway seas, and
is distinguished by the first ray of the anterior dorsal fin pre-

42 Mr. R. Parnell on the Motella cimbria.

senting the form of the letter T. On dissecting the specimen
I examined, I found the stomach filled with shrimps and small
crabs: the cacal appendages were few in number; the roe
was large, the ova small and numerous, and apparently in a
fit state to be deposited. It is probable that the habits of this
fish are similar to those of the other species, but from its ra-
rity it is difficult to determine.

The Motella cimbria differs from Motella quinquecirrata in
the following respects :—in the snout having but three bar-
bules ; the head one-sixth of the whole length ; the teeth sharp
and slender, placed in two rows on the under jaw; the eye
large, of an oval form; the snout much produced; the gape
wide ; from the point of the snout to the posterior extremity
of the maxillary, from thence to the origin of the pectoral,
equal; the lateral line very distinct; the tips of the upper half
of the caudal rays white; the second ray of the ventral fin but
slightly produced; the rays in the anterior half of the second
dorsal nearly double the lengths of those of the anal; where-
as in MW, quinquecirrata the snout is furnished with four bar-
bules; the head one-sixth the length as far as the base of the
caudal fin; the teeth, blunt and stout, placed in three rows
on the under jaw; the eye small, nearly circular; the snout
but slightly produced; the gape rather small; from the point
of the snout to the posterior extremity of the maxillary, from
thence to the origin of the ventral, equal; the lateral line very
indistinct; the caudal fin of a uniform brown; the second ray
of the ventral fin much produced ; the rays in the anterior
half of the second dorsal about equal the lengths of those of
the anal.

The Motella cimbria differs from Motella vulgaris in the
snout being produced, and furnished with three barbules ; the
teeth small, fine and slender, all nearly of equal length and
size; the anal fin with forty-three rays; the body without
spots ; whereas in M. vulgaris the snout projects but slightly,
and is furnished with only two barbules; the teeth irregular,
long and stout, with small ones at the base, closely arranged
in many rows; the anal fin with fifty rays; the body with a
number of large dusky spots. The form and arrangement of
the teeth in this species are very striking.

Rev. Li. Jenyns on the British Shrews. 43

VI.—Additional Note on the British Shrews. By the Rev.
L. Jenyns, M.A,, F.L.S., &c.

Srvce the publication of my last memoir I have seen a third
specimen of the Chestnut shrew in the museum of the Zoolo-
gical Society ; and on comparing it with my own, I find it so
exactly similar, both in form and colours, with the sole ex-
ception of these last being somewhat paler, as to remove all
doubt in my mind of its being a distinct species from the So-
rex tetragonurus. The following may serve as the distin-
guishing characters of these two shrews :—

1. S. tetragonurus, Herm. (Square-tailed Shrew.)—Snout
broad, compared with that of the common shrew: feet, fore espe-
cially, much larger: tail slender, more quadrangular at all ages,
and slightly attenuated at the tip; clothed with closely-ap-
pressed hairs in the young state, in age nearly naked: upper
parts very deep reddish brown; under parts dark yellowishgrey.

2. 8. castaneus, Jen. (Chestnut Shrew.)—Snout and feet |
much as in the last species, but the former rather more atte-
nuated: tail moderately stout, nearly round, well clothed with
hairs, which form at the extremity a long pencil; upper
parts, as well as the snout, feet and tail, bright chestnut ; un-
der parts ash-grey.

The specimen of this shrew in the Museum of the Zoological
Society is a female, not yet arrived at full size. The length of the
_ head and body is 2 in. 13 lin. That of the tail, 1 in. 7} lin.

With regard to the error* of my considering the British
water-shrew as distinct from the S. fodiens of the continent,
I may observe that it has been already in part corrected in my
last memoir, wherein I stated that further investigation had
led me to believe that it was the real S. fodiens of Gmelin, as
well as of Bechstein, Brehm, and Wagler. If it be also the S.
fodiens of Duvernoy,the error of regarding them as distinct has
originated, not with me, but with the author just mentioned,
who must have assigned a wrong type of dentition to his own
species. And such, from the statement of Nathusius quoted
by the editor in the last number, would seem to be the case.

Swaffham Bulbeck, July 31, 1838.

* Alluded to by Nathusius in his memoir on the European shrews, accord-
ing to the Editor of this Magazine, to whom I am indebted for drawing my
attention to the circumstance. See the last number of the Annals, i. 427.

44 Specimen of the Botany of New Zealand.

VII.—Flore Insularum Nove Zelandie Precursor; or a Spe-
cimen of the Botany of the Islands of New Zealand. By
ALLAN CUNNINGHAM, Esq.

[Continued from vol. i. p. 462.]
CONVOLVULACEA, Juss.

1. Catystecia, R. Br.

394. C. sepium. Br. Prodr. i. p. 483. A. Rich. Fl. Nov. Zel. p. 250.
Reem. and Sch. Syst. Veg. iv. p. 182.—Convolvulus sepium. LZ. Engl. Bot.
t. 313.—C. Tugurionum. Jorst. Prodr. n.74.

New Zealand (Middle Island).—1773, G. Forster. (Northern Island),
River Thames.—1827, D’Urville. Bay of Islands in marshy ground.—1826.
A. Cunningham. Wytangy and Keri-Keri rivers.—1834, R. Cunningham.

395. C. Soldanella. Reem. and Sch. Syst. Veg. iv. p. 184. A. Rich. Fl.
Nov. Zel. p. 200. Endl. Prodr. Fl, Norf. p. 52.—Convolvulus Soldanella,
L. Engl. Bot. t. 314.

Poné incolarum Tolage. D’Urville.

New Zealand (Northern Island).—1769, Sir Jos. Banks. Tolaga Bay,
east coast.—1827, D’Urville. Shores of the Bay of Islands.—1834, Rich.
Cunningham.

Obs. L’espéce que M. R. Brown a décrite sous le nom de Calystegia re-
niformis, ne différe en rien du C. Soldanella, Rich. loc. cit. conf. R. Br,

Prodr. p. 484.
2. Irpomxa, Jacq.

396. I. pendula, R. Br. Prodr.i. p. 486. Endl. Prodr. Fl. Norf. p. 52.

Andr. Rep. 618.
New Zealand (Northern Island). On the banks of the Hokianga river

among fern ; also on the Kana-Kana river, Bay of Islands. —1834, 2. Cun-

ningham.
3. Dicnonpra, Forst. Char. Gen.

397. D. repens. Forst. Prodr. n. 134. Br. Prodr.i.p.491, Willd. Sp.
Pl. 1. p. 1353. Smith Ic. Ined. i. p. 8.4.8. A. Rich. Fl. Nov. Zel. p. 201.
—Steripha reniformis. Banks and Sol. Mss. in Bibl. Banks.

New Zealand (Northern Island).—1769, Sir Jos. Banks. 1826, Bay of
Islands.—A. Cunningham.—1834, R. Cunningham.

GENTIANEZ, Juss.
1, Gentiana, L.

398. G. saxosa; corollis quinquefidis campanulatis, floribus longe pedun-
culatis subumbellatis, foliis caulinis subremotis spathulatis carnosis glabris,
radicalibus approximatis. Forst. Prodr.n. 132. A. Rich. Fl. Nov. Zel. p.
202. Willd. Sp. Pl. 1. p. 1357.

New Zealand (Middle Island). On rocks washed by the sea, Dusky Bay.
—1773, G. Forster.—1791, A. Menzies,

Specimen of the Botany of New Zealand. A5

399. G. montana ; corollis quinquefidis campanulato-infundibuliformibus,
floribus pedunculatis subcorymbosis solitariisve, foliis caulinis remotis sessi-
libus ellipticis ovatisve, infimis approximatis basi attenuatis. Br. Prodr. 1.
p. 450. Forst. Prodr. n. 133. A. Rich. Fl. Nov. Zel. p. 203. Willd. Sp.
Pl. 1. p. 1334.

New Zealand (Middle Island). On the bare and bleak summits of the
lofiiest mountains.—1773, G. Forster.

2. Sepma, Soland. R. Br.
400. S.? gracilis, corollis quinquefidis, calycis carinis simplicibus, foliis
ovato-oblongis obtusiusculis enerviis, caule gracili tetragono membranaceo,
capsula cylindrica.

New Zealand (Northern Island). In bogs at Mangamuka, Hokianga.—
1834, R. Cunningham.

I have referred this slender plant to Sebea, notwithstanding the
spirally twisted anthers, post anthesin; the capsule being bilocular
and margins of the valves inflexed. It differs from S. ovata, Br. in
having a long cylindrical capsule, leaves without defined nerves, and
a habit altogether more slender.

LOGANIEA, R. Br. in Flind. Voy.
Von Mart. Nov. Gen. § Sp. Pl. 2. p. 133.

Flos anisomerius. Calyx liber quinquepartitus. Corolla limbo zquali,
seu inazequali zstivatione convolutiva. Stamina e corolla isogenea quin-
que (vel unum). Pollen vittato-trilobum (in Pagamea). Stylus in-
sertus? Stigma simplex. Capsula bilocularis, placentis originatus vel
tandem liberis ; aut drupa mono-vel dipyrena, pyrenis mono-dispermis.
Albumen carnosum vel cartilagineum. Embryo orthotropus, Martius.

1. Gentostoma*, Forst.
(Anasser, Juss. Aspi1Losium, Soland.)

Calyx quinquefidus persistens. Corolla tubulosa vel subcampanulata
fauce barbata, limbo quinquepartito, laciniis incurvatis vel reflexis.
Stamina 5, filamenta brevissima in fauce inserta. Anthere biloculares.
Stigma capitatum. Ovarium biloculare. Capsula 2-locularis, bivalvis,
valvis integris, marginibus inflexis angustis insertis placentis duabus
invicem cohzrentibus, et post dehiscentiam valvularum persistentibus.
Semina numerosa.—Arbores. vel frutices. Folia opposita, petiolata,

* The other species may be thus distinguished :

G. rupestre, Forst., arboreum, foliis oblongo-lanceolatis acuminatis con-
coloribus, corolla laciniis involutis, stigmate capitato sublamelloso.

Hab. In Insula Tanna. G. Forster. ;

G. borbonicum, fruticosum, foliis ovatis obtusiusculis.—Anassera. bor-
bonica.. Lam. Illustr. 1. p.40. Roem, et Sch. Syst. Veg. iv. p. 204. Pers.
Syn. i. p. 264,

Hab. In Insula Borbonia. Commerson.

46 Specimen of the Botany of New Zealand.

stipulata, integra, venosa; stipule in vaginas intrapetiolares connate.
Flores avillares, subverticillati, eymosi. Pedunculi subsimplices, fili-
formes, bracteis binis medio instructi.

401, G. ligustrifolium, fruticosum, foliis ellipticis ovatisve acuminatis sub-
tus discoloribus, laciniis corollz reflexis, stigmate depresso-capitato.—G.
rupestris. 4. Rich. Fl. Nov. Zel. p. 207. non Forst.— Aspilotum levigatum,.
Banks et Sol. Mss. Hunghi hunghi Incol. R. Cunn.

New Zealand (Northern [sland).—1769, Sir Jos. Banks. In dry woods,
Bay of Islands. —1826, 4. Cunningham,—1827, D’ Urville.—1834, R. Cun-

ningham,
APOCYNEZ, R. Br.

1. Parsonsta, Br,

402. P. heterophylla; paniculis terminalibus, tubo corollze laciniis calycis
triplo longiore, foliis ovato-lanceolatis integerrimis mucronatis vel elongato-
Janceolatis attenuatis repandis, ramulis pubescentibus. Periploca capsularis.
Forst. A. Rich. Fl. Nov. Zel. p.205.—Pi Incolarum.

New Zealand (Northern Island). Shady woods at Wangaroa.—1826,
A. Cunningham. At Hokianga, &c.—1834, R. Cunningham.

Upon comparing specimens of this plant recently gathered with
authentic samples of Periploca capsularis, Forst. (in the Banks. Herb.)
they appear identically the same species, Yet the latter is described
by its discoverer (Prodr. n, 126) as having small flowers in axillary
racemes shorter than the leaves, and the tube of the corolla shorter
than the segments of the calyx. According to Sprengel, Forster’s
plant is identical with Echites corymbosa (Jacq. Amer.)

OLEINEX, Hoffmansegg § Link.
Oza, L.

403. O. apetala, Vahl. Endl. Prodr. Fl. Norf. p. 56. Roem. et Sch. Syst.
Veg.i. p.71. Excl. syn. Andrewsit.

New Zealand (Northern Island). .A tree 25 feet high, on the banks of
rivers, &c.—1769, Sir Jos. Banks.—1826, 4. Cunningham.

The iron wood of the earlier colonists on Norfolk island, where it
attains a height of forty feet.

SAPOTEA, Juss.
Acuras, Z.
404. A. costata. Endl. Prodr. Fl, Norf. p. 49.
New Zealand (Northern Island). A small tree between the villages of
Ngaire and Wainai, opposite the Cavallos Isles, off the east coast.—1833,
R. Cunningham.

Obs. The specimens with which I have been furnished, without
fructification, have been compared with those indigenous to Norfolk
Island; and so far as the venation, general structure and figure of

Specimen of the Botany of New Zealand. 47

the leaves have enabled me to determine, the New Zealand sea coast
plant is identical with that elaborately described by M. Endlicher

from Norfolk Island.
MYRSINEA, R. Br.

Myrsine, LZ.

405. M. Urvillei; glabra, foliis ovatis obtusis integris (undulatis) pellu-
cido-punctatis, floribus subsessilibus fasciculatis (4) 5-andris polygamis,
lobis calycinis minimis dentiformibus, antheris sessilibus ovoideis. DC.
(rev. Nat. Ord. Myrs.) in Linn. Tr. v, 17. p.105.—M, undulata. 4. C. Mss.
1826.—Merista levigata. Banks et Sol. Mss. 1769.—Suttonia australis. 4,
Rich. Fl. Nov. Zel. p.349. t. 38. Tepan Incol.

New Zealand (Northern Island).—1769, Sir Jos. Banks. In dry woods,
Bay of Islands.—1826, 4. Cunningham. (Middle Island) Tasman’s Bay.
1827, D’ Urville.

406. M.? divaricata; ramis valde divaricatis arcuatis dependentibus
elabris, foliis (semiuncialibus ad extremitatem ramulorum 2—3) late obcor-
datis seu emarginatis retusis coriaceis venosis, margine incrassatis, paginis-
que punctatis, punctis pellucidis rubescentibus, lobis calycinis (quaternis)
ovatis obtusis glabris, bacca “ globosa” pedicellata nigro-punctata.

New Zealand (Northern Island), A shrub found at the head of the Wy-
caddy river, Bay of Islands; also near the mission station on the Hokianga.
—1834, 2. Cunningham,

EPACRIDE, R. Br.
1, Cyatuopes, Labill.

407. C. acerosa, foliis lineari-oblongis linearibusve (semiuncialibus) pa-
tulis cuspidatis subtus glaucis 8—5-nerviis, nerviis extimis pectinatis ramu-
losis, margine ciliatis, A. Br. Mss. Roem, et Sch. Syst, Veg, iv. p.473.—
Styphalia acerosa. Banks et Sol. Mss,—Leucopogon Forsteri. 4. Rich, Fl.
Nov, Zel. p. 216,—Epacris juniperina. Forst. Prodr. n, 71.

New Zealand (Northern Island).—1769, Sir Jos, Banks. Summits of
hills Wangaroa.—1826, 4. Cunningham. (Middle Island), Astrolabe har-
bour.—1827, D’ Urville.

2. Leucorocon, R. Br.

408. L. fasciculatus, spicis aggregatis solitariisve nutantibus, ovariis tri-
locularibus, drupis globosis, foliis lanceolatis planiusculis 5-nerviis, margine
serrulatis, ramulis pubescentibus. 4. Rich. Fl. Nov. Zel. p. 215.—Epacris
fasciculata. orst. Prodr. n. 72.

New Zealand (Northern Island). A large shrub in close forests. Kana
Kana river, Bay of Islands.—1826, 4, Cunningham. (Middle Island).—
1773, G. Forster.

409. L. Fraseri, pumilus, pedunculis brevissimis erectis unifloris, foliis
confertis imbricatis adpressis erecto-patulisve obovato-oblongis convexius-
culis mucronatis subtus striatis, marginibus cartilagineis ciliatis scabris, ra-
mulis tenuissime pubescentibus.

48 Specimen of the Botany of New Zealand.

New Zealand (Northern Island). Among ferns on the hills near the Bay
of Islands.—1820, C. Fraser.—1834, R. Cunningham.

3. Penracuonpra, &. Br.

410. P. pumila. Br. Prody. i. p. 549. Reem. et Sch. Syst. Veg. iv. p. 487.
A. Rich. Fl. Nov. Zel. p.217.—Epacris pumila. Forst. Prodr. n. 70, Linn.
Suppl. p.138. Pers. Syn. i. p. 174.

New Zealand (Middle Island), summits of the bleakest and barest moun-
tains. —1773, G. Forster.

Obs. Caules subpalmares, erecto-patentes, filiformes, foliosi, ex eadem ra-
dice plures, basi aphylli subterranei, vix ramosi. Folia minima, ovata, acuta,
integerrima, 6—7-nervia, umbilicata, apice cartilagineo rubro. ores soli-
tarii in apice ramulorum sessiles. Forst.

4, Epacris, Smith, Labiil.

411. E. pauciflora, foliis rhombeo-ovatis subacuminatis erectis concavis
imbricatis crassis 3-nerviis muticis, floribus solitariis axillaribus pedicellatis,
pedicellis multibracteatis, calycibus acutis tubum corollz superantibus, sta-
minibus inclusis. 4. Rich. Fl. Nov. Zel. p. 213.

Toé-toé Incol. see D’ Urville-—Kowangatura. R. Cunningham.

New Zealand (Northern Island). Shores of the Bay of Islands in open
heaths.—1826, 4. Cunningham.—1827, D’ Urville.

5. Dracopuytium, Labill.

412. D. latifolium ; arboreum, foliis linearibus valde attenuatis (sesquipe-
dalibus) basi dilatatis vaginantibus, paniculis terminalibus ramosis.—Epacris
latifolia. Banks et Sol. Mss.

New Zealand (Northern Island). Dry woods on the Kana Kana river,
Bay of Islands.—1769, Sir Jos. Banks.—1826, A. Cunningham.

413. D., longifolium, arboreum, foliis lineari-lanceolatis acuminatis (seepe
in ramis junioribus spithameeis) basi dilatatis vaginantibus, racemis latera-
libus simplicibus reticulatis. R. Br. Mss. A. Rich. Fl. Nov. Zel. p. 219.
Reem, et Sch, Syst. Veg. iv. p. 385.—Epacris longifolia. Forst. Prodr. n.68.

New Zealand (Middle Island). In woods.—1773, G. Forster.

414. D. rosmarinifolium, fruticosum, foliis linearibus rigidis erectis (sex-
quiuncialibus) apice obtusis basi dilatatis vaginantibus, floribus axillaribus
solitariis. A. Br. A. Rich. Fl. Nov. Zel. p. 200. Reem. et Sch. Syst. Veg.
iv. p. 385.—Epacris rosmarinifolia. Forst. Prodr. n. 69.

New Zealand (Middle Island). On the summits of the highest mountains.
—1773, G. Forster.

415. D. Urvillianum, fruticosum, foliis fasciculatis linearibus acutis rigidis,
margine retrorsum scaberulis basi dilatata vaginantibus floribus 2—4-spicatis,
squamulis oblongo-lanceolatis acutis ciliatis, limbi corolle laciniis ovali-
acuminatis. 4. Rich. Fl. Nov. Zel. p. 221.—D. attenuatum. 4. C. Mss.
1826,

New Zealand (Northern Island). Open fern grounds on the shores of
the Bay of Islands.—1826, 4. Cunningham. (Middle- i Tasman’s
Bay on rocks,—1827, D'Urville.

Specimen of the Botany of New Zealand. 49

416. D, Lessonianum, foliis fasciculatis longioribus linearibus acutis sub-
ulatis semiteretibus glabris retrorsum scaberulis basi dilatatis subciliatis,
floribus 6—8 alternis pedicellatis in spicam terminalem dispositis, squamulis
3—4 longitudine calycis longe acuminatis sepalis ciliatis longitudine corollz,
limbi laciniis oblongo-lanceolatis. 4. Rich. Fl. Nov. Zel. p. 223.—D. ros-
mariniforme. FR. C. Mss. 1834. .

New Zealand (Northern Island). Banks of the Keri-Keri river, Bay of
Islands.—1834, 2.Cunningham. (Middle Island,) onrocks.—1827, D’ Urville.

ERICEA, R&R. Br.
Gauttueria, LZ.

417. G. antipoda, caule fruticoso ramoso ramis lanuginosis, foliis obovati-
orbiculatis obtusis serratis glabris, floribus axillaribus solitariis pedicellatis,
A. Rich, Fl. Nov. Zel. p. 211. Forst. Prodr. n.196. Willd. &c.

Ton-aye Incol., D’ Urville.<Kehuhutia, R. Cunningham.

New Zealand (Middle Island).—1773, G. Forster. (Northern Island).
Open fern lands, Bay of Islands. —1826, 4. Cunningham.—1827, D' Urville.
—1834, R. Cunningham.

418. G. rupestris, (R. Br.) caule suffruticoso ramoso, ramulis verrucosis .
~ non hispidis, foliis elliptico-lanceolatis serrulatis utrinque glabris (uncialibus)
racemis axillaribus terminalibusve simplicibus folio longioribus, rachi pedi-
cellisque pilosis.—Andromeda rupestris. Forst. Prodr.n.195. . A. Rich.
Fl. Nov. Zel. p. 208. t. 27.

New Zealand (Middle Island). In swamps and on wet rocks.—1773,
G. Forster.

419. G. fluviatilis, caulibus suffruticosis procumbentibus, ramis crinitis,
foliis lineari-lanceolatis obtuse acuminatis petiolatis (semiuncialibus) margine
revolutis remote serratis, serraturis apiculoque obtusis callosis, supra tenuiter
pilosis, subtus rugoso-striatis, racemis terminalibus folio multoties longiori-
bus, pedicello bracteatis villosis—Andromeda rupestris. R, C. Mss. 1834,
non Lorst. ;

New Zealand (Northern Island). In the pebbly bed of the Keri-Keri
river near the Great Fall, Bay of Islands,—1834, Jt. Cunningham.

CAMPANULACE, &. Br.
1, Wantenseraia, Schrad, (Campanula, sp. L.)

Calyx 3—5-fidus. Corolla campanulata, basi tubulosa, limbo 3—5-fida.
Stamina 83—5, ineequalia, filamenta basi simplicia. Stigma obtusum,
trilobum, barbatum. Capsula trilocularis, univalvis, apice foramine
triplici hians. Dissepimenta utrinque placentifera. Semina indefinita,
pendula.

420. W. gracilis, caule erecto gracili tereti a basi ramoso glabro aut pi-
loso, foliis linearibus integris aut dentatis, glabris aut pilosis, floribus termi-
nalibus ad apicem ramorum solitariis 5-fidis, corolla ovario duplo triplove
longiori. 4. Rich. Fl. Nov. Zel, p.225,—Campanula gracilis. Horst. Prodr.
n. 84. Br. Prodr.i. p.561. Reem. et Sch. Syst. Veg. v. p.97. Bot. Mag.
t, 691.—C. polymorpha, var. Sol. Ms. in Bibl. Banks.

Ann, Nat, Hist, Vol. 2. No.7. Sept. 1838. E

50 Specimen of the Botany of New Zealand.

Punai-uou Incol., R. Cunn. Kouletao, D' Urville.
Obs. Species polymorpha valde variabilis, cujus hujus varietates e Nova
Zelandia et Nova Caledonia, in Herb, Banks. vidi. 2. Br. ;

New Zealand (Northern Island). Among ferns.on the hills, Bay of
Islands, &c.—1834, I. Cunningham. (Middle Island),.—1773, G. Forster.
Astrolabe Harbour.—1827, D’Urville.

: 2. Lopeuia, LZ.

421. L. alata. Br. Prodr, i.p. 562. A. Rich. Fl. Nov. Zel, p. 227, Reem.
et Sch, Syst. Veg. v. p.68. Labill, Nov. Holl. i, p. 51. t. 72,

Pourao Incol. sec. D’ Urville.— Wae-wae-Kou-hou, R. Cunningham.

New Zealand (Northern Island). Sea coast near the Bay of Islands, on
rocks.—1834, R. Cunningham, (Middle Island), Astrolabe Harbour.—
1827, D’ Urville.

422. L. angulata. Forst, Prodr. n. 309. Willd. Sp. Pl.i.p. 951. Reem.
et Sch. Syst. Veg. v. p.65. A. Rich, Fl. Nov. Zel. p. 227.

- New Zealand (Middle Island).—1773, G. Forster, (Northern Island.)
Valley of Wangaroa.—1826, 4. Cunningham.

423. L. littoralis (R. Cunn.) procumbens, glaberrima, caulibus adscen-
dentibus gracilibus, foliis subrotundo-ovatis grosse dentatis, pedunculo ebrac-
teato florifero plus duplo brevioribus floribus axillaribus solitariis pedunculis
fructiferis valde elongatis. :

New Zealand (Northern Island). On the shores of the Keri-Keri and
Kana-Kana rivers, Bay of Islands. —1834, R. Cunningham,

424, L. submersa (R. Cunn.) repens, czespitosa, radicans, foliis (semiun-
cialibus) lineari-spathulatis obtusis integerrimis subrepandisve infra medium
attenuatis piligeris, pedunculo ebracteato parum longioribus, staminibus
epipetalis, |

New Zealand (Northern Island). In stagnant water, lodged in basins of
the rock in the bed of the Keri-Keri river, Bay of Islands.—1834, R, Cun-
ningham. my

425. L. physaloides, suffruticosa glabra, caule anguloso subramoso, foliis
ovato-oblongis longe petiolatis acutis inzequaliter serratis, racemis termina-
libus nutantibus laciniis calycinis linearibus dimidium corollee vix aquanti-
bus, capsula globosa torulosa.

Odu vel Oru Incol. vulgo dicitur.

New Zealand (Northern Island). In damp woods at Wangaroa, Matauri,
&c., Bay of Islands.—1834, 2. Cunningham.

Planta (in horto) vix ad basin suffruticosa, duo vel tripedalis, ramulis ro-
tundato-angulatis purpureo-luridis. olia alterna, ovata, acuta, valde ~
prominenti-venosa, petiolata, 3—4 uncias longa, inzequaliter serrata,
serraturis glanduloso-callosis, petiolis biuncialibus, supra canaliculatis,
basi incrassatis decurrentibus. Racemi divisi, 6—8-flori. Pedunculi
alterni unciati, bracteis foliaceis linearibus suffulti. Calycine lacinie
lineari-lanceolatz, subulatz, acute, corolla plus duplo breviores. Co-
rolla coerulea, unciam longa, laciniis lanceolatis attenuatis lineatis sta-
mina equantibus. Anther@ exserte, apice penicillate. Stigma dila-

Specimen of the Botany of New Zealand. 51

tatum, bilobum, lobis rotundatis supra convexis rms subtus
concavis dense villosis.
Obs. In horto regio Kewensi colitur, ubi quotannis floret.

STYLIDEZ.,
1. Sryiipium, Swartz. Labillardiére.

426. S. spathulatum, Br, Prodr, i, p.569, A. Rich, Fl, Nov. Zel. p, 229.

New Zealand (Middle Island). Tasman’s Bay (lat. 40% S.).—1827,
D’ Urville, ‘

This plant, a native of the south coast of Australia, is here ad-
mitted as indigenous also to New Zealand, solely on the authority
of M, Achille Richard, who has described a plant which was found
on the shores of Tasman’s Bay in the voyage of L’Astrolabe, and
which he has referred to Stylidium. He says, ‘‘ Nous avons rapporté
au Stylid. spathulatum de Brown un seul petit échantillon de ce genre
qui a été recueilli par le capitaine lui-méme a la baie Tasman. La
seule différence que notre échantillon nous ait présentée, c’est que
la hampe est légérement poilue dans sa partie inférieure, tandis que,
selon la phrase du célébre auteur du ‘ Prodrome de la Nouvelle Hol-
lande,’ elle serait tout-d-fait glabre. Mais cet différence est de trop
peu d’importance pour former un caractére distinctif.” A. Rich.l, cit,

Of this genus, no species was detected in New Zealand, either in
the several voyages of Cook or in that of Vancouver, and the order
has hitherto been represented on those islands by the following ge-

nus only.
2. Forstera, L. Forster. °

427. F. sedifolia. L. fil. Willd. Sp. Pl. 4. p.149.° Pers. Syn. 2. p. 211,
A. Rich, Fl. Nov. Zel. p.229. Forst. in Nov. Act. Ups. 3. p. 184. tab. 9.

New Zealand (Middle Island), summits of mountains at Dusky Bay.—
1773, G. Forster.—1791, Arch. Menzies.

Obs. Radix perennis. Caulis adscendens, palmaris, radicans. Folia li-
nearia, carnosa, obtusa, Pedunculi solitarii, uniflori, longissimi, Flores albi,

fauce rubescente.
GOODENOVIA, R. Br.

1, Goopenia, Smith,

428, G. repens. Br, Prodr,1. p.579. Labill, Nov, Holl.1. p. 53. tab.
76. A. Rich. Fl. Nov, Zel. p.228, Reem. et Sch. Syst. Veg. 5. p.31.—G.
radicans. Ram. et Sch. Syst. Veg. 5. p: 32.—G. littoralis. Br. Gen. Re-
marks i in Flinders’s Voy. 2. p. 561.

_ Réko-réko Incol. D’Urville. Raumauga, nomen vernaculum sec. R.
Cunn.

New Zealand (Northern Island). Saltwater creeks, saltwater marshes, &c.,
Wangaroa.—1834, Rich. Cunningham. (Middle sewers aeons shores of
ereave Harbour,—1827, D’ Urville.

E2

52 Mr, Eyton on the Fauna of Shropshire.

2. Scavota, L.
429. S.? Nove Zelandia, calyce (quinquepartito?) ovario multo breviore,
foliis obovatis obtusis valde reticulatis glabris distanter denticulatis, axillis
barbatis,

New Zealand (Northern Island). On the sea coast, opposite the Ca-
vallos Isles.—1834, R. Cunningham.

From the very imperfect specimens I possess, the genus of this
remarkable plant cannot be satisfactorily determined. The presence,
however, of barbated stipuliform appendages at the axillze, as also of
the bilocular fruit, have induced me to place it here rather than with
Euphorbiacee, with which habit, &c., seem to indicate its affinity.

[To be continued. ]

VIII.—An attempt to ascertain the Fauna of Shropshire and
North Wales. By T. C. Eyron, Esq., F.LS.

[Continued from vol. i. p. 293.]

No. III. Aves.

Charadrius pluvialis, Linn. (Golden Plover.) Has several times oc-
curred in the district during winter; is said to breed on the moun-
tains above Chirk Castle.

Charadrius Hiaticula, Linn. (Ringed Plover.) Common in the
neighbourhood of Holyhead and Rhoscolyn, where I have several times
found the eggs. — |

Vanellus cristatus, Meyer. (Lapwing.) Common both during
summer and winter.

Hematopus ostralegus, Linn. (Oyster Catcher.) Common on
the Welsh coast. A remarkable change in the form of the bill takes
place in the young of this species during its progress towards matu-
rity. On leaving the egg the bill is not very unlike in form to that
of the golden Plover, and well adapted for picking up minute in-
sects and mollusca, at that time its natural food; indeed, had it the
perfect wedge-shaped bill of the adult, the strength necessary to di-
vide as it were the limpet from the rock would be wanting.

Squatarola cinerea. (Grey Squatarole.) One specimen has been
sent to me obtained during last winter near Holyhead.

Ardea cinerea, Linn. (Common Heron.) Breeds in several lo-
calities within the district ; numbers of nests may be seen on the pre-
cipitous rocks in the neighbourhood of the South Stack lighthouse ;
when the young are nearly fledged, if a noise be made under the
nests by striking the oars against the side of the boat, they will often
spring out and falk into the sea,

Mr. Eyton on the Fauna of Shropshire. 53

Ardea (Botaurus, Steph.) stellaris, Ray. (Bittern.) Several spe-
cimens have occurred. A hatch of these birds came off at Cosford
Pool, near Nufnal, in 1836.

Nycticoraz europeus, Steph. (Night Heron.) Two specimens
have occurred within the district; one killed near Wroxeter in the
young state of plumage, now in the possession of Mr. Stanier of that
place ; the second on an estate belonging to Bukeley Owen, Esq. in
Anglesea, in the adult plumage.

Platalea Leucorodia, Linn. (Spoonbill.) I am informed that a
specimen isin the collection of a gentleman near Aberystwith, killed
near that place.

Scolopax (Numenius, Lath.) arguata, Linn. (Curlew.) Breeds
on Whixan moss in Shropshire, and in the neighbourhood of Holy-

_ head.

Scolopax (Numenius, Lath.) Pheopus, Linn. (Whimbrel Curlew.)
A specimen is in my collection killed at Betton Pool, near Shrews-
bury.

Scolopar Rusticola, Linn. (Woodcock.) Common.

Scolopax Gallinago, Linn. (Snipe.) Common.

Scolopar Gallinula. (Jack Snipe.) Common.

Limosa rufa. (Black-tailed Godwit.) Several specimens have oc-
curred.

Tringa subarquata, Gmel. (Pigmy Curlew.) A specimen in my
collection killed Sept. 1836 on Shrewsbury race-course.

Tringa alpina, Linn. (Dunlin.) Common everywhere on the
Welsh coast during summer, and often killed inland during the
winter months.

Tringa Schinzii, (Schinz’s Sandpiper.) A specimen killed
near Stoke Heath is in Sir Rowland Hill’s collection.

Tringa maritima, Gmel. (Purple Sandpiper.) One specimen
only, which has been received from Holyhead.

Phalaropus lobatus, Lath. (Grey Phalarope.) ‘Two or three spe-
cimens have occurred ; one is in the possession of the Rev. John
Roch of Clungunford ; another killed near Montford-bridge is in my
own.

Tringa (Strepsilas, Il.) Interpres, Linn. (Turnstone.) Common
on the Anglesea coast. :

Totanus Calidris, Linn. (Redshank.) I once killed several out of
a flight of at least fifty near Rhoscolyn.

Totanus Ochropus, Linn. (Green Sandpiper.) Often killed in-
land as well as on the coast.

54 Mr. Eyton on the Fauna of Shropshire.

Totanus Hypoleucos, Linn. (Common Sandpiper.) Common on
the coasts and islands. )

Rallus aquaticus, Ray. (Water Rail.) Common on the wild moors.

Crex pratensis, Bechs. (Corn Crake.) Common during the sum-
mer months.

Gallinula chloropus, Ray. (Moor Hen.) Common.

' Fulica atra, Ray. Common.

Podiceps cristatus, Linn. (Crested Grebe.) Common on the
meres in the neighbourhood of Ellesmere, where it breeds ; its food
is entirely vegetable. I have several times attempted to keep this
bird alive in confinement, but never with success. Both males and
females possess two pairs of muscles of voice similar to those de-
scribed by Mr. Yarrell to exist in the Indian Crowned Pigeon.

Podiceps minor, Lath. (Lesser Grebe.) Common. :

Colymbus glacialis, Linn. (Northern Diver.) Several specimens
have occurred both on the meres of Shropshire and on the Severn,
during winter. The trachea of this as well as the two following is
acted upon by two pairs of muscles of voice similar to those found in
the grebe, but stronger.

Colymbus arcticus, Ray. (Black-throated Diver.) One specimen
occurred last winter; the trachea as in the last.

Colymbus septentrionalis, Linn. (Red-throated Diver.) Occurs
every winter: trachea as in the two preceding.

Uria Troile, Briss. (Guillemot.) - Common. We are convinced
that U. Brunnichii is not distinct.

Fratercula arctica, Steph. (Puffin.) Breed on Priestholm island
off Beaumaris in the greatest abundance; also at the Skerries off
Holyhead. | |

Alca Torda, Linn. (Razor Bill.) Common on the coast.

Procellaria (Thalassidroma, Leach.) pelagica, Linn. (Stormy Pe-
trel.) Two or three specimens have occurred both inland and on
the coast.

Thalassidroma Leachii, Steph. (Leach’s Petrel.) One specimen
only has occurred ; it was killed on the Severn near Montford-bridge,
and is in my collection.

Lestris,Temm. Birds of this genus are said to have occurred,
but Ihave never been able to obtain any for examination.

Gavia (Rissa, Leach.) cinerea, Briss. (Kittiwake.) Common.

Larus canus, Linn. (Common Gull.) Common.

Larus argentatus, Brun. (Herring Gull.) Breeds plentifully along
the whole line of the Welsh coast.

Mr. Eytog on the Fauna of Shropshire. 55

Larus fuscus, Linn, (Lesser Black-backed Gull.) One specimen
is in my collection: killed near Holyhead.

Larus marinus, Linn. (Greater Black-backed.) Said to breed
near the South Stack lighthouse, but I have never observed it. My
specimen was killed feeding at a dead horse near Holyhead.

Chroicocephalus ridibundus, nobis. (Laughing Gull.) Common.

Chroicocephalus capistratus, nobis. (Brown-headed Gull.) One
specimen only has occurred and is in my collection: killed near
Bangor.

Sterna arctica, Temm. (Arctic Tern.) Breed on the Skerries :
the trachea possesses a second pair of muscles of voice besides the
usual sterno-tracheal ones corresponding to the fifth pair of Mr. Yar-
rell found in the Raven.

Sterna marina, Ray. (Common Tern.) Also breeds at the Skerries.

Sterna Dougallii, Mont. (Roseate Tern.) One specimen is in my
possession, killed near Longden mill, three or four years ago.

Phalacrocorax Carbo, Auct. (Common Ray.) Breeds in numbers
on Holyhead mountain.

Phalacrocorax Graculus, Lath, (Crested Cormorant.) One or
two nests of this species are found every year on Cardinal’s Point ;
both this and the foregoing possess two pairs of muscles of voice, the
first, the usual sterno-tracheal ones, the second continued from the
point at which the first pair branch off to the upper rings of the
bronchie, between which and the last tracheal ring is situated a
membrane stretched and able to be rendered more or less tense by
the action of the muscle.

Sula Bassana, Briss. (Gannet.) I never heard but of the occur-
rence of one specimen in the district ; it was picked up exhausted, in
the neighbourhood of Holyhead.

Mergus Merganser, Ray. (Common Merganser.) Often killed
on the Welsh lakes and on the Severn during hard weather.

Mergus albellus, Linn. (Smew.) Found in the same localities
as the preceding.

Mergus cucullatus, Linn. (Hooded Merganser.) One specimen
is in my collection, killed on the Menai Straits during the winter of
1834 ; itis a young male of the year.

Mergus Serrator, Linn. (Red-breasted Merganser.) One or two
specimens occurred last winter on the Severn.

Clangula chrysophthalmos, Steph. (Common Golden Eye.) Com-
mon on the coast, and occasionally found on inland waters during
winter.

56 Mr. Eyton on the Fauna of Shropshire.

Fuligula cristata, Steph. (Crested Pochard.) Also-found on the
coast during winter.

Fuligula Marila, Steph. (Scaup Duck.) Not nearly so common
as the other species of the genus, and never killed inland.

Fuligula ferina, Steph.. (Red-headed Pochard.) Found with the
preceding always on the sea.

Melanitta nigra, Bore. (Black Scoter.) Several times obtained
from the coast. The female of this species has the trachea acted
upon by two pairs of muscles of voice. i

Anas Boschas, Linn. (Common Wild Duck.) Common.

Rhynchaspis clypeata, Steph. (Shoveller.) Not uncommon both
on the coast and inland during winter.

Querquedula Crecca, Steph. (Common Teal.) Common in the
district, and occasionally breeds on the Welsh lakes.

Mareca fistularis, Steph. (Widgeon.) Common.

Dafila caudacuta, Steph. (Pintail.) Not uncommon on the Welsh
coast during winter; the only specimen I ever heard of being killed
inland, was obtained during the winter 1832-3 on Ruyton brook.

Tadorna Bellonii, Steph. (Common Shieldrake.) I have more
than once received this bird from Holyhead. A specimen is in the
collection of the Shropshire and North Wales Natural History So-
ciety, killed near Ecleshall, which is the only one I ever heard of
being killed inland. In the neighbourhood of Holyhead it is called
the Stranger Duck, and breeds on a point jutting out to sea between
Rhoscolyn and Abermenai, in its usual place, rabbits’ holes.

Cygnus ferus, Ray. (Wild Swan.) Upwards of twenty speci-
mens of this beautiful bird were killed during last winter, 1837, in
Shropshire.

Cygnus Bewickii, Yarrell. (Bewick’s Swan.) One specimen was
killed two or three years ago on the upper part of the Severn; but
though so many of the common species were met with last winter,
not one of C. Bewickii occurred.

Anser Segetum, Steph. (Bean Goose.) Common during hard
winters onthe Weald moors and Ruggymoor.

Anser Erythropus, Flem. (Laughing Goose.) Has occasionally
been killed in the district.

Bernicla Leucopsis, Bechst. (Common Bernacle.) Several times
received from Holyhead during winter, and once observed on the

river or creek separating Holyhead Island from Anglesea during
summer.

Information respecting Botanical Travellers. 57

IX.—IJnformation respecting Botamcal Travellers.

Unio Irinerarta.

The following appeal to the friends of natural history, and of bo-
tany in particular, has recently been published and circulated by the
Directors of that highly useful Society the ‘‘ Unio Itineraria,” and
we trust it will not be made in vain. This Society affords an inesti-
mable opportunity for botanists to enrich their herbaria with plants
of great rarity from various parts of the world, collected at much
expense, at great risk, preserved with the greatest care, and named
by naturalists who are competent to this task, and we do trust
that some of our readers will be induced by the following statement
to come forward and encourage so useful and scientific an insti-

tution. Our friend, John Hunneman, Esq., 9 Queen Street, Soho,
London, will forward the names and subscriptions to the Directors,
and will receive and distribute the different collections, so that
those who may wish to possess these plants will be put to no
trouble on this account.—Sir W. J, Hooker.

Particulars respecting M. Schimper’s Abyssinian Journey.

The important results of the journey to Egypt and Arabia encou-
raged us to extend the original plan, so as, if possible, to embrace
Abyssinia, according to our notice of December, 1836. This coun-
try is so interesting, whether as regards its geographical situation
or physical structure, the latter having procured it the name of the
African Switzerland, and has hitherto been so superficially examined,
that we hoped it would excite the curiosity of scientific individuals
in general, as well as of the members of this Society ; and trusting
to receive the needful participation and support, we provided the
traveller with such a sum of money as appeared requisite. But al-
though our hopes were tolerably well fulfilled, so far as regarded
the members of the Unio, and we received sufficient subscriptions to
cover the first outlay, as originally calculated, yet it shortly proved
that the expedition was attended with far heavier cost than had been
anticipated. Circumstances of detention arose :—the traveller found
it needful to provide himself with presents, wherewith he might pro-
pitiate favour and obtain leave to proceed. Sometimes indeed the
offering of these is no matter of choice, but of compulsion. Thus,
even before entering the country which he was to explore, our tra-
veller was obliged to have recourse to an English Consular Agent,
who kindly assisted him in his present necessities with money upon
our credit. Schimper is now in the interior of the country, at
Adowa in Abyssinia. He has conciliated the favour of one of the

58 Information respecting Botanical Travellers.

native princes, and, except as regards the important want of money,
he is in a most favourable situation for exploring the whole territory.
There is nothing to endanger his safety, and we confidently antici-
pate that the expectations of the subscribers will be amply realized,
as this naturalist possesses a happy union of the mental and bodily
properties requisite for his object, if he is furnished with the means
of prolonging his stay and making excursions in the country.
We subjoin a short extract from Schimper’s account of his pro-
gress. He took shipping in the middle of November, 1836, at Suez,
for Djedda, whence, on the 19th of the following month, he pursued
his course by water, and early in January reached Massava, which
is a small island in the Red Sea, close by the coast of Abyssinia.
There, unfortunately, a whole month’s detention took place, owing
to a quarrel which had just arisen between two Frenchmen, who re-
sided in the neighbourhood, and some of the natives, which ended
in one of the Abyssinians being shot. The Frenchmen fled, but the
minds of the people were so much exasperated against all foreigners _
that the attempt to penetrate into the country would have been
highly dangerous at that juncture. It was not till the 8th of Febru-
ary that Schimper could venture to enter the territory of Akiko,
which he effected by purchasing the permission at considerable cost
from the Naib there, a Bedoyin prince, who appears to have shown.
himself a great extortioner. Thence his route lay to Haley, 60
miles further, but this being the very place where the murder was
committed, our poor naturalist was exposed to such perils that he
quitted the town as soon as he could duy leave to do so, leaving be-
hind six camels’ loads of his property: ‘‘ these,” he says, ‘‘ were af-
terwards returned to me through the favour of King Ubie, governor
of Tigre and king of Abyssinia, who received me in his tent and
showed me much kindness, thanks to the very high recommendations
which I carried from the Austrian General Consulate at Cairo.”
Schimper found it necessary to give presents to king Ubie, in order
to ensure his continued protection: he also dined twice with him in
his tent, accompanied by the Missionary Blumhardt, of Stuttgard,
who is likewise settled at Adowa, with his companion in religious la-
bour Isenberg. The latest accounts from our botanist state, that his
labours, after he had succeeded in obtaining some money on our credit
from Mr. Dumreicher, of Alexandria, have been attended with con-
siderable success. It was his intention to commence in autumn a
journey to the highest mountain of the Semen range, whose snowy
peaks were in sight from Adowa; and to explore the country in all
directions, as the season and climate pérmitted: Among the plants

Information respecting Botanical Travellers. 59

which particularly struck him he mentions an arborescent Euphorbia,
12—20 feet high, which the inhabitants call Koll-Quall; it is pro-
bably £. officinarum, Linn. He had also noticed five different spe-
cies of Mimosa, and thought by the aspect of the plants which he
had already collected, to the number of about 12,000 specimens,
that one-third of them might prove new. His hopes of performing
much for the cause of science are high, provided they are not baffled
by the want of pecuniary means, of which he sorrowfully complains,
as likely to hasten him home. As matters now stand, our readers
must perceive that it will either be necessary to aid the traveller li-
berally with such supplies as the cordial co-operation of the members
of this Union can easily raise, without any considerable risk to their
own interests, or else the enterprise must be abandoned. For our
own parts, we take the liberty of reminding our friends that at the
very outset we ran the chance of pecuniary loss for the benefit of
the Society, and have at this very time afresh aided M. Schimper
with a considerable sum for immediate use, which is not yet covered
by the subscriptions of the Members, and of which, in strict justice,
the burden ought not to lie uponus. During the course of the pre-
sent year there has certainly been granted by the Governments of
Wurtemberg and of the Grand Duchy of Baden no inconsiderable
aid towards the expenses of this expedition; but the sums in ques-
tion fall far short of covering the outlay already made, much more of
enabling him to proceed with his investigations and his labours ; and
the liberality of the Grand Duke’s royal Danish Consul at Alexan-
dria, M. Dumreicher, who thrice, through the English Consular
Agent at Djedda, advanced money to assist Schimper, while it argues
the most obliging confidence in the members of the Unio to meet
these engagements, and in Schimper to exert his best abilities in
their service, still more powerfully binds the individuals whom he has
obliged to come forward and relieve M. Dumreicher from this risk
of loss.

_ The undersigned will on no account disown in any degree the
debt which the Unio has thus incurred; they, on the contrary, would
urge on the Members the advantages which they will severally derive
from coming forward early to clear these engagements, inasmuch as
they will have the first selection of the rarest and best plants, and
will obtain them about one-third cheaper than any purchasers who
present themselves at a future period. We would therefore again
invite all the Members of this Society and every friend of botany to
become contributors towards this expedition, and that, not only from
motives of justice to the undersigned, but also for their own exclusive
advantage. As it is calculated that M. Schimper will in these tro-

60 Information respecting Botanical Travellers.

pical districts collect at least 2000 species (Mr. Ecklon collected
thrice that number in the three years he spent in South Africa), it
will be seen that a treble subscription of 60 florins will not meet
the value of an entire collection made during the two or three years’
absence of M.Schimper. But to those who subscribe 120 florins we
will ensure to them the future collections at the same rate of sub-
scription.

We think that the subscribers may rest assured, that whereas the
century of species will cost them 15 florins (33 francs), those indi-
viduals who may apply afterwards will have to pay 20 florins (42
francs). Up to the present time we admit of contributors coming
forward to the smaller amount of 50—60 florins: these, however,
can only claim three or four centuries at the subscription price. We
again venture to express our hope that such botanical friends as
possess the means, particularly public cabinets of natural history
and those individuals who have hitherto been members of the Unio,
will not forsake us in this important undertaking; and especially that
they will consider this journey as a national enterprise, which for
the honour alike of country and of science they will do their best
to promote.

As our traveller also collects zoological objects, especially bird-
skins, fish, and shells, the amateurs of these respective departments
of natural history may secure a proportion of them, according to
their subscriptions, observing, however, that the contributions to-
wards this journey have some analogy to stock, whose value rises
and falls according to circumstances. The greater, however, be the
assistance afforded to the traveller, to enable him to prolong his
stay and in safety to prosecute his researches, the richer may the
proceeds be expected to prove.

To those members who take an interest in the productions of the
Georgian Caucasus, we beg to intimate that fresh packets have just
arrived from M. Hohenacker, containing 200 species, most of which
had not been previously sent, and of the rest only individual speci-
mens. Particulars are mentioned in the Appendix.

Of the North American plants of the deceased Dr. Frank, there
remain collections of 100 and of 200 specimens. These will be sold
at 12 florins and 24 florins, after the period during which the sub-
scription of 11 florins was admissible shall have closed.

Lastly, we are enabled to offer to the respected Members of the
Unio and to other botanists, dried plants from New Holland, which
the Royal Botanic Society of Ratisbon has transmitted to us for va-
luation and sale. They were collected by Dr. Lhotsky, at Sydney
and Port Jackson, and are described by us and consigned to us on

Bibliographical Notices. 61

commission. The collections of 100 and 200 species are respect-
ively prized at 15 florins and 30 florins; and we beg to observe, that
to those who do not already possess the collections of Sieber, they
are highly interesting, and the more so as the specimens are incom-
parably more beautiful and complete than the relics which are still

on sale of Sieber’s plants.
Prorressor HocustetTteER,

Dr. STevDEL.
Esslingen by Stuttgard, Jan. 1838.

BIBLIOGRAPHICAL NOTICES.

Icones Fungorum hucusque cognitorum. Auctore A. C. J. Corda.
Pragee, 1837.

Though the present work is not wholly destitute of the faults which
are chargeable against the other mycologic labours of the author, it
is one of very great importance. If his matter is not always correct, nor
his views judicious, we find much that is at least original; and there
are many observations and discoveries which throw quite a new light
on several obscure branches of mycology. It would indeed be dif-
ficult to point out any work of the same size which contains so much
of interest. The price too is extremely moderate ; and as the specific
and generic characters and references to the dissections are in Latin,
though the remarks are in German, it is generally accessible to bota-
nists, It is much to be desired that the author will meet with suf-
ficient encouragement to enable him to continue a work which, from
the style in which it is got up, must necessarily involve a consider-
ably outlay, and even more brilliant discoveries may be confidently
expected in other branches of the science. At present there are few
good figures of the fruit-bearing organs of fungi; and, from our own
experience, we can bear witness that much remains to be done.
Mycologists have till lately been in possession of instruments which
can show only a part of the structure, and many of the more minute
species have been very imperfectly investigated, nor have the differ-
ences, which exist at different periods of growth, received sufficient
attention. Indeed the fructification of the typical group of fungi has
been altogether misunderstood.

Among the points of most interest, we shall note the following,
taken in the order in which they occur.

The author asserts that Trichothecium roseum is a parasite on hy-
phomycetous fungi, or Mycelia. Trichothectum domesticum is said
to occur on the hyphasma of Mucor Mucedo. «This hint is well worth

62 Bibliographical Notices.

following up. We have long since been convinced that the com-
monly received notions of the structure in this genus are incorrect,
and the published figures very insufficient. We cannot however agree,
even if the author is correct (which is highly probable), that it has
any affinity with Puceinia, much less that it belongs to that genus,
with which he unites it.

To the correctness of the next point, viz. that Sepedonium roseum -
accompanies Verticillum cylindrospora, Corda, we can ourselves bear
testimony. Whether it be a parasite or no demands further in-
quiry, oles

There are figures of some very interesting new species of Torula,
and of some extraordinary productions nearly related to that genus.

Helicomyces is asserted to be parasitic on the hairs of Spheria ex-
ilis, Dematia, Helminthosporia, &c., and destitute of any proper
stroma. Helicotrichum, Nees, therefore, is, contrary to the opinion
of Fries, a distinct genus.

Puccinia Bullaria is figured as a Phragmotrichum. If the analysis
is correct, the species figured must be quite different from what we
have now before us, which does not differ from other Puccinia, ex-
cept in being more closely invested with the epidermis.

Under Helminthosporium apiculatum, a highly interesting analysis
of the genus is given. ‘The spore consists, Ist, of an outer light
skin; 2nd, of an inner, hard, coloured, horny skin, which incloses a
third, which, like the first, is light-coloured. Within this are the
septa, which have a proper membrane, and are not united at all to
the third coat, or connected with it. They inclose large drops of oil,
with which they are also surrounded. ‘The apiculus is formed of a
proper skin, and merely adheres to the spore, without being clothed
with any of its coats. The drops of oil are what are sometimes
called sporidiola, and they require further investigation. We donot
deny that the cells sometimes contain drops of an oily fluid, but that
the so-called oil-drops are sometimes true reproductive bodies is
quite certain. ‘The distinction between the genera Doratomyces and
Stysanos is well worth attending to, as it throws light upon a matter
at present somewhat obscure. Some of the latter will probably be
found to be mere anamorphoses of Aspergitli. Wa

Chordostylum, Tode, an ill-understood genus, is shown to be allied
to Pilobolus. The flocci of Trichi@ are shown to be spiral vessels,
like the elaters of Jungermannia. The genus Chetomium is figured
as ascigerous, a most interesting fact, which we can ourselves con-
firm. ‘The matter, however, requires further attention. Myzascia,
Berk., is probably only a correctly observed Chetomium. )

Bibliographical Notices. 63

The sporidia of Chetomium murorum have a chink on one side,
like those of the Spheria pedunculata, Dick., and S, hippotrichioides,
Sow.

_ The true structure of Spheronema is delineated in a species which
grows upon the buds of Dahlias, which is almost identical with S.
blepharistoma, figured in Mag. Bot. and Zool., vol. i,

The reproductive bodies of Tuber are beautifully figured, under
Tuber fuscum. In the common truffle we find them just the same,
and by no means such as represented by Turpin in his memoir on
that genus.

The last illustration is perhaps the most important, being a com-
plete confirmation of the views on the structure of hymenomycetous
fungi, published in alate number of this journal*. It is most curious
that Ascherson, Corda, Montague, Leveillé, Brogniart and Decaisne
should almost at the same time have observed the true structure of
the hymenium in typical fungi.

It will not be thought invidious, if after calling attention to so
many points of interest, (and there are many which we have not no-
ticed,) we point out a few matters which might mislead. The au-
thor is certainly too hasty in the proposing new species and genera :
indeed, many of his species appear to be the conidia of other fungi,
or anomalous forms of described species, Bispora intermedia appears
to be a correctly drawn Torula antennata. Halysium atrum is Spilo-
ma melanopum, EK. B. t. 2858, which has been neglected by authors.
Its nature isstill doubtful. Periconia byssoides is either incorrectly
drawn or is not the true plant of Nees, the flocci of which are arti-
culated and the spores curiously granulated.

The species figured as Sti/ba appear to belong to other genera.
Stilbum crystallinum is clearly Aspergillus albus, and Stilbum vulgare
certainly not the true plant, Stilbum nodosum appears to be young
Aspergillus maximus. |

Other points might be noted, but we had rather again call the at-
tention of our readers to the merits of the work, and recommend it
yery strongly to their patronage.

Commentationes de Leguminosarum Generibus. Auctore Georgio
Bentham.

During an interesting and extensive tour lately made on the con-
tinent of Europe, our valued friend Mr. Bentham devoted his time,
whether in the field or in the public and private museums, to the

* On the fructification of the Pileate and Clavate Tribes of Hymenomy-
cetous Fungi, vol. i. p. 81.

64 Geological Society.

study of botany, with that energetic zeal which marks his character,
_and which induces him to labour, not for his own improvement only,
but for the public good. One of the results of this tour has been
the publication (at Vienna) of a 4to brochure, of 100 closely printed
pages, under the title above given. Here are includeda great num-
ber of most valuable observations on many new genera and species
of Leguminose, chiefly from the Herbaria of Munich and Vienna,
where the collections were (as elsewhere) thrown open to him with
a liberality which has called forth his grateful acknowledgements.
His work, we are happy to learn from the preface, now that Mr.
Bentham is returned to London, is but the forerunner of a more ex-
tensive one on this extensive family of plants.

The Natural Arrangement and Relations of the Family of Fly-Catchers
or Muscicapide. By William Swainson, Esq.*

This work, one of the cheap and beautifully illustrated volumes of
Sir William Jardine’s Naturalist’s Library, well sustains the charac-
ter of that popular series. Mr. Swainson’s talent as a zoological
writer appears to be peculiarly fitted for works of this description,—
his slight sketches combine the beauty of a work of art, with the di-
stinctness and accuracy so requisite in subjects connected with na-
tural history. The text is an extension of the author’s remarks on
this family, originally published in the Ornithological volumes of
Lardner’s Encyclopedia, and contains much useful information,
conveyed in an agreeable manner, and illustrated by thirty accurately
coloured plates, beautifully engraved by Mr. Lizars. The work is
published at such a moderate price as to place it within the reach of
any person wishing to pursue the study of natural history, but who
may hitherto have been prevented by the high price at which books
on such subjects are usually brought out.

Much, however, as we are pleased with the general execution of
this little volume, we cannot but regret that Mr. Swainson has not
been more accurate in the orthography of the scientific names.

The same volume also contains an interesting memoir and plate of
Baron Haller, the poet, the physiologist, and the naturalist.

_. PROCEEDINGS OF LEARNED SOCIETIES,

GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. ;
April 4.—A paper was read, entitled, ‘‘ A Description of Viscount -
Cole’s specimen of Plesiosaurus macrocephalus (Conybeare),” by

* Jardine’s Naturalist’s Library: Lizars, Edinburgh; Highley, London.

Geological Society. 65

Richard Owen, Esq., F.G.S., Hunterian Professor in the College of
Surgeons, London.

The author premises his description of the Plesiosaurus macroce-
phalus, by pointing out the characters of a species of Plesiosaurus,
which he regards as distinct from the Plesiosaurus dolichodeirus of
Mr. Conybeare; and which, from the completeness of its skeleton in
the British Museum and other collections, he selects for a more im-
mediate comparison with the Plesiosaurus macrocephalus.

He proposes to call the species thus selected, as a term of com-
parison, Plesiosaurus Hawkinsii, in honour of the gentleman to whose
remarkable skill and indefatigable labour, the beautiful and perfect
skeletons of it are exclusively due. The chief points in which the
Plesiosaurus Hawkinsii differs from the Pl. dolichodeirus are,—that
the neck is a little longer than the trunk, instead of being fully equal
to the body and tail united ;—that it contains twenty-nine cervical
vertebree, bearing hatched-shaped ribs, instead of thirty-five; and that
the length of the head is equal to one-tenth part of the total length
of the skeleton, instead of one-thirteenth part as in the dolichodeirus.
The Pl. Hawkinsii differs also in the relative shortness and form of
the ulna and fibula, and in some other minor points.

Having defined the species selected to illustrate the specific pecu-
liarities of the PZ. macrocephalus, Mr. Owen next offers some new
views respecting the elementary composition of a vertebra in the abs-
tract, suggested principally by a study of the vertebral column in
the Plesiosauri; for having observed that the vertebral ribs, or the
elements termed by Geoffroy St. Hilaire paraauz, or para-vertebral
elements, are not bent down in the caudal region to form the protect -
ing laminze of the vascular trunks beneath the tail, but are continued
as shorter rib-like processes through a great part of the tail, co-
existing with the inferior laminz (also called paraaux by Geoffroy),
he proposes to call these latter or inferior elements (which remain
united in the Plesiosauri) ‘ hemapophyses’, in allusion to their physio-
logical relations with the great blood vessels. The superior laminze
he denominates on the same principle ‘ neurapophyses’, from their
being developed to protect the great nervous trunk. The author fur-
ther observes that the parts or processes of a complicated vertebra
are of two distinct kinds; some being developed independently in
separate cartilages, while others are mere projections from these in-
dependent constituents.

As examples of the first, or autogenous elements, Mr. Owen in-
stances the centrum, or body of the vertebre ; the xeurapophyses and
superior spine; the hemapophyses and inferior spine; and the ribs, or

Ann. Nat. Hist, Vol.2. No.7. Sept. 1838. F

66 Geological Society.

costal processes. The transverse and oblique processes are instances
of the second, or exogenous parts of a vertebra.

The vertebree of the Plesiosaurus are then described according to the
preceding views, and the varying relations of the different vertebral
elements in different regions of the spine are pointed out.

The dorsal vertebrae having been determined in previous descrip-
tions of the skeletons of this genus by their usual anatomical charac-
ter of affording articular surfaces to ribs, much difficulty has been ex-
perienced in defining the precise number of the cervical vertebree, in
consequence of the gradual change of the cervical ribs (hitherto con-
sidered as transverse processes), from the form of an expanded hatchet
to that of an elongated style. ‘The author, however, regarding the
lateral appendages of the spinal column throughout its whole extent
as modifications of one and the same vertebral element, proposes to
distinguish the cervical and dorsal regions of the spine by the position
of the articular surface supporting that lateral element, or rib: thus he
would call cervical, all those anterior vertebree in which the body af-
fords the whole or any part of the costal articular surface ; and the
dorsal series would commence at that vertebra where the costal sur-
face had first passed upon the neurapophysis. The author finds in
_the Plesiosaurus Hawkinsii that the costal processes of the two ver-
tebree which are articulated to the ilium, and which are consequently
to be regarded as sacral, begin again to slide down from the neurapo-
physis upon the centrum; and that in the Pl. macrocephalus, where
the costal appendages are lost, the hodies of the first two vertebrae
which again begin to exhibit a portion of the costal pit, correspond,
in their relative situation to the ilia, with the sacral vertebre in the
more perfect skeletons of the P/. Hawkinsii, In the vertebree which
succeed the sacral ones, the ribs rapidly descend from the neurapo-
physes upon the centrum; but the bodies of the caudal vertebra so
characterized may be distinguished from those of the cervical by the
absence of a longitudinal groove which traverses the costal pits in
the cervical region; and also by the presence of the articular surfaces
for the hemapophyses, The determination of characters in the body
or central element of a vertebra which point out the region of the
spine to which it belongs, is the more valuable in the skeletons of
the Knaliosauri, because in these cold-blooded reptiles ossification is
tardy in its progress, and anchylosis of the autogenous elements of a
vertebra rarely takes place; and hence the bodies are often found
separated and detached from their peripheral appendages.

After concluding his observations on the structure of the vertebr
in the Plesiosauri generally, the author next proceeds to point out

Geological Society. 67

the specific peculiarities of the cervical, dorsal, sacral, and caudal
vertebree of the Plestosaurus macrocephalus.

The bodies of the cervical vertebree of this species may be distin-
guished from those of the Pl. Hawkinsii and Pl. dolichodeirus by the
close proximity of the costa! to the neurapophyseal depressions: in this
respect, indeed, the anterior cervical vertebrae of the P/. macrocephalus
differ from those of every Plesiosaurus which the author has examined.
Other minor distinctive characters are also pointed out. The number
of cervical vertebra in the Pl. macrocephalus is twenty-nine, that of
Pl. Hawkinsii thirty-one; the length of the neck is twice that of the
head ; in Pl, Hawkinsii it is three times the length of the head.

The dorsal vertebrae of the P/. macrocephalus differ from those of
the Pl. Hawkinsii and Pl. dolichodeirus in being more flattened in the
antero-posterior direction, and more concave at the sides; true trans-
verse processes are developed from the neurapophyses to support the
ribs, as in other Plesiosauri.

In the sacral vertebrae the medullary canal presents a slight en-
largement as compared with that in the neck.

The terminal caudal vertebrein the specimen described are wanting,
but in those of a perfect skeleton of the Pl. Hawkinsii in the British
Museum, the author discovered an interesting modification of the sur-
faces by which the bodies are joined to one another. They are hol-
lowed out like the vertebra of the Ichthyosaurus, so as to join by
double coneave surfaces; he conceives this to be, as in the Batrachian
reptiles, the original structure of all the vertebree, and that it is per-
manent in those which are most remotely situated from the centre
and source of vital energy: but Mr. Owen observes, that this arrest
of development is obviously designed, to give to the tail of the Ple-
siosaurus the same combination of elasticity with flexibility, which
characterizes that of fishes.

After describing the vertebral and sternal ribs of the abdominal
region, the author next compares the bones of the pectoral and pelvic
extremities with those of other species of Plesiosauri. In the macro-
cephalus the ulna is relatively longer and broader, and presents a
more complete reniform figure than in the Hawkinsit or dolichodet-
rus, ‘These characters are still more marked in the fibula; the femur
is longer than the humerus. ‘There are eight ossicles in the carpus,
and six ossicles in the tarsus ; these latter are so arranged as to allow
of greater freedom of inflection forwards, and to give a compound
motion to the stroke of the hinder paddle.

The author concludes with a detailed account of the structure of
the cranium, which he compares, at each step, with that of the two

F 2

68 Royal Society of Edinburgh.

principal modifications of the Saurian type, as exemplified in the -
Crocodilian and Lacertine species ; and he pointsout many particulars
in which the Plesiosaurus deviates from the Loricate, and corresponds
with the Lacertine or Squamate group. Amongst these may be no-
ticed, the predominance of the elongated form in the cranial bones,
extending from point to point with wide interspaces, and giving to
the osseous fabric of the head the appearance of a scaffolding ; the
posterior bifurcation, mesial crista, and foramen of the parietal bone ;
the form and relative position of the posterior frontals, and especially
the absence of the ridge which, in the Crocodile, extends like a second
zygoma longitudinally across the zygomatic cavity. Mr. Owen fur-
ther dwelt upon the form and position of the zygomatic portion of
the temporal bone, the bony interspace of the external nostrils, the
structure of the lower jaw, and particularly on the existence of a wide
space on each side of the posterior region of the skull, bounded above
by the arch formed by the bifurcate processes of the parietal and the
tympanic bones, and opening into the temporal fosse, as evidences
of the affinity of the Plesiosaurus to the Lacertine Sauria. The cor-
respondence of the cranial organization of the Plesiosaurus to those of
the Crocodile, was noticed in the strength of the maxillary apparatus,
the general form and structure of the upper jaw, and in the nature
and alveolar lodgement of the teeth. The peculiarities of structure
referable to the special exigencies of the extinct form of Saurian under
consideration, were also dwelt upon, and, lastly, those which charac-
terized the species described, and which illustrate its more imme-
diate affinities,

ROYAL SOCIETY OF EDINBURGH.
April 9th.—Dr. Abercrombie, V.P., in the Chair.

Sir Charles Bell read a paper ‘‘ On the Comparison of the Nerves
of the Spine with those of the Encephalon.” (Part ii.)

As this paper bears more directly on physiology than zoology we
shall be the more brief. ‘This part is chiefly occupied with the portio
dura of the 7th pair of nerves of the brain, which is peculiar in its
function, origin, and distribution. Instead of investigating its func-
tions by experiments, the author stated it could be more humanely
done by attentive observation on the living, and still more on the
dying; it is pre-eminently a muscle of respiration, and its influence
was conspicuous on the countenance through the process of dissolu-
tion to the last sigh; also in the highest state of excitement, mental
and bodily, and in the state of greatest repose. Though not a nerve
of pure sensation or volition, but of respiration, and although the

Royal Society of Edinburgh. 69

system to which it belonged at first appeared confused, yet still there
was method in the complexity. Through nearly the whole animal
series, its agency might be traced from the most simple up to the
most complicated; in those instances where respiration was per-
formed only by the air playing upon the surface; by its being ad-
mitted into some simple sac, or into tubes, or. by then leading to
viscera. Even after this, it became associated with other functions,
as of taste, smell, speech, &c. No wonder then that it was complex ;
both vital and voluntary actions being most closely associated with it.
For example, the throat was a common passage for respiration and
deglutition ; and how admirable that there is so little interference!
Directions were given for tracing the portio dura from the surface to
its true origin, in a flat layer spreading out on the pons Varolii or
nodus cerebri ; its relation to the spinal cord was then shown, as that
of other nerves, the 8th, 6th, and 4th; its cause and distribution
was then stated, corresponding to its varied functions, on the lips
and other parts connected with speech, on expression generally, the
play of the features, not excluding the eye. That every fibre and
aperture of the countenance is associated with respiration, is now too
clear to be disputed ; direct experiments, as well as many of the phe-
nomena of health, and yet more of disease, most strikingly demon-
strate it. It acts in laughter, not negatively, or as the result of
defective influence, but positively ; so in extreme pain, in passion, &c.
In his next paper the author means to point out in what respects this
nerve differs from others.

Dr. Macdonald made a verbal communication on the Osseous
Structure of Fishes.

The author had scarcely time to do justice to himself or subject,
and we have still less in our limited space. He stated he thought
zoologists attended too little to anatomy, those especially who gave
themselves to tracing analogies throughout the scale of animated
nature. He avowed himself an advocate for the quaternary not the
quinquennary grouping of the series. His attention was first directed
to the structure of fishes, when comparing the fourth or last portion
of the first great circle, viz. the vertebrata, with insects. The ana-
logies here were striking, but great mistakes are generally committed
regarding them. Starting from the views propounded by Carus, of
three important portions being fundamental, and which, in ascend-
ing, are converted into the jaws, the limbs, wings, &c. he traced
these modifications through the series. Entomologists have almost
universally erred in establishing analogies with the more complicated
classes of animals. They state that the lower part of the anterior

70 _ Royal Irish Academy.

portion of the body corresponds with the sternum of the vertebrata ;
whereas in insects there is a complete inversion. This lower part
to which the limbs are attached does not correspond with the ster-
num but with the back. Then the internal viscera should be viewed
in this same relation; they lie upon or are above the back, and are
truly epigastric not hypogastric. When furnished with wings, if
with two pair, the anterior proceed from the true thoracic arch, the
posterior from the pelvic. In the turtle the three arches are beauti-
fully seen; the pro-thoracic in the jaw, then the thoracic, and finally
the meta-thoracic or pelvic. In this group, as in some of the neigh-
bouring ones, from the peculiar arrangement of the pelvic and other
bones, the heel is turned forwards and the toes backwards. In fishes
M. Geoffroy St. Hilaire attempted to establish an analogy between '
the bones of the operculum and the ossicula of the ear, But this is
quite wrong: these bones are nothing more than a peculiar arrange-
ment of the thoracic arch and fore-arm, as may be seen in the osseous
arrangement, in its connexion with the respiratory function in the
gills. The Proteus when viewed in its compound character presents
no exception. Again, not a less common, though equally glaring
mistake is made with regard to the pectoral fin and the deeper
seated parts connected with it. Proceeding upon analogical consi-
derations, the bones have been designated the scapular, proscapular,
humerus, &c., whereas the true analogy of these parts is not with -
the shoulder but with the pelvic limb. As the osseous system, cor-
rectly contemplated, demonstrates this, so do the soft parts, and
more especially the nerves, whether we look at the nerves of sensa-
tion or motion, or the portio dura of the 7th. The prothoracic arch,
as already stated, is found in the jaw, and here the analogy is as
conspicuous as elsewhere. On looking at the skeleton of the Lophius
there appeared to be a contradiction, for here we find something so like
a fin or hand, that it cannot fail to be taken for it; but in seeking for
it in the recent specimen it is not to be found; in truth it is so rv-
dimentary, that it never reaches, far less protrudes from, the skin.
These are merely a few hints upon a very extensive and interesting
subject, which the author would do well to illustrate in a more
systematic and satisfactory manner than was possible in a short
verbal communication.

ROYAL IRISH ACADEMY.
May 28, 1838.—Sir W. Hamilton, A.M., President, in the Chair.
Mr. Ball read a paper, by Wm. Thompson, V.P., Nat. Hist. So-
ciety of Belfast, ‘‘ On the Irish Hare.” (Lepus Hibernicus.)

Royal Irish Academy. 71

This paper commenced with a review of what has been written on
the subject of the Irish hare, from the time it was brought under the
notice of English zoologists in 1833, until the present period. Mr.
Thompson stated, contrary to what has been advanced, that the hare
of England and Scotland, and that of Ireland, have long been known
to differ; and that in 1807 the difference in the fur of the two spe-
cies was alluded to as a matter of common notoriety, in the MS. of
the late John Templeton, Esq. He further stated, that on account
of their differing from the Irish species, a number of hares were, up-
wards of thirty years ago, brought from England and turned out on
the largest of the Copeland Islands, off the county of Down; and that
many years since, the Irish hare was, for a similar reason, introduced
to the island of Islay, off the coast of Scotland.

The Lepus Hibernicus is considered distinct from all described spe-
cies. It exhibits, in several respects, characters intermediate be-
tween the British hares, L. timidus and L. variabilis ; but considered
generally, more nearly approximates to the former animal.

The chief result of detailed measurements is shown in the supe-
rior length of the ears and tail of L. timidus, compared with those of
L. Hibernicus. The former, or common hare, displays greater diver-
sity of colour on the head, ears, and body, than the Irish species,
which again exhibits greater variety in that of the legs. The most
obvious difference in colour (and which has been unnoticed by
authors,) is in the tail, the upper surface of which is black in the
L. timidus, and white, tinged with greyish towards the base, in the
Irish species. On looking to their osteology, some slight differences
are observable in the head; the comparatively more horizontal direc-
tion of the lumbar vertebra in the Irish hare is conspicuous, and like-
wise the relative shortness of its tail, which, as first recorded by Mr.
Kyton, contains three vertebra less than that of the English species,
thirteen only being possessed by the former, and sixteen by the lat-
ter animal.

The occasional whiteness of fur in the Irish hare is believed by the
author to be a consequence of age, and not regulated by the law that
is understood to affect the Alpine hare, which is considered to change
its dark summer fur to white at the commencement of every winter.

The ceconomy and habits of the Irish hare, which generally corre-
spond with those of the common species, are, together with a com-
parative description of form, colour, &c., very fully detailed in this

paper.

72 Zoological Society.

ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

October 24th, 1837.—Richard Owen, Esq., in the Chair.

The Prince of Musignano read a short communication upon the
Long-tailed Trogon (Trog. resplendens of Gould).

The Quesalt, the native name of this species, is a rare bird, and
very shy in its habits; it is confined to restricted limits, being solely
found in a peculiar section of the mountainous district of Vera Paz,
in the province of the same name, now forming one of the five inde-
pendent states constituting the Federal republic of Central America.
A single instance is on record of its having been domesticated. It
builds its nest in the shape of a barrel or bag, open at both ends, by
which means injury to its long tail-feathers is avoided. The Prince
stated that he had communicated the present notice of the history of
the Long-tailed Trogon to an American Journal some years since, .
and that so long as the year 1826, he had proposed that the specific
name of Paradiseus should be given to the species.

Mr. Gray exhibited a drawing of a new species of the genus Te-
trapturus, in the British Museum, which had been obtained at the
Cape, and for which he proposed the specific name of Herschelii*.

Mr. Gray afterwards called the attention of the Meeting to some
pieces of chalk, which he had recently found in the cliffs at Brighton,
exhibiting perforations made by the Patella and Pholas, and pre-
senting appearances which he considered to have been produced in
the case of the latter genus by the rotatory action of the valves.

The remarks of Mr. Gray elicited considerable discussion as to
the manner in which certain molluscous genera penetrate limestone
rocks and other hard substances, a phenomenon which Mr. Owen
thought could not be explained upon the supposition of its being
exclusively caused by a rotation of the valves, but that it was chiefly
due to the mechanical influence of the currents of water produced by
the vibratile cilia of the animal, as noticed by Mr. Garner in acom-
munication made to the Society in 1835.

Mr. Martin exhibited a new Bat from Fernando Po, belonging to
the genus Rhinolophus, which he characterised as

Rurnotopuus Lanperi. Rhin. vellere molli, et pulchré castaneo-

rufescente ; auribus acutis, patulis, erectis, ad latus exterius emar-
ginatis, et lobo rotundato accessorio instructis ; prosthemate du-
plice ; anteriore bidentato cum scypho parvulo ad basin anticam,
hic ferro-equino membranaceo circumdato ; prosthemate posteriore

* The description of this species with a plate will be found in vol. i. p. 313
of this Journal. ,

Zoological Society. 73

ad basin transversim sinuato, ad apicem acuto ; ferro-equino mem-
branaceo, lato, margine libero antice bifido ; pollice brevi, gracili,
in membrand subtis per dimidium incluso: ungue parvulo ; anti-
brachiis robustis ; cruribus gracilibus ; patagiis nigricantibus.

une. lin.

Longitudo corporis cum capite .......... 1 4
COM REE IAE PO POPBEOO 9

AUYTUM, wos we eaees oth, WES He2 74

SUELO OORT 37% prone of wi “21089 8 i 71

6h, SER CE. AE Oe SRE ARC re 8

CUES Saw iclaepegeeet eeee 44
Prosthematis longitudo .......-..eee08. 2

Alarumamplitado 356058 8 Oe ee ”

Habitat in Insulé Fernando Po.

‘‘ This beautiful little species of Bat is a genuine Rhinolophus; the
nasal appendages consist of a horse-shoe, a crest, and an elevated
leaf. The horse-shoe is broad with indications of a double furrow;
its outer margin is free and bifid anteriorly. In its centre is placed
a little cup-like depression with an elevated rim, from the back of
which rises a bifid crest not much elevated: the larger apex is the
posterior of the two. On each side of this crest and behind it, the
skin continued from the horse-shoe, and forming the base of the leaf,
is furrowed by two deep but unequal su/c?, with a marked posterior
ridge, elevated across the base of the leaf, which latter ends in a
short acute lanceolate point ; posteriorly it is covered with short hairs,
anteriorly it is nearly naked. Its length is two lines. The ears are
large, broad, and pointed; the outer margin is emarginate, and passes
into a large rounded accessory lobe, closing the ear anteriorly. The
anti-brachia are short, the thumbs small, the tibia slender.

“The fur is soft and delicate, and of a fine light or rufous chestnut,
a little darker on the middle of the back; the wings are blackish.

*« T have ventured to name this species in honour of the late enter-
prising, but unfortunate Mr. Lander, during whose expedition it was
taken at Fernando Po.”

Mr. Martin also communicated to the Meeting the following no-
tice of a new species of Hedgehog.

«* Among the specimens of Natural History, from the neighbourhood
of Trebizond, presented to the Society by Keith Abbot, Esq., is a
species of Hedgehog, decidedly differing from our well-known British
species, and appearing to be at present undescribed. It is much
smaller than the Hrinaceus Europeus, measuring from the tip of the
muzzle to the root of the tail, over the arch of the back, only 94 inches.
The spines advance upon the forehead, and overshadow the eyes;

74 Zoological Society.

the general colour presented by the spines ‘ en masse’ is mahogany
brown, but each spine individually taken is yellowish brown for three
parts of its length from the basal extremity; this colour then becomes
darker, and again passes into yellowish brown at the extreme apex;
the annulation, however, is far less decided than in the British ani-
mal. 2389

«The ears are short and rounded, a white patch is placed before
them, and also on the forehead ; the chest is dirty white; the sides
of the muzzle, and the whole of the under surface are intensely
blackish, or umbre brown, several long white hairs being intermixed
with the rest on the shoulders, extending from the chest.

« The ¢arsi are longer than in #. Europeus. Ina very large speci-
men of the latter, measuring from the nose to the root of the tail, over
the back, 144 inches ; the foot from the heel to the end of the middle
toe, excluding the nail, measures 1 inch #, while in this smaller

species it measures 1 inch #.

«« For this species I propose the name of Erinaceus concolor. It may

be thus characterised.

‘‘ Erinaceus concotor. Fr. obscure fuscus, spinis in frontem, et
super oculos obductis ; spinis rigidis, flavescenti-fuscis ad basin,
apicem versus intense fuscis, apice extremo pallide rufescenti-brun-
neo; auribus parvis, rotundatis ; rostro breviusculo ; in frontem
notd albd, necnon ante aures ; pectore sordid albo, vellere cor-
poris subtis nigrescenti-fusco, pilis longis albis ad humeros
sparsim intermiatis.

une. lin.
«‘ Longitudo corporis, a rostro ad caude basin, super
MOTMMOR. gcccs ARSE CLS SC ed ae eh ERS Lea at ~ ie
~Longitudo pedis postici a calce ad ne digiti
intermedii ungue excluso .......; ud tyes 74

** Habitat apud Trebizond.”

Mr. Waterhouse called the attention of the members to two spe-
cies of Kangaroos, which were upon the table. -One of these had
lately been procured by the Society, and was from the neighbour-
hood of Hunter’s River, the other had died in the Menagerie. Of
this latter species the Society has possessed several living specimens ;
and there is still one in the Gardens, which was bred there.

Mr. Waterhouse stated that his object in bringing the animals in
question before the Meeting, was to show that the specimen from the
Menagerie was not, as had been supposed, the Macropus ualabatus of
Lesson, but that it was in fact an undescribed species, being distin-
guished from that of Lesson, (which Mr. Waterhouse considered as
identical with the specimen from Hunter’s River,) by the following

Zoological Society. 75

characters :—the under parts are grayish white, instead of buff yel-
low; the ears are rather longer in proportion, and the tail hoary gray,
white beneath, and with a white tip, instead of being almost totally
-black. Mr. Waterhouse proposed that the name Macropus Bennett:
be adopted for this species, and proceeded to characterise it as follows :
Macrorus Bennertri. Mac. intense cineraceus, regione scapular,
clunibus, et regione circum-oculari, rufo-brunneis ; corpore subtis
cinerescenti-albo ; rostro, auribus postice, digitis anticis posii-
cisque nigris ; lined albescenti viv distinctd ab angulo oris, ad
genas excurrente ; caudd cinerescente, ad apicem nigrd, et subtis
sordide flavescenti-albd.

; une. lin,

Longitudo ab apice rostri ad caudez basin .... 24 10

———+—— COUN si ssiseness Tio tae 24 7
ab apice rostriad marginem oculi .. 3 OQ
ab apice rostri ad basin auris ...... 5. 10.
tarsi digitorumque (sine unguibus).. 8 9
QUPID a a\siis is oA Lele one 16) 08 ad WOH rereBirly -d

Hab. Nova Cambria Australi.

** The fur of this animal is rather long and moderately soft; the
longest hairs on the middle of the back measure about two inches,
and the shorter about one and a half inches in length. Its general
line is a very deep gray, inclining to black on the back, somewhat
paler on the sides of the body, and a rust-like tint is observable on
the back of the neck and base of ears externally, over the haunches
and shoulders and in the region of the eye. The under parts of the
body, and the inner side and fore part of the hinder legs, are of a
grayish white colour. The muzzle is black, and the crown of the
head is brown black; an obscure whitish line extends backwards
from the corners of the mouth, and becomes obliterated on the cheeks;
the hairs on the lips are dirty white; the chinis blackish. The ears
are furnished with white hairs internally, and longish black hairs
externally, excepting at the base. The limbs externally are of the
same hue as the sides of the body; the fore feet, and the toes of the
hind feet are black, the outer side of the heel is also black. The
hairs of the tail (excepting at the base, where they are of the same
colours and character as those of the body) are rather harsh, black,
and broadly annulated with silvery white near the apex ; the general
tint is hoary gray, the white portion of each hair being most conspi«
cuous ; the apex of the tail is black, and on this part the hairs are
long and form a kind of tuft; the under side of the tail is white,
The hairs on the upper part of the body are of a deep slate colour at
the base, the remaining portion of each hair is black annulated with
white, or more generally with pale rust colour; on the under parts

76 Zoological Society.

of the body, the hairs are of a deep slate colour with the apical por-
tion white.

‘< The above descriptions and dimensions are taken from an adult
male; the two females in the Society’s Museum are of a smaller
size and paler colour, their prevailing tint being reddish gray :
around the entrance to the pouch the hairs are of a deep rusty brown
colour,”

A species of Mouse from the Cape of Good Hope was next de-
scribed by Mr. Waterhouse under the name of

Mus susspinosus.. M. pilis subspinosis, corpore supra fuscescenti-

griseo ; ad latera flavescente ; subtis niveo, oculis flavido cinctis ;
caudd cupite corporeque breviore ; auribus mediocribus.

unc. lin,
Longitudo ab apice rostri ad caude basin .... 3 4
CONGR 82 OO OG Ok ahs saa a Soba: eae |

ab apice rostri ad basin auris ...... 0 1024

tarsi digttorumque...... re a ye 0 684

QUIIR. 0/6 INS oO CNT OH LION Goins

Hab. Cape of Good Hope.

‘‘ This species is allied to the Mus Cahirinus of Geoffroy; it is,
however, not so large; and although the hairs are flat and bristle-
like, they are less harsh than those of the North African species; it
also differs in its colouring.”

Mr. Gould introduced to the notice of the Meeting a very singu-
lar form among the Caprimulgide for which he proposed the generic

appellation of
AMBLYPTERUS.

Rostrum debile et. elongatum.

Nares elevate et rotundatee.

Rictus setis robustis instructus, rostro longioribus.

Ale truncate ; remigibus externis sextis feré eequalibus et falcatis ;
remigibus 2%, 34°, 4'° ad externum pogonium emarginatis, 7™°, 8Y°,
9° ad apices elongatis et attenuatis, 10™° abrupte brevi; secondariis
brevissimis, rotundatis et ab tertiariis tectis, his longissimis.

Cauda brevissima et quadrata.

Pedes ambulatorii.

Tarsi elongati, graciles, squamis indistinctis antice et postice fas-
ciati; digito intermedio longissimo et gracillimo ; digitis lateralibus
brevibus et zqualibus; digito postico parvo, debili et libero; ungui-
bus elongatis, ungue medio pectinato.

AMBLYPTERUS ANOMALUS. Amb. summo capite, corpore supra et
alis cinereo-fuscis, singulis plumis nigro irregularitér sparsis et
maculatis ; primariis nigris, ad bases rubrescenti-cervinis, ad
apices albis ; secondariis cervinis, nigrescenti-fusco irregulariter

. Miscellaneous. 77

fasciatis ; rectricibus caude cervinis, nigrescenti-fusco irregula-

riter fasciatis et maculatis ; duabus centralibus cinereo-fuscis ;

gutture, pectore et abdomine ad partem superiorem nigrescenti-

Suscis, singulis plumis cervino maculatis ; abdomine imo pallide cer-

vino, singulis plumis nigrescenti-fusco transversim fasciatis ; ros-

tro fusco ; pedibus pallide fuscis.
Long. tot. unc. 62; rostri, 1; ale, 52; caude, 3; tarsi, 7.

Obs. Mr. J. E. Gray believes this bird to be from Demerara, or
the Brazils; the specimen is in the collection at the British Museum,
and so far as I am aware is unique.

Mr. Gould afterwards exhibited a species of Ibis, having many
characters in common with the [bis religiosa of Cuvier, and two new
species of the genus Platalea, which were accompanied with the fol-
lowing descriptions.

Ibis sTRICTIPENNIS.—Ib. capite et collo superiore nudis, et nigre-
scenti-fuscis, coeruleo lavatis ; corpore toto, et alis albis, ccrvino
lavatis ; plumis in guld longis, angustis, lanceolatis et rigidis ;
primarus ad apices ceeruleo-viridibus ; tertiariis valdé productis
et nigro-ceruleis, albo sparsis; tarsis et spatio nudo sub ald
rufo-fuscis.

Long. tot. unc. 30; rostri, 6; ale, 144; caud@, 6; tarsi, 4.

Hab. Australia.

Prataea REGIA. Plat. cristd occipitali pendente et corpore toto,
pectore excepto, albo ; pectore flavo parum lavato ; fronte facie
anteriori et guld plumis prorsus nudis ; notd super oculos atque
in occipite medio aurantiacd.

Long. tot. unc. 39; rostri,82; ale, 15; caude, 5+; tarsi, 54.

Hab. Nova Cambria Australi,

Foem. differt a mare adulto, staturd minore.

PrataLea FLaviers. Plat. corpore toto albo; parte facici nuda
angustiore quam in Plat. regia ; parte nudd et rostro aurantiacis;
pedibus flavis.

Long. tot. unc. 28; rostri, 74; ale, 144; caude, 543 tarsi, 42.

Hab. Nova Cambria Australi.

MISCELLANEOUS.
HELMINTHOLOGY.

D.C. M. Dresing, in the Nova Acta Phys. Med. xii., has given
two papers on Helminthology; one a monograph of the genus Tristoma,
describing four species, one of them hitherto unknown; and the
other on some new genera and species of this animal, amongst
which is a fifth Tristoma.—J. E. Gray.

78 Miscellaneous.

NEST AND EGGS OF THE WATER RAIL (Rallus aquaticus).

The bird had selected for her nest a thick turf of long grass, hollow
at the bottom, on the side of the reed pond; the nest, about an inch
and half thick, was composed of withered leaves and rushes ; it was so
covered by the top of the grass, that neither bird, nest, or eggs could
be seen; the entrance to and from the nest was through an aperture
of the grass, directly into the reeds, opposite where any one could
stand to see the nest. ‘The length of the eggs on an average were
one inch and a half, some near a tenth more, others near a tenth
less; weight, seven drachms; colour, light cream, thickly spotted
at the larger ends with bright rusty red, intermixed with sunk
faint lilac spots, thinly and finely spotted at the lesser ends with
the same colours, with a blush of pink over the whole egg, but
more towards the lesser ends; the yolk a bright blood red, brighter
than any egg I ever opened, and I think that the pink tint of the
shell is owing to the redness of the yolk, for after emptying the eggs
it was hardly perceptible. On the 20th of June I found another
nest in the same reed pond; the eggs were destroyed; this nest was
built among the reeds, and very near the water. On the 10th of
July I obtained a third nest, from the same place, of eleven eggs
within two or three days of hatching, the nest and situation much
like the first.—Joun Smitu, Yarmouth.

WALKING OF THE SEAL.

The common seal in the Zoological Gardens, when on the land,
scarcely uses its feet in walking, but only the abdominal muscles,
jerking itself forward by a series of convulsive actions. It only used
its fore-feet to assist in balancing itself, and when it turned on one
side it expanded its hinder feet, which are generally contracted and
held together, with the depressed forked tail between their base.
This does not arise from any imperfection in the formation of the
fore-feet, for it used them as hands to bring bodies near to its mouth.
—J. HE. Gray.

HYDRA.

A. J. Corda, in the Nov. Act. Ph. Med. xviii. 299. t. 14—16, has
given a very complete anatomy of the brown fresh-water polypus
(Hydra fusca), showing that the animal is of a much more complex
organization than was previously supposed, and that the digestive
cavity is furnished with a short straight canal, ending with a distinct
vent in the hinder part of the body near the foot or part by which it
adheres. —J. E. Gray.

Meteorological Observations. 79

Register of Meteorological Observations for June 1838, made at Applegarth
Manse, Dumfries-shire. By the Rev. Wm. Dunbar.

(Omitted last Month.)

Days Barometer. Therm,

of +—— | Wind, | Rain. Weather.
Month. | 9a.m. | 9p.m. |9a.m./9p.m.

Junel | 29°80} 29°75} 50 | 49 E, Jen Cold and withering.
2 | 29°63| 29°58} 494) 49 | sw. ... | Fine: rain: genial.
3 | 29°54| 29°50} 55 | 52 | ssw..| ... | Showery and sunny.
4 | 29:49) 29°60) 59 | 53] ss. ... | Showery and warm.
5 | 29°71 | 29°85) 62 | 525] s.w. eo Showery: thunder.
6 | 29°96} 30:02} 613) 47 |g byw.) ... Showery : cold v.m.
7 | 30:05| 30°08] 56 | 454! ssw. .«- | Dry: cool: genial,
O 8 | 30°13} 30°11} 55 | 483) Nn, &s.} 1°12 | Dry: cool : genial,
Q | 29°97| 29°71) 54 | 50 | ssw. ... | Dry, but threatening rain.
10 | 29°48] 29°40/ 50 | 51] s. 0:46 | Wet all day.
11 | 29°49} 29°50} 56 | 49 | se. | 0°72 | Wet: thunder.
12 | 29°61 | 29°67) 55 | 493) we. ... | Dry and pleasant.
13 | 29°68} 29°64) 53 | 51 | ne. ane Dry : rather cool.
14 | 29°51} 29°50) 51 | 48 | we. | 0°62 | Wet throughout.
€15 | 29°50} 29-49| 53 | 53.| sw. | 1:80 | Very genial day.
16. | 29°53) 29°55) 55 | 554) ss. 1°46 | Soft rain all day.
17 | 29°64} 29°67) 57 | 56 |s.by w.| ... | Fine growing weather.
18 | 29°55| 29°36| 60 | 57 | nx. | ... | Faira.m.: wet v.m.: thund.
19 | 29°30} 29°50} 554) 55 | w. | 0°96 | Wet preced® night: dry p.m,
20 | 29°49) 29:20] 59 | 50 | sw. | 1°32 | Very wet afternoon.
21 29°21} 29°25| 57 | 51 sw. 3°74 | Fair all day.
@22 | 29°37} 29°60) 52 | 524) sw. i Showery a.m.: cleared.
23 | 29°89| 29°91} 60 | 544] ssw. | ... | Fair: fine day.
24 | 29°80} 29°80} 62 | 56 | ssw. a Fair all day.
25 | 29°91} 29°93) 56 | 58 | ssw. |... | Fair and mild,
26 | 29°86) 29°86; 66!... | sz. pa Fair and warm.
27 |} 29°75) 29°80| 56 | 50] sz. she Wet a.m.: cleared up.
28 | 29°80} 29°85| 61 | 484] s. ... | Fine summer day.
29 | 29°87] 29°85} 54 | 54] Ne. «« | Showery, but warm,
>30 | 29°70} 29°74) 544) 56 | we. | 0°60 | Cloudy and moist,

Mean. | 29°71 | 29°67; 56 | 513 | 7°26

METEOROLOGICAL OBSERVATIONS FOR JULY 1838.

Chiswick.—July 1. Cloudy and fine: rain, 2, Sultry: rain. 3. Rain. 4, Hazy:
fine. 5. Very fine. 6. Heavy rain with thunder; fine. 7,8. Fine. 9—11, Very fine.
12. Overcast. 13. Very hot: lightning at night. 14. Rain. 15. Showery., 16—22.
Very fine. 23, Overcast. 24, 25. Fine. 26, Cloudy and fine: rain. 27. Fine.
28. Very fine : slight rain. 29. Cloudy: rain, 30. Heavy showers. 3]. Very fine.

‘ Boston.—-July 1, Cloudy: rain early a.m. 2. Cloudy: rain p.m. 3,4. Cloudy.
5. Fine, 6. Fine: rainrp.m. 7 Fine, 8. Rain. 9, Cloudy. 10. Fine. 11.
Cloudy: rain early a.m.: rainr.m. 12, Cloudy. 13, Fine: thunder and light-
ningr.m, 14, Cloudy: rain early a.m.; rainr.m. 15, Fine: rainr.m, 16.
Cloudy. 17. Fine. 18. Cloudy. 19. Fine. 20—22. Windy. 23, Fine:
rain p.m. 24. Fine, 25. Cloudy. 26, Fine: rainem. 27. Stormy. 28.
Fine. 29. Fine: raina.m. 30. Fine: raina.M. 31. Fine.

Applegarth Manse, Dum/ries-shireo—July 1. Shower a.m,: fairp.m. 2. Fair
all day. 3,4. Fine summer days, 5. Excellent weather. 6. Warm: thunder :
rain, 7. Showeryall day. 8. Fair: mild; cool ym. 9, Dull day: very cloudy.
10, Rain in the afternoon, 11. Rainy all day: fog r.m. 12. Rain: cleared up
v.M. 13, Showery. 14. Showery allday, 15, Showery: cleared p.m. 16.
Showery a.M.: cleared, 17. Wetallday. 18. Fineday: moistr.m. 19,
Showery all day. 20. Fair day, though cool. 21. Fair a.m.: showery p.m.
22. Fair throughout, 23. Heavy rain: thunder. 24. Fair throughout. 25.
Fair, but cool. 26. Wet nearly allday. 27. Showerya.m. 28, Showery
nearly all day. 29,30. Showery p.m. 31. Fair throughout,

es 2 a a a a ENO RT Ss

g-LS. 696-3

eee | 9-1 OFS ang sialic #99 88S Leal LL.os gh-PL| 0-96 | 8-0L | £-£9 | PF-6z | HP-6z | OF-6z | LP6.6z | 8E0-0F | zz0.0€ | “uve
og | [1% | | gog. |: fumes] a | +s | eg] S| 09] LP

cg lez.t | LI | ge. a Fees one See PL | 0-09] G.o4 | L-19 | LL-6 | 09-66 | 66-62 | 198-62 | 800-0€ | 788-62 | “IE
9S ef ee “4 pte _ oi ~ AS ou 2 « " ZL | G-0G | €-1L | P19 | 0S-6% - | 11-62 | 262-62 | 969-62 | $02-62 | ‘of
ea | Ae, td cca) w biag | wed ex} re < . : ol pa £.99 | L-09 | OF-6% | OF-6% | LO-6Z | 029-62 | 189-62 | 879-63] °6% C
eo | [OTe] | goroms | eb omd cau lope a = . aL | €-€S| P-0L| 8-19 | €F-6% | G-6% | 12-62 | 114-62 | 918-62 | GZ8-6% | *gz
Ge ee OS ras: SS Bed me ea ta gb | 12 | 2:29] L-99 | 0-09 | $S-62 | LS-6% | ST-6% | Fog.6z | OF8.6% | 0Z8-6% | °Lz%
Bee dt ee ee temsret-. wane ¢ 98 1S | o£ | L-6P| §.¢9 | L.09 | $9.62 | 04-62 | 8€-6z | g0L-6z | 266-62 | 286-62 | ‘9%
og | = Ted fede temel nm | ae tats mk ms spe G-9S - oL | 9-67 | 9-29 | 8-69 | €8-6% | 88-62 | 87-62 | 966-62 | 800-0F | 800-08 | “Sz
eo leo.o | | | oc bane] ex lems! can H S| 9$| ob | Lo | 8-£S| €.€9| 7-99 88-62 | 88-62 | TH-62 | 016-62 | Z00-0F | 886-62 | “Fe
zo lpot | | ce | cee fem | ow | ow faeacmn g PF iSgc} Lo] 22 | o£ | F-09| 9.19 | P89 | L8-6% | 66-62 | 99-62 | 986-62 | Z8T-0£ | HEl-0f | “fs
eg | | ct i | goo. frum | exw | ee | cm ZG} 9S] LG} Bb | F9 | €-29| P.g9 | 0-95 C0-0€ | OL-0€ | 19.62 | OOT-0F | S8I-O€ | 00-0F | °Z
65 foe to de | pp. fam fom] om | ows zo| g¢| g¢| 19 | Lo | -€S/¢.12|¥-6S | 90-0€ | L6-6z 8h-6z 1£0-0€ | ZET-O€ | 0S0-08 | *17@
Op bs bee boss “P-ede | see | ante ge oe cq! 6F | SZ | 8-SS|€.FL | 0-29 | 08-62 | $L-6z | £E-6z | £86.62 | L00-0€ | Z10-0€ | “0%
a9. | bth ee Lote tani fone | ems | sate 6¢|$FS| 99] 0G | gd | Z-LS| g.aL| 8-99 | 08-62 | 0662 | £9-62 | LS0.0€ | $92-0€ | 990-08 | “61
6S |Por| [ce | ee fee lemwlems| os sg gS| 19| 19 | £2 |0.09| ¢.€L] 8-£9 | 90-0€ | 00-08 | 67-62 | OOT.OE | £8Z-0F | O10 | “ST
19 ses |) Ol. eee LIL sax: Usadin | cine lexiea tan te Ag 9S v9 LS PL €.7¢ 0-6L 6-S9 8L-6% 06-62 £5.6% 996-66 1Zz-0€ | ZSt-0£ “LT
oo. | + 196 L2s.'| Gar. [mse fae | as [ueaens TOS Be Go| SV | SL | E99) LoL | a-S9 06-62 | 9.6% | OF-62 | Pz0-0€ | Z0Z-0£ | 960-08 | “OT
€9 |€L.0 |€0- |g1..| == apy Ee isk, i se 9S |¥9S\G-99| 19 | EL | 0-65 | 0-89 L-SQ | 05-62 | LZ-6% | 09-6@ | ZZL-6% | $06-6% | ZOL-6% | “ST
zo joe | tfc | oc | es lupeol ems] can 6¢| 6S|¢-09| 99 | 8 |$-29| g-BZ | £:99 | 61-62 | EF-62 | 90-62 | 699.62 | ZSL-6% | 991-60) “PID
€9 |g1-0 |90- | 1 - | -s | -m | ms | caeass g¢| 09! g9| 8S | Fg | 2-09} 9-€L | L-69 | 89-62 | 7L-6z | SE-6z | £0g-6z | 900-0 | OF0-0€ | “ET
oe ee Pl os 1 Wl ye lee te 05 |,0%| 89] 09 | 28 P-19 | ZZ | PLO | 08-62 | ZL-6% | SE-6 | 766-62 | LL0-0€ | OOT-0F | “SI
19 |SS.0 | | e+ | ee BSS LS pete SR Ego \s/c| 12] 65 | 0g | €-69|€.PL | 9-69 | GL-62 | 62-62 | OF-62 | ZhO-0€ | SIT-0€ | OOT-OE | “IT
09 | ft eee | ste tems | oem | om ie LS| 9S| to] 09 | 0g | 2-69] 9-PL | o-S9 LL-6% 61.66 OF-62 | Of L-0€ | SBT-0F | Poz-0€ | “OT
6S |gz-1 |Z0- | ** | gg. |msm loreal <a | sxeasms 48 96 |¢.h9| 99 | SL | Z69| 9-04 | 2-99 | 98-62 | 8-68 | 05-62 | GPI-0F | P9T-OF | Z8I-08 6
6S |S9.0 |at- |} 11- | Sco. |-ms | «m |ems| ss E6¢| 9S| 09] 9S | ZL | 0-89 | 9-69 | £29 £8.62 | OL-6% | 0£-6% | 666-62 | LLO0-0£ | 896-62} °8
€9 |€0.0 | |op. | Pre. [ems | ss | oes | cars 48 19| Po] bS | o£ | L.99| EL | €-P9 | $9-6z | $9.60 | £€-66 | 216.62 166-62 | o10-0€ | “L O
09 | | ] 1 ogo. {ms loayeol «xs “i toc] 69| 12] 29 | LL |%-09|0-VL | 0-F9 | 02-62 06-62 | £7-6z | 966-62 | FO-0€ | 0S0-0F | *9
6S | | loo. | zoe. | ‘a lore! +s < 09| oL| go| 67 | 1g |9-29|P-1L | 8-49 | 86-62 96-62 | LS-62 | 0g0-0F | 991-0€ | 861-08 | “S
oo | lot lot. | ogo. | “= fumesl-ms | mn F9| FL| 60] gf | 08 | Z89| 0.99 | $99 | 86-62 | 86-62 | GS-66 | 1ZT-0€ | SPT-O€ | OFL-.0E | “F
6S | | * |60. | 00g. | *=x jute) +s a zo| z9| zo| 1S | OL |2.69| ¥-12 | 9-9 | 86-62 | 96-62 | 08-62 | Gz0-0€ | $90-08 oLo-0£ | “f
ig | |ae lpe.| cco. | as jean! os | eas 9¢| 99] 69] 99 | BZ | E29 | L-So | 8-19 | 96-62 | 96-62 | €S-62 | 266-62 | 1£0-0£ | 870-08 %
ot at ee = S| 7S} 09| 99 | 9L |$-9¢| 0-L9 | G-29 06-62% | 64-62 | OV-62 | £16.62 | 086-62 | 826-60} ‘T

P 3 $§ SB = | ‘ut “aITys ‘ur’ *dg| ‘un’ . . . . sesadl «ere cane °

conceal BB | F | ELS aoa Se oe ES | SE | [somes sees [| eRe | — LE oteh
aaa § A g S suopuoy| “end Be. :uopuo’y Bie = - BS seienia: (Scctee vansuey ‘aatys-sotagung, | “40sod *MoLMmstyD pe tows Bad
~Ma(T *UIey “PUIAA “19 ,aUIO ULI I, -roj0uIOIe josktq

“aurys-snefuny ‘asunypyr yzenSaddy yo avanag ‘ayy fg pup ‘uojsog yo TIVSA “AYN 49 Suopuo f
’ j $ rT knau ‘younswyy qo hyaroog younynaysozy 347 fo
UIPIDE) ay} JO NOSAWOUY, “IJ 49 { NOLUTAOY ‘A ‘Aunjausag qunjsissp ay hg hyav0g qohoy ay3 fo sjuaupindp ay} yo apuu suoymarasgQ qungojoLoaza yyy

“ayn, ‘901s

‘AL Td I A 28 2 ey

‘GMIUUG) f0 00g LNT

‘MP Qenamas.

ANNALS OF NATURAL HISTORY.

a
>

X.—Observations on the Fur Seal of Commerce. By R. Ha-
MILTON, Esq., F.R.S.E., M.W.S., &c.

[ With a Plate. ]

In soliciting attention to the Fur Seal of Commerce, we need
scarcely remark that it claims regard in a commercial as well
as in a scientific point of view. With the existence of the seal
trade of the northern regions we have for centuries been fami-
liar ; but this trade must yield both in extent and importance
to that which more recently has been prosecuted in the south-
ern hemisphere. The fur seal has not indeed formed the sole
object of the southern trade, some of its congeners being of
equal or even greater importance; more especially the pro-
boscis seal of Peron, which, from its magnitude, not less than
its nasal appendage, well merits its appellation of the sea
elephant. 'This species attains the dimensions of 20, 25, and
even 30 feet in length, with an unwonted proportional bulk,
thus equalling in dimensions half the size of the great Green-
land Whale ; and the oil obtained from it is of very superior
quality. Next however in importance to this giant of the
group unquestionably comes the fur seal, which has yielded
its thousands and tens of thousands sterling to the adven-
turous trader.

This is not the place to dwell upon the origin or to trace
the history of the South Sea seal trade, but a few notices may
not be unacceptable. Soon after Captain Cook’s voyage in the
Resolution in 1771, he presented an official report concerning
New Georgia, in which he gave an account of the great num-
ber of proboscis seals and fur seals which he had encountered
on the shores of that island. The information speedily tempted
several enterprising merchants to fit out vessels for the cap-
ture of these animals. With regard to the oil obtained from
the former, it has been stated, on most respectable authority,
that during a period of about fifty years, not less than 20,000

Ann. Nat, Hist. Vol. 2. No.8. Oct, 1838. G

82 Mr. R. Hamilton on the Fur Seal of Commerce.

tons were annually procured from this spot alone for the Lon-
don market, which at a.very moderate price, say 50/. per ton,
would yield about 1,000,000/. per annum. With regard again
to the fur seal, from the same island, the English and others,
chiefly the Americans, have procured a number of skins which
cannot be estimated at less than 1,200,000. From the island
of Desolation also, which Capt. Cook first made known, the
number has scarcely been smaller nor the profit less; and
finally, with regard to South Shetland, the number taken off
by vessels of different nations, during the two years 1821 and
1822 alone, was not less than 320,000. The value of these
skins of course varies with the state of the market ; but it is
in relation to them, it has been stated in the current edition of
the Encyclopzedia Britannica, that “from about the year 1806
till 1823 an extensive trade was carried on in the South Seas
in procuring seal skins, which in that part of the world are
covered with a fine fur. They were obtained,” it is added, “in
vast abundance by the first traders, and yielded a very large
profit. Cargoes of these skins yielded five and six dollars a
piece in China, and the present price in the English market
averages from thirty to fifty shillings*.”

With regard to the fur seal trade alone several thousand
tons of shipping have annually been employed+; and respect-
ing the seal trade generally, it has recently been stated that
the English and Americans, who together nearly engross the
whole, employ not fewer than sixty vessels of from 250 to 300
tons burden f.

It must be regarded as not a little singular, and yet we be-
lieve it is not more singular than true, that this animal, which
has been the object of such extensive and profitable pursuit,
has not hitherto been described by the scientific naturalist ; so
that were any one to turn to works of science, he would not
only be unable to ascertain the characters of the fur seal, but
would even be at a loss to discover whether in the long cata-
logue of the Phoce which has been accumulated, the fur seal
has obtained a place. At several distant zras of the science,
indeed, a few indistinct notices of this’ species of seal may

* Vol. x. p. 264. Voy. towards the South Pole, Lond. 1825, p. 54,
{ Lesson, Dict, Class, des Se. Nat,

Mr. R. Hamilton on the Fur Seal of Commerce. 83

perhaps be found, under the names of longicollis and Falk-
landica; and these it may be interesting to consider in the
sequel. But with these exceptions, which are truly more ap-
parent than real, it will be found that so far as the records of
the science are concerned, this animal has hitherto been neither
recognised nor described.

It is the object of the following pages to supply these de-
ficiencies ; not indeed with all the accuracy we could wish, but
so far as our opportunities permit. We shall first, however,
premise a word or two respecting the furs of seals.

A slight examination of the recent skins speedily exhibits
that two substances sufficiently distinct go to form the coat or
robe of most seals, as well as of many other animals, These are
hair, so well known on our own persons, and on most qua-
drupeds, and a soft woolly down or fur, which usually lies at
the root of the hair, close to the skin, and which is penetrated
and covered by the hair. The hair of the different species of
seals is in very various quantities and of very different qua-
lities ; as is also the fur, positively and relatively. Sometimes
the hair is exceedingly coarse and meagre, and accompanied
with little or no down, so as to be of no more value to the fur-
rier than the hide of the horse or ox. In other instances the
hair is copious, soft, long, and silky, so that even without
down, and still more with it, it is highly esteemed as a fur
skin, and is used like those of the fox or sable; and once
more, there are certain species in which the relative quantity
and quality of the hair is so inferior to that of the fur, that
the former is disregarded, and is wholly removed, so that no-
thing is left but the soft woolly down. Of this last descrip-
tion is the fur seal skin of commerce. We need scarcely add,
that the skins of a great variety of seals are very extensively
used both by rude and refined nations. They are employed
by the former especially, as leather is with us, as articles of
dress and for domestic purposes, both raw and tanned, and
sometimes made water-proof. ‘They are also used in their
natural state, the fur being retained; and in this condition
some of them are compared to velvet: they are in this way
extensively employed by savage tribes, and also throughout
Russia and Asia, and more sparingly among ourselves. But

G2

84 Mr. R. Hamilton on the Fur Seal of Commerce.

thirdly, the proper seal fur of commerce is formed of skins
from which the hair is removed by art, leaving the under ex-
quisitely soft and downy covering, which forms an article
highly prized by all nations. 7

- In the absence of scientific information respecting the ani-
mal yielding this fur, we must turn to our navigators and seal
hunters; and we find that one of the earliest intimations is
that already alluded to in Capt. Cook’s memorial, which in all
probability had reference to this seal. Another early notice
concerning this animal is from the pen of Lieut. Clayton, who
in the year 1773-4 commanded the English settlement in
Saunders Island, one of the Falklands, which he characterizes
as a barren, dreary, desolate, boggy, rocky spot. In his paper
in the Phil. Trans: 1775, he tells us that four kinds of seals
were found there, viz. the common seal, the sea lion, the clap-
mutch, and the fur seal, which last, he says, has its name from
its coat, which is a fine soft fur ; and it is also thinner-skinned
than any of the others: he adds, that from these isles a va-
luable fishery might be carried on*. But still more to the
point, we have the information derived from the late gallant
and enterprising Weddell, who, as is well known, with his
little squadron consisting of the Jane of Leith of 160 tons,
and the Beaufoy of 65, penetrated in the year 1823 two hun-
dred and fourteen miles nearer the South Pole than the cele-
brated Cook or any other navigator had previously done. We
never heard of this distinguished individual when alive, but
happy should we feel could we by any means be the humble
instruments of procuring for his services in our own depart-
ment the meed of praise they really merit. He was a most
successful and extensive seal hunter, and engaged in success-
ive voyages with this single object in view; and, judging from
his published work+, he was an accomplished and intelligent
as well as a successful mariner. He invariably and without
hesitation speaks of the fur seal as one and as distinct from all
others of the southern hemisphere, which he contradistin-
guishes as hair seals. He encountered the fur seal in South
Georgia, among the South Orkneys, and in much greater

* Phil. Trans., vol. Ixvi. p. 102.
+ Voyage towards the South Pole. London, 1825.

Mr. R. Hamilton on the Fur Seal of Commerce. 85

numbers in the South Shetland islands, which he was the first
to discover. He expressly states, “that the species of seal

which inhabits the shores of these last-named islands is ex-
clusively the fur seal ;” and again he says, “ I have mentioned
that the only species of seal found in these islands is that pos-
sessing the fur :” and he adds, “the circumstance of its pos-
sessing a valuable fur has not been noticed in any description
of the seal which I have met*.” Our researches have probably
been somewhat more extended than those of Mr. Weddell, and
it will be seen that our remarks are very much in accordance
with his observation.

Among several other good offices which this gentleman per-
formed for this department of science, one was his conveying
to this country, and depositing in the hands of the eminent
keeper of the Museum of the University of Edimburgh, two
specimens of the stuffed skins of this animal; and assuredly,
judging from what he has done in other cases, he would have
done more, had he not imagined that naturalists on this point
required no help from him. These two specimens are now in
the Museum, preserved in excellent order, and though insuffi-
cient satisfactorily to establish all the characters of the ani-
mal, yet as supplying the majority of them, we shall present
a faithful sketch and a detailed description. The specimens
are very nearly alike in every respect; they appear to have
been carefully and accurately prepared, and to have been ob-
tained from female animalst. Judging from the specimens,
this seal upon the whole is long and slender}, having much
the shape of a double cone, largest at the middle and tapering
at both extremities. The head is broad and rather flat; the
external ear is black, narrow, and pointed. The fore paws are
precisely in the middle of the animal ; their shape is pyramidal,
and in addition to the fore paw, properly so called, there is a
strong projecting membrane running from the tip along the
posterior margin to the base; they have no vestige of nails.

* Loe. cit. p. 137, 141-2.

+ For the accompanying very beautiful drawing I am indebted to the
kindness and skill of Mr. Stewart, so well known for his faithful and elegant
sketches of animated nature, and we have no doubt that an acquaintance with
this drawing alone would enable any one at once to recognise the animal.

t I would here observe that in noting the characters I have had the valu-
able assistance of my friend Mr. William Jameson.

86 Mr. R. Hamilton on the Fur Seal of Commerce.

The hind flippers are rhomboidal in their shape, and consist
of the fleshy portion, and a membranous addition, which at its
termination is divided into five strap-like processes ; there are’
nails on all the toes but the great one, those of the three
middle toes being much the largest and quite straight ; there
is a curious slashing at the junction of the common skin and
the membrane,—the skin covered with hair descending to the
nail, whilst the membrane runs up between the toes more
than aninch. The coat or robe is composed of hair and fur ;
the former is very soft, smooth, and compact, of a brownish
black colour towards the root, and a greyish white towards

the tip ; it extends considerably beyond the fur, and gives the

general colouring to the hide: the fur itself is of a uniform
brownish white colour above, and of a somewhat deep brown
beneath, and is quite wanting on the extremities. The colour
of the body is of a uniform whitish grey above, passing gra-
dually underneath into a reddish: white colour, which i is deep-
est in the abdominal region. The upper portion of the ex-
tremities is covered above with a very short brownish black
hair, which near the body passes into the colour of the back.
The under portion of both extremities—to the extent of 2 of
the anterior, and nearly the whole of the posterior—-are naked,
being quite destitute both of hair and fur. The whiskers are
brownish black, five rows being present. In one of the spe-
cimens there is a dark marking under the eyes. We shall

here subjoin the principal measurements of these Mdinburgh

specimens.
ft. inch, lin.
Length from the snout to the tip of the tail ...secssesssceseeees wo 3 38° 0
of the tail: siisissceotdes wesc trai rr Te | Hisense jee Oe hind
Of the Car ss...secsreveevnss sonanedsvoeeseceesees Sonsesdedareres D iebiinenD
———- from snout to anterior edge of the base of the paw...... } eee OP
from posterior edge of paw to the root of the tail ......1 5 6
of fore paw from base to tip ....ssecceceeees Go adeonsccncences as 5 vaca
of its MeMbranous POrtion ...csrecvessevserscssesecvacees £0 °4°°0
Greatest breadth of fore paw at base ...escscscsesesees secssstevacvene O 4 0
its. tip o<ssses weshiccenuad savereecephs OF diave8
Length of posterior extremity from base to tip....... Po eveceseseens 0 4 +78
of its membranous portion.....ee0er. bos pon ennenetanes csvese eee eee
Breadth across the’ back, from the base of one paw to that of 0 0

the ptber’ . 2ic.6.0t0.. eaicdd. Pearse sstebs 9b Lis seis Qlpok vee sh eth

Distance from tip of snout to the Car...cecccccoeesesceseccessesvears Gy. Ort

The angle of the mouth is in the perpendicular of the eye.

Mr. R. Hamilton on the Fur Seal of Commerce. 87

To this detailed account of the specimens we must add an
important character which is supplied by Captain Weddell.
* Nothing,” he remarks, “ regarding the fur seal is more asto-
nishing than the disproportion in the size of the male and fe-
male. A large grown male from the tip of the nose to the ex-
tremity of the tail is 6 feet 9 mches, while the female is not
more than 3} feet. This class of the males however is not the
most numerous, but being physically the most powerful, they
keep in their possession all the females, to the exclusion of the
younger branches; hence at the time of parturition the males

attending the females may be computed to be as one to twenty,
which shows this to be perhaps the most polygamous of large
animals.”

Haxsrrs.—The few particulars which are casually noted by
this original observer, are so strongly illustrative of the pecu-
liar habits of this seal, and of many others, that it would be
improper here to omit them. “These fur seals,” he states,
“ are in their nature completely gregarious ; but they flock to-
gether and assemble on the coast at different periods, and in
distinct classes. 'The males of the largest size go on shore
about the middle of November, to wait the arrival of the fe-
males, who of necessity must soon follow, for the purpose of
bringing forth their young. ‘These in the early part of De-
cember begin to land, and they are no sooner out of the water
than they are taken possession of by the males, who have many
serious battles with each other in procuring their respective
seraglios ; and by a peculiar instinct they carefully protect the
females under their charge during the whole period of gesta-
tion. By the end of December all the female seals have ac-
complished the purpose of their landing. The time of gesta-
tion may be considered nearly twelve months, and they seldom
have more than one at a time, which they suckle and rear ap-
parently with great affection. By the middle of February, the
young are able to take the water, and after being taught to
swim by the mother, they are abandoned on the shore, where
they remain till their coats of fur and hair are completed.
During the latter end of February, what are called the dog
seals go ashore; these are the young seals of the two prece-
ding years, and such males as, from their want of age and

-

88 Mr. R. Hamilton on the Fux Seal of Commerce.

strength, are not allowed to attend the pregnant females.
These young seals come on shore for the purpose of renewing
their annual coats; which being done, by the end of April
they take the water, and scarcely any are seen on shore again
till the end of June, when some young seals come up and go
off alternately. They continue to do this for six or seven
weeks, and then retire to the water. The large male seals take
up their places on shore, as has been before described, which
completes the intercourse all classés have with the shore du-
ring the whole year. The young are at first black; in a few
weeks they become grey, and soon after obtain their coat of
hair and fur. Their sense of smell and hearing are acute;
and in instinct they are little inferior to the dog; that is, I
judge their sagacity in the water much exceeds that which
they exhibit on shore ; for though they are capable of remain-
ing a certain time on land, their natural element is the water.
I have estimated the female to be in general at its full growth
within four years ; but possibly the male is much longer, and
some which I have contrasted with others of the same size,
could not from their very old appearance be less than ——
years.

“* When these South Shetland seals were first visited cuss
had no apprehension of danger from meeting men; in fact
they would lie still while their neighbours were killed and
skinned ; but latterly they had acquired the habit of preparing
for danger by placing themselves on rocks, from which they
could in a moment precipitate themselves into the water. The
agility of the creature is much greater than from its appear-
ance an observer would anticipate. I have seen them indeed
often escape from. men-running fast in pursuit to kill them.
The absurd story that seals in general defend themselves by
throwing stones at their pursuers with their tails may be ex-
plained in this way—that when an animal is chased on a stony
beach, their mode of propelling themselves is by drawing their
hind flippers forwards, thereby shortening the body and pro-
jecting themselves by the tail, which when relieved by the
effort of the fore flippers, throws up a quantity of stones to
the distance of some yards.”

And now to revert to the identification of the fur seal, we

Mr. R. Hamilton on the Fur Seal of Commerce. 89

regret that we are not aware of the existence of a cranium of
this species in any of our museums, and therefore we cannot
supply its specific characters, or compare them with those of
any of the established genera. After the foregoing details
however we need scarcely remark that it is a very different
animal from the ursine seal, with which M. Lesson, almost
the only author, so far as we have perceived, who touches upon
this point, has identified it. This intelligent naturalist, who
himself spent a considerable time in the antarctic regions, in
the able article on the Phoca in the ‘ Dictionnaire Classique
des Sciences Naturelles,’ expressly says, “ L’Otarie de Forster
est la Phoque a fourriers des pécheurs EKuropéens*;” the Otary
of Forster, better known under the name of the sea bear or
‘ursine seal, But we have no positive evidence that the ursine
seal is a fur seal in contradistinction to a hair seal, in which
latter character it is unquestionably prized. The difference of
these two species is, we apprehend, too plain to require much
elucidation. Concluding with the illustrious Peron, that the
ursine seal of the southern hemisphere is different from that
of the northern, which is known as Steller’s sea bear, still the
descriptions supplied of the southern variety are too specific
to leave any doubt on the subject. Dampier states that at
Juan Fernandez the sea bear was found of the size of an ordi-
nary calf; and Forster remarks that those found in New Year’s
Island, Staten-land, equal the size assigned by Steller to his
bear, that is, to that of its terrestrial namesake, of a large —
size. But in addition to this we have again the valuable testi-

mony of Mr. Weddell. After what has been stated, no one

can doubt of his acquaintance with the fur seal. He was also

familiar with the ursine seal, both as encountered in its haunts.
and as described by naturalists}; and yet when speaking of
the ursine seal (so denominated by him) he never once hints

that its fur has any peculiar value, but on the contrary ex-

cludes it with the others, and ranks it merely as a hair seal.

Were any further corroboration on this point required it may

be found in the testimony of our furriers. We have inquired

of aconsiderable number of them, and especially of M. L’Ry,

* Dict. Class. t. xiii, 422. + Voyage, p. 137.
t Loe. cit. p. 199.

90 Mr. R. Hamilton on the Fur Seal of Commerce.

who for years was superintendent of one of the largest fur
concerns in the metropolis of the empire, and was in the habit
of overhauling great cargoes of south seal skins; and the only
response we have obtained is, that there is but one seal which
has yielded this particular fur. On visiting M. L’Ryhe speedily
informed us that he happened to have lying by him a skin of
the true fur seal, which he immediately produced, and it ap- |
peared manifestly to be identical with the two given by Capt.
Weddell to the College Museum. The same gentleman in-
formed us that the fur of this valuable animal is prepared by a
process quite different from that employed for the others, the
hair being entirely removed, which is done by heating the
skin, and then carding it in a peculiar manner with a large
wooden knife prepared for the purpose: the fur then appears
in all its perfection.

But though we consider it was a decided mistake in that
naturalist, who of all others might have been supposed best
acquainted with the subject, to confound this fur seal with the
ursine, yet, as we before hinted, we think it evident there has
been obscure notices of this seal in former and remote periods
of the history of the science ; and to these it will be now in-
teresting shortly to advert..

It will be remembered by many that in most of our sy-
stematic works there is appended to the supposed ascertained
species of this interesting group, a list of obscure and doubtful
ones which have long maintained their place, without almost
anything being known regarding them. In this position we
find the Falklandica and longicollis, both of which we are
disposed to consider as the same with the fur seal, and conse-
quently with each other. All our modern systematists, French
and English, have ranked the Falklandica as an otary; and
considering its true value, it is not a little curious that its cha-
racter and natural history have been so much obscured. This
seal seems to have been introduced to. notice by Pennant.
“‘ There has of late,” says he, “ been introduced into the Mu-
seum of the Royal Society, from the Falkland Islands, another
seal, the length of which is four feet; its hair is short, cine-
reous, tipped with dirty white; the nose is short, beset with
strong black bristles ; the external auricles are short, narrow
and pointed; the upper teeth are sulcated transversely; the

Mr. R. Hamilton on the Fur Seal of Commerce. 91

lower in an opposite direction; on each side of the canine
there is a lesser or secondary one; the grinders are conoid,
with a small process on each side near the base: there are no
claws on the fore feet, but underneath the skin there are evi-
dent marks of the bones of five toes: the skin extends far be-
yond their ends. On the toes of the hind legs are four long
and straight claws, but the skin stretches far beyond, which
gives them a very pinniform look*,” Shaw’s account is a li-
teral copy of the above; and this appears to have been all the
information given to the public by naturalists concerning this
seal. We are not therefore to wonder at Baron Cuvier’s ex-
clamation, “Que faire de cette Otarie (O. Falklandica) cendrée,
tachetée de blanc sale ? Sont ce des Ages, des varietés de l’ours
de mer; sont ce des espéces? On ne pourra le savoir que
lorsque des individus bien entiers seront décrits en détail a
Vextérieur, et au moins pour les parties osseuses de la tétet+.”
Other French naturalists take precisely the same view of this
animal which Baron Cuvier did in 1823. Desmarest, three
years before, in his ‘Mammalogie,’ supplied the characters
furnished by Pennant without an additional remark. M. Fr.
Cuvier in the year 1826], and M. Lesson in 1827$, have
merely introduced it into a list of little more than bare names,
as a species altogether obscure and unascertained; and the
last-named distinguished author, in one of the last and best
treatises on the seals, in 1828, says of it, ““ Espéce peu connue
et trop incomplétement décrite qu’on puisse l’isoler, ou la rap-
porter a telle ou telle espéce ||.”

Though so much difficulty was thus experienced by these
able naturalists, yet we find that the personal observation of
Capt. Weddell enabled him at once to identify the Falklandica
with his fur seal. In relation to this point he unhesitatingly
says, “The fur seal is what is called in zoology the Phoca
Falklandica, the Falkland Island seal, a species which has
been distinguished by naturalists by the peculiarity of its
shape.” Pennant indeed had stated that it came from the

* History of Quadrupeds, 3rd edit. 4to, vol. ii. p. 275. °
+ Oss. Fossils, tom. v. P, II. p, 214.
+ Dict. des Scien. Nat. tom. xxxix.

§ Manuel de Mammalog. in loc. cit.
|} Dict. Class. des Sc. Nat. tom. xiii.

92 Mr. R. Hamilton on the Fur Seal of Commerce.

Falkland Islands; but then these dreary regions are, or we
must rather say were, rife with many species of seals, and the
fur seal has long been exterminated from them: besides he gives
no hint of its possessing a valuable fur. The otary which
Lesson and Garnat captured at a later period among the Falk-
land Islands,—the Otaria Molossina of the ‘ Zoologie de la Co-
quille,’ is quite a different animal from this Fulklandica. The
French zoologists, who have laboured most in this department,
from not being interested in the trade, seem never to have re-
ceived any specimens or drawings of this seal; hence these
naturalists with all their acumen could have nothing but a
partial and imperfect conception of this important species.
But it is quite a different matter with a man living in the
midst of these animals; to him a hint-or two is sufficient to
certify its characters and establish its identity. So we believe
it was with Weddell; and so will it be with any one who ac-
quires clear and specific notions of the form and appearance of
this species, and its most nearly allied congeners. |

Still greater obscurity has prevailed, and with less apology,
regarding the longicollis. This seal is enumerated as a species
distinct from the preceding by Pennant and Shaw; and has been
arranged by Messrs. Desmarest, Fr.Cuvier, and Lesson among
the earless seals or true Phoce ; whilst Baron Cuvier with his
wonted acumen refers it rather.to the Otarie; whilst at the same
time he exclaims, “Que faire de cette mauvaise peau du Musée
de la Societé Royal, gravée par Parsons, nommée par Pennant
Phoca longicollis* >”? In turning to what Parsons denomi-
nates Dr. Grew’s “excellent book of Rarities” of the Royal
Society, which was published in the year 1694, we find that
at that date the Museum contained three specimens of seals.
Two of these he refers to the species vituléna, or common seal ;
and of the third he remarks, “I find him nowhere distinctly
mentioned ; he is much slenderer than any of the former ; but
that wherein he principally differs is the length of his neck ;
for from his nose to his fore feet, and from thence to his tail,
are the same measure: as also, that instead of fore feet he has
rather fins, not having any claws thereon, as have the other
kinds+.” Dr. Parsons, who entertained the Royal Society with

* Loc. cit. + Grew’s Catalogue of Rarities, &c. Lond. 1694, p. 95.

Mr. R. Hamilton on the Fur Seal of Commerce. 93

a paper on seals in 1750, supplies the next notice concerning
this animal; and to Dr. Grew’s description he merely adds,
‘that the head and neck of this species are exactly like those
of the otter*.” But the most satisfactory witness as to the
existence of this animal, if not to the identical specimen, is
the illustrious coadjutor of Buffon, m the Paris Museum, and
in the publication of the ‘ Histoire Naturelle.’ In their first
united treatise, published we believe in the year 1767, we find
the learned Daubenton, when treating of quite a different seal,
remarking, “ I have seen the dried specimens of two indivi-
duals of the same kind of seal. The largest appeared full-
grown, and was not 23 (English) feet long, from the end of
the snout to the origin of the tail ; the neck was longer andthe
body shorter than the common seal ; the fore feet were near the
middle part of the whole body, and it had a small external
ear. The hair was longer and softer than that of the other
seals, being an inch long; it was glossy, waving and curled
in some places. It was black on the upper part of the head,
neck, and body, and dark brown underneath, and on the feet.
On separating the hairs, it appeared they were of a pale fawn
colour at the root. The skin of the sole of the foot was naked,
and of a brown colour, with very marked rugze or longitudinal
lines ;.the nails were very small, and the skin which united
the toes extended. below the nails, and was prolonged much
beyond them, and terminated in a divided membrane, each
projecting part of which was of a size proportioned to the toe
to which it belonged+.” ‘This is the animal which is figured
im the 47th vol. of the Phil. Trans. From this it will be seen
that Dr. Shaw, especially after the time of Daubenton, had no
authority, and on the other hand acted alike gratuitously and
erroneously in designating this the earless seal of Pennant ;
by which statement he misled the eminent French naturalists
we have named, and was the means of introducing that erro-
neous classification which has so long prevailed.

Nothing is added concerning the habitat and habits of this
seal, or of any ceconomic use to which it was applied; which
is the less to be wondered at, as probably the value of the fur

* Phil. Trans. vol. xlvii. p. 112.
+ Hist. Nat. 4to edit. Tom. xiii. p. 414.

94 Mr, R. Hamilton on the Fur Seal of Commerce.

seal was not then known. But influenced by only a becoming
deference to these original and respectable, though not quite
modern authorities, we think it may be held that these cha-
racters thus assigned to their specimens are not equivocal.
Daubenton states that he had seen two specimens of the same
species, and the other witnesses had examined one individual.
The animal they describe differs remarkably from all the pre-
viously described seals, and from nearly all that have been
subsequently examined ; more especially in having the fore
paws situated midway between the snout and the tail; it is
also an otary, according to the two last witnesses, and more-
over it possesses the very singular flippers, apparently pecu-
liar to this tribe of animals. Hence, and from other consider-
ations on which it is unnecessary to enlarge, we conclude that
this longicollis, like. the Falklandica, may without hesitation
be considered identical with the fur seal of commerce.

Although upon the grounds we have stated we think little
doubt can remain regarding the animal which forms the true
fur seal of commerce, yet we are persuaded there is still room
for fresh and additional inquiry.

We conclude our observations for the present with the fol-
lowing quotation from Lesson. “The Americans,” he says,
“regard many seals as fur seals which are unknown to natu-
ralists, and wholly distinct from each other. Thus, they state
that the fur seal of Patagonia has a pump behind its head;
that that of California is of very large dimensions ; that the up-
land seal, or that which retreats far from the shore, is small and
exclusively inhabits the Macquarrie islands and Pennanti-
podes; and finally that the fur seal of the south of New Zea-
land has other and distinctive characters*.” Of the seals here
alluded to, we have no evidence whether they are to be regard-
ed as fur seals in the more limited sense insisted upon in these
pages, and whose peculiar mode of preparation is difficult, and
has sometimes been lost sight of; or are fur skins in the more
popular acceptation of the term as bear and foxes skins are
usually denominated furs. The truth however may be, that
many seals would produce in high perfection that article which
is now so much desiderated, and yields so rich areturn. In

* Dict, Class, des Scien. Nat, tom, xiii. p. 411,

Mr. E. Forster on Ononis antiquorum of Linneus. 95

fact, we have seen the skin of another seal, from the South
Sea, whose species was unknown, which was dressed as a fur
skin, and formed a beautiful manufacture ; and the sea otter
skin, which is second in value only to the sable, is usually pre-
pared as a fur and not a hair skin. These hints at all events
should be sufficient to excite the attention of the trader and
the naturalist, as a matter which is both of commercial and
of scientific interest.

XI.—On Ononis antiquorum of Linneus. By Epwarp
Forster, F.R.S., V.P.L.S.

Brine rather surprised by a remark made to me by an ex-
cellent botanist, and assented to by another, that “Mr. Ben-
tham is mistaken in referring in the Supplement to English
Botany, our common rest-harrow to Ononis antiquorum of Lin-
neus,” I was induced to examine the Linnzan specimen,
when, as I expected, I immediately saw that Bentham was
decidedly accurate, the specimen agreeing in every respect
with Ononis spinosa of Hudson, the plant which at this
time so beautifully adorns our heaths. On turning to Sir
James Edward Smith’s own Herbarium, I found a foreign spe-
cimen of the plant in question called O. antiquorum on the
authority of Mr. West, and-it is plain that Smith so consi-
dered it, by his remark in English Botany, and afterwards in
his English Flora, though conceiving it not distinct from O.
arvensis, he has preferred that name. It is true that the Lin-
nean specimen is badly dried, but I happen to have one as ill
done which corresponds exactly. I have thought it right to
say thus much in justice to my friend Bentham as well as for
the information of the public,

From looking into Reichenbach’s ¢ Flora Germanica Excur-
soria,’ it has appeared to me probable, that the doubt. has
arisen from trusting implicitly to that auther, who is ac-
quainted with O. antiquorum by seeing a specimen gathered
by Tournefort, yet asserts that O. antiquorum Auctorum is
not that plant of Linnzeus, but O. arvensis B. spinosa, Smith,
which he keeps distinct from O. antiquorwm of Linnzeus: in
doing so he is in error, for I must maintain that our plant is

96 M. Fries on the Genus Syngnathus.

properly referred to O. antiqguorum of Linneeus and to Anonis
legitima antiquorum of Tournefort, nor have I any reason to
doubt its being the Ononis vel Anonis of Pliny.

Reichenbach refers our O. arvensis to O. repens, Linn. : this
may admit of some doubt, as the specimen marked vepens and
one from the Upsal Garden marked both arvensis and spinosa,
are by no means so convincing as that of O. antiquorum ; yet
I think it safe to remain as we are, considering the usual and
healthy state of O. arvensis to be O. spinosa and mitis of the
‘Species Plantarum,’ and O. arvensis of the ‘Systema Nature’ ;
when in age the ends of the shoots appear naked, it becomes
we suppose O. spinosa 8 spinosa, Sp. Pl., and when buried in
sea sands, O. repens, Sp. Pl. and Sys. Nat., and we adopt the
name of arvensis after Linnzus himself, who wisely changed it
from spinosa to arvensis in his twelfth edition of the Systema.
I cannot perceive sufficient reason for imagining that Linnzeus
included O. hircina, Jacq., in his O. spinosa mitis.

It is much to be regretted that in the last edition of the
British Flora no notice is taken of O. antiquorum; the syno- ©
nym of Engl. Bot.Supp. t. 2658. is referred to in such a manner |
as to imply that the same thing has been twice described and
figured; the two plants are not even marked as varieties,
though the difference is very striking to those who have seen
them in their native places of growth: but-as my present ob-
ject is not to point out the distinction, but to check an un-
founded report, I will only add, if further testimony be re-
quired, that Professor Don was present when I examined the
Linnean specimen, and his opinion coincided entirely with
mine.

4th September, 1838.

Vs

XII.—On the Genus Syngnathus. By B. Fr. Frres*.

Tue discovery of the remarkable peculiarity existing in the
sexes, by which the males are not only destined as protectors
of the eges and of the birth, but are also for this purpose en-.
dowed with a peculiar organ in which the eggs are deposited,

* From the German translation by Dr. Gans of Stockholm, in Wiegmann’s
Archiy, Part III. 1838.

M. Fries on the Genus Syngnathus, 97

developed, and hatched, and in which the young in their tender
state find a sure protection, has obtained for this genus of late
a greater attention than would else have probably been the
case. The Royal Swedish Academy contains in its Acts this
beautiful discovery of C. M. Eckstrém, as also the anatomical
observations of A. Retzius, which, besides explaining various
interesting details respecting the internal structure of these
fish, confirmed the above discovery*. )

If I at present recall the attention of the Academy to this
genus, it is with a view to submit to a systematical exami-
nation the species which are admitted in our native Fauna
and into that of England, to add to a distinct knowledge of
the species by the publication of the results of my personal
observations, and to endeavour to reduce the synonymy and
nomenclature to a state of better arrangement than that in
which I have found it in my predecessors.

It is not uncommon to find in the field of natural history
one and the same subject described under many different
names, and this can hardly be avoided in the progress of the
science. This however is easily discovered, and as soon rec-
tified. But the confounding of well-known and generally
adopted names is of much more importance and more apt to
cause errors, as such confusion easily escapes the attention of
others, and requires for its rectification a long and tedious com-
parison of uthors. With the genus Syngnathus it is not only
in the old works that we find such errors admitted, but also in
the most recent, which renders a revision of the species of this
genus the more necessary.

The genus Syngnathus, conceived according to the views of
Cuvier, forms two subdivisions quite natural, which may most
easily be known by the species of the one possessing pectoral
fins, while they are missing in all the species forming the se-
cond subdivision. To designate the first I shall adopt the Swe-
dish provincial name, and will call them Tangsndillor (on ac-
count of their quick motions among Algz), and retain for the

* Latterly Mr. Yarrell has stated that the same discovery was made in
1785 by an Englishman of the name of Walcott, recorded in his unpublished
manuscript.

Ann. Nat. Hist, Vol. 2. No.8. Oct, 1838. HH

98 M. Fries on the Genus Syngnathus.

latter the common name Hafsnalar. They may be charac-
terized in the following manner :

I, Marsupiau Pripz-risu (Tangsnillor). Syngnathi marsu-
piales, pinnis pectoralibus instructi.

Corpore distincte angulato, pinnis caudz, ani, pectoralibusque radiatis ;
cauda natatoria. Mares in folliculo, marsupii instar, rima longitudinali
dehiscente, sub cauda proxima infra anum inserto, ultraque medium
caudze extenso, ova fovent pullosque exclusos includunt.

II, Opnip1au Prpe-risu (Hafsnalar), Syngnathi ophidii,
pinnis pectoralibus carentes.

Corpore tereti, angulis saltem minus conspicuis, pinnis pectoralibus anique
nullis; cauda prehensili, longa, gracillima, pinna aut nulla aut rudi-
mentaria. Mares in superficie inferiore abdominis ova in cellulis apertis
affixa trahunt.

I, MArsuPiAL Pip8-Fisu*,

To this subdivision belong the two species S. Acus and S.
Typhle, which names Linnzeus had adopted in our Fauna. The
author, after reviewing the various works treating on this sub-
ject, states, “ Never having been so fortunate as to find more
than one species of Tangsniillor I had almost come to the con-
clusion of excluding Typile, in the impression that our Scan-
dinavian species was the true Acus, but when I received Yar-
rell’s beautiful work on the British Fish I immediately saw my
error.” The author then gives the diagnostic and synonyms
of S. Acus, which we here omit, as they may be found in the
works of Jenyns and Yarrell, and concludes with the remark,
“that with the exception of Pennant and Montagu all the
English Faunists appear to agree with respect to S. dcus, and
to them must be ascribed the having first given the true dia-
gnosis between this and the following species (S. Typhle.)”

Rare on the Swedish coasts, but common on the English,
where it is said to attain only the length of 16 to 18 English
inches.

We have then the diagnosis and synonyms of S. Typhie,
with the following remark : “This is the most common species
which occurs on the Swedish coasts both in the Baltic and also
in the Cattegat. Its general length at these places is between
9 and 10 Swedish inches. In both seas two coloured varieties

* As what is stated respecting this first division will be found in general
in the works of Mr. Jenyns and Yarrell, we have only given an extract of it,

M. Fries on the Genus Syngnathus. . 99

are found ; one green with yellow spots and the belly passing
into a brass yellow, the other olive brown sprinkled with a
quantity of white spots and markings, with whitish belly. ‘These
two are also not constant, but between both are a series of
transitions, They stand in no definite relation to age or sex.”

IJ, Opnipiau Pipe-Fisu.

If the Swedish Ichthyologists have been guilty of a confu-
sion of names in the other division, the English authors on
the other hand have confounded in a remarkable way the spe-
cies belonging to this division. Our Fauna has hitherto con-
tained only one species, S. Ophidion, while the British Fauna
has three, eguoreus, Ophidion, and lumbriciformis. However,
so far from these names having designated one and the same
species with all authors, we here find a great confusion, As
late observations have shown that the three species occur on
our coasts, I find myself enabled to trace the origin of these
errors. With respect to our Ophidion, we should least of
all expect to find this name in the English Fauna desig-
nating quite a different species from the one so called by
us, as this appears to be the most rare which occur on the
English coasts, and as Englishmen have paid little or no at-
tention to the descriptions of Artedi, but have held to the
short specific characters of Linnzeus ; and these proving to be

nsufficient, sought explanation in Bloch, who has been espe-
cially unfortunate in the determination of the species of Syn-
gnathus. That however which was not to be supposed has
really happened ; in the most recent works treating of the
British fish the name of Ophidion is reserved to designate
merely the one sex of the most remarkable species of this sub-
division, while the other sex is received under the right name
S. equoreus. Thus we find in Jenyns’s ‘ Manual of Brit. Verteb.
Animals,’ as also in Yarrell’s ‘ Hist. of Brit. Fish,’ both describe
rightly the female as S. equoreus, Linn., but call the male S,
Ophidion, Bloch. I will certainly not maintain that Bloch
under his Ophidion may not at the same time have included
ceequoreus ; on the contrary, [rather consider Bloch’s Ophidion
to be synonymous with the whole subdivision, for the descrip-
tion may be applied partly to the one, partly to the other spe-

H2 :

100 M. Fries on the Genus Syngnathus.

cies. The specimen which served for the original of his figure
was probably S. equoreus, Linn.* It is quite certain that the
name Ophidion must be retained for that species to which
Linneus first gave it; which this was, we find without any
shadow of doubt in Artedi, who has given a very complete de-
scription of it in his ‘ Descript. Spec.’ (P. 1. No. 1). It has also
latterly been described by all our Swedish authors, without
exception, under the same name. The only thing which we
may remark is, that Artedi, and subsequently Linnzus, extend-
ed the synonymy too far, including a small distinct species,
which Willoughby has described under the name of Acus lum-
briciformis. This, which appears to be the most common in
England, obtained from Pennant and subsequent authors the
name Ophidion, till Jenyns considered it advisable to transfer
this designation to the male of eguoreus. The name lumbri-
ciformis is then again adopted by that writer, but not more
happily applied ; since he, without noticing it, describes under
this name the true Ophidion of Linnzus. This is the only
satisfactory explanation I have been able to find of our Ophi-
dion also occurring in England. After Jenyns, Yarrell also
adopts the name lumbriciformis, citing at the same time the
description of the former, but himself describing under this
name quite evidently the original species to which this name
rightly belongs. Although, therefore, none of the above-men-
tioned authors were acquainted with more than two species of
pipe fish, yet, on collecting the species adopted by them, we
have the results that three species occur in England, and this
is also the case, as I have before mentioned, on our coasts. No
cause of doubting their identity with the English species has
occurred to me.

Before I enter into the special description of our native spe-
cies I will direct the attention to certain general peculiarities,
which furnish some important points for the specific descrip-
tions.

1. The position of the anal aperture in relation to its distance
from the snout has already been made use of as a character

* [The only specimen from Bloch’s collection is in the Berlin Museum,
and probably served as original for the drawing ; it is however S. Ophidion,
agreeing at least with the characters assigned to this species by M. I’. Fries,
—Prof. Wiegmann. ]

M. Fries on the Genus Syngnathus. 101

for distinguishing the species. If this character has been ob-
tained from a comparison of the same sex I would acknowledge
its justness, but not otherwise ; for the rule, that the anal aper-
ture in the female is at a far greater distance from the snout
than in the male, holds good in all pipe fish, and especially in
S. equoreus is this distinction between both sexes very re-
markable. The age must also be taken into consideration ; for
if we compare a young specimen with an old one, both of one
sex and the same species, we find in the former the distance
rather shorter than is the case in the latter.

2. It is worthy of remark, that although the anal a cihea
in the male is situated closer to the snout than in the female,
we still find the same number of plates, and of rings formed of
these, in both sexes, both between anus and head as well as
between anus and caudal extremity. Hence follows that the
number of plates affords a very good character for the species
if their enumeration were not connected with some difficulty
and uncertainty, as they partly merge into one another, and in
living and quite fresh specimens it is almost impossible to di-
stinguish them.

3. The form of the lela is quite different in the two sexes.
We may take it as a rule, that the body in the female is higher
and broader, that there is a raised keel or ridge on the back as
well as under the belly, which the male, which has a more
cylindrical trunk, possesses only traces of under the belly. Al-
though the trunk in living specimens of both sexes scarcely
exhibits any traces of three ridges running on each side, with
the exception of one species, where they are more:prominent ;
yet they are apparent in all, if they have been laid in spirits
for some time or dried.

4. The length of the head in proportion to the rest of the body,
in all small and long fishes, is not constant; disregarding the
difference which age brings with it in this respect. As in young
individuals the head is always found relatively longer, we also
meet in the Syngnathi with considerable individual differences.

5. The position of the dorsal fins stands always in a rather
constant proportion to the anal aperture, and if not fixed too
minutely affords a very good enemies which holds good in
both sexes.

102 M. Fries on the Genus Syngnathus.

6. Therays of the dorsal fins vary, it is true, in number, as is
the case in most fish ; but the difficulty of counting them with
certainty renders the character which might hence be adduced
less applicable, and is undoubtedly the chief cause of the
different statements which we find in various authors re-
specting their number. To be able to determine the number
with certainty, the fins must be spread out under water, and
the rays counted with the help of a lens.

7. The colour of the body is quite characteristic for our na-
tive species, if they are examined when alive, although, as in
most fishes, it is subject to great variation with respect to
markings and depth. The colour is, however, for a diagnosis
of a second-rate value, since in order to determine it, it is ne-
cessary to have live specimens at hand. It is impossible to
judge of the colour of a living specimen from one which has
laid in alcohol.

8. The length of the snout, in proportion partly to the length,
partly to the height of the head, I regard as being the cha-
racter most easily seized for distinguishing the species, and
shall therefore especially employ this character in the diagnoses.
The distinction is very perceptible, and indeed no measure-
ment is necessary: but in order to determine distinctly this
character by terms, and to leave no room for doubt respecting
the scale of measurement, I will previously explain that I take
the length of the snout from its extremity to the centre of the
eye, and compare this length with the distance from the cen-
tre of the eye to the posterior edge of the operculum. I am
convinced from numerous comparisons that this character is
constant in both sexes and in specimens of different size and
age of the same species.

_ In order to distinguish our three native species in the easiest
way, they- may be divided as follows into two sections.

* Pinna caudali rudimentaria e radiis 2 brevissimis composita (parte ma-
jore pinne dorsalis ante latitudinem ani sita.)

To this section belongs only one species.

JEquoreat Pire-Fisu, Syngnathus equoreus, Linn.—Trunco sat distincte
angulato; longitudine rostri distantiam a centro oculi ad marginem
operculi superante.

Syn. S. equoreus, Linn. Syst, Nat. i. p. 417; “Mont. in Wern. Mem, i. p.

M. Fries on the Genus Syngnathus. — 103

85. pl. 4. f£.1; Penn. Brit. Zool. vol, iii. pl. 23. f.61; Elem, Brit. An.
. 176.
2 ng Jenyns’s Manual, p. 486 ; Yarrell’s Brit. Fish, 1. p.335,
$=S, Ophidion, Jenyns’s Man, p. 487; Yarr, Brit. Fish, I. p. 335,
' Stenaale, No. 2, Strém., Séndm. beskrif.

Of allthe Scandinavian species of Syngnathus this is the
largest and most distinguished. It attains a length of 2 feet.
The general size of the females amounts to between 18 and 20
inches ; the males, which appear to be constantly smaller, are
generally met with between 13 to 16 inches in length. The
colour is a beautiful burnt or brownish yellow; along the sides
run rather wavy whitish oblique stripes parallel to each other,
and which are inclosed by a brown frame. Between head and
anal aperture are 29to30 plates or rings, and between the aper-
ture and the caudal extremity about 70. The dorsal fin con-
sists of 40 to 44 rays, and extends over 12 rings and somewhat
over the 13th. The trunk of the female is pretty evidently
octangular ; then at each side proceed three ridges, a rather
sharp keel on the belly, and along the back is a smaller ridge,
which appears to pass over into a fold of the skin. The males
have a more bordered trunk; the lateral ridges and the ven-
tral keel are more even and the back quite plain, without a
_ trace either of a ridge or a folding of the skin. In the female
the anal aperture is situate at about the middle of the body,
in the male much more anteriorly. Thé males have the eggs
fastened to the belly in several rows (in 8 to 10).

This beautiful fish was formerly not admitted in the Swedish
Fauna; it occurs sparingly if not rarely on the Bohusland
coasts. :

** Pinna caudali omnino nulla ( parte majore pinne dorsalis pone latitu-
dinem ani sita.)

To this section belong two distinct species, which have pre-

viously been confounded one with the other.

_ Common Pirz-Fisu, Syngnathus Ophidion, Linn.—Corpore teretiusculo
gracili, fere lineari ; longitudine rostri distantiam a centro oculi ad mar-
ginem operculi equante; ano circa medium corporis sito.

Syny S. Ophidion. Linn. Fn, Suec, No.375; Syst, Nat. i. 417; Retz. Fn.
Suec. p. 312. No. 21; Ekstrém, Abh. d, Akad, d, Wiss, 1831. p, 280 ;
Nilsson, Synops, p. 488.

S. lumbriciformis, Jenyns’s Man. p. 488.

| Artedi Descript. Spec. p. 1. No. 1. Synon. p. 2. No. 4. Gener. p. 1.-No. 2.

104 M. Fries on the Genus Syngnathus.

The body is very small and of almost equal breadth ; the tail
gradually diminishes in size, and almost imperceptibly ends
in an extremely fine point. Of all the species this is the long-
est in proportion to the height of the body, or about the pro-
portion 60°1. The usual length amounts to about 9 to 10
inches. The colour is olive green above, passing into yellow be-
neath, with a quantity of small, blueish white, frequently round
spots at the sides, and above the gill covering with a quantity
of minute beautiful azure blue stripes, which proceed abruptly
towards the sides of the body. Between head and anal aper-
ture are situated 30 to 31 rings, and from this last to the cau-
dal extremity about 60 and above. .The dorsal fin consists of
34 to 38 rays, and extends over 10 segments -of the body.
The anal aperture occupies in the male nearly the middle of
the body; in the females it is found somewhat behind this
point. The eggs are placed in 3 to 4 rows. :

This species is very easily distinguished from the following
one by its longer projecting and somewhat pointed snout,
which surpasses in some degree in length (reckoned from the
centre of the eye) the greatest height of the head.

It is this species which is so very common on our coasts,
occurring both in the Baltic and Cattegat. The females are |
in greater plenty than the males.

Littte Pire-Fisu, Syngnathus lumbriciformis, Yarr.—Corpere teretius-
culo, crassiore, rostro apice reflexo, breviore, distantiam a centro oculi
ad marginem operculi non attingente; ano circa anteriorem 4 longitu-
dinis corporis sito.

Syn. Acuslumbriciform. Willoughb. Hist. Pisce. p. 160.—Little Pipe Fish.
Penn, Brit. Zool. p. 23. No. 62.—S. lumbriciform. Yarrell, Brit. Fish.
ii. p. 340.

Compared with the preceding species, which most resembles
this, we have the body somewhat thicker in proportion to its
length, about 1 to 35—40, the tail is also somewhat thicker.
This little fish, which only attains a length of 5—6 inches,
possesses from its short snout, which is bent somewhat up-
wards and at the extremities is rather obtuse, an appearance
easily recognizable. The usual colour is chestnut brown,
which in some is brighter, in others darker; along the back
are situated irregular large spots of a whitish grey colour,

Plants collected by Mr. Schomburgk in British Guiana. 105

which towards the tail become much smaller, and thus give
it akind of marbled appearance. The distance from the nasal
extremity to the centre of the eye is shorter than the greatest
height of the head, and than the distance from the centre of
the eye to the hinder portion of the gill covering. Between
head and anal aperture are 19 segments, and between this
aperture and caudal extremity about 50.

The dorsal fin consists of 26 rays (in all specimens which I
have hitherto examined this has been constant) and extends
only over 7 segments. The anal aperture is situated in the
male at. the anterior third part of the length of the body.
The eggs are arranged in four rows.

I discovered this little recruit to our Fauna on the Bohusland
coast. Lately I found several specimens, all males, of which
two had roes. This pipe-fish is probably not so rare, but all
the specimens I obtained were fished up from the bottom of
a water 16 fathoms deep, which appears to show that it inha-
bits deep water; a circumstance, which renders the catching of
this small fish so difficult, that it easily escapes. . I have never
seen it caught on the shores. The female I am unacquainted
with.

XIII.—Enumerationof thePlants collected byMr.Schomburgk,
British Guiana. By Grorce Bentuam, Esq., F.LS.

Mr. Ropexr SchomBurGK was in the year 1834 appointed by the
Royal Geographical Society to command an expedition into the in-
terior of British Guiana, with permission at the same time to make,
on his own account, collections in the various branches of natural
history, one set being deposited in the British Museum. Having’
procured a certain number of subscribers to the dried plants which
he should collect, it was further arranged that Mr. Schomburgk
should make them up in sets and forward them to me for transmission
to the subscribers, and that each species should be marked with cor-
responding numbers in the several sets, with a view to identifying
them when published.

Mr. Schomburgk, having received his final instructions, left
George Town, Demerara, on the 21st of September, 1835 ; ascended
the Essequibo, and its tributary, the Rupunoony, as far as the creek
Anna-y, where he established a temporary habitation or head-quar-
ters; made several excursions from thence during a stay of about

106 Mr. G. Bentham’s Enumeration of the Plants

three months, and returned to George Town in March, 1836. In
the following month of September he again started for the river
Courantine, which he ascended in the course of October as far as lat.
49 214! N., and from November of the same year to March, 1837, was
spent in an expedition up the river Berbice. In the autumn of 1837
he again ascended the Essequibo and Rupunoony, and from his former
post at Anna-y made an excursion to the chain of mountains at the
sources of that river, and crossed the ridge to the equatorial line, and
returned to Anna-y, from whence the last accounts are dated in
February last. Detailed reports of these several expeditions will be
found in the Journal of the Royal Geographical Society, vol. vi. p.
224, vol. vii. p. 285, and in the Reports of the Council of the So-
ciety for the years 1835-6, 1836-7, and 1837-8, attached to the same
journal*,

The length of time thus spent in a tract of country at once so
little known, and so varied in aspect, in a quarter of the globe where
vegetation is perhaps the richest, would lead us to expect a most va-
luable harvest as the result ; but unfortunately a series of disappoint-
ments, arising from serious accidents as well as from the unhealthiness
of the climate, counteracted much the persevering endeavours of Mr.
Schomburgk. The intermittent fevers, which attacked the whole
party in the first expedition, rendered them incapable of taking the
necessary precautions to protect their specimens from the unceasing
rains, and those which they collected to replace them were lost at
one of the rapids in descending the Essequibo; and in the last ex-
pedition to the mountains under the line, the difficulty of conveying
the indispensable means of support wholly precluded them from car-
rying the paper requisite for drying specimens of the'rich vegetation
observed. The whole collection consists, however, of about 700 spe-
cies, gathered chiefly in the Savannahs about Anna-y and along the
Essequibo and Rupunoony, with a considerable number from the
shores of the Berbice and Courantine.

The natural orders the most abundant appear to be Leguminose,
Melastomacee, Rubiacee, and Composite ; and amongst the most re-
markable plants, in orders less abundant in species, may be men-
tioned the splendid water-lily, dedicated by him to Queen Victoria,
some curious new species of Podostemee, and many Orchidacee of
great beauty. It had been my intention to enumerate the whole
collection nearly in the order adopted by DeCandolle in his Prodro-
mus, but as that would require the having previously determined the

* Letters from Mr. Schomburgk, with an account of his journey, will be
found in our first volume, p. 63.

collected by Mr. Schomburgk in British Guiana. 107

whole series, and as circumstances have led me to complete in the
first instance some of the larger and more distinctly marked orders,
I have thought it might be of service to the subscribers to publish
them in the mean time, commencing with the Composite, which ac-
quire an additional interest from the recent completion of that por-
tion of DeCandolle’s Prodromus.

The Museum of Natural History of Paris having recently distri-
buted a collection of above 300 species from French Guiana, and si-
milar sets collected in the same country by M. Leprieur having been
presented to several botanists by Baron Benjamin Delessert, I have
thought it might be useful to include these two collections in my
enumeration, both as enabling their possessors to identify their spe-
cimens, and as affording occasionally data for the geographical distri-
bution of particular species.

With a view to the interest of Mr. Schomburgk, whose losses, owing
chiefly to repeated attacks of fever, have been very severe, I should
add that several sets of about 500 species each remain undisposed of.

COMPOSIT,
Tribe VERNONIACEA,

1. Sparganophorus Vaillantii, Gertn. DC. Prod. 5. p.11.—Banks of the
Courantine and of the Currasawaak. Schomburgk, n. 154 & 206.

2. Vernonia odoratissina, H.B.K. DC, Prod. 5. p.38.—Rocky places
in Savannahs on the Rupunoony. Schomburgk, n. 97.

3. Vernonia scorpioides, Pers. DC, Prod. 5. p. 41.— British Guiana.
Schomburgk, n. 258.

4. Vernonia tricholepis. DC. Prod. 5. p. 54.—British Guiana. Schom-
burgk, n. 282,—French Guiana. Herb. Par. n. 152.

8. Microcephala, foliis oblongo-lanceolatis, capitulis parvis.—British Gui-
ana. Schomburgk, n. 149.

Perhaps a different species, but my specimens are too imperfect
to determine. ¥

5. Centratherum muticum, Less. DC. Prod. 5. p. 70.—British Guiana.
Schomburgk, n. 254.

6. Elephantopus carolinianus, Willd, DC. Prod. 5. p.86.—British Gui-
ana. Schomburgk, n. 473 or 4138,

This plant, which I have also from various parts of Brazil, is pre-
cisely similar to several of my North American specimens. They
have the main stem usually corymbose, not dichotomous, and the
floral leaves larger than in LE. mollis, though seldom longer than
broad. The #. nudicaulis, judging from Drummond’s Covington
and Jacksonville specimens, appears to be very near the true EZ.
mollis. All these species, however, as well as the East Indian 2,

108 Mr. G. Bentham’s Enumeration of the Plants —

scaber, run so much into one another as to suggest the probability of
their being mere varieties of each other.
7. Elephantosis angustifolia. DC. Prod. 5, p. 87.—British Guiana.

Schomburgk, n. 612.
8. Trichospira menthoides, H, B. K. DC. Prod. 5. p. 91. On the Cur-

rasawaak. Schomburgk, n. 153 and 695.
9. Pectis elongata, H. B. K. DC. Prod, 5. p. 99.—British Guiana.
Schomburgk, n. 184.
Tribe Evratoriacez.
10. Ooclinium villosum. DC. Prod. 5. p.134.—French Guiana. Herb.
Par. n. 148 and 151. and Lepricur.
This is without doubt an Ooclinium. The leaves are often deeper

toothed than is described.

11. Ooclinium? clavatum, sp. n., suffruticosum? caule tereti striato scabri-
usculo, foliis oppositis. distantibus linearibus trinerviis seaberrimis, paniculee
ramis oppositis apice subtrifidis, ramulis subtricephalis, capitulis subcylin-
dricis circiter 20-floris, involucri squamis imbricatis appressis striatis apice
obtusis brevissime appendiculatis deciduis,’receptaculo obovato-clavato.—
British Guiana. Schomburgk, n. 165.

The very deciduous involucrum is precisely as in Ooclinium,. with
which this species is also connected in habit; the receptacle, how-
ever, is not so decidedly oviform, being obconical in the lower part
and only slightly convex on the top. Amongst Hupatoria it would
be nearest related to the #. obscurum, DC.

12. Eupatorium subvelutinum. DC. Prod. 7. p. 268,—Savannahs of the
Rupunoony. Schomburgk, n. 76.

13. Eupatorium conyzoides. DC. Prod. 5. p. 143; var. foliis subtus gla-
brioribus.— W oods of the Paraime Chain. Schomburgk, n. 72. Flowers blue ;
var. foliis plerisque supra piloso-hispidis.—E. Maximiliani 6. hispidulum,
DC. 1. c.?—French Guiana. Herb. Par. n. 154. and Leprieur.

14. Eupatorium subobtusum. DC. Prod. 5. p.61. French Guiana.
Herb. Par. n. 149; and Leprieur.

15. Eupatorium ixodes, sp. n., fruticosum, glabrum, viscosum, ramis te-
retibus, foliis oppositis vel supremis alternis breviter petiolatis oblongis ob-
tusis integerrimis vel hine inde sinuato-dentatis basi angustatis rigidis pen-
ninerviis, paniculz ramis alternis oppositisque apice corymbosis, capitulis
sessilibus pedicellatisque ovatis 25—30 floris, involucri squamis 4—5-seriatis
oblongo-linearibus imbricatis dorso subpuberulis, intimis apice breviter ci-
liatis, acheeniis ad costas scabridis.—Savannahs of the Rupunoony. Schom-

burgk, n. 79.

This species comes nearest to L. subobtusum, but is more glutinous,
the upper leaves and branches of the panicle usually alternate, and
the squamee of the involucre much more numerous. Flowers, as in

- ‘collected by Mr. Schomburg in British Guiana. 109

E.. Salzmannianum and others of the same habit, pink. Leaves very
similar to those of the Dodonea viscosa. Differs from EL, dodonea-
folium by the pubescent achzenia, &c.

16. Mikania racemulosa, sp. n., fruticosa, scandens, ramis teretibus peti-

olisque pube fusca scabridis, foliis petiolatis late ovatis acuminatis integerri-
mis, basi obtusis, suprascabris, subtus subvelutino-pubescentibus irregulariter
penninerviis, ramorum floralium parvis triplinerviis, panicula composita,
racemis oppositis elongatis terminali longiore, pedicellis bracteola duplo lon-
gioribus capitulo subzequilongis, involucri squamis oblongo-linearibus apice
fimbriatis, acheenio glanduloso.—British Guiana. Schomburgk, n. 480.
_ Leaves 4 to 5 inches long, about 3 broad. Pedicels numerous,
divaricate, about 2 lines long. Flowers white. This species, very
well marked amongst the spiciform ones by the flower heads being
all pedicellate along the axis, is probably allied in this respect to the
M. Houstonii, which is, however, described as entirely glabrous.

17. Mikania Hookeriana. DC. Prod. 5. p.195. British Guiana. Schom-
burgk, n. 479. Flowers white.

18. Mikania denticulata. DC. Prod. 5. p. 198.—British Guiana. Schom-
burgk, n. 321.

19. Mikania convolvulacea. DC. Prod.5. p.199. British Guiana. Schom-
burgk, n. 93,

20. Mikania Parkeriana. DC. Prod. 5. p.199.—British Guiana. Schom-
burgk, n. 310.

Tribe AsTEROIDEA.

21. Baccharis leptocephala. DC. Prod. 5. p. 413.—British Guiana.
Schomburgk, n. 129.

22. Eclipta erecta, Linn. DC. Prod. 5. p. 490.—British Guiana. .Schom-
burgk, n. 331.

Tribe SenrcionipEs.

23. Tiencourtia glomerata, Cass. DC. Prod. 5. p. 504.—French Guiana,
Herb. Par. n. 3.

24. Latreillea glabrata, sp. n., caulibus glabris subramosis, foliis lanceo-
latis obscure dentatis integerrimisque, petiolis brevissimis supremis subci-
liatis, involucri squamis latissime obovatis paleisque receptaculi obtusis bre-
vissime fimbriatis glabris—Dry Savannahs, British Guiana. Schomburgk,
n. 247.

Herba perennis. Rhizoma lignosum. Caules pedales, erecti, simplices vel
opposite ramosi. Folia 3—4 pollices longa, 6—12 lineas lata, sub 5-nervia
et reticulato-venosa, glaberrima. Capitula 3—7, ad apices caulium et ramo-
rum umbellato-capitata, supra foliorum par ultimum subsessilia, ovoidea,
lupuliformia, in vivo nivea, in sicco fusca. Squame involucri veri striate,
demum achznia involventes. Paleze squamis similes, gradatim minores.
Corollz radii brevissimz, obscure 3—5-fide, supra profundius fissze, pilis
paucissimis articulatis; styli rami exserti, glabri, crassi, acuti. Flores
disci tubulosi, antheris concretis ecaudatis, stylo simplici hispido.—Varietas
in Brasilia occurrit simillima nisi folia breviora.

110. Plants collected by My. Schomburgk in British Guiana.

By some clerical or other error the n. 247 of Schomburgk has been
referred by DeCandolle (Prod. 7. p. 293.) to a very different plant,
the Broteroa trinervata, which I have not seen in any of the Guiana
collections. The true genus Latreillea of DeCandolle, with which
the present plant agrees perfectly, is very well described in the Pro-
dromus, and is remarkable for its white heads of flowers, drying like
the whole plant to a dark brown colour. In addition to the above spe-
cies and to the two Brazilian ones mentioned by DeCandolle, the
two following new ones are contained in Pohl’s Brazilian collection.

L. latifolia, glabra, caule striato, foliis late ovalibus obscure crenatis in-
tegerrimisque, involucri squamis paleisque receptaculi late obovatis glabrius-
culis breviter acuminatis subnudis. Folia 4 pollices longa, ultra 2 lata.
Capitula numerosa, corymboso-capitata.

The Torrentia (or Torrenia) quinquenervia, Vell. Fl. Flum. 8. t. 149,
represents this species very well, except that the stem appears to be
hairy.

£, linearis, glabra, foliis longe linearibus integerrimis, involucri squamis
paleisque receptaculi breviter et obtuse acuminatis subnudis.—Folia seepe
3—4 pollices longa, vix lineam lata. .

25. Clibadium asperum. DC. Prod. 5. p. 506.—British Guiana. Schom-
burgk, n. 658.—French Guiana, Leprieur.

26. Clibadium erosum. DC. Prod. 5. p. 506.—British Guiana. Schom-
burgk, n. 294.

27. Unxia camphorata, Linn. f. DC. Prod. 5. p. 507.—Pronacron ra-
mosissimus, Cass. DC. Prod. 5. p. 508.—Dry savannahs of the Rupunoony.
Schomburgk, n. 380,

The Linnean specimen has the double involucrum as described by
Cassini. ‘The receptacle has usually a few small unequal palez.

28, Unwxia hirsuta, Rich. DC. Prod. 5. p.507.—French Guiana. Ie-
prieur.

29. Acanthospermum xanthioides. DC. Prod. 5. p, 521.—British Guiana.
Schomburgk, n. 663.

30. Wedelia scaberrima, sp. n., caule fruticoso, ramis divaricatis hispidis,
foliis petiolatis ovatis acuminatis serratis, basi obtusis, supra scaberrimis
hispidis, subtus secabro-pubescentibus triplinerviis, pedicellis 1—8 axillaribus
terminalibusque folio brevioribus monocephalis hispidis, involucri squamis
exterioribus ovali-oblongis extus hispidis, interioribus subzquilongis cbo-
vatis obtusis ciliatis, ligulis 6—8 bifidis, achzenio puberulo calyculo subbi-
corni fimbriato-ciliato.—Skirts of woods, British Guiana. Schomburgk, n.
128, Leaves 2 to 3 inches long. Related to W. pulchella and Acapul-
censis.

31. Wedelia discoidea, Less. DC. Prod. 5. p. 543,—British Guiana.
Schomburgk, n.650. Capitula seepissime sexflora.

32. Wulfia platyglossa. DC. Prod. 5. p. 563 ?-Dry Savannahs, British
Guiana, Schomburgk, n, 185,

a

os

Drs. Wight and Arnott’s Iilustrations of Indian Botany. 111

The florets of the ray are from six to ten; they are twice as long
as the squame of the involucre; yet as they are broad, with several
veins, as well as on account of the form of the leaves, it is probable
that this plant belongs rather to the W. platyglossa than to the W.
stenoglossa,

33. Bidens bipinnata, Linn, DC, Prod. 5. p. 603.—British Guiana.
Schomburgk, n. 455.

34. Cosmos cautlatus, H. B.et K. DC, Prod. 5. p. 606.—French Gui-
ana. Herb. Par. n. 150.

35. Schomburgkia calcoides, DC, Prod. 7. p. 294.—British Guiana.
Schomburgk, n. 474.

A short time before the publication of the seventh volume of the
Prodromus a fine Orchidaceous genus was dedicated to Schomburgk,
by Lindley, in the second part of his ‘ Sertum Orchidaceum,’ which
renders it necessary to change the name of DeCandolle’s Schom-
burgkia. Ihave, however, been unwilling so to do until the publi-
cation of the ninth of his ‘ Collection de Mémoires,” where the plant
is figured ; as some other generic name will probably there be given
to it.

36. Gnaphalium americanum, Mill. DC, Prod. 6. p. 234,—British Gui-
ana. Schomburgk, n. 573.

[To be continued. }

XIV.—Illustrations of Indian Botany. By Drs. Wieut
and ARNOTT.
{Continued from vol. i. p. 395, |
ACALYPHA CILIATA.
. Plate V.

Herbacea, spicis androgynis axillaribus densis, floribus superioribus mas-
culis paucis, foemineis pluribus alternis, involucris hispidis profunde
fimbriato-ciliatis, foliis longe petiolatis rhombeo-ovatis acuminatis serra-
tis hispidis.

Acalypha ciliata. Forsh. Fl. Zigypt. Arab. p. 162. Spreng. Syst. Veget. v.

3. p. 879.

Herbaceous, erect, with few branches. Stems hollow, angled, to-
mentose. Leaves alternate, rhombeo-ovate, acuminate, crenato-ser-
rate, ciliate on the margins, slightly hairy on both sides. Spikes an-
drogynous, axillary, shorter than the petioles, furnished at the apex
with a double stellated appendage, the lacinie of which are villous:
this body Jussieu considers an abortive male flower. Male flowers
few superior, extremely minute, clustered within one or several small
bracteas. Female flowers below, numerous, alternate, inclosed with-
in a large, cordate, fimbriated, hairy, persistent involucre, Calywx of

112 Mr. A. H. Haliday on new British Insects

the male flowers of four sepals, glandular at the margins. Corolla
none. Jilaments of the stamens very short. Anthers 2-celled : cells
separate, elongated, ‘‘ verruciform.”” Sepals of the female flowers 3,
lanceolate, distinct. Corolla 0. Stamens 0. Styles 3, long, divided
at the apex into several slender lacinize. Capsule 3-celled, 3-valved ;
cells 4-seeded. Seeds ovate, smooth, brown.

Frequent in corn-fields in the Tanjore and Cuddalore districts.
The specimen figured is from the neighbourhood of Dindegul.

Puate V. Fig. 1, extremity of a spike; f. 2, one of the stellated ap-
pendages from the same; f. 3, scale with female flowers, magnified.

XV.—New British Insects indicated in Mr. Curtis’s Guide.
By A. H. Haripay.

Tue references are to the genera and species as numbered in
the 2nd edition; and where the Appendix is referred to, the
number of the column is added.

CoLEOPTERA.
Calathus nubigena, C. 53. 5.

C. subapterus niger antennarum basi thoracis lateribus pedibusque
rufescentibus ; thoracis basi utrinque leviter impressa, angulis
subrectis ; elytris leviter striatis: m. f. Long. 34 lin.

Under stones on the top of Sliebh Donard, Downshire.

Omaseus tetricus, C. 37.9.
Has been lately described under the name Péerostichus gra-

cilis, Erichson Kof. M. Brand. i. 72.

HYMENOPTERA.
Ichneumon phaleratus, C. 484. 153°.

I, ore orbita scutello et segmentorum marginibus albidis, thorace
multifariam albido-lineato ; femoribus tibiisque croceis, posticis
apice nigris, m. f.; facie albida, m.; antennarum semiannulo
albo, f. Long. 34 lin.

Ireland, on a willow, September.

The characters of this species are intermediate between

Ichneumon and Hoplismenus.
Tryphon hemosternus, C. 492. 100°.

T. areola nulla; unguibus denticulatis; pectore pedibusque rufis,
tibiis posticis basi albidis, apice et ante basin fuscis; terebra crassa
deflexa, f. Long. 3—34 lin.

On willows, Ireland, May, &c.

Mr. A. H. Haliday on new British Insects. 113

Subgenus Creniscus, C, 492. bis.
Tibiarum Calcaria 1:1:0, Characteres reliqui subg. Tryphon.

Tryphon Curtisii, C. 492. 2.

Ct. unguibus denticulatis; scutello et facie albido-maculatis, seg-
mentis summo margine albidis; pedibus rufis, tibiis tarsisque
posticis nigris, crassiusculis, f. Long. 4 lin.

Ireland, on a willow; June.

Distinguished from 7. gnathoxanthus and allied species by
its more robust figure, and the thickness of the hind tibize and
tarsi, in which respect it resembles a Scolobates.

Tryphon aurifluus, C. 492. 8.

Ct. abdomine rufo basi apiceque nigro, segmentis posterioribus
summo margine albidis; facie albido-maculata; pedibus rufis,
posticorum femoribus tibiis tarsisque apice nigris, m. f. Long.
34 lin.

On willows, Ireland; May—Sept.

Tryphon pheorrheus, C. 492. 6.

Ct, pedibus anterioribus ferrugineis, basi nigris ; abdominis apice
fulvo, m. Long. 3 lin.

Obs. To the same subgenus are to be referred Tryphon lu-
cidulus, sexlituratus, gnathoxanthus, sexcinctus, quinquecinctus,
succinctus, cephalotes, triangulatorius, and several undescribed
British species,

Exochus antiquus, C. 493. 2134.

#, areola quinqueangulari; linea ante alas, facie orbita, pedibusque

flavis ; posticis basi fulvis, coxis nigris, m. Long. 8 lin.

Holywood.

Ezxochus lictor, C. 493. 222%,

H, areola nulla; clypeo obtusangulo; capite thorace scutelloque

flavo-maculatis; pedibus flavis, posticis basi fuscis,f/. Long. 3 lin.

Isle of Wight, Sept.? F. Walker,

Exochus pectoralis, C. 498. 222¢,

, areola nulla; facie orbita, pectore, pedibusque anterioribus
flavis; posticis fulvis, tibiis tarsisque albidis, apice fuscis, m
Long. 22 lin.

Eyrecourt, county Galway; September.

Exochus Talpa, C. 493. 226°.

#f, areola nulla; abdominis basi scabricula ; scutello immarginato ;
tibiis anticis ferrugineis, posterioribus summa basi albidis, m. /.;
antennis thorace non longioribus, f. Long. 14—2 lin.

Ireland, April—May.—England, F. Walker.

Ann, Nat, Hist. Vol,2. No.8. Oct, 1838. I

114 Mr. A. H. Haliday on new British Insects,

Genus Preriors, Curtis’s Guide, Ist edition. App. 5383.
Abdomen subpetiolatum postice compressum, elongato-fusiforme.
Terebra recondita. Thorax brevissimus gibbus. Antenne breves
subclavate. Facies protuberans, Clypeus basi impressus. Pedes
breves; calcaria 1; 2:1; ungues denticulati, Areola minuta sub-
triangularis. :
Periope auscultator.
P. segmentis 2° et 3° rufis, basi nigris; tibiis tarsisque fulvis, /f.
Long. 4 lin.—Confer Ichn, impugnator, Schranck, F, B, 2125.
In a grove of larches, Eyrecourt, Sept,

Genus Cryprus.—Subgenus Mrsocuorus.
* Alarum posticarum nervo anali discreto.
Cryptus atricilla, C. 508. 338°. :

M. abdomine compresso petiolato; testaceus, antennis concolori-
bus, capite abdominisque apice nigris, m. f. Long. 63 lin.
Holywood, August, September, |
** Alee posticee nervo anali destitute.

Cryptus fulgurans, C, 508. 338°.

M. scutello convexo ; abdomine petiolato; totus testaceus, m. /.
Long. 3—-3} lin. :

Holywood, August, September.

Cryptus olerum, C. 508, 338°.

The description omitted for the present, as it may prove to
be a variety of C. splendidulus.
Cryptus Sylvarum, C. 508. 338°.

'. M. scutello convexo; abdomine compressiusculo petiolato ; pectore
rufo ; ore orbita pedibusque testaceis; tibiis posticis pallidioribus,
basi et apice puncto nigro ; terebra brevissima latissima, f. Lone.
2—3 lin.

Var.—Mesothoracis scuto rufo-bilineato.

England, F. Walker.—Ireland and the yin nag in woods, June

—August.

Obs. Distinguished from the other species of the present
section by its elongate figure and compressed abdomen, and
in these particulars approaching C. alarius and atricilla of the
first section.

Cryptus complanatus,
M. thorace deplanate-cylindrico; abdomine breviter petiolato,
segmento 1° apice ruguloso; capite, antennis basi, abdominis
medio, pedibusque testaceis, coxis posticis fuscis, f, Long, 1} lin,

Mr. A. H. Haliday on new British Insects. 115

Var.—Femoribus posticis et apice tibiarum fuscis.
England, F. Walker.
Cryptus arenarius, C. 508. 338%.

M. scutello convexo; abdomine subpetiolato; mesopleuris punc-
tulatis ; tibiis testaceis, posticis apice fuscis, m. f. Long. 11—2
lin.

On Salix argentea, Portmarnock, county Dublin, June.

Subgenus Piecriscvs, Gr,

There is so much dissimilarity among the species included
in this group that I would propose dividing it into two, and
adding a third for the reception of some small species, which
I formerly arranged with Xorides, but which agree with the
genuine Plectisct except in respect of the wings.

Subgenus Heuicres, C, 509°,
_ Abdomen petiolatum, segmento 1™° attenuato, lateribus sinuato
tuberculis mediis. Terebra recondita aut subexerta. Thorax gib-
bulo-cylindricus. Antenne graciles involute, radicula prominula,
scapo bulbiformi, oblique exciso, Areola nulla. Pedes graciles, pos-
tici subelongati.
- In this group I would place Cryptus inmpurator and erythro-
stoma, Gr, ; also the following :
Cryptus fulvicornis, C. 509°, 347.
Hf, abdominis medio pedibusque testaceis, coxis posticis basi fuscis,
antennis fusco-testaceis, f. Long. 2 lin.
Var,—Segmentis intermediis fusco-cingulatis, etiam coxis posticis
totis fuscis.
- England, F. Walker.—Ireland.
I think this is the female of P. eee oom.
Cryptus cruentatus, C. 509. 346.
ff, scutello pectore pedibusque rufis, posticorum tibiis apice tar-
sisque fuscis, f. Long. 3—33 lin.
Var.—Segmentis intermediis margine castancis.
- In shady places, Ireland.—England, F. Walker.
- Very active, and is continually rolling and unrolling the
spiral of its antenne.
Cryptus varius, C. 509°. 348.
_ H. abdominis cingulo pedibusque fulvis, coxis anterioribus, tro-
chanteribus facie, et linea hamata ante alas, albidis, m. Long,
23 lin.
Portmarnock, June,
12

116 Mr. A. H. Haliday on new British Insects.

Subgenus Cuepricus (Xorides spp. C. 542.).

Abdomen petiolatum, segmenti 1‘ tuberculis mediis s. anticis.

Thorax gibbulus. Oculi magni protuberantes. Clypeus basi im-
pressus semicircularis. Antennz pedesque graciles. Areola nulla;
radius cum cubito medio connivens. ‘Terebra exerta.

Cryptus pretor, C. 542. 15°.

C7. antennarum basi pedibusque stramineis, segmento 2° margine
et sequentibus ochraceis intermediis fusco-maculatis, m. f.; ab-
domine lanceolato, segmento 1° lineari-elongato levi, terebra
abdominis longitudine, f. Long. 34 lin.

In shady places, Ireland.

Cryptus comes, C. 542. 15°.

Ci. antennarum basi pedibusque stramineis, abdominis ovati seg-
mento 2° margine et 3° ochraceis, hoc lateribus fusco-maculato,
1° nitido substriato; terebra corporis longitudine, f. Long. 2+ lin.

Cryptus socius, C. 542. 15>.

C/, antennarum basi pedibusque stramineis, abdominis ovati seg-
mento 2° margine et 3° ochraceis, hoc lateribus fusco-maculato,
1° nitido substriato, terebra 2 abdominis longitudine, f. Long.
24 lin.

Orgies paganus, C. 542. 154,

Ci. antennis basi subtus pedibusque stramineis ; abdominis ovati
segmento 2° margine ochraceo, 1° scabriculo canaliculato ; tere-
bra + abdominis longitudine, f. Long. 2 lin.

Eyrecourt, September.

Subgenus PLEecTiscus.

Areola minuta oblique transversa. Abdomen rarius subsessile, seg-

menti 1! tuberculis anticis. Characteres reliqui ut in subg. Clepticus.

Here Cr. collares. albipalpus, zonatus, &c. find their place.

Pimpla Senator, C. 516. 118°,

Eph. segmentis albo-marginatis, intermediis subtransversis, orbitis
oculorum internis albis, mesothorace rufo albo-maculato, pedibus
rufis, terebra corporis longitudine, f. Long. 4 lin.

Intermediate between P. divinator and mediator, resembling

the first by its shorter figure and the form of the radial areolet,
the latter in the length of the oviscapt.
Pimpla phenicea, C. 512. 66°.

Pol. mesothorace cum scutello rufo, pedibus fulvis, tibiis posticis
albidis apice fuscis, ore et antennarum basi subtus albidis, m. //.
Long. 24 lin.

A variety, as I now believe, of P. percontatoria.

Mr. A. H. Haliday on new British Insects. 117
Subgenus AcropactTyLa (Barypus*, C. 490°.)

Abdomen basi attenuatum, segmentis intermediis obsoletissime im-
pressis; f. ventre apice fisso, terebra exerta brevi. Areola nulla.
Tarsi apice incrassati, unguibus lobo infero dilatato obtuso.

The species of this little group are closely allied to the subg.
Polysphincta (and to P. percontatoria in particular), but may
be distinguished by the smoother abdomen attenuate at the
base, the narrower stigma, and the structure of the claws.
From certain Pimple of the typical subgenus which agree in
this last respect, they may be known by the want of the areolet,
in addition to the former characters.

Pimpla madida, C. 490°. 2.

A, abdomine fusco-piceo incisuris nigris, palpis pedibusque stra-
mineis, posticorum tibiis apice tarsisque fuscis, stigmate fusco,
m.f. Long. 3 lin.

England, F. Walker.—Ireland, in shady groves.

Pimpla degener, C. 490%, 1.

A. abdomine fusco-piceo incisuris nigris ; antennarum basi subtus,
palpis, pedibusque stramineis ; posticorum tibiis apice, tarsisque
fuscis, stigmate stramineo-piceo, metathorace canaliculato, m. /.
Long. 2 lin. |

In the same situations with the last.

Bassus serricornis, C. 522. 36.

Euc. capitis thoracisque picturis, abdominis fasciis quatuor inter-
ruptis, coxis anticis et trochanteribus, albidis ; metathoracis ma-
cula laterali pedibusque fulvis ; posticis apice fuscis, tarsis albo-
annulatis, m. f.; antennis medio dilatatis serratis, m. ; antennis
filiformibus, f. Long. 4 lin.

Wicklow, June.

Bassus Laricis, C. 521. 30°.

O. areola irregulari subquadrangulari, segmentis intermediis mar-
gine antennis pedibusque testaceis, fronte flavo-bimaculata, te-
rebra subexerta, f. Long. 2 lin.

On larches, Holywood.

Porizon linguarius, C. 537. 178%.

P. proboscide caput superante ; mesopleuris punctatis, sulco late-
rali nullo; mandibulis, femoribus anticis, tibiisque rufescentibus;
terebra corporis longitudine, f. Long. 2 lin.

England, F, Walker. :

* Barypus, a genus of Carabide.

118 Mr. A. H. Haliday on new British Insects.

Obs. The maxille and labium inflected in repose extend as
far as the coxee of the intermediate legs.

Genus ATRACTODES, G”.

* Petiolus condylo triplo longior, gracilis linearis. Abdomen elon-.

gatum, feminis apice tantum subcompressum et truncatum.
Atractodes incessor.

A. abdominis medio pedibusque anterioribus rufis, coxis et tro-
chanteribus nigris, m. f. Long. 24—5 lin.

Var.—Tibiis posticis (etiam femoribus basi et subtus) rufis.

Common.

Atractodes dioneus, C. 538. 184.

A. mandibulis (antennis basi subtus), segmentis 2° et 3° basi, pedi-
busque rufis, coxis posterioribus nigris, m. f. Long. 2—24+ lin.

Var.—Femoribus posticis (intermediis basi coxisque) fuscis, m.

Not common in Ireland.—England, J. Curtis and F. Walker.

Atractodes scrutator.

A. abdominis medio, mandibulis, pedibusque rufis, m. f. ; antennis
basi rufis, m.; antennis nigris, aut subtus basi rufis, f. Long.
2%. lin. |

Var.—Femoribus tibiisque posticis puncto apicis nigro, /.

Ireland, Hebrides. —England, F. Walker.

** Petiolus condylo ad summum duplo longior. Abdomen modo
apice compressum, fusiforme ; modo compressum s. subcompressum,
dorso fere lineare, a latere lanceolatum.

Atractodes vestalis, C. 538. 182.

A, tibiis testaceis, anterioribus medio posticis apice fuscis; alis
hyalinis areola subtriangulari, m. f.; abdomine ovato, apice
subcompresso, f. Long. 2—24 lin.

Common. |

This species might perhaps with equal reason be referred
to the genus Stilpnus; indeed any definite line drawn between
these two genera must be arbitrary.

Atractodes gravidus, Gr.

A.mesothoracis sulcis humeralibus subproductis; abdominis medio,
femoribus, tibiis, tarsisque rufis; abdominis segmento 1° apice
sensim dilatato, m. f.; antennis basi subtus rufis, m.; antennis
validis pubescentibus ; abdomine fusiformi apice subcompresso,
f. Long. 3—3¥ lin.

Rare in Ireland.

Atractodes albo-vinctus, C. 538, 183.
A, abdominis medio, palpis, pedibusque rufis, coxis posticis nigris,

ee) ea a ee

Mr. A, H. Haliday on new British Insects. 119

m. f.; antennis albo-annulatis, abdomine fusiformi apice com-
presso, f. Long. 3—4 lin.

Ireland, not common.

Atractodes arator, C. 538. 185.

A, abdominis medio femoribus tibiisque rufis; abdominis seg-
mento 1° lageneformi, m. f.; antennis gracilibus articulis ex-
tremis ovatis ; abdomine subcompresso, /. Rene 34. lin.

Holywood, not common.

Atractodes Salius, C. 538. 190.

A, antennis basi, abdominis medio, ore, pedibusque, ferrugineis ;
femoribus posticis fuscis ; alis corpore brevioribus fumatis, areola
incompleta; abdomine compresso, segmento 1° apice sensim
dilatato canaliculato, f. Long. 24—8 lin.

Eyrecourt, September.

Atractodes exilis, C. 538. 188.

A. antennis basi, abdominis medio, ore, pedibusque, ferrugineis ;
posticorum tibiis apice et femoribus fuscis ; abdomine compresso,
segmento 1° lineari leviusculo, f. Long. 3 lin.

England, F. W.—Ireland, very rare.

Atractodes croceicornis, C. 538. 191.

A. abdominis medio, antennis, ore, pedibusque, ferrugineis, coxis
posticis basi fuscis; abdomine compresso, segmento 1° apice
sensim dilatato, f. Long. 3—34 lin.

Ireland, rare.

Atractodes bicolor, Gr. ? |

A. abdominis dorso medio castaneo; mandibulis pedibusque fer-
rugineis, coxis posticis basi fuscis ; areola irregulari subtrans-
versa, m. f.; antennis basi testaceis, m.; antennis basi subtus
ferrugineis; abdomine compresso, f. Long. 3—3+ lin.

Var.—Femoribus posticis (mediis basi coxisque) fuscis: etiam

abdomine antennisque nigris, f. Long. 14—3 lin.

Common.

Atractodes piceicornis, C. 538. 186.

A, abdominis medio mandibulis pedibusque testaceis, coxis po-
sticis fuscis; abdomine fusiformi apice compresso, 7. Long.
24 lin.

Eyrecourt, September.

Atractodes fumatus, C. 538. 189.

A, segmento 3° basi femoribus anterioribus tibiisque rufescentibus
tibiis posticis apice nigris, m. f.; abdomine compresso, f. Long.
24 lin.

Var.—Abdomine toto nigro, f.

Not common.

120 Mr. A. H. Haliday on new British Insects.

Atractodes cultellator, C. 538. 187.

A. mandibulis pedibusque rufis, coxis posterioribus nigris ; abdo-
mine compresso longissimo, medio rufo piceo (pedibus posticis
vix breviore), f. Long. 3 lin.

Holywood.

Atractodes citator.

A, capite thoraceque punctatis; abdomine compresso, castanco,
basi nigro; femoribus anterioribus tibiisque testaceis, posticis
apice nigris, f. Long. 3 lin.

Ireland.

Atractodes? properator.

A. abdomine testaceo, petiolo nigro; pedibus testaceis, coxis
posticis basi fuscis; areola nulla, m. f.; antennis subtus testa-
ceils, m.; antennis tricoloribus, abdominis apice compresso, fe-
moribus tibiisque posticis breviusculis, f. Long. 2}—34 lin.

Var.—Coxis posticis totis pallide testaceis, f.

England, F. Walker.—Near Edinburgh, September.

This species differs from all the former in many respects.
The spiracles are placed at the middle of the first abdominal
segment :—the anterior face of the tibize is beset with minute
spines :—the proportions of the labial palpi are different, the
intermediate jomts being very short and the last very long.
The antennz of the male are not crenulate in the middle.
The areolet is either totally wanting, or if faintly indicated, it
is triangular. Notwithstanding these and other differences I
have left it in this group for the present, as it differs yet more
widely from Jchneumon ; neither do I think it can with any
propriety be referred to Mesoleptus, and I know no other
group with which it is likely to be associated.

Genus LAMPRONOTA.

Abdomen subsessile leve convexum, f. ; ventre apice fisso, valvula
ventrali obtusa, terebra exerta longa. Thorax gibbulo-cylindricus,
mesothoracis scuto bisulco, metathoracis spiraculis transversis. Ca-
put oblatum, clypeo transversim impresso. Antenne longe graciles,
articulo 3° prelongo, 5° et 6° in mare denticulatis. Pedes postici
elongati validi. Areola nulla.

I have adopted the group as restricted by Mr. Stephens in
his synopsis of the genera. It has some resemblance to
Echthrus, but is perhaps more nearly allied to Acenites; I
have not a specimen of the latter genus to make the compa-
rison.

Prof. Ehrenberg on Fossil and Recent Infusoria. 121

Lampronota fracticornis.

LE. tibiis tarsisque anterioribus et femoribus rufis, m. f.; terebra
abdomine sesquilongiore, f. Long. 44 lin.

Var.—Segmentis intermediis summo margine rufescentibus.

England and Scotland, common in woods in autumn, and particu-

larly on the broom.
Lampronota crenicornis, B. EK. 407.

L. pedibus rufis, tibiis tarsisque posticis nigris, m. f.; terebra ab-
domine breviore, f. Long. 4 lin.

Holywood, not uncommon, July— September.

Lampronota denticornis, C. 511. 14°.

L. femoribus rufis, tibiis tarsisque anterioribus rufis posticis fuscis ;
abdomine subopaco, segmentis intermediis summo margine cas-
taneis, m. f.; terebra abdomine breviore, f. Long. 4 lin.

Ireland, in pine woods, autumn.

The new species indicated in the families Cyniphide, Proc-

totrupide, Diapriade and Ceraphronide will be noticed in a
separate memoir on the British species of those families.

[To be continued. ]

XVI.— Communication respecting Fossil and Recent Infusoria
made to the British Association at Newcastle. By Prof.
KHRENBERG.

To the Editors of the Annals of Natural History.

Gentlemen,

You will much oblige me by inserting the subjoined notice,
which has been occasioned by the erroneous report in the
Athenzeum of the statements made by me at the late Meeting
of the British Association in Newcastle, in the section of bo-
tany and zoology, which statements, so far as I can recollect,
were to the following import :—

For-the purpose of physiological inquiries I have occupied
myself with the investigation of microscopic organized beings,
not only in Europe, but also upon several voyages for several
years in other quarters of the globe. The results of my observa-
tions had been hitherto scattered in single memoirs, published
in the Acts of the Royal Academy of Berlin. Within these few
weeks, however, my large work on this subject has been com-

122 Prof. Ehrenberg on Fossil and Recent Infusoria.

pleted*,which consists ofa thick folio volume of text and 64 folio
copper plates, in which I have endeavoured to bring together
the whole of our present knowledge of microscopical beings,
with their history in as complete a state as possible. This book,
which I had the pleasure of laying before the section, is not
(as stated) the first volume of a work, but complete and entire
in itself, and is now in the booksellers’ hands. It contains
drawings of all the 722 species observed by me up to 1835.
It is however merely a first essay on this highly interesting
and at present inexhaustible subject. I then in a few words
directed the attention of the section to the importance of the
observation of microscopic beings, as a highly influential zoolo-
gico-botanical subject, and exhibited earths which were en-
tirely formed of the shields of some Infusoria. I mentioned
the eatable infusorial earth from Lillhaggsjon in Sweden, from
Finland, and from Kliecken near Dessau, where they occur
in great natural layers. I stated that the greatest layer hitherto
discovered was to the height of above 28 feet near Lunebourg ;
that however similar layers have already been found in Africa,
Asia, and the South Sea Islands. At the same time I noticed
that I had succeeded in artificially preparing from still exist-
ing Infusoria very considerable quantities of earth. I exhibited
a large-glass full of such artificial siliceous earth, in which the
microscope, however, still evidently and distinctly discovers
all the forms of the Infusoria constituting it, pounds and tons
of which earth may easily be prepared. I mentioned in few
words the still existing controversy between botanists and
zoologists, both of whom would class in their catalogues these
microscopic living forms; and I briefly noticed the reasons
given in detail in my work for each opinion, deciding myself
in favour of their being animals.

I also said a few words on the luminosity of the sea, which
subject in part stands in immediate connexion with these mi-
croscopic animals, it being regarded an act of animal life; and
I invited attention to the fact that the luminosity in Infusoria
and Annulata is an evident voluntary production of sparks, so
that in the latter there originates a light apparently conti-
nuous or tranquil to the naked eye, from numerous micro-

* Ueber Infusionsthierchen, mit einem Atlas von vier und chem Kup-
fertafeln. Von Christian Gottfried Ehrenberg.

Prof. Ehrenberg on Fossil and Recent Infusoria. 123

scopic sparks following each other in quick succession. The
analogy with electrical phenomena is very close, and it is espe-
cially worthy of attention that evidently the smallest animals
give the largest sparks, in proportion to the size of their body,
and consequently very probably produce the greatest electrical
tension. :

I then mentioned the curious formation of double gems in
Closterium and in the Conferve conjugate, which is figured
in the plates of the family of the Closterinez, and I concluded
with the remark on the astonishing great fertility or capa-
city of increase of microscopic animals, according to which
an imperceptible corpuscle can become in four days 170 bil-
lions, or as many single individual animalcules as contained
in 2 cubic feet of the stone from the polishing slate of Bilin.
This increase takes place by voluntary division ; and this is
the character which separates animals from plants. It is true,
that the gemmation in plants, especially in very simple cells, is
at times very similar to the division in animals, but this re-
lates to the form not the formation. A vegetable cell appa-
rently capable of self division always became one, or contem-
poraneously many exterior warts (gems) without any change
in its interior. An animal which is capable of division first
doubles the inner organs, and subsequently decreases exte-
riorly in size. Self division proceeds from the interior towards
the exterior, from the centre to the periphery; gemmation,
which also occurs in animals, proceeds from the exterior to-
wards the interior, and forms first a wart, which then gra-
dually becomes organized.

A discussion now arose between Prof..Rymer Jones and me.
Prof. Jones observed, that although he had given himself great
pains, yet he had never been able to see the structure described
by me of the interior organization, viz. of the alimentary canal
of the polygastric Infusoria, although he had found the ex-
ternal forms to be exactly the same. He had not been able
to discover any trace of an alimentary canal, and in Para-
mecium Aurelia and other species he had observed a circular
motion of the inner cells which could not agree with the for-
mation I had described. I answered him that such discussions
then only could lead to a result when they do not merge into
general but enter into special cases. The mass of relations of

124 Prof. Ehrenberg on Fossil and Recent Infusoria.

organization, which after many years of observation have been
gradually established, could not be brought into doubt by a
single doubtful fact. The perfect organization of the wheel
animalcules had been established beyond all question. With
regard to Paramecium Aurelia, this is one of those forms un-
favourable to such observations; and it had been expressly
observed by me that I myself had not been able to recognise
the alimentary canal in all species of the various genera; but
on the other hand it was quite evident in a very considerable
number of species and genera. I stated that in my present
work this subject had been treated of in detail, and that those
forms in which the relations are perfectly evident have been
purposely enumerated. Some of these forms I then exhibited in
the drawings, and concluded with the remark that the circular
motion observed by Prof. Jones had already been treated of
by others (for instance, Dr. Foeke), and had naturally been
frequently observed by myself. The great contractibility of
the body of the animalcule was, to less practised observers,
not seldom a cause of enigmatical phenomena, of which con-
tinued patient observation of the object would gradually bring
the explanation. Thus, at times, the intestinal canal of the
animalcule extends at the expense of the ventral sacs so far,
that it occupies the whole space of the body, and then the de-
voured substances, very similar to the ventral sacs, circulate
in the whole body. Yours, &e.

London, Sept. 15, 1838. KHRENBERG.

Ideal figures of Loxodes Bursaria in various states of the extension
of the alimentary canal, and its inner circular motion, not of the
ventral sacs, but of the contents of the sacs voided into the canal.
a the mouth, 6 the alimentary canal, ¢ ventral sacs, w anal aperture.

Specimen of the Botany of New Zealand. 125

XVII.—Flore Insularum Nove Zelandie Precursor ; or a Spe-
cimen of the Botany of the Islands of New Zealand. By
ALLAN CUNNINGHAM, Esq.

[Continued from p. 52.]

Composite s. Synantheree.
I. CICHORACEX, Lessing,
1. Scorzonera, L. DC.

430. S.? scapigera (Sol. MSS.) foliis lanceolatis retrorso-dentatis integer-
rimisve, caulibus gracilibus, scapo unifloro. Forst. Prodr. n. 534, absque
descript.

New Zealand (Northern Island).—1769, Sir Jos. Banks. Among fern,
on the hills, Bay of Islands.—1834, 2. Cunningham.

_ Anne vere species hujus generis ?
2. Soncuus, LZ.

431. S. oleraceus. L. Forst. Prodr. n.282. A. Rich. Fl. Nov. Zel, p.
230. Lngl. Bot. t. 843.

Pouro-rona, Incol. D’Urville.

New Zealand, frequent on the northern and middle Islands.—1773,
Forster.—1827, D’ Urville.

3. Pieris, ZL. Lessing.

432. P. hieracioides. L. Willd. Sp. Pl. 8. p.1556. Engl. Bot. t. 196.

New Zealand (Northern Island). On the sea coast, near the Bay of
Islands, rare. —1834, 2. Cunningham.

433. P. attenuata, caule erecto glabriusculo vel tenuiter hispido, foliis
elongato-lanceolatis attenuatis integerrimis strigosis, foliolis exterioribus in-
volucri laxis.

New‘Zealand (Northern Island). On the hills, among fern, Bay of Islands.
—1834, R. Cunningham.

II. VERNONIACEA, Lessing.
1. Suawia, Forsé.

Capitulum uniflorum. Pappus biseriatus, setaceus, scaber. Achenium

hirsutum, teres. Jnvolucrum turbinatum, imbricatum.

434. S. paniculata. Forst. Gen. 48. tab. 48. Prodr. n.507, Lessing. Syn.
Gen. Comp. p.156. A. Rich. Fl. Nov. Zel. p. 248.

New Zealand (Northern Island).—1769, Mercury Bay, Sir Jos. Banks.
—(Middle Island) 1773, G. Forster.

Obs. Caulis arboreus, ramosus. Folia alterna, ovato-oblonga, petiolata,
undulata, obtusa, supra viridia, glabra, subtus sordide albo-tomentosa, bi-
pollicaria. Panicule terminales axillaresque composite, pedicelli uniflori,
brevissimi. Involucrum imbricatum, cylindricum, foliolis 5—6 oblongis
acutis, tribus interioribus longioribus subzequalibus. dchenium solitarium
oblongum lanatum. Pappus pilosus, basi pubescens. (Za Forstero,)

126 Specimen of the Botany of New Zealand.

Ill. ASTEROIDE, Lessing. p. 161,
1. Sonipaco, L. Lessing.

435. S. arborescens, fruticoso-arborea, paniculis corymbosis erectis termi-
nalibus, foliis ovato-oblongis basi attenuatis petiolatis glabris acutiusculis
obtusisve repandis, subtus discoloribus, ramulis angulatis glabris (incanisve,
Forst.). Forst. Prodr.n. 298. A. Rich. Fl. Nov. Zel. p. 252.

New Zealand (Northern Island). A tree 12—15 feet high, in dark humid
woods on the Kana-Kana and Hokianga rivers.—1826, 4. Cunningham
(Middle Island).—1773, G. Forster.

2, Lacenopnora, Cassini, Lessing *,

ftadius uniserialis foemineus, Discus hermaphroditus. Achenium plano-

compressum, calvum, rostratum. Lessing.

436. L. Fosteri, foliis orbiculato-spathulatis crenato-serratis piloso-ciliatis
petiolo (pollicari) duplo triplove brevioribus, foliolis involucri margine ci-
liatis, rostro achenio bifido. LL. Commersonii, Cassini in Dict. Se. Nut.
xxv. p.109. Lessing. p.193. Microcalia australis. 4. Rich. Fl. Nov. Zel.
p. 230, tab. 80, Calendula pumila. Pers. Syn. Pl. 2. p,492, Forst. Prodr.
n. 305.

The daisy of New Zealand. Zwupu-tupu incolis vulgo dicitur,

New Zealand (Middle Island),—1773, G, Forster, Astrolabe Bay.—
1827, D’ Urville (Northern Island.) —1769, Sir Jos, Banks. Sloping shelves
and in swamps on the shores of the Bay of Islands. —1826, 4. Cunningham.
—1834, R. Cunningham.

437. L, lanata, foliis obovato-oblongis obtusis undulatis dentatis, basi
sensim angustatis utrinque villosis, foliolis involucri glabris membranaceis,
rostro achenii.

New Zealand (Northern Island). Among fern, between the Waitangy
and Keri-Keri rivers. —1834, 2. Cunningham.

3. Aster, L. Cass, ?

438. A.? holosericeus, Forst. Prodr. n. 296. A, Rich. Fl, Nov. Zel. p.
248.

New Zealand (Middle Island). On mossy rocks, at Dusky Bay.—1773,
G. Forster. .

Obs. Caules herbacei, 4—5 pedales, erecti. Folia radicalia, spathulato-
lanceolata, argute dentata seu subserrata, subtus argenteo-holosericea, Ca-
pitulum solitarium, terminale, amplitudine fere ac in Astere Chinensi, L.-ra-
diatum.

439. A.? coriaceus. Forst. Prodr.n. 297, A. Rich, Fl. Nov, Zel, p, 250.

New Zealand (Middle Island).—1773, G. Forster.

* The type of this genus, a native of Van Diemen’s Land, may be thus
characterized: L. Billardiert; foliis obovato-oblongis dentatis in petiolum
attenuatis, undique pilosis, foliolis involucri glabris, rostro achenio integro
leviter dilatato, L, Billardiére. Cassini in Dict. Se. Nat. xxv. p,109.—
Bellis stipitata. Labill, Nov. Hol. 2. p. 55. t,205. Pers. Syn. 2. p, 460,

Hab, In Insula Van Diemen, 1792,— J, J. La Billardiére,

Specimen of the Botany of New Zealand. 127

Obs. Caulis herbaceus. Folia ovata, coriacea, integra, supra sulcata,
subtus villosa. Scapus foliosus, uniflorus, lanuginosus.

‘Cette espece, fort voisine de la précédente, n’en est peut-étre
qu'une simple variété.”’ 4. Rich, I, cit.

I have no means of ascertaining to what genus these species, if
distinct from each other, belong, as Forster says but little of the real
structure of the achenium, and nothing at all of the form of the pap-
pus. They appear, however, to be species of Calmisia. Cass.

4. Haxronia, Caley. D. Don.

Involucrum polyphyllum imbricatum. losculi radii feeminei ligulati,

stigmatibus linearibus obtusis, sulco exaratis, margine incrassatis! Disci
~hermaphroditi. Achenia suleato-angulata. Pappi radiis persistentibus,
apice penicillatis! D. Don.

440. H. furfuracea, fruticosa, foliis ellipticis coriaceis petiolatis obtusis,
margine undulatis integerrimis dentatisve, supra levibus subtus argenteo-
furfuraceis, corymbis terminalibus, “ radiis ternis.”—Aster furfuraceus. 4.
Rich. Fl. Nov. Zel. p. 246,.—A. elongifolius. 4. Cunn. Ms, 1826.

Tarata Incolarum fluvii Thames. D’ Urville.

New Zealand (Northern Island). Banks of rivers, at the Bay of Islands.
1826, A, Cunningham.—1834, R. Cunningham. River Thames.—1827,
D’ Urville.

Oss. Frutex 6—10 pedalis,

5. Virractinia, A. Richard.

Capitula radiata. Involucrum polyphyllum imbricatum. Receptaculum
alveolatum. Semiflosculi exteriores foeminei longiores, revoluti; flos-
culi interiores hermaphroditi tubulosi, graciles. Stamina 5 libera; an-
theris linearibus, basi abrupte recurvatis. Stigmata duo linearia. Ache-
nium teres basi stipitatum. Pappus sessilis, fimbriato-pilosus.

441. V. australis. A. Rich. Fl. Nov, Zel. p. 251.—Brachycoma spathulata.

Gaud. in Freye. Voy. p. 467.

New Zealand (Northern Island).—1769, Sir Jos. Banks. (Middle Island.)
On the sandy rocky shores of the French strait (Passe des Francais). Tas-
man’s Bay.—1827, D’Urville.

Planta ramosa, erectiuscula, subpilosa, 6—8 uncias alta. Folia obovali-
spathulata sub 5-loba, lobo terminali majore obtusa. Capitula terminalia so-
—litaria. Flores radiati.

IV. SENECIONIDEA, Lessing.
1, Bivens, LZ.

442, B. pilosa. L. Forst. Prodr, n. 283. A, Rich. Fl. Nov, Zel. p, 235.

Koériki ab indigenis. D’Urville.—Horikike Incolarum secund. R. Cun-
ningham.

New Zealand. Most frequent on cultivated ground, chiefly on the North-
ern Island. G. Forster. D’Urville. R. Cunningham.

2. Cotuta, LZ, Lessing.

Capitulum, heterogamum, floribus ¢ uniserialibus seepe sterilibus in

-ambitu, reliquis $ fertilibus. Achenium calvum, flori foemineo stipi-

tatum, plano-compressum, flori hermaphrodite sessile et angustius,

128 Specimen of the Botany of New Zealand.

443, C, coronopifolia. L. Forst. Prodr.n.300. A. Rich. Fl. Nov. Zel.
p. 235. :
New Zealand.—1773, G. Forster.

3. Myrioayne. Linnea, vi. 219. Lessing.
Capitulum heterogamum, floribus ? pluriserialibus in ambitu, reliquis § .
Achenium angulatum, exalatum, calvum, conforme.

444, M. minuta, foliis subsphathulatis parce serratis, basi sensim angus-
tatis, capitulis minimis oppositifoliis. Less. Syn. Compos. p. 266.—Cotula
minuta. Forst. Prodr. 801. A. Rich. Fl. Nov. Zel. p. 235.—C. cuneifolia.
Willd. Sp. Pl. 3. p.2170.—Grangea minuta. Lamarck, Poiret, Dict. x. p.
$25.

New Zealand (Middle Island).—1773, G. Forster. (Northern Island.)
Swampy ground at the Bay of Islands. D’ Urville—1834, 2. Cunningham.

4, Soriva, Ruiz & Pavon.
(Gymnostyles, Juss.)

Cor. florum ? pluriserialium in ambitu filiformis persistens et cum ovario
continua. Achenium apice truncatum bialatum, alis marginalibus.
Less. Syn. p. 268.

445. §S. tenella, repens stolonifera, foliis pinnatifidis, apice dilatatis pin-

nato-lobatis, lobis oblongis incisis,

New Zealand (Northern Island), on the margins of fresh-water streams.

—1834, R. Cunningham.
Anne species distincta a Gymnostyles anthemifolia, Juss. ?

5. Craspepia, Forst.
(Cartopium, Sol. Mss. Ricuea, Labill.)

Capitulum circiter 5-florum. Rachis bracteolata. Pappus uniserialis, plu-

mosus. Achenium erostre. Less.

446. C. uniflora (melius Solandri) foliis orbiculato-spathulatis glabris,
margine albo lanuginoso fimbriatis. Yorst. Prodr. n.386. Willd. Sp. Pl. 3.
p.2392. A. Rich. Fl. Nov. Zel. p. 245.—Cartodium, Sol. Mss.

New Zealand (Middle Island).—1769, Sir Jos. Banks. Shores of Queen
Charlotte’s Sound, Cook’s Strait.—1779, G. Forster.

Quid Craspedia fimbriata (Forst. Mss. in Herb. Mus. Par. ex DC.) in
litt. e Nova Zelandia (conf. Endl. in Ann. der Wien. Mus. Band 1. p. 109?)

6. Cassinia, R. Br.

Involucrum imbricatum, scariosum, pauciflorum. Receptaculum paleis
distinctis squamis intimis involucri subsimilibus. /Vosculi tubulosi vel
omnes hermaphroditi vel paucissimi foeminei angustiores in ambitu.
Anthere (inclusz) basi bisete. Stigmata apice obtuso subtruncato
hispidulo. Pappus pilosus seu penicillatus, persistens.

447. C. leptophylla, foliis lineari-lingulatis subter ramulisque incanis co-
rymbis terminalibus, involucris turbinatis. Br. in Linn, Soc. Tr. 12. p. 126.
—Calea leptophylla. Forst, Prodr. n, 287. Willd. Sp. Pl.3. A. Rich. Fl.
Nov. Zel. p. 234,

Specimen of the Botany of New Zealand. 129

New Zealand (Northern Island).—1769, Sir Joseph Banks. Sandy ridges
on the shores of the Hokianga river.—1826, 4. Cunningham. (Middle
Island.)—1773, G. Forster.

Obs. Upon further examination of the specimens gathered on the
shores of the Hokianga river in 1826; and at that period considered
an unpublished species of Cassinia, I am now disposed to view it as
Forster’s plant.

7. Ozoruamnus, R. Br.

Involucrum imbricatum, scariosum, coloratum. Receptaculum epaleatum,
glabrum. Jlosculi (pauciores quam 20) tubulosi vel omnes herma-
phroditi vel paucissimi, foeminei angustiores in ambitu. Anthere (in-
clus) basi bisete. Stigmata apice obtuso subtruncato hispidulo.
Pappus sessilis, pilosus, nunc penicillatus, persistens.

448. O. pinifolia (R. Br.) foliis lanceolatis acerosis glabriusculis margine
revolutis, corymbo terminalibus congestis, ramulis tomentosis.—Calea pini-
folia. Forst. Prodr. n. 288. Willd. Sp. Pl. 3. p.1795. A. Rich. Fl. Nov.
Zel, p. 234.

New Zealand (Middle Island).—1773, G. Forster.

8. Heticurysum, Persoon.

449. H, bellidioides. Pers. Syn.2. p.415. Willd. Sp. Pl. 3. p.1911.—
Xeranthemum bellidioides. Forst. Prodr. n.293. A. Rich. Fl. Nov. Zel.
p. 242.

New Zealand (Middle Island), Cook’s Strait.—1769, Sir Jos. Banks.—
1773, G. Forster.

Obs. Caulis herbaceus, gracilis, ramosus, spithameeus, ramulis apice capi-
tulo unico terminatis. Folia obovalia, obtusa, apice mucronata, amplexi-
caulia, superne viridia, subtus cano-tomentosa. Flores magnitudine Bellit
minuti. Involucrum explanatum, foliolis interioribus longioribus linearibus
albis externe ima basi tomentosis. Receptaculum planum, nudum.

9. Gnapuatium, &. Br.

Capitulum multiflorum, floribus 2 numerosis, pluriserialibus in ambitu.
Pappus pilosus, uniserialis, conformis. Stylus § ramis apice solo peni-
cillatis. 4chenium erostre. Rachis tota ebracteolata.

450. G. luteo-album. L. Willd. 3. p. 1871. A. Rich, Fl. Nov. Zel. p. 236.

Endl, Prodr. Fl. Norf. p.50. Engl. Bot. t. 1002.

Ponkatea, incol. D’ Urville,

New Zealand (Northern Island),—1769, Sir Jos. Banks. River Thames.
—1827, D. Urville. Bay of Islands.—1833, 2. Cunningham.

451. G. simplex, herbaceum, caule simplicissimo lanato, foliis inferioribus
obtusis caulinis oblongo-linearibus subacutis integris utrinque albo-lanatis,
floribus capitatis. 4. Rich. Fl. Nov. Zel, p. 237.

Pon-katea vulgo dicitur. D’ Urville.

New Zealand (Middle Island). Rocky shores of the harbour of L’Astro-
labe.—1827, D’Urville. (Northern Island). Bay of Islands.—~-1834, R,
Cunningham.

Ann, Nat, Hist. Vol.2. No.8. Oct. 1838. K

130 Specimen of the Botany of New Zealand.

452. G. lanatum, herbaceum lanatum, foliis linearibus oblongis apice cal-
Joso-mucronatis, corymbis coarctatis, caule simplicissimo. orst. Prodr. n.
290. Willd. Sp. Pl.3. Endl. Prodr. Fl. Norf. p. 50. A. Rich. Fl, Nov.
Zel. p. 238.

New Zealand (Middle Island). Astrolabe Harbour. — 1827, D’ Urville.—
1773, G. Forster. (Northern Island.) On the hills near the Keri-Keri
Mission Station.—1834, R. Cunningham.

453. G. (Lasiopogon) involucratum; herbaceum caule erecto simplici,
foliis lineari-lanceolatis acutis, margine revolutis, supra parce subtus tomen-
toso-lanatis, capitulis axillaribus sessilibus ad ramulorum apices approxi-
matis. Endl. Prodr. Fl. Norf. p.50. Forst. Prodr. n. 291. Willd. Sp. Pl. 3.
A. Rich. Fl. Nov. Zel. p. 241.—Enchiton Fosteri, Cassini in Dict. Sc. Nat.
lvi. p. 216.

Ponkatea seu Poaklimon, incol. D’ Urville.

New Zealand (Middle Island).—1773, G. Forster. Astrolabe Harbour.
—1827, D’Urville. (Northern Island).—-1769, Sir Jos. Banks. Bay of
Islands. —1833, Rich. Cunningham.

454. G. Keriense, herbaceum, caule adscendente, foliis lineari- Janceolatis
acutis enerviis sessilibus semiamplexicaulibus, margine revolutis, supra levi-
bus viridibus subtus albo-argenteis, pedunculis terminalibus lanatis, corymbo
laxo.

New Zealand (Northern Island). In the vicinity of the falls of the Keri-
Keririver. Bay of Islands.—1833, R. Cunningham.

455. G. trinerve, fruticosum, caule adscendente tereti levi, foliis lanceo-
latis acutis sessilibus trinerviis supra glabris subtus albidis (lanugine expla-
nata relucente) panicula corymbosa terminali laxa. orst. Prodr. n. 289.
Willd. A. Rich. Fl. Nov. Zel. p. 239.

New Zealand (Middle Island). Dusky Bay.—1773, G. Forster.—1791,
A, Menzies.

10. Arnica, Cassini?

Capitulum radiatum. Pappus conformis, setaceus, uniserialis. Stylus
disci ramis pube longa descendente obsessis truncatis aut cono brevi
superatis. Less.

456. 4.? operina. Forst. Prodr.n. 299. Willd. A. Rich. Fl. Nov. Zel.

p. 232.

New Zealand (Middle Island). Dusky Bay.—1773, G. Forster.

Obs. Caulis fruticosus, orgyalis, diffuse ramosus, levis. olia conferta,
spathulato-lanceolata, patentia, petiolata, acuta, profunde crenata, crenis
apice cartilagineis luteis, supra glabra, viridia, trinervia, subtus albo-lanata,
palmaria, Pedunculi solitarii, terminales, uniflori. lores ampli, disco
Juteo. Corollul@ hermaphrodite numerosz in disco, foeminez plurimee in
radio, ligulate, ligula lanceolata 3-dentata.

An spec. Gerbere Cass. (Dict. Sc. Nat. xviii. p. 459) ?

11, Senecto, L. Lessing. Syn. p. 391,
Capitulum heterogamum, rarius homogamum. Pappus pluriserialis seta-
ceus, caducus, rectus, subequalis, conformis, Stylus § ramis truncatis

Specimen of the Botany of New Zealand. 131

apice solo penicillatis. Achenium erostre apterum, teretiusculum,
glaberrimtum seu hirsutiusculum.

457. S. lautus (Sol. MS.) corollis revolutis, foliis oblongo-lanceolatis pe-
tiolatis equaliter serratis, summis integerrimis. Vorst. Prodr. n. 535. Willd.
Sp. Pl. iii. p.1981. A. Rich. Fl. Nov. Zel. p. 257.

New Zealand.—-1769, Sir Jos. Banks..

458. S. australis, foliis lanceolato-linearibus acutis glabris coriaceis inte~
gerrimis aut basi utrinque dente lineari auctis, floribus radiatis corymbosis,
radio subreflexa. 4. Rich. in Sert. Astrolab. 181. t.89. Willd. Sp. Pl. iii.
p.1981. A, Rich. Fl. Nov. Zel. p. 257.—S. angustifolius. Sol. Mss. Forst.
Prodr. n. 589. non L.—S. dryadeus. Sieber, non L.

New Zealand (Northern Island).—1769, Sir Jos. Banks.

459. S. neglectus, foliis subcarnosis amplexicaulibus pinnatifidis glabris
aut pilosiusculis, segmentis plus minus profundis acutis, pedunculis pauci-
floris, radiis revolutis. 4. Rich. Fl. Nov. Zel. p. 258.

New Zealand (Middle Island). Astrolabe Harbour.—1827, D’Urville.

466, S. argutus, caule stricto striato, foliis basi sagittatis lanceolatis argute
serratis pinnatifidis subtus albidis supremis linearibus integris, floribus pa-
niculatis, flosculis interioribus 5-dentatis. 4. Rich. Fl. Nov. Zel. p. 258.
Endl. Prodr. Fl. Norf. p.51. Sert. Astrolab. p. 104.

Pon-katea, ineol. D’ Urville.

New Zealand (Middle Island). Pebbly shores of Astrolabe Harbour.—
- 1827, D’Urville. (Northern Island.) Bay of Islands.—1834, R. Cunning-
ham.

461. S. quadridentata, caule erecto striato niveo-tomentoso lanuginoso,
foliis lineari-lanceolatis subacuminatis tomentosis integerrimis margine re-
flexis, floribus corymboso-paniculatis, flosculis hermaphroditis 4-dentatis.
Willd. Sp. Pl. iii. p. 1973. Labill. Nov. Holl, ii. p. 48. t.194. A. Rich.
Sert. Astrolab. p. 101.

New Zealand (Northern Island). Sea coast near the Bay of Islands.—
1834, R. Cunningham.

462. S. hispidulus, caule subsimplici, foliis lanceolato-linearibus acutis
tuberculato-hispidulis, margine subrevolutis distanter at ineequaliter serratis,
infra albido-pilosis, ima basi utrinque et approximate bidentatis, floribus
parvulis corymbosis, flosculis 3—5-fidis, laciniis ovalibus acutis, 4. Rich.
Sert. Astrolab. p. 92. t. 54. :

New Zealand (Northern Island). Among fern at Wangaroa.—1833, R.
Cunningham.

12. Bracuyeiorttis, Forst. Char. Gen. 46. t. 46.

Capitulum radiatum, radiis brevissimis recurvis tridentatis.. Pappus den=-

sus plumosus caducus. Achenium erostre teretiusculum sulcatum.

463. B. repanda, paniculis decompositis divaricatis terminalibus, foliis el-
liptico-ovalibus petiolatis repando-sinuatis, supra leevibus, subtus albo-tomen-
tosis, caule arboreo. Jorst. loc. cit.—Cineraria repanda. Jorst. Prodr,
n.295. Willd. Sp. Pl. iti. p. 2076. A. Rich, Fl, Nov. Zel. p.250.—C, deal-
bata, Sol, Mss. in Bibl, Banks,

K 2

132 Bibliographical Notices,

Puka-Puka or Buka-buka, indig. R, Cunningham.

New Zealand (Middle Island). Queen Charlotte’s Sound.— 1 : 69, Sir Jos.
Banks, (Northern Island.) River sides, Bay of Islands.—1826, 4. Cun-
ningham. Wangaroa.—1834, R. Cunningham,

Obs. Arbor 10—15 pedalis.

The natives call a letter or paper Buka-Buka, from the English
word book, a quantity of paper bound together; so, where paper has
been wanting to write a letter, the ample leaf of this plant has been
used in New Zealand by Europeans, the white underside, even in
its recent state, taking ink or diluted pigment extremely well;
hence the modern name of the plant by the natives Buka-Buka!

464, B. rotundifolia, paniculis paucifloris foliis petiolatis ovato-subrotun-
dis integerrimis subtus tomentosis. Jorst. Char. Gen. n. 2.—Cineraria ro-
tundifolia. Forst. Prodr. n. 294. Willd. A. Rich. Fl. Nov. Zel. p. 254,

New Zealand (Middle Island.) Dusky Bay.—1773, G. Forster.

465. B. Rani; paniculis ramosis multifloris terminalibus, foliis petiolatis
lato-ellipticis acuminatis repando-serratis, supra glabris, subtus niveo-tomen-
tosis, caule arboreo.

Rani, incol. Rich. Cunningham.

New Zealand (Northern Island). Banks of rivers, Bay of Islands, &c.—
1834, A, Cunningham.

Obs. Arbor sepe 3-orgyalis et ultra, ramosus; rami valde patentes. Folia
alterna, elliptica, grosse serrata, subrepanda 2—4 pollicaria. Petioli pa-
tentes vix longitudine dimidii folii, supra canaliculati.

The plumose pappus, the short rays of the female florets, and the
form of the achenium, appear sufficient to justify the separation of
these plants from Cineraria, to which Forster referred them in his
‘ Prodromus’, some years after he had published the genus Brachy-
glottis, which Persoon thinks ought perhaps (for the above reason)
to be restored, although Forster’s second view has been adopted by
Willdenow. Lessing more recently, (1832) whose Synopsis Compos.
appears now to be the text-book in this vast tribe of plants, consi-
ders them species of Senecio. He says, ‘‘ Genus Brachyglottis,
Forster’s (pappo plumoso) Jacobea, Thunb., generaque Cassiniana,
Grammarthion, Dorobea, Obojea (Senecionis seu 2. L. radio revo-
luto), &c. non sunt separatu digne”’ ab Senecione.

[To be continued. ]

BIBLIOGRAPHICAL NOTICES,

Illustrations of the Zoology of South Africa; consisting chiefly of
Figures and Descriptions of the objects of Natural History collected
during an Expedition into the interior of South Africa in the years
1834, 1835, and 1836, fitted out by the *‘ Cape of Good Hope As-

Bibliographical Notices. 133

‘ sociation for exploring Central Africa.” By Andrew Smith, M.D.,
Surgeon to the Forces and Director of the Expedition. 4to. Nos. I.
II. Smith, Elder, and Co., London, 1838.

This is the work devoted to natural history alluded to in our no-
tice of the ‘ Zoology of the Beagle’ which has received the support of
Government by a grant of money to defray the expenses of engraving
the plates, &c., and being thus in a manner public property, we shall
have little hesitation in expressing our opinion regarding it. It is
a selection from the zoological collections brought home by the ex-
pedition which some years since penetrated into Central Africa under
the care and superintendence of Dr. Smith, to whose persevering
zeal in the pursuit of natural history we are mainly indebted for the
whole plan and execution of the journey. That gentleman we be-
lieve spent some part of his early career as a student in the Univer-
sity of Edinburgh at the period when Dr. Barclay as a private lec-
turer gave a new impulse to natural science by undertaking a series
of lectures on comparative anatomy. ‘These lectures, novel at the
time, and attended at first by many as being so, gave a different turn
to the minds of young men entering the medical profession, and
called on at an early period to go abroad. Many began to trace the
beautiful gradations and analogies of structure in the frames of the
singular animals inhabiting the different countries they visited. We
can with confidence affirm that many an hour was thus spent which
might otherwise have been thrown away; and the Barclayan Museum
in the Hall of the College of Surgeons in Edinburgh will bear testi-
mony of the assiduity with which many a pupil wrought to add
something to the collection of his admired and respected teacher.
Dr. Smith appears to have imbibed much of this zeal, and when en-
tering on the duties of his profession in a foreign station soon gave
evidence that he had not attended these lectures in vain—for not only
was the direction of the Museum at Cape Town much improved, but
several valuable and novel additions were made to it by his exertions ;
and the country, which had been explored by Sparrman and Barrow,
and Le Vaillant, was still found to contain materials unknown and of
vast interest to the zoologist. An active mind could not however
rest within the boundaries of the colony, or even within the range
of some of our enterprising modern travellers; and after several ex-
cursions of considerable extent, the journey we have alluded to was
planned and executed, and the first portion of the result is now be-
fore us. |

Had this work appeared ten or twelve years since, we and others
would have held it as a beautiful production and scarcely to be ri-

134 Bibliographical Notices.

valled. The numbers before us are no doubt beautiful, but we have
lately seen so much of the luxury of illustration that we are perhaps
spoiled and become too fastidious. ‘The work is, comparatively
speaking, moderate in price, and the figures will answer every pur-
pose of the naturalist ; but knowing at the same time what London
can do in this department, and knowing also that a large sum of
money (£1500)* has been voted by the Treasury for its use, we should
have liked to have seen every part finished in the highest style of art.
The plates, entirely lithographic, want boldness, and in some instances
clearness, or decision in the outline and markings. Lithography
suits some subjects beautifully, but in a work like that before us a
combination of styles should be used wherever one was more suit-
able than another to the subject, and in the representations of most
of the Mammalia engraving or etching produces the more natural ef-
fect. The backgrounds and stumps are extremely careless ; witness
the accompaniments to Echinorhynus obesus, where it may be diffi-
cult to say what it is intended to represent. Diagrams of the teeth,
&c., and other structures, should be introduced either on separate
plates or as wood-cuts ; the latter is the most convenient and does
not entail more expense. The descriptive part is clear, distinct, and
scientific, just what it should be; and we can only wish that ‘‘ the
more detailed account of the manners and habits” proposed to be given
in an appendix, ‘ hereafter to be published,”’ had been given now.
Each number contains ten plates, published miscellaneously, but
numbered so that each department may be arranged separately. In
No. I. we have Rhinoceros Keitloa, Smith, a new species, and con-
trasted with the R. bicornis, Linn., to which it is somewhat allied.
Dr. Smith considers that this animal does not now range higher than
about 25° S. latitude, though some time back they must have fre-
quented the vicinity of Latakoo; but from the evidence which was
collected from the natives he is of opinion that at least another
distinct and at present unknown species still remains to be discovered.
3. Falco semitorquatus, Smith. 4. Chizerhis concolor, Smith. Jud-
ging from the figure we should consider this bird more closely allied
to Corythaixr of Illiger; it was first met with at nearly 25° S. la-
titude ; it perched on the highest branches of trees, flitting to and
fro in search of fruits. 5. Sierocles gutiuralis, Smith, discovered
about 80 miles eastward of Latakoo. 6. O¢is ruficrista, Smith.
* These instances of the partial patronage of science by the Treasury
have, we find, caused some dissatisfaction, as being questionable on the score
of favouritism, and of the disadvantage at which others have to appear, un-
aided, before the public; and not merely unaided, but subjeeted to excessive

fiscal burthens, through the Post Office, the advertisement duty, the sur-
render of copies to privileged libraries, &c. &c.

Bibliographical Notices. 135

7. Sternotherus Linneotus, Sm. 8. Varanus albogularis, Daud.
9. Bucephalus viridis, Sm. 10, Echinorhynus obesus, Sm.; a spe-
cies of shark, taken, though rarely, at the Cape of Good Hope; and
it is worthy of notice, that at alate Meeting of the British Asso-
ciation Mr. Strickland exhibited a drawing of an undescribed shark,
taken on the Yorkshire coast, very closely allied in appearance to this,
and coming into the same genus, No. II. contains: 1. Hrinaceus
frontalis, Sm., a good figure of a hedgehog, obtained in the districts
around old Latakoo. 2. Herpestes badius, Sm., from the same
locality. 3. Sciurus Cepapi, Sm. 4. Prionops Talacoma, Sm.
5. Crateropus Jardinii, Sm. 6. EHuplectestaha. 7. Philaterus lepidus,
Sm. 8. Merops Bullockioides, Sm. 9. Pterocles variegatus, Burchell.
10. Echidna inerassata.

Archiv fiir Naturgeschichte. In Verbindung mit mehreren Gelehrten,
herausgegeben von Dr. Ar. Fr. Aug. Wiegmann, Professor an der
Friederich Wilhelms-Universitaét zu Berlin. Vierter Jahrgang.
Zweites Heft. Berlin, 1838.

[Continued from Vol. I. p. 321.]

The present part contains several very interesting papers, which
we can but briefly notice in this place. The first article, ‘ Remarks
on the Caspian Sea,’ by Prof. E. Eichwald of Wilna, has for its
principal object to establish that the Caspian is independent of the
Black Sea, a conclusion founded upon its different Fauna. Most of
the fish found in the Caspian are fresh-water fish; there are however
several peculiar species from genera which hitherto have been ob-
served in salt water only. Several new species of fish are described
by the author, of which we can merely mention the names. The
most numerous tribe inhabiting this sea, are the Cyprinide, some of
which are quite peculiar to it. The following are those described as
new ; Cobitis caspia, Clupea caspia, C. pontica, Atherina caspia, A. pon-
tica. A new genus allied to the family of the Gobie, the diagnosis
of which is as follows :-——

Bentuornitus. Caput depressum, dilatatum, alepidoti trunci instar ver-
rucis aculeigeris undique obsitum, operculum branchiale aculeato-ver-
rucosum, apertura branchialis exigua lateralis, pinnze abdominales sub
pectoralibus infixee medio connate, pinna dorsi duplex, priore 3-radiata.

Benthophilus macrocephalus, Gobius sulcatus, G. affinis, G. caspius,
Syngnathus nigrolineatus and S.caspius. Among the Amphibia we find
mentioned as most remarkable, Clemmys caspia and Tropidonotus hy-
drus. T. scutatus, Pall., the author considers to be merely a black va-
riety of T. natriz; the same is the case with 7. persa, Pall. The sea

136 Bibliographical Notices.

is very poor in Crustacea, of which the author notices two new
species, Gammarus caspius and Stenosoma pusillum. It is also ex-
ceedingly poor in Mollusca compared with the Black Sea, which is
ascribed to the following cause ;—that the sea is continually dissolving
and taking up great quantities of salt, numerous beds of which occur
in the neighbourhood, at Baku, Sallian, and towards the east coast,
and in the hot summer the constant evaporation concentrates the
salt water to such a degree as to render it unfit for the preservation
of animal life. |

2. On the dentition of the whale, by Prof. Wiegmann.

3. Remarks on the skulls of Lutra and Spalax, by H. Nathusius,

4. Cheloniorum Tabula Analytica, auctore Carolo L. Bonaparte.

5. A highly interesting paper on Hvadne Normanni, a hitherto un-
known Entomostracon, by M. Lovén. ‘The Evadne forms a new genus:
and the author has named the only species with which he is ac-
quainted after the distinguished naturalist Alex. v. Nordmann, Pro-
fessor at Odessa, ‘The author has given a detailed anatomy of the
various organs, comparing them with those of Limaadia, Daphnia,
Lynceus and Polyphemus. It is a very lively animal and its motions
are more regular than those of Daphnia. It never proceeds in a
straight, but generally in a zigzag direction. ‘The scanty knowledge
of the exotic forms, and the dissimilarity of some of the known ge-
nera, for instance Daphnia and Cyclops, Cypris and Apus, which un-
doubtedly will have to be widely separated when we have become
acquainted with more forms, renders the systematizing at present
very difficult. Hvadne may be considered as a link, and is most
closely allied to Polyphemus, Miill.; it may be easily distinguished
by its enormous thorax.

6. On Limosa Meyeri, Leisl., and L. rubra, Briss., by Drs. Horn-
schuch and Schilling. The specific difference of these two birds has
long been doubtful; to settle this point the authors examined and
compared a vast number of individuals, and have established the fol-
lowing specific distinctions :—

Limosa Meyeri, Leisl. Crown of the head flat; forehead extended,
from the posterior angle of the nasal aperture to the anterior edge
of the eye, in the male 10 lines, in the female 11 to 12 lines; lorum
blackish brown, distinct; the tail white, banded with blackish
brown.

Limosa rufa, Briss. Crown of the head prominent ; forehead short,
from the posterior angle of the nasal aperture to the anterior edge
of the eyes 8 lines, in the female ? lorum blackish brown only inti-
mated ; tail white, and banded with blackish brown.

Summer clothing of the old male.—L. Meyeri, Leisl. The entire

Bibliographical Notices. 137

under surface of the body dusky brown. L. rufa, Briss. ‘The entire
under surface of the body dusky red.

Summer clothing of the old female.-—L. Meyeri, Leisl. Neck and
gape tinted with bright dusky brown, with numerous blackish brown
cross bands and longitudinal stripes; breast white, with large dusky
brown spots ; the sides blotched with blackish brown cross bands and.
spots; belly white, towards the front spotted with dusky brown.

7. Dr. C. Th. Siebold on the female generative organs of the Ta-
chine. From observations made on the following species which oc-
cur in the neighbourhood of Dantzic, 1. T. fera; 2. T. tessellata; 3.
T. grossa; 4. T. hemorrhoidalis; 5, T. vulpina; 6. T. nov. spec.; 8.
T. flavescens ; 9. T. flavescens? 10. T. larvarum; 11. T. larvarum? 12.
T.. tristis;—it appears that the female generative organs of the Tachine
are not organized after a common type, but present very remarkable
differences of structure; those from No.1 to 7 bringing forth living
maggots. The vagina is the part subjected to the greatest change
in the various species, its peculiar forms at times curiously character-
izing the female generative organs of certain Tachine. In this re-
spect they may be properly divided into two groups: in the first is
enumerated all those having a long vagina, while the second group
contains those possessing a sac-like vagina. I. Group. The eggs col-
lect in immense quantities in the long vagina of this group, and here
are developed into maggots, which leave their egg-shell before they
are deposited by the female. The development of the eggs takes
place only in the vagina, therefore after they have slid by the mouth
of the seminal capsules, which are situated at the posterior end of
the vagina. ‘Those eggs, quite perfectly’ formed, which were met
with above the mouth of the seminal capsules in the ovaries or ovi-
ducts, never exhibited any incipient development of the maggot.
The number of eggs which the vagina contains is immense, “As I
had taken the pains,” says Dr. Siebold, “‘ to count the brood in 7’, tes-
sellata, which I found in the vagina, and brought out by an exact
enumeration 2386 maggots and eggs, I could not bring myself to
enumerate those which were housed in the vagina of 7. fera, as I was
convinced on a general view that I should have to count a brood three
times greater than in 7. ¢essellata. When therefore Reaumur, in his
‘ Mémoires pour servir l’Histoire des Insectes,’ t. iv. p. 417, calcu-
lated the almost incredible number of 20,000 larve in the vagina of a
female Tachina, this in the end might not be much overrated.” II,
Group. 'The female Tachine of this group produce fewer eggs than
those belonging to the first. ‘‘I discovered in their short wide
sheath generally but one large egg, in which the development of the

138 Bibliographical Notices.

maggot had never commenced, so that, at least up to the present
time, I have observed none of the species of this group to be vivipa-
rous. It is curious how the seminal fluid and the Spermatozoa con-
tained in it can arrive in the seminal capsules, situated so far from
the vulva; in the first group of the Tachine, ciliatory motion cannot
advance the semina from the anterior commencement of the sheath to
its very end, since the sheath and the other female generative organs
do not possess any, and indeed I have hitherto not discovered any
ciliatory organs in true insects.”

8. On the genus Scarabus, Montf., by F. H. Troschel.

9. On some native (German) land snails, by Dr. Aug. Muller.
The author notices the occurrence of Helix Scarburgensis near Kiel,
on the coast of the Baltic, and points out the impropriety of giving
“names of places to new species. The other species mentioned are
Vertigo plicata and V. pusilla.

On ‘vegetable Spermatozoa, by J. Meyen. The author directs the
attention to the existence of the long-tailed Spermatozoa in the an-
thers of Marchantia polymorpha,

The first part of a paper on the Motions of Plants (a prize me-
moir), by M. Dassen ; this we shall notice with the third part. And
a translation of Mr. Owen’s paper on Guathostoma finishes the pre-
sent number. |

Works in the Press.
Natural History and Illustrations of the Scottish Salmonide. By Sir
William Jardine, Bart.

It is proposed, under the above title, to publish a series of plates
illustrating the different species of the Scottish fishes, which com-
pose this family, accompanied with a volume of descriptive letter-
press.

The plates will amount to from twenty-five to thirty in number,
elephant folio, so as to admit of the greater part being represented
of the size of life. On these will be figured all the species of migra-
tory salmon and of trout, with its varieties, which inhabit or frequent
the rivers and lochs of Scotland, together with the char, coregoni,
&c. The very dissimilar appearance which this group of fishes as-
sumes at different ages and at different seasons, has rendered their
history extremely difficult to investigate, and has in many instances
caused a nominal multiplication of species by several being described
in states apparently very different, while the variation was occasioned
by the same influence which acts at similar periods on the plumage
of birds, and to which may be attributed the great confusion so long

Bibliographical Notices. 139

existing, and in some degree still continuing, in our knowledge of
this higher class of living beings.

Scotland being almost in every part an alpine country, and abound-
ing in large rivers and innumerable mountain streams, with lochs in
an equal proportion and variety, affords an ample field for the illus-
tration of this group. This great characteristic mark of its fresh-
waters, and opportunities having occurred here more frequently for
the examination of the various species, and their habits, than in the
other parts of Great Britain or Ireland, induces the author to restrict
the work, and give the illustration of this range of country complete
in itself. At the same time, with a few exceptions, all the British
species will be represented ; and it is proposed, if a moderate success
attend the publication of this work, that two additional Fasciculi
shall be devoted to the illustration of those species and varieties of
England and Ireland, which do not occur in the sister kingdom.

The illustrations will be published in Fasciculi of six plates each.
The first will be ready for delivery to Subscribers in November, and
will contain figures of, 1. S. Salar, young or Gilse; 2. Do. do. va-
riety; 3. S. albus of Fleming, or Herling of the Solway ; 4. 8. feroz ;
5. S. fario, lacustrine varieties; 6. Coregonus Willughbit or Loch-
maben coregonus. ‘The volume of descriptive letter-press will be
printed in “an octavo size, and will be published on the completion of
the illustrations. In this will be detailed, as far as possible, the na-
tural history of the family, and it will be accompanied with nume-
rous plates and wood-cuts, illustrating the parts connected with the
external characters, scaling, structure, food, parasites,.&c.

Information is earnestly requested on any subject connected with
the above work, to be addressed to Jardine Hall, by Lockerbie, Dum-
friesshire.

Intended to be published by Subscription, in One Volume, demy
8vo, Monographia Anoplurorum Britannia ; or an Essay on the
British Species of Parasitic Insects belonging to the order Anoplura
of Leach. By Henry Denny, Esq.

The object of the present Monograph is to combine in one vo-
lume highly magnified figures and descriptions of all the species of
parasitic insects belonging to the families Pediculide and Nirmide,
found in Great Britain, ‘‘ many of the individuals of which being the
companions and consequence of poverty and filth, are regarded in
general rather as objects of disgust than of attraction: from this
cause and perhaps too from their minuteness, these insects have hi-
therto excited less attention amongst naturalists than their singular

140 Botanical Society of Edinburgh.

and beautiful forms and structure deserve.” The importance, how-
ever, of illustrating this tribe will be evident when it is stated that
almost every species of quadruped and bird has its peculiar parasite,
and many of them are infested by two, three, or even five distinct
species—that these offer so great a diversity of colour, form, and
habits, that none but an entomologist would recognise the family
to which they belong from any analogy they bear to the more fami-
liar examples. Notwithstanding the number of individuals conti-
nually offering themselves to the observer of nature, it is no less
strange than true there is no one book to which he can refer for the
purpose of naming them. It must not, however, be inferred from
this that the subject has been wholly neglected by men of science,
for so early as 1688 forty species were figured and described by
Redi, since which we find the illustrious names of Linneus, Geoffroy,
De Geer, Scopoli, Schranke, Fabricius, Albin, Latreille, Hermann,
Olfers, Lyonet, Panzer, Leach, Nitzsch, and Children, assisting to
elucidate this group. But as the labours of many of these natural-
ists are difficult to come at, and several when procured give little
more than a catalogue of names, without figures or reference to de-
scription, few can avail themselves of the benefit they offer. The
work will form a concise concentration of the information already
possessed, with original figures, drawn and coloured after nature, and
will undoubtedly be a valuable addition to the entomological litera-
ture of this country.

Mr. Denny will feel greatly obliged by the transmission of exam-
ples of the different species of Pediculide and Nirmide from the fol-
lowing quadrupeds and birds :-—

Fox. Otter. Polecat. Weasel. Squirrel. Hedgehog. Mouse. Rat.
Shrews. Mole. Dormouse. Guinea Pig. Hare. Seal. Wild Cat.
Bats, Pine Martin. Goat.

Kite. Goshawk. Kestril. Eagle. Owl. Little Owl. Roller.
Nutcracker. Creeper. Wren, Long-tailed Titmouse. Goldfinch.
Pine Grossbeak. Redstart. Redbreast. Ringouzel. Dipper. Pratincole.
Bittern. Crane. Night Heron. Ibis. Bustard. Little Bustard.
Northern Diver. Black Stork. Quail. Hawfinch.

PROCEEDINGS OF LEARNED SOCIETIES.
BOTANICAL SOCIETY OF EDINBURGH.

April 12th, 1838.—Robert Maughan, Esq., Member of the Wer-
nerian Society, in the Chair,
Mr. Forbes read a paper on the specific claims of Primula acaulis,

Botanical Society of Edinburgh. 141

veris, and elatior, in which he contended that instead of three, these
form but two species, viz. P. acaulis and veris; and that P. elatior
is not only not a hybrid, but a non-ewistence, inasmuch as after par-
ticular investigation he had not been able to find any plant at all
agreeing with the characters of P, elatior as given by Jacquin, who
was the founder of the species,

Professor Christison presented some observations on the preser-
- vation of fruits and other botanical specimens in the moist state, and
remarked that after numerous experiments made for a series of years
with various fluids, he had found none which served so well to pre-
serve both the consistence and colour of fruits, leaves and flowers, as
a concentrated solution of common salt. Numerous specimens were
exhibited which had been preserved in this way for one, two, three,
and five years, among which were sprigs with leaves and ripe and
unripe fruit of Myristica moschata, Xanthochymus pictorius, Garcinia
Cambogia, G. Mangostana, Hebradendron cambogioides, Alpinia Car-
damomum, Mangifera indica, Ricinus communis, Flacourtia inermis, &c.
In the greater part of these the green tint of the leaves and the pe-
culiar colour of the fruit seemed to have undergone little alteration.
When the fruit however is very pulpy,.as in Solanum Lycopersicum, or
lemons and oranges, a solution of salt is comparatively inapplicable,
because the fruit shrivels by exosmosis of its fluids, and diluted pyro-
ligneous acetic acid is found to be preferable,

Mr. Hamilton read a paper on the Gardens of the Ancient Hebrews,
treating in succession, lst. Of grounds for the cultivation of the vine,
the olive, or any single species of fruit tree; 2nd. Of orchards for
rearing fruit trees in general; 3rd. Of kitchen gardens; 4th. Of
flower gardens. The paper concluded with assigning the reasons on
account of which gardens were excluded from the walled cities of
Judah, and with mentioning certain restrictions on the horticultural
taste and skill of the people, occasioned by the interference of their
Doctors and Rabbis.

May 10th.—Professor Graham, President, in the Chair.

Mr, Macaulay read the first part of a paper “‘ On the effects of Ve-
getation on the Atmosphere,” in which the influence of the vegetable
kingdom on the composition of the atmosphere was treated, After
detailing various experiments tending to show that different natural
families may differ in their effects on the atmosphere, and giving an
abstract of the researches of Priestley, Senebier, Berthollet, Ellis,
Saussure, Burnet, Morren, Daubeny, and others, Mr. Macaulay
concluded by presenting a series of propositions which appeared to
him to contain the present state of our knowledge on this’ subject.

142 Botanical Society of Edinburgh.

Dr. Graham read a description of Catasetum discolor, var. luteo-
aurantiacum, and offered some general observations on the genus Ca-
tasetum.

June 14.Dr. Balfour, V.P., in the Chair.

The Secretary stated that a letter had been received by the Pre-
sident from William Gibson Craig, Esq., M.P. inclosing a commu-
nication from Lord John Russell, intimating that Her Majesty had
been graciously pleased to become Patron of the Botanical Society.

Dr. Balfour then read a paper by Wm. B. Carpenter, Esq. of Bristol,
containing a general view of the function of reproduction in vege-
tables, in which Mr. Carpenter endeavoured to show that the repro-
ductive system can be traced with increasing complexity, but with-
out alteration in its essential characters, from the lowest Cryptogamic
Tribe up to the most perfectly organized flowering plants.

July 12th.—Professor Graham, President, in the Chair.

It was stated by the Secretary that the Society had received an
increase of 77 Members since the date of the last Annual Report in
1837, and that the total number of Members now amounted to 199,
in the following proportions.

British Honorary Members. 6 Non-Resident Members 63
Foreign Honorary Members 20 Foreign Members .... 27
Resident Members ...... 82° Associate ie aii 1—199

Mr. Falconer read an account of a Botanical excursion to one of
the islands of Hyéres by Mr. Percy in the year 1836, with a list of
most of the species observed.

Mr. Macaulay read some observations on several of the species of
the genus Tortula, communicated by Mr. Robert Stark of Ciren-
cester.

Mr. Brand read a paper containing his views on the proper mode
of arranging the Society’s Herbarium: and forming a catalogue for
reference. He proposed to divide Great Britain and Ireland, inclu-
ding the adjacent islands, into 42 districts, grouped according to a
union of their political and natural boundaries, and he exhibited a
map of the country arranged on this principle. He proposed to de-
vote a page of the catalogue to each species, and to have printed on
it the numbers and names of all the districts, with columns annexed
for recording the following particulars, namely, the latitude and lon-
gitude of the centre of each district, and the county whence the spe-
cimens are obtained ; the condition of the plants in the respective
districts, as denoted by the marks or signs used in the Society’s
published catalogue ; the relative situation or habitat of the speci-
mens furnished, as whether upland, inland or from the coast; the

Zoological Society. 143

nature of the soil or rocks where the plants were found; the time of
their first coming into flower; with a space for general observations.
The principles and objects of Mr. Brand’s scheme and arrangement
seemed to be generally approved of, and it was referred to a Com-
mittee to consider it more fully, and to report to the Meeting in
November.

The Society then adjourned till Thursday the 8th of November.

_ ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

January 9th, 1838.—Thomas Bell, Esq., in the Chair.

Mr. Gray exhibited a new species of Perameles, in size and ge-
neral appearance very closely agreeing with Per. nasutus, but pecu-
liar for its very short white tail, and in having several indistinct
broad white bands over the haunches. The species inhabits Van
_ Diemen’s Land, where it frequents gardens, and commits great havoc
amongst bulbous roots, which it is said to devour with avidity.
Mr. Gray proposed for it the name of Per. Gunnit, after its discoverer,
Mr. Ronald Gunn *.

It was suggested in the course of some discussion which followed
Mr. Gray’s observations, that the roots upon which this species was
supposed to feed, were probably attacked for the purpose of procu-
ring such insects as might be found in them; and Mr. Owen in re-
ference to this point alluded to a dissection of a Perameles made by
Dr. Grant, and published in the Wernerian Transactions, in which
insects were found tc constitute almost the sale contents of the
stomach and intestines.

A very large and beautiful Aneel, of a species hitherto entirely
unknown, and which had just arrived in England under the care of
Captain Alexander from the Cape, was in the room for exhibition ;
and the history of the circumstances under which it had been dis-
covered, were detailed in the following letter, addressed to the Se-
cretary, by Capt. W. C. Harris, of the Bombay Engineers.

Cape Town, South Africa, Oct. 10, 1837.

Sir,—I beg the favour of your presenting to the Zoological So-
ciety the accompanying drawing and description of an entirely new
and very interesting species of Antelope, which I discovered in the
course of an expedition to the interior of Africa, from whieh I have
lately returned. A perfect specimen that I brought down has been
admirably set up by Monsieur Verreaux, the French naturalist at
Cape Town, and will be sent to London in the course of a few days,

* Since described in the Annals of Natural History, for April, 1838,

144 Zoological Society.

to the care of Dr. Andrew Smith. It would appear to belong to

the sub-genus Aigocerus, and in form, as well as in other respects,

bears remote resemblance to the Aigocerus Equina, (Roan Antelope

or Bastard Gemsbok,) with which it has been confounded by many

persons imperfectly acquainted with the subject to whom it has

been exhibited. A comparison of the two animals will, however,

render the existing difference between them too obvious to demand -
any observation from me. ?

During nearly three months that I hunted over the country lying
between the 24th and 26th parallels of south latitude, within 28°
and 30° east longitude, I only once met with the Antelope in
question. On the northern side of the Cashan range of mountains,
about a degree and a half south of the tropic of Capricorn, I found
a herd, consisting of nine does and two bucks, and followed them
until I captured the specimen from which the enclosed drawing
was made.

None of the natives of the country were familiar with the appear-
ance of the animal when first interrogated on the subject, although
after conferring amongst themselves, they agreed that it was K60-
kame, (Oryx Capensis,) the Gemsbok ; and, of the many individuals
to whom it has been shown, a trader named Robert Scoon is the only
one by whom it has been recognized. He declares that he saw a
herd of them some years ago near the very spot I have described,
but could not succeed in killing one. It is, doubtless, very rare;
and, judging from the formation of the foot, entirely confined to the
mountains.

The females are somewhat smaller than the males, are provided
with shorter and slighter, but similarly shaped horns, and are simi-
larly marked; a deep chestnut brown, verging upon black, taking
the place of the glossy black coat of the male. I did not obtain a
female specimen; but whilst riding down the buck, I had abundant
opportunities of narrowly observing them within the distance of a few
yards, and am, therefore, positive as to the correctness of the descrip-
tion here given.

I have for the present designated the new Antelope “ Aigocerus
niger ;” but of course it will rest with the Zoological Society either
to confirm that name, or to bestow one more appropriate or more
scientific; and I shall be gratified by their doing so.

I have the honour to be, sir,
‘ Your most obedient servant,
W. C. Harris.

Zoological Society. 145

The following description of this interesting addition to the Fauna
of Southern Africa was appended to the above letter.

Aigocerus niger. Tur Sasie ANTELOPE,

Adult male four feet six inches high at the shoulder; nearly nine
feet in extreme length. Horns thirty-seven inches over the curve,
placed immediately above the eyes, rather higher than occurs in the
Aigocerus Equina; flat, slender, sub-erect, and then strongly bent
back similar-wise *; at first gradually diverging, and then running
parallel to each other; three-fourths annulated with about thirty
strongly pronounced, incomplete rings, more rigid on the edges, but
chiefly broken on the outside of the horn; the remaining one fourth
smooth, round, slender and pointed. Head somewhat attenuated
towards the muzzle, and compressed laterally. Carcase robust.
Withers elevated. Neck broad and flat. Hoofs black, obtuse, and
rather short. Hair close and smooth: general colour of the coat
intense glossy black, with an occasional cast of deep chestnut. A
dirty white streak commencing above each eye, continued by a pen-
cil of long hairs covering the place of the suborbital pouch, (of
which cavity no trace is to be found in this Antelope,) and then
running down the side of the nose to the muzzle, which is entirely
white; the same colour pervading one half of the cheek, the chin
and the throat. Ears ten inches long, narrow, tapering and pointed ;
white within, lively chestnut without, with black pencilled tips. A
broad half crescent of deep chestnut at the base of each ear, behind.
A small, entire black muzzle. A copious standing black mane,
five and a half inches high, somewhat inclined forwards, and extend-
ing from between the ears to the middle of the back. Hair of the
throat and neck longer than that of the body. Belly, buttocks, and
inside of thighs, pure white. A longitudinal dusky white stripe be-
hind each arm. Fore legs jet black inside and out, with a tinge of
chestnut on and below the knees. Hind legs black, with a lively
chestnut patch on and below the hocks. Tail black; long hair
skirting the posterior edge, and terminating in a tuft which extends
below the hocks. Sheath tipped with black.

Female smaller than the male, with smaller, but similarly shaped
horns. Colour, deep chestnut brown verging upon black.

Very rare. Gregarious, in small families. Inhabits the great
mountain range which threads the more eastern parts of Mosele-
katse’s territory.

* Scimitar-wise ?

Aan, Nat. Hist. YVol.2. No.8. Oct, 1838. L

146 Zoological Society. —

DIMENSIONS. |

Inches, Inches.
Height at shoulder ...... 54 Breadth of neck ........ 16
Length of body ........ 44 Breadth of fore-arm...... 6
Length of neck ........ 17. _—‘ Breadth of thigh ........ 6
Length of head ........ 19 Breadth of fore-leg ...... 24
Length of tail .......... 25 Breadth of hind-leg...... 3
Length of hind-quarter .. 19 Length of horns ........ 37
Depth of chest ........ ... 80 Breadth asunder at base .. 1
Length of forearm ...... 16 Breadth asunder at tips .. 94
Fore knee to foot........ 15 Length of ears.......... 10
Croup to hock .......... 36 Breadthofhead ........ 9
Hock £0 WG ii ces se 184

A specimen of a marine snake (Pelamys bicolor) presented to the
Museum by the Rev. William White, Wesleyan Missionary to the
New Zealand Association, and which, with several others, had been
picked up dead upon the beach on the west coast of that country,
was upon the table; also another portion of the-birds collected by
Charles Darwin, Esq., to which Mr. Gould in continuation drew the
attention of the Members.

January 23.—Richard Owen, Esq., in the Chair.

A selection of the Mammalia procured by Captain Alexander du-
ring his recent journey into the country of the Damaras, on the South
West Coast of Africa, was exhibited, and Mr. Ogilby directed the
attention of the Society to the new and rare species which it con-
tained.

Among the former were the Herpestes melanurus and Cynictis
Ogilbii of Dr. Smith, the Canis megalotis, &c. The latter consisted
of five new species, which Mr. Ogilby characterized as follows :

Macroscelides Alerandri. Fur long and fine, very dark blue-
black at the root, but pointed with pale sandy-red above, and white
beneath; ears pretty large, subelliptical, and red behind; whole under
lip red; ¢arst white; tail long, hairy, and very much attenuated :
length 5$ inches; tail 4% inches.

Macroscelides melanotis. Of a rather larger size than the for-
mer, with large head, dark brown or black ears, rather sandy under
ip, dunnish white throat and abdomen, but pale reddish brown chest;
colour of the upper parts much the same, but rather more ashy ; tarsi
light brown; tail mutilated: length Ginches.

Chrysochloris Damarensis. Brown, with a silvery lustre both above
and below; a yellowish white semicircle extends from eye to eye,
under the chin, covering the whole of the cheeks, lips and lower jaw ;
a very marked character which, as well as the peculiar shade of the

Zoological Society... | 147

colour, readily distinguishes it from the new species described by Dr.
Smith: no tail: length 43 inches. |

Bathyergus Damarensis. A species intermediate in size between
Capensis and Hottentotus: colour uniform reddish brown both above
and below, with a large irregularly square white mark on the occiput,
much larger than in Hoftentotus, and another on each side of the neck
just under the ears; these two meet on the throat, which is thus
covered with dirty dunnish white; tail, a large flat stump covered
with coarse reddish brown bristles, which stand out from it in all
directions like radii; paws reddish brown: length 84 inches; tail
1 inch*,

Graphiurus elegans. Smaller than Graph. Capensis of Cuv., and
of a purer and deeper ash colour above; the chin, throat, and cheeks
are covered by alarge patch of pure white, the rest of the under sur-
face is mixed grey’and ash, and all the tarsi and paws pure white:
there is a mark of the same colour above and in front of each ear,
and an oblique white stripe runs from the throat backwards over the
shoulder, just in front of the arms; an intense black stripe passes
from the commissure of the mouth, through the eye to the ear; the
tail is covered with short coarse hair, pure white above, pure black be-
low, and pencilled or shaded on each side; face greyish ash; whiskers
abundant, and of a grey colour: length 5 inches; tail 23 inches.

Mr. Ogilby observed, that the above species, and the one described
by F. Cuvier, under the name of Graph. Capensis, appeared to him
to differ in no respect from the genus Myorus, and that in character-
ising the present animal, he merely made use of the name Graphiurus
to indicate its relation to that originally described by Cuvier.

Mr. Ogilby likewise called the attention of the Society to certain
peculiarities in the structure of the hand, in a living specimen of a
new species of Galago, which he proposes to call Otolicnus Garnettit,
after the gentleman to whom he was indebted for the opportunity of
describing it, and who has already conferred many advantages upon
science by the introduction of numerous rare and new animals. The
peculiarity of structure to which Mr. Ogilby alluded, consisted in
the partially opposable character of the index finger of the fore hands,
the fingers on these members being divided into two groups, com-
posed of the thumb and index on one side, and the remaining three
fingers on the other, as in the Koalas and Pseudocheirs. He re-

_* This specimen, and the Macroscelides melanotis, were purchased for
the British Museum, and the remaining three species for the Museum of
the pn ag Society at the sale of gat covered 8 yigg eae March 8,
1838,

L 2

148 Zoological Society.

marked that the anterior index in all the inferior Lemuride was weak
and powerless, and that it had the same tendency to divide with the
thumb instead of the other fingers in the rest of the Galagos, as well
as in the Nycticebi, Microcebi, Cheirogalei, and Tarsii, whilst in the
Potto it was reduced almost to a tubercle. These genera conse-
quently formed a little group analogous to the Koalas and Pseudo-
cheirs among the Didelphide, being, exclusive of these animals, the
only Cheiropeds in which this character occurs; and Mr. Ogilby re-
garded the fact as a strong confirmation of the truth of the relations
which he had formerly pointed out as subsisting between these two
families. The Otolicnus Garnettii is of a uniform dark brown colour
on every part both above and below; the ears large, black, and
rather rounded; the tail long, cylindrical and woolly; and the size
of the animal about that of a small /emur, or considerably larger than
Oto. Senegalensis.

A communication was then read to the Meeting by Prof. Owen,
entitled, ‘‘ Notes on the Anatomy of the Nubian Giraffe.”

These notes contain the general,results of the anatomical exami-
nation of three specimens of the Giraffe, which Mr. Owen had been
so fortunate as to have the opportunity of dissecting; one of the
three (a male) died in the Society’s Menagerie, and the remaining
two (male and female) were in the possession of Mr. Cross of the
Surrey Zoological Gardens.

The author agrees with Cuvier in considering that the external cha-
racters of the Giraffe clearly indicate its position in the orderRuminan-
tia, to be between the genera Cervus and Antilope; the true bony ma-
terial of its horns. which are covered by a periosteum defended by
hairy integument, resembling the growing antlers of the Deer; but the
non-deciduous character of this tegumentary covering to the perios-
teum, and the consequent permanency of the horns in the Giraffe,
reminding us of the persistent nature of these organs as it obtains
throughout the Antelopes.

The black callous integument on the upper surface in the horns,
is noticed as a probable indication of a tendency to develope a su-
perabundance of epidermic material; and Mr. Owen conceives that
the strong black hair which grows in a matted tuft around their
extremities may represent, in an unravelled state, the fibres com-
posing the horny coverings of the core in the horns of the Antelope.
A few examples occur among both Deer and Antelopes, in which ©
the possession of horns is found in the two sexes, as in the Giraffe ;
but in this animal these organs present certain peculiar characters
in the mode of their articulation to the skull, the basis of the horn

Zoological Society. 149

being united by sychondrosis to the frontal and parietal bones, con-
stituting an epiphysis rather than an apophysis of the cranium. With
regard to the supposed occurrence of a third horn in the male
Nubian Giraffe, as the osteological details bearing upon this point are
given in that part of the memoir which embraces the description of
the skeleton, Mr. Owen in this place merely observes, that the
evidence afforded by the examination of the two individuals in ques-
tion was rather opposed to, than in favour of its existence.

The general form of the Giraffe is obviously modified with
especial reference to its exigencies and habits; the prolongation and
extensibility of its hair-clad muzzle, the peculiar development, cy-
lindrical shape and flexibility of its tongue; the oblique and narrow
apertures of the nostrils, defended by hair and surrounded with
cutaneous muscular fibres, enabling the animal to close them at will,
and thus to protect the olfactory cavity from the fine particles of
sand which in the storms of the desert would otherwise find ingress,
are points referred to by the author as exhibiting marked adapta-
tions of structure in especial harmony with a mode of life consequent
upon the nature of its food and its geographical distribution.

For a description of the general external peculiarities of the body
the author refers to Riippell’s Reise im Nordlichen Africa; Geoffroy
in the Annales des Sciences, xi. p. 210; Salze, in the Mémoires du
Museum, xiv. p. 68; and the 5th and 6th volumes of Sir E. Home’s
Comparative Anatomy.

The bulk of the paper consists of anatomical details relative to the
organs of digestion, the sangyiferous system, the nervous system,
the muscles, and the male and female organs of generation of the
Giraffe, for which we must refer to the original abstract contained
in No. 61 of the Society’s ‘‘ Proceedings.” We extract, however,
the following particulars belonging strictly to the comparative ana-
tomy and to the zoological relations of this animal.

The Giraffe differs from every other Ruminant in the form of the
mouth, which resembles that of the Elk in the non-division and ex-
tensibility of the hair-clad upper lip, but differs widely from it in
the elegant tapering shape of the muzzle. The muscles of the
tongue, both as to number and arrangement, presented no peculi-
arities of importance, but the nerves were characterized by the beau-
tiful wavy course in which they were disposed, and by which dis-
position they are accommodated to the greatly varying length of
this organ. ‘The erectile tissue, conjectured by Sir Everard Home
to be present in the tongue of the Giraffe, and to be the cause of
its extension, has no existence: the only modifications of the vas-

150 Zooloyical Society.

cular system worthy of notice were the large size and slight plexiform
arrangement of the lingual veins at the under part of the base of the
tongue. The inner surface of the lips, especially where they
join to form the angles of the niouth, was beset with numerous
close-set, strong, retroverted and pointed papilla, similar to those
distributed over the interior of the gullet in the Chelonia; a struc-
ture which is also present in other Ruminants,

The palate was beset with about sixteen irregular transverse
ridges, having a free denticulate edge directed backwards; an appa-
ratus for detaining the food, and ensuring its deglutition, which Mr,
Owen notices as especially required in the Giraffe, by reason of the
small comparative size of its head and jaws: he also refers to the
mechanical obstacles, which oppose the escape of the food when re-
gurgitated, in the Ruminantia generally, as the presence of buccal
papille, &c. as an evidence on which to found an argument of spe-
cial adaptation or design. ‘This structure is noticed by Cuvier, but
considered by him as only coexistent with the occurrence of papille
upon the lining membrane of the stomach, and as a condition of
parts which furnishes no obvious indication of any connexion with
final causes; with a view of showing that no such relation of coex-
istence as that imagined by Cuvier, in the presence of papille upon
different portions of the alimentary canal, can be positively esta-
blished, Mr. Owen instances the Turtle, which has these callous
bodies in great abundance, but entirely restricted to the lining mem-
brane of the wsophagus, in which situation their use is sufficiently
apparent. The great omentum, in the female, was studded reticularly
with fat, as in the Ruminants generally. Inthe male, on raising the
paunch, the spiral coils of the colon (characteristic of the Ruminants)
came into view, together with the rest of the jejunum and édium, upon
the removal of which the third and fourth stomachs, and the small
liver wholly confined to the right of the mesial plane, were exposed,
The spleen, as usual m the Ruminantia, had its concave surface
applied to the left side of the first stomach or rumen.

The kidneys occupied the usual position in the loins, the right
one a little more advanced than the left; their figure was rounded
and compact, as in the Deer and Antelopes, and they were not ex-
ternally lobated as in the Ox.

The cells of the reticulum, asin the Reindeer, wereextremely shallow,
their boundaries appearing only as raised lines; but there was the same
form and grouping of the cells as obtains throughout the Ruminants
generally, the arrangement being that by which the greatest number
are included in the least possible space.

Zoological Society. . 151

The folds of the psalterium resembled those of most other Rumi-
nants.

The cecum was a simple cylindrical gut, as in other Ruminants ;
its circumference about six inches. The disposition of the colon re-
sembled that of the Deer,

The presence of a gall-bladder, distinguishing the hollow-horned
from the solid-horned Ruminants, made the investigation of this point
in the anatomy of the Giraffe one of extreme interest; and Mr. Owen
remarks, that the result of his examination of three individuals shows
the caution which should be exercised in generalizing upon the facts
of a single dissection,

In the first Giraffe (Mr. Cross’s female) a large gall-bladder was
present, having the ordinary position and attachments, but presenting
the unusual structure of a bifid fundus. Upon making a longitu-
dinal incision down its side, it was found to be divided throughout
its length by a vertical septum of double mucous membrane, form-
ing two reservoirs of equal size; the organ in fact was double, each
bladder having a smooth lining membrane, and communicating sepa-
rately with the commencement of a single cystic duct,

Inthe two Giraffes subsequently dissected not avestige of this organ
could be detected, the bile in them being conveyed by a rather wide
hepatic duct to the duodenum. Mr. Owen therefore concludes that the
absence of the gall-bladder is the normal condition, and that the
Giraffe in this respect has a nearer affinity to the Deer than to the
Antelopes.

The cranial plexus of the internal carotid artery was much less
developed than in the ordinary grazing Ruminants.

The brain of the Giraffe closely resembled, in its general form, and
in the number, disposition, and depth of the convolutions, that of the
Deer; it was more depressed than in the Ox, and the cerebrum was
wholly anterier to the cerebellum. The anterior contour of the
cerebral hemispheres was somewhat truncated.

The olfactory nerves were large, as in most Ruminantia, and ter-
minated in expanded bulbs, in length 14 inch, in breadth.1 inch:
these were lodged in special compartments of the cranial cavity. The
optic nerves and ninth pair were relatively larger than in the Deer.
The other cerebral nerves presented no peculiarity.

The spinal chord had a close investment of dura mater, and was
remarkable for the great length of its cervical portion, which, in the
Giraffe dissected at the Zoological Gardens, measured upwards of
three feet, the entire length of the animal from the muzzle to the
vent being eight feet. Mr. Owen here particularly describes the ap-
pearance in the origins of the cervical nerves depending upon the

152 Zoological Society.

elongation of this part of the spinal chord; the space between the

lower filaments forming the root of one nerve, and the upper filaments

of the root of the succeeding nerve was not more than the space be-

tween the individual filaments of each root; whence it would seem

that the elongation of the cervical portion of the chord was produced

by a general and uniform interstitial deposition during foetal develope-

ment, which thus effected an equable separation of these filaments ;.
so that.a single nerve, as in the case of the third cervical, might derive
its origin from a space extending six inches in length.

In the dissection of the abdominal muscles no peculiarity of im-
portance was noticed; but in the neck there existed a highly inter-
esting modification of the parts which effect the retraction of the os
hyoides. 'The pair of muscles which, as in some other Ruminants,
combines the offices of sterno-thyroideus and sterno-hyoideus, arose
in the Giraffe by a single long and slender carneous portion from the
anterior extremity of the sternum; this fleshy origin was nine inches
long, and it terminated in a single round tendon six inches in length ;
the tendon then divided into the two muscles, each division beco-
ming fleshy, and so continuing for about 16 or 18 inches ; then each
muscle again became tendinous for the extent of two inches, and
ultimately carneous again, prior to being inserted in the side of the
thyroid cartilage, and continued thence in the form of a fascia into
the os hyoides.

Mr. Owen observes that this alternation of a non-contractile with a
contractile tissue, as exhibited by the above structure, displays in a
most strikmg manner the use of tendon in regulating the amount of
muscular contraction. Had the sterno-thyroideus been muscular
throughout its entire length, the contraction of its fibres would have
been equal to draw down the larynz and os hyoides to an extent quite
incompatible with the connections of the adjacent parts; but the in-
tervention of long and slender tendons duly apportions the quantity
of contractile fibre to the extent of motion required.

The ligamentum nuche was remarkable for its prodigious develope-
ment ; it commenced at the sacral vertebra, and receiving, as it ad-
vanced, accessions from each of the lumbar and dorsal vertebre, be-
came inserted into the spinous processes of the cervical, the extreme
portion passing freely over the atlas, and terminating by an expanded
insertion upon the occipital crest. The bony attachment of the liga-
ment afforded by the skull was raised considerably above the roof of
the cranial cavity, the exterior table of the skull being widely sepa-
rated from the vitreous plate by large sinuses, which commencing
above the middle of the nasal cavity extended as far posteriorly as be-
neath the base of the horns; the sinuses were traversed by strong

Zoological Society. 153

bony septa, forming a support to the exterior table. The sphenoidal
sinuses were of large size.

The nasal cavity occupied the two anterior thirds of the skull, and
the ossa spongiosa were proportionably developed.

The condyles of the occiput were remarkable for their great extent
in the vertical direction, and the inferior and posterior parts of the
articular surface meet at an acute angle ; a structure which enables
the Giraffe to elevate the head into a line with the neck, and even to
incline it slightly backwards. |

Four longitudinal rows of flattened processes projected from the
inner surface of the uterus, showing that the fetus is developed in
the Giraffe by means of a cotyledonous subdivided placenta, as in
other horned Ruminants, and not, as in the Camel, by an uniform
vascular villosity of the chorion.

February 13th, 1838.—William Yarrell, Esq., in the Chair.

Mr. Martin exhibited an insectivorous animal which had fallen un-
der his observation in examining a collection of specimens, presented
some time since to the Museum, by the late William Telfair, Esq.

In the Zoological Proceedings for March 12th and July 9th, 1833,
reference is made to a letter of Mr. Telfair’s, accompanying a very
young insectivorous animal, known to the natives of Madagascar by
the name “‘Sokinah,” and which Mr. Telfair was disposed to refer to
the genus Centenes. The above specimen being only seventeen days
old, its characters could not be satisfactorily determined; but the pre-
sent animal, which Mr. Martin considers to be the adult of the same
species, appears to be more nearly related to the genus Krinaceus than
Centenes; but at the same time it differs so materially in the charac-
ter of its dentition, as to warrant the establishment of a new genus
for its reception. Mr. Martin therefore proposed to characterize it
under the generic appellation of Hchinops, with the specific title of
E. Telfairi, in memory of the lamented and zealous Corresponding
Member of the Society from whom it had been received.

EcHiNnors.
Corpus superné spinis densis obtectum.
Rostrum breviusculum.
Rhinarium, aures, caudaque ut in Hrinaceo.
Dentes primores $, superiorum duobus intermediis longissimis,

discretis, cylindraceis, antrorsim versis ; proximis minoribus.
oe T=]
Canini 5:
5—5 : N : . me
Molares -—,; utrinsects antico 1™° supra, et 3>us infra spuriis ; re-

liquis, ultimo supra excepto, tricuspidatis, angustis, transversim

154 Zoological Society.

positis; ultimo supra angustissimo; molaribus infra inter se feré
zequalibus, ultimo minore.

Pedes 5-dactyli, ambulatorii; halluce breviore ; unguibus parvulis,

compressis ; plantis denudatis.

Ecuinors Tevrarri. Heh. auribus mediocribus, subrotundatis intis
atque extis pilis parvulis albidis obsitis ; capite superne pilis fus-
cis; buecis, mystacibus corporeque subtis sordid? albis, spinis fus-
cescenti-albis ad basin, apicibus castaneis ; caudd vie apparente,

unc. lin
Longitudo corporis totius .............. § 2
- ab apice rostriad quris basin .. 1 2
——-——— tarsi, digitorumque ...... ad ates Me
pr! ee wear ey i's aortas @caok ce. Lom

Habitat. Madagascar ?

“‘ Sokinah”’ of the Natives of Madagascar ?

In the upper jaw the incisors are four in number, and apart; the wre
middle are large, sub-cylindrical, elongated, and placed at the apex
of the jaw; the two others are small, and seated behind the former.
Separated from these by a small space, succeed the canines, similar
in character to the incisors, but stouter and with a slight posterior
notch, The molars are five on each side: the first false and simple ;
the three next transversely elongated, with two external tubercles in
contact, and one internal; hence their crowns assume the form of an
elongated triangle, the apex being internal; the fifth molar is a
slender /amina transversely placed, but not advancing so far laterally
as the molar preceding it.

The under jaw presents two small incisors, somewhat apart from
each other, and directed obliquely forwards; behind these there
follow on each side in succession three larger and conical teeth, di-
rected obliquely forwards, and which may be regarded as false molars.
Separated from the last of these by a small space, succeed four molars
on each side, vertical and smaller than those aboye, with two tuber-
cles internally and one externally, so that the worn surface is trian-
gular, with the apex outwards ; the last is the smallest : the surfaces
of all are apart, but their bases are in contact.

Mr. Martin observes, that this system of dentition (very distinct
from that which characterizes the Tenrecs, (Centenes,) and the ge-
nus Hriculus of Isidore Geoffroy) presents us with characters which
decidedly separate Hchinops from Hrinaceus, notwithstanding their
approximation. In Hrinaceus the upper incisors are six; there are
no canines, but three false molars on each side, and four true molars,
of which the last is small and narrow; the others square, with two
outer and two inner tubercles ; while in the lower jaw, the incisors,

Zoological Society. 155

two in number, are very large, followed on each side by two false
molars, and four true molars. In Echinops, as in Hrinaceus, the feet
have five toes; the thumb of the fore-feet is small and seated on the
wrist, the other toes are small, and armed with feeble, compressed,
hooked claws, the last toe the smallest: the toes of the hind-feet
resemble those of the fore-feet, and the inner and outer are the
smallest. The snout, ears, tail, and epiny covering of the upper sur-
face of the body, as in Hrinaceus.

The skull, as compared with that of Hrinaceus, was proportion-
ally very inferior in size; it was more leyel above, and narrower,
the cranial cavity being contracted, and the muzzle shorter. The
occipito-parietal ridge was elevated, the zygomatic arches were
almost obsolete. The palate was narrow, and the posterior foramina,
which in the hedgehog are large open fissures, were reduced to mi-
nute orifices. The pelvis was very narrow, and the pubic bones
were separate in front.

The vertebral formula was as follows :

Carvings, Gases rk G8 7
Darna isis. ea scial deseo eae vigerdd
Tumbar). seis ere et 7
ON ee ee hen fy 0k 4s 2
CAOVROO ee ee eek ea ties 8?

The ribs consisted on each side of 8 true and 7 false.

Mr. Yarrell exhibited a recently preserved example of a new spe-
cies of Swan, closely allied in external appearance to the well-known
Domestic Swan, but having the legs, toes, and interdigital mem-
’ branes of a pale ash-grey colour, which in the Cygnus olor, Ill., are
. deep black. Myr. Yarrell observed, that this species had been known
to him for some years past as an article of commerce among the
London dealers in birds, who receive it from the Baltic, and di-
stinguish it by the name of the Polish Swan. In several instances,
these swans had produced young in this country, and the cygnets
when hatched were pure white, like the parent birds, and did not
assume at any age the brown colour borne for the first two years
by the young of all the other known species of White Swans.
Mr. Yarrell considered that this peculiarity was sufficient to entitle
the bird to be ranked as a distinct species, and in reference to the
unchangeable colour of the plumage, proposed for it the name of
Cygnus immutabilis.

During the late severe weather, flocks of this swan were seen
“pursuing a southern course along the line of our north-east coast,
from Scotland to the mouth of the Thames, and several specimens
were obtained, The specimen exhibited was shot on the Medway,
where one flock of thirty, and several smaller flocks were seen, —

156 Eighth Meeting of the British Association.

BRITISH ASSOCIATION FOR THE ADVANCEMENT OF SCIENCE,—EIGHTH
MEETING, HELD AT NEWCASTLE-UPON-TYNE.

. Section of Zoology and Botany.

President.—Sir W. Jardine, Bart.
Vice-Presidents.—R. K. Greville, LL.D., Rev. L. Jenyns, Rev. F. W. Hope.
Secretaries.—Messrs. John Edward Gray, R. Owen, John Richardson, M.D.

Assistant Secretary.—Prof. T. Rymer Jones. -

Committee.—Messrs. Joshua Alder, John Adamson, C. C. Babington,
J. E. Bowman, — Bowman, W. Backhouse, Thomas Bell, Thomas Coulter,
M.D., Messrs. J. H. Fryer, George T. Fox, Albany Hancock, W. C.
Hewitson, Hon. T. H. Liddell, Mr. Edwin Lankester, Prof. Morren, of
Liége, Patrick Neill, LL.D., Mr. George Ord (Philadelphia), R. Parnell,
M.D., Mr. W. Robertson, Capt. James Ross, R.N., Messrs. P. J. Selby,
W. Thompson, G. Wailes, T. Teale, W. C. Trevelyan, W. Yarrell, Richard
Taylor, Rev. W. Hincks, Capt. J. Cook, R.N., Messrs. J. Allis, Arthur
Strickland, H. Watson, G. B, Sowerby, Prof. Ehrenberg, Joseph Woods,
Prof. Graham, M.D. .

The following communications were. laid before the. Section ;
some of which, or authentic abstracts, will be given in our present
and succeeding Numbers.

Aug. 20.—On the Botany of the Channel Islands; by C. C. Ba-
bington, Esq.—On the Formation of Angular Lines on the Shells of
certain Mollusca; by J. E. Gray, Esq,

Aug. 21.—On the Wild Cattle of Chillingham Park; by J. Hind-
marsh, Esq., of Alnwick.—On the Production of Vanilla in Europe ;
by Prof. Morren, of Li¢ge.—On some new and rare Species of Bri-
tish Fish; by Dr. Parnell—On the Falco Islandicus of authors;
by Mr. .J. Hancock.—On the Canis jubatus ; by Col. Sykes.—On
some Vegetable Monstrosities ; by the Rev. W. Hincks.

Aug. 22.—On the Gemmiferous Bodies and Vermiform Filaments
of Actinie ; by Mr. T. P. Teale.—Account of an Inosculation in two
Trees ; by Mr. Wallace.—On a new Species of Ascaris; by Dr. Bel-
lingham.—On the Genera Pinus and Abies; by Captain J. E. Cook,
R.N.—On the modern Classification of Insects; by the Rev. F. W.
Hope.—On the Ardea alba; by A. Strickland, Esq.

Aug. 23.—A verbal report on Infusoria was made by Prof. Ehren-
berg*.—Verbal communications were also made by Dr. Parnell on
Clupea alba (White Bait) from the Frith of Forth ; by the Rev. Mr.
Jenyns on some species of Sorex ; and by Mr. Gray on the Boring
of Pholades.—Report on the present state of our knowledge of the
Salmonide of Scotland; by Sir W. Jardine.—On the Toes of the
African Ostrich, and the number of Phalanges in the Toes of other

* The substance of this report has been communicated to us by M. Ehren -
berg, and will be found at p. 121. of our present Number.—Ep.

Miscellaneous. 157

Birds; by Mr. Allis, of York.—On a hybrid Tetrao, given by Tem-
minck as a distinct species ; by Dr. Charlton.

Aug. 25.—On the Sternoptixinee, a family of Osseous Fish; by
Dr. Handyside.—On the distribution of the Terrestrial Pulmonifera ;
by E. Forbes. —On the annual appearance of the Lestris tribe on
the coast of Durham; by E. Backhouse, Esq.—A verbal report on
the Marsupiata by Mr. R. Owen.—On a new species of Smelt,
Osmerus hebridicus ; by Mr. Yarrell.—On the application of Botany
to Agriculture; by Mr. Jerdan.—On noxious Insects occurring in
the year 1838; by the Rev. F. W. Hope.

_ MISCELLANEOUS.

ORCHIDACEZ,

The public journals have not been wanting in paying due honour
to the two most magnificent works which have ever appeared upon the
subject of botany, we mean the Orchidacee of Mexico and Guati-
mala, by James Bateman, Esq., and the Sertwm Orchidaceum of Prof.
Lindley. It would be invidious to attempt to draw a comparison
between them. Each is alike honourable, whether as regards the
scientific or pictorial department: each treats of the same splendid,
eminently splendid, family of plants; yet there is norivalry ; and so
carefully is the introduction of the same species avoided in both,
that one work may be considered a continuation of the other, and we
trust they will meet with that encouragement to which their merits
entitle them. Sure we are that neither the Botanical Magazine nor
the Botanical Register combined can record the numerous species of
this favourite group of vegetables so rapidiy as to keep pace with
their introduction. Mr. Gardner from Brazil alone has sent home
to our collections many new species, and we have at this moment
received from Mr. Moss, of Otterspool, Liverpool, a Cattleya, which
in size, colour and fragrance may be deemed the most remarkable of
this family. Its flowers are 74 inches across in one direction, 84 inches
in another, 24 inches in circumference! This will very shortly be
figured in the Botanical Magazine.

COLLECTIONS OF SCOTTISH AND AMERICAN MOSSES.

Such arrangements have been made with the family of the late
excellent botanist and traveller Mr. Drummond, that the extensive
collection of mosses made by him in Scotland, and more particularly
in British North America and in the southern United States, will be

158 Miscellaneous.

classed in sets, and offered for sale at the rate of 17. 15s. the 100
species of Scottish mosses, and 2/. the 100 for those of America; of
which latter, however, the northern and southern will form se-
parate sets, several of the northern having been published pre-
viously to Mr. Drummond’s death, which are already in the possession -
of those who might therefore now wish to purchase only the southern
species. The exact number of each set cannot clearly be ascer-
tained at present (they being in the charge of a botanist, competent
to the task, who is naming them), except as regards the Scottish
mosses, of which some sets are already prepared, amounting to from
220 to 230 species. It is reckoned, upon the average, that there
may be about 80 or 100 of the southern American mosses, and from
150 to 180 of the northern ones. ‘They are good specimens and in
beautiful preservation, and can be had loose or arranged in volumes,
at the option of the purchaser. Application for sets may be made
to Sir W. J. Hooker, in whose hands there still remain a few sets of
Mr. Drummond’s pheenogamous plants from Louisiana and Florida.

DESCRIPTION OF THE ANIMAL OF PANOPHA AUSTRALIS.

M. Valenciennes has recently presented a memoir on this subject
to the Academy of France detailing the internal and external organi-
zation of Panopea australis. The most recent works on Mollusca
enumerate but three species. M. Valenciennes has however shown,
that by combining the materials scattered in the various collections
and works, that we are at present acquainted with fifteen species of
shells belonging to this genus, five of them living in the different
seas of the globe, and the other ten fossil, belonging to the various
layers of calcaire grossier or to the chalk. Of the living species
two are found fossil, but completely identical, in the recent forma-
tions of the argillaceous marls of the environs of Palermo ; one spe-
cies belongs to the Mediterranean, the other to the Norwegian seas.
—Compte Rendu, No. 6, August 1838.

INDUSTRY AND METAMORPHOSES OF THE ODYNERI.

M. Leon Dufour has recently presented to the Academy of France a
memoir on the industry and the metamorphoses of this genus of insects,
describing at the same time several new species. Since the time of
Reaumur, who made such interesting researches on this subject, sci-
ence has remained quite at a stand-still. M. Dufour confirms the
correctness of the facts advanced by Reaumur, corroborating them
by the description of an analogous but distinct industry in some new
Odyneri.—Compte Rendu, No. 10, Sept. 1838.

Meteorological Observations. 159

LESTRIS PARASITICUS. :
A mature individual of the Lestris parasiticus, Tem., was shot
near Whitburn in the county of Durham, about the 24th Oct. 1837,
and is now in my possession.—J. Hancocx.

OCCURRENCE OF COPPER IN PLANTS.

M, Wiegmann, senr., has lately announced that Prof. Sprengel of
Brunswick had found in the cinders of Trifolium pratense 3 per cent.
of copper, and that he had also found the same quantity of this
metal in those of Trifolium pannonicum, cultivated in his garden, the
soil of which is very different from that whence the Trif. pratense
had been obtained. M. Sprengel subsequently examined some tre-
foils grown in a field, the soil of which did not indicate any traces
of this metal in its composition; and was convinced that its exist-
ence in the two former was owing to its presence in the ground
where the plants were cultivated. The fact affirmed by M. Spren-
gel proves that a small quantity of a noxious substance may be
absorbed by plants without any prejudice to their development.—
Flora.

OCCURRENCE OF FALCO ISLANDICUS IN ENGLAND.

A specimen of the Iceland Falcon (Falco Islandicus) in first
plumage was shot at Normanby, Yorkshire, March 1837; and an-
other individual in the Newcastle Museum, which is a female and in
the mature plumage, was shot in Northumberland a few years ago.
These two instances are sufficient to rank the Iceland species as a
British bird.—J. Hancoox.

METEOROLOGICAL OBSERVATIONS FOR AUGUST 1838.

Chiswick.— August 1. Very fine: beavy rain at night. 2. Rain. 3. Fine. 4,
Overcast: slight rain, 5. Cloudy. 6, Sultry, with showers. 7. Showery,
8, 9. Fine. 10, Overcast. 11—16. Very fine. 17. Hazy: slight rain. 1890,
Very fine. 21. Showery. 22, Rain. 23. Showery. 24. Cloudy and fine,
25. Foggy: rain. 26,27. Very fine. 28. Overcast: lightning at night.
29. Cloudy and fine, 30. Clear anddry. $1. Very fine.

Boston.— August 1. Fine. 2. Cloudy: rain early a.m. 3. Rain. 4. Fine:
rainr.M. 5. Fine, 6. Cloudy: rain p.m. 7. Heavy rain with thunder and
lightning p.m. 8. Cloudy. 9. Fine: rainrm, 10. Cloudy: rainr.m. 11,12.
Cloudy. 13—15. Fine. 16, Cloudy. 17,18. Fine. 19, 20, Windy. 21,
Windy: rain early a.m.: rain p.m. 22. Windy: rainr.m. 23, Stormy.
24,25. Fine. 26. Cloudy. 27. Cloudy: therm. 74°6%m. 28, Cloudy.
29. Windy: rain early a.m. 30, 31. Fine.

Applegarth Manse, Dum/ries-shire.—August 1. Rain ?.m.: warm and moist.
2. Fine day throughout. 3. Fine day: occasional showers. 4. Moist.and
cloudy. 5, Heavy rainr.m. 6. Very heavy showers. 7. Showery all day,
8. Fine summerday: coolr.m, 9. Wetthroughout. 10. Fair a,m.: wet
evening. 11. Drizzling rain s.m.:; fairr.m. 12, Fair: shower p.m. 13,
Fair: shower at noon. 14. Fair throughout. 15. Fine clear day. 16, Tem.
perate: cool. 17. Beautiful summer day, 18, Cloudy: moist rm. 19, 20,
Showery all day. 21. Rainy all day: flood. 22. Showery all day. 23, 24,
. Fair a.m.: shower p.m... 25. Very moist: raine.M. 26, Fair; warm: cloudy.

27. Fair, but threatening. 28, Drizzling allday. 29, Clear and cool, 930,
Temperate, 31, Mild though cloudy. ;

'y-98 0-69 | 8-29 | SL-6% | SL-6 | 1-62 | PL8.6z | 666-62 | Lh6.6z | ‘ueeyr

GG fot [ct fet [ose | cans foea! +m | ean | 99] oc g¢| £% | SL | £.05] 8-G9 | 9-09 | £6-62 | L0-0€ | 09.62 | O€1-0€ | €g1-0€ | o61-08 | “1
IG Joe foot | cee | cee | cafe te] ogg SS| 2G| to] 8€ | IL |9-9F| 9.9 | F-S¢ | O1-0€ | 80-0F | 09.62 | FST-0€ | L6T.0€ 061-0€ | “of
09 | [Ste | sh "MN | aN | oN | cava | 67] PC 9¢} 6€ | LO |0-19| 0-92 | V-Zg | 80-0 | 16-62 | z-6z | PEl-6z | SLI-oF 0£8-6Z | °6%

9p PLL] Oo | MS] A | IS | cass (ELS 86S ¢.g9 | 99 | 28 | 0-9] 0.9/ | 0-L9 | 01:62 | 88-62 | 8€.62 | $62.62 | £40.08 980-08 | *8z C
o9 | |e] | epo. | as] tm | a] eax | 091 66 g9| 6S | 18 | 0-09 | 0.69 | 0-89 | 46-62 | 26-62 | 9F-62 | OL-0£ | SET-0€ | ZEL0€ | *Zz
8S 09-0 | **" | *" | goo. | S jaeojrmx | sme | LS] gg} og] PG | LL |0-FG/ $.c9 | Z-09 | 68-62 | 36-62 | 29.62 | 060-08 | PZ1-08 | 801-08 ‘9%
wo | ot | 60. | ee "aS | “wm | "S | tasm | BS IFO] so] gp | 99 | L-6h| S-£9 | 0-Lg | 68-62 | 86-62 | 1S.6z | ¢z0-0€ | O11-08 ZOL-O€ | “SZ
LG | 7 | G0: | PO. | 610. | “FN "MN | MN) -mnx | OF) GGlo.g¢| Th | 89 |z-1¢| 0-S9 | 0-69 | 66-62 | 06-62 | OF-6z | 296-62 | 160-06 996-62 | “FG

9G |" |St- jot | ggo. | ‘% |mx| eax} «mew | 16] og g¢| 9b | L9 | ¢.h¢| 0-S9 | 0-6¢ | £2-62 | SP-6z | Lg-gz | SEP-62 | 918-62 | gor.6z | “fs
GS |< | 90° | GL- | oSo. | *MN] “m | sms} sms |FES| FG} 9c] 0G | 99 |z-h¢| 0.69 | 3-09 | LT-6z | £8-8z | 09-82 | 6hz-62 | EIE.6z TSZ-6% | “°ZS
2S. | FO--1 60. | *-* “ANS | em | “MS | eapaca | £9! Cc z9| 1G | ZL | G.6¢| 0-69 | $-S9 | 96-82 | 70-62 | g9-8z | SzE-6z | 86-62 | 9ce.6z | *Iz
LS |" | °°" |€0- | goo. | “S| "| "8 | sms | €Slf9¢] 29] oS | 12 |9.09| 0-€2 | 19 | L2-64.| £5-6z | zz-6z | Lgh-62 618-62 | £8.64 | “07@
coat Ml ees Sts ares ae “m [2PS! 70 ¢.b9| 9V| 9L | 9.6¢) 9-0L| V-Lo | £9-62 | 4-62 | SE-6z | 068-62 | T10.0€ | 10.08 | “6T

09 | ot | | po. | 8 lompvo| -ms | msm [ES] og 09| 9S | 9L | 0.89} $-Z9 | $-Z9 | 00-0€ | PI-08 | 99-62 | got-08 | 6hz-0€ | PSz.08 | “et
GG fo | to. | + | ‘a8 lapea| -s | «ann [gg¢] co 9S| #9 | OL |0.¢¢) 0.02 | 0-8¢ | VI-O€ | Z1-0€ | £9-6% | SoT.0€ | 9hz-0€ | O61-08 | “LT

86 “yc | TAN lorpea; "S| sms | OV} LG ic.7¢] €S | SL | ¢.e¢| 0.L9 | 0-29 | PO-0€ | FO-0€ | gS.6z | zgo.0€ | E1-08 | oF-0f | “OT
SF yy | ce | A Es | as] [goe] 6c] 6g] 6¢ | TL |0.€¢] S-g9 | 319 | O1-0€ | 60-08 | 96-62 | PE1-0€ | 161-06 | scr.of | “ST
es Cees des Benne Ret “AL [mK ) “MS | cMN ESS FG] Go] oF | ZL | 0.15] 0-12 | 9-09 | LO-0€ | 60-0€ | £9.6z | zh1-0€ | Shz-0€ | zozoe | “FI
COP pe poste ftp cae | ts) saa | 89 1876) ¢9] 17 | OL |0.29| 9-SL| 0S | L0-0€ | 06-62 | z¥-6z | SLo.0€ | zzz-0€ | F60.08 | “fT
G9 |LG.0 | v7 | ve | eee “AA | ta | tS | sms 1605! 6G} cg| 19 | SZ |0.19| $02 | 0-L9 | 06-62 | 68.62 | 8-62 | LL0-0€ | 960-08 | ozt-08 | ‘21D
oO |“ |€0. | vr se | Ms | cm | ms |eueacal gS] 19) on! 2c | SZ 0-29 | 0-3L | V-89 | 78-62 | £L-62 | SE-6Z | 996.62 | 80T-0€ | 960.08 | “IT
09 |‘ |90. | | s+ | cas | a | sas |-rea-msig69| 9¢| 99| 09 | EL 0-8¢ | 0-69 | 8-€9 | VL-62 | 84-62 | OF-6z | 690-08 | gIT-0€ | PLo.0€ | “OT
8S jf |e | TO. | ots | MNS) smu | ms | sss | 7S] 96] O9| SS | OL |0.1¢| 0-29 | $-£9 | 08-62 | £6.62 | 09.6z | FoL-0€ | Fzz-0€ | o€z-08 | *
09 | “** |06- | *** | g90. | “#* juno} -m | =m | oSisze] 6¢| zp | 69 0-F¢ | 0.89 | $-09 | LO-0€ | £6.62 | €7-6z | LZ0-0€ | 9S1-0€ | 9S0.0€ :
LS 60- | Fo. gee. MN }emn | ems *M &C¢ Zee ¢.19! oS ol 0-S¢ | 0-£9 ¢.Z9 LL-6@ | €S-62 £0-6Z 789-62 | 1L6-6Z TEL.6%

09 | | | zz | ego. | as] cm | ems] eg 9S |f9¢| tg! 29 | OL | 9.9¢| L.89 | 8-£9 | ZE-6% | $Z-62 | 98-82 | L0S-6z | 269-62 | PzS.6z | °
69 [€5-6 |€0. |zt- | 90. | “S| |-ms!} +s | 99] 09] zo| 03 | ob 0.86 | 5-02 | £-€9 | 8%-6Z | 9E-62 | G6.8z | 1€S-6% | F9S-6z | 726.62

c9 | °°" |60- |} g0- | E10. | “S| ta | «ms | czeacs | 8S /E19 ¢.99| 2G | IL | L.19/ €-1L | 8-99 | 9€-6% | VV-6% | 00-62 | 909.62 | Z8L-62 | 069-62
Sie “yale Winget PY *S /uryed) -m |-aea smsiZOS | GC z9| 69 | PL | L.g¢/ 0-69 | L-F9 | ZS-6% | SV-62 | $0-6z | 91L-6% | 8OL-6z | 9E1.6%
09 bis cP. Il Ect. “MS “mM “MS |*IRPA°MS e¢ 09 99 9S 69 Z-6S O.TZ 9-99 CV-62% 85.6% LI-6% EVL-6z PV8-6% VP8-6z

A AAPISCHROAD

9S “se [LT | sts | *ak8 farqea) +s *s | VS! 69] €9| LG} SL \¢.¢¢| 9.12 | L-€9 | £L-62 | 16-62 | LP-6z | 706-6z | F10-08 | gS0.0€ | *
“ule 2} ; fe} amie es ; : a I fh aps he a . . :
ogous |B | & [SESS age |e aie ee) | EL HO ae | seg fun | weds wee | gg | oN | AEH, frsnitay
SpucT | 32 | 2 g {008 nou “aah wed re 4.0 aon ‘anys | PS. : : ‘arrys-sorguncy | "Ao wsog “SOLMsty ‘sos Ao] "ggg

Ng = gs 5 suopuoyt a 5 5 :uopuo’y “sarajuing BS | “9lMstyD ‘20g “Loy : uopuoy TYs"sot asad : UOpuo’y ‘“auoTy
*yuiod moe P f > &

i oske

“MOC “Ulery “pu, *JJOULOULIIY J, $ *1IJIWIOIV J a

“auiys-sauifuncy ‘asunyy yzunsaddy mw avanag ‘iy 49 pun ‘uojsog yo TIVIA ‘aI 4g Suopuory avau ‘younsiy.7 70 hyawog joungnay.sozy 247 fo
UapLDE) IY} WV NOSAWOHY, “IJ 49 { NoLAAGOY “Ap ‘hupzauaay qunzsisspy ay2 hig hyara0g yohoar ay; fo Sjuamplnd py ay7z qv apuu suorjnaLasggC Jor2TojoL0g{ap{Tr

ANNALS OF NATURAL HISTORY.

—
oe

XVIII.—On the Organic Origin of the Potstones or Paramou-
dras of Whitlingham, near i Sata By Prof. EurenBEeRrG
of Berlin.

AT the late Meeting of the British Association in Newcastle,
Mr. Lyell made a very interesting communication on the verti-
cal funnel-shaped flint tubes, three feet in length and one in
width, which are filled with chalk, and traverse the horizontal
layers of. chalk near Norwich and in Ireland. Mr. Lyell inti-
mated that these flint tubes, known by the local name of Pot-
stones or Paramoudras, would probably be found to consist of

y , Microscopic organized beings, similar to those which had been

di#eovered ‘in other chalk flints.. Prof. Sedgwick was rather
of opinion that they had the appearance of being merely petri-
fied fungi, since they quite resembled some forms of large living
sponges.. Dr. Buckland, who had formerly considered them
of organic origin*, at. present abandoned this opinion, and
viewed them rather as a product of the chemical separation
of the silica from its mixture with the chalk, supporting him-
self by direct experiments which had exhibited similar pheeno-
mena.

This difference of opinion among geologists of such emi-
nence and so universally esteemed, induced me to submit these
stones to a direct microscopic examination. During my stay
in London in September I obtained from the museum of the
Geological Society some small fragments of two of these Pa-
ramoudras, which haye exactly the form of large specimens of
Spongia Infundibulum. The microscopic examination deter-
mined the organic nature of these masses. I failed to discover
in the interior of the stone the strweture of well-preserved
sponges, which the exterior forms represented, and perceived
only contorted remains of decomposed vegetables (probably in-

* See Trans. of Geol. Soc. First Series, vol. iv. p. 413. where figures of
ea are given.—Epit,

& Ann, Nat. Hist. Vol. 2, No, 9. Nov. 1838. M

162 Prof. Ehrenberg on the Origin of the Paramoudras.

deed sponges), and among these, along with many imperfect
specimens, some well-preserved microscopic Polythalamia,
shells, and Infusoria, of the same species which I have found
diffused in like manner in all flints from the chalk, and which
therefore very probably may have had great influence at the
formation of these very extensive layers of stone. I also readily
recognised well-preserved examples of Xanthidium pilosum and
fragments of X. ramosum*, together with the Polythalamia,
which I have mentioned in my memoir on the Berlin flints.

The sinking of this silica, deriving its origin from organic
fragments, byits own gravity,in a funnel shape, through a more
solid but naturally still soft layer of chalk, may probably be
explained from local circumstances (perhaps from air cavities),
which caused the yielding of the yet soft subjacent chalk,
where large horizontal flat masses of silica had collected, and
could in its pulpy state still sink in the form of a funnel,
when the superior layer of chalk pressing down on it formed
the core. A heavier body coming from the upper layers of
chalk may also have here and there slowly sunk through the
soft siliceous masses into the under layer of chalk, and have
left these flint funnels behind as indicators of its passage. In
the first case, the funnel would always be found closed at the
- bottom ; in the latter open at the top and bottom. In each case
it would always be wider at the top and narrower at the
bottom. If the flint funnels stood with their wider aperture
directed downwards, a penetrating force may have proceeded
from below upwards, and in this way ascending gases may
have operated. Local observations will easily explain further
this interesting phenomenon. The circumstance of the other
contemporaneous forms of the English layers of flints being for
the greater part compressed in flattened plates, speaks against
the supposition that they were well-preserved sponges in which
Infusoria and Mollusca happened to be living; and also the
remaining upright of such large soft forms is not at all pro-
bable ; nor does the existing internal structure in any way fa-
vour this view. HHRENBERG.

* Drawings of these two as well as of several other species of Xanthidium

occurring in the English flints will be found in the plates illustrating the
Rey. J. B. Reade’s Paper in the present number.—Enit.

Capt. 8. E. Cook on the Genus Pinus and Abies. 163

XIX.—On the Genera Pinus and Abies, with Remarks on the
Cultivation of some Species. By Capt. 8. E. Coox, R.N.*

Tue extraordinary interest which has been excited by the
introduction of the various species of Pinus within the last
few years, may make a few observations respecting them, more
especially on their ceconomic value, acceptable.

By the zeal and activity of our own and foreign collectors,
seconded by the assistance of various bodies and of wealthy
individuals, we are provided with a list of about seventy spe-
cies of Abies and Pinus, exclusive of the junipers, cedars
and other kindred Conifere which now ornament our collec-
tions. The greater part of these may be considered as well-
defined species or varieties; whilst, as is inevitable from the
comparative novelty of the subject, and the want of public gar-
dens and repositories for the purpose of standard reference,
which to the discredit of the authorities and the prejudice of
the public good we are yet without, a portion derive their appel-
lations from the gratuitous assistance of those who are inter-
ested in multiplying names, and frequently confer them where
no real distinction exists.

It would be impossible within moderate limits to give even
a short notice of this long list individually. At present it is
intended merely to form them into groups, reserving more de-
tailed observations for the EKuropzean species, which are by far
the most interesting in a national and ceconomical point of view,

We propose to divide the seventy species above-mentioned
into the following groups: Ist. Old America, if we may use
the expression, which includes the United States west of the
Mississippi, and Canada with Labrador, and extends to the li-
mits of vegetation tothe north. 2nd. Those species which are
produced in the magnificent range which separates the waters
of the Atlantic from those of the Pacific, commonly known
by the barbaric appellation of the Rocky Mountains, for which
the “ Northern Andes” or some native term, if such could be
obtained, ought to be substituted. This, which at present |
forms about fifteen species, we shall designate by the name of

* Read in the Section of Zoology and Botany at the Meeting of the Bri-
tish Association, Newcastle, and communicated by the Author,

M 2

164 Capt. S.E. Cook on the Genus Pinus and Abies.

the “ Douglas group,” as we owe most of our knowledge re-
specting it to that lamented traveller, whose memory well de-
serves such a compliment. The 3rd is that of the uplands of
Mexico, of which we already possess a few specimens. The
Ath is composed of the species newly discovered to clothe
parts of the Himalaya mountains. The 5th is that of Europe.

We should gladly make another division of the Caucasus
and mountains of the north of Asia, but as yet our information
is too incomplete to enable this vast portion of the globe to be
regularly placed in the series.

The first group, that of the United States and Canada, pre-
sents every variety of form and size to the number of about
twenty species. Of the whole of this list, although many of
them are of the noblest port and dimensions, none produce tim-
ber of more than second-rate quality, and the greater part only
of very inferior value. Many of these kinds are found in the
depth of enormous and primeval forests, where they are shel-
tered from every wind, and draw their nourishment from the
richest alluvial soil covered by the successive vegetable depo-
sits of countless ages, in a climate where a severe but steady
winter is rapidly succeeded by an almost tropical summer.
We can easily imagine that under these circumstances the
rapid growth of timber may be fatal to the solidity of its tex-
ture, and consequently to its durability ; but how are we to ac-
count for the same quality pervading that of the species which
are grown on dry and sandy or rocky uplands, or on the bleak
coast of Labrador, in climates resembling those of Russia and
Norway, in which our finest timber is produced? Such, how-
ever, is the undoubted fact, and it is equally singular that
none of these species grow well in Europe, our best specimens
being little more than abortive representations of the indivi-
duals they are descended from when seen in their native fo-
rests. As in the ceconomic point of view, therefore, they can
neither be considered as very useful nor even ornamental, we
shall not make any further remark upon them.

Far other anticipations may be indulged in respecting the
Douglas group. Without being over sanguine, there is little
doubt that amongst the gigantic species forming it, of which
we are already acquainted with about fifteen, we shall make

Capt. S. E. Cook on the Genus Pinus and Abies. 165

some valuable additions to our woodlands. One species al-
ready known, the Adies Douglasii, according to the accounts
transmitted to Dr. Lindley, which are fully borne out by the
appearance of the timber and the growth of the young trees
in every part of England, appears to possess the qualities of
the larch, of durability, quick growth, and utility when young,
with the advantage in some respects of beg an evergreen.
We earnestly entreat all cultivators to attend to this species,
which, in the absence of seed, which we hope will shortly be
supplied from our own trees, is readily propagated by cuttings.
Our acquaintance with these Californian forests is too recent,
and the habits of the people who frequent them too barbarous,
to admit of our possessing much certain information respect-
ing the nature of their timber; but as, by the munificent care
of the Duke of Devonshire, collectors are now in the country
for the express purpose of collecting large quantities of cones
of the kinds already known, and of making further discoveries,
it is to be hoped we shall soon possess more ample knowledge
of them.

It isvery much to be regretted that Government does not take

advantage of this period of profound tranquillity, and in con-
cert with the Fur Company cause a line of permanent settle-
ments to be made across some parts of the chain. By this
means we should obtain valuable and certain information on
these and other interesting subjects ; and by carrying the same
system through Upper Canada, the Anglo-Saxon race would
be established from Labrador to the Pacific across the whole
continent of North America.
_ The species which have been as yet sent from Mexico are
few in number and of too recent introduction, to warrant delay
in giving detailed accounts of them, and it is more than pro-
bable they may be found rather remarkable as tropical species
than for any superior qualities to be expected from them.

From the Himalaya range, our species, although as yet but
few in number, are on a scale we should expect to find in such
a chain of mountains. The Europzan species are in some degree
represented amongst them, as we have silver and spruce; and
there is a cedar in place of that of Western Asia. From the
comparative advanced state of the inhabitants with those of
the American forests, we may look for better accounts of the

166 Capt. S. E. Cook on the Genus Pinus and Abies.

quality and durability of their timber ; and the enlightened pa-
tronage of the India Company, seconded by the unwearied
zeal and ability of their officers, will no doubt enable us to add
materially to our list of this interesting region. The Adies
Webbiana, a gigantic silver fir, probably the noblest of the
tribe, has not perfectly stood this winter near London, although
it has in my neighbourhood. It may probably become inured
to the climate, and the A. Morinda, their spruce, which has
stood uninjured, well deserves attention. Both species are
propagated easily by cuttings.

In the northern parts of the chain our travellers might meet
with the A. pichta, the silver fir of the Altaian chain, which
seems to be a most desirable tree to possess ; and in the mean
time, through the assistance of the Russian Government, which
in matters of science is extremely liberal, seed might be pro-
cured in sufficient quantity to make the trial it so well de-
serves, as it ought to equal in hardiness if not surpass any of
our European species.

The last and most interesting group on the whole is un-
questionably that of Europe. We are now tolerably well ac-
quainted with the species that are spread over this portion of
the globe, from the arctic circle to the shores of the Mediter-
ranean and the confines of Asia and Africa. By far the greater
part of these are of considerable, and some of surpassing value.
In taking the range from south to north it will be found that
the qualities of the timber become more valuable, as the tree
which produces it grows naturally at a higher elevation, lati-
tude, and level above the sea, one or both entering into this
calculation. The same tree which grows spontaneously on the
shores of the Baltic is never found in a similar situation on
those of the Mediterranean, but as it approaches the south
gradually ascends the sides of the mountains in search of a
more congenial climate. We also find that there is no in-
stance of a species which grows naturally at a low elevation
producing good timber, the improvement in quality being as
nearly as possible in a direct ratio from south to north, or in
the degree of winter’s cold they are able to resist.

To prove these positions, which we shall find afterwards to be
of some importance, we shall proceed to analyse some of the
principal species, following the descending scale.

Capt. 8. E. Cook on the Genus Pinus and Abies. 167

We may take the P. sylvestris, the hardiness and good
qualities of the timber of which are so well known, as a point
to commence from. ‘Two European species only of Pinus to
my knowledge claim to live at a higher elevation than the
Scotch fir; these are the P. Cembra and P. uncinata. The
Cembra grows in the very highest of the northern and central
Alps, and, wherever I have seen it, above the other forests.
There are a few remaining on the Montanvet at Chamouny,
apparently because they were not worth removing, nearly all
the good specimens in that locality being extinct. It grows
in the coldest parts of Siberia. The timber is superior to that
of the sylvestris.

In like manner the P. uncinata forms a complete zone in the
high Pyrenees, where it is placed above the sylvestris. The
timber is of higher value than that of its less hardy congener.

The sylvestris itself is found from Norway to the south of
Spain, where I found two ranges of forest; one in the Sierra
de Guadarrama, or great central chain of Spain, where it forms
the upper zone; the other in the Sierra de Cuenca (lat. 41°),
of which it occupies the northern summits, and is floated down
by the western arm of the Tagus to supply Madrid with build-
ing materials. This is, as far as I know, its southern habitat.
Its place in hardiness and value consequently is nearly but not
quite the first.

The next in rank are two species which I shall place toge-
ther, because their geographical site and elevation as well as
quality seem to indicate the propriety of doing so, although
they are wholly distinct from each other, the P. Laricio and
P. hispanica. The P. Laricio is found, as far as any authen-
tic information we possess goes, exclusively in the central
parts of the lofty island of Corsica, in lat. 43°, where it grows
at a moderately high elevation, and does not descend to the
shores of the Mediterranean.

The Pinus hispanica, which as yet has been found only in
Spain, I found to range from the Sierra de Segura, in lat. 39°,
to the foot of the Pyrenees, in lat. 43°. It grows generally
at an elevation of 2000 to 3000 feet, and not to my knowledge
higher nor lower. It has erroneously been represented by
some writers to extend into France. The fact is, in the local-
ity where the forests of the hispanica are placed, between the

168 Capt. S. E. Cook on the Genus Pinus and Abies.

rivers Cirna and Essera, it is separated from the French ter-
ritory by leagues of distance and thousands of feet of eleva-
tion. The frontier line in that part extends for a great distance
amid the Siberian altitudes of the Maladetta and Mont Perdu,
far above the limits of arboreal vegetation. The forest men-
tioned in the ‘Arboretum?’ as at the Port de Scez, is of uncinata,
and is Spanish and not French.

Independently of other differences between these species,
which are quite distinct, the Laricio is highly resinous, the
hispanica white and dry in the timber. The former tree as-
sumes the umbellate form, which the hispanica does not, its
growth being singularly free and elegant ; and it is more clear
and transparent both in the bark and foliage than its geogra-
phical neighbour.

In the scale we propose the timber of both these species
ought to be of the middle quality, better than those belowthem,
and inferior to the preceding species which are higher in the
scale. This is precisely the case ; and the Laricio is rather the
better of the two, its habitat beimg colder than that of the
southern natural site of the P. hispanica.

The Pinus Pinaster, and Pinea, or stone pine, are next on
the list. There is little difference in the habitats of these spe-
cies, or in the value of their timber. I found the Pinaster to oc-
cupy aregular zone below the sylvestris, in the central range of
the Guadarrama. _ If there be two varieties, which is doubtful,
this is identical with the Pin des Landes; and taking altitude
and latitude both into account, these localities, which are about
its northern limit, pretty nearly correspond with each other.

The Pinus Pinea has its most northern natural habitat,
as far as I know, taking the elevation into account, in the
plains and uplands of Old Castile, which is further north than
that assigned to the Pinaster, but it is certainly less hardy
than that species in other climates. These pines, growing thus
far north and at a rather high elevation, ought to produce
good timber, whilst that of both is notoriously the contrary.
How does this happen? Because these northern sites are not
the general or exclusive habitats of the species, both of which
descend to a very low level. . In the same country the Pinea is
found growing spontaneously in the sandy wastes of Anda-
lusia, in the Tierra Caliente of Spain, in the zone where the

Capt. §. E. Cook on the Genus Pinus and Abies. 169

palm and the cactus are found along with it ; and the Pinaster
inhabits the warm valleys of the Serrania de Ronda, at a low
elevation above the Mediterranean, in a corresponding situa-
tion to which, along the coast of Provence and in the Ligurian
Apennines east of Genoa, it is also met with.

These species, which are next below the Laricio and P.
hispanica, produce, as follows from the localities assigned to
them, timber of inferior quality to the species inhabiting the
zone above them; the Pinea I believe being rather the better
of the two.

There now remains the halepensis, of which three varieties
are found along the shores and inlands of the Mediterranean,
nearly throughout its whole extent. The three varieties are
that with large red cones, which is the common, and I think
only species in Spain, and is probably the more hardy; the
second has small cones, and was found on the Riviere of
Genoa; the third is the P. Brutia of Professor Teénore.
There is a tree in the Botanical Garden at Naples. The
northern habitat of this tree in Italy is Romagna and the
Vale of Terni, and in Spain the Alcarria, a high but genial di-
strict of New Castile, where I found it abundant; below the
Pinaster and P. sylvestris. Its site is thus the lowest in the
Kuropeean series ; and whilst the palm of beauty must be ceded
to it beyond every other in form and colour, for ceconomic
purposes it is the most worthless of the tribe. A complete
confirmation of the relative hardiness of this species has been
afforded last winter. Near London and through the greater
part of the north of the kingdom the halepensis may be con-
sidered to be extinct. I have lost two varieties, whilst the P.
hispanica and Laricio, which were growing by their side,
are wholly unscathed.

These observations embrace the principal species of the
centre and west of Kurope; the P. Pumilio is omitted, as not
being a timber tree, though it is only precluded by its
scanty dimensions from being in the first rank, to which its
port, and hardiness appear to entitle it.

_ Before we proceed to the Adies and Larix we must notice
two species which appear to be nearly allied, the fatarica or
Pallasiana, and the austriaca.

The locality of the former is the Crimea, and we can scarcely,

170 Capt. S. E. Cook on the Genus Pinus and Abies.

from its occupying a district so distinct from any other, place
it regularly in the European series. It is, however, beyond
doubt of the upper or better class, and most probably hereafter
its true place will be found amongst the zones of the Caucasus
and Northern Asia.

The austriaca, which appears to be nearly allied to it, as
they probably bear about the same relation to each other that
the hispanica does to the Laricio, has been recently introduced
by Mr. Lawson of Edinburgh. Not having seen or examined
the forests which supply it, I cannot yet assign it a specific
place; but it is no doubt entitled to a very high rank in the
upper series, and promises to be a most valuable addition to
our arboretum.

We now proceed to the Lariz or common larch, which is
spread from the Southern Alps to Siberia, but I believe never
grows naturally at a low level, excepting far to the north. The
most southern site I know it to inhabit is in the high Apen-
nines, near their junction with the Alps in Piedmont. In this
part were, and I suppose still are, as I was informed by the
Piedmontese engineers, vast and almost inaccessible forests of
trees of the largest dimensions. It is common in the highest
Piedmontese Alps around Mont Rosa and Mont Blane, and in
ascending the Great St. Bernard is seen far above every other
tree. I have little doubt, however, that it once was overtopped
by the Cemdra, which in the adjoining valley of Chamouny
holds the highest zone. It thus claims the high place its
hardiness and value of the timber so fully bear us out in as-
signing to it, on the theoretic examination of the zones it na-
turally inhabits.

In Scotland it appears to thrive at a higher level than the
sylvestris by the report of the Duke of Athol ; but although a
most valuable and important fact, it may be from local causes,
and these observations are confined to the natural position of
the tree in its original forests. We shall be anxious for future
information whether the larch of Siberia and of the centre of
Europe be identical, of which we have some doubts; and it
would be very desirable to ascertain the fact precisely, which
could easily be done by correspondence with the Russian Go-
vernment and the authorities of Odessa.

The Adies now claim our attention. We do not adopt the

Capt. S. E. Cook on the Genus Pinus and Abies. 171

fanciful term of Picea, and divide the class, because of the
difficulty of making a true demarcation ; and that the species
of Europe are too scanty in number to make it necessary.
Besides these reasons, the term is not truly applied, some
other pines producing turpentine in greater quantities than
that on which this name has been conferred.

The Adies do not supply us with the same extended series
of observations which we have traced in the Pinus. They are
also inferior in the absolute quality of their timber to the best
of the preceding genus, and we suspect, but want data to
affirm its being generally the case, that is so through the
groups, and that the Adies fall below the Pinus in ceconomic
value. It is certainly so in the European series.

The first in hardiness is the Abies excelsa, or common
spruce, which ranges from Lapland to Savoy, south of which
it is not to my knowledge found in the natural state. It cer-
tainly does not, nor ever did inhabit the Pyrenees, as asserted
by some writers. It would appear to live further north than
the sylvestris, its only neighbour in the north of Scandinavia ;
but it is possible, that dampness of soil, which it resists better
than any of the tribe, may be the cause of this apparent greater
degree of hardiness. Although its timber, which is dry and
light, may not equal that of some of the kindred species in
utility for some purposes, it is a most valuable tree and well
worthy more attention than it has received in an ceconomic
point of view.

The Abies pectinata, or silver fir, is unquestionably less
hardy than the last-mentioned species. It ranges less to the
north and further to the south than either the sylvestris or
excelsa. Lixtensive forests of it exist in the Pyrenees, where
it is placed in a regular zone below the P. uncinata and syl-
vestris, and next above the beech. It descends into the com-
paratively genial climate of Navarre and the Basque Provinces,
and as a variety even into Greece.

The common silver fir is not to my knowledge found be-
yond the Baltic, and it is probable that those reported to exist
far north in the East of Europe are the pichta or Altaian
species.

A variety has been recently found in Cephalonia, on which

172 Capt. S. E. Cook on the Genus Pinus and Abies.

it is to be regretted that the local name (4. cephalonica) should
have been conferred, for there can be no doubt that the same
species forms the capping found by the French Savans who
recently visited that country, to cover the loftiest summits of
Mount Taygetus, in the centre of the Peloponnesus, and. hel-
lenica or greca would have been a better distinctive appella-
tion. This with the common species of Kurope and the pichia
forms three varieties, which no doubt will be found to differ
in quality as in hardiness, when we have the opportunity of
minutely comparing them.

These absolute zones or degrees of ability to resist the cold
can only be collected by extensive observations and compa-
risons of many regions, but when treated on that scale are con-
stant and unvaried. There are localities notwithstanding,
where the species nearly allied in hardiness meet as upon
neutral ground. The Splugen is one of these. In passing that
wild mountain, five years since, I took up in the same part
of the Rheinwald, plants of P. sylvestris, A. excelsa, A. pecti-
nata, and Larix europeus, which were thus congregated; and
in judging hastily it might have been inferred that the species
erew naturally at the same degree in elevation, which, as we
have demonstrated, would have been erroneous.

We now proceed to the application of the facts on which
the foregoing observations are founded, namely, to show the
practicability of cultivating some species of Pinus on a large
scale, with a view to the increase of our national resources,
and to render the payment of enormous sums annually for
timber hereafter in a great part unnecessary. There is no
question whatever that the Grampian mountains, instead of
being as at present, in great part an unproductive waste,
would, if properly managed, at a cost comparatively trifling,
enable us not only to provide for our own wants, but even to
export timber, instead of being, as we are at present, wholly de-
pendent on foreign countries for this necessary of life.

We are indebted for our -attention being called to this im-
portant subject by the prudent and calculating foresight of
the Dukes of Athol, who in laying the foundation of enormous
wealth and power for their descendants, have shown the policy
which ought to be followed by the nation. .

Capt. S. E. Cook on the Genus Pinus and Abies. 173

The last Duke of Athol calculated that the possessor of his
woodlands on the Tay would in a few years be as rich or
richer than any individual in Britain! What are these wood-
lands? They consist of about ten thousand acres of larch,
planted in great part upon barren moor land, the aggregate
value of which was a very few hundreds per annum! How
different our Administrations manage these things! We are
at this moment almost dependent on foreign Governments for
permission to buy the timber, which, with hardly any cost, we
could produce in the same way that this princely fortune has
been founded. We are now actually buying larch timber
to build steam boats from the Italians!’ We are annually lay-
ing out enormous sums for the growth of oak, of which one
large portion, that of Staffordshire, is avowedly of bad quality,
whilst no attempt is made to grow fir, of which a rapid and
most enormous profit may easily be made. ‘To show the re-
lative value of an acre of larch in the north of Scotland with
one of oak in the New Forest, or that of Dene, we will take
the mountainous declivities of the Grampians at 2s. per acre ;
we take this value, which is very high, because Governments
always purchase dear, and because only the ground best suited
to the purpose should be selected. Land which would pro-
duce larch admirably in the Grampians is worth not more than
6d. per acre of annual rent.

In Hampshire or Staffordshire no land which will grow
good oak is worth much less than 2/. per acre, thus making, at
the high computation for larch, twenty times the value for the
same extent. But by the calculations of the Duke of Athol
ten acres of larch would suffice for the same purpose as seventy-
five acres of oak, on account of the trees growing so closely,
and that there is little ground lost. This makes a seventh or
less ; therefore the respective values of land in the Grampians
and in the south of England, if applied in this manner, are
one to one hundred and forty, and the cost of larch compared
to that of oak would be the one hundred and fortieth part, the
time required for the maturity of each being taken at seventy
to seventy-five years. It seems incredible that a subject fraught
with such momentous consequences to the nation should have
been wholly or entirely overlooked by those who have the dis-

174 Capt. S. E. Cook on the Genus Pinus and Abies.

posal of our resources, and that no steps should have been
ever thought of to effect a purpose which would immortalize
the memories of those who should first set about it, and lay
the foundation for wiping off the national disgrace of being
without forests, whilst we have the most ample means of
creating them. Besides the common and well-known advan-
tages of the larch, which are in the quick growth and unpa-
ralleled excellence of the wood, there are other not less cogent
reasons for recommending it as the chief or staple produce in
a system of national forests. Not only the thinnings are more
productive than those of any other tree, but the prodigious
increase of value in the soil which is derived from the ferti-
lizing power of its spiculz must be taken into account. In
fifteen to twenty years lands planted with it could be safely
let as sheep pasture, and the rents would soon increase so as
probably to defray the expense of purchase, or at last pay a very
eood interest for the money expended in the first instance;
thus adding another increase of national resources by convert-
ing waste into productive soil.

Besides the low value of land in these districts, which is so
strong an ceconomical recommendation, there are others in
favour of the north of Scotland. The rocks in the Grampians
are chiefly primary and many of them igneous, which are ex-
tremely favourable to the growth of timber, especially of the
larch, which requires free drainage and a dry subsoil. In this
description of ground alone is the tree seen in its true form
as in the alpine forests, throwing out enormous arms and vying
in picturesque beauty with the other inhabitants of the woods.
It may be urged, in answer to these observations, that there
are abundant plantations already in the hands of private indi-
viduals, and that in case’ of need the country will have the
benefit of their outlay. It is very clear that no certainty can
exist in such calculations. The caprice, extravagance, avarice,
or cupidity of private persons may at any time operate to the
serious injury of the public. What has become of the ancient
Caledonian forests, the last remains of which have been swept
away in this generation? The history of the mines which sur-
round us is sufficient proof how little individuals frequently
look beyond the moment they require pecuniary supplies.

Capt. S. E, Cook on the Genus Pinus and Abies. 175

The volcanic appearance of the heights on every side, and the
treasures which are being consumed for ever, are sufficient
proof of the futility of calculating on such resources, and
show that we ought to create them, as we have the power to
do, in fee simple, making ourselves alike independent of indi-
viduals and foreigners.

By devoting 100,000 acres, which is about the size of the
larger Highland estates, to this purpose, we should in seventy
to.seventy-five years, proceeding on the calculation of the Duke
of Athol, that in the same period his forests would be worth
five to six millions sterling, be possessed of national capital
to the amount of fifty to sixty millions in timber alone, besides
a large tract of mountain pasture returning an ample annual
revenue, and all this with an outlay in the first instance com-
paratively trifling. It is needless to observe that this immense
result cannot be obtained, or even the entire foundation laid,
in a moment, but must be attained by steady and systematic
perseverance, like that of the individuals above-mentioned who
have bequeathed us so noble an example. By the creation of
forests on this scale, we should make some reparation for the
consumption and destruction of the vast mineral treasures, on
which vital staple of national wealth the operations of this ge-
neration will about that period begin to be seriously felt.

Although the larch unquestionably far exceeds every other
tree for the purpose we are speaking of, it would be most de-
sirable that some of the evergreens should be grown on scales
according to the results of experience of their utility and the
fitness of the soil and situation to bring them to perfection.
It is hardly necessary to observe that we should only recom-
mend those of first-rate properties, as shown in the list we have
gone through.

The P. Cemébra, of which the timber is perhaps superior to
that of any other species, labours under the disadvantage of
being extremely slow of growth. However, the trials made in
this country are as yet not sufficient ; and it can only be fairly
tried on dry hills or mountain sides, clay soil and flats being
unsuited to it; and very probably it might be improved by
grafting the P. sylvestris in the Tchoudy manner.

. The wncinata is considerably quicker in growth than the

176 Capt. S. E. Cook on the Genus Pinus and Abies.

Cembra, and being superior in quality to the sylvestris, would
require trial as soon as seeds could be procured in sufficient
quantity, which at present must be done from the forests in
the Spanish Pyrenees. The sylvestris of course would have
its place in localities suited to it.

The spruce would claim the greatest consideration, especially
in damp soil, which might be found unfavourable to the larch,
and where warmth and shelter were required. It is extraor-
dinary that in a country so congenial with Norway this tree.
should not have been tried on a larger scale by the Highland
proprietors. Weremember being struck with the grandeur it
would impart to the magnificent though denuded fall of Fyers.

The silver fir would no doubt repay the cultivation in cer-
tain localities suited to it, its growth being very rapid ; and it
resists the wind much better than its last-mentioned congener.
The writer knew an instance where, near Plymouth, the pro-
prietor of an estate there was offered by the people of the
dock-yard 100 guineas for a single tree of this species ; it was
during the war and the highest prices; but as that tree would
not occupy a space of more than forty feet in diameter, we may
conceive the value ofan acre covered with such trees*, and its
age probably was not above seventy years. An establishment
of the sort we are contemplating would require space to be
devoted to trials of such other species as might prove desi-
rable to acclimatize, such, for instance, as the P. austriaca
and Pallasiana, A. Douglas, A. pichta, &c. &ce.

We must now conclude with a few hints to individuals on
other species, more especially to those who reside or have pro-

* Since this paper was read the writer has received a communication
from Mr. Salvin of Croxdale, near Durham, who possesses extensive woods
and has given much attention to the subject. He states that the silver fir,
when felled and left on the ground, resists the effects of a humid climate and
damp soil, well fitted for such a trial, better than the larch. As it is per-
fectly well known that the timber of the one species is very much inferior to
that of the other, we were at first rather struck with this curious fact. It is
strongly denied that there is any inferiority or defect in the larch such as is
apt to be the case when grown in soil unsuited to it, which indeed rather
affects the inside than the outside of the tree. The solution we suspect to
be the following: that the heart of the timber is preserved by the turpentine,
which is deposited in the outer layers; and we hasten to announce this most
important and valuable information, in order that experiments may be made

on the silver fir as pile timber, for which, if the phanomenon here men-
tioned be general, the tree will, in every respect, be most admirably suited.

Capt. 8. E. Cook on the Genus Pinus and Abies. 177

perties in the west and south of England. The larch cannot
be grown to much profit as timber on cold wet lands, what-
ever be the climate. The pines of the middle class, P. Laricio
and P, hispanica, we have not the smallest doubt might be
grown to advantage on Dartmoor or Exmoor, South Wales,
&e., and it is to be regretted that proprietors should have
planted so bad and useless a tree as the Pinaster, which has
been done in some of those counties, where these better spe-
cies would thrive equally well or better.

The cedar of Lebanon might be grown for profit by care at
first in any part of the south of England. They may be easily
raised from cuttings, the modes of which as well as the grafting
pines may be found in that excellent work Loudon’s ‘ Arbo-
retum’, the vast quantity, and condensation of information in
which makes it invaluable to the tree cultivator. The pre-
judice against trees raised in this manner is quite unfounded:
we might with quite as much reason declaim against propaga-
ting by layers, which, in many species, is our only resource
when the tree does not ripen seeds in this climate.

We have one more observation to make respecting the
larch, which is more particularly addressed to those who pos-
sess estates in the adjacent counties, and especially in the
higher and colder parts. It is to call their attention to the
planting larch as an improver of soil. There is no doubt
whatever, by draining our cold clays, and planting larch
alone, that after fifteen to twenty years thinning them to open
order, sheep could be admitted with perfect safety. After
that, by regularly opening them out, the land would be prodi-
giously increased in value as pasture, and the last trees could
remain until they were wanted, or that the tops should supply
the unerring information that they had done their best and
_ must be cut down, It is necessary to observe that belts or
strips will not answer the purpose, but that planting with this
view should be in solid masses, or squares or oblongs, from east
to west, and also that in this system we do not recommend,
but on the contrary deprecate, the mixture of other trees,
especially oaks, to the vain and useless hope of growing which
so much capital is uselessly expended. In short, according
to our calculation, the larch is to be used merely as a fructifier

Ann. Nat, Hist. Vol.2. No.9, Nov. 1838, N

178 Capt. DuCane on the Metamorphosis of Crustacea.

or ameliorator, the trees remaining to defray the expense and
loss of time. The prejudice of the damage done to trees by
sheep is groundless, compared to the benefit to be derived
from their use as here recommended; and. we are quite sure
that it could be acted on with the greatest benefit to the land
and to that of the vicinity by the shelter afforded, and that
the value of every estate, large or small, would be very much
increased by the general adoption of sucha plan. .

Ss. E. Cook.
- Carlton, 16th August. ‘

XX.—Letter from Captain DuCane, R.N., to the Rev.
LEONARD JENYNS, on the subject of the Metamorphosis of
Crustacea*, With Plates VI. and VII.

Southampton, August 20, 1838.
Sir,

Tue British Association for the Advancement of Science
having requested me to present a report at its Meeting at
Newcastle this year on the subject of the metamorphoses of
the Crustacea in the Southampton waters, I beg to trouble
you with the following observations relative to the metamor-
phoses of the ditch prawn (Palemon variabilis) and common
shrimp (Crangon vulgaris), which I shall be obliged by your
laying before the Association.

I last year, through Mr. MacLeay, presented drawings of
the larva of the ditch prawn, exhibiting the appearance it pre-
_ sented from the time of its first exclusion from the egg till
the end of the third day, when my specimens died. I have not
this year been able again to obtain the larva of the prawn di-
rect from the egg; but the ditch which is the locality of this
particular species, having supplied me with the larva in great
abundance, I have been enabled very satisfactorily to trace the
various changes it is subject to in the we eee towards its
adult state.

- These changes, as shown in the accompanying drawings,

are four in number ; the three last may however, I think, rather

be considered as a gradual and progressive development

* This important letter arrived at Newcastle too late to be read at the
Section of Zoology and Botany.—Enir.

Ann. Nat. Hist. Nol WPI.

Larva of the )Ditch Frawn. Yalemon variabile.

TL

— Vip '
= < = : ja—( = J :
i y=— Ve
, : = = S lA 4 =
: me eat 1 =x
S38 X ae
§ R

Sm
ZOIN \
3 Sy, \\s =
LD) Ss

; Ann. Nak. ist. Vol MT PL VI.
Larva of the Litth Prawn. Yaleemon variahile.

Tai of N”® 546

44, r WS

Larva of the Common Shrimp Crangon vulgaris. :

Capt. DuCane on the Metamorphosis of Crustacea. 179

of the parts of the adult animal than an actual metamor-
phosis.

The drawings Nos. 1 and 2 represent the appearance of the
larva on its first exclusion from the egg, and excepting in
being more accurately drawn, I am happy to find that they
do not differ materially from the hasty sketches I had an op-
portunity of making last year at the end of the third day.
No. 1. shows the animal as it appears in motion in the water ;
No. 2. as viewed when lying on its back, in which position
the rudiments of the true legs are visible, doubled up under
the thorax.

No. 3. is the larva in its second stage, ascertained by ob-
serving the moult of the former. It has now one serrature on
the dorsum of the cephalothorax: the eyes have become pe-
dunculate. It has five pairs of natatory legs; and its proper
legs, both walking and prehensile, are developed: the rudi-
ments of subabdominal fins are becoming visible, but the tail
continues spatulate as before. |

No. 4. is its third stage, also ascertained by witnessing the
moult. The larva has now two serratures or spines on the
cephalothorax, the legs are the same as in the second stage ;
but the subabdominal fins are more developed, and the tail
has acquired two leaflets on each side, one of them being de-
licately fringed, the other still only in a rudimental state.

Nos. 5. and 6, represent the larva in its fourth or last stage,
as it appears swimming in the water and lying on its side. I
have however not had an opportunity of observing the moult
in this case. It is evidently the same animal as is drawn by
Mr. Thompson in Jameson’s ‘ Edinburgh Journal’ for July
1836. The larva has now three serratures, six pairs of false or
natatory legs, and the true legs resemble those of the full-grown
or perfect prawn; the subabdominal fins are still further deve-
~ loped, and the tail also approaches nearly to that of the adult
animal, which I had the satisfaction of observing in the con-
dition its next moult brings it to. It then becomes a true Pas
lemon.

It is a curious and interesting circumstance in tracing the
changes of this larva to observe, that through all its conditions
its movements are retrograde; but no sooner has it divested

N 2

180 Capt. DuCane on the Metamorphosis of Crustacea.

itself of this last envelope and got rid of its natatory legs,
than the subabdominal fins, which have hitherto been un-
formed and useless, come out ornamented with a delicate hair-
like fringe, and become the organs by which the prawn ad-
vances in the water, and which are kept constantly im the same
rapid motion that the natatory legs were kept in whilst the ani-
mal was in its larva state. The animal henceforth also ceases to
move backwards, excepting for the purpose of avoiding danger.

Nos. 7. and 8. are drawings of the larva of the common
shrimp (Crangon vulgaris): the larve were kept seven days
from the time of their exclusion from the egg, and were then
destroyed in consequence of my leaving home; they had at that
period undergone no change. The general character is the
same as the larva of the prawn, but they have in this stage
only three pairs of natatory legs; and it is remarkable, that their
movements, instead of being retrograde like the larvee of the
prawn, are constantly rotatory, excepting when they come in
contact with each other: they then dart suddenly off in a la-
teral direction; the rudiments of the true legs were visible,
but too minute to be enumerated. 7

The above particulars, following up as they do the pro-
gressive changes in the prawn, and confirming the valuable
observations of Mr. Bhompson as to the fact of the macrourous
decapods being subject to metamorphosis, will I trust be ac-
ceptable to the Association, and excuse my troubling you in
such detail.

I have the honour to be, Sir,
Your very obedient Servant,
Rev. Leonard Jenyns, C. DuCane.

&e. &e. &e.

Extract from a Letter on the same subject from Carr.
DuCang, R.N., to W.S. MacLuay, Esq.
TueE larvee mentioned in the paper, unfortunately sent too late
to the British Association, were taken from a salt-water ditch
in this neighbourhood. I have since hatched the ova of some
ditch prawns in pure fresh water, although I had previously
kept them upwards of a month. The larva on quitting the
ege corresponded precisely with my drawings Nos. 1, and 2,

Mr. T. Paine on the Hairy-armed Bat. 181

which I have given as representations of the first stage. On

the third day after exclusion they had undergone no change ;

but on the fifth (I had no opportunity of examining them on

the fourth) several of them had moulted; and on the sixth I.
had the satisfaction to observe two of them in the very act of
shaking off their first envelope. The abdominal section was

cast in one piece, the cephalothorax in a second, and the ani-

mals were struggling to divest themselves of their antennz

and legs. I looked at this interesting operation for a consi-

derable time, and even made some attempts to assist them in

their endeavours, but they appeared to be exhausted by their

struggles, and in fact the following morning I found them dead.

I thus lost the whole of them before they underwent their se-

cond change; however I was glad to find that these larvae

after their first metamorphosis had only one spine on the back

of the cephalothorax, as is represented in fig. 3.

I have recently been making some observations upon
Thompson’s “opossum shrimp” (Mysis Fabricit, Leach). It
is certainly a very interesting animal, but I rarely find one
with a pouch, and only in one case have I yet found this
pouch to contain the young.

I did intend, had I been able to go down to Newcastle, to
take with me my specimens of different woods as they have
been eaten by the Limnoria terebrans. I hope now to be able
to show them to the naturalists at Birmingham. We are
repairing our pier by substituting new piles covered with iron
nails for those that have been destroyed by the ravages of that
animal.

~XXI.—WNotes on the Hairy-armed Bat (Vespertilio Leisleri),
and on its occurrence in the Eastern part of Norfolk. By
Tuomas Paine, Jun., Esq.
[With a Plate. ]
Wuen in Norwich a short time since I observed at a bird
stuffer’s shop in St. Giles some specimens of a bat which was
unknown to me. Having procured one, it was found on ex-
amination to be the hairy-armed bat (Vespertilio Leisleri) of
which a description and figure are given by Mr. Bell in his
‘ History of British Quadrupeds.’ There were eight others

182 Mr. T. Paine on the Hairy-armed Bat.

with it in the shop, all of the same species, and the informa-
tion given respecting them was, that there were fourteen taken
from an old hollow tree in a village in the vicinity of Norwich.
The specimen described was the largest among them.

_ The Vespertilio Leisleri is smaller than the Noctule, and the
membrane rather deeper in proportion to the size of the ani-
mal than in that species; the upper jaw projects considerably
beyond the under, and rather more than appears in Mr. Bell’s
figure ; the ears are hairy within, the tragus rounded, scarcely |
half the length of the ear; the tail is exserted very little, if
any, beyond the interfemoral membrane.

_ The muzzle is naked and dusky; the ears horn-colour, edged
with dusky. The head, neck, shoulders, and all the upper -
parts of the body are bright chestnut brown; the lower jaw
nearly black, the throat of a dusky brown, and all the lower
parts of a dusky yellowish brown; a ridge of hair runs all
round the body of the bat both above and below on the inter-
femoral membrane, varying from two to six lines in width ;
along the fore-arm on the inner surface of the interfemoral
membrane is a quantity of reddish brown hair, rather thinly
scattered in the middle, but more close near the wrist, and
nearly half an inch in width. The membrane is dusky, nearly
approaching to black.

inch. line.
Length of head ......0000. {eevee veesdecusecceesscaveceseaevecns 0 10
Of head and body .....sscsesceeees Sis ctwaedencae eviews 2 11
eminem IT CBT oiscigedsnrspineccsontedenccds}pedecucnnghswens toons 0 54
——————— Of TALUS oo ccenersccncavepcsoedsncsesspesevscdntenseacesh QO» t2°.
———— Of fore-aYM ...cccccsescevecseeees ceecovscccaccnsoee we 2 0
from the knee to the extremity of the toes ...... Elite
of the tail ..... jus aybpdecdceyooesepecepecctpaseasurenpe s a
Extent of the flying membrane .......sessessscessssceseccees 12-2

From these measurements it appears that the present speci-
men is considerably larger than that described by Mr. Bell,
which was said to be the only English occurrence of this spe-
cies. His animal was probably a young one, as the colour of ©
the under parts as given in the ‘ British Quadrupeds’ is much
darker than in this specimen.

It is said by Mr. Bell to frequent hollow trees, where it
congregates in vast numbers unaccompanied by any other
species.

Mr. A, H. Haliday on new British Insects. 183

As Mr. Bell’s figure represents the front view of the animal,
and as no coloured representation of it of which I am aware
has yet appeared, the dorsal aspect has been chosen for the
present figure, Plate X.*, which shows the bat of half the na-
tural size.

By way of conclusion to this short notice I have only to ob-
serve, that thevarious species of bats are (in this neighbourhood
at least) not sufficiently studied, and there is no doubt that by
diligent research many of those species which are now consi-
dered rare would be found to be comparatively common,
and to have been mistaken for those well-known species to
which the greater part of them are closely allied.

Great Yarmouth, June, 1838.

XXII.—New British Insects indicated in Mr. Curtis’s Guide.
By A. H. Hauipay.

{Continued from p. 121.]

DIPTERA.

Culex detritus, C. 1137. 9°.—Ent. Mag. i. 151.
_ This seems to be the original C. pipiens of Linneus. The
' insect described by Meigen under that name is a very differ-
ent species and not uncommon.
Bibio nigriventris, C. 1179. 4°.—Ent. Mag. i. 157.

I have now ascertained that this is the other sex of B, al-
bipennis.

Cordyla fulveola, C. 1174, 2.

This is the other sex of C. fasciata, The sexes in this ge-
nus differ both in the form of their antennze and the num-
ber of joints, which also varies according to the species.
There are two minute ocelli in all that I have examined, but
they are easily distinguished from the Mycetophile by the en-
larged basal joint of the palpi, on account of which Macquart
has called the genus Platypalpus +t.

* Jt being our intention, as will be seen in the notice on our wrapper, to
give a supplement of plates at the end of our volume, we must reserve the
present one for that opportunity.—Epir.

+ The genus Platypalpus is separated from Tachidromia by Macquart,
‘ Diptéres du Nord dela France.’ Platyp. Dolichop. &c. p. 92.—E, Newman.

184 Mr. A. H. Haliday on new British Insects.

Leia nasuta (Mycetophila id., C. 1173. 17).

L. fusca abdomine albido-piloso; antennis basi pedibusque flavis ;
trochanteribus nigris, m. f. Long. 24—8 lin.

Not uncommon about rivulets at Holywood.

Add. Wings as in Mycetophila, fig. 21. (Meig. 1. pl. ix.)
The face of the male is usually armed with a deflected horn
or spine. There are three ocelli nearly in a line on the vertex,
which determines its place in the genus Leia. Mycetophila —
flavipes of Macquart (S. a B. i, 130) seems nearly allied.
Limnobia Aegle, C. 1157. 37°.

This is identical with Jdioptera pulchella (Limnobia id,
Meig. vi. 275. Idioptera maculata, Macq. 8S. a B. i. 94).
Spania Fallenii, C, 1203. 2.—Ent. Mag. i. 162.

Notwithstanding the different form of the antenne I am led.
to consider this as the female of Sp. nigra, which occurs more
frequently in the same marshes in the month of June. The
proboscis is longer in the females and the palpi not exactly
linear. I have no longer any doubt as to the place of this ge-
nus among the Leptide.

Medeterus ruficornis, C.1256.5. App. 279.

M. obscure eneus, fronte thoraceque olivaceis ; antennis brevis-
simis rufis margine apicis fusco; palpis pedibusque pallidis,
tarsis fuscis ; nervo transverso ordinario ab ale margine remoto,
m. f.; hypopygio recondito, m. Long. 14 lin,

Tarbert, July.

Dolichopus sabinus, C. 1258. 9°. App. 279.

D, ciliis genarum albidis; viridi-zneus antennis basi subtus villa
pedibus pallidis, tarsis nigris basi pallidis; alarum costa ex-
teriore infuscata, m. f.; tibiis posticis basi variolosis, femoribus
imberbibus, lamellis albidis, m. Long. 2 lin.

Killarney and Tarbert.

Dolichopus signifer, C. 1258. 9° App. 279.

D. ciliis genarum albis; viridi-zneus femoribus apice tibiisque
pallidis posticis apice nigris; alarum apice nigricante; m. f.
femoribus posticis subtus fusco-ciliatis, lamellis albidis, m.
Long. 2 lin.

On a sandy islet in Roundstone Bay.

Platypeza infumata, C, 1248, 14.

P. cesia halteribus pedibusque fuscis, tarsis basi pallidis ; thoracis
macula tridentata atra; abdominis fasciis atris, duabus anterio-
ribus confluentibus, f. Long. 4 lin.

_ Mr, A. H. Haliday on new British Insects. 185

Holywood. I saw but lost a second specimen at Roe Park,
county Derry.

Add. Wings pure hyaline, 5th nerve scarcely abbreviate,
cross nerve near the margin. Hind tarsi much dilated at the
base. The one I possess wants the head, and is otherwise
injured, having probably been the prey of a spider.

Musca Morellia importuna, C. 1286. cai
horterum, C. 1286. 21. 5

Having been enabled by the kindness of Mr. F. Walker to
consult Fallen’s original description, I would rectify the di-
stinction of these species. 1°. M. hortorum. To this belong
Fallen’s description, and my description of M. importuna
(Ent. Mag. iv. 149), and probably all the Morellie described by
Desvoidy. 2°. M. importuna. Thisis M. hortorum of Meigen
and of my description in the Entomological Magazine,
Anthomyia monilis, C. 1287. 100 App. 279.

A. Homalomyia atra abdomine glauco-micante linea dorsali et
incisuris atris; calyptris fumigatis; tibiis anticis basi pallidis,
apice fasciculatis ; tarsorum anticorum articulo ultimo orbicu-
lato, m. Long. 2—2¢ lin.

Very like A. manicata, but only half the size, and of a deeper
black. Wings darker, calyptra smoky brown. Middle tibiz
scarcely incrassate at the tip; thighs of the same pair bearded
throughout on the under side, and scarcely contracted before
the tip. The tarsi are shorter, and the terminal joint in the
fore pair round.

Not common at Holywood.

Anthomyia cilipes (A. 12-punctata, C. 1287. 139". App. 279),

A. Azelia nigra oculis fulgidis, thorace pestice cinereo, abdomine
cinereo linea dorsali interrupta et puiictis 2 in singulo seg- |
mento atris; alis fuliginosis; tibiis posticis extus longe villosis,
m.; cinerea alis hyalinis, abdominis punctis paribus nigris, /.

Long. 23 lin.

Twice the size of A. triquetra, and very like it; but distin-
guishable by the darker wings, and still more by the hairy
hind tibize of the male.

Very common about putrescent fungi.

Gen. ScatorHaca, Subg. Hauirnea, C. App.279,

Arista subnuda. Ale unguiculate. Tarsi graciliores.

Femora
postica maris basi tuberculo villoso.

186 Mr. A. H. Haliday on new British Insects.

1. Scatophaga fucorum, C. 1293. 11.—Fallen Scatom. 5. 5.
S. H. obscure cinerea thorace lineato, antennis palpisque nigris.:
2. Scatophaga maritima, C. 1293. 11%. App.—Se. fucorum, var.
Fallen, ibid. :
S. H. obscure cinerea thorace lineato; margine frontis palporum
basi tibiisque testaceis.
Both species are found on the sea coast, but not usually as-
sociated. The first is more rare or local.

Gen. Ca@iopa, C. 1320.

This group will admit of subdivision, and the nomenclature

of the species has been somewhat confused.

* Arista glabra. Facies et tibie densissime villosee. Celopa.

1°. C. pilipes. C. frigida, Meig. vi. 8,—id..Macq. S. a B. ii, 502.

** Arista glabra. Facies et tibie setis asperse. Pucomyia, C.

App. 280. .

2°, C. frigida. Musca id. F.S. Antl. 307. 116. Copromyza id.,
Fallen. Heterom. 6.1. Celopa gravis, Ent. Mag. i. 167.

3°. C. simplex, Ent. Mag. ibid. 4°. C. parvula, Ent. Mag. ibid.

*** Arista villosa. Epistoma acute porrecta. Malacomyza, C.

App. 280.

4°, C. sciomyzina, Ent. Mag. ibid.
Saltella sellata, C. 1297. 19.

S. nigra scutello aterrimo, antennis fuscis, coxis pallidis, f. Long.
1: lin.

Holywood.

Perhaps a variety of S. scuéellaris, fem.
Sepsis duplicata, C. 1297. 4%. App. 280.

S. nigra antennis pedibusque fusco-ferrugineis, alarum macula api-
cali obsoletiore, nervis 2° et 3° nervulo transverso connexis.
Long. + lin.

Kent.

The extraordinary cross nerve is in a line with the ordinary

one closing the discoidal cell.
Tephritis spoliata, C. 1300. 15°. App. 280.

T. Urophora nigella thoracis dorso cinereo, linea ante alas scutel-
loque flavis; capite genubus tarsorum basi ferrugineis ; alis hy-
alinis puncto stigmaticali fusco, m. Long. 14 lin.

Isle of Wight, June; F. Walker.

Remarkable for the absence of the bands general in the

wings of this subgenus.
Tephritis Asteris, C. 1300. 35°.
Resembles 7. sonchi, and may prove a yariety of that spe-

Mr. A. H. Haliday on new British Insects. 187

cies, with the sides of the thorax and the scutel yellow, the
stigma of the wings lutescent, the costal margin without dusky
streaks. Bred from puparia found among the seeds of Aster
Tripolium.

Tephritis pini, C, 1300. 25%.

T. Acinia cinerea capite pedibus et segmentorum anteriorum
marginibus ferrugineis ; alis fusco-reticulatis, maculis 2 costa-
libus saturatioribus. Long. 2 lin.

I find this upon pines, but have no knowledge of the larva.

It may be a variety of 7. flavicauda.

Oscinis capreolus, C. 1345. 41. App. 282.

~ QO. nigra nitida, fronte opaca triangule nitido ; alis fuliginosis ; hal-
teribus fuscanis ; arista crassa dense plumata.

Resembles O. levigata, but the arista as in O cornuta.

England; F. Walker. |

Oscinis rapta, C. 13845. 41%. App. 282. 3

Resembles O. pallidiventris, but the discoidal cell of the

wings is open by the absence of the ordinary cross nerve.

England ; F. Walker.

Gen. Hetomyza. Subg. Atcoruea, C. App. 280.

Antenne articulo tertio orbiculato, arista gracillima longa nuda.

Tibie mediz spinose. Ale costa distincte serrata, areola media-
stina minuta.

H., fenestralis is the only British species,

Helomyza arendria, C. 1828. 34, is the same as Opomyza maculata,

Macq.
Sciomyza virgata, C,. 1321. 1. bis. App. 280.

S. Melina thorace cinerascente ; fronte antennisque ferrugineis ;
pedibus pallidis, anticis apice fuscis, m. f.; abdomine pallido
vitta dorsali interrupta cinerea, m; abdomine fusco incisuris
pallidis, f. Long. 2—2+ lin.

Oés. The naked arista of this species should be particularly

observed. }
_ South of Ireland, July.

Gen. Sciomyza. Subg. AnticuEera, C. App. 280.
Arista plumata. Tibiz cilio preeapicali gemino.

The type of this group is Tetanocera vittata, Ent. Mag. i.
168. |

Ochthiphila flavipalpis, C. 1336. 6. App. 281.
O. elongata cana antennis subtus palpis tibiis tarsisque flavis, m. f. ;
metatarso postico subincrassato, f. Long. 14—14 lin.

188 Mr. A. H. Haliday on new British Insects.

On sandhills along the east coast of Ireland, among the stems of
the sea reed; May—August.
Ochthiphila geniculata, C. No. 5, ibid.

O. cana antennis palpis pedibus nigris, genubus flavis, m. f.; ab-
domine qudrifariam nigro-punctato, f.; bifariam obsoletius
punctato, m. Long. 14 lin,

On grassy slopes of the Sugar-loaf mountain, county Wicklow,

May.

Gen. Hereroneura. Subj. Cuusra (Cleora, C. App. 282.)

Tibie cilio preapicali nullo. Alarum nervi transyersi subremoti.
Sp. 1. H. flava Heteromyza flava, Meig. vi. 46. Heteroneura spurca,
Ent. Mag. i. 171.

Gen. OpoMyza. Subg. Teruina, C. App. 281.
Facies impressa, epistomate prominulo nudo. Peristoma elonga-
tum. Labium cylindricum bigeniculatum. Antennz brevissime
articulo 3° suborbiculato arista gracili subnuda. Al apice rotun-
date: nervus transversus ordinarius ab ale margine distans.
Opomyza illota, C. 1838. 27. App. 281.
O. Tethina canescens fronte antennisque ferrugineis, facie palpis
tarsis halteribus albidis, alis albis, m. f. Long. 3—1 lin.
Somewhat like Oscinis (Siphonella) albipalpis.
In the flowers of Cakile maritima and Convolvulus soldanella; Kil-
liney Bay, county Dublin; June.

Gen. Diasrata. Subg. Camiuua, C. 1337. App. 281.

Tibie cilio preapicali nullo. Antenne decumbentes facie bre-
viores, articulo 3° oblongo, arista pectinata. Labium incrassa-
tum.

D. glabra. Drosophila id. Fall., Geom. 8.12. Diastata erata,

C. App. 281.

Blarney, in July; also in England; F. Walker,
Obs. This species, though arranged under Drosophila by
Fallen and Meigen, wants the most prominent characteristics
of that genus, viz. the hirsute eyes and serrate caudal plates.

I have therefore referred it to Diastata.
Spherocera scabricula, C. 1350. 3°, Ent. Mag. iii. 320.

Having lately met with this species in abundance, I find
that the specimens from which my description was drawn were -
pale-coloured from immaturity; but the form of the head and
hind tarsi, the wings and the white arista will characterize the
species beyond mistake. |

Mr. A. H. Haliday on new British Insects. 189

Limosina arcuata, Macq. C. 1350, 238°.

Previously described by Fallen under the name /fontinals,
Suppl. 16.

The new species of the Hydromyzide indicated in the Guide
will be noticed in a more general memoir on that tribe.

HEMIPTERA.
Aruerrorpes, C. 1046”.

Corpus apterum lineare deplanatum, abdominis segmentis inter-
mediis connatis, spiraculis penultimi simplicibus. Antenne dimidio
corpore breviores, 6-articulatz, articulo ultimo capillaceo attenuato.
Promuscis thorace brevior, mesosterni sulco incumbens. Femina
vivipara.

Atheroides serrulatus, C. 1046". 1

A, rugulosus subglaber, dupikis et segmenti ultimi marginibus

denticulatis setosis, m. f. Long. 1 lin.

On grasses ; common in autumn on the sea-coast at Holywood.
Atheroides hirtellus, C. 1046. 2

A, nitidus dorso undique hispidus, antennis pedibusque vage pilo-

sis, f. Long. 1 lin.

On Juncus articulatus, Holywood.

Friosoma pallida, C. App. 279.

This species, like LZ. ulmi-gallarum, inhabits the leaves of
the mountain elm ; its follicles are more solid and imbedded
in the leaves near the base of the midrib, not elevated on a
foot-stalk. The apterous female is white. The follicles burst
about the beginning of August. The society is then very nu-
merous, and the farinose secretion more abundant than in the
former species. The winged insects are glossy bluish black,
with the legs rather paler: collar dirty yellow, with a dusky
transverse line: a row of lateral dots on the abdomen and its
underside are greenish yellow, as also the promuscis. The
nervures of the upper wings nearly as in E. ulmi-gallarum,
but the lower have two nervures (in place of one) springing
from the subcostal. The joints of the antennz are of differ-
ent proportions, the sixth being rather longer than the fifth.

Obs. The genus Eriosoma of Leach was made up of very
different forms, Several groups have been already distin-
guished, yiz. 1°. Phyllowera, Fonsc. If the minute species
with incumbent wings which occurs on the oak (noticed by
Walker, Ent. Mag. iii. 407) be the Phyllowera roboris, the de-

190 Dr. Meyen on the Formation of the Tubes of the Liber.

scription and figures of that species in the Annals of the Ent.
Soc. Paris, are very inaccurate. 2°. Myzowyle, Blot. 3°.
Adelges, Vallot. Of this we have two species, A. Laricis,
Vallot, and A. gallarum abietis, DeG. ; at least I have found no
cause for generic distinction in the structure, notwithstanding
the difference of their habitation. If Hriosoma Fagi be assumed
as the type of this genus, it will be necessary to separate those
species which inhabit closed follicles on the leaves and shoots
of plants. In that case I would ae ce the generic name
Byrsocrypta for these last:

XXIII.—On the Formation of the Fibre-formed Cells (Fibrous
Cells) or Tubes of the Liber in Plants. By Dr. J. Mnyven*.

Wuice engaged last winter with Prof, Mitscherlich in making
a series of observations on the chemical composition of various
vegetable substances, the following curious fact attracted our
notice: that the purified fibres of flax, and also old linen,
when boiled in muriatic acid, decomposed more or less sud-
denly into very minute shining particles, which soon settled
at the bottom of the fluid. On examining them with the mi-
croscope, these particles appeared to be nearly of the same
length, and to be formed by a regular decomposition of the flax
fibres, so that each particle consisted of a small portion of the
cylindrical or prismatical tubes of the flax fibre. Some portions
were at times considerably longer ; but then it was more or less
evident that these also were composed of several small ones,
which were similar in length to the former. At times, how-
ever, even the various layers of the thick membrane of which
flax fibre is composed were separated from each other by the
action of the boiling muriatic acid.

The examination of a thin unsized linen paper, which had
been reduced, by continual boiling in water, to a pulpy mass,
exhibited in like manner a manifold division of the single flax
fibres into smaller particles, and of their walls into distinct
layers: but this subdivision, on which the fabrication of paper
evidently depends, was far from being comparable with the

* Translated from Wiegmann’s Archiv, Part IV.,; 1838,

Rev. J. B. Reade on Organic Remains in Flints. 191

above-described perfect, and almost regular subdivision pro-
_ duced by the action of boiling muriatic acid. ;
Recent examinations into the development of buds have
shown me that that cellular layer which is subsequently deve- |
loped into tubes of the liber and so-called ligneous fibre, and
extends as an uncoloured zone from above the medullary cone
to the nucleus or rudiment of the bud, consists of extremely
delicate, rather extended, prismatic, generally 4-, 5-, or 6-sided
parenchymatous cells, which stand with their ends accurately
one above the other, and are gradually converted by the ab-
Sorption of their septa into the long fibrous cells or tubes of
the liber. The regular abrupt cylindrical tubes into which
the fibres of flax were decomposed by boiling in muriatic acid,
are almost exactly of the same length as these tender paren-
chymatous cells in their fully developed state; and that the
latter originate from the delicate cells of the medullary sub-
stance by gradual extension, may easily be observed in the ter-
minal buds of the horse-chestnut and of the ash.

On the absorption of the septa of those ce]ls, the superposed
edges grow so intimately together that their union has not
hitherto been observed, and the tube thus originated forms the
first or fundamental layer of the membrane of the fibrous
cell, the thickening of which follows as usual by deposition
of new layers on the inner surface. I am induced to pub-
lish these short notices at present, as they may afford some
indications tending to explain the origin of the fibres of the
muscles and nerves of animals; at the same time I would re-
commend a careful attention to the spiral formations which
muscular fibre exhibits often quite as plainly as the tubes of
the liber. It also appears to me that distinct layers are per-
ceptible in the membrane of the muscular fibre of fish.

XXIV.—On some new Organic Remains in the Flint of Chatk.
By the Rev. J. B. aia M.A., F.R.S. With Plates VIII,
and IX.

Ivis now very generally admitted that a eeblonist is as much —

in need of a microscope as of a hammer. Instruments of the

latter class may indeed be sufficient for the exhumation of the

192 Rev. J. B. Reade on Organic Remains

gigantic remains of Tilgate Forest ; but accurately to follow
out the workings of an Omnipotent agent, and to explore what
may be justly termed the secret things in the kingdom of na-
ture, puts into requisition the talent of our ablest opticians.
Were any proof of this assertion necessary, it would more
than suffice to refer, on the one hand, to the thousands of mi-
croscopic bodies which Mr. Lonsdale has discovered in chalk,
or to the infinitely greater number of far more minute forms
which Prof. Ehrenberg has discovered in the siliceous earths ;
and, on the other hand, to bear in mind that the results of
the latter distinguished philosopher have set at rest the many
unsatisfactory theories respecting the formation of the siliceous
nodules of the chalk, and have naturally led to the conjecture,
that, “as the formless cement in the semiopal of Bilin has —
been derived from the decomposition of animal remains, so
also even those parts of chalk flints in which no organic struc-
ture can be recognised may nevertheless have constituted a
part of microscopic animalcules.”

A series of microscopic observations upon. the ashes of plants
which were commenced in the spring of 1837, led me, by steps
heretofore stated in a communication to the British Associa-
tion*, to examine into the condition of silica generally ; and
I not only can bear testimony to the accuracy of Prof. Ehren-
berg’s conclusion, that to a very great extent the organic re-
mains of Infusoria swell the amount of solid matter of the
crust of the earth, but I am able also to prove by careful ex-
periments, that in plants certainly, and therefore probably in
animals, the living principle is endowed with the power of ela-
borating out of their proper nutriment the solid materials or
frame-work of their support. And hence the origin, and in
the present day the increase both of silica and lime.

With respect to the agency of animalcules secreting carbo-
nate of lime, it may be observed, that a thin transparent sec-
tion of the Sussex marble shows in the most satisfactory man-
ner, that the mouths of the Paludine, instead of being filled up
with indurated marl, as was once supposed, abound with the
remains of Cyprides, and that, in point of fact, the entire mass
of the marble is nothing more than an aggregation of these

* Seventh Report. Transactions of the Sections, p. 108,

} . Ann Nat. list. } of. i f (4 VI//
1 eel

; S Wy y)
Ve i Sy tf WY
MN igs y Ay Wy)
GA
B SSS = i

——
— —
a amen, 2
_—

—~

“7

qr

Ww

GS

—
SO

(Gy
WBE
Wifes
hie

Vz
i]

WY)

—--—~—

| Lens Alious, dei eb lath see ; Printed by]. Basire
SCALES OF FISHES IN THE FLINT OF CHALK.

j Ann. Nal Hos: Vol. MH. £L.LX .

SGALES oF EXISTING FISHES .

1
|

|

SSS

hed Gurnard

a yy
hy \
oy \ 1. Se
nY f
SF \ y, y

~% SF Hy) tt i
MEANY VE
))\ So SL “4

wr Re a) iy ee

=

LA =
Soflaakt (/
Rae A ‘Som
yi) Ye Lt MR

~ Nie / .

ty ir A

gO aay am a,

a a

. " lriuntéeed by J Basie
IN FUSOREA IN Bar sl ee
Ll Xauthidim furcatum...2.X. crassipes... db PD’ var. 3.X jursulum.—. & DP
AX. rarnosum 91 DP?! 6X tabrlerum. 9. Pp?

Ann. Nal Hes Voi. lM. £4 1X .

SCALES of EXISTING FISHES.

,,
~%
all

Whetebact

*)

A
\
( TOY Mullet

Vy

Le ! % - : re nY
By wweny

q ‘ .\ : Q N\

y. iY FOX WY li
MY \

oz
7

hens Udous del vt Lath
INFUSORIA IN FLINT rs
1 Xanthidium furcatum._2.X crassipes.— 3. D?var._ 3X. hirsutiaam. — & D*
4.X._ ramosum._7 D?__ 6X tubiterum —9 P?

in Flints of the Chatk. 193

infusoria interspersed with the larger univalve. That the ap-
parently inorganised particles are derived from the decompo-
sition of the Cypris will scarcely be doubted, and to what ex-
tent each individual is capable of yielding a supply of calca-
reous matter is easily ascertained by incinerating recent ex-
amples. For it thus appears, that not only is there an inde-
structible though slender shell covering the body properly so
called, but the delicate branches of the rami or arms inserted
on each side of the head, as well as the arms themselves, are
equally supplied with a frame-work of solid matter.

But my present object is to allude more particularly to
some of the fossil contents of flint pebbles and of the flint no-
dules of chalk. It is now well known that flint of every kind
is rich in organic remains, and few persons who use the mi-
croscope at all, have neglected the examination of these minute
forms which had their little moment of life and enjoyment in
ages of the most remote antiquity. Perhaps, however, it is
not so generally understood, that in the hands of a skilful
geologist a promiscuous series of flint pebbles would be as-
signed, with the utmost precision, and by means of their fossil
contents alone, to their proper periods and strata. Yet such
is the fact, and I have had the pleasure of seeing it verified by
my friend»Mr. Bowerbank, who lately took advantage of a
geological tour to establish this curious result. I had, indeed,
myself suspected that the flint of different strata had not a
common origin, in consequence of the absence of the Xanthi-
dium from many of the pebbles of the Brighton beach*. This
highly interesting animalcule, of which several species occur
in the flint of Kent and Surrey, I discovered first of all about
a year ago in the flint of the Sydenham gravel; and this spe~
cimen was compared and identified with a French one, then
but just imported at an expense exceeding 20 francs. I learnt
on that occasion that Prof. Ehrenberg had already named and
described this new fossil genus, and to him I am indebted for
the names of the species which accompany this paper. Of the
beauty of the drawings it is unnecessary to speak, and their

* One of these pebbles abounds with remarkably fine examples of Pyzi-
dicula, and its crystalline state, by no means common to flint nodules, is de-
cidedly proved by its action on polarized light.

Ann. Nat. Hist. Vol. 2. No.9. Nov. 1838. O

194 Rev. J. B. Reade on Organic Remains

accuracy is secured by the image of the objects having been
thrown on paper by means of a Camera eye-piece, and then
carefully traced. At the same time I cannot but observe that
a magnifying power of 1000 linear, together with Ross’s fine
adjustment, gives a reality which no drawing can impart. We
can trace our way down the arms, and penetrate what, com-
paratively speaking, appears to be a vast sphere, since it is no
exaggeration to say that it would require nearly a thousand
million individuals to fill up the image thus presented to the
mind.

As to the manipulation of the flint, in order to prepare it
for the stage of the microscope, the readiest method by far is
to break a large nodule in half, and from the flat faces to chip
off thin fragments, which may be attached by means of Canada
balsam to slips of glass of the usual form, and then coated on
their outer surface with hard spirit varnish. A hundred spe-
cimens may be thus cut, mounted, and polished, without trouble
or expense, and in less time than an expert lapidary could pre-
pare a single slice with the diamond-mill and polishing tool.

It is the received opinion among geologists, that the nature
of the strata of the chalk, and the organic remains which they
inclose, prove that the chalk was deposited in the tranquil
depths of an extensive and profound ocean. This conclusion
is rendered probable by the chambered Nauti and micro-
scopic Foraminifera of flint, and it will derive additional force
from a recent very interesting discovery of scales of fossil
fishes, of great variety of form and in a state of most delicate
preservation, throughout the entire series of the flint nodules
both of the chalk and gravel, from Gravesend to Rochester
and Gillingham*. A few weeks ago a single scale was disco-
vered by Mr. Darker upon a fragment of flint which he had
selected for a supply of the Xanthidium, but as he was igno-
rant of its locality he made no further search for similar re-
mains: shortly afterwards a pebble was brought to me for my
usual mode of examination, and upon its surface, I acci-
dentally discovered the second scale, and had the advantage
of knowing that I could apply to an inexhaustible store.

; The rolled flints of the Norfolk gravel-beds also abound with fossil
scales,

in Flints of the Chalk. . 195

These two specimens were exhibited to Prof. Ehrenberg
during his visit in London, to whom, as to other observers,
they were previously unknown. That they should so long
have escaped our notice is to me a marvel, and I can only ac-
count for it, by making what I feel to be the very extravagant
supposition, that the flints hitherto examined did not contain
them. They are not like the infusoria, requiring great ampli-
fication to be rendered visible at all, but possess, in many cases,
all the brightness, and more than half the magnitude, ofa silver
penny; and I am even tempted to ask how our geological
sportsmen can have overlooked them; for” of the only half
dozen gun-flints which have ever been in my possession, I
find a brilliant scale sparkling upon the surface of one of
them. However, it is now a matter of certainty that we shall
all find them, and in great numbers.

The value of this discovery in a geological point of view
cannot be better stated than in the following extract from
Prof. Phillips’s ‘Treatise on Geology’*: ‘“ M. Agassiz has
proved the importance of the indications afforded by the na-
ture of the dermal covering, and applied it to the classification
of fishes with peculiar success. Instead of the divisions usu-
ally adopted from the nature of the skeleton,—cartilaginous
and osseous fishes,—he distinguishes four great orders of
fishes from the. nature of their scales, and finds that with these
differences of scales other great and important distinctions
harmonize ; but that the possession of a bony or cartilagious
skeleton is a question of comparative unimportance. The
abundance and perfection of scales of fishes in a fossil state
render this view, valuable as it is in recent zoology, absolutely
essential to a study of the fossil kingdom; for thus a few
scales remaining, may lead to a knowledge of the species or ge- —
nera belonging to each epoch, and as portions of fishes are
found in every one system of strata, from the ancient silurian
to the most recent of lacustrine deposits, we are presented
with a second scale of organization nearly as complete and as
distinctly related to ¢ime, higher in the ranks of creation, and
therefore more sensibly dependent on physical conditions than

* Cabinet Cyclopedia. Phillips on Geology, p. 88.
02

196 Rey. J. B. Reade on Organic Remains

the well-known and justly valued series of remains of mol-
lusca.

“The orders of fishes, according to their scaly coverings,

are four; viz.
* Ist. Scales enamelled.

* Placoid fishes, whose skin 1s irregularly covered with large
or small plates, or points of enamel, as the rays and
sharks* (Etym. wAa€, a broad plate) occur recent, and nu-
merous in the fossil state, being found in nearly all the
systems of strata, though the genera are mostly peculiar
in each system.

* Ganoid fishes are regularly covered with annular thick
scales, composed internally of bone, and externally of
enamel, generally smooth and bright (Etym. yavos, splen-
dour). Occur recent, but more abundantly in the fossil
kingdom, in which fifty extinct genera have been recog-
nized.

*M. Agassiz appears to have ascertained that the strata be-

low the cretaceous rocks contain very few, if any, other fishes
than such as are included in these orders.

“ 9nd. Scales not enamelled.

*‘Ctenoid fishes have their scales of a horny or bony sub-
stance, without enamel; serrated or pectinated on the
free posterior margin (whence their name, from «revs, a
comb).

* Cycloid fishes have smooth horny or bony unenamelled

scales, entire at the posterior margin, with concentric
or other lines on the outer surface (Ktym. xuxdos, a
circle),

“To the last two orders with unenamelled scales belongs by
far the greater proportion of existing species of fish, which,
according to Cuvier, exceeded 5000, but are stated by M.
Agassiz to amount to 8000. On the contrary, the greater num-

* A small shark, taken a few years ago near the island of Trinidad and
now in my possession, has the scales arranged over every part of the body
and fins with the utmost regularity. ‘They are somewhat oval in form, the
larger diameter being ~yth and the smaller +3,,th of an inch. Three equi-
distant ribs strengthen this delicate tissue, and project beyond the posterior
margin similarly to the ribs of the scale represented in plate viii. No. 25,

—J.B.R,

in Flints of the Chatk. 197

ber of fossil fishes belong to the two orders with enamelled
scales.”

It will be evident from an inspection of the plates, that the
scales now described, with the exception of those represented
at Nos. 2, 6, and 25, belonged to fishes of the last two orders,
or those with unenamelled scales, indicating therefore an ap-
proximation to existing species; and the extraordinary simi-
larity in general characters between the fossil and recent
scales will at once be apparent from a comparison of the re-
spective drawings. The latter were very obligingly supplied
to me by Mr. Yarrell out of his private and unpublished
collection, and are from the pencil of Mr. Charles Curtis.
The former I traced under the microscope with a power of
about 25 linear, and they were reduced and lithographed by
Mr. Aldous, who is making larger drawings to preserve their
relative proportions.

These scales vary in size from ;3,ths to jth of an inch in
diameter,* and are arranged in the order of their magnitude.
The concentric lines, which vary with the age of the fish, are
the most numerous on No. 10, being nearly 100, whereas there
are about 14 only on No. 27. In Nos.3. 12.19. there are be~
tween 40 and 60. A recent scale in Mr, Yarrell’s collection,
which measures 83 inches in circumference, has upwards of 300
concentric circles. The fish from which this scale was taken
is of the genus Chatessus, Cuv.t, and is now in the British
Museum. The row of scales along the sides of fishes, forming
the well-known lateral line, in addition to the structure com-
mon to the scales of the other parts of the body, are pierced
through near the centre by a tube which allows the escape of
the mucous secretion, produced by the glands beneath. Each
of the scales represented in Nos. 4. 12. 14. 18. exhibits this
tube with the numerous lines peculiar to the species. It is
here no doubt that we are to look for scales possessing the
most decided specific characters, for,as I learn from Mr. Yarrell,
who has gone into much detail upon this subject which he has
not yet made public, though scales of the same fish differ in

* The largest scale I have as yet found is similar to No. 2, and measures
~oths by =3,ths of an inch. Very fine examples of coniferous wood occur also
in these flints.

+ Régne Animal. Edition 1829, vol, ii. p. 320.

198 Mr. Walker on the British Chalcidites.

size, and even to a certain extent in form, yet a given series
of scales from the lateral line, exhibiting a marked difference
in structure, would undoubtedly indicate a corresponding se-
ries of species or genera.

That scale, for such I am now disposed to class it, which is
represented at No. 13, has given me the most trouble to deci-
pher. It has, at first sight, the appearance of a tooth, but it
differs from that of a shark, to which, were it a tooth, it would
be the most nearly allied by the great length of the fangs.
And indeed there are no instances of teeth being thus let into
the jaw; for they are either immoveable and to be considered
as parts of the bone, or if moveable they are fixed to the skin.
The subject in question, I believe to be the triple subcutaneous
insertion of a ventral spine or quasi-scale of a fish nearly al-
lied to the Diodon orbicularis, or porcupine fish of the present
period. This similarity no sooner occurred to me than I im-
mediately boiled a small portion of a Diodon in order to sepa-
rate the triple-fanged insertion of a spine from its investing
cartilage, and the only reason of my not figuring the latter
example is the very satisfactory one of there being no differ-
ence except that of size to describe.

I find also with the scales, traces of ribs and fins, soa
sharp-pointed teeth, and parts of the vertebre, and in a few in-
stances I have found portions of the body with the scales in
situ. But here I close this short account of an investigation
which no right-minded man will prosecute without directing
his thoughts to Him who of old “ turned the hard rock into a

standing water, and the flint-stone into a springing well.”
Peckham, October 5, 1838.

XXV.—Descriptions of British Chalcidites. By Francis WALKER,
F.L.S.
[Continued from vol. i. p. 454.]

Mas. Corpus sublineare, nitens, scitissime squameum, parce hirtum: ca-
put transversum, mediocre, subquadratum, convexum, punctatum, parum ni-
tens, latitudine thoracis ; vertex sat latus; frons abrupte declivis : oculi me-
diocres, subrotundi, non extantes: ocelli 3 triangulum fingentes, medius
perparum antepositus : antennz subfiliformes, late, pubescentes, thorace vix
breviores; articulus 1"° sublinearis, validus; 2"° longicyathiformis; 3"* et
sequentes latiores, oblongo-quadrati, usque ad 6"™ curtantes; clava fusi-
formis, acuminata, articulo 6° plus dimidio longior vix latior: thorax longi-
ovatus, convexus: prothorax transversus, sat bene determinatus, antice an-

Mr. Walker on the British Chalcidites. 199

gustus, postice concavus: mesothoracis scutum transversum; parapsidum
suture bene determinate; paraptera et epimera magna, conspicua, subtri-
gona; scutellum breviovatum, leve; metascutellum transversum, breve:
metathorax mediocris : petiolus brevis, crassus: abdomen ovatum, leve, tho-
race brevius, supra planum, subtus convexum; segmentum 1° magnum;
2u™ et sequentia brevia, parallela, subeequalia: sexualia exerta: pedes me-
diocres, recti, simplices, pubescentes, subeequales ; tarsis articulus 1° 2° vix
brevior, 3"5 1° brevior, 4"8 2° paullo longior : ungues et pulvilli sat magni:
alze mediocres, pubescentes, non ciliate ; proalis nervus solitus setosus, hu-
meralis ulnari multo longior, cubitalis radiali multo brevior ad ale apicem
tendens, apice stigma minutum fere integrum fingens ; metalis nervus costa-
lis simplex.

Sp. 27. Cirr. Articas, Mas. Ater fulvo-varius, antenne nigre, pedes fulvi,

ale sublimpide.

Ater: caput ad os flavum: oculi et ocelli rufi, illi antice flavo semicincti :
antenne nigree; articulus 1" subtus fulvus: gula fulva: thorax subtus fulvus :
prothorax postice viridi-fulvo fasciatus : mesothoracis parapsides fulvee an-
tice nigro-picee, scutellum fulvum basi nigro-piceum, paraptera et epimera
fulvo-varia, postscutellum fulvum : petiolus fulvus: abdomen subtus ferru-
gineum; segmenta 1¥™ et 2"™ apice supra zeneo-ferruginea : sexualia picea:
pedes fulvi; coxee basi piceee; tarsi supra picei; profemora extus piceo-
Vittata: alee sublimpide ; squamule fulve; nervifusci. (Corp. long. lin.
1—14; alar. lin, 1}—14.)

Var. 6.—Mesothoracis scutellum nigrum, apice fulvum: petiolus piceus:
abdomen supra omnino nigrum.

Var. y.—Var. @. similis: thorax supra ater : ‘mesothoracis parapsides pos.
tice fulvee : mesofemora piceo-vittata.

Var. }.—Var. @. similis: meso- et metatibize fuscee; tarsi nigro-picei.

July to September ; near London, Isle of Wight.

Mas. Corpus breve, nitens, scitissime squameum, parce hirtum: caput
transversum, subquadratum, sat magnum, convexum, punctatum, parum ni- ©
tens, thorace paullo latius; vertex latus; frons abrupte declivis: antennz
subfiliformes, graciles, thorace multo longiores;. articulus 1s sublinearis ;
2" longicyathiformis ; 3"° et sequentes longi, lineares, usque ad 6% cur-
tantes; clava fusiformis, acuminata, articulo 6° multo longior: thorax
ovatus, convexus : prothorax transversus, bene determinatus, antice angus-
tior : mesothoracis scutum transversum, breve; parapsidum suture bene
determinate; paraptera et epimera magna, subtrigona; scutellum brevi-
ovatum, leeve ; metascutellum conspicuum : metathorax bene determinatus :
petiolus brevis, crassus : abdomen planum, fere conicum, thorace multo bre-
vius; segmentum 1" magnum, dorsi fere dimidium occupans; 2¥™ et se-
quentia brevia, parallela, subeequalia : pedes graciles, simplices, recti, sub-
zequales ; mesotibize subclavatz ; tarsis articuli 1° et 3"S breviores, 2"° et 4°
longiores; ungues et pulvilli sat magni: ale pubescentes, non ciliate ;
nervus humeralis ulnari longior, cubitalis in alee discum declivis radiali multo
brevior, apice stigma fingens minutum fere integrum.

200 Mr. Walker on the British Chalcidites.

Sp. 28. Cirr. Acesius, Mas. Luteus nigro-varius, antenne picee, pedes
flavi piceo-cincti, mesotarsi fusci, ale subflavescentes.
’ Luteus: caput nigrum: ‘oculi et ocelli picei: antennee nigro-picez ; arti-
culi 1"S et 25 lutei, hic basi et ille apice supra picei: prothoracis discus ni-
gro-piceus : mesothoracis scutum basi nigro-piceum, parapsides flavee, scu-
tellum paraptera et epimera nigra: metathorax niger : petiolus piceus, apice
luteus: abdomen nigrum, basi luteum: sexualia flava: pedes flavi; tarsi
apice fusci; propedum femora extus nigro-picea, tibiz apice fuscze ; meso-
pedum tibize apice nigro-picee, tarsi fusci: alz subflavescentes ; squamulee
fulvee; nervi fulvi. (Corp. long. lin. 3—3; alar. lin. 1—14.)

Var. 6.—Mesothoracis scutum omnino luteum; scutellum rufum, discus
piceus: abdomen basi ad medium luteum.

Var. y.—Abdomen basi nigrum ; segmenti 1i discus rufus.

Var. }.—Var. 8. similis : mesothoracis scutellum omnino rufum.

Var. ¢.—Var, 6. similis: protibiee omnino flavee.

Var. ¢.—Petiolus omnino luteus.

Var. y.—Mesothoracis scutum piceum, parapsides rufe, basi piceze.

Var. §.—Thorax supra omnino nigro-piceus,

June to September; near London. Ireland, Mr. Haliday.

Mas. Corpus sublineare, nitens, subleve, parce hirtum: caput transver-
sum, mediocre, subquadratum, convexum, punctatum, parum nitens, thora-
cis latitudine; vertex latus; frons subimpressa, abrupte declivis: antennz
filiformes, graciles, corpore vix breviores, pilis longioribus vestite ; articulus
1"S sublinearis ; 2"* longicyathiformis; 3° latus, oblongus; 4"* et sequentes
longi, lineares, usque ad 7" curtantes; clava longifusiformis, acuminata,
articulo 7° multo longior; thorax longiovatus, convexus: prothorax trans-
versus, brevis, conspicuus, postice incurvus: mesothoracis scutum magnum,
latitudine longius ; parapsidum suture conspicue, postice mutuo accedentes ;
paraptera et epimera bene determinata; scutellum obconicum ; metascu-
tellum brevissimum : metathorax conspicuus: petiolus brevissimus, crassus :
abdomen longiovatum, subglabrum, supra planum, thorace paullo angustius
vix brevius; segmenta 1° ad 3% magna, 4°™ et sequentia brevia parva;
pedes graciles, simplices, recti, sat longi; tarsis articuli 1° ad 3%™ subzequales,
4"s 3° longior ; ungues et pulvilli mediocres: alz breviter ciliate ; nervus
ulnaris humerali non brevior, radialis vix ullus, cubitalis in ale discum de-
clivis apice stigma fingens fere integrum.

Fem. Caput thorace paullo angustius: antenne clavate, thorace non lon-
giores; articulus 3"* brevissimus; 45 fusiformis ; 6"° et 7's breviores; clava
longiovata, acuminata, articulo 7° multe longior: abdomen longiovatum,
apice acuminatum, thorace latius et paullo longius; segmenta transversa,
parallela, 1"™ magnum, 2¥™ et sequentia parva.

Sp. 29. Cirr. Armeeus, Mas et Fem. Niger flavo-varius, antenne nigra,

pedes fulvi piceo-vittati, ale subfulve. ‘

Fem. Niger: caput antice et circum oculos flavum : oculi et ocelli picei :
antennz nigre ; articulus 1" basi flavus: mesothoracis scutum apice et basi
utrinque flavo marginatum, paraptera et epimera partim flavyo marginata,

Mr. Walker on the British Chalcidites. 201

scutellum et postscutellum flava, illum piceo utrinque breviter vittatum et
medio maculatum ; abdomen zneo-atrum: pedes fulvi; coxa pice; tarsi
apice picei; profemora basi extus piceo-vittata; mesofemora basi fusco pla-
giata; metafemora nigro-picea, apice fulva: ale fulvescentes ; squamule
fulvee; nervi fulvi.

Mas. Mesothoracis scutum apice piceo utrinque binotatum; pro- et meta-
femora fusca, apice fulva: mesofemora fulva. (Corp. long. lin. 1—13;
alar. lin, 14—13.)

Var. 8. Mas.—Femora omnia fulva.

Var. vy. Fem.—Mesothoracis parapsides fere omnino flave, scutelli vittes
obsolete: abdominis segmenti 1: discus ferrugineus: metatibiz pallide
fusce.

Var. }. Fem.—Var. y. similis: mesothoracis scutelli macula fulva : meta-
femora fusca, apice fulva.

Var. ¢. Fem.—Mesofemora fulva: metafemora pallide fusca, apice fulva.

Var. €. Fem.—Mesothoracis scutelli macula nigra, vitte obsolete.

Var. y. Fem.—Var. 3. similis: mesofemora fulva; metatibiz fusce,

June, September; near London, Isle of Wight, Wales, Scotland. On
oaks, Tullymore Park, Ireland, Mr. Haliday.

Sp. 30. Cirr. Metra, Fem. Ochraceus, antenne fusce, abdomen eneo-

nigrum, pedes fulvi, ale limpida.

Ochraceus: caput postice et ad ocellos nigro-piceum: oculi et ocelli rufi:
antennz fusce ; articuli 1"° et 2"5 fulvi, hic basi et ille apice fusci: thoracis
suturee piceze: mesothoracis scutum antice nigro-piceum, scutellum piceo
bivittatum : metathorax piceus: petiolus ferrugineus: abdomen ceneo-ni-
grum, basi ferrugineum: pedes pallide fulvi; genua flava; ungues et pul-
villi fusci: alze limpide; squamule pallide flavee; nervi concolores. (Corp.
long. lin. 1; alar. lin. 12.)

August ; near London.

Fem. Corpus longum, sublineare, nitens, subleeve, parce hirtum: caput
parvum, transversum, subquadratum, punctatum, parum nitens, thorace
paullo angustius; vertex sat latus; frons impressa, abrupte declivis: an-
tenne graciles, clavate, thorace paullo longiores; articulus 1"S sublinearis ;
2"s longicyathiformis; 3"° brevissimus ; 4"% fusiformis, longus; 5" et 6"S
breviores; clava fusiformis, acuminata, articulo 6° multo longior: thorax
longiovatus, convexus: prothorax transversus, conspicuus, angustus, postice
incurvus: mesothoracis scutum magnum, latitudine longius ; parapsidum
suturze conspicuz, postice mutuo accedentes; paraptera et epimera bene
determinata ; scutellum subrotundum: metascutellum parvum, fere semi-
circulum fingens: metathorax conspicuus: abdomen longiovatum, thorace
Jongius, supra planum, subtus carinatum, apice acuminatum et attenuatum,
segmenta transversa, parallela, subeequalia: petiolus crassus, brevissimus :
pedes graciles, simplices, recti, sat longi; tarsis articuli 1° ad 3% subzequales,
4" 3° longior; ungues et pulvilli mediocres: alz breviter ciliate; nervus
ulnaris humerali non brevior, radialis vix ullus, cubitalis in alee discum de-
clivis apice stigma fingens fere integrum.

202 Mr. Walker on the British Chalcidites.

Sp. 31. Cirr. Eurytus, Fem. Viridis flavo-varius, antenne nigre, pedes

flavi, ale limpide.

Leete viridis: caput antice et subtus flavum: oculi et ocelli rufi: an-
tenne nigre ; articulus 1"° basi et subtus fulvus; 2"8 apice fulvus: thoracis
discus cupreo-varius: mesothoracis scutum utrinque et postice flavo margi-
natum, paraptera et epimera flavo partim marginata, scutellum et postscu-
tellum flava, illi macula ad basin trigona viridis: abdomen cyaneo-viride :
pedes flavi; coxe virides; ungues et pulvilli pallide fusci; protarsi fulvi :
alee limpide ; squamulz fulve, antice virides, nervi fulvi. (Corp. long. lin.
1; alar. lin. 14.)

Found near London.

Fem. Corpus angustum, sublineare, nitens, scitissime squameum, parce
hirtum: caput transversum, breve, convexum, juxta thoraci latum ; vertex
sat latus; frons abrupte declivis, vix impressa: oculi mediocres, subrotundi,
extantes: ocelli vertice triangulum fingentes: antennz graciles, extrorsum
crassiores, corporis dimidio longiores; articulus 1% fusiformis, 2"° Jongiob-
conicus; 8° et sequentes lineares, ad 5¥™ curtantes ; clava fusiformis, acu-
minata, articulo 5° fere duplo longior: thorax ovatus, convexus: prothorax
transversus, brevissimus, supra vix conspicuus: mesothoracis scutum lati-
tudine longius; parapsides remote, suture bene determinate; scutellum
obconicum ; paraptera et epimera conspicua: metathorax mediocris: petio-
lus brevissimus : abdomen fusiforme, planum, acuminatum, thorace longius
vix angustius; segmenta parallela, 1» magnum, 2™ et sequentia breviora
subeequalia: pedes graciles, sat longi, subzequales ; tarsis articuli 1"* et 3"
breviores, 2's et 4s longiores; ungues et pulvilli parvi: alz anguste, ciliate: ;
nervus ulnaris humerali longior, radialis nullus, cubitalis in ale discum de-
clivis stigma fingens parvum fere bimucronatum.

Sp. 32. Cirr. Mandanis, Fem. Viridis cupreo-varius, abdomen basi fer-

rugineum, antenne picee, pedes flavi, ale sublimpide.

Lete viridis, cupreo-varius: oculi et ocelli rufi: antenne pices ; articuli
1"5 et 2"° fulvi, hic supra et ille apice fusci: abdomen viridi-cupreum, basi
ferrugineum: pedes lete flavi; cox virides; tarsi apice fusci; protarsi
fulvi, apice picei: alee sublimpidee; squamule fulve; nervi fulvi. (Corp.
long. lin. +—4; alar. lin, 3—14.)

July; near London, Scotland.

Mas. Corpus nitens, leve, parce hirtum: caput parvum, transversum,
brevissimum, convexum, thorace angustius; vertex angustus; frons im-
pressa, abrupte declivis : oculi sat magni, subrotundi, extantes : ocelli ver-
tice triangulum fingentes: antennz subsetacex, graciles, pilis longioribus
vestitee, corpore multo breviores; articulus 1S sublinearis, gracilis ; 2"* lon-
gicyathiformis ; 3"° brevis; 4° et sequentes ad 7%™ lineares, subzequales;
8s et 9"5 sensim angustiores; 10" minutus, acuminatus: thorax ovatus,
supra planus: prothorax transversus, brevissimus, antice angustior, supra
conspicuus: mesothoracis scutum longitudine vix latius; parapsidum su-
ture remotze, conspicuze ; scutellum brevi obconicum; paraptera et epimera
sat bene determinata: metathorax mediocris: petiolus brevis, gracilis: ab-

: ;
Mr. Walker on the British Chalcidites. 203

domen sublineare, depressum, fere glabrum, apice paullo latius, thorace an-
gustius non longius ; segmenta transversa, parallela, subaequalia: pedes gra-
ciles, simplices, subeequales; tarsis articuli 1"° et 3"° breviores, 2"° et 4"5 lon-
giores; ungues et pulvilli minuti: ale ciliate: proale late; nervus ulnaris
humerali paullo longior, radialis nullus, cubitalis longus in alee discum de-
clivis apice stigma fingens minutum fere integrum.

Fem. Antenne 8-articulate, extrorsum crassiores, corporis dimidio lon-
giores; articuli 3", 4"° et 5"° lineares, subaequales; clava fusiformis, atte-
nuata, acuminata, articulo 5° fere duplo longior : abdomen ovatum, acumi-
natum, subtus carinatum, thoraci fere quoad longum et latum.

Sp.33. Cirr. Anysis, Mas et Fem. Aéer, abdomen antice flavum, an-

tenne fulve, pedes flavi, ale limpide.

Mas. Ater: caput flavum; vertex piceus: oculi et ocelli rufi: antennz
pallide fulve ; articulus 1“* flavus, supra fulvo-vittatus ; 2"° flavus, basi
fuscus: abdomen piceum, ante medium flavo-fasciatum; segmentum 1¥™
fuscum: sexualia fulva: pedes lete flavi; coxz basi fulvee; ungues et pul-
villi fulvi: alee limpide ; squamule flavze, antice fuscee; nervi flavi.

Fem. Aineo-ater: antennis articulus 1"s flavus; 2"° pallide fulvus, basi
fuscus: abdomen nigro-piceum ; discus antice flavus ; segmentum 1% basi
' fuscum: coxee basi piceze: ale minime flavescentes. (Corp. long. lin.
4—; alar. lin. —1.

Var.’8. Mas.—Antennis articulus 2"* basi fulvus: squamule antice fulvee.

Var. y. Mas.—Abdomen nigro-piceum, basi piceum, medium ante fulvo
fasciatum: alis nervi fulvi.

Var, . Fem.—Abdominis dimidium anticum flavum; segmentum 1¥™
basi fulyum : alis nervi fulvi.

Var. ¢. Fem.—Antennis articulus 1"° fulvus, apice flavus.

Var. €. Fem.—Antennis articuli 1"* et 2"8 obscure fulvi:; abdomen cupreo-
piceum, ante medium flavo-fasciatum : alis nervi fulvi.

Found near London,

Mas. Corpus nitens, leve, parce hirtum: caput parvum, transversum,
brevissimum, convexum, thorace angustius; vertex angustus; frons im-
pressa, abrupte declivis: oculi sat magni, subrotundi, extantes: ocelli ver-
tice triangulum fingentes: antenne filiformes, graciles, pilis longioribus
vestitee, corpore multo breviores; articulus 1"’ sublinearis, gracilis; 2"*lon-
gicyathiformis; 3"* brevis; 4"° et sequentes ad 7™ lineares, subzequales ;
8"s et 9"* sensim angustiores; 10"* minutus, acuminatus: thorax ovatus,
supra planus : prothorax transversus, brevissimus, antice angustior, supra
conspicuus: mesothoracis scutum longitudine vix latius; parapsidum su-
turee remote, conspicuz ; scutellum brevi-obconicum ; paraptera et epimera
sat bene determinata: metathorax mediocris: petiolus brevis, gracilis: ab-
domen depressum, fere glabrum, sublineare, apice paullo latius, thorace an-
gustius non longius ; segmenta subzequalia: pedes graciles, simplices, sub-
sequales ; tarsis articuli 1"° et 3% breviores, 2"* et 4"°longiores: ale ci-
liatee; proalee latee; nervus ulnaris humerali paullo longior, radialis nullus,
cubitalis in ale discum declivis stigma minutum fingens.

204. Mr. Walker on the British Chalcidites..

Fem. Antenne extrorsum crassiores, corporis dimidio longiores ; articuli
3° ad 5"™ curtantes ; clava fusiformis, attenuata, acuminata, articulo 5° du-
plo longior : abdomen ovatum, acuminatum, subtus carinatum, thoraci fere
quoad longum et latum; segmentum 1"" magnum, 2" et sequentia brevia,
subzequalia.

Sp. 34. Cirr. Ecus, Mas et Fem. Viridis, abdomen cupreum basi sepe

flavum, antenne fulve, pedes flavi, ale limpide.

Fem. Leete viridis: oculi et ocelli rufi: antenne obscure fulvz ; arti-
culi 1"s et 2"5 fusci, ille basi flavus: abdomen cupreum, basi fulvescens,
apice viride: pedes lete flavi; ungues, pulvilli et protarsi fulvi: ale lim-
pide ; squamulee flave, antice fulvo varie ; nervi flavi.

Mas. Aineo-viridis: antenne pallide fulve ; articuli 1"* et 2"s fusci, hic
apice fulvus: abdomen cupreum, basi flavescens, apice viridi-varium. (Corp.
long. lin. +—%.; alar. lin. 3—1.)

Var. 8. Fem.—Thorax cyaneo-viridis: abdomen medium ante flavo
fasciatum: alis nervi flavi.

Var. y. Fem.—Antennis articuli 1"* et 2"* pallide fusci, hic apice fulvus,
ille basi flavus: abdomen antice flavum, postice cupreum.

Var. 3. Fem.—Mesothoracis scutellum eet ise seo abdomen cu-
preum, apice viride.

Var. ¢«. Fem.—Metathorax zeneo-viridis: abdomen cupreum; segmenta
apice viridia: alis nervi fulvi.

Var. €. Fem.—Var. vy. similis : antennis articulus 1" flavus, apice supra
pallide fuscus.

July, October, near London.

Mas. Corpus sublineare, nitens, scitissime squameum, parce hirtum : caput
transversum, breve, convexum, thorace latius : antennz clavate, pilis longis
vestitee, corporis dimidio longiores ; articulus lus latus, longiovatus ; 28 lon-
gicyathiformis; 3" et sequentes ad 6"™ breves, approximati, sublineares ;
clava longiovata, articulo 6° plus duplo longior et multo latior : thorax ova-
tus, convexus: prothorax brevissimus, supra vix conspicuus: mesothoracis
scutum latitudine longius ; parapsidum suture bene determinate ; scutellum
breviconicum: metathorax transversus, mediocris: petiolus brevissimus :
abdomen sublineare, planum, thorace brevius et angustius: pedes graciles:
alis nervus ulnaris humerali longior, radialis vix ullus, cubitalis sat longus.

Sp. 35. Cirr. Euedochus, Mas. Viridis, abdomen cupreum, antenne

flave apice fulve, pedes fiavi, femora nonnunguam obscuriora, ale
limpide.

Obscure viridis eneo-varius: oculi et ocelli rufi: antenne lete flave ;
clava fulva, basi flava: abdomen cupreum: pedes lite flavi; cox virides,
apice flave ; meso- et metatarsi apice fulvi; protarsi supra pallide fulvi : alze
limpide ; squamulz flavee, supra fusco notate; nervi flavi. (Corp. long.
lin. 4—; alar. lin. —1.)

Var. @.—Antennis articulus 1° cupreus; 4", 5" et 6° supra pallide fulvi;
clava obscurior: coxee virides ; trochanteres fulvi; pro- et mesofemora basi
fusca; metafemora viridia, apice flava.

“Specimen of the Botany of New Zealand. 205

On the hazel, Holywood, near Belfast, Ireland, Mr. Haliday. Found
near London.

Fem. Corpus longum, angustum, sublineare, nitens, scitissime squameum,
parce hirtum: caput transversum, breve, thorace paullo latius; vertex la-
tus; frons abrupte declivis: oculi mediocres : antenne capitate, thorace paullo
breviores ; articulus 1"° gracilis, fusiformis; 2"* longicyathiformis ; 3"*, 4°° et
5"° sublineares, zequales ; clava ovata, articulo 5° multo latior et plus duplo
longior: thorax longiovatus, parum convexus: prothorax conspicuus, lati-
tudine longior, antice angustus: mesothoracis scutum depressum, latitudine
longius; parapsidum suture non bene determinatz; seutellum obconicum :
metathorax mediocris: petiolus brevissimus: abdomen longiovatum, de-
pressum, apice acuminatum, thorace paullo latius vix longius; segmentum
1°" magnum, 2°” et sequentia brevia : pedes graciles, simplices, subzequales ;
tarsis articulus 1" brevis, 4°° longus; ungues et pulvilli minuti: alis nervus
ulnaris humerali longior, cubitalis sat longior, stigma parvum subfurcatum
fingens ; radialis brevissimus.

[To be continued. ]

XXVI.—Flore Insularum Nove Zelandie Precursor; or a
Specimen of the Botany of the Islands of New Zealand.
By ALLAN CUNNINGHAM, Esq.

[Continued from p. 132.]
RUBIACE, (Juss),
(OrEercuLaria£, A. Rich.)
1. OpercuLaria, Ge@erin., A. Rich.
466. O. diphylla, foliis , capitulis ex dichotomia ramorum stipitatis
_ sphericis involucris setoso-hispidis in capitulo pluribus 3—4 floris, corollis

tetrandris. DC. Prodr. iv. p. 616. Garin. Rem. et Sch. Syst. Veg. iii.

p.837.—Rubioides diphylla. Soland. Ms. in Bibl. Banks.

New Zealand.—1769, Sir Jos. Banks.

467. O. aspera, foliis oblongis scabris venosis, floribus capitatis pedun-
culis axillaribus. DC. Prodr. iv. p.616. Spreng. Syst. Veg. i. p.885. Gaertn.
Reem. et Sch. Syst, Veg. iii. p.334.—Rubioides aspera. Sol, Ms. in Bibl.
Banks.

2. Gatium, L. Juss.

468. G. tenuicaule, annuum, caule debili valde attenuato tetragono re-
trorsum aspero, foliis quaternis spathulato-oblongis acutis basi angustatis
aculeato-scabris, pedunculis axillaribus subtrifloris, folium subzequantibus,
fructibus globoso-didymis glabris.

New Zealand (Northern Island). Damp woods on the Keri-Keri and
Wangaroa rivers.—1834, R. Cunningham.

469. G. propinqguum, annuum, caule attenuato debili decumbente tetra-
gono glabro membranaceo, foliis quaternis (4 lineas longis) ellipticis acutis
petiolatis margine aculeato-hispidis, pedunculis axillaribus solitariis folio vix
longioribus, fructibus glabris globoso-didymis minutim tuberculatis.
~ New Zealand (Northern Island). Shaded woods, Wangaroa.—1833, FR.

_ Cunningham.

206 Specimen of the Botany of New Zealand.

Obs. This species approaches very near to G. humile (Cham. et
Schlecht. in Linnea, 1825, p. 226.) a native of South America, the
fruit of which is, however, described as being pubescent. DC. Prodr.
iy. p. 604.

Quid Galium umbrosum, Sol. Ms. in Forst. Prodr. n. 500, absque descr. ?

ex Nova Zelandia.
3. Coprosma, Forst.

(Pelaphia, Banks et Sol.) |

470. C. lucida; foliis ovatis utrinque acuminatis, pedunculis axillaribus
compositis, floribus subcapitatis, antheris exsertis. DC. Prodr, iv. p. 578.
Forst. Prodr. n. 188. Reem. et Sch. Syst. Veg. vi. p. 210. A. Rich. Fl. Nov.
Zel.p.262. Endl. Prodr. Fl. Norf. p. 60.

New Zealand (Northern Island).—1773, G. Forster. (Middle Island),
Bay of Islands, on the banks of rivers. —1826, 4. Cunningham.

Obs. An species plures hic confuse sunt ?

471. C. feetidissima, foliis ovato-oblongis angustis confertis glabris, flori-
bus solitariis terminalibus sessilibus (inter folia conferta) antheris exsertis.
Forst, Prodr. n. 188. A. Rich. Fl. Nov. Zel. p.261. DC. Prodr. iv. p. 578.
Roem. et Sch. Syst. Veg. vi. p. 210.—C conferta. 4. C. Mss, 1826.

New Zealand (Middle Island). Queen Charlotte’s Sound.—1773, G.
Forster. (Northern Island,) Alluvial banks of rivers, Bay of Islands.—
1826, 4. Cunningham.

472. C. propinqua, foliis lanceolato-oblongis obtusissimis glabris, floribus
solitariis paucis ad apicem ramulorum subsessilibus, ramis brachiatis virgatis
strictis.

New Zealand (Northern Island). In shaded woods, Wangaroa.—1833,
A, Cunningham.

Obs. Closely allied to the preceding, but the flowers are less
crowded, and its leaves are smaller.

473. C. rotundifolia, foliis obovato-subrotundis obtusis subacuminatisve
petiolatis subtus ramulisque virgatis pilosis, floribus axillaribus ageregatis
pedicellatis.

New Zealand (Northern Island). In dry woods at Wangaroa, bearing
“red drupze.”—Dec. 1833, R. Cunningham.

474. C. rhamnoides, foliis (parvis) obovato-rotundatis obtusis petiolatis
glabris margine revolutis tenuissime ciliatis, petiolis ramulisque villosis, flo-
ribus axillaribus solitariis, ramis brachiatis rigidis patentibus dependentibus
deflexis.

New Zealand (Northern Island), Banks of the Keri-Keri river.—1834,
Rh. Cunningham.

475. C. gracilis, foliis (parvis) ovato-oblongis petiolatis obtusiusculis mar-
gine revolutis utrinque glabris, floribus axillaribus solitariis pedicellatis, ra-
mulis erectis gracilibus villosis.

New Zealand (Middle Island).—1773, G. Forster (fide examplar absque
fructificatione in Herbario Banks, conservatur). (Northern Island,) a slender
shrub, in alluvial seil on the banks of the Keri-Keri river, &c., Bay of
Islands,—1834, 2, Cunningham, bearing red berries in December,

S4
at

Specimen of the Botany of New Zealand. 207

476. C. divaricata, foliis obovato-oblongis obtusis petiolatis glabris, flori-
bus axillaribus solitariis breviter pedunculatis, ramis divaricatis rigidis, ra-
mulis tomentosis. |

New Zealand (Northern Island). Dry woods at Wangaroa.—1826, 2.
' Cunningham.—1833, R. Cunningham.

477. C. acerosa, foliis linearibus acerosis obtusis, fasciculatis levibus mar-
gine revolutis floribus masculis axillaribus solitariis sessilibus tetrandris, ra-
mulis strictis brevi tomentosis.—Pelaphia acerosa. Sol. Ms. in Bibl. Banks.

New Zealand (Northern Island).—1769, Sir Jos. Banks. Sandy rocks
on the Hokianga, near the immediate shore.—1826, 4. Cunningham. Sea
coast, on the east side, opposite the Cavallos Isles.—1834, BR. Cunning-
ham.

Obs. Flores declives dioici. MJasculi tetrandri. Foeminei, stylus bifidus,
elongatus.

478. C. repens, (Rich.) caule frutescente prostrato, foliis obovalibus ob-
tusis margine subsinuatis, pedunculis simplicibus axillaribus brevibus apice
3—5 floris, fructibus obcordatis. 4. Rich. Fl. Nov. Zel. p. 264.—C. pusilla,
Sol. Forst. Prodr. n.518. absq. descr.

New Zealand (Middle Island). Cook’s Strait and Astrolabe Harbour.—
1827, D’ Urville.

Obs. Frutex repens, prostratus. Folia opposita, obovalia, integra, gla-
berrima 2—3 pollicaria, margine subsinuosa basi sensim in petiolum vix pol-
licarem desinentia. Peduneuli axillares, solitarii. Jructus apice peduncu-
lorum, 2—5, carnosi, binuculati, nucibus 1-locularibus, 1-spermis.

479. C. spathulata erecta, virgata, glabra, foliis subrotundis obtusis vel
emarginatis, basi sensim in petiolum attenuatis, floribus solitariis, stylis lon-
gissimis.

New Zealand (Northern Island). Shady rocks, Wangaroa, &c.—1826,
A. Cunningham.—1834, R, Cunningham.

4. Ronazsea, Aubl., A. Rich. Mém. Soc. Paris, v. p. 270,

Calyx tubus ovatus, limbus minimus 5-dentatus. Corolla oblonga subin-
fundibuliformis, lobis 5-petulis acutis, fauce nuda, Anther@ 5, ob-
longee, incluse. Stigma bilamellatum. Bacca ovata umbilicata, foeta
nucibus duabus 1-spermis hine planis inde convexis. DC,

480. &.? australis, foliolis obovalibus obtusis basi sensim in petiolum at-
tenuatis, pedunculis axillaribus trifurcatis, floribus sessilibus subcapitatis.
A. Rich. Fl. Nov. Zel. p. 265.

New Zealand (Middle Island). Astrolabe Harbour.—1827, D’Urville.

Patété, incol., D’ Urville.

Obs. Arbor sat grandis, dumosa, ramis teretibus, glabris. Folia opposita,
subcoriacea, glaberrima, supra viridia, subtus pallidiora, 4—5 pollices longa,
2—3 lata. Flores 3—8 ad apicem pedicellorum sessiles congesti. Fructus
distincti, ovoidei, pisiformes, subcarnosi, apice brevissime umbilicati, binu-
culati, nucibus 1-spermis.

*D’ailleurs le Ron. australis a de lanalogie avec une autre espece
nouvelle que nous avons désignée, dans notre travail sur les Rubiacées,
sous le nom de Ronabea morindoides. Cependant le limbe du calice,

208 Specimen of the Botany of New Zealand.

entier dans son bord, est un caractére qui ne s’est offert & nous dans
aucune autre espéce du genre. Peutétre que si nous avions pu étudier
organisation des diverses parties de la fleur, nous eussions été porté
& faire de notre plante un genre nouveau.” A. Rich,

Affinis Psychotria, sed bacca non costata.

5. Nertera, Banks in Gerin. Fr. Juss.
481. N. depressa. DC. iv. p.451. Forst. Prodr.n. 501. Smith Ic. Ined.
ii. ¢, 28.—-Gomozia granadensis. Mutis in Linn. Suppl. p. 29.

6. Geopuita, Don, Prodr. Fl. Nep. 136.
(Psychotria, Sp. L.)

Calyx 5-partitus, laciniis linearibus patenti-recurvis. Corolla tubulosa,
fauces pilosz lobis 5 ovatis subrecurvis. Anthere 5 incluse. Stigma
bifidum. Bacca ovoidea costato-angulata calyce coronata bilocularis
disperma.

482. G.? dichondrefolia, hispido-pilosa, foliis (semiuncialibus) latissime
ellipticis subreniformibusve cordatis acuminatis petiolum zquantibus, flori-
bus fructibus subsessilibus solitariis terminalibus,

New Zealand (Northern Island). In dry woods on the shores of the Bay
of Islands, at Waimaté, Hokianga, &c.--1834, R. Cunningham. “ Bearing
orange-coloured berries” in December.

I have been induced to refer this plant (clearly, I conceive,) of
Rubiacee to Geophila of Don, as much from its habit, as from the struc-
ture of its fruit, reported to be an orange-coloured bacca.

7. Viscum, ZL.

483. V. antarcticum, ramis compresso-teretibus, ramulis ancipitibus, foliis
oblongo-ovatis basi attenuatis petiolatis obtusis undulatis, enerviis, racemis,
ramis axillaribus terminalibusve patentibus articulatis. Jorst. Prodr.n.370.
A. Rich. Fl. Nov. Zel. p.269. DC. Prodr, iv. p, 285.—Tupeia antarctica.
Schlechtend. in Linnea, ii. p. 203.

New Zealand (Middle Island).—1773, G. Forster. (Northern Island,)
parasitical on Avicennia tomentosa, Br., on the banks of the Kana-Kana river.
—1834, R. Cunningham. ;

484. V. pubigerum, ramis teretibus levibus dichotomis, foliis elliptico-
rhomboideis obtusis basi attenuatis venosis margine asperis, nervo medioramu-
lisque pubescentibus, floribus terminalibus lateralibusve umbellato-racemosis.

Tiran-riki, incol., 2. Cunn. .

New Zealand (Northern Island). Upon several trees on river banks, at
the Bay of Islands. 4. Cunningham.

485. V. salicornoides, aphyllum, ramosissimum, ramis teretibus articulatis,
vaginis dilatatis.

New Zealand (Northern Island). Parasitical on Leptospermum scoparium,
the Kahikitra of the natives, Keri-Keri river, Bay of Islands.—1834, 2,
Cunningham.

8. Lorantuus, LZ.
486. L. tetrapetalus, L. Forst. Prodr.n. 156. Schult. Syst. Veg. vii. p.
60. DC. Prodr, iv. p. 295. A. Rich. Fl. Nov. Zel. p. 268.

Specimen of the Botany of New Zealand. 209

New Zealand (Middle Island). Queen Charlotte’s Sound.—1773, G.
Forster. (Northern Island.) Parasitical on Metrosideros tomentosa, or
Pohntu-Kana of the natives; is also occasionally on the branches of Vitea lit-
doralis, their Puriri, in the forests of Wangaroa.—1826, 4. Cunningham.—
1834, R. Cunningham.

Folia subpetiolata, opposita, ovalia, obtusa, erecto-patentia. lores ex
axillis vel cicatricibus foliorum oriuntur, pedunculati, szepe solitarii, seepe
etiam bini, terni, quaterni, in singulo fasciculo, aurantio-coccinei.

9. Genus Cornzs affine.
ALSEUOSMIA.

Calycis tubus ovario adnatus, limbo supero 4—5-fido, deciduo, laciniis
ovatis «stivatione valvata. Corolla infundibuliformis, tubo elongato
calyce multoties longior, fauce imberbi-limbus 5-partitus regularis, la-
ciniis ovatis acutiusculis, margine divisis sinuato-repandis perzstiva-
tione valvata, Stamina 5, equalia, brevia, ori tubi inserta et cum la=
ciniis alterna. Discus epigynus. Anthere ultra faucem exsertz, bi-
loculares, longitudinaliter dehiscentes: ovarium biloculare, loculis 2—5
ovulatis vel indefinitis. Stylus elongatus, filiformis, glaber, longitudine
staminum. Stigma depresso-capitatum indivisum. Bacca turbinata,
obovata, glabra, infera, 1-locularis, polysperma, aut interdum abortu
oligosperma. Semina obovata, curvata, obtusa, latere exteriore con-
vexa, interiore angulata, medio interiore umbilico instructa. Testa
brunnea, levis, crassa, rugulosa, pulchre reticulata. lbumen copiosum,
carnosum. Jmbryo minutus, rectus, albumine 4—5'** brevior, dicoty-
ledoneus, juxta basin albuminis. Cotyledones subfoliacei, sibi incum-
bentes. Jtadicula brevis, crassa, obtusa, ab umbilico remota. Plumula’
inconspicua, Frutices erecti, sempervirentes, 2—3 pedales. Folia al-
terna, exstipulata, petiolata, oblonga, subintegra seu lobata. Petioli basi
dilatata. Flores odoratissimi, pedicellati, bracteati, laterales seu termi-
nales, solitarii aut fasciculati, subracemosi.

Flores harum plantarum in sylvis natalibus suis, gratissimum late
spirant odorem, unde nomen Generis, ex aAcos lucus, et evorpia
gratus odor.

487. A. linariifolia, foliis (uncialibus) lineari-lanceolatis acuminatis mar-
gine revolutis, floribus terminalibus solitariis ageregatisve, ramulis virgatis
pubescentibus,

New Zealand (Northern Island). Margins of dry woods, Bay of Islands.
—1826, 4. Cunningham.

488. A. ligustrifolia, foliis (uncialibus) oblongis oblongo-lanceolatisve ob-
tusis margine revolutis integerrimis vel rarissime parum dentatis subtus dis-
coloribus, floribus lateralibus, ramulis tenuissime pubescentibus.

New Zealand (Northern Island). Shaded woods at Wangaroa.—1833,
ht. Cunningham.

489. A. Banksii, gracilis, foliis elliptico-oblongis rhomboideisve obtusis
basi attenuatis longe petiolatis margine revolutis subintegris dentato-repandis

Ann. Nat. Hist. Vol. 2. No.9. Nov. 1838. P

210 Specimen of the Botany of New Zealand.

lobatisve, floribus lateralibus terminalibusve subsolitariis, ramulis pubescen-
tibus. Fagoides triloba. Banks et Sol. Mss. in herb. Banks, absque fructifi-
catione. |

New Zealand (Northern Island).—1769, Sir Jos. Banks. Skirts of woods
on the shores of the Bay of Islands.—1834, R. Cunningham.

490. A. paleiformis, foliis absque petiolis (vix semiuncialibus) longe pe-
tiolatis subrotundis rhomboideisve obtusis integerrimis vel parum dentatis
basi subcordatis simplicibusve, floribus axillaribus subsolitariis, ramulis
tenuiter virgatis strigoso-pubescentibus.

New Zealand (Northern Island), Dense forests of Wangaroa, &c.—1833,
Rich. Cunningham.

491, A. atriplicifolia, foliis elliptico-rhomboideis subrotundisve, obtusis
longe petiolatis integris repando-dentatisve, floribus axillaribus ageregatis
ramulis glabriusculis.

New Zealand (Northern Island). Dry woods at Wangaroa, &c.—
1833, Rich. Cunningham.

492. A. Ilex, foliis elliptico-oblongis subacuminatis obtusis integerrimis
lobatisve, floribus lateralibus terminalibusve fasciculato-racemosis, ramulis
glabris.

New Zealand (Northern Island). Shaded woods in the country between
the Bay of Islands and Hokianga River.—1826, 4. Cunningham:—1833,
R. Cunningham.

493, A. quercifolia, foliis ovato-oblongis acuminatis petiolatis distanter
lobatis subintegerrimisve, foliis lateralibus fasciculatis, ramulis gracilibus
glaberrimis.

New Zealand (Northern Island). Dry woods on the shores of the Bay of
Islands.—1826, 4. Cunningham.

494, A. macrophylla, foliis (4—5 uncialibus) oblongis obovatisve coriaceis
leevibus obtusis basi attenuatis integerrimis dentatisve, floribus oe
solitariis aggregatisve, ramulis glaberrimis.

New Zealand (Northern Island). Margins of dry woods, Hokianga River,
&c.—1826, 4. Cunningham.

This new genus is very closely allied to Cornea, DC., as also to the
Caprifoliacee and Loranthacee, DC. ; it appears, however, to consti-
tute a distinct family differing from Cornee in having a monopetalous
flower and a baccated fruit, pulpy within, containing several seeds ;
from Caprifoliacee, in the stamens being inserted into the corolla, in
having an embryo situated at the lower extremity of the albumen, and
alternate leaves; and from Loranthacee, in having a monopetalous
flower with a long tube, short segments, with which the stamens are
alternate, a bilocular ovarium, each cell with several ascending ovules,
and a minute embryo, several times shorter than the fleshy albumen.

UMBELLIFERA, Juss.
1. Hyprocory.e, LZ.
495. H. elongata, tota villis densis patentibus, foliis longe petiolatis reni-

Specimen of the Botany of New Zealand. 211

formibus quinquelobis, lobis divaricatis cuneiformibus retusis incisis, incisuris
tridentatis, umbellis pedunculatis multifloris, mericarpiis-utrinque 1-costatis,
pedunculis petiolo quater longioribus, caule debili repente.

New Zealand (Northern Island). Wet grounds near the Keri-Keri river,
Bay of Islands. —1834, R. Cunningham.

496. H. microphylla, depressa, repens, foliis orbiculato-reniformibus laxe
pilosis quinquelobis, lobis ingequaliter dentatis, pedunculis glabris petiolo
subgequalibus, umbellis multifloris (10—12), fructibus glabris didymis, meri-
’ carpiis utrinque 1-costatis.

497. H. Nove Zelandia, foliis orbiculato-reniformibus utrinque petiolis-
que hirtis 7-nerviis obsolete 7-lobatis acute et irregulariter dentatis, pedun-
culis glabris petiolo quadruplo brevioribus, umbellis dense capitatis 10—12
floris, fructibus subdidymis utrinque 1-costatis. DC. Prodr. iv. p. 67.

New Zealand.—1827, D’ Urville.

Obs. An veré species distincta a preecedente ?

498. H. dichondrefolia, foliis cordato-reniformibus lobato-crenatis 7-ner-
viis minutissime scabris, petiolis hirtis pedunculo glabro longioribus, um-
bellis sub 6—8 floris, fructibus didymis glabris utrinque 1-costatis.

New Zealand (Northern Island). In bogs at Waimate and Keri-Keri
river.—1834, R. Cunningham.

499. H. heteromeria, glabra, foliis reniformibus 7-nerviis obsolete 7-
lobatis, lobis obtusis crenatis pedunculo petiolo flaccidis multo breviore, um-
bella 6-—8-flora capitata, fructu hinc leevi, illinc tuberculato-rugoso discolori
utrinque unicostato. DC. Prodr. iv. p.66. A. Rich. Fl. Nov, Zel. p. 271,

New Zealand (Northern Island).—1769, Sir Jos. Banks.

500. H. compacta, villosa, foliis orbiculato-reniformibus parvulis 7-nerviis
inciso-dentatis, pedunculis fasciculatis brevissimis, umbellis 15—20 floris
dense capitatis, fructibus subdidymis utrinque bicostatis. DC. Prodr. iv.
p. 66. A. Rich. Fl. Nov. Zel. p. 271.—H. capitata. Banks et Sol. Ms, in
Herb. Banks. ; non Pet. Thouarsiti vel Humboldtii.

New Zealand (Northern Island).—1769, Sir Jos. Banks.

501. H. moschata, tota hirtella, foliis reniformibus sub 5-lobatis dentatis
5-nerviis, lobis acutis pedunculis petiolo brevioribus gracilioribus, umbella
capitata 10-flora, fructibus orbiculato-didymis utrinque bicostatis glabris.
DC. Prodr. iv. p.67. Forst. Prodr. n. 136. A. Rich, Fl. Nov. Zel. p. 272.
Rich. Hydr. n. 42. t. 24. ;

New Zealand (Middle Island).—1773, G. Forster.

502. H. Asiatica. L. Schult, Syst. Veg. vi. p. 348. DC. Prodr. iv. p.
62. Rich. Hydr. n. 15. f. 11.

New Zealand (Northern Island). Low marshy grounds at Wangaroa.—
1826, 4. Cunningham,—1833, R. Cunningham.

2. Perrosetinum, Hoffm. Umb.
(Apii Sp. L. Spreng.)

503. P. prostratum, caule procumbente flexuoso, foliis pinnatisectis, seg
mentis petiolulatis pinnatifidis, laciniis 5—7 lanceolatis, ultimis apice tri-
fidis, umbellis subsessilibus oppositifoliis involucro submonophyllo. DC,

P.2

212 Specimen of the Botany of New Zealand.

Prodr. iv. p. 102. A. Rich. Fl. Nov. Zel. p. 278.—Apium prostratum.
Schult, Syst. Veg. vi. p.480. Labill. n. Holl. i. p. 76. t. 103. Venten. Malm.
t. 81.

Rau-orou, incol., D’ Urville.

New Zealand (Middle Island). Astrolabe Harbour, on granite rocks.—
1827, D’Urville. (Northern Island,) sea coast near Wangaroa.—1833,
Rich. Cunningham.

504. P. filiforme, caule prostrato filiformi, foliis longe petiolatis 3-folio-
latis, foliolis cuneatis apice inciso-dentatis, umbellis sessilibus 3—4 radiis.
A. Rich. Fl. Nov. Zel. p. 278.

New Zealand (Middle Island). Cook's Strait, in swamps.—1827, D’Ur-
ville, (Northern Island.) On rocks, washed by salt water, Wangaroa,—1833,
R. Cunningham.

8. Liausticum, Z. Koch, Umb.

505. L. Aciphylla, caule vaginato, foliis flabelliformibus multifido-com-
positis, laciniis linearibus rigidis integerrimis nervosis pungentibus, meri-
carpiis 3-costatis. Spreng. in Sch. Syst. Veg. vi. p. 554. DC. Prodr. iv.
p. 159. A. Rich. Fl. Nov. Zel. p. 274.—Aciphylla squarrosa. Forst. Gen.
t. 68. Laserpitium aciphyllum. J. Suppl. Forst. Prodr. n. 139.

New Zealand (Middle Island). Shores of Queen Charlotte’s Sound.—
1773, G. Forster.

Obs. Ex Icone certe non est Laserpitium! An proprium doauit DC.

506. L. Gingidium, caule striato, petiolis vaginantibus laxis, foliis pinna-
tisectis, segmentis suboblique cordatis oblongo-ovatis obtusis crenatis ner-
vosis. DC. Prodr. iv. p. 159. Sch. Syst. Veg. vi. p. 552. A. Rich. Fl. Nov.
Zel. p. 276. Gingidium montanum. Forst. Gen. t. 21.

New Zealand (Middle Island). Mountains, near Queen Charlotte’s
Sound. 1773, G. Forster.

4, Prucepanum, Koch, DC.

507. P.? geniculatum, glabrum ramoso-prostratum, caule tereti striato,
foliis alternis basi cuncatis integerrimis apice semiorbicularibus crenatis,
petiolo basi breve et obtuse auriculato, umbella pedunculata 2—3-radiata,
involucro 2—3-phyllo, umbellulis multifloris apice inflexo-cordatis. Forst.
DC. Prodr. iv. p. 182. A. Rich, Fl. Nov. Zel. p. 272.—Bowlesia genicu-
lata. Sch. Syst. Veg. vi. p. 364. Spreng. Umb. p. 14, t. 5. f.11.

New Zealand (Middle Island).—1773, G. Forster.

Obs. “Certé non est Bowlesia, ob calycem edentatum, petala inflexo-ob-
cordata, umbellatum radiatum. Non videtur Peucedanum, sed genus fructu
ignoto me omnino latet.”——-DC. loc. cit.

5. Apium, L.

508. A. graveolens. L. Forst. Prodr,n. 141. DC, Prodr. iv. p. 101.
A. Rich, Fl. Nov. Zel. p. 277.

New Zealand.—1773, G. Forster.

Obs. I] est extrémement probable que cette espéce a été introduite par
les Européens. 4, Rich, Yet Forster found it wild in 1773.

Specimen of the Botany of New Zealand. 213

ARALIACEA, Juss.
1. Panax, Z. Forst.

509. P. simplex, foliis simplicibus petiolatis elliptico-oblongis acutis mu~
cronulatis dentato-serratis, racemis terminalibus folio brevioribus. Forst.
Prodr. n. 399. _ DC. Prodr. iv. p. 253. Sch. Syst. Veg. vi. p. 212. Willd.
Sp. Pl. 4. p.1152. A. Rich. Fl. Nov. Zel. p. 280. t. 31.

New Zealand (Middle Island). Dusky Bay.—1773, G. Forster.

510. P. arboreum, foliis longe petiolatis, foliolis 3—7 petiolulatis obova-
libus acutis argute dentatis glabris palmaribus, umbella composita terminali
aut axillari, radiis 10—12 pollicaribus, involucris involucellisque nullis, flo-
ribus sepius polygamiis. orst. Prodr. n. 398. DC. Prodr. n.253. Sch:
Syst. Veg. vi. p.213. Willd. Sp. Pl. 4. p. 1126, A. Rich. Fl. Nov. Zel. p.
281.

Wawa-paku, incol., R. Cunn.

New Zealand (Middle Island). Dusky Bay.—1773, G. Forster. Tas-
mann’s Bay.—1827, D’Urville. (Northern Island). In shaded forests—
1826, 4. Cunningham.— 1834, R. Cunningham.

Obs. Caulis arboreus, 12—15 pedalis, ramosus.

2. Cussonia, Thunb. Nov. Act. Ups.

511. C. Lessoni, foliis longe petiolatis digitatis, - foliis 3—5, sessilibus co-
riaceis integris, oblongo-ellipticis acutis glabris aveniis, floribus racemoso-
umbellatis terminalibus, fructu 5-loculari. 4. Rich. Fl. Nov. Zel. p. 285. t.
32.—Panax ? Lessoni.. DC. Prodr. iv. p. 253,

Whau-whau, incol., sec. R. Cunningham.

New Zealand (Northern Island), Bream Bay, on the east coast.—1827,
D’Urville. Sea shore opposite the Cavallos isles, within the range of the
tide. —1833, Rich. Cunningham. Frutex 6—10 pedalis.

3. Ponyscras, Forst. Gen. Lamarck.

Calycis margo brevis denticulatus. Petala 5—7, sepius 8, lanceolata,
patentia. Stamina tot quot petala, iis alterna. Stylus 0. Stigmata
3—5 brevissima erecto-patentia. Bacca globosa calycis margine stig-
matibusque coronata, 4-locularis, 4-sperma.

512. P. pinnata. Forst. Gen. t. 32. DC. Prodr. iv. p. 257. Endl. Syn.

Fl. Norf. Insul. Occ, Austr. in Annal. der Wien. Mus, Band i. p.177.

New Zealand (Middle Island).—1773, G. Forster. (Endl.)

Frutex. Folia pinnata. Umbella composita seu verticillato-prolifera,
umbellulis multiradiatis planis, ceet. ign. Genus valde dubium. An Aralie
sp.? DC. An planta indigena Nove Zelandie? Allan Cunningham.

4, Aratia, Don. Kunth. DC.

513. A. Scheffiera, caule fruticoso levi, foliis longe petiolatis glabris digi-
tatis, foliolis 5-petiolulatis lanceolatis basi attenuatis serrulatis, racemis ter-
minalibus. Spreng. DC. Prodr. iv. p. 258. Sch. Syst. Veg. vi. p.699. A.
Rich. Fl. Nov. Zel. p.283.—A. polygama. Sol. Ms. im Bibl. Banks.—
Schefflera digitata. orst. Gen, t. 23.

Paté et Horoika, inco)., R. Cunningham.

New Zealand (Northern Island).—1769, Sir. Jos. Banks. On low flats,

214 | Bibliographical Notices.

subject to Wangaroa.—1826, 4. Cunningham.—1833, R. Cunningham.
(Middle Island),—1773, G. Forster. Astrolabe Harbour.—1827, D’Ur-
ville,

Arbor 12—15 pedalis.

514. A. crassifolia (Sol. Ms.), foliis incrassatis levibus (in planta juve-
nili) simplicibus elongato-attenuatis remote dentatis dentato-incisisve, ar-
boris adulti ternatis spathulato-elongatis dentatis obtusis, floribus racemoso-
umbellatis terminalibus, caule arborescenti. Banks § Sol. Ms. in Bibl.
Banks (1769).—A. heterophylla. Cunn, Ms. 1826.

New Zealand (Northern Island).—1769, St Jos. Banks. Shaded woods,
on the shores of the Bay of Islands, Wangaroa, &c.—1826, 4. Cunningham.
—1833, R. Cunningham.

Horoika, incol. Arbor polymorpha, 20—31 pedalis.

BIBLIOGRAPHICAL NOTICES.

Plante Javanice Rariores, descripte iconibusque illustrate, quas in
Insula Java, annis 1802—1818, legit et investigavit 'T. Horsfield,
M.D. e siccis descriptiones et characteres plurimarum elaboravit J. J.
Bennett; observationes structuram et affinitates presertim respi-
cientes passim adjecitt R. Brown. Part I.—Allen and Co., Leaden-
hall Street, 1838.

This is one of the most valuable contributions, not only to our
knowledge of the plants of the East, but to Botany in the abstract,
which has appeared in this country; for the fruits of Dr. Horsfield’s
researches in Java have elicited some of those profound observations
on structure from Mr. Brown, which are alone sufficient to stamp the
work with a classical reputation.

But independent of these contributions from this eminent Natura-
list, we view Dr. Horsfield’s work with peculiar satisfaction, from the
evidence it affords of the sagacity and research of Mr. Bennett, who
holds the situation of Assistant in the Botanical department of the
British Museum, and who has given ample proof in the work before
us of his capacity to follow in the steps of his distmguished principal.
It is with no little pride that we hail the dawn of areputation which
is to reflect lustre on our national establishment, for the accuracy and
learning displayed by Mr. Bennett have placed him high in the rank
of Botanists ; and when we consider the advantages of his position,
with one of the most magnificent Herbaria and libraries in Europe
at his command, and the example under which he has pursued his
investigations, we look forward with confidence to his maintaining
by scrupulous care and research, and the principle of pure mental
integrity, the reputation of the Banksian school, already so eminent
by the names of Solander, Dryander, and Brown.

Bibliographical Notices. 215

The work consists of descriptions and figures of the moreinteresting
plants selected from an Herbarium of 2196 species, collected by Dr.
Horsfield in Java between the years 1802 and 1818. This indefa-
tigable naturalist, whose labours (we say this with a distinct recol-
lection of his important publications on the zoology of Java) can only
be fully appreciated by those who have seen his vast collections in the
Museum of the East India Company, and who is endeared to us by his
intimate association with the late lamented Sir Stamford Raffles, and
by his extensive acquirements in all departments of. natural history,
is one of the faithful servants of a company, which, through the
spirit communicated to its officers, has certainly been more honoured
by men of eminence in its employment, than we believe has ever
fallen to the lot of any other government in ancient or modern times.
We doubt if an equal number of adventurous and faithful contribu-
tors to the stock of human knowledge in all its departments, to those
which for a long succession of years have reflected imperishable ho-
nour on the East India Company, can be found in the records of any
other service. When among many others we allude to the names
of Jones, Wilkins, Marsden, Colebrooke, Raffles, Elphinstone, Mal-
colm, Roxburgh, Hamilton, Hardwicke, Wallich, Horsfield, Royle,
men who, in the discharge of important public duties, found time to
devote themselves successfully to literature and science, and whose
labours have been fully appreciated by the learned in all countries, we
cannot but attribute the spirit which animated them to the liberality
and encouragement of the Board of Directors of the East India Com-
pany. Dr. Horsfield’s work, from the beauty of its illustrations and
the copiousness of its text, will rank with the splendid publications
of Humboldt, Martius, Blume, Wallich, Royle, and we only regret
that it is to be limited to the particular description of fifty species.
The first part contains twenty-five plates, and one hundred and four
pages of letter-press, the greater part of which we owe to Mr. Ben-
nett ; and in the rapid analysis which we subjoin, we regret that we
cannot enlarge upon several of his observations, especially those on
grasses under Ataxia, Sclerachne and Polytoca. We refer to the
work itself for these important articles, and those on Podocarpus,
Antiaris, Pouzolzia, and Gunnera, for proofs of the labour bestowed
by Mr. Bennett in his researches. /

In the first article, the subject of which is the Polypodium (Di-
pteris) Horsfieldii, R. Br., Mr. Brown reduces Professor Reinwardt’s
genus Dipteris to the rank of a subgenus of Polypodium, comprising
the species here figured, and Polypodium (Dipteris) Wallichii. He
remarks on the necessity of subdivision in this very extensive genus,

216: Bibliographical Notices.

now consisting of about three hundred species, and observes, that
‘* for such subdivision, not in Polypodium only, but in other extensive
genera of Ferns, the most obvious as well as the most advantageous
source of character, seems to be the modifications of vascular struc-
ture, or the various ramifications of the bundles of vessels, or veins
of the frond, combined with the relation of the sori to their trunks
or branches.” This principle of subdivision in Ferns, first employed
by Mr. Brown himself in the characters of various genera in his
‘Prodromus Flore Nove Hollandiz,’ has since been adopted with
considerable advantage by several writers on the subject. The sub-
genus in question agrees with Drynaria of M. Bory in the position
of its sori at the point of confluence of several veins, but differs from
it and from all other groups of Polypodium in the dichotomous rami-
fication of its primary veins, which is necessarily connected with the
peculiar division of the frond, and forms, therefore, a character of at
least equal importance with those on which several groups, of sup-
posed generic value, have been founded. Setting aside this peculiar
ramification, there remains no sufficient character to distinguish Di-
pteris from Drynaria; and Drynaria itself can only be separated from
a more extensive section comprehending Polypodium plymatodes, &c.,
by the presence of sterile fronds. From this section Mr. Brown
passes to the consideration of an extensive group, also having ana-
stomosing veins, but in which the sori are seated on the apices of one,
or occasionally of two or three ultimate ramuli, included in an area,
formed by the anastomosing secondary veins. To this section he
gives the subgeneric name of Phlebodium; and next in affinity to it
he places a group, most of whose species have simple fronds, and all
of which are natives of America, to which he assigns the name of
Cyrtophlebium, its primary parallel veins being ‘‘ connected by trans-
verse arched branches, from the convex upper side of which generally
three (and never more than three) upright parallel simple veins
arise, terminating within the area included between the proximate
transverse arched branches; of these simple tertiary ramuli the two
lateral are soriferous, generally below the apex, the middle branch
being always sterile.” An analogous arrangement, but with some
modifications, exists in the real species of Cyclophorus, none of which
are natives of America. Mr. Brown next proceeds to notice an ex-
tensive and strictly natural group or subgenus, the Lastrea of M.
Bory, the closest affinity of which he states to be “‘ not to any group
of Polypodium, but to that section of Gymnogramma, the division of
whose fronds, and the disposition of veins, are exactly similar, and
in which the sori form very short lines of like origin.” The distinc-

Bibliographical Notices. 217

tion between the two being thus reduced to a difference, generally
very slight, in the form of the sori, Mr. Brown is of opinion with
Dr. Blume that these two tribes cannot be generically separated, and
suggests that “ the section of Gymnogramma referred to should be re-
moved from that genus, and if still distinguished as a genus or sub-
genus, might receive the name of Pleurogramma.” With this section
Meniscium is also manifestly related, as well as that section of Ne-
phrodium which M. Gaudichaud has separated under the generic
name of Polystichum; ‘‘ an approximation which appears to be con-
firmed by more than one fern, entirely agreeing in habit, in undi-
vided veins and lateral fructification with this group of Nephrodium,
but having a short linear sorus with an indusium of corresponding
form, inserted by its longitudinal axis in the middle of the sorus.”’
To this group Mr. Brown gives the name of Mesochlena, and ob-
serves that ‘‘ though in general appearance it is abundantly different
from Didymochlena, it can only be distinguished from that genus,
according to my view of the structure of its indusium, by its simple
veins and lateral sori.” Some observations follow on “ the most ex-
tensive but least natural section” of the genus, in which none of the
veins anastomose, and of which Polypodium vulgare is one of the best
examples; and Mr. Brown concludes this branch of the subject by
observing: ‘‘ That subgeneric or sectional characters may in several
instances be obtained or assisted from the seeds of this Natural Order
is not improbable, and in one case, namely Ceratopteris (or Teleo-
zoma); including Parkeria in the genus, even the generic character
- appears chiefly to reside in the seeds, which in their unusual size
and peculiar marking or striation, entirely agree in all the species
of the genus, while in the original species the annulus is nearly com-
plete; and in Parkeria, differing from the rest of the genus in no
other point whatever, the ring is reduced to a few faint striz.”’

In another observation on the same fern, bearing more particu-
larly on structure, Mr. Brown notices two remarkable points con-
nected with the organization of the subgenus to which it belongs.
First, ‘‘ the existence of the complete circle of vasa scalariformia se-
parating the ligneous or fibrous vessels of the caudex into an outer
and inner portion,’ which is also found in the caudex of Platyzoma,
but not of Gletchenia, and in some (probably in all) of the species of
Anemia. Secondly, the production in Polypodium (Dipteris) Wal-
lichit, of a gum-like pulpy substance, in which the capsules are im-
bedded, even when fully formed, and the remains of which may be
found after the spora are discharged. In the dried specimens this
pulpy substance had no appearance of organization, but in the living

218 Bibliographical Notices.

plant Mr. Brown suspects it to be minutely cellular, in which state
he has observed it to occur in the nascent sori of several species of
Polypodium, the peculiarity in the present instance consisting merely
in its prolonged duration.

The second article relates to another species of Polypodium (P.
papillosum, Bl.), which is described by Mr. Bennett as forming part
of the same section with P. vulgare, and is chiefly remarkable as the
only described species with immersed sori, belonging to that subdi-
vision, and for the extent to which the immersion is carried, the sori
‘being completely buried within the sac, which forms a mammillary
protuberance of considerable height on the upper surface of thefrond.”
Mr. Bennett makes some observations on the differences in venation
which occur in this great section ; and particularly notices two un-
described species belonging to it as interesting on account of re-
markable peculiarities connected with their sori.

The third article has for its subject a grass, formerly indie’ to by
Mr. Brown, in his ‘ Chloris Melvilliana,’ appended to the narra-.
tive of Captain Parry’s First Expedition, under the name of Atazia,
and since introduced by M. Kunth, from the characters there given,
into his ‘ Enumeratio,’ with the specific name of Horsfieldii. It is
described by Mr. Brown as in habit and structure exactly interme-
diate between Anthoranthum and Hierochloe, in conjunction with
which it forms ‘‘ a very natural and well-characterized section, which
belongs rather to the tribe Avenacee than to Phalaridee.” ‘In all
of them,” he observes, ‘‘ the upper valve of the hermaphrodite flos- .
culus has a single nerve occupying its axis, and one of the two sta-
mina is placed opposite to this nerve. ‘The co-existence of these two
characters, both of which are remarkable deviations from the usual
arrangement in Graminee, seems to invalidate the hypothesis re-
specting the composition of the inner valve of the flower of this
family. It might,however, be assumed that the median nerve in
these genera is formed of two confluent cords, a view to a certain
extent supported by the somewhat analogous structure in the corolla
of Composite. It might also be assumed that the stamen belongs to
the inner or complementary series, which is rarely developed in tri-
androus grasses.” In connexion with this subject Mr. Brown also
notices two remarkable genera found in Abyssinia, the one by Dr.
Riippell, and the other by Professor Ehrenberg; and particularly
describes the very singular modification of structure which is found
in the former.

With reference to the difference in the number of stamina between
the male and hermaphrodite flowers of Atavia and Hierochloe, Mr.

Bibliographical Notices. 219

Bennett proceeds to examine in detail the various modifications
which take place in grasses in the number of these organs, and the re-
lation which these modifications severally bear to the composition of
the perianthium as indicated by its nerves. Adopting the well-
known hypothesis of Mr. Brown, before referred to, he endeavours
to show that “‘ the structure of those grasses, in which deviations
occur from the ordinary number of stamina will be found perfectly
to accord with this view of the subject, and to afford perhaps some
additional arguments in its favour.” With this object he passes
these deviations in review, noting especially those cases in which a
posterior stamen is coincident with a middle nerve in the inner valve
of the perianthium; and the rare exceptions in which either of these
structures is found unaccompanied by the other, for which exceptions
he endeavours in some degree to account.

In the two succeeding articles Mr. Brown characterizes two new
genera of grasses, (Sclerachne and Polytoca) selected to illustrate the
close affinity subsisting between Coir and Tripsacum, in the very
gradual transition between which they form two of the intermediate
stages. This transition is further assisted by another new genus,
Chionachne, founded on the Coix arundinacea of Willdenow, the distin-
guishing characters of which are pointed out. Of these several genera
Mr. Bennett enters into a detailed comparison, which clearly exhibits
the intimate connexion between them, as well as the near relation
of Tripsacum to Rottbellia. They all belong to Mr. Brown’s great
division of Panicee, together with Zea Mays, ‘‘ which is also a nearly
related grass, being manifestly allied to Polytoca, and one whose
Paniceous character is so obvious that it is surprising that it should
not long ago have assumed its proper station in that tribe.” Such
mistakes in natural affinities as havg taken place with reference to
Coir, Tripsacum, and Zea, Mr. Bennett thinks, can only be attributed
*to the want of due attention to the very striking and important
character by which the Panicee are connected together,” and which
- in the further subdivision of the order has been in a great degree neg-
lected and overlooked.

The sixth article illustrates a genus of Grasses, Leptaspis, founded
by Mr. Brown in the ‘ Prodromus Flore Nove Hollandie’ on the
species here figured, which is the Pharus urceolatus of Roxburgh,
and on a New Holland species discovered by Sir Joseph Banks. Mr.
Bennett shows that the character of this genus has been much mis-
understood by later writers, who had had no opportunity of examining
either of the species ; and points out the differences in structure be-

220 Bibliographical Notices.

tween it and Pharus, and the modifications that occur in the two
species of Leptaspis itself.

Next follow two remarkable Orchideous plants characterized’ by
Mr. Brown, of which the first, Hevameria disticha, belonging to the
tribe of Malazidee is especially remarkable for the number and. mode
of attachment of its pollen masses, which are described as “ in sin-
gulo loculo tres (!), quarum due inferiores collaterales, tertia supe-
rior, omnes apice acuto affixe corpusculo septiformi loculum longi-
tudinaliter bipartienti et cum eodem deciduz.’’ The other, Phale-
nopsis, Bl., (Epidendrum amabile, L.) belongs to the tribe of Vandee,
and is singularly interesting on account of the size and beauty of its
white odoriferous flowers, the curious structure of its labellum, and
the mode of attachment of its pollen masses to the stigmatic gland.
To the account here given. by Mr. Bennett, we may add that it is
the ‘‘ Visco-Aloes 14ta,” of Kamel in Ray’s ‘ Historia Plantarum,’
App. p. 34, pl..20, and of Petiver’s ‘ Gazophylacium,’ t. 103, f..10 ;
and that it has also been recently found by Mr.. Cuming in the
Island of Lucon.

In the ninth article Mr. Bennett describes a species of Freycinetia,
a genus distinguished from Pandanus by Mr. Brown, and character-
ized by him in the ‘ Prodromus Flore Nove Hollandiz,’ but only
recently named by M. Gaudichaud in the botanical part of M. Frey-
cinet’s ‘ Voyage autour du Monde.’ This genus deviates widely
in many respects from the true Pandanus, with which Mr. Bennett
compares or rather contrasts it in various essential points, in many
of which it approximates the anomalous genera Cyclanthus and Car-
ludovica. With respect to the position of the embryo, he corrects
an error of M. Gaudichaud, who had both described and figured it
as placed at the apex of the albumen instead of at its base. He di-
vides the known species of Freycinetia, seven in number, into two
sections, corresponding with those of Pandanus, in the one of which
the pericarpia are simple and equally coherent, while in the other
they are collected into partial phalanges, varying in character in the
different species. ;

In an article on Podocarpus cupressina, a species first indicated by
Mr. Brown in M. Mirbel’s. paper on the Geography of Conifere,
Mr. Bennett adverts to the peculiar character of the genus as given
by Mr. Brown in his ‘ General Remarks on the Botany of Terra
Australis,’ and notices the attempt of M. Achille Richard to invali-
date the comparison there instituted between Podocarpus and Dacry-
dium. He expresses his surprise that botanists should have concurred

Bibliographical Notices. 221

in separating these genera from the true pines, and associating them
with the yew. ‘That their true position,” he says, ‘‘ is in the Abie-
tine section of the family was pointed out to me by Mr. Brown when
placing in my hands the specimens now described. Not only do
their inverted ovula bear the same relation to the supporting scale
as in the genera of that group, but we even find in Araucaria an
analogous structure as regards the confluence of the scale with the
envelope of the solitary ovulum. Thus Podocarpus might be regarded
as an Araucaria reduced to a single fertile scale, or at most to three
such scales, were it not that in the latter there exists, as far as we are
yet aware, but a single envelope of the seed, while in the former its
coats are double.” - Mr. Bennett refers to the structure of the male
organs, and especially of the pollen, as confirmatory of this arrange-
ment, the pollen of Podocarpus and Dacrydium being perfectly iden-
tical in structure with that of all the species of Pinus, (with the sin-
gle exception of the Larch,) while that of the Cupressine, (including
Tazus) is altogether different and equally remarkable ; ‘‘ the sphe-
roidal form of its grains, together with the singular mode in which
their outer coats are ruptured and thrown off, in consequence of the
great capacity for absorbing moisture possessed by the mucous mat-
ter surrounding the inner,” having been some years ago pointed out
to him by Mr. Brown as readily distinguishing that section from the
greater portion of the true Conifere. He then proceeds to notice
the successive additions made to the genus Podocarpus, which now
consists of four or five and twenty species, divisible into four distinct
and strictly natural sections, distributed over all the great geogra-
phical divisions of the globe, Europe alone excepted, and extending
in latitude from the equator to Japan northward, and to New Zea-
land in the south. These sections he characterizes, and enumerates
under each the names of the species referrible to it, as far as they are
known to him by his own examination, or by sufficient figures and
descriptions.

Bragantia tomentosa, Bl., forms the subject of the eleventh article,
in which Mr. Bennett also notices the other species belonging to the
genus, and adverts to the more essential modifications occurring in
their structure. He refers to the genus Trimeriza of Professor
Lindley, which he is of opinion cannot be distinguished from Bra-
gantia, the characters relied upon for its separation being equally
found in the original species to which the latter name was first ap-
plied, and being he thinks of too small importance in so limited a
group to justify the severing of these from the remaining species.
He points out the relations of Bragantia to Asarum, Aristolochia and

222 Bibliographical Notices.

Thattea, to each of which it approaches in different particulars of its
structure; and gives in a note some additional information on the
subject of the latter genus, extracted from the MSS. of Dr, Kenig,
by whom alone it has yet been found. ?

[We reserve the conclusion of this review for our next Number.
—Enpir. | ,

Icones Avium, or Figures and Descriptions of new and interesting
Species of Birds from various parts of the World. By John Gould,
F.L.S. Folio. August 1838. .

Part II. Monocraru or roe. CAPRIMULGID.

At the meeting of the British Association in 1837 Mr. Gould was
requested to prepare and write a monograph of the genus Caprimul-
gus, Linn., the species of which, from the great accession to their
numbers from various parts of the world, were comparatively un-
known, while the very singular forms that had been discovered and
the curious natural habits of the group rendered its history a subject
of considerable interest to the ornithologist. Mr. Gould in the mean
time contemplating a voyage to Australia, and haying sailed for that
land about nine months after the allotment of his task, could only
commence the work and have the first part ready to be laid before
the meeting of the British Association at N ewcastle, which both does
ample credit to the talents of its author, and depicts some of the most
remarkable forms in the whole range of ornithology. It has been
made a continuation of the ‘ Icones Avium,’ the first part of which
we noticed in a former number (No. III. p. 223), and the plan adopt-
ed has been to figure and describe each species, with the intention of
entering into their history and habits, as a prefatory or concluding
essay.

Part I. contains beautifully executed lithographic figures of eight
species, from which Mr. Gould has made no less than five new generic
names. ‘These we cannot criticise until we see the whole of his pro-
posed arrangement. ‘They are Amblypterus anomalus, G., a small
species, supposed to be found in Demerara, and remarkable for the
curved and sickle form of the quill feathers. Nyctydromus Derbyauus,
G., a South American species, one of those with lengthened tarsi,
and which Mr. Gould presumes run much on the ground. Ten spe-
cies are said to be known of this group. Semeiophorus (Macrodipte-
ryx) vewillarius, G., a very remarkable form and placed here as a sub-
genus of Macrodipteryx on account of the different structure of the
wing, the sixth, seventh, and eighth quills gradually lengthening,
while the ninth stretches to an enormous length. Lyncornis cervini-

Bibliographical Notices. . oa

ceps, macrotis and Temminckii, G., three beautiful species from the
continent and islands of India, remarkable for lengthened egrets, and
great development of wing. Batrachostomus auritus, G. (Podargus
auritus, Vig. & Horsf.), and, lastly, Nyctibius pectoralis, G., a na-
tive of Brazil.

Archiv fiir Naturgeschichte, In Verbindung mit mehreren Gelehrten, .
herausgegeben von Dr. Ar. Fr. Aug. Wiegmann, Professor an der
Friederich Wilhelms-Universitaét zu Berlin. Vierter Jahrgang.
Lanition Heft. Berlin, 1838.

[Continued from p. 138.]

In the last number of the ‘ Annals’ we merely mentioned the in-
teresting memoir of M. Dassen on the motions of the leaves of Plants*
intending to give a condensed extract from it when we should have
occasion to notice the present part of the ‘ Archiv.’ As this however
has been done by Dr. J. Meyen in his excellent Report on the Progress
of Physiological Botany during the year 1837, we take the liberty of
translating the part referring to this paper, which will at the same
time contain Dr. Meyen’s opinion on the subject. :

M. Dassen, who has published the beautiful memoir on the motion
of the leaves of plants, of which Prof. Wiegmann has inserted an extract
in his journal, has drawn the attention of botanists to a phenomenon
of leaf-motion hitherto little attended to. The leaves of those plants
which move are frequently provided with swellings at their base; there
are however other leaves which move without these swellings. The
motion of these latter again presents in various plants considerable
differences, which are more particularly described in this memoir ; it
consists in the inversion of their natural position, which is sometimes
performed in the space of a day, but sometimes takes a much longer
time. M. Dassen displaced some branches of trees and various other
plants from their natural position, and bound them fast to the
stem, so that they hung downwards: in the course of a few days
they had spread themselves out.so much that the upper surface
of the leaves was again turned upwards. ‘These experiments were
made in June when vegetation was in full force, and the result was
the same in all cases. The experiments were then repeated in Oc.
tober, when most of the branches remained motionless ; only those
of rose trees, of Robinie, and of herbaceous plants endeavoured to
regain their previous position. ‘The following question then pre-

* Onderzoek aangaande de Bladbéwegingen, die niet door aanzwellingen
ontstaan,

224 Bibliographical Notices.

sented itself :—By what is the motion of the branches effected, whether
by a cause seated in themselves, or by the leaves? To determine this
question, M. Dassen repeated the experiments on branches with and
without leaves, and observed that those branches which had been
deprived of their leaves remained in their unnatural position; the

leaves were therefore regarded as the cause of this motion of the
branches. Subsequent experiments were made in order to discover
the mechanism producing the motion of the leaves, whether the nerves
of the leaves remained during the process active or passive, &c., and
the following results were arrived at: that leaves with simple nerves
and without petioles change their position from the unnatural to the
natural as well as those with petioles; and 2ndly, that the pa-
renchyma is the cause and not the nerves. Further observations re-
specting the mechanism producing the motion of leaves with and
without petioles gave the following results: 1. All leaves with
simple veins have the power of self inversion; 2. The apparently
unpetiolated leaves in which the veins are diffused in a different
manner, move by a bend in their point of adhesion; 3. The short and
stiff as well as the long and slender petioles are unfavourable to the
motion; 4. When the petiole is not too stiff or long, the inversion
of the leaves is produced by a semi-inversion lengthwise and also by
a bend of the petiole; 5. In folia peltata the motion takes place partly
by a bend of the petiole itself, partly by a change in the direction of
the leaf with reference to the petiole. M. Dassen then proceeds to the
examination of the causes which produce the motion of leaves: va-
rious plants stationed in pots were left to grow turned from the
light, and some even without light in closed boxes. The result was
highly remarkable: the leaves of those plants which could not turn
themselves round died, but the remainder were inverted quite as
quickly in the dark as in the light, whence M. Dassen arrives at the
conclusion, that light was no more the cause of the direction of the
leaves upwards than darkness is the cause of the downward direction
of the root. Neither can the action of heat or that of moisture be re-
garded as the cause of this motion. Finally M. Dassen passes in
review those motions of the leaves which take place constantly in the
course of one day, and even without swellings; these are the phex-
nomena which, as is well known, were regarded by Linnzus as the
sleep of plants. M. Dassen considers Linnzeus’s explanation as an
error into which that great man fell, as wellus all those who have merely
copied almost word for word from him respecting this point. ‘The
memoir On the Sleep of Plants, by E. Meyer, which I noticed in my
report for 1835, as highly interesting and full of laborious research, is

Biblioyraphical Notices. 225

especially attacked. J cannot however agree with M. Dassen; for
all the valuable observations which Meyer had enumerated respect-
ing this phenomenon may be explained in a different sense, and in
fact more in accordance with nature, if we start from the general
point of view, by the periodical occurrence of sleep, which appears to
be common to all animated beings. M. Dassen placed a pot containing
Impatiens noli tangere during the night in a dark place, and the re-
sult was, that the leaves even during the following day retained
the same direction. Another plant was placed during the daytime
in a dark place, and for two entire days the leaves retained the usual
direction which is proper to them in the daytime. From these
and other experiments M. D. concludes that the motions of plants
without swellings are caused solely by the process of vegetation, and
that this is rendered evident as soon as the leaves are exposed to un-
natural external influences.

I ask then, whether from the examples cited, the phenomenon
of vegetable sleep can be denied? On the contrary, phenomena
exactly similar may be proved to exist in animals.

The second paper in the present part, by Prof. B. Fries on the genus
Syngnathus, will be found translated in No. VIII. of this Journal.

3. Metamorphosis observed in Syngnathus lumbriciformis, by Prof.
B. Fries. This interesting paper, which will find its place in one of
our following numbers, contains a most curious fact hitherto unob-
served in the class of fish ; namely, that the young of this beautiful
species at their development from the egg have the entire tail covered
with a fin-like membrane and possess pectoral fins. These at a sub-
sequent unknown period are thrown off in a way similar to that of
the larvee of frogs rejecting their tails.

4. Considerations on the Dentition of the Carnivora (First Part
Fere) by Prof. Wiegmann. The great length of this memoir and its
not being concluded in the present part obliges us to reserve the no-
tice of it till the next part.

We now come to Prof. Meyen’s Annual Report of the Results of
the labours in the field of Physiological Botany during the year 1837.
‘We mentioned in our first notice of this work, vol. i. p. 231. the nature
and value of these elaborate reports, and expressed our sorrow at not
being able from want of space to give translations of those on Botany
and Zoology. ‘The perusal of the present report has increased our
regret, as it contains detailed analyses and reviews of most of the
important memoirs and works on physiological botany published du-
ring the past year. Among others we may mention some by Mirbel,

Ann, Nat. Hist. Vol. 2. No. 9- Nov. 1838. a

226 Zoological Society.

Schleiden, Dutrochet, Meyer, Decaisne, Von Martius, Lindenberg,
Dassen, Morren, Géppert, Mohl, Martens, Berzelius, Fritzsch, and
numerous other botanists of celebrity. As, however, the insertion
of the whole report will be impossible, we shall endeavour to give
some extracts from it, especially those referring to papers by na-
turalists of this country. The entire report consists of nearly
200 octavo closely printed pages, and is, we learn, to be had sepa-
rately.

PROCEEDINGS OF LEARNED SOCIETIES.

ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

February 13th, 1838.— William Yarrell, Esq., in the Chair.
Mr. Waterhouse exhibited a new species of Squirrel from the So-
ciety’s Museum, and characterized it as:

Scrurus susLinEatTus. Sc. supra fusco-olivaceus flavescente lava-
tus ; lineis dorsalibus quatuor nigris tribus albescentibus, a hume-
ris ad uropygium excurrentibus ; abdomine flavescente: caudd ni-
gro flavoque annulatd.

une. lin.

Longitudo corporis ab apice rostri ad caude basin,. 6 0
ab apice rostri ad auris basin.......... 1 25

caude (pilis inclusis) ...... waited dalba alia ta 0 5

LAV'S4 GIG OTUMOUE 6.05 6 isd: wlnsieigo en 'ns Aine
GW seca ns ces a Sate 4 eetths ean 0 25

Habitat

«This animal is less than the Palm Squirrel (Sciurus palmarum,
Auct.), but like that species has four dark and three pale lines on the
back: these lines, however, are very narrow, and occupy only the cen-
tral portion of the back ; they are not continued on to the shoulders,
neither do they extend over the haunches. The general colour is
olive-brown, a tint arising from the hairs being each minutely an-
nulated with deep yellow and black. ‘The throat, chest, and rump,
are whitish, and the belly is yellow. The hairs covering the feet.
above are annulated like those of the body, but of a deeper tint.
The tail is cylindrical and rather slender, and exhibits obscure an-
nulations, each hair being annulated with deep golden yellow and
black. The fur is short and soft, that on the back is grey at the
base; on the under parts the hairs are very obscurely tinted with
grey at the base. The hairs of the moustaches are numerous,
moderately long, rather slender, and of a black colour. The head

—?

Zoological Society. 227

is very nearly uniform in colour with the body; it is however less
yellow.”

Mr. Blyth called the attention of the Society to a peculiarity in
the structure of the feet in the Trogonide, which he thought had not
been previously noticed. This family, although zygodactylous, have
the toes disposed on quite a different principle from the Wood-
peckers, Parrots, and other birds, which present an analogous struc-
ture; their first and second toes being opposed to the third and
fourth, in lieu of the first and fourth to the second and third, in
consequence of which, that toe, which corresponds to the middle one
in birds that are not yoke-footed, that is to say, the third or longest
toe, is the inward of the two forward toes in the Trogon family, and
the outward in the Woodpeckers and Parrots.

A continuation of Mr. Owen’s paper, on the Anatomy of the Gi-
raffe was then read, embracing the principal features of interest in
the osteological peculiarities of this animal. ‘The abstract will be
found in No. 62 of the Proceedings, from which the following are
extracts,

The author, in the first place, details the result of his investiga-
tion into the evidence bearing upon the supposition of there being in
the male Nubian Giraffe a third horn, situated anteriorly in the me-
sial line of the cranium.

Upon making a section of the skull of the male Cape Giraffe, the
anterior protuberance was shown to be due only to a thickening and
elevation of the anterior extremities of the frontal, and the contiguous
extremities of the nasal, bones; and in the Nubian Giraffe the ex-
istence of a third distinct bony nucleus was also satisfactorily nega-
tived ; for, upon macerating the skulls of individuals which had not
attained the adult age, the posterior horns became detached from the
bones of the cranium; but no such separation took place in respect
to the protuberances forming the supposed third horn, which would
have been the case had its relation to the cranium been that of a
distinct epiphysis.

In both the Cape and Nubian Giraffe, the horns were placed im-
mediately over the coronal suture, which traversed the centre of their
expanded bases. The frontal bones were distinct and joined by a
well-marked suture, continued along the posterior two-thirds of the
frontal protuberance, or as far as the nasal bones. The sagittal
suture was persistent on both sides external to the horns. The parietal
bone was single and anchylosed with the occipital and interparietal
bones.

The male Giraffe, in both the Cape and Nubian varieties, has the
Q 2

228 Zoological Society.

horns nearly twice as large as those of the female; the expanded.
bases of the horns also in the former, meet in the middle line of the
skull, but in the female the bases of the horns are at least two inches
apart.

The nasal bone was bifurcate at its anterior extremity as in the
Deer, not simply pointed as in most of the Antelopes.

With respect to the cervical vertebre of the Giraffe, Mr. Owen
observes, that they are not only remarkable for their great length,
but also, as has been recently shown by Dr. Blainville, for the ball and
socket form of the articulations of their bodies; the convexity being
on the anterior extremity, and the concavity posteriorly, agreeing
in this particular with the vertebre of the Camel.

Processes, analogous to the inferior transverse processes in the
Crocodile, extended downwards and outwards from the lower part of
the anterior extremity of each of the cervical vertebre (except the
atlas and dentata), but of much smaller size than the corresponding
processes in the Camel.

The perforations for the vertebral arteries were large, and present
in the seventh as well as in the rest of the cervical vertebre; they were
situated above the transverse processes in the side of the bodies of
the vertebre at the base of the superior /amine. Mr. Owen observes,
that although this position of the arterial foramina.is somewhat pe-
culiar, yet, in this respect, the Giraffe comes nearer the horned
Ruminants than the long-necked Camelide.

In viewing the vertebral column of the Giraffe from above, the
cervical vertebre are seen to present the broadest bodies; of these
the third and fourth are the narrowest and longest, the rest gradually
increasing in breadth and diminishing in length to the seventh: the
dorsal vertebre thence grow narrower to the ninth, after which the
vertebre increase in breadth chiefly by the progressive development
of the transverse processes.

Mr. Owen remarks, in conclusion, that the order Ruminantia,
perhaps the most natural in the mammiferous class, if we look to the
* condition of the organs of nutrition, presents, however, more variety
than any of the carnivorous orders, in the local development of the
organs of relation, and the consequent modification of external form :
the most remarkable of these modifications is undoubtedly that which
we admire in the Giraffe, and the anatomical peculiarities, which its
internal organization presents, are principally confined to the skeleton
in respect to the proportions of its different parts ; and to those parts
of the muscular and nervous systems immediately relating to the local
peculiarities in the development of the osseous framework.

Zoological Society. 229

February 28, 1838.—Richard Owen, Esq., in the Chair.

Some observations were made by M. Bibron upon two European
species of Triton indigenous to this country, Triton cristatus and Trit.
marmoratus, which many naturalists consider to have been errone-
ously separated. M. Bibron, however, entertains no doubt whatever
of their being really distinct, and pointed out a character by which
he states they may readily be distinguished, and which he believed
to have been hitherto unnoticed. ‘This distinction consists in the
form of the upper lip, which in Triton cristatus is so largely de-
veloped as to overlap the under lip posteriorly when the jaws are
closed, a condition never present in Trit. marmoratus:

Mr. Ogilby exhibited and characterized, under the name of Ma-
cropus rufiventer, a new species of Kangaroo which Mr. Gould had
received from Tasmania, where it is known by the name of Walla-
bee*. :

Mr. Waterhouse exhibited a drawing, and the tail and jaws of a
new species of Delphinus, which he characterized as

Detruinus Firzroyi. Delph. supra niger ; capitis corporisque
lateribus, corporeque subtus, niveis ; caudd, pedibus, labioque
inferiore, nigris ; fasctis latis duabus per latus utrumque ob-
Ligue excurrentibus, hujusque coloris fascid utrinque angulo
oris ad pedem tendente.

ft. in. lin.

Total length (measuring along curve of back)...... 5 + 0
Length from tip of muzzle to vent .............. 310 9
Length from tip of muzzle to dorsal fin .......... yaaa sa
Length from tip of muzzle to pectoral............ 1 4 5
Length from tip of muzzle to eye. . 0: 99
Length from tip of muzzle to breathing aperture (al

lowing curve of head) ..... 010 7
Length from tip of muzzle to angle of mouth . 0... 7.9
Length of dorsal fin (along the anterior margin). . 1 A alts
PECIPNE OF UU er oe Pot ee Ce dateete eed SE AEROS 6 4
Length of pectoral, (along anterior margin)........ Li es
SEMIN OLRORE: 5 5 ASUS Sin ile etnies © eile pein lees 1 4.65
Girth of body before dorsal * Skate att eae Th Oy: Ue36
Girth of body before pectoral fin .........-5...... yi: Si
Girth of body before tail fin.............. 000... Oey rg
arirt: Of head over the eyes PTS I 2 0 0

Habitat, Coast of Patagonia, lat. 42° 30’. (April).

“This species, which I have taken the liberty of naming after
Captain Fitzroy, the Commander of the Beagle, approaches, in some
respects, to the Delphinus superciliosus of the ‘ Voyage de la Co-
quille,’ but that animal does not possess the oblique dark-gray bands

* Described by Mr. Ogilby in the Annals of Natural History, vol. i. p. 320,

230 Zoological Society.

on the sides of the body; it likewise wants the gray mark which ex-
tends from the angle of the mouth to the pectoral fins. In the figure,
the under lip of the Delph. superciliosus is represented as almost white,
whereas in the present species it is black: judging from the figures,
there is likewise considerable difference in the form. The figure
which illustrates this description agrees with the dimensions, which
were carefully taken by Mr. Darwin immediately after the animal
was captured, and hence is correct.”

Mr. Gould exhibited two species of the genus Ptilotis, which he
characterized as Ptil. ornata, and Piil. flavigula.

PriLotis ORNATA. Ptil. vertice, alarum marginibus externis, nec-
non caude olivaceis ; dorso uropygioqgue brunneis ; guld, genis-
que olivaceo-fuscis ; pectore corporeque subtus cinerescentibus,
singulis plumis noté latd brunned in medio ornatis; crisso
pallidé badio plumis fusco striatis, penicillé nitidé flava utrum-
que colli latus ornante ; noté longitudinali sub oculos olivaced
primariis rectricibusque caude fuscis, his ad apicem externum
albis ; rostro nigrescente ; pedibus brunneis.

Long. tot. 6} unc.; rostri, 3; ale, 3%; caude, 33; tarsi, 4%.
Hab. Swan River, Australia.

PTriLOTIS FLAVIGULA. Ptil. capite, nuchd, genis, corporeque infe-
riore nigro-griseis, hoc colore apud abdomen crissumque olivaceo
tincto; plumis auricularibus argenteo-cinereis et post has guttd
flavé ; gulé flavd ; alis, dorso, cauddque, flavescenti-olivaceis ;

JSemoribus olivaceis ; rostro pedibusque nigrescentibus.

Long. tot. 8 unc.; rostri, 1; ale, 44; caude, 44; tarsi, 1.

Hab. Van Diemen’s Land and New South Wales.

March 18th, 1838.—William Yarrell, Esq., in the Chair.

Mr. Ogilby read a letter from M. V. der Hoeven, in which the
writer expresses his belief that the large Salamander preserved in a
living state at Leyden ought to be regarded as a species of Harlan’s
genus Menopoma; its specific characters consisting in the absence
of the branchial apertures, which are present in the species upon
which Harlan founded his genus. M. V. der Hoeven thinks it pro-
bable that the branchial apertures were present in the Leyden Sala-
mander in the young state, and he proposes to adopt the generic
term Cryptobranchus in preference to that of Menopoma, and to give
it the specific name of Japonicus. He further states that his obser-
vations upon this singular reptile will shortly be published in a
Dutch Journal.

Mr. Owen observed, with reference to the opinion of M. V. der
Hoeven respecting the relations of the Gigantic Salamander of
Japan to the Menopoma of the Alleghany Mountains, that the persist-

Zoological Society. 231

ence of branchial apertures was a structure so likely to influence
not only the habits of an amphibious reptile, but also the struc-
tural modifications of the osseous and vascular parts of the re-
spiratory organs, as to render it highly improbable that the Me-
nopoma should be related generically to a species having no trace
of those apertures. He thought, therefore, that the question of
the Menopoma and gigantic Japanese Salamander being different
species of the same genus, could be entertained only on the sup-
position, that the branchial apertures were a transitional structure
in the former reptile as they are in the latter. That this was the
case he considered as highly improbable; for, besides the ossified
state of the hyoid apparatus, there was evidence in the Hunterian
Collection that both the male and female generative organs in. the
Menopoma have arrived at maturity without any change having taken
place in the condition of the branchial apparatus usually considered
as characteristic of the Menopoma. He therefore considered it to be
undoubtedly generically distinct from the gigantic Salamander of
Japan, the true affinities of which could only be determined satis-
factorily after a complete anatomical investigation, especially of its
sanguiferous, respiratory, and osseous systems.

Mr. Ogilby exhibited a drawing, made by Major Mitchell, of a
-Marsupial animal found by that officer on the banks of the river
Murray, during his late journey in the interior of New South Wales.
Mr. Ogilby stated his original belief that the animal in question be-
longed to the Perameles, under which impression he had proposed
to name it Per. ecaudatus, from its entire want of tail, a cha-
racter found in no other species of the same group; but a drawing
of the fore-foot, afterwards found by Major Mitchell, and likewise
exhibited to the Society on the present occasion, had considerably
shaken this first opinion, and induced Mr. Ogilby to suspect that
the animal may eventually form the type of a new genus. Ac-
cording to Major Mitchell’s drawing, and the notes which he took
at the time of examining the specimen, it would appear that there
were only two toes on the fore-feet, which were described as having
been so perfectly similar to those of a pig, as to have procured for
the animal the name of the pig-footed bandicoot, among the per-
sons of the expedition.

The drawing of the foot, in fact, very closely resembles that of
the genus Sus in form and characters ; two toes only are represented,
short, and of equal length; but there is a swelling at the base of
the first phalanges, which renders it probable that there may be two
smaller ones behind. The Perameles, on the contrary, have three

232 Zoological Society.

middle toes on the fore feet, all of equal length, and armed with
very long, powerful claws, besides a small rudimentary toe very di-
stinctly marked on each side. The form and character of the hind
feet were perfectly similar to those of the Perameles ; as were also
the teeth, as far as could be judged from the drawing, except that
the canines did not appear to surpass the anterior molars in point of
size. The ears were long, elliptical, and nearly naked; the head
broad between the ears, and very much attenuated towards the muz-
zle; the body about the size of a small rabbit, and the fur very much
of the same quality and colour asin that animal. Mr. Ogilby, after
expressing his confidence in the fidelity of Major Mitchell’s draw-
ings, and the care with which that gentleman assured him he had
made the observation in question, expressed his belief that this
animal would be found to constitute a new genus of Marsupials,
and proposed for it the provisional name of Cheropus, in allusion to
the described characters of the fore feet.

The following is the notice of this animal inserted by Major Mit-
chell in his journal, on the occasion of first discovering it. ‘“‘ June 16,
1836. The most remarkable incident of this day’s journey was the
discovery of an animal of which I had seen only a head in a fossil
state in the limestone caves of Wellington Valley, where, from its
very singular form, I supposed it to belong to some extinct species.
The chief peculiarity then observed was the broad head and very long,
slender snout, which resembled the narrow neck of a wide bottle ; but
in the living animal the absence of a tail was still more remarkable.
The feet, and especially the fore legs, were also singularly formed, the
latter resembling those of a Pig; and the marsupial opening was
downwards, and not upwards, as in the Kangaroo and others of that
class of animals. This quadruped was discovered by the natives on
the ground ; but on being chased it took refuge ina hollow tree, from
which they took it alive, all of them declaring that they had never
before seen an animal of the kind. This was where the party had
commenced. the journey up the left bank of the Murray, immedi-
ately after crossing that river.” Such, Mr. Ogilby remarked, was
all the information he possessed at present with regard to this sin-
gular animal; but Mr. Gould had promised to examine the original
specimen on his arrival at Sydney, in the Museum of which town it
had been deposited; and Mr. Ogilby therefore hoped that, through
the kindness of that gentleman, he should shortly have it in his
power to communicate a more detailed description of its form and
characters to the Society.

Mr, Waterhouse afterwards called the attention. of the Meeting.

Botanical Society of London. 233

to some valuable skins of Mammalia, brought from Africa by Capt.
Alexander, recently purchased for the Society’s Museum.

BOTANICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON.
July 6.—J. E. Gray, Esq., F.R.S., President, in the Chair.

A paper was read by the Secretary communicated by Robert
H. Schomburgk, on the Bertholletia excelsa, accompanied with draw-
ings of the plant in different stages of its growth. Mr. Gray noticed
a peculiarity in the seed vessel, which led to some discussion, after
which the Meeting adjourned.

August 3rd.—J. E. Gray, Esq., F.R.S., President, in the Chair.

Specimens of Polypogon monspeliensis, Poa distans, and P. pro-
cumbens, Setaria viridis, &c. were exhibited by Dr. Bossey, collected
near Woolwich.—Mr. Anderson also exhibited numerous living spe-
cimens of Utricularia vulgaris and Myriophyllum verticillatum, ob-
tained from the old locality in the ditch around Kew Gardens, which
were distributed. The Secretary announced a Donation of British
Plants from Dr. T. B. Salter, of Poole, Dorsetshire.

A paper was then read by the Curator Daniel Cooper, A.L.S., being
some notes on a large variety of Ranunculus Flammula, which he had
found near Reigate, and which approached near to R. Lingua as re-
gards its habit; the size of the flower however being a sufficient
character to consider it as the former species, although the whole
character of the herbage resembled much the latter species; the
stem varying from 10 to 19 inches in height, and the leaves of con-
siderable size. Mr. C. also observed that the variety of R. Flam-
mula, B. reptans, Lightfoot, was exceedingly plentiful on Hampstead
and other heaths near London. Mr. Cooper then read the details
of the first excursion made by the Members and President of the
Society this summer to Woking Common, Surrey, with observations
on varieties of the plants then found. He observed that this spot was
selected on account of the easy access by the London and Southampton
railway. After describing the details of the excursion, it was observed
that Lycopodium Selago had not been before found so near the metro-
polis. A variety of Calluna vulgaris was also noticed by Mr. Cooper,
which appeared to be the Calluna vulgaris hirsuta, of Gerard, 1830,
and which he considered deserving a place in the recent Floras of
Britain, the degree of hairiness forming a sufficient character to war-
rant its insertion. Itis noticed by all the older botanists. A white
variety of Ajuga reptans was also noticed, together with a very beau-
tiful fawn-coloured variety of Orchis Morio, one specimen of which

234 Botanical Society of London.

was only found. The following were the principal plants met with :
Ulex nanus, Carex Odcri, Teesdalia nudicaulis, Lycopodium clavatum
and Selago, Littorella lacustris abundant, Hypericum elodes, Anagallis
tenella, Luzula congesta, Trigonella ornithopodioides, Hottonia palus-
tris, Hyoscyamus niger, &c. &c. Mr. Gray noticed a new structure
in the second year’s tuber of the root of Orchis Morio, which led to
some discussion. ‘The meeting then adjourned.

September 7th.—C. Johnson, Esq., V.P., in the Chair.

A paper was read by the Secretary, communicated by the Cu-
rator, entitled, ‘‘ Observations on a new principle of Fencing con-
structed by Mr. Breese, formed according to the laws of vegetable
physiology.’ It is in fact a natural living fence, and consists simply
of growing and planting for the purpose trees or shoots of the same
species, or species of the same genus, and causing them to unite by
means of the process of “‘ grafting by approach or inarching.” A
trench being made around the ground intended to be inclosed, the
young trees or shoots are then planted in two directions a foot from
each other; one set, for example, pointing or sloping towards the
north, the other set sloping towards the south. Where they cross each
other, the bark is removed on both stems, and the two stems are then
tied together. In the course of a few weeks they unite, and a natural
living fence is formed, acquiring additional strength every year by
the deposition ofnew wood sent down from the upper portion of the
shoot bearing leaves, &c. The advantages possessed by this kind of
fence over the one usually employed are numerous. It never re-
quires to be repaired, living wood resisting the action of the weather.
It increases in strength annually. It never requires to be covered
with tar, &c. It is cheaper in the first instance than ordinary wooden
palings. It may be carried up to any height required for fencing.
It may be composed of trees, or shrubs bearing fruit, or armed with
prickles. The shoots or small trees to be used are reared in a piece
of ground appropriated for the purpose, and are kept trimmed and
run up to the proper height for the intended fence, when they are
transplanted into the trenches as above described in a good earth.
The fences which Mr. D. Cooper describes were on the estate of Sir
Thomas Neave at Dugman Park, Essex, and were formed of ash.

A communication entitled, ‘‘ Observations on a variety of Poly-
gonum aviculare, called P. marinum of Hudson, &c. occurring abun-
dantly in the margin of salt-water ditches in Kent and Essex,” was
also read from Mr. D. Cooper. The Society then adjourned.

Miscellaneous. | 235

MISCELLANEOUS.
CARDAMINE SYLVATICA, A BRITISH PLANT.

Having been recently led to re-examine our native Crucifere, I find
that I have specimens of this species in my Herbarium, gathered in
the dean at Twizel House, Northumberland, the seat of P. J. Selby,
Esq. It has been confounded with Cardamine hirsuta, of which my
specimens are from the neighbourhood of Edinburgh. The former
is distinguished by the latent pedicels of its pods, which are tipped
with a style, longer than the breadth of the pod, while in C. hirsuta the
pedicel is erect and straight, and the style extremely short and obsolete.
See Koch, Fl. Germ. Syn. i. 43.—Gzrorce Jonnston.

HIMALAYAN GYPAETOS.

The species of Gypaétos from the Himalayan range has hitherto
been considered identical with that of Europe, both by our British
ornithologists and by Mr. Hodgson resident at Nipaul. Lieut. T.
Hutton has printed a paper in the Journal of the Asiatic Society of
Bengal giving minute descriptions and measurements taken while
residing among the mountain ranges of India, and from which he is
induced to believe the bird found there to be distinct. ‘‘ The rela-
- tive length of the quills, together with the black gorget on the lower
part of the neck, furnish two constant characters, uniformly foreign
to the bearded vulture of authors, and I have therefore ventured to
offer it as a distinct species new to science, under the title of

Gypaétos hemachlanus, supra fusco-niger, subtus ferrugineus, collo obscu-

rior infra pallidior; collo inferiore nigro circumcincto, primoribus
rectricibusque cinereis, marginibus nigrescentibus, remige tertio ceteris

longiore 34 poll. primum excedente. In ceteris G. barbato similis.
Long. 4 ped. Lat. alarum 8 ped. 6 poll.

Journ. Asiatic Soc. Bengal, No. 73, p. 20.

NASTURTIUM ANCEPS, REICHENBACH.

The plant which I have hitherto considered the same as Nastur-
tium sylvestre of British botanists, and which grows all along the
sides of the Tweed (between Coldstream and Berwick), appears ra-
ther to belong to Nasturtium anceps of Reichenbach. See Koch FI,
Germ. Syn. i. 35.—Grorcs JoHNsToN.

ACTION OF FREE CARBONIC ACID ON THE NUTRITION OF PLANTS,

Dr. Schleiden of Berlin has published in Wiegmann’s Archiv some
observations on the luxuriant development of various plants in water
containing carbonic acid. The springs in the valley of Géttingen are

236 Miscellaneous.

very rich in free carbonic acid, especially the basins near the Wehnder
paper-mill, and there is here found a rich and luxuriant vegetation,
which in spring appears several entire weeks earlier, and continues
in autumn much later than at other spots of the same district. Dr.
Schleiden thinks that the free carbonic acid in the water exercises a
favourable influence on the vegetation, which certainly may be the
case ; for observations have shown that by the vegetation of plants in
solar light, the addition of a very small quantity of carbonic acid in
the surrounding atmosphere produces a much more powerful disen-
gagement of oxygen than takes place in the common atmosphere.—
Meyen’s Report for 1837 in Wiegmann’s Archiv, Part III. 1838.

HYBRIDITY INFERNS.
M. Martens observed in the Botanical Garden of Louvain, a fern
which he regardedas a hybrid between Gymnogramma calomelanos and
G. chrysophylla, to which Bory de St. Vincent proposes to apply the
name of G. Martensii. At the same time the latter gentleman ob-
serves that this hybrid formation appears to occur quite commonly
in nature, for he had received several well-preserved specimens of this
plant through L’Herminier from Guadaloupe, where it grows in na-
ture between the two above-mentioned Gymnogramme. He also
enumerates several other ferns which might be considered as hybrids»
which are only grounded on supposition: to these however Dr. Meyen
rather inclines to assent.—Jdid.

AFFINITIES OF THE CERATOPHYLLACEA,

Mr. Asa Gray has recently published in the ‘ Lyceum of Nat. Hist.’
of New York, a paper on the affinities of the genus Ceratophyllum ;
it appears to him that a great similarity prevails between the embryos
of the genera Ceratophyllum and Nelumbium, which he endeavours
specially to demonstrate, and then places the Ceratophyllacee in the
immediate vicinity of the Cabombacee and Nelumbiacee. The me-
moir contains no new observations, nor is there anything new re-
specting the structure of the Ceratophyllacee.

Dr. Schleiden in a paper published in one of the late numbers of
the ‘ Linnea,’ admits only one species of Ceratophyllum, and calls this
C. vulgare ; a long series of observations are enumerated to prove
this view. This paper also contains some remarks on the structure
and affinities of this family.—Jdid.

STRIPED HYENA, (H. vulgaris.)
A litter has lately been bred in the Zoological Gardens at Liver-
pool. ‘The. animals copulated after being together a fortnight.

Miscellaneous. 237

The system is most singular. The male continued copulating nearly
one hour, but I could not observe that they locked like dogs, and
they did not turn as the latter animals do. The time of gestation
has been twelve weeks from the first act of copulation ; four cubs
were produced, which continued blind for nine days.” —J. J. Isaac-
son, Liverpool Zoological Gardens.

ON.A REPRESENTATIVE OF THE ORDER OF INSECTIVOROUS MAMMALIA
BELONGING TO NEW HOLLAND... BY M. GERVAIS.

The animal which is the subject of this note has been recently
described in England under the name of Myrmecobius fasciatus. by
Mr. Waterhouse, who considers it as belonging to the class of the
Didelphides, at the same time noticing the points of resemblance be-
tween it and certain Insectivora, and principally with the Tupaia or
Cladobate. M. Gervais, insisting on these resemblances, remarks,
that, comparing the osseous head of the Myrmecobdius with that of
the Didelphides, we find in the existence of two palatin holes (instead
of four as in this group of animals), in the arrangement of the as-
cending branch of the lower jaw, &c., differences which would rather
induce us to refer this new. genus to the monodelphial mammifera
than to the didelphial.—Compte Rendu, No. 14, Oct. 1838.

CAOUTCHOUC IN PLANTS*.

The substance caoutchouc is a widely disseminated constituent of
vegetable fluids. It has hitherto, I believe, been found only in plants
with milky juice, although its presence in all plants yielding such
fluid remains to be proved. The presence of caoutchouc in silk has
been, I believe, attributed to the nature of the fluids of the plants
on which the caterpillars feed ; but this, although applicable to the
mulberry plants, can scarcely hold good with the various species of
Tetranthera on which the Moonga feeds, or with the castor-oil plant,
the chief food of the Eria, which in Assam does not appear to yield
milk. Milky juice is often characteristic of certain families, but
often not; its presence is frequently of importance, as it often af-
fords valuable indications of affinity, It is remarkable that it is al-
most unknown in the grand division of Monocotyledonous plants.
The families in which its presence may be said to be universal are
Apocquea, Asclepiadea, Campanulacea, Sobeliacea and the great divi-
sion of Composite, Chicoracea, of which the lettuce is a familiar ex-
ample. It is of common occurrence in Huphorbiacea and Tulicea,
which orders may be looked on as the grand sources of caoutchouc,

* From Mr. Wm. Griffith’s Report. Journ. of the Asiatic Soc. of Bengal.

238 Miscellaneous.

Thus, in addition to our Indian plants, the American caoutchouc is
supposed to be produced by Cecropia peltata, which belongs to Ur-
ticea and the ule tree of Papantla, from which the caoutchouc of that
country is obtained, is supposed to belong to the same orders. I
must, however, observe that Baron Humboldt objects to the suppo-
sition of Cecropia peltata yielding the American caoutchouc, as its
juice is difficult to inspissate*.

The order Euphorbiacea would likewise appear to supply a large
quantity. Thus Dr. Lindley informs us that the true caoutchouc is
furnished by Siphonia elastica, Hevia quiancusis of Aublet, a Surinam
and Brazilian tree ; and it is from a tree of this order that a substance
resembling caoutchouc is procured in Sierra Leone.

Some Apocquee are also reported to produce good caoutchouct;
thus Aricola elastica produces the caoutchouc of Sumatra, and it is
from this plant that caoutchouc has been produced in Penang and
exported to England}. Willughbeia edulis is likewise an Indian
plant from which caoutchouc has been produced, but Roxburgh says
it is of indifferent quality : unless I have been misled, good caoutchouc
is obtained from Nerium grandifioreum of Roxburgh.

It is probably equally abundant in Asclepiadea; one plant of which
order Cynanchum albifloreum has been stated to yield it of excellent
quality in Penang. Mr. Royle seems inclined to attribute the great
tenacity of the fibres of some plants of both these orders to its pre-
sence, but this supposition seems to me of very doubtful accuracy §.

OBITUARY.

The death of the Chevalier Frederic Cuvier (the news of which
reached us some time ago) has awakened the deepest regret among a
numerous circle of friends and savans. This excellent man was on
his return to Paris, from one of those annual journeys which his of-
fice of Inspector General to the University obliged him to make, and
was seized with paralysis at Strasbourg; the alleviation is contained
in the reflection that he was in this city surrounded by friends and
the best medical aid, but neither affection nor skill could avail,
and in four days he was no more. He was born at Montbéliard, in
1773, was called to Paris by his illustrious brother, Baron George
Cuvier, and became keeper of the Ménagerie at the Jardin des

* Lindley’s Introduction to Natural System of Botany, p. 176.

4 Lindley’s Instructions, p. 300.

+ Royle’s Illustrations, p.329, under Euphorbiacea, and p. 270, under
Apocquea.

§ Royle’s Illustrations, p. 274.

Meteorological Observations. 239

Plantes in 1804, a place which enabled him to make some precious
observations on the economy and physiology of animals. These are
published in the ‘Annales du Muséum,’ and, with other valuable
works on natural history, led to his election into the Academy of
Sciences, to the Inspector Generalship of the University, to the Le-
gion of Honour, to the Royal Society of London, and lastly, to the
chair of comparative physiology at the Jardin des Plantes. A remark-
able coincidence exists between his death and that of his brother ;
like him, he was about to deliver a fresh course of lectures, was at-
tacked by paralysis, was aware from the first moment of the result
which must ensue, was anxious to secure the welfare of others, was
patient under severe sufferings, and was ready to meet his God. As
a scientific man his loss will be severely felt, for not only did he
write the above-mentioned works, but was a contributor to several
of the journals of science, and the principal labourer in the ‘ Histoire
des Mammiféres,’ published in conjunction with M. Geoffroy St.
Hilaire. Asa father, a friend, and a brother to the bereaved widow,
who is thus again visited by heavy calamity, his loss is irreparable,
and as a master, the very quadrupeds of the Jardin will feel the
loss of his benevolent cares. M. Cuvier has left a son, who bears
his noble name with honour.—Atheneum. |

METEOROLOGICAL OBSERVATIONS FOR SEPTEMBER 1838,

Chiswick.—Sept. 1—3. Very fine. 4, Foggy: very fine. 5. Fine: rain.
6. Heavy rain. 7. Showery. 8. Cloudy and cold. 9—12. Very fine. 13,14.
Overcast and fine. 15. Hazy: very fine. 16,17. Foggy in the mornings:
very fine. 18. Fine: overcast. 19. Rain; very fine: drizzly. 20. Cloudy.
21,22. Foggy: very fine. 23. Slight rain: fine: rain at night. 24. Fogey:
_ heavy rain. 25. Hazy. 26. Foggy: fine. 27. Rain. 28. Foggy: fine.
29. Foggy: rain. 30. Very fine.

On the evening of the 16th, about 8 p.m., a luminous arch was observed
ascending from the west and proceeding in an easterly direction; terminating in
the zenith, but with an attenuated broad train, bending towards the south.

Boston.— Sept. 1, 2. Fine. 3. Cloudy. 4,5. Fine. 6. Rain. 7. Fine:
rain a.m. 8. Cloudy. 9—12. Fine. 13—15. Cloudy. 16. Fine: lively ap-
pearance of northern lights 8 p.m. 17,18, Cloudy. 19. Fine: rain early a.m.
20,21. Fine. 22. Foggy. 23. Cloudy: rain at night. 24—26. Cloudy :
rainr.M. 27. Rain, 28. Fine. 29, 30. Foggy.

Applegarth Manse, Dum/ries-shire.—Sept. 1. Temperate. 2. Shower a.m.:
fairr.m. 93. Fair a.m.: wet p.m. 4. Showery great partofthe day. 5. Wet
allday. 6. Dripping day. 7—9. Fine harvest days. 10, Cloudy. 11.
Cloudy: moist p.m. 12. Showery throughout. 13. Dull: moist. 14. Moist
and warm. 15. Mild: warm. 16. Fine harvest day: Aurora. 17. Fine har-
vest day. 18. Fair till 6 p.m. rain. 19. Fair a.m.: rain. 20. Fair till 3 p.y, -
rain and thunder. 21. Fair till 5 e..: rain. 22. Showery all day. 23. Fair
allday. 24. Dripping day: cold. 25. Very moist. 26. Remarkably fine,
27. Very mild: warmr.m, 28, Fine harvest day. 29. Rather moist. 930,
Fine harvest day.

28-1 | 80-Z) ‘wing pas fos | €$ pet ee 9-29 |6.¢¢ | 6-62 | Z6-6% | 9V-6% | VP6-6z G00-0€ | “8°
"** | 0S0- ZS |F2S op | t9 | ¥-9S| 3-69 | 8-L | 62-0€ | 91-0€ | 89-62 | L61-0€ 00Z-0€ | “of
ae og |F0S PS | 09 |S-9F| 0-19 | €-99 | Z0-0€ | 00-0€ | 89-62 | V10-0€ 910-0€ | *6z

gl PS | 2s 1¢ | So |0-SP| L-PS| €-9P | 00-0£ | £6.66 | 8V-6% | $L6-6z 000-06 | *9z
a9. 91T- f0¢ | PS oF | 6S | 2-6) £-89 | 9-ZS | $8-6% | 6-62 | 9F-62 | 168-6% £98-62 | *Lz
nb i 0g | 2S eb | 99 |€-Lh| €-S9 | 8-8F | 26-62 | £8-6z | £9-6z | $16.6z 986-62 | ‘oz)
10- | OSL 0g | ZS zp | 9S | F-0G| €-99| 9-19 | 68-66 | 28-62 | 0-62 | PEL-6% 028-62 | “SZ
SL. | 9€0- 76P | 9S 6h | 9 |0-19| L-€9 | LFS | £8.62 | 18-6z | VV-62 | 0SL-6z 816-62 | “Pz
ag eee z¢| FS cr | 60 | L261 9-09 | 9-LS | 02-62 | £9-6 | 62-62 | 998.62 816.62 | “Ez
EY Nantes £z¢ \¥0S 67 | 69 | @-zP| Z-09 | L-€S | OL.6z | Fe-6z | 09-62 | £68.62 000-08 | *zz
it ov! sv 9€ | gO | £-97| 8-£9 | 4-09 | $8-6% | 08-62 | SE-6z | 7S8.6% 0S8-62 | “Iz
oP: gh | 0S ce | 99 |9:FS| 9-86 | 9-L | 02-62 | 89-62 | VE-62 | Shg.6z 969-62 | ‘oz
$0» ats oS | aS zs | £9 |9-FS| F.09 | P-FS | 04-62 | 06-6 | 62-62 | Stg.6z gv6-62 | “61
Sa tee QV) OS zo | 9 | ¥-2S| 9-29 | €-LG | 00-0€ | O1-0€ | 65-6 | L10.0€ 9S0-08 | *s1@
oe eee Lv \EL¢ o0¢ | oL |£:SS| L-L9 | £-6$ | 1L-0€ | 11-08 | 99-62 | L€0.08 zlo.0€ | “LI
Eee os So vs | 09 gb | PL | g-0$| &-S9 | 8-99 | $0-0F | £0-0€ | $9.62 | LE0.0€ gL0-0€ | “91
eI ae gS} 0S 6¢ | o£ | 0-6S| 0-S9 | G-6¢ | GO-0£ | 00-0€ | 9.6% | LS0.0€ 880-08 | “ST
ty |e S| 8S 9¢ | 69 | §.2S| 0-P9 | 0-19 | 86-62 | 66-62 | £5.62 | 690-08 QPI-O€ | “VI
eas cbs 9G | 9S cp | 99 |S-1S| 0-S9 | 8-L9 | 00-0€ | SI-0€ | VL.6Z | SEz-0€ BZE-0F | “Ef
sae Lied 9¢| 9S tr | Zl |S-LP| 0-09 | Z-€S | 97-0€ | OF-0€ | £6.62 | StP-0€ 006-08 | “SI
Pep a ZG |t9V Le | oL |0-SP|S-6¢ | L-8h | $E-0€ | ZP-0€ | Zo.0€ | EFS-08 gbS-of | “It
ree ee gv | gv re | g9 |S-9F| S.6¢ | $-1S | ZV-0F | C£-0€ | £6.62 | 10P-0€ 90P-0€ | “or C
pes Ser ELV 9£ | £9 |S.PF| 0.9¢ | $-1S | Z-0€ | I1-0€ | 79.62 | L0z-0€ 0ZZ-0£ | °6
9£0- pr 6p ce | oS 10.26 | 0-99 | 0-25 | £6-62 | 9L-62 | F1-62 | Lz9.62 0F9.6¢| °8
OI- | 0So. 21h |f6P 0¢ | oL | P-25|¢-F9 | S-€9 | L9-6z | ££-6z | 08-82 | TE.62 rre.6z | cL
Pl | BLe- 1$| 9S 76 | of |0.96|0.69 | &-6S | 02-62 | 92-62 | 99-92 | ZLz-62 062-62} °9
nas Cpe ZS | 9S 9¢ | SZ |9.69 | 0.69 | O+F9 | LE-6z | 19-62 | 10.62 | FLE.6z Z19-66| °§
ae bos zS| 9S cp | OL | 0.25 | 0-69 | 0-65 | $L-62 | 98-62 | EF.6z | 989.6% 366.62} ‘Fb O
as $25 | F0S ge | EL | 0-€$| 0-99 | 0-09 | 86:62 | 66-62 | 8S-6z | 060-08 061-08} “f
o£0- oe gh | 9S ch | 12 10.26] $.g9 | $-19 | PO-0€ | 16-62 | 25-62 | €z1-0€ oFLof | ‘%
% Vo. suas oS} 9S 7S | EL | 0.PS| S-69 | 0-19 | L6-6% | 26-62% | 61-62 | 9L0-0€ BOL-Of | “T
Q a scat]
25 = | ures aia urd¢|*ur'eg “UTA | “XBL | UNA! “xeyy [ure 6 ‘urdg | ‘ure Gg) “Ut we, .
EE 2 tay ee Ba a ELEN Bsa mal set *aILYS-solgun. ae *OLMstyO -20§ 0% Sr
" g - g ‘I Be -salaguing JMSITD | 90g «Loy : uopUorT gr ak cai OMT + UOPUOT -nqU9 i
“Urey *Ja}OWOULIOY,T, “sojaUIOIE, Josheq

‘auiys-sntfungy ‘asunyy yjuvsaddy yo uvanag ‘aN 49 puv ‘uojsog yo TIVIA ‘AN 49 SuopuorT avau ‘youmsyg qv hyaro0g pounynoysozy 947 fo
UIPLDL) 3Y, YD NOSANOHY, “IJN 49 { NoLUaAOY “aI “Auvjasoag quogsissp ayz hg fjaroog yohog ay fo suaupandpy ayy yo apou, suornasasggQ 102907040972

" Ann. Nat: List, Vol. NN. PAX.

Feathers of Falco \slandicus and F. Greenlandicus

A. lal teather of Joung laico llandicus.| £ Trimarg of Mature latco Crenlandicis

B.lTrimary of Mature de ae F. Tart eather of Young de a
D. Lesser weng covert weather fF a? ae 1G Covert teathers of Mature dv ada?’

Dorsal view af Vespertilio Leisleri.

/e Ge natural sixe.

J Basie, lithe:

ANNALS OF NATURAL HISTORY.

a
Ae

XXVII.—Remarks on the Greenland and Iceland Falcons,
showing that they are distinct Species. By Joun Han-
cocKk*,

[ With a Plate .]

THE Grey or Iceland Falcon (Falco Islandicus, Lath.)

and the White Gyr (Falco Gyrfalco, Linn.) are at present

considered, I believe, by most English authors as one species.

Continental writers however disagree much on the subject ;

some assert that they are perfectly distinct; whilst others

contend that they are the same species, varying only in con-

Sequence of age, sex, or climate. It seems strange that any

difference of opinion should exist respecting species so cha-

racteristically marked as are those two birds. Our English na-
turalists, it is true, have had few specimens to examine, or at
all events our public collections contain yery few individuals ;
and judging from the scarcity of the species, it is not likely
that many specimens have found their way into private cabi-
nets. ‘This is not the case with continental writers ; they have
been more fortunate in having numerous specimens before
them, but by assuming that these birds go on changing their
plumages year after year for a long period, they have been
led into much confusion, and have not yet arrived at any sa-
tisfactory conclusion. This being the state of the question,
and having recently had many opportunities of examining in-
dividuals of both the Iceland and the Greenland birds, I wish
to lay before this meeting the result of such examination,
more particularly as I feel a strong conviction that these birds
are perfectly distinct. That my reasons for so considering them
may be as clearly understood as possible, I shall, in the first
place, detail what led me to this conviction. I shall then
make some remarks by way of elucidation, and afterwards de-

* Read in the Natural History Section of the Meeting of the British
Association, Newcastle, and communicated by the author.

¢ This plate will be given in the SurrLement to the present volume.—
Epir,

Ann. Nat. Hist, Vol. 2. No.10. Dec. 1838. R

242 My. J. Hancock on the

scribe the two species in their various plumages. My atten-
tion was first drawn to the subject so far back as 1833 by two
specimens brought from Iceland by Mr. Geo. C, Atkinson as
the young of the Greenland or white species; one of those is
now in my possession, and I am satisfied is a mature female
of the true Iceland bird. At the time I was convinced that
this was not an immature bird ; the cordated markings on the
breast and the transverse bars on the flanks were sufficient to
prove this fact, and it was impossible for a moment to sup-
pose that a bird so symmetrically and characteristically marked
should be a mere variety of the Greenland or white falcon. I
believed it to be a distinct species, and subsequent observa-
tions have confirmed me in this belief. I was afterwards for-
tunate enough, through the kindness of my friend Mr.Warham,
of the Lord Gambier whaler from this port, to possess a. bird
from Davis’ Straits, which is undoubtedly the young of the
white bird; in fact it has already got a quill feather of the
mature dress. This individual has longitudinal dashes or
blotches on the under parts; a character indicative of youth
in the Falconide, and which in this instance is perfectly
analogous to the markings of the young of the peregrine
falcon, a species most nearly allied. Afterwards I became
possessed of another young bird which was shot in York-
shire, March 1837. This has also the longitudinal markings
on the under parts, and as might be expected, from the time
it was taken, has commenced to shed its feathers, and has al#
ready got several new ones on different parts of the body. The
fresh feathers are precisely similar to those of the bird from
Iceland which I considered to be mature. This then was cer-
tainly the young of the Iceland bird. It differs from the young
of the white bird in one striking particular, viz. that in having
the bars on the two middle feathers of the tail non-continuous,
or not opposing each other, whilst they are continuous in the
young of the latter. (Pl. X. figs. A. and F.) All that was now
wanting was to discriminate the sexes. I was enabled to do
this through thé kindness of Mr. W. Proctor, Curator of the
Durham Museum, whe visited Iceland last year for the pur-
pose of procuring birds, and the other natural productions of
that island. After the most indefatigable exertions he ob-
tained five individuals of the true Iceland falcon. He shot them

Greenland and Iceland Falcons. 243

all on the same crags. They are a brood with their two pa-
rents; there can be no doubt of this, for he saw the old birds
bring food to the young ones, and he afterwards found in the
same cliffs, and close to the spot where the birds were killed,
an old nest which contained in the bottom of it a rotten egg
buried in dung. Four of these birds were shot on the same
day, the fifth was killed on the following: it was perched near
to the nest. I had no difficulty in separating the old from the
young, or of naming the sexes. Mr, Proctor’s notes taken in
_ Iceland afterwards proved that I was correct. The old female
agrees exactly with the individual brought by Mr. Geo. C,
Atkinson from Iceland. The male is similar to the female,
only that he is a little brighter in colour, and like the rest of
the falcons, is considerably smaller. The young are of course
in the nest plumage (they were shot on the 3rd of August)
and agree most accurately with the individual taken in York-
shire, except that the plumage of the latter is a little faded on
account of its greater age. It had undergone six months or
upwards extra bleaching. The fading of the plumage is com-
mon to all birds. I possess a young peregrine which was shot
previous to its moulting, and it is bleached down from the
deep brown of the nest plumage to the colour of brown paper.
All the young have the bars of the tail non-continuous, and
another immature bird which Mr. Proctor also procured in
Iceland has the same character, This peculiarity has like-
wise been observed by Benwicke, who says, in describing a
young bird from Iceland, that “ the bars of the tail are non-
continuous.” I had now before me male, female, and five
young of the Iceland or grey species, and on examining these
with the male, female, and young of the white or Greenland
species, no doubt could exist, and the conclusion was easily
arrived at, that the difference of these two birds is not at least
the effect of sex or age, unless we adopt the theory common
amongst ornithologists, that these birds go on varying in
plumage for a series of years, even after they have attained
their nuptial dress. This however I shall afterwards show is —
not the case. Faber, who resided some time in Iceland, and
who is apparently well acquainted with the species of that
island, can find no other way of escaping the necessity of ac-

knowledging it to be a species, than by supposing that the
R 2

244 Mr. J. Hancock on the

white or Greenland bird is “ either an Iceland falcon in a very
advanced age, or what” he is “much rather disposed to be-
lieve, an albino variety.” With regard to the former part of
his supposition, there is nothing that I am aware of in the hi-
story of the Falconide to warrant such an assumption. They
do not, like most birds, shed the nest plumage in autumn, but
retain it until the following spring, when they get the mature
dress, and I know of no instance of any subsequent change of
importance, This is the case with the peregrine falcon, which
is very closely allied to the Iceland species. This fact is well
known to falconers, though I believe doubted by many orni-
thologists. Capt. Bonham of the 10th Hussars, who has for
many years kept a number of peregrines, showed me an indi-
vidual which had got its mature plumage, and it was then only
a year old. It had retained its nest plumage until the spring,
when it moulted and at once assumed the mature dress, and
he assured me this was always the case. This also takes place
with the kestrel (Falco Tinnunculus, Linn.), and I believe with
all the true falcons: occasionally the plumage may afterwards
become a little brighter, but never any material change takes
place ; the markings retain their characters, and though the
bird may be considered a finer and more distinctly marked
individual, yet the plumage is identically the same in all es-
sential points. We possess, however, the strongest proof that
this is the case with the Iceland species. The Yorkshire spe-
cimen, though in the nest plumage, has, as before remarked,
got several new feathers which are exactly like those of the
adult, breeding individuals from Iceland ; thus we have a proof
that this species gets the mature plumage immediately on shed-
ding the nest feathers ; and in the two old birds we have evi-
dence of the strongest nature that their plumage undergoes no
further change, for it fortunately happens that they are also in
the process of casting their feathers, and those that are coming
are perfectly similar to the feathers of the previous year. No-
thing can be more decisive. It needs no comment. The Ice-
land species then does not change after it has attained the
breeding dress. Faber also remarks, that the Iceland bird is
not mature, that is, it does not breed until it has got yellow
legs: this is probably the fact; then if he be correct in sup-
posing that the white or Greenland species is only an Iceland

Greenland and Iceland Falcons. 945

bird in a very advanced age, how does it happen that white
birds are found with blue legs? This very commonly occurs,
and is characteristic of youth. The truth is, that these spe-
cimens with blue legs are birds of the previous spring and
have just cast their grey or nest plumage, and have not yet
attained the mature colouring of the feet ; I have several spe-
cimens in this state, some of which are already changing to
yellow. The want of this colour on the feet is one proof that
the individual is young, and the spots on the breast of such
specimens are generally more numerous and larger. The
young of both species have the feet blue at first; they after-
wards become of a full dright yellow in the Iceland bird,
though it remains grey. This is not the case with the Green-
land species, it becomes white before the legs are yellow, and
they never attain the bright colour of the former, but continue
of a pale livid yellow. The latter part of Faber’s supposition
needs scarcely any remark. It seems absurd to imagine a
bird so symmetrically marked as the Greenland species, to be
a mere variety. It is as characteristic in its appearance and
varies as little as any of its congeners. There is no analogy
whatever between this bird and those with which he compares
it. The albino varieties of those birds to which he alludes
occur perhaps one in a hundred. The Greenland or white
bird, on the contrary, is more plentiful than the Iceland or
grey. The exception, therefore, would be more numerous
than the rule, an anomaly of no very common occurrence ; and
again, albino varieties are either entirely white or are entirely
white in irregular patches, but the Greenland falcon is sym-
metrically marked, as before mentioned, and never becomes
entirely white, and it varies from the Iceland bird not only in
being whiter, but also in the markings of the plumage. In
the former the feathers on the upper parts are white with ar-
row-shaped spots of dark, in the latter the upper plumage is
slate colour or grey with lighter spots and bars. (Pl. X. figs.
D.C. and G.) Perhaps it might be asked, is there not a
white variety of the Iceland bird as well as a Greenland spe-
cies? I believe not. I have a white individyal from Iceland,
and there is no perceptible difference between it and the many
specimens I have seen and possess from Davis’ Straits. In

246 Mr. J. Hancock on the

fact there can be little or no doubt that the white one never
breeds in Iceland, and that the individuals shot there are
driven from their more northern haunts by the severity of the
climate during the winter months. This view of the case is
corroborated by a remark of Faber, who says, “I only met
with white birds in winter, and these on the northern parts of
the island (speaking of Iceland)”; and again, “'The white va-
riety is rather rare; I have met with it only in the winter
months.” And Mr. Proctor when there made frequent in-
quiries about the white gyr, and always received for answer
that they were extremely rare. He at length, however, pro-
cured a skin from one of the natives, who said the bird was
shot during the winter season. It appears to be doubtful
whether or not the Iceland species inhabits Greenland. Fa-
bricius and others, it is true, described grey birds as belonging
to these regions, but it is difficult to say whether these are the
young of the white gyr or are the Iceland species. From what
I can learn I am very much inclined to think that this which
I suppose to be a species is not a resident of those more
northern countries, or at least is not common there. Messrs.
Warham and Taylor, Captains of Davis’ Straits whalers from
this port, inform me that they see only white birds during the
early part of the season, and it is not until the latter end of
the year that grey ones make their appearance. ‘This is just
what might be expected, when we recollect that this bird, like
its congeners, undoubtedly gets its mature dress or breeding
plumage at the first moult: the nestlings of the previous sea-
son get the white plumage before the whalers arrive, and as
they do not leave the fishing grounds until autumn, they then
meet with the young of the year in the grey or nest plumage.

Brehm, who attempted to divide the two species, was unfor-
tunate in possessing only young birds; this is apparent from
his describing the Iceland bird as having blue legs, whilst its
legs in a mature state are full yellow. He could never have
met with the old bird or he could not have fallen into this
error. Benwicke appears also to have laboured under the same
mistake at the time he believed there were two species, for
he described the one with yellow legs and dark spots on a
white ground, the other with white spots on a dark ground

Greenland and Iceland Falcons. 247

and blue legs, evidently considering the mature Greenland
falcon as the one species and the young either of this or the
Iceland bird as the other. He afterwards, however, united
them, and believed he had obtained a thorough knowledge of
the subject. He continues nevertheless in error. He de-
scribes the nest plumage no less than three times over as dif-
ferent ages. The first is from Iceland, and has the bars on
the tail non-continuous, like the individuals I possess from that
island. ‘The other two are from Greenland, and vary very
slightly, one having only a little more white than the other.
This is of no importance whatever ; all species are liable to vary
in this way, and the young birds from the same nest brought by
Mr. Proctor from Iceland vary as much or more than do those
two which he has described as birds of different years. He
afterwards described the mature Greenland falcon, but never
mentions the mature Iceland: from this it is probable he had
never seen it. Temminck, however, is acquainted with both
species, but describes the mature Iceland falcon as the female
of the Greenland bird. In this he is most certainly wrong,
for I possess both the sexes of the mature Greenland bird,
and the only difference perceptible is that the male is perhaps
a little whiter. The markings are perfectly of the same cha-
racter ; and as we have before us male and female of the Ice-
land species, nothing more need be said on this head; and in
fact Faber has settled this point of the question, for he has
shown that the plumage of the Greenland bird is not occa-
sioned by sex. Before I conclude I have to acknowledge my
obligations to Dr. Charlton of Hesleyside for extracts from
various German works and for the loan of others.

I shall now close this paper by describing the two species .
in their various plumages. I have retained Latham’s name
of Islandicus for the true Iceland species, as the most appro-
priate, it being, as far as I am aware, peculiar to that island,
though I am much inclined to believe that the birds Audubon
figures and describes as the Iceland or ger falcon is the young
of this species, and the other species cannot perhaps be better
named than after the country from which it is most abundantly
procured. I therefore continue Linneus’ name of Grwn-
landicus, which he gave the young bird.

Falco Islandicus. Ground of the upper plumage a dark

248 Mr. J. Hancock on the

lead or mouse colour, barred and spotted with cream colour ;
under parts the ground is buff, marked with streaks, heart-
shaped spots, and bars of dark mouse colour. Wings reach-
ing to within about 1} in. of the end of the tail.

Iceland falcon. Pen. Arc. Zool., Addenda C, vol. i. p. 252.

Greenland falcon. Pen. Arc. Zool., Addenda D, vol. i. p. 257.

Collard falcon, Pen. Are, Zool., vol. i. p. 158.

Falco gyrfaleo, Zur. Linn., vol. i. p. 158,
Iceland falcon. Lath. No. 50.

Dimensions. Adult male, length 1 ft. 9 in.; extent of
wings 3 ft. 10 in.

Description. Billlead colour, gradually darker towards the
tip, with ¢wo processes in the upper mandible; irides dark
brown; cere, orbits and feet bright yellow; crown, occiput,
and cheeks cream colour, streaked with dark grey or mouse
colour. The feathers of the upper parts dark slate colour,
with two or more transverse cream-coloured bars sprinkled
with ash, the bars increasing in number as the feathers in-
crease in size, each feather with a narrow edging of the same ;
primaries several shades darker, with fourteen cream-coloured
bars on the inner webs, with a few less conspicuous and
broken bars on the outer webs. Tail rounded, consisting of
twelve feathers of a dark grey, crossed with twelve or thir-
teen bars of cream colour mottled with ash; throat nearly
white ; breast and belly cream colour or buff, the former
streaked and the latter marked with heart-shaped spots of the
ground colour of the back; the flanks and under tail coverts
transversely barred as in the peregrine, but the bars less nu-
merous.

Dimensions. Adult female, length 1 foot 11 in.; extent of
wings 4 feet 2 in. )

Desc. In every respect like the male, excepting that she is
considerably darker.

Young or nest plumage: bill, cere and legs dark blue; crown
of the head and occiput cream colour, streaked with dark
brown; the whole of the upper plumage the same, edged with
cream colour, with a few spots of the same on the lower
parts of the scapulars and greater wing coverts; under parts
cream colour, marked longitudinally with closely set dark
brown blotches, increasing in size on the vent and flanks;

Greenland and Iceland Falcons. 249

thighs streaked with the same ; tail dark, with about ten ash-
coloured bars (in some specimens these bars are cream colour),
the bars on the two middle feathers non-continuous.

Falco Grenlandicus. Ground of the plumage pure white ;
upper parts elegantly marked with arrow-shaped spots of a
dark grey; under parts and head streaked with the same; .
wings reaching to within 2 inches of the end of the tail; se-
cond primary the longest.

Gyr falcon. Pen. Are. Zool., vol. i. p. 232.

Falco Greenlandicus. Zwr. Linn. (this is the young), vol. i. p. 147.
Falco islandicus. Zur. Linn., vol. i. p. 155.

Falco candicans. Tur. Linn., vol. i. p. 158.

Iceland falcon, var. Lath., p.71.

Spotted Iceland falcon, var. Lath., p.71.

Dimensions. Adult male, length, 1 foot 9 in.

Desc, Bill light horn colour, inclining to yellow, with the
tip darker and a large process in the upper mandible; cere,
orbits, and feet pale yellow (in some specimens the upper
parts of the toes are blue) ; ground of the whole plumage pure
white; crown streaked with narrow lines of dark ash; on the
occiput the streaks are a little larger, forming an obscure patch
of darker. The feathers on the back scapulars and lesser wing
coverts are deeply margined with white, the centre being dark
ash ; in some the dark occupies the whole of the centre, in
others (especially towards the lower parts) it is broken up into
bars, sometimes on the outer web and sometimes on the inner ;
the markings are arrow-shaped at the tip; wing coverts, se-
condaries and primaries barred, the bars increasing in number
in proportion as the feathers increase in size ; towards the tip
of each of the primaries the dark bar is considerably larger,
forming a spot at the tip of the wing; this is very conspicuous
when the bird is flying: the tail is rounded at the end, and
consists of twelve feathers, which are white, except that the
two middle ones are barred a little on each side of the shaft ;
in some specimens all the feathers are barred, and in others
they are all white; all the under parts pure white, excepting
a few dashes of dark ash on the flanks.

_ Dimensions.— Adult female, length, 1 foot 11 in. ; extent
of wings, 3 feet 10 in.

Desc. In every respect like the male, except that the dark

250 Mr. Forbes on the Land and Freshwater

is a little more in proportion to the white, and in some indi-
viduals the bill is furnished witlf two processes in the upper
mandible, like the young of the preceding species, except that
the bars on the two middle feathers in the tail are continuous.

Norr.—The day after the above paper was read, two
mature specimens were received from Iceland ; they are male
and female, and have just come through the moult, and cor-
responil exactly in the markings with the breeding individuals
brought by Mr. Proctor; they are, however, a little brighter
in colour, occasioned principally by the freshness of the plu-
mage, and certainly do not vary more than might be expected
from the difference in the young from the same nest. I may
also observe that all the mature specimens I have seen from
Iceland, amounting to seven in number, have the upper man-
dible furnished with two processes ; whilst in the many Green-
land specimens I have examined, only two have had the dou-
ble process, and these were apparently very old individuals.

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATE.

A. Tail-feather of young Falco Islandicus. 3B. Primary of mature ditto.

D. Lesser wing-covert feather of ditto.

I. Primary of mature Falco Groenlandicus. fF. Tail-feather of young
ditto. G. Covert feathers of mature ditto.

XXVIII.—On the Land and Freshwater Mollusca of Algiers
and Bougia. By Epwarp Forsgs.
{ With Plates*. ]

Durin@ a visit to the regency of Algiers in May 1837, I ob-
tained forty-five species of land and freshwater Mollusca, chiefly
collected in the neighbourhoood of the city of Algiers and of
the town of Bougia (in the province of Constantine). M. Mi-
chaud, a distinguished French naturalist, published the year
before a pamphlet entitled, ‘ Catalogue des Testacés vivans
enyoyés d’Alger, par M. Rozet,? in which he enumerates
twenty-five species of land and freshwater shells ; but a great
part of these are not correctly speaking from Algiers, but from
Oran (near Morocco), where the Fauna of Barbary assumes a
different aspect, approximating to that of the Canaries on the
one hand, and to that of Spain on the other.

* These plates will form part of the SurrLemenrt.

ac ty N
ee aah

Gao
z

Ann. Nat. Hist, Wol.tL. P1.X1.

LBaixtConstantina. 2H. Otthiana, 3. Roseotinada ,

Mollusca of Algiers and Bougia. 251

Of the shells enumerated in M. Michaud’s Catalogue, I be-
lieve the following do not occur either in the province of
Titérie (Algiers) or in that of Constantine. Helix cariosula,
soluta, alabastrites, and Hieroglyphicula (all new species of
M. Michaud), Helix vermiculata, Carthusiana, albella, zaphi-
rina, and conspurcata. Bulimus radiatus, Cyclostoma Voltzi-
anum (new) and Serruginewm (new).

Among the forty-five species collected by myself, there are
several which I have reason, after careful research, to believe
undescribed, and have accordingly given them names except
in the case of two species of Limaz.

Limax.

1. Limaz cinereus. Gardens near Algiers.

2. Limax , with the body rounded, head and tentacula
purple-grey, the back with two dark parallel stripes. Shield
yellowish-grey, with two dark longitudinal stripes, not conti-
nuous with those of the body. Length, an inch and a half.
At Bougia and on the hill of Budjaria near Algiers.

3. Limax , with the back sharply carinate, grey ; ten-
tacula dusky ; shield brownish-white, with grey markings.
Length, one inch. At Bougia, rare.

7 HE. ix.

4, Helix aspersa, Mull. Common at Algiers and Bougia,
The colouring of the shell generally more vivid than in the
European specimens and the size greater.

5. Heliw melanostoma, Drap. Algiers, rare.

6. Helix naticoides, Drap. Not common at Algiers. Fre-
quent at Bougia, where it abounds on nettles, coming out
from its retreat after a shower of rain. Grows to a larger size
than in Europe.

7. Helix lactea, Mull. Thickets about Algiers ; common.

8. Helix Constantina, nov. sp. Pl. XI. fig. 1.

H. testa subglobosa, imperforata, alba, rufo-fasciata ; fauce alba :

labro expanso, margine reflexo ; columella gibba.

Animal purplish-grey; foot yellowish-white ; tentacula long,
slender. In waste places among nettles at Bougia.

9. Helix candidissima, Drap. On the hill of Budjaria near
Algiers, abundant.

252 Mr. Forbes on the Land and Freshwater
10. Helix Otthiana, nov. sp. Pl. XI. fig. 2,

Helix orbiculato-depressa, alba, longitudinaliter striata, profunde
umbilicata: anfractibus quinque, ultimo carinate marginato ;
apertura angulata, peristomate subreflexo; columella reflexa.

Breadth 1 inch; height 4.

Animal very dark grey; tentacula short, obtuse. On rocks
at Bougia, abundant. I have named this very distinct species
after my friend and companion in travel Dr. Otth of Berne.

11. Helix Terverti, Michaud. Animal blueish-grey above
with four darker longitudinal stripes ; tentacula blueish-grey.

On the Chamerops humilis at Algiers and Bougia in great
abundance.

12. Helix cespitum, Drap. Algiers, frequent.

13. Helix pisana, Mull. Algiers, abundant on the aloes
near the sea-shore.

14. Helix variabilis, Drap. Algiers and Bougia, common.

15. Helix pyramidata, Drap. On Mount Budjaria near
Algiers, and at Bougia, plentiful.

16. Helix conoides, Drap. On the aloes at Algiers.

17. Helix conica, Drap. Sandy places by the sea at Algiers,

18. Helix elegans, Drap. At Bougia, abundant.

19. Helix Rozetti, Michaud. Animal yellowish-white, with
four grey longitudinal stripes; tentacula grey. Under stones
on Mount Budjaria.

20. Helix lenticula, Ferr. Under stones at Algiers and
Bougia.

21. Helix lucida, Drap. Two specimens from the rejecta-
menta of the river Haresh, near Algiers.

22. Helix cellarea, Mull. On old walls at Bougia, a re-
markably flattened form. *

23. Helix apicina, Lam. Under stones by the sea at Al-
giers. ‘This species is sometimes hairy. |

24, Helix roseo-tincta, nov. sp. Pl. XI. fig. 3.

Helix orbiculato-convexa, depressiuscula, pallide cornea, pellucida,
perforata, pilosa, pilis per series longitudinaliter dispositis ;
apertura subrotunda, labro interne marginato, roseo-tincto, pe-
ristomate simplici; apice glabro, papillato.

Br. 3 inch; height 5%.

Var. B. levis.

Mollusca of Algiers and Bougia. 253

Animal (of both varieties) slender, yellowish-grey ; upper
tentacula slender, dark towards the apex; lower tentacula
grey; tail acute. On rocks near Algiers, and on walls at
Bougia.

BuLimvus.

25. Bulimus decollatus, Drap. Not rare at Algiers. Com-
mon at Bougia; at Monkey mountain near Bougia the cre-
vices of the rocks are often filled with broken shells of this spe-
cies and Achatina Poireti, perhaps collected by the monkeys
for food. The Bulimus decollatus grows to a much larger
size in North Africa than in Europe. I have specimens an
inch and a half long.

26. Bulimus acutus, Drap. Common at Algiers and Bougia.

27. Bulimus ventricosus, Drap. In moist places on the plain
of the Metidja, but not so frequent as the last species.

28. Bulimus pupa, Farr. Common at Algiers. The ani-
mal is of a uniform dark grey colour.

29. Bulimus Terverii, Dupotet, Pl. XII. fig.1. MSS. A
very distinct and interesting species discovered near Bougia
by Capt. Dupotet, and named by him after M. Terver of
Lyons. In form it connects Bulimus acutus with Bulimus
obscurus and montanus. Its colour is corneous with white
irregular longitudinal stripes. I have taken it from the sur-
face of rocks at Mount Goriah near Bougia.

ACHATINA.

30. Achatina Poireti, Ferr. (A. algira, Philippi; Bulimus
algirus, Brugiére.) Rare at Algiers; more frequent at Bou-
gia. ‘The animal is of a bright orange colour. :

31. Achatina acicula, Lam, Among the rejectamenta of
the river Haresh.

32. Achatina follicula, Lam. Frequent at Algiers, under
stones, in dry places. Animal yellow with the upper ten-
tacula and two longitudinal stripes on the back dark grey.

33. Achatina nitidissima, nov. sp. Pl. XII. fig. 2.

Achatina testa cylindracea, pellucida, leevissima, nitidissima, cor-

neo-lutescente ; apertura oblonga; anfractibus quinis, ultimo
majore : apice obtuso.

Length }.

254 On the Mollusea of Algiers and Bougia.

Animal yellow with the back and tentacula grey, Allied
to Achatina folliculus, but very distinct. The young shell not
nearly so ventricose, and the adult much more attenuate. In
mossy places and among leaves at Algiers and Bougia.

SUCCINEA.
34, Succinea amphibea, Drap. I found dead specimens of
this species among the rejectamenta of a rivulet near Algiers.

Pura.

35. Pupa umbilicata, Drap. Among the rejectamenta of
the river Haresh. It probably inhabits the mountains of the
Lesser Atlas.

36. Pupa granum, Drap.? Under stones on Mount Bud-
jaria near Algiers, rare. ;

CycLosToMA.
37. Cyclostoma suleatum, Drap. Common at Bougia.
PALUDINA,.

38. Paludina acuta, Drap. In rivulets near Algiers, rare.

39. Paludina Dupotetiana, nov. sp. Pl. XII. fig. 3.

P. testa minima ovato-conoidea, ventricosa perforata, fusca ; an-

fractibus quinis teretibus: apertura ovato-rotunda; spira obtusa.

Long. 5/5; lat. 45.

Animal black. The shell is generally encrusted with mud ;
the operculum is corneous and striated. In muddy rivulets
near the sea at Algiers and Bougia. I have named this little
species after Captain Dupotet of the 2nd African Legion, to
whose kindness I owe many interesting species, and whose
researches will doubtless throw much light on the zoology of

French Africa.
ANCYLUS.

40. Ancylus fluviatilis, Drap. Common in fivulets both at

Algiers and Bougia. |

Chie eM Prysa.

41. Physa contorta, Michaud. Ina fountain on the Metidja.

~ PLANORBIS,

42. Planorbis Metidgensis, nov. sp. Pl. XII. fig. 5.

P. testa albido-cornea, pellucida, irregulariter striata, supra pro-
funde umbilicata, subtus plana, anfractibus tribus. Apertura ro-
tundato-lunata, obliqua, subpatula.

Breadth 5% inch. | 7

Ann. Nat. Hist.Vol.l. PU 421

1 Bulamus Tervera. 4 Pistduim Lumstenianiuan.
2 Achatna nitidissimea . § Planorbts Metidjenses.
3 Paludina Dupotetiana . 6 Pupa granum ?

I

Metamorphosis of Syn gna thus lumebriciformes .

Mr. R. Schomburgk on the King of the Vultures, 255

Easily distinguished from Planorbis corneus by the very
large size of the first whorl (which is wrinkled as well as
striated), by the number of whorls, and by the great size of
the aperture, It holds a place intermediate between Planorbis
corneus and some American allied species, such as Planorbis
trivolvis. I obtained this fine shell during a hurried and
dangerous visit to the eastern part of the plain of Metidja,
where I found it in a fountain along with Physa contorta,
43, Planorbis marginatus, Drap. (An Planorbis marmo-

ratus, Michaud, Test. Alg.?) Ditches at Boufarik.

MELANOPSIS.
44, Melanopsis buccinoidea, Ferr. On stones in the stream
at Boufarik.
PisiDIUM.
45. Pisidium Lumstenianum, nov. sp. Pl. XII. fig. 4.
P. testa ovata, oblique trigona, tumida, inequilatera, transversim
striata, natibus prominentibus, roseo-corneis.
Br. 4; length 4, inch.
Fountains in the Metidja.

XXIX.—On the Habits of the King of the Vultures (Sarcor-
rhamphus papa). By Roserr H. Scnompurer, C.M.
B.G.S., Lyceum of Natural History in New York, Hono-
rary Member of the Bristol Institution, &c.

Tue most beautiful of the deformed family of the vultures
is doubtless the Sarcorrhamphus papa, upon which in conse-
quence the royal title has been bestowed. It is an inhabitant
of South America, and appears to be abundant in Guiana,
where it has come under my notice from the coast regions to
the equator. I might compare it in size, without going to
actual admeasurement, to a full-grown turkey cock. Its bill
is two inches in length, and its depth amounts almost to the
same measure, being 1°9 inch. The upper mandible is covered
by the cere, and straight in the beginning, but bent at its
point to a hook; the lower mandible is straight, rounded, and
scarcely inflected. The nostrils, which are within the cere,
are lateral and situated close to the ridge of the upper man-
dibles; they open obliquely towards the point of the beak :

256 Mr. R. Schomburgk on the King of the Vultures.

the cere is of a bright orange colour, and continues towards
the cheeks, where it takes a blueish hue. The beak is from
the margin of the cere for the extent of a few lines of a deep
black colour, and from thence it is red to its point. The ridge
of the upper mandible is surmounted by a fleshy caruncle of
red colour, which the bird can elevate at will or allow to hang
over the beak. From the base of the lower mandible arises
a naked skin of orange colour, which stretches towards the
lower part of the throat, surrounding likewise the fore and
hinder part of the head, the cheeks and ears, appearing as a
wrinkled skin which might be almost called warty, and which
is covered with black hairs. These are much thicker from the
regions of the eyes towards the sinciput, and continue along
the cervix to the nape, where there is a raised integument ;
as the crown is almost bare, the head might be compared to
the tonsure of a monk. The wrinkled skin possesses a blueish
hue, and contrasts strongly with the bright orange of the
neck. The eyes are surrounded by a red skin; the iris is of
a pearly white, which is still more set off by the jet black pu-
pil. Below the nape, the neck is encircled by a ruff of long
soft feathers of a deep ash colour, which partly covers the
breast, and as one half of the feathers are directed upwards
and the other towards the shoulders and breast, the down of
these feathers becomes visible and forms a white ring in the
centre of the ruff. The interscapular regions, the scapulars,
and coverts are cream colour with a roseate hue; the other
wing feathers, the rump, and the tail are deep black; the breast,
belly, and thighs white. The wings reach nearly to the end
of the tail; the second and third quill are the longest; the
tail is rounded at its extremity. The legs are robust; the
tarsus reticulated, with three toes before and one behind;
warty beneath; the talons bent and an inch long. The mid-
dle toe is the longest and united to the extreme one at the base,
The female is somewhat larger than the male, and of a uni-
form black, with the exception of the feathers under the wing,
which are white. The caruncle is of less size than that of the
male, and not of that intense black as the feathers; this is
likewise the case with the naked skin about the neck. :
In appearance the king of the vultures is one of the most

Mr. R. Schomburek on the King of the Vultures. 257

magnificent birds among the feathered tribe; however its
character corresponds little with its showy vesture ; it is vo-
racious, unclean, and indolent. Their sense of smelling is un-
commonly sharp, but it is only used to scent the carrion ; and
while the eagle devours nothing but what his talons and beak
have deprived of life, and does not stoop to feed on carcasses,
the odour of putrefaction possesses every allurement for the
vulture ; and it gorges itself to such a degree, that after a full
meal it cannot rise upon its wings for a considerable time.
The bird has then a most disagreeable smell, which becomes
almost insupportable, if it be skinned; at other periods, and
when it has been pressed hard for food, it does not emit that
unpleasant odour.

The females appear to be more numerous than the males ;
but their number has been much exaggerated, they having
been frequently confounded with the common carrion-crow
(Cathartes aura), with whom they feed ; indeed the latter may
be considered their scouts; and the common report is well
founded, that the carrion-crow does not touch the carcass until
their majesties and spouses, of which there are frequently se-
veral present at the entertainment, have satisfied themselves
to repletion: during that time they are silent and covetous
spectators, and keep a proper distance, but scarcely have the
others done when they fall to with voracious appetite.

Their skill in preparing skeletons is astonishing: they not
only scrape off the flesh with the greatest nicety, but likewise
the ligaments and periosteums, without subjecting them pre-
viously to maceration ; indeed they are perfect masters in their
art, and vie with the best Anatomical Instructor. When we
ascended the river Berbice, a cayman was shot and dragged.
on shore to leave to the vultures and carrion-crows the trouble
of cleaning the bones. On our return a month after, they had
performed the operation to our entire satisfaction, and we con-
cluded from the whiteness and dryness of the bones that a
fortnight might have elapsed since they finished. The ske-
leton was subsequently unfortunately lost at the Christmas
Cataracts by the upsetting of the corial*. At a later period

* A corial is a boat made solely of the trunk of a tree; they are from 20
to 40 feet long, and often 4 to 6 feet wide.

Amn. Nat. Hist, Vol.2. No. 10, Dec, 1838. s

258 Mr, R. Schomburgk on the King of the Vultures.

I ascertained the fact, that the carrion-crows do not touch the:
carcass until the vultures have satisfied themselves. I was at
a Mr. Sander’s at the upper river Berbice. On the opposite
shore, the carcass of a cow which died the previous day had
attracted a numerous assembly of carrion-crows ; they were
perched on the dry branches of some trees which commanded
a view of the carcass; there they sat, silent and mournful,
their attitude not upright but stooping; their wings partly
hanging down, and their vesture being black, it appeared they
had assembled to bewail the fate of the departed. There they
remained the whole morning; none touched the carcass, nor
did they change their position. In the afternoon our atten-
tion was attracted by the cry of the negroes, “‘ They come, they
come !”” We went out, and looking towards the opposite shore,
we observed. four male vultures and several females flying in
circles over the place where the cow was lying; the circles be-
came narrower and narrower, and at last they lighted upon
some trees in the neighbourhood ; this circumstance was hailed
by the sable crew, they extended their wings and became un-
ruly, but the former silence was soon restored. The vultures
did not immediately attack the dead animal; they withdrew
their neck in thé ruff, and remained ogling it for some time.
“Tem be the judshes, and tem sit in court now to hold
judshement o’er em,” observed the negroes who were standing
around us; and the remark was so adapted and striking, that
we could not help smikng at it. After half an hour had
elapsed, one of the male vultures commenced the entertain-
ment, and his example was soon followed by the others.
Towards evening the former had satisfied their appetite, and
the carrion-crows commenced their feast, where harmony how-
ever did not appear to be presiding, and scuffles and quarrels
took place when it concerned a favourite morsel.

They soar uncommonly high and possess great powers of
flight. Like the eagle, they hover over one and the same spot
for a length of time, poise their wings, and please themselves
in aerial evolutions, until their sharp scent and sight combine
to show them the direction where their appetite may be satis-
fied, when they descend in gyratory motions. They do not
decline animal food of any description, provided it does not

Mr, R. Schomburgk on the King of the Vultures. 259

possess life, as they are not known to kill. It is a cowardly
bird, and does not oppose in single combat an animal from
which it expects resistance. They rise with heavy wings and
with great noise. I have not been able to ascertain where
they build their nests, very likely in the most retired places.
The carrion-crow (Cathartes aura) constructs it near the coast
in the sugar fields on the ground. The young males of the
king of the vultures are in their first year black; they be-
come black and white-spotted during the second, and are only
in full plumage during the third year.

While we camped in Curassawaka, a Carib settlement at
the river Rupunoony, the Indians brought us three males and
a female alive. One of the former had ‘been caught in a snare ;
the others had been shot with the Sarbacan or blowpipe, the
arrow poisoned with diluted ourari, so that it only stupified
without killing. One of them died, and the other managed to
get away ; however one of the males and the female we had for
several weeks. The female became much sooner reconciled
to her fate than the male, and allowed herself to be approached;
but unfortunately she got loose, and as we did not wish to give
her up on easy terms, a Maconsi Indian was desired to shoot
her with a poisoned arrow ; the poison was not diluted, and
she fell a few minutes after from the tree, and all our endea-
yours to save her by giving her sugar and water, which the
Indians say is an antidote, proved in vain. A fine and full-
grown male bird was therefore only left of the four. He was
indolent while with us, and at the last moment, when he was
sent to Demerara, he was not tamer than when we received
him. When we approached, or a dog came near him, he would
fly up or stretch his neck forth, and attempt to pick with the
beak, making at the same time a noise like a goose when irri-
tated or when defending its young. He was generally fed
upon fish, and never declined when well to eat them fresh ;
for that purpose he kept his food with his talons and spread
his wings, picking the flesh from the bones, if the fish was
large, but swallowed it entire if of a small size. In his vora-
city he frequently miscalculated the size of his gullet, and the
fish remained often for some time in it before it was entirely

$2

260 Mr. C. Babington on the British Species of Lotus.

swallowed. He was not partial to entrails, and when they
were thrown before him, he would put his feet upon them and
relax immediately to his former stooping position. Before he
commenced attacking his food, he would turn his head and
look at it in a squinting way. His eyes were beautiful; in-
deed I do not know an animal which could vie with those of
the king of the vultures ; the purest pearl is not whiter than
his iris. During rainy weather, and during a few days when
he was sick, he withdrew his neck completely in the ruff; it
even covered partly the head, leaving only the forehead and
the beak out. He could not endure the full heat of the sun;
he panted and showed every sign of being uncomfortable.

They are easily tamed if taken young. Mr. Glen in Deme-
rara had a female bird which was so tame that it would lay
itself before its master’s feet ; and its power of recognition was
so great, that if it happened to be on the roof of the highest
house when Mr. Glen walked by in the street, it would de-
scend rapidly as an arrow, and lie down before his feet, as it
had been accustomed to do. I saw a full-grown male bird
which was brought from Surinam to Demerara; it was per-
fectly tame, and was ultimately sold to the master of an En-
glish merchantman for the enormous price of twenty pounds
sterling.

The Indians when we travelled with them never failed to
attract our attention to this bird when they discovered one
soaring in the air. The Maconsis call it Cassana, the Wape-
shanas Panaourou, the Warrows Wouraerepo.

XXX.—On the British Species of Lotus. By Cuaruss C.
Bazsineton, M.A., F.L.S., F.G.S., &c.

Tue British species of Lotus have now been the subject of
controversy for many years, some most eminent botanists con-
sidering all our plants to be referable to only two (cornicu-
latus and angustissimus), others supposing that they constitute
four, if not five distinct species; but after a careful examina-
tion of numerous individuals, in their native localities, I have
come to the conclusion that we possess four quite distinct

Mr. C. Babington on the British Species of Lotus. 261

specific forms, namely, L. corniculatus, major, angustissimus,
and hispidus. LL. tenuis of ‘ Eng. Bot. Suppl.’ (LZ. decuméens,
Forst.) I am induced to refer as a variety to LZ. corniculatus,
not having been able to discover any permanent characters, by
which it may be distinguished from that plant. The form and
structure of the pod appear to be amongst the most valuable
characters in this genus, and the direction of the calycine seg-
ments, more particularly in the two first species, is deserving
of great attention. ‘The form of the leaves and the quantity
of pubescence can only be considered as distinguishing va-
rieties. 3

The specific characters which I have given may appear
longer than is desirable, but I have found it impossible to
condense them into a shorter form without omitting some
characteristic points of the respective species. I have thought
it unnecessary to load this paper with synonyms, since I do
not believe that there is any confusion in that part of the sub-
ject.

Lotus, Linn.

1. L. corniculatus, Linn. (Sp. Pl. 1092.) Vexilli ungue obovato
transversim camerato, calycis apicibus ante anthesin conniventi-
bus, laciniis e basi triangulari subulatis tubum suum subequan-
tibus et corolla multo brevioribus 2 superioribus apicibus con-
vergentibus, leguminibus ex apice medio rostratis, capitulis
5—10-floris.

a,- vulgaris (Koch.) glabriusculus vel sparse pilosus, caulibus
ascendentibus, foliolis obovatis, stipulis ovatis ineequalibus, ng.
Bot. t. 2090.

B. villosus (Ser.) caulibus foliisque villosis. L. villosus, Thuill.

y. crassifolius (Pers.) pilosus, caulibus humilibus stoloniferis, fo-
liolis obovatis crassis, stipulis ovatis inzequalibus.

8. tenuis, glaber vel sparse pilosus, caulibus filiformibus elongatis
procumbentibus ascendentibusve, foliolis linearibus vel lineari-obo-
vatis, stipulis semi-ovatis (calycis laciniis brevibus). ng. Bot. t.
2615.

Root strong, slightly woody, perennial, in loose sandy soil,
stoloniferous. Stems spreading, procumbent or ascending,
hairy or glabrous, varying much in length, solid. Leaflets
obovate, in 6 linear or linear-obovate, glabrous or slightly hairy,

262 Mr. C. Babington on the British Species of Lotus.

in 8 clothed with long spreading hairs, strongly ciliated and
fleshy in y. Stipules ovate, slightly unequal, in 6 semi-ovate.
Peduncles long. Bracteas obovate, slightly unequal. Pedicels
very short, 5—10 together. Calyx segments about as long as
their own tube, shorter in y, equalling or slightly shorter than
that of the corolla, their tips not diverging in the bud, the
points of the two upper ones turned towards each other when
the flower has expanded, the interstices between the segments
rounded. Flowers yellow, claw of the standard much dilated
and vaulted transversely. Pods linear, terete, straight, with a
long setaceous deflexed rostrum springing exactly from the
middle of the apex. Seeds numerous, oval, compressed,
smooth.

Common throughout the British Islands, in fields, on hedge banks,
and dry places.

Fig. 1. L. corniculatus. Fig. 2. L. major.

<= |=

VP o

G1. 42. @2.3.° dh. d. 5. d. 6. dl,
var. a. var. 9.

Fig. 1. a. Legume. 6. Unopened bud, to show the direction of the tips
of the calyx. c. The two upper segments of the calyx, to show the rounded
space between them and their converging tips. d.1. A lateral leaflet of
var.@. d.2. The central leaflet of var. a. d.3. A stipule of var. a.
d,4,, d.5., d.6, The same parts respectively of var. 3.

Fig. 2. The letters represent the corresponding parts, and all the draw-
ings are about the natural size,

d. 3.

My friend Mr. Borrer, who has had frequent opportunities
of studying L. ¢enuis in a living state, continues fully convinced
that it is a truly distinct species, founding its characters upon
the much shorter segments of the calyx and the elongated

.procumbent habit of the plant. I am sorry to be obliged to

Mr. C, Babington on the British Species of Lotus. 263

differ from so excellent a botanist, but am of opinion that
those are not sufficient differences upon which to found a
species in this genus. The plant is more slender in all its
parts, but I have not been able to detect any differences in
structure except those mentioned in the description.

2. L. major, Scop. (Carn. 2. 86.) Vexilli ungue lineari, calycis
apicibus ante anthesin in stella dispositis, laciniis e basi trian-
gulari subulatis tubum suum subzequantibus et corolla multo
brevioribus 2 superioribus divergentibus, leguminibus e sutura
superiori rostratis, capitulis 8—12-foris, foliolis obovatis, sti-
pulis ovato-rotundatis inzequalibus.

a. vulgaris, pilosus, caulibus erectiusculis. Hang. Bot. t. 2091.

(3. glabriusculus, glaber, foliolorum stipularum bractearum sepalo-
rumque marginibus et nervis exceptis que longé ciliate sunt, caulibus
erectis vel procumbentibus.

Root strong, perennial. Stems erect or ascending 1—3 feet
high, clothed with long spreading hairs, in 8 glabrous, hollow.
Leaflets obovate, obtuse, or pointed, covered both above and
below with long scattered hairs, in 8 the hairs are confined
to the margins and nerves. Stipules orbicular or short ovate,
very minutely serrated, hairy like the leaves. Peduncles very
long. Bractea ovate, the lateral one slightly unequal. Pedi-
cels very short, 8—12 together. Calyx segments about as
long as their own tube, longer than that of the corolla, acute,
their tips spreading like a star before the expansion of the
bud, the tips of the two upper ones never converging, their
interstice forming an acute angle. Flowers yellow, claw of
the standard linear and longitudinally vaulted. Pods linear,
terete, straight, having a long setaceous straight rostrum
springing from the upper suture. Seeds numerous, minute.

Frequent in damper places than the last, but sometimes found in
very dry places.

The Rev. Dr. Beche, late Dean of Bristol, was I believe
the first botanist who noticed the valuable character drawn
from the stellate tips of the calyx, by which this species may
at all times be distinguished from /. corniculatus. From
laying too much stress upon the presence or absence of hairs
as a specific distinction between these plants, several botanists

264 Mr. C. Babington on the British Species of Lotus.

have been induced to consider the characters given above as
variable, but there is nothing more uncertain in this genus
than the quantity of the pubescence, unless it is the direction
ofthe stems. The same species may be found glabrous, hairy,
or even woolly, and its stems procumbent or erect. I need
scarcely add, that the field is the right place for examining
these plants, many of their most permanent differences va-
nishing when the plant has been pressed and dried for the
Herbarium.

3. L. angustissimus, Linn. (Sp. Pl. 1090.) Vexilli ungue lineari
calycibus ante anthesin rectis, laciniis subulatis tubum suum
subeequantibus petalis brevioribus, leguminibus e sutura supe-
riore recte rostratis calyce sextuplo longioribus linearibus. |
a. Linneanus. Pedunculo florigero folium subzquante, fructifero
duplo longiori, foliolis stipulisque ovato-lanceolatis acutis, caulibus
procumbentibus.—L. angustissimus, Linn. Herb. LL. diffusus, Ser.
in DC. Prod. 2.213. L. angustissimus ( diffusus, Bot. Gall. 1.
138. |

B. Seringianus. Pedunculo semper folium subequante, foliolis
obovato-oblongis stipulisque ovatis acutis, caulibus ascendentibus,
—L. angustissimus, Ser. in DC. Prod. 2.213. Bot. Gall. 1.137.

Fig.3. L, angustissimus.

var. @. var. 6.
a2. 4,3. d.4, d.5.° 4.6
| f y
YY 4
‘ ee
ee
=< =>

; a.

Root strong, annual. Stems procumbent or ascending,
numerous, branched, filiform, covered with long hairs. Leaf-
lets ovate-lanceolate in var. a, obovate oblong in 8, pointed.
Stipules oblique ovate-lanceolate and acute in a, ovate, slightly
attenuated, and less acute in 8. Peduncles about as long as
the leaves, in a much lengthened when bearing fruit. Bracteas
lanceolate, usually 3, equalling or shorter than the calyx.
Pedicels very short, usually solitary. Calyx segments about
as long as their tube, but shorter than the corolla. Flowers
yellow, small. Pods five or six times as long as the calyx,

Mr. C. Babington on the British Species of Lotus. 265

slender, slightly uneven, subterete, glabrous, having a long
setaceous straight rostrum springing from the superior suture.
Seeds minute, orbicular, compressed, pale.

Hab. var. a. Cornwall, Dr. Jacob. Lanes in Jersey. South coast
of Alderney, Jethon and Guernsey. Banks of the Volga. Ch. de
Steven in Sm. Herb. Var. 6. Near Hastings, Mr. Dickson. Devon-
shire, Dr. Beche. In Jersey.

4, L. hispidus, Desf. (Cat. Jar. Par. 190.) Vexilli ungue subu-
lato, calycibus ante anthesin rectis, laciniis subulatis tubo suo
longioribus petalis brevioribus, leguminibus calyce duplo lon-
gioribus rugosis teretibus cum rostro elongato setaceo defracto
in apice medio locato, pedunculo folio semper longiore, foliolis
obovato-lanceolatis, stipulis semicordatis, caulibus procumbenti-
bus. DC. Prod. ii. 212. Bot. Gall. 137. Lois. Fl. Gall. t.16.

Fig.4. L. hispidus.

a. d.1. a. 2. d, 3.

Root strong, fibrous, annual. Stems procumbent, nume-
rous, nearly simple, filiform, covered, as well as the leaves and
calyx, with long hairs. Leaflets obovate, with a minute point.
Stipules oblique, semicordate. Bracteas ovate, often solitary,
about as long as the calyx. Peduncles always longer than the
leaves. Pedicels very short, solitary, or 2—3 in each head.
Calyx segments longer than their tube, but shorter than the
corolla. Flowers, yellow, smail. Pods about twice as long as
the calyx, thick, slightly uneven, terete, glabrous, having along
setaceous rostrum which springs from exactly the middle of
the point and is immediately bent down at a right angle.
Seeds minute, orbicular, compressed, pale, often with nume-
rous very small dark spots.

Hab. Near Penzance, Cornwall, Mr. H. C. Watson. Dartmouth,
Mr. Woods. Guernsey and Alderney, very common.

‘The much shorter pod of this species is the most convenient
distinguishing mark between it and L. angustissimus ; its habit
also is different, and both of them differ remarkably in ap-
pearance from the two first species. The great rarity of these

266 Mr. W. Thompson on a new British Fish.

plants in England has no doubt caused them to be misunder-
stood by most of our native botanists, and I feel great plea-
sure in being able to give the result of my study of the living
plants in the Channel Islands, where they occur in profusion.
It appears to me that no two plants can be more truly distinct
than this species and its predecessor.

St. John’s College, Cambridge, Oct. 27, 1838.

XXXI.—On Fishes ; containing a notice of one Species new to
the British, and of others to the Irish Fauna. By WiuuiamM
Tuompson, Esq., Vice-President of the Natural History
Society of Belfast.

CorEeGONUS CLUPEOIDES, Nillson.? Cunn.—In a letter from

the Rev. T. Knox, of Toomavara, dated Jan. 29, 1838, and ac-

companying a specimen of a fish procured at my request, was
the following observation : “ We have at last been able to get
the little fish mentioned by the fishermen as being found in
the Shannon in winter—it was sent from Killaloe. I believe
it goes down the river with the eels every winter; it takes no
bait.””. The Rev. C. Mayne of Killaloe—by whose kind at-
tention the specimen was secured—informs me, in reply to
some queries, “ that itis called a Cunn by the fishermen of that
place, who state that it is never taken but in the eel-nets
about Christmas, when the ‘run of eels’ is nearly over, and

that they never saw more than seven or eight caught in a

year, seldom indeed so many.” Killaloe, it should perhaps be

stated, is not less than eighty miles from the mouth of the

Shannon. In the hope of ascertaining the occurrence of this

fish at Portumna, about twenty miles higher up the river, I

wrote to a correspondent there, at the same time describing

the species, and on the 24th of March last received the fol-
lowing reply. ‘ “I think it very uncertain whether there is
such a fish in the Shannon, but still some old fishermen say
there is, and that they are a little smaller than the common
herring, but exactly the same shape and colour ;” and he again
observes—* after making every inquiry, I learn that about half

a dozen white fish like herrings were got in Lough Derg [a

mere expansion of the river Shannon] very near this, about

Mr. W. Thompson on a new British Fish. 267

four years ago in the eel-nets, but none since, at least in this
quarter.” So far only is the history of the species known to
me: that the white fish were this Coregonus, I think hardly
admits of doubt. |

On examining the specimen, the nearest approximation I
find to it is the Salmo clupeoides of Pallas*, and Cor. clupeoides
of Nillson+, who with a query marked Pallas’s as synonymous
with his species.

Although there is a tolerable general agreement, yet a want
of accordance in some characters between my specimen and
the description in the ‘ Zoographia’ renders it doubtful whe-
ther they be the same fish. Between it and Nillson’s C. clu-
peoides I perceive no specific (though a considerable indivi-
dual) difference, and consider them identical, if the phrase
“tereti-compresso,” applied to the body in his specific charac-
ters, be taken singly, and be translated, roundly compressed ;
but if “ tenuet,” applied again to the body in the detailed de-
scription, mean that it is thin or compressed, the species
cannot be the same, the individual under consideration being’
yery thick for one of the Coregoni.

Nillson is altogether silent on the history of this species,
stating merely that it was sent him with other fishes from lake
Wettern. As this lake communicates with the Baltic, it is to be
regretted that we are not informed whether the Coregonus be
stationary in it, or migrate to the sea as the Shannon species
is believed to do.

Drsc.—General form, gracefully elongated, sloping equally
from the centre of back to the head and tail, the anterior and —
posterior portions of the ventral profile also corresponding to
each other, but rather more convex than the dorsal; rounded
in the back (like Atherina Presbyter); considerable thickness
maintained throughout$. Length 4} inches; depth where

* Zoographia Russo-Asiatica, iii. pp. 410, 411. To this work I have not
had access, but am indebted to my friend Mr. Ogilby for transcribing from
it the full description, and sending it me from London.

+ Prodromus Ichthyologize Scandinavice, p. 18.

{ The commencement of the specific characters is ‘‘C. corpore elongato,
tereti-compresso ;” the detailed description ‘“‘ Corpus elongatum, tenue.”

§ It is so formed, especially the anterior half, that like the Coregonus qua-

drilateralis of the ‘ Fauna Boreali-Americana,’ (pl. 89. fig. 1.) it might be
called “ four-sided with the angles rounded off.”

268 Mr. W. Thompson on a new British Fish.

greatest, at origin of dorsal fin, 9 lines, or compared with the
entire length as 1 to 53; thickness more than half the depth,
just behind the head 5 lines, the same at the middle, and + of
an inch before the base of the caudal fin 2 lines; lateral line
for 1 of an inch from its origin sloping downwards, thence to
its termination straight, and except at the tail, where it is
equidistant from each, placed rather nearer the dorsal than
the ventral profile ; head 11 lines long, or about as 1 to 34 in
the entire length ; eye large, placed at the distance of its own
diameter from the snout, and occupying } the length of head;
upper jaw truncated, lower roundish-oval, and when the mouth
is closed projecting 4 a line beyond the snout, (in this respect
exceeding that of the vendace, Cor. Willoughbigu, Jard.) The
only teeth apparent with the aid of a lens are a few placed
regularly on both upper and under jaws, none apparent on
the tongue or the vomer; pre-opercle nearly describing the
segment of a circle, opercle from the posterior base gradually
narrowing upwards. Fins; dorsal originating half-way be-
tween extremity of lower jaw and base of caudal; pectorals
pointed, nearly # the length of head, these and the ventrals of
about equal length ; the latter commencing in a line with the
first quarter of dorsal; when laid close to the body, the dorsal
approaches the tail more nearly than the ventral ; anal distant
its own length from the first short ray of caudal; adipose
ending nearly on the same line as the anal.

D. 15 (1st very short); P. 15*; V.1+11; A. 16 or 17;
C. 2012=Br. 7.

Scales (judging merely from their impressions, they having
been rubbed off) about 85 on the lateral line, 10? from it to
the origin of the dorsal fin; and 12? from it to the ventral
profile: the scales not being always precisely defined, the num-
bers cannot be accurately determined.

Colour (in spirits), bluish black along the back, thence
olive to the lateral line, where it becomes somewhat silvery,
and beneath it of a bright silver to near the base, where a
gloss appears as if when recent it had been tinged with pink ;
belly opake white, slightly tinged with silver anteriorly, oper-

* This number appears in both fins, which are somewhat injured.

Mr. W. Thompson on a new British Fish. 269

cula bright silver, irides silvery, bounded by a blackish line
above and beneath. :

Although the expression of “ common” be at variance with
what I could learn of the history of this species, it is probably
in allusion to it that Sir Wm. Jardine remarked in a letter to
me in November 1836, that he had heard of a fish called the
“ freshwater herring” being common in Lough Derg.

All the Coregoni hitherto recorded as British are lacustrine
species, thus rendering the addition to the Fauna of the pre-
sent one, which frequents the river Shannon, more than or-
dinarily interesting. That it migrates to the sea, as do others
of the genus, both in this and the western hemisphere, is by
no means improbable; but as yet, instead of proof of the fact,
we have simply the conjecture of fishermen, who would not be
unlikely to draw such an inference from the mere circumstance
of capturing it at the same time with eels, which they know to
be on their migration seawards*.

Salmo ferox, Jard. and Selby.—As in the instance of the
last species, I in announcing the Lake Trout to be found in Ire-

* Coregonus Pollan, Thomp. A few observations on the pollan, the only
other species of Coregonus yet detected in Ireland, will not be out of place
here. When my paper on this fish was published (Mag. Zool. and Bot.,
vol. i.) I had seen specimens only from Lough Neagh, but from Harris’s
History of the County of Down it was quoted, ‘‘ that Lough Harn in the
county of Fermanagh has the same sort of fish, though not in so great plenty
[as L. Neagh].” ‘This I am now enabled to verify. That the pollan is not
“in so great plenty ” there, I became well satisfied during a visit—which
was indeed a very hurried one—to the lake in the autumn of 1837, when by
inquiry from many persons I could not learn anything of such a fish. But
by the kind attention of Viscount Cole, who resides within a few miles of
Lough Erne, I have been lately favoured with examples of the C. Pollan from
that locality. On the 22nd of October last, I received a specimen which was
taken two days before, and was stated to have been the first caught this _
season. On the 29th of the same month, I was obligingly supplied with
more examples; and in a letter dated from Florence Court the preceding day,
Lord Cole remarked, in reference to the species, ‘‘I have now procured in
allabout ten or twelve. I cannot make out that they are ever caught in any
numbers in Lough Earn ; indeed they are never sought after—those which
I have got were taken in eel-nets in the upper lough. I have heard that
three or four were caught in the lower lough this year in a drag-net. This
is all I at present know about them.”

Since my account of the pollan appeared, I have been favoured by Dr.
Parnell with a specimen of the Coregonus of Loch Lomond (see his paper on
this subject in the Annals of Natural History, vol.i. p. 161.) and by Sir Wm.
Jardine with one of the Uliswater species; both of which are distinct from
the Cor. Pollan, this having not as yet been found in any of the lakes of
Great Britain,

270 Mr, W. Thompson on Fishes new to Ireland.

land (see Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London,
1835, p.81) could with certainty speak of it only as an inha-
bitant of Lough Neagh. Since that period I have ascertained
that it frequents Lough Corrib, in the county of Galway ; the
head of a specimen there taken having been submitted to
my examination by Mr. R. Ball. More recently, Lord Cole
has kindly transmitted me a fine example, of about 11 lbs.
weight, from Lough Erne, thus proving it to be an inhabitant
of the three largest lakes in Ireland. From all that 1 have
heard and read, I doubt not that it is found in several other
of our lakes, perhaps in all of considerable extent throughout
the country.

Anguilla latirostris, Yarr,—In my last paper on fishes (see
Annals, p. 21 of the present volume) this species is stated to
be called “ Culloch,”’—-by my having adapted the orthography
to the sound of the word,—at Lough Neagh. It should rather
have been collach, as by reference to O‘Reilly’s Irish Dic-
tionary, I have since ascertained this word to imply “ wicked,”
and hence doubtless the origin of the name, the species being
characterized as most voracious and as subsisting chiefly on
other fish. The person who described it to me by the name
of collach gave a direful account of this propensity, by stating
that “it drinks the young fry in.” The provincial names of
Gorb and Glut Eel have obviously been bestowed upon it for
a similar reason.

Fishes new to Ireland.

Exoca:Tus ? Flying-fish.—I am informed by Mr.
Ball, that according to the testimony of several intelligent
fishermen at Youghal, flying fishes have in different years
been seen by them in summer near the southern coast of Ire-
land :—the accurate manner in which they describe the
“ flicht,” &c. leaves no doubt on my mind that the fishes al-
luded to must have been some species of Kvocetus. -

RANICEPS TRIFURCATUS, Flem, Tadpole Fish.—To Capt.
Fayrer, R.N. Iam indebted for a specimen of this fish, picked
up on the 21st September 1837, as it lay floating upon the sea
off Donaghadee harbour—it was received in a recent state. Its
agreement with Dr. Johnston’s description (Yarrell’s Brit,

»

Mr. W. Thompson on Fishes new to Ireland. 271

Fish, vol. ii. p. 206.) is so complete, that any except the few
following notes on the individual seem to be unnecessary.
Its length is 10} inches; in number the fin rays are

D. 3—63; A, (somewhat injured) 57? P, 23; V.6; C.36,

Second ray of the first dorsal fin thrice the length of the
other rays; second ray of the ventral fins considerably the
longest ; no tubercles on sides sensible either to sight or touch;
no lateral line apparent ; *body all over “ smooth and even;”
cirrus 4} lines long.

In colour it is entirely of a lilac brown except the belly,
Which is dirty white very faintly tinged with lilac; folding of
the lips china-white ; fins all of an uniform lilac black, except
the ventrals, of which a portion is paler than the rest; inside
vf mouth pure white ; irides of a yellowish-brown colour.

PLEURONECTES PUNCTATUS, Bloch. Bloch’s Top-knot.
—One of these very rare fishes, of which two British speci-
mens only are on record (the first obtained at Zetland and the
other at Weymouth), was taken on the 16th of June last, by
Dr. J. L. Drummond, when dredging within the entrance of
Belfast bay. Together with the other fishes at the same time
captured, comprising specimens of Solea Lingula and S. va-
riegata, it was with kind consideration promptly sent to me.

The following notes were made from the recent specimen:
length 42 inches; number of fin-rays

D. 72 and.3; A. 56 and 5; P.10*; V.6; C.16 in all.

Compared with a specimen of P. hirtus, Mull. (63 inches
in length, and likewise taken on the coast of Down7t), the
ridge between the eyes is much more elevated, the difference
being strikingly conspicuous when the two species are placed

* The dorsal fin, strictly considered, has but seventy-two rays, and the
finlet connected with it extending under the tail three rays; of these the two
first divide near the base, and each division becomes forked; the third ray
divides into three near the base, each division likewise becoming forked.
The anal fin has, independently of a similar finlet, fifty-six rays; finlet with
five rays, the three last dividing each into two near the base, which divisions
again, asin the opposite one, become forked. This explanation will perhaps
account for the less number of D. and A. fin-rays set down te the present
specimen than is generally attributed to the species. The divisions here
mentioned have probably been reckoned as distinet rays. Pectoral fin larger
on the upper than on the under side; ten rays in each.

} See Proceedings Zool. Soc., 1837, p, 60.

272 Mr. W. Thompson on Fishes new to Ireland.

together; lateral line on both sides much arched within the
range of the pectoral fins, thence straight to the tail.

The upper side presents as a ground colour a mixture of
various shades of light brown, with a round dark spot, 3 lines
in diameter, commencing an inch from the tail; it is likewise
marked with a very few smaller inconspicuous round dark-co-
loured spots, and blotched irregularly with very dark rich
brown. The fins do not exhibit any round spots as shown
in Dr. Fleming’s figure (Phil. of Zool., vol.i. pl. 3), but are all
irregularly marked on the upper side with many different
shades of brown ; irides reddish-golden; under side of body
white, with a very pale reddish tinge. In all characters not
mentioned here this specimen accords with Mr. Jenyns’s de-

scription (p. 462).

With Mr. Yarrell I agree in considering the Rhombus uni-
maculatus of Risso (Hist. Nat. Pur. Mer. t. iii. p. 252, f. 35)
identical with this species. In the number of rays in the fins,
individuals appear to differ considerably, but perhaps not more
so than might be expected when so great is their number.

Mustelus levis and Hinnulus.—I embrace this opportunity
of offering a few remarks on the identity of the Squalus Mus-
telus, Linn. (Mustelus levis, Will.), and Sq. Hinnulus, Blain.*
(Must. stellatus, Risso). As some authors are agreed on this
subject, it may perhaps be considered unnecessary to treat
further of it, but I do so im reference to the place S. Hinnulus
occupies in Mr. Jenyns’s excellent ‘ Manual’, p. 503. Here
a short description is given of a fish taken at Weymouth, of
which it is said that it “appears to be identical with the S.
Hinnulus of Blainville;” afterwards the remark is made, “ that
it is a great question whether this last be anything more than
a variety of S. Mustelus.”

The following observations are on a specimen taken in Bel-
fast bay on the 16th of July last, and received by me before
life was extinct. This individual combined in colour Mr. Je-
nyns’s descriptions of S. /evis and S. Hinnulus, having, as the
former is described, the “ upper parts of a uniform pearl gray,”
and being “ paler or almost white beneath ;” at the same time

* Faune Frangaise, p. 83, pl. 20, f. 2.

Mr. W. Thompson on Fishes new to Ireland. 273

presenting with the S. Hinnulus* “a row of small whitish
spots from the eye towards the first of the branchial openings ;
lateral line indistinctly? spotted with white; also a moderate
number of small scattered white spots between the lateral line
and the dorsal ridge.” The lateral line is in my specimen closely
spotted with white, of a silvery lustre, from its origin to the
extremity of the second dorsal fin, where this marking termi-
nates; but a row of similar spots appears throughout the entire
tail, beginning at the origin of the caudal fin on the upper side,
and placed between its margin and the lateral line; “a moderate
number” of white spots, as described above this line, as far as
the extremity of the second dorsal fin; these are larger than
those on the line and have the same silvery lustre; the short
space intervening between the end of the second dorsal and
the origin of the caudal fin is spotless. No spots on the body
below the lateral line, nor on any of the fins, which are pearl
grey ; the pectorals varied with a whitish tinge along the mar-
gin, and the first dorsal with a dusky tip. Pupil of the eye
black ; irides silvery, with iridescent hues; eye 10 lines in
lengtht, oblong-oval in form. This individual agrees in every
character with the M. stellatus as described by Risso f, ‘ Hist.
Nat. ? Eur. Merid.’, t. iii. p. 126. Mr. Yarrell’s figure of M.
levis (vol. ii. p.393) is avery good representation of this fish.
The present individual differs from it in having a close row of
spots along the lateral line, and both lobes at the base of the
caudal fin conspicuously displayed, the anterior one nearly as
much so as in the preceding figure of Galeus vulgaris in the
same work.

The specimen under description is a female. The stomach
was filled with brachyurous crustacea, including a perfect and
full-grown Corystes Cassivelaunus.

Other specimens of Mustelus levis that I have examined,
and which were about the same size as the one described, were
similar in the characters above given; this is mentioned as
showing that the white spots above the lateral line are not pe-
culiar to the young fish. See Yarrell, B. F., vol. 1. p. 394.

* « Brownish-ash” is given as the general colour by Mr. Jenyns; Risso
describes the M. stellatus to be “‘d’un gris de perle en dessus.”

+ The Squalus Canicula is so different in this respect, as from the small-

ness of its eyes to be commonly called blind dog-fish in the north of Ireland.
t The figure of §. Hinnulusin the ‘ Faune Frangaise’ shows the identity.

Ann. Nat, Hist, Vol. 2, No.10, Dec, 1838. ,

274 Mr. L. Hindmarsh on the

XXXII.—On the Wild Cattle of Chillingham Park. By L.
HinpMArsH, Esq., of Alnwick *,

Tue history of every country is one of change. This applies not
only to man and his social relations, but to everything animate
and inanimate. In some localities the sea has become dry
Jand ; in others, the soil which once flourished with vegetation
has become the bed of the ocean. Sterile wastes have been
transmuted into fertile plains, and dense forests into culti-
vated fields ; and many of those animals which once roamed
through them in ferocious independence are swept away, and
are only found in those historic records which nature has pre-
served in her great museum of fossil remains. The rapid pro-
gress of population and culture has accelerated the depopula-
tion of wild animals, and within a period not very remote, has
rid this country of many of its ferocious inhabitants. Bears,
which formerly infested this island, were extirpated at a com-
paratively early period ; yet there is evidence of their existence
in Scotland so late as the year 1057, when a Gordon, in reward
for his prowess in killing one, was directed by the king to
carry three bears’ heads upon his banner. After them the
wild boar and wolf were finally exterminated. Of the latter,
one was however destroyed in Scotland so late as 1680, and
in Ireland some were found even so far down as 1710. Of the
wild ox it is probable that one remnant at least survives in the
wild cattle of Chillingham Park, Northumberland, the pro-
perty of the Earl of Tankerville. Their origin, character, and
habits form the subject of the present inquiry.

In promotion of this object we have been most obligingly
favoured by their present noble and accomplished proprietor
with the followimg very interesting account of them, which
needs no further preface to its introduction in this place. The
following is an exact copy.

« Sir, * Grosvenor Square, June 8, 1838.

‘Some time since I promised to put down upon paper whatever I
knew as to the origin, or thought most deserving of notice in respect
to the habits and peculiarities of the wild cattle at Chillingham. I now
proceed to redeem my promise, begging your pardon for the delay.

* Read before the late Meeting of the British Association at N eweastle,
and communicated by the Author, |

Wild Cattle of Chillingham Park. 275

* In the first place I must premise that our information as to their
origin is very scanty. All that we know or believe in respect to it
rests in great measure on conjecture, supported, however, by certain
facts and reasonings which lead us to believe in their ancient origin,
not so much from any direct evidence, as from the improbability of
any hypothesis ascribing to them a more recent date. I remember
an old gardener of the name of Moscrop, who died many years ago,
at the age of perhaps 80 or more, who used to tell of what his father
had told him as happening to him when a boy, relative to these wild
cattle, which were then spoken of as wild cattle, and with the same
sort of curiosity as exists with respect to them at the present day.

“In my father and grandfather’s time we know that the same ob-
scurity as to their origin prevailed ; and if we suppose (as no doubt
was the case) that there were old persons in their time capable of
carrying back their recollections to the generation still antecedent to
them, this enables us at once to look back to a pretty considerable
period, during which no greater knowledge existed as to their origin
than at the present time. It is fair, however, to say, that I know of
no document in which they are mentioned at any early period. Any
reasoning, however, that might be built on their not being so no
ticed would equally apply to the want of evidence of that which
‘would be more easily remembered or recollected,—the fact of their
recent introduction. .

*« The probability is that they were the ancient breed of the tsland,
inclosed long since within the boundary of the park.

. Sir Walter Scott, rather poetically, supposes that they are the
descendants of those which inhabited the great Caledonian forest
extending from the Tweed to Glasgow, at the two extremities of
which, namely at Chillingham and Hamilton, they are found. His
lines in the ballad ‘ Cadyon Castle,’ describe them pretty accurately
at the present day :
* Mightiest of all the beasts of chase,
That roam in woody Caledon,
Crushing the forest in his race,
. The mountain bull comes thundering on,
‘ Fierce on the hunter’s quiver’d band
He rolls his eye of swarthy glow,
Spurns with black hoof and horns the sand,
And tosses high his mane of snow.’

I must observe, however, that those of Hamilton, if ever they were
of the same breed, have much degenerated,
«The park of Chillingham is avery ancient one, By a copy of
T 2

376 . Mr. L. Hindmarsh on the

the endowment of the vicarage extracted from the records at Dur-
ham, and referring to a period certainly as early as the reign of King
John, about which time, viz. 1220 or thereabouts, the church of
Chillingham was built, the vicar of Chillingham was, by an agree-
ment with Robert De Muschamp, to be allowed as much timber as
he wanted for repairs, of the best oak, out of the Great Wood
(Magno Bosco) of Chillingham, the remains of which were extant in
the time of my grandfather. ‘The more ancient part of the castle also
appears to have been built in the next reign, that of Henry III., since
which it has been held without interruption by the family of Grey.
At what period or by what process the park became inclosed, it is
impossible to say; but as it was closely bounded by the domains of
the Percies on the one side and by the Hibburnes on the other (the
latter of whom had been seated there since the time of King John) ;
and as the chief branch of the Greys always made Chillingham their
principal residence until it passed inte-the hands of Lord Ossulston,
by his marriage with the daughter and heiress of Ford Lord Grey, it
is reasonable to suppose, that in order to secure their cattle, wild and
tame, they had recourse to an inclosure, probably at an early pe-
riod.

*« It is said that there are some other places in which a similar
breed is found,—Lynn Park, in Cheshire; Hamilton (as I before
mentioned) ; and Chartley Park (Lord Ferrers).

** The first I have not seen, but they are described as of a different
colour, and different in every respect. Those at Hamilton, or rather
Chatelherault, I have seen, and they in no degree resemble those at
Chillingham. ‘They have no beauty, no marks of high breeding, no
wild habits, being kept, when I saw them, in a sort of paddock ; and
I could hear no history or tradition about them which entitled them
to be called wild cattle. ‘Those at Chartley park, on the contrary,
closely resemble ours in every particular, in their colour,—with some
small difference in the colour of their ears,—their size, general ap-
pearance, and, as well as I could collect, in their habits. This was
a very ancient park, belonging formerly to Devereux Earl of Essex,
who built the bridge over the Trent, to communicate with his chace
at Cannock and Beaudesert, then belonging to him; and the belief
is, that these cattle had been there from time immemorial. ‘

“With respect to their habits, it is probable that you will learn
more from Cole, who has been park-keeper at Chillingham for many
years, than from any information that I can give. I can mention,
however, sume particulars. ‘They have, in the first place, pre-emi-
nently all the characteristics of wild animals, with some peculiarities

Wild Cattle of Chillingham Park. 277

that are sometimes very curious and amusing. ‘They hide their
young, feed in the night, basking or sleeping during the day; they
are fierce when pressed, but, generally speaking, very timorous,
moving off on the appearance of any one, even at a great distance.
Yet this varies very much in different seasons of the year, and accord-
ing to the manner in which they are approached. In summer I have
been for several weeks at a time without getting a sight of them,
they, on the slightest appearance of any one, retiring into a wood,
which serves them as a sanctuary. On the other hand, in winter,
- when coming down for food into the inner park, and being in con-
stant contact with people, they will let you almost come among them,
particularly if on horseback. But then they have also a thousand pecu-
liarities. ‘They will be feeding sometimes quietly, when if any one
appears suddenly near them, particularly coming down the wind, they
will be struck with a sudden panic and gallop off, running one over
the other, and never stopping till they get into their sanctuary. It
is observable of them, as of red deer, that they have a peculiar faculty
of taking advantage of the irregularities of the ground, so that on
being disturbed, they may traverse the whole park and yet you
hardly get a sight of them. Their usual mode of retreat is, to get
up slowly, set off in a walk, then a trot, and seldom begin to gallop
till they have put the ground between you and them in the manner
that I have described.

‘In form they are beautifully shaped, short legs, straight back,.
horns of a very fine texture, thin skin, so that some of the bulls ap-
pear of a cream-colour, and they have a peculiar cry, more like that
of a wild beast than that of ordinary cattle. With all the marks of
high breeding, they have also some of its defects: they are bad
breeders, and are much subject to the rash, a complaint common to
animals bred in and in, which is unquestionably the case with these
as long as we have any record of them.

** When they come down into the lower part of the park, which

‘they do at stated hours, they move like a regiment of cavalry, in
single files, the bulls leading the van, as, in retreat, it is the bulls that
bring up the rear.

** Lord Ossulston was witness to a curious way in which they took
possession as it were of some new pasture recently laid open to them.
It was in the evening about sunset. They began by lining the front
of a small wood, which seemed quite alive with them, when all of a
sudden they made a dash forward altogether in a line, and charging
close by him across the plain, they then spread out, and after a little
time began feeding.

278 Mr. L. Hindmarsh on the

** Of their tenacity of life the following is an instance :—

*« An old bull being to be killed, one of the keepers had proceeded
to separate him from the rest of the herd, which were feeding in the
outer park. This the bull resenting, and having been frustrated in
several attempts to join them by the keeper interposing (the latter
doing it incautiously), the bull made a rush at him and got him down ;
he then tossed him three several times, and afterwards knelt down
upon him and broke in several of his ribs. There being no other
person present but a boy, the only assistance that could be given him
was by letting loose a deer-hound, belonging to Lord Ossulston, who .
immediately attacked the bull, and, by biting his heels, drew him off
the man, and eventually saved his life. The bull, however, never left :
the keeper, but kept continually watching and returning to him, giving
him a toss from time to time. In this state of things, and while the
dog, with singular sagacity and courage, was holding the bull at bay,
a messenger came up to the castle, when all the gentlemen came out
with their rifles and commenced a fire upon the bull, principally by
a steady good marksman from behind a fence, at the distance of 25
yards; but it was not till six or seven balls had actually entered the
head of the animal (one of them passing in at the eye) that he at last
fell. During the whole time he never flinched nor changed his ground,
merely shaking his head as he received the several shots.

«Many more stories might be told of hair-breadth escapes, acci-
dents of sundry kinds, and an endless variety of peculiar habits obser-
vable in these animals, as more or less in all animals existing in a wild
state; but I think I have recapitulated nearly all that my memory
suggests to me as most deserving of notice, and will only add that if
you continue in the intention of preparing a paper to be read before
the approaching scientific assemblage at Newcastle on this subject,
you are welcome to append this letter to it as containing all the in- ©
formation which I am able to give.

** | have the pleasure, &c. &c.,

¢ : 66 ”
« To L. Hindmarsh, Esq.” TANKERVILLE.

To this very interesting and graphic description little need
be added, except a few particulars gathered from Mr. Cole,
who has been park-keeper upwards of 30 years. At present
there are about 80 in the herd, comprising 25 bulls, 40 cows,
and 15 steers, of various ages; and no sight can be more beau-
tiful than they were in the month of June last, when we saw
them retreating in regular order into their forest sanctuary.

Wild Cattle of Chillingham Park. 279

Their perfect symmetry, pure white colour, and fine crescent
horns, render them, when moving in a body, a very imposing
object. The eyes, eye-lashes, and tips of the horns alone are
black ; the muzzle is brown, the inside of the ears red or brown,
and all the rest of the animal white. Even the bulls have no
manes, but only a little coarse hair upon the neck ; and they
fight for supremacy until a few of the most powerful subdue
the others, who afterwards submit to the rule of superior phy-
sical strength. If, by accident, a bull gets separated from the
herd for a day or two, his settled relation seems to be forgotten 3
for on his rejoining it a fight ensues, and the conflict continues
until the previous amicable understanding is re-established.
The cows generally commence breeding at three, and continue
to breed for a few years. When they calve, they hide their
young for a week or ten days, and repair to the place of con-
cealment two or three times a day for the purpose of suckling
them, Should any person happen to approach their hiding-
place the calves clap their heads close to the ground and lie
in form like a hare. The cows suckle their calves nine months.
The late Mr. Baily of Chillingham relates that he chanced
to find a hidden calf two days old, very lean and weak ; but
on stroking its head, it got up, pawed two or three times like
an old bull, and bellowing loudly, retired a few steps, and then
bolted at him with all its force. The attack was repeated ; but
Mr. Baily, aware of its intention, moved aside, and it missed
him and fell with such force as to prevent its rising. Its cries
had however alarmed the whole herd, which came to its rescue,
and forced him to retreat. This fact affords a strong indica-
tion of the wildness of this breed being natural, and not the
superinduced result of solitude and seclusion. They bear the
winter well, but in severe weather will come into a fold to eat
hay, although they will not taste turnips. They are seldom
allowed to live more than 8 or 9 years, at which period they
begin to go back. When slaughtered the steers are usually
6 years old and weigh about 5 cwts. The beef is finely
marbled, but in taste scarcely distinguishable from that of the
domestic ox when fed on grass. By taking the calves at a
very early age and treating them gently, the present keeper
succeeded in domesticating an ox and acow. They became

280. Mr. L. Hindmarsh on the

as tame as domestic animals, and the ox fed as rapidly as a
short-horned steer. He lived 18 years, and when at his best
was computed at 8 cwts. 0 qrs. 14 1bs. The cow only lived 5
or 6 years. She gave little milk, but the quality was rich.
She was crossed by a country bull; but her progeny very
closely resembled herself, being entirely white, excepting the
ears, which were brown, and the legs, which were mottled.
In their wild state few die from disease, and in the present
keeper’s time only two from calving. Mr. Baily states that
when any one happens to be wounded or has become weak
and feeble through age or sickness, the rest of the herd set
upon it and gore it to death. This characteristic is an addi-
tional and strong proof of their native wildness.

It is remarkable that during the 33 years Mr. Cole has been
keeper he has perceived no alteration in their size or habits
from in-breeding, and that at the present time they are equal
in every point to what they were when he first knew them.
About half a dozen, within that period, have had small brown
or blue spots upon the cheeks and necks ; but these, with any
defective ones, were always destroyed.

Although Chartley appears to be the only place where wild
cattle similar to those of Chillingham are now to be found,
down to the middle and latter end of last century, there were
some at Burton Constable in Yorkshire, and at Drumlanrig
in Dumfries-shire, which corresponded to them in almost every
respect. Those of Burton Constable (which were swept off
by a distemper) alone differed from them in having the ears,
muzzles, and tips of the tails black, whilst in their habits and
native wildness they were exactly similar. Those of Drum-
lanrig are described in the following extract from a letter ad-
dressed by the clergyman of the place to the writer of this
paper, under date of the 10th July of the present year. He
says, “In what year the wild cattle came to Drumlanrig I
have not been able to ascertain. The breed are described as
being all white, with the exception of the ears and muzzle
(which were black) and without manes. They went under the
appellation of the wild Caledonian cattle.’ They were driven
away about the year 1780.

_ Of the high antiquity of the Chillingham breed of wild aiie

Wild Cattle of Chillingham Park. 281

the facts and reasonings contained in the Earl of Tankerville’s
letter are sufficient proof. The testimony of the two Moscrops,
connected with the contemporaries of the first Moscrop, would
almost carry us back a period of 200 years, when their origin
seemed to be veiled in the same obscurity as at present exists
respecting it. To this must be added the negative proof de-
rivable from the absence of all record of their introduction
into the park; for had they been brought there in times in
any degree modern, a circumstance so remarkable was almost
sure to have been recorded and handed down in a place that
has so long been the principal residence of a noble family.
On the contrary supposition that they are the native inhabit-
ants of the park ; no such record was to be expected; for suc-
ceeding generations growing up with this familiar knowledge,
were no more likely to register the circumstance than that the
sun had risen and set every day during their lives. Their
antiquity is unquestionable ; and when we connect this fact
with their natural wildness and characteristic purity, we can
scarcely doubt that they are the genuine remains of the ab-
original cattle of the north of England or of Scotland. Of the
ancient cattle of this district no historic record can be found
sufficient to mark their character and peculiarities ; but of the
Caledonian wild cattle we find a very particular and curious
account in Boethius, who was born in 1470, and published his
‘Historia Scotorum’ at Paris in 1526. From the edition of
1574, fol. 6, line 63, we extract the following passage :—
Adjacet Argadiz ac Lennos in mediterraneis ager Stir-
lingi et Monteth, inde haud procul ejusdem nominis oppidum
Stirlingum cum fortissimo Castello, cui olim nomen fuit Monti
doloroso. Hic initia olim fuere Calidoniz sylvee, manentibus
videlicet veteribus adhuc nominibus Callendar et Caldar. Ex-
currens per Monteth et Erneuallem longo tractu ad Atholiam
et Loquhabriam usque, gignere. solet ea sylva boves candi-
dissimos in formam leonis jubam ferentes, czetera mansuetis
simillimos, verum adeo feros indomitosque atque humanum
refugientes consortium, ut quas herbas, arboresque, aut fru-
tices humana contrectatas manu senserint plurimos deinceps
dies fugiant: capti autem arte quapiam (quod difficillmum
est) mox paulo pre meestitia moriantur. Quum vero sese peti

282 Mr. L. Hindmarsh on the

senserint, in obvium quencunque magno impetu irruentes
eum prosternunt, non canes, non venabula, nec ferrum ullum
metuunt.” And after narrating the wonderful deliverance of
Robert Bruce from one of these wild bulls by the courage and
prowess of aman who was, in grateful commemoration of the
circumstance, afterwards named by the king Turnbull, he
adds, “ Caeterum quum tota olim sylva nasci ea solerent ; in
una tantum nunc ejus parte reperiuntur, que Cummernald
appellatur, aliis gula humana ad internecionem redactis.”
This description is confirmed by Bishop Leslie in his ‘De
Origine, Moribus, et Rebus Gestis Scotorum,’ published at
Rome in 1578, 52 years after the work of Boethius. At page
18 of the edition of 1675, he says,—

* In Calidonia olim frequens erat sylvestris quidem bos,
nunc vero rarior, qui colore candidissimo, jubam densam, ac
demissam instar leonis gestat, truculentus, ac ferus ab humano
genere abhorrens, ut quecunque homines vel manibus con-
trectarint, vel halitu perflaverint, ab iis multos post dies om-
nino abstinuerint .... Ejus carnes cartilaginose, sed saporis
suavissimi. Erat is olim per illam vastissimam Calidonize
sylvam frequens, sed humana ingluvie jam assumptus, tribus
tantum _— est reliquus, Strivilingi, Cummernaldize, et Kin-
earnie.”

These passages are most important, not only for their very
minute description of the wild Caledonian cattle, but for the
light which they throw upon the cause of their almost total
extermination. Iven in the time of Boethius they had been
reduced by an almost universal slaughter to a small remnant;
and it has been stated that upon the dissolution of the mo-
nastic establishments of Scotland the few that remained were
transferred to Drumlanrig.

On comparing the descriptions of the wild Caledonian cattle
given by Boethius and Leslie with the previous account of the
Chillmgham breed at the present day, we cannot but be struck
with their generally close correspondence. Bating a little hy-
perbole in the style of the old historians, the resemblance is
complete in almost every point, excepting that the Chilling-
ham cattle want the lion-like manes ascribed to the Caledo-
nian race. This point alone seems to offer any difficulty in

Wild Catile of Chillingham Park: 283

the way of their complete identification ; and whether com-
parative confinement and in-breeding are sufficient to account
for this difference in the Chillingham cattle must be matter of
opinion. In other animals they are undoubtedly powerful
agents of change and modification, and possibly they may in
some measure have lessened the ruggedness of this species.
Besides, without questioning the general accuracy of Boethius
or Leslie, the characteristic style of the passages would seem
fairly to lead us to interpret the statement respecting their
leonic manes more by the rule of poetic than of exact zoological
description. But if we admit (what can scarcely be doubted)
that the wild cattle of Drumlanrig were the descendants of the
ancient Caledonian breed, this sole obstacle vanishes ; for they
had no manes, and their general resemblance to the Chilling-
ham race is complete. It is true that in the colour of the
ears there is a trifling difference, but this appears to be an oc-
casional variety in the species; for Bewick states that about
40 years ago some of those at Chillingham had black ears,
that the keeper destroyed them, and that since that period
this variation has not recurred. The identity of the Drum-
lanrig cattle with those described by Boethius being granted,
that of the Chillingham breed can scarcely -be denied.

Upon the whole, we are inclined to believe that the same
species of wild cattle prevalent in Scotland had extended to
the northern districts of England; that in proportion as popu-
lation and culture advanced, they became here, as in Scotland,
the subjects of almost universal slaughter; and that a few of those
that escaped had found sanctuary in the great wood of Chil-
lingham (as well as in some other ancient forests), where they
escaped the fury of their destroyers. The only other tenable
hypothesis is, that after the inclosure of the park at Chilling-
ham, they had been brought from Scotland and located there
as a relic of the ancient Caledonian cattle; but the absence of
all tradition and record upon the subject, and the circumstance
of asimilar breed having been found in places far removed
from the Borders, render this supposition less probable than
the former.

In speculations of this nature, when the data are so scanty,
we can scarcely expect to arrive at absolute certainty, but suf-

284 Mr. J. KE. Gray on some new

ficient has we think been advanced to justify the hypothesis
that these are the genuine remains of the ancient cattle of the
country, and too much praise cannot be given to the public
spirit of their present noble proprietor for his zealous care to
preserve, pure and untainted, this interesting relic of the

zoology of former times.
Alnwick, August 18, 1838.

Notre.—The Earl of Tankerville, in writing to Mr. Chil-
dren that he would most kindly send a skin and skull of
the wild oxen of Chillingham to the British Museum collec-
tion, communicated the following interesting particulars,
which we have taken the liberty of adding to Mr. Hindmarsh’s
paper :—

“T forgot to mention in my letter to Mr. Hindmarsh a.cu-
rious circumstance with respect to the continuation of the
breed of the wild cattle. Several years since, during the early
part of the lifetime of my father, the bulls in the herd had
been reduced to three; two of them fought and killed each
other, and the third was discovered to be impotent ; so that the
means of preserving the breed depended on the accident of
some of the cows producing a bull calf.”—J. E. Gray.

XXXITI.—On some new or little known Mammalia. By Joun
EowaArp Gray, F.R.S., Senior Assistant of the Zoological
Department of the British Museum.

[ With two Plates. ]

Caprain Clapperton and Colonel Denham, when they re-
turned from their expedition:in Northern and Central Africa,
brought with them two heads of a species of ox, covered
with their skins. These heads are the specimens which are
mentioned in Messrs. Children and Vigors’ accounts of the
animals collected in the expedition, as belonging to the buffalo,
Bos Bubalus, and they are stated to be called Zamouse by the
natives ; but, as no particular locality is given for the head, this
name is probably the one applied to the common buffalo,
which is found in most parts of North Africa.

Having some years ago compared these heads with the skull

eR tne 7 nite Po

sedan

Pb hice
Boe

ow weno

we

%
:
i
ia

§

or little known Mammalia. — 985

of the common buffalo, Bos Bubalus, and satisfied myself
from the difference in the form and position of the horns that
they were a distinct species, in the ‘ Magazine of Natural
History’ for 1837 (new series, vol. i. p. 589), I indicated them
as a new species, under the name of Bos brachyceros.

In the course of this summer, Mr. Cross, of the Surrey Zo-
ological Gardens, received from Sierra Leone, under the name
of the Bush Cow, a specimen which serves more fully to esta-
blish the species. It differs from the buffalo and all the other
oxen in several important characters, especially in the large
size and peculiar bearding of the ears, and in being totally de-
ficient of any dewlap. It also differs from the buffalo in its
forehead being flatter and quite destitute of the convex form,
which is so striking in all the varieties of that animal.

Mr. Cross’s cow is, like the head in the Museum, of a nearly
uniform pale chestnut colour. The hair is rather scattered, and
nearly perpendicular to the surface of the body. 'The legs about
the knees and hocks are rather darker. The ears are very large,
with two rows of very long hairs on the inner side and a tuft
of long hairs at the tips. The body is short and barrel-shaped,
and the tail reaches to the hocks, rather thin and tapering,
with a tuft of long hairs at the tip. The chest is rounded and
rather dependent, but without the least appearance of a dew-
lap, and the horns nearly resemble those of the Museum spe-
cimen, but are less developed, from the sex and evidently
greater youth of the animal. The Rey. Mr. Morgan informs
me that the animal is not rare in the bush near Sierra Leone.

In the size of the ears this species has some resemblance to
the “ Pegasse of Angola, Bos Pegasus” of Colonel Hamilton
Smith, indicated and figured in Griffiths’ ‘ Animal Kingdom,’
from a figure which this industrious zoologist found in a col-
lection of drawings formerly the property of Prince Maurice
of Nassau, now in the Berlin Library, which Colonel Smith
thinks was probably intended to represent the Pegasses of
Congo, mentioned by the Jesuits, and said to have “ ears
half a yardin length.” But our animal differs from that figure
in the ears being nearly erect, and in the horn being of quite
a different form and direction. I have added a slight sketch
of Mr, Cross’s animal (Plate XITII.), which I hope will en-

286 Mr. J. E. Gray on some new Mammalia.

able any person to distinguish this very distinct and interest-
ing addition to the species of this useful genus.

In the same paper in which I described the preceding species
there is the description of a new genus of otter from Demerara,
‘which is intermediate between the Lutraand Enhydra,” difter-
ing from both in the side of the tail being expanded into a slight
fin and in the large size of the fore and hind feet. In a late
number of ProfessorWiegmann’s Archiv, Part 1V. 1838, he has
expressed a doubt if the genus is distinct from Enhydris, I have
therefore added to this paper a copy of a sketch (Pl. XIV.) of
the animal, which Mr.Gould was so kind as to make for me from
the original specimen at the meeting of the British Association
at Liverpool. I think that it will at once dispel M. Wiegmann’s
doubt, for the tail is much longer (though it is represented
in the sketch rather too short for my measurement, taken from
the animal) and more slender, and the fore feet are much
larger, and the hind ones smaller than in the sea otter, which
induced me in the original description to observe, that the
hind feet are “ intermediate in size between those of the otter
and the fin-shaped feet of the Enhydre.” -

In the Proceedings of the Zoological Society and in the
paper above referred to, I described an animal from the is-
land of the Indian Archipelago, from two specimens, one of
which was in Sir Stamford Raffles’ collection, and one pur-
chased by the British Museum. Some time after this descrip-
tion, M. Blainville, in a paper in the ‘ Annales des Sciences
Naturelles, figured the skull of this animal under the name
of Viverra Carcharias; and more recently Dr. S. Muller
has published a description ofit in his account of the animals
which he discovered in Borneo, and has formed for it a new
genus, which he calls Potamophilus barbatus. He says that
it is called Mampalon by the natives of Borneo, and that the
genus had not before been described. The name must how-
ever be changed, as it has already been used in zoology.

While referring to the animals in the Surrey Zoological
Garden, I may remark, that on examining the eyes of Her-
pestes Smithii, described in the paper above referred to, which
was lately in that collection, but which Mr. Cross, with the
desire which he has always shown of making his collection as

“ere secamripa

Mr. J. E. Gray on the Slender-tongued. Saurians. 287

useful as he can to the purposes of science, most liberally on
its death presented to the National Collection, I was struck
with observing that the pupils of its eyes are oblong and hori-
zontal like those of the herbivorous quadrupeds, instead of
being vertical like some of the Feline tribes; for in the Pro-
ceedings of the Zoological Society I observed that the pupils
of the eyes of most of the Feline animals are round, and not
elliptical and vertical as they are generally described.

We have lately received from M. Wahlberg a specimen of
the water shrew from North Bothnia, which he considers as a
Sorex fodiens. It is quite different in the length of the tail
from our English species, which in the Proceedings of the
Zoological Society I have called Amphisorex Pennantii, and
I therefore propose to call it A. Linneana. They may be thus
described :— !

Amphisorex Pennantii. Blackish-brown, upper lip and
beneath white, legs blackish, feet grey, tail rather more than
half the length of the body and head.

Var. With a white spot near the ears.

Body and head 39 to 42; tail 21 to 23 lines.

Inhab. England. ;

Amphisorex Linneana. Black, upper lip and beneath white,
legs black, feet grey, tail two-thirds the length of the body
and head.— Var, With a white spot behind each eye—Body
and head 47; tail 33 lines.

Inhab. North Bothnia.

XXXIV.—Catalogue of the Slender-tongued Saurians, with
Descriptions of many new Genera and Species. By Jonn
Kpwarp Gray, Esq., F.R.S., Senior Assistant in the
Zoological Department of the British Museum, &c.

[Continued from yol. i. p. 394.]
E. (Antarchoglosse). Tongue contractile ; head shielded ; scales
imbricate.
Fam. [X. Scrnetpa.
Tonges contractile ; head shielded ; rostral shield small ; eye-lid
distinct; belly and sides (and generally the back) covered with

smooth uniform imbricate scales ; vent transverse, linear, with scales
in front,

288 Mr. J. E. Gray on the Slender-tongued Saurians.

* Muzzle produced, subacute, body fusiform, flat beneath, subangular
on the sides (Scincidee vere).
Scincus. Ears small with scales in front ; toes short, fringed on

the sides.

Scincus officinalis, Schn, Savig. Rept. Egypt. t. 2. f. 8.

Egypt. Brit. Mus.

Spaznops, Wagler. Ears none; toes subcylindrical.

Sphenops sepsoides, Reuse. Scincus sepsoides, Geof’. Sphznops
capistratus, Wagler. Scincus brachypus, Schn. Savig. Rep. Egypt.
t. 2. f. 9—10.

Egypt. Brit. Mus.

** Muzzle rounded; body fusiform, rounded beneath ; limbs 4, mode-
rate; toes 5—®5. .

Cxtzstus. Head with two pair of supernasal scales before the
frontals; ears large; femoral pores none; scales finely radiately
grooved ; ears distinct.

Celestus striatus. Silvery.

Hab. ? Brit. Mus.

Tacuyposaurus, Gray. Brachydactylus, A. Smith. Head shields
normal, (with one pair of supernasal shields) thick, convex and
hard; scales hard, bony ; femoral pores none; ears distinct.

Tachydosaurus rugosus,Wagler, Amph. Scincus pachyurus, Peron,

Young.—Pale brown, yellow varied. Brachydactylus typicus, A,
Smith.

New Holland. Brit. Mus.

Ecerrnia, Gray. Head shields normal, rugulose, subsquamose ;
scales of back and limbs three-keeled, of tail spinose, verticillate ;
femoral pores none ; ears distinct.

Egernia Cunninghami, Gray. Tiliqua Cunninghami, Gray, Proc.
Zool. Soc.

New Holland. Brit. Mus.

Titiqua, Gray. Head shields normal, regular; scales thin, three-
keeled or smooth; femoral pores none; ears distinct.

a. Front of ears with 3 or 4 scales.

* Scales smooth, ear-scales rather large.
Tiliqua Whitii, Gray. Lacerta scincoides, Shaw, Zool, t. 81.
New Holland. Brit. Mus.
Tiliqua elegans, n. s. Pale; spots on the back, streak on sides of the
neck and body whitish (brown?) in spirits ; scales thin, smooth, in
§ series on the nape. Ling

Hab. Brit. Mus. »

Mr. J. E. Gray on the Slender-tongued Saurians. 289

Scincus multiseriatus, Cuv. Scincus cyprinus, Cuy., and Tiliqua
trivittata, Ilust. Ind. Zool. t. appear to belong to this section.

** Scales smooth ; ear-scales small.

Tiliqua cyanura. Scincus cyanurus, Lesson.

New Guinea.

Tiliqua chinensis, n.s. Silvery, olive, polished ; lateral scales brown
edged ; beneath white; hind toes unequal, white; tail longer than
the body. ae

China. Brit. Mus.

Tiliqua teniolata. Lacerta teniolata, Shaw, White's Journ. t. 82.
f.1. Scincus undecim-striatus, Kuhl.

_ N. Holland. Brit. Mus.
Tiliqua Labillardii. Scincus Labillardii, Cocteau.
Hab. : Brit. Mus.
Tiliqua vanicoriensis. Scinc. vanicoriensis, Lesson.
Vanicoro. . Brit. Mus.

*KE Scales three-keeled ; ear-scales small.

Tiliqua bistrigata, Gray, Griff. Anim. Kingd.

Madagascar. Brit. Mus.

Tiliqua punctata, n. s. Brown olive, whitish speckled} beneath
silvery, scales brown edged; head pale, brown spotted; tail much
longer than the body and slender; toes slender.

Fernando de Noronha. Brit. Mus.

Tiliqua maculata. Olive brown, white spotted ; tail elongate, ta-
pering ; toes thick.

Demerara. _ Brit. Mus,

Tiliqua fasciata, Gray, Griff. Anim. Kingd. Euprepis fasciatus.
Reuse, Mus. Senkenb. t. 3. f. 2.

Brazils. Mus, Frankfort.

Tiliqua carinata, Gray, Zool. Journ. Scincus carinatus, Schn.
Sc. rufescens, Cuv. Reg. Anim. Sc. bilineatus and Lacerta lateralis,
Kuhl.

? Var. Back banded. Scincus nigrofasciatus and Sc. multicarinatus,
Kuhl.

India. China.

Tiliqua subrufa, n. s. Pale whitish, with 6 rather interrupted
brown streaks and a pale lateral streak; hind toes very unequal,
elongate, slender.

Hab. ? Brit. Mus. 3

Tiliqua affnis, n. s. Pale brown, beneath paler; dorsal scales
Ann. Nat. Hist. Vol.2. No. 10. Dec. 1838. U

290 Mr. J. E. Gray on the Slender-tongued Saurians,

three-keeled, ends truncated, three-taattied hind, toes seus
elongated, rather slender,

Hab. : Brit, Maa

Tiliqua quinquestriata. Pale olive with broad longitudinal streaks,
beneath pale; sides of neck behind the ears black varied, chin brown,
white spotted.

Hab. ————. Brit. Mus.

Tiliqua Napoleonis. Scincus Napoleonis, Cuv.. Brown with three
pale dorsal streaks; ear-scales four, large; scales three-toothed be-
hind, three-keeled. |

New Holland. ;

Tiliqua punctaia. Pale brown, pale yellow beneath, sides of the
neck and outside of limbs with small yellow as tail rather long,
tapering; toes rather short, strong.

Hab.

United Pinellas Museum.

**** Seales 5 or 6-keeled, ear-scales large.

Tiliqua nigrolutea. Scincus nigroluteus, Quoy.

Jun.—Scinc, erucotis, Peron, MSS.

New Holland. © Brit. Mus.

Tiliqua Kingit, Gray. Scine. Nicitensis, Cocteau, MSS. Dark
brown with small pale spots at the tip of the scales, beneath pale,
brown spotted; scales 4 or 5 ridged. | :

New Holland. Brit. Mus.

Tiliqua Bibronit. Scine. Bibronii, Cocteau. Grey; nape with a
black edged white line ; sides of head and body with a whitish edged
blackish streak ; scales with 5 sharp keels.

Hab. —. Mus. Paris.

Tiliqua capensis, Gray, Griff. Anim. Kingd. Scinc. trivittatus,
Cuv. Reg. Anim. not Gray. Brown with three longitudinal paler
streaks, with a series of black spots between the fines. |

Cape of Good Hope.

6. Ears nearly hidden by the series of scales i in their front being
produced and pressed down on them, but without any distinct series
for the purpose.

* Scales 3-keeled.

Tiliqua Aonasinntes Pale brown with dark transverse bhcinay spots,
and 3 or 5 longitudinal streaks, the central streak broad, the others
narrower; toes short, rather thick. |

Island of Ascension. Brit. Mus.

Mr, J. E. Gray on the Slender-tongued Saurians. 291

: ** Scales smooth.

Tiliqua tenuis, Gray, Griff. Anim. Kingd.71. Scinc. erucotis, Pe-
ron, MSS.

New Holland. Brit. Mus.

Tiliqua Stoddartit. Scales smooth ; pale olive, scales darker edged ;
upper part of sides, side of head, and base of the tail with broad
black bands ; upper lip, sides, throat, and beneath white; lips black
spotted; limbs darker varied; toes unequal.

New Holland, Mr. Stoddart. Mus. Chatham.

Tiliqua Vachellit.. Black with 3 longitudinal brown streaks, the
middle one becoming wider behind, and marked with a row of small
spots between the upper bands, and 2 rows of spots on each side, the
lower ones largest ; sides brown banded; head and lips pale, orbits
and face shields black varied ; beneath pale; tail pale, base slightly
black spotted.

New Holland. Mus. Ckatham.

Tiliqua leucopsis. Ears deep, with 3 (rarely 4) unequal distinct
white scales in front ; scales smooth, olive, black varied ; back with
2 black streaks interrupted with:brown spots; edge of eyelids and
scales in front of the ears pure opake white, beneath silvery; toes
elongate, unequal; tail elongate, olive, the upper part of the base
black spotted.

New Holland. Brit. Mus.

Tiliqua australis, Ears deep, with 4 unequal rather large white
scales in front; scales smooth, brown edged; above olive with 4
blackish brown longitudinal streaks ; the central streak silvery edged,
and the two lateral ones only separated by a lateral silvery streak ;
the side brownish white dotted, beneath silvery; tail olive with two
brown-edged silvery streaks on each side of its base.

New Holland. Brit.-Mus.

Tiliqua Buchananiit, Gray. Ears shallow, overlapped by 2 or 3
whitish superficial scales ; scales smooth, olive, black lined; above
black and olive varied ; back with a broad black-edged silvery streak
on each side ; limbs, tail, and sides olive and black dotted, beneath
silvery.

New Holland. Brit. Mus.

Tiliqua trilineata. Fars deep ; scales hexangular, olive,
darker edged, with 3 black longitudinal grooves; above olive, with
narrow black lines between the scales ; witha silvery, and below it a
broad black, line along each side; beneath silvery; tail elongate,
compressed ; toes unequal, slender.

New Holland, Brit, Mus,

U2

292 Mr. J. E. Gray on the Slender-tongued Saurians.

c. Ear holes large, deep, not fringed in front.

* Scales smooth.

Tiliqua occidua. Lacerta occidua, Shaw, Zool. iii. 288, ; Sloane,
Jam, ii. t. 2738. f. 9.

Jamaica. Brit. Mus.
Tiliqua similis, Gray.
Hab. . Brit. Mus.

Tiliqua Bellii, n. s. Scincus Telfairii, Cocteau, MSS. Pale brown,
mottled with darker brown and with pale oblique cross bands; beneath
silvery; head uniform; toes short, thick; tail rather compressed;
scales rather small in many series at the nape.

Madagascar. Brit. Mus.

Tiliqua erythrocephala, Scinc. erythrocephalus, Gilliams, Jour.
Acad. N. 8. P. t. 18. f. 2.

North America. Brit. Mus.

Tiliqua ocellata. Scine. ocellatus and Scine. variegatus, Schn.
Scinc. Tiliqua, Daud, iv. f. 56. Lac. ocellata, Linn. Geoff. Rep-
Egypt. t. 5. f. 2.

Europe, Sicily, Egypt. Brit. Mus.

Tiliqua Richardi. Scincus Richardi, Cocteau MSS. Bronze;
head and neck with 4 black streaks. |

St. Thomas. Mus. Paris.

Tiliqua Duperreyt. Scinc. Duperreyi, Cocteau MSS. Scales with
5 white lines like those of Gymnophthalmus.

Kangaroo Island. Mus. Paris.
Tiliqua Entrecasteaux. Scinc. Entrecasteaux.
Van Diemen’s Land. Mus. Paris.

Tiliqua microcephala, n.s. Olive, varied with black scales, marked
@vith a narrow central streak and with an indistinct pale streak on
each side of the back; beneath whitish; legs short; toes short,
stout.

Shores of Mediterranean. Brit. Mus.

Tiliqua enea, Gray, Griff. Anim, Kingd. 70. Scinc. mabouya,
Cocteau.

_ West Indies, Brit. Mus.

Tiliqua albolabris, n.s. Golden-green with a brown streak on
each side the head and body (inclosing the eyes and ears) edged
above and below with a pale streak ; lips white; tail elongate.

Hab. ——. | Brit. Mus.

Tiliqua Reevesii, n.s. Golden green with a pale spotted black

Bibliograpical Notices. 293

streak on each side of the head, body, and tail; beneath silvery ; tail
very long, slender; feet moderate.

China. ) Brit. Mus.
Tiliqua Sloanii, Gray, Griff. Anim. Kingd. (non Syn.)
Hab. é Brit. Mus.

** Scales not keeled ; finely closely striated.

Tiliqua striata. Brown; darker varied, sides with slight irregular
dark edged white cross bands; ears large, open, round; limbs and
tail brown varied. |

Jamaica. Mus. Chatham.

*** Scales with a central keel and finely longitudinally striated.
Tiliqua Jamaicensis. Back pale brown; neck with 2, back with 8
dark edged pale cross bands; palms and soles with large tubercles ;
ears large, round. ,
Jamaica. Mus. Chatham.

*KKK Scales strongly 3-keeled.

Tiliqua Fernandi, Burton, Proc, Zool. Soc. 1837. Pale brown;
sides of body brown varied and white spotted, of tail brown, white
spotted; beneath white, throat brown streaked; toes short, thick,
strong.

Fernando Po. Brit. Mus.

Tiliqua interrupto-punctata. Back olive brown, varied with two
narrow pale streaks on each side; sides black, with three continued
white streaks, the lower one broadest and most indistinct, the two
upper ones continued on the base of the tail; beneath white; tail
brown.

Africa, Sierra Leone.

[To be continued. ]

BIBLIOGRAPHICAL NOTICES.

The Honey-Bee, its Natural History, Physiology, and Management.
By Edward Bevan, M.D. Van Voorst, 1838. 12mo.,

We are glad to see a new edition of this excellent work. The
subject is one of never-failing interest; and if we may judge from
the numerous treatises on bees yearly issuing from the press, both
in separate volumes and as articles in scientific periodicals, the in-
terest felt in these wonder-working insects appears to be on the in-
crease. Dr. Bevan’s ‘ Honey-Bee’ has contributed materially to
produce this effect, for since the publication of Huber’s ‘ Nouvelles

294 Bibliographical Notices.

Observations sur les Abeilles’ in an English dress in 1806, we know
of no treatise on the subject equal-to the ‘ Honey-Bee’ for accuracy of
information in respect to the natural history of the insect and minute-
ness of practical detail.

The work is divided into two parts, of the first of which nearly 50
pages are occupied with a general view of the history and physiology
of the bee, as far as relates to the personal description of the three
essential members of the bee community, viz. the queen, the worker,
and the male or drone, particularly as respects the impregnation of
the queen, the effects of its retardation, and the laying and hatching
of the eggs. The author then proceeds to give detailed instructions
for the practical management of the bee, comprehending descriptions
of the ceconomy of the apiary, of the best form of hives, of the mode
of proceeding during the season of swarming, of feeding, protecting,
and transporting the bees at the proper periods, and of the manipu-
lation of honey and wax.

In Part II. Dr. Bevan gives an account of the anatomy of the bee ;
enters into a more enlarged detail of its physiology than had been given
in Part I., and discusses at considerable length, and with great per-
spicuity, the senses, instincts, and the wonders of its architecture.

The work is distinguished by sound philosophical views, and is
written in a style of classical elegance and simplicity. The author
professes not to offer much in the way of original discovery, but to
give a popular view of the present state of apiarian knowledge, hi-
storical, physiological, and practical; and that he has succeeded in
his object, the well-deserved popularity of his book, and the conse-
quent call for a new edition, furnish abundant evidence. The first
edition was deficient in point of arrangement; this has been satis-
factorily remedied: many particulars connected with the natural hi-
story of the insect, formerly stated but briefly, have been enlarged or
modified conformably with the more advanced state of the science,
and some additional directions have been given as to practical ma-
nagement, which well deserve the attention of the bee-master.

Plante Javanice Rariores, descripte iconibusque illustrate, quas in
Insula Java, annis 1802—1818, legit et investigavit T. Horsfield,
M.D. e siccis descriptiones et characteres plurimarum elaboravit J.J.
Bennett; observationes structuram et afinitates presertim respi-
cientes passim adjecit R. Brown. Part I.—Allen and Co., Leaden-

hall Street, 1838.
[Continued from p. 222.]

The twelfth article relates to Conocephalus suaveolens, Bl., a genus
referrible to Mr, Brown’s family of Artocarpee, and nearly related

Bibliographical Notices. 295

to the Coussapoa of Aublet. With this genus Mr. Bennett com-
pares it, as also with Cecropia and Musanga, a genus indicated by
Mr. Brown in the Appendix to Captain Tuckey’s Narrative ; and
after noticing the characters common to all the genera named, pro-
ceeds to give their generic distinctions, all of them except Cecropia
being but little known; and one of them (Musanga) not having been
previously described. He adds also the characters of the male flowers
of the genus Myrianthus of Palisot de Beauvais, with the double view
of affording materials for comparison with those of Musanga, (to
which Mr. Brown long since pointed out their resemblance), and of
introducing a correction in those given by M. de Beauvais. He re-
fers to M, Gaudichaud’s classification of Urticee, in which Conocc-
phalus is widely misplaced; and incidentally observes that the He-
dycarya of Forster, referred by M. Gaudichaud to Artocarpee, “ is
much more nearly related to that very distinct division of the class
(as Urticee are now, in accordance with Mr. Brown’s views, gene-
tally considered) which was long since separated by Jussieu under
the name of Monimiee.”’

The thirteenth article contains a long historical notice of the An-
tiaris toxicaria, Lesch., the celebrated Upas or Poison-tree of Java,
on the subject of which so many marvellous tales have long passed
current. Mr. Bennett traces the history of this poison through a long
succession of writers, from De Bry’s ‘ India Orientalis,’ down to the
most recent times, including among many other of the older names,
those of Herbert, Bontius, Tavernier, Nieuhof, Spielman, Kamel,
Kempfer, Valentyn, and Rumphius; all of whom relate, either from
their own observation or on the testimony of natives of Macassar,
Java, Lucon and the Moluccas, various particulars concerning it.
In these accounts much of truth and no little falsehood are min-
gled together; ‘‘quis enim,’’ as Kempfer observes, ‘‘ quicquam
ex Asiaticorum ore referat, quod figmentis non implicetur?’ In
all these cases, indeed the falsehood may fairly be traced to the ex-
travagant assertions of ignorant or interested natives, and implies in
the authors named no greater blame than that of a credulity com-
mon to the age in which they lived. Not so in the narrative of
Fersch, by which the fabulous history of the tree has been most
widely spread, and which has since been demonstrated to be, from
beginning to end, a tissue of inventions, founded on the absurd and
marvellous stories current among the natives, and scarcely relieved
by a single particle of truth, except the fact (then for the first time
stated, but long afterwards considered doubtful) that the tree grows
in the island: of Java. The inquiries of travellers were, however,

296 Bibliographical Notices.

stimulated by the sensation produced by this impudent fabrication,
but their researches remained for some time fruitless ; and it was re-
served for M. Deschamps, M. Leschenault, Dr. Horsfield, and more
recently Dr. Blume, to supply us with authentic information on the
subject. An abstract of the information thus obtained (with the ex-
ception of that contained in Dr. Blume’s valuable dissertation, which
did not appear until some time after this article was written); and
a notice of some of the experiments made with the poisen by Sir
Benjamin Brodie and others, and of its chemical analysis by MM.
Pelletier and Caventou, complete the history of the Antiar as here
given by Mr. Bennett. A few words are added on the subject of
the botanical affinities of the genus, together with some remarks on
the distinctive characters of the two species which are known to be-
Jong to it.

Pouzolzia pentandra, described by Mr. Bennett in the succeeding
article, belongs to one of the generic (or probably rather subgeneric)
divisions of Parietaria, distinguished by M.. Gaudichaud, in his
sketch of a classification of Urticee. The species of Pouzolzia,
which are numerous, are again capable of subdivision into two very
distinct and natural sections, dependent on the development or non-
development of wings on the fructiferous calyx. Of the species of
the winged section known to him, which are nine in number, Mr,
Bennett gives a synopsis, and offers some observations on those of
the sulcated and wingless group, and on the species indicated by
M. Gaudichaud. He refers to the terms employed by M. Gandi-
chaud in characterizing his sections of true Urticee as indicative of
the belief of that author in the existence of a second point of attach-
ment of the ovulum at its apex ; and states that ‘‘ the supposed su-
perior point of attachment of the ovulum has always proved, on a
close examination, to be merely a membranous and somewhat tubular
elongation of the margin of the testa surrounding the aperture, which
is thus placed in close and immediate contact with the base of the
style,” and in which he has “ never been able to perceive the slightest
trace of a vascular connexion.” He also notices an oversight of Pro-
fessor Lindley in describing the entire family of Urticee, as having
the ‘“radicle always pointing to the hilum,” the contrary structure
being well known to exist in the great majority of the genera; and
concludes by pointing out some analogical resemblances between
Pouzolzia, and certain genera of Polygonee and Chenopodee.

In the article which follows, on Gunnera macrophylla, Bl., Mr.
Bennett gives a history of the genus, and adverts to the singular va-
riety of errors to which it has at various times given rise, as regards

Bibliographical Notices. 297

its structure and classification, both in the Linnean and natural
system. ‘‘ The description of Gunnera macrophylla and the accom-
panying figure,” he observes, ‘‘ abundantly prove that the affinities
of the genus have been altogether misunderstood, and that it bears
at most but a distant relation to Urticee, from which it differs in
almost every important feature except its solitary seed. It seems
indeed surprising that a genus known to possess ‘ germen inferum,’
should have been so long referred to an order in which, even where
a partial adhesion takes place of the calyces inter se, as in Artocarpus,
not the smallest tendency exists to their adhesion with the ovaria.
But when to this we add the presence of distinct petals, the removal
of the genus not only from the order, but also from the class to
which that order is referred, is clearly indicated.” On the subject
of its real affinities, Mr. Bennett adds that Mr. Brown communicated
to him in 1835 some highly curious and interesting views, into the
detail of which he was precluded from entering by Mr. Brown’s
absence from England while this article was passing through the
press; and expresses a hope that he will himself hereafter make
them fully known. A synopsis of the known species of Gunnera
completes the account of this interesting plant.

A curious Piperaceous genus, to which Dr. Blume has given the
name of Zippelia, chiefly remarkable on account of the glochidiate
prickles with which its berries are muricated throughout, forms the
subject of the sixteenth article. In it Mr. Bennett makes some ob-
servations on the question, now no longer doubtful, of the monoco-
tyledonous or dicotyledonous character of the embryo of the genus
Piper; and notices some of the obscure genera which have been de-
scribed as belonging to this restricted family.

Tetrameles nudiflora, the only known species of a genus named
and characterized by Mr. Brown in the Appendix to Denham’s Nar-
rative, forms the subject of the succeeding article. Along with
Datisca it constitutes “an order very different from any other yet
established,” to which Mr. Brown has given the name of Datiscee.
The difference between the two genera in habit and in some minor
points of structure is considerable; but in all essential particulars
they are most intimately allied. Mr. Bennett incidentally observes
that the supposed second species of Datisca, described by Linneus
under the name of Datisca hirta, belongs unquestionably to the genus
Rhus, the specimen in the Linnean Herbarium being most probably
only a contracted specimen of the common Rhus typhina.

In the next article, under the head of Helicia Javanica, Mr. Ben-
nett illustrates the history and characters of a Proteaceous genus,

298 Bibliographical Notices.

established by Loureiro, and now consisting of eleven species, of
which a synopsis is here given. It comprehends all the Asiatic Pro-
teacee at present known.

The nineteenth and twentieth articles relate to two species of
Rhododendrum, of which Dr. Blume had formed a genus under the
name of Vireya. Mr. Bennett states, however, that they do not
differ in any respect from the former genus. The first described,
Rhod. Javanicum, is intimately related to Rhod. Ponticum, but has
larger and more showy flowers; its flowers indeed are the largest in
the genus. ‘The second, Rhod. retusum, belongs to the same division
of the genus with Rhod. ferrugineum. In describing them Mr. Ben-
nett speaks of ‘‘ what is usually regarded as a capitate stigma as an
indusium surrounding the true stigmata, which are distinct from each
other, equal in number to the cells of the ovarium, partially or wholly
adherent to the inner surface of the indusium, sometimes slightly
projecting beyond it, and generally a little capitate ;” and states that
Mr. Brown long since showed him “ that a similar organization,
more or less obvious, occurs very generally in the family, demon-
strating it more particularly in Salaxis, and such of the other Heaths
as are commonly described as having a large peltate stigma.” ‘This
structure he regards as bearing an obvious relation to the more
strongly marked idusium of Goodenoviee. ;

In the next article Mr. Bennett characterizes a new genus of Ascle-
piadee, nearly related to Hoya, but differing from it in some striking,
if not very essential, characters. To this genus he gives the name of
Cyrtoceras, and derives its principal distinctive character “ from the
great comparative elongation of the whole of its sexual apparatus,
which in Hoya is as remarkably depressed.” We may add that it is
the Centrostemma of M. Decaisne, since published in the ‘ Annales
des Sciences Naturelles,’ Nouv. Série, tom. ix. p. 271.

In the twenty-second article Mr. Bennett describes a species of
the genus Argostemma of Dr. Wallich, which M. De Candolle has
placed in immediate apposition with Ophiorhiza, but which Mr. Ben-
nett considers, in accordance with a suggestion of Mr. Brown, to
be much more closely related to Hoffmannia. He enters into a de-
tailed examination of the more remarkable characters of the genus,
and gives a synopsis of the species at present known, twenty-one in
number, of which thirteen are here characterized for the first time.

The twenty-third article offers a striking instance of one of those
fortunate recoveries of lost plants, which sometimes reward the labours
of the botanist far more agreeably than the discovery of new. It
relates to the Linnean genus Lerchea, which having entirely escaped

Bibliographical Notices. 299

the observation of later writers, has been recently discarded even
from the lists of genera published by Dr. Bartling and Professor
Lindley. Notwithstanding some curious errors in the Linnean cha-
racter, one of which led to a singular misplacement of it in the Lin-
neean system, Mr. Brown satisfied himself of the identity of Dr. Hors-
field’s plant, with that described by Linnzus, long before he found
the latter in the Linnean Herbarium, in which no specimen existed
in its proper place or under its published name. He afterwards dis-
covered, however, among the unarranged plants of that collection
two several specimens, one of them accompanied by a MS. generic
character under the name of Codaria; and both in all respects iden-
tical with the plant here figured and described. ‘T’o the rediscovery of
the plant must be added that of its true place in the natural system,
which had’ never even been suspected, the errors of the Linnzean cha-
racter offering an apparently fatal objection to its position among
Rubiaceae, where it will henceforward take its place in the neighbour-
hood of Wendlandia. With this genus, and with the Xanthophytum
of Dr. Blume, Mr. Bennett compares it, and states that he is strongly
inclined to regard it as identical with a species originally referred by
that author to Chiococca, but since transferred by him to Xanthophy-
tum. He describes its most remarkable peculiarity as consisting “ in
the large size and occasional cohesions of its epigynous disk. This
disk, which in the early stage forms merely a thickened fleshy ring
surrounding the base of the style, and free from any adhesion to the
corolla, gradually enlarges in most cases so as completely to fill the
lower half of the tube of the corolla, with the thickened and nar-
rowed part of which it at length occasionally coheres below the
point of insertion of the anthers, and even sometimes becomes ad-
herent with the latter at their base, as well as with the portion of
the style which it surrounds. More commonly these adhesions do
not take place; and the fleshy disk is sometimes little or not at all
developed beyond its original size.” :

In the twenty-fourth article Mr. Brown describes, under the name
of Loxotis obliqua, an elegant little plant of the tribe of Cyrtandracee,
found by himself in the Island of ‘Timor near Coepang in the year
1803, and since collected by Dr. Horsfield and probably also by Dr.
Blume in many parts of Java. To the genus Mr. Brown had ori-
ginally given in his MSS. the name now adopted, but afterwards
changed it, on the request of Mr. Ferdinand Bauer (whose drawing,
made on the spot, furnishes the materials for a most beautiful plate)
for that of Antonia, under which it was introduced by Mr. Bauer
into a celebrated flower-piece, painted in honour of the late Baron

300 Zoological Society.

Jacquin. But the latter name, although well known to the Vienna
botanists, having been since applied by Pohl to a South American
genus, it has become necessary to recur to that originally given,
which may also possibly be set aside if (as there is reason to suspect)
the genus should prove to be identical with the Rhincoglossum of
Dr. Blume. ‘ With regard to the genus itself,”’ Mr. Brown ob-
serves, ‘it may be doubted whether Lowotis and Glossanthus ought
to be generically distinguished merely or chiefly on account of the
difference in the number of their antheriferous stamina, especially
as they entirely agree in habit, in which there is something peculiar.
It is not a little remarkable, that in some of the more minute and
less important differences between them, the intermediate structure
or connecting link should be found in a species sent by Dr. Schiede
from Mexico (Glossanthus Mewicana, Br. ined.) and that this should
be the only plant belonging to Cyrtandracee hitherto observed in any
part of America.”

The twenty-fifth plate, the last of the present part, represents
another plant of the same tribe, Loxonia acuminata, the letter-press
relating to which is postponed to the succeeding part.

Under the head of each plant, Dr. Horsfield has furnished valuable
information as to its habit, growth and uses; the precise localities
in which it was found by him, particularly noting the height above
the level of the ocean ; its native name, and such other particulars
as his long residence in Java enabled him to collect.

PROCEEDINGS OF LEARNED SOCIETIES.

ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

March 27th, 1838.— William Yarrell, Esq., in the Chair.

A Dugong preserved in spirit having been presented to the Mu-
seum by Alexander John Kerr, Esq., of Penang, Mr. Owen com-
municated to the meeting some notes descriptive of the principal
viscera in this remarkable aquatic mammal, and a statement of the
relative proportions exhibited by its several parts, in comparison with
the dimensions of a Dugong published by Sir Stamford Raffles in
the Phil. Trans., 1820, and of two other specimens which Mr. Owen
had on previous occasions examined in the Society’s collection. From
these notes, as given in No. 68 of the Society’s ‘ Proceedings,’ the
following are extracts.

Mr. Owen remarks, that ‘‘ The external form of the Dugong is
not so well calculated for moving rapidly through the water as that

Zoological Society. 301

of the Dolphin and other carnivorous Cetacea, which subsist by a per-
petual pursuit of living animals. In these the snout is conical, and
peculiarly elongated, and in some, as the Delphinus Gangeticus, the
jaws are produced to.an extreme length, so as to give them every
advantage in seizing their swift and slippery prey; whilst, in the
herbivorous Dugong, the snout is as remarkable for its obtuse, trun-
cate character ;—a form, however, which is equally advantageous to
it, and well adapted to its habits of browzing upon the alge and
JSuct which grow upon the submarine rocks of the Indian seas.

«* As, from the fixed nature of the Dugong’s food, the motions
of the animal during the time of feeding must relate more imme-
diately to the necessity of coming to the surface to respire, its tail,
the principal locomotive organ of ascent and descent, is propor-
tionally greater than in the true Cetacea, its breadth being rather
more than one-third the length of the whole body.

“* But the most important external differences are seen in the
presence of the membrana niciitans, in the anterior position of the
nostrils, and in the situation of the mamme, which are pectoral, or
rather axillary, being situated just behind the roots of the flippers;
in the female specimen examined their base was about the size of a
shilling, and they projected about half an inch from the surface.

** A considerable ridge extends along the middle of the upper sur-
face of the posterior part of the back, which is continged upon and
terminates in the tail.

** The mouth and tongue corresponded with the descriptions already
published of these remarkable structures. The opening of the larynx
is chiefly defended, during the submarine mastication of the vege-
table matters constituting the food of the Dugong, by the extreme
contraction of the faucial aperture, which resembles that of the Ca-
pybara. It is not traversed. by a pyramidal /arynz, as in the true
Cetacea.

“« The stomach of this singular act presents, as Sir Everard
Home has justly observed, some of the peculiarities met with in the
Whale tribe, the Peccari and Hippopotamus, and the Beaver: like
the first, it is divided into distinct compartments; like the second
and third, it has pouches superadded to and communicating with it;
and, like the last, it is provided with a remarkable glandular ap-
paratus near the cardia.

**'To the left of the cardia there projects into the stomach a rounded
mammilloid eminence, whose base is 2 inches in diameter, and whose
apex presents an oblique crescentic orifice about 3 lines in diameter ;
on drawing aside the margins of this orifice, I found that, instead of its

302 Zoological Society.

being the outlet of asimple.mass of follicular glands, it led.to.a wide,
flattened, winding sinus, and that its cireumference.was formed by the
termination of a:membrane spirally disposed in about eight or ten
turns, and increasing in breadth at each gyration, having both.sur-
faces covered with the orifices of numerous glandular follicles, and
the interspaces filled with a cream-like secretion. ‘This structure,
which adds another peculiarity to the stomach of the Dugong, and
one met with in the cecum only in a few other Mammalia, viz. that
of having its blind end occupied by.a spiral membrane, I have found
in all the specimens dissected at the Society; and in each case the -
gland was infested by Ascarides, hereafter to be described, which
left impressions upon the spiral membrane.

« The orifice leading to the pyloric cavity of the stomach is pro-
vided with a circular and valvular production of the inner membrane
of the stomach. Immediately beyond -this valve are the orifices of
the two cecal appendages, situated 14 inch apart at the upper and
rather towards the posterior side of the cavity ; these orifices were
about an inch in diameter, but the inferior orifice was the larger
of the two. Small quantities of comminuted sea weeds were found in
both these. receptacles.

“From the complexity of the stomach, the great .extent of the
alimentary canal, its vast muscular power, and glandular appendages,
the digestive functions must be extremely vigorous inthis animal. The
vigour of the digestive functions obviously relates, in the herbivorous
section of Cetacea, to the low. organized indigestible character of their
nutriment ; but the complicated stomach and long intestinal canal of
the carnivorous Ceéacea.must have other relations ‘than to the kind
of food. These modifications of the digestive system, for example,
cannot be.so explained.in the Grampus, which preys on the highly
organized Mammalia.of its own class. It is not :to the nature of
the food, but to the quantity of nutriment that is required to be
obtained from it, that I conceive the peculiarities of the digestive
system in the carnivorous Cetacea to relate. In no other Carnivora
is the same quantity of blood, the same mass of fat.to be eliminated
from the raw material of the food; the digestive system is, there-
fore, perfected in these warm-blooded carnivorous Mammalia to
meet the contingencies. of their aquatic life. ;

‘«* The omentum is continued from the great curvature both of.the
cardiac and pyloric divisions of the stomach; though short, it is
much more distinctly developed than in the carnivorous Cefacea ; it
contains no adipose matter.”

Having described various other particulars connected with the chy-

Zoological Society. 303

lopoietic viscera, and the individual differences which they presented
in the three specimens dissected, Mr. Owen proceeded to observe as
follows :—

“ The views taken by Cuvier of the natural affinities of the Du-
gong and other herbivorous Cetacea, as expressed in his latest clas-
sification, in which they form part of the same order as the carnivo-
rous Cefacea, are undoubtedly questionable, and have been dissented
from by De Blainville and other eminent authorities in zoology. If,
indeed, the object of every good classification be, what Cuvier states
it to be, to enable the naturalist to express in general propositions
structures and attributes common to each given group, the conjunc-
tion of the Dugong with the Dolphin fails in this respect in regard
to almost all the important points of internal organization.

«In proceeding with our investigation of the abdominal viscera,
we find, with respect to the biliary organs, that the Dugong deviates
in a marked degree from the ordinary Cetacea in the presence of a
well-developed gall-bladder. Daubenton found a gall-bladder in the
Manatee; but the presence of this organ is not constant in the her-
bivorous Cetacea, for in the Northern Manatee (Séellerus borealis,
Cuv.), according to Steller*, the gall-bladder is wanting, and its
absence seems to be compensated by the enormous width of the duc-
tus communis choledochus, which would admit the five fingers united.

‘« All the three specimens presented the same remarkable extent of
separation of the two ventricles of the heart which Raffles and Home
have described in the individuals dissected by them, and which Rup-
pell ¢ observed in the Dugong of the Red Sea (Halicore Tabernaculi,
R.). This condition of the heart was first noticed by Daubenton in
the fetus of the Manatee; and is also described by the unfortunate
Steller in the genus worthily consecrated to his name, in which, how-
ever, the apical cleft of the heart extended upwards only one third
of the way towards the base. In the Dugong it reaches half-way
towards the base. The carnivorous Cetacea do not participate with
the herbivorous section in this interesting structure.

‘In the smoothness and evenness of their exterior, and their general
form, the auricles of the Dugong resemble those of the Turtle (Che-
lone): the appendix can hardly be said to exist in either. There is one
superior cava only, not two as in the elephant.

«The peculiar form, structure, and position of the lungs have been
so accurately described and figured by Raffles, Home, and Rippel,

* See Novi Commentarit Acad. Scient. Petrop, t. a. 1751.

+ Beschreibung des im Rothen Meere vorkommenden Dugong. 4to, Frank=
furt, 1833, p. 106,

304 Zoological Society.

that I have only to observe the close agreement with these accounts
which the structure of the parts presented in the three Dugongs dis-
sected by me; Daubenton* and Humboldtt describe and figure a
precisely similar condition of the respiratory apparatus in the Ma-
natee. Steller describes the same extension of the lungs along the
dorsal aspect in the Sted/erus, which he aptly compares to the posi-
tion of the lungs in the bird, but without their fixation to the pari-
etes of the chest, so characteristic of that class. 'The Chelonian
reptiles, perhaps, offer a closer resemblance} to the herbivorous Ce-
tacea in this respect; and it is worthy of remark that the air-cells
of the lungs are larger in the Dugong than in any other Mammals.
In the carnivorous Cetacea the air-cells are remarkably minute, and
the lungs more compactly shaped and lodged in a shorter thoraz.

‘‘ There are but three true tracheal rings anterior to the bifurcation
of the air-tube: the first of these is remarkable for its superior
size, which forms an intermediate transition between the cricoid and
the second tracheal ring. The tube is somewhat flattened from be-
fore backwards; its circumference is 5 inches; its antero-posterior
diameter 1 inch. In the Balenide the tracheal rings are deficient
at the anterior part of their circumference. The spiral disposition of
the cartilages of the air-tubes, of which Home has given a figure, in
the Dugong, is described with more detail by Steller in the Northern
Manatee. It is a structure which best facilitates the lengthening
and shortening of the lungs, whose change of bulk in respiration,
owing to their peculiar form and position, probably takes place chiefly
in that direction.

«« Amongst the true Ce/acea we have observed that it is those which
subsist on the lowest organized animal substance, as the Balenide,
which approach the nearest to the herbivorous species, in having the
additional complexity of the cecum celi; and it is interesting to find
that the same affinity is manifested in the structure of the larynz.
The epiglottis and arytenoid cartilages, for example, are relatively
shorter in the Balenoptera than in Delphinus ; and, as Mr. Hunter
has observed, they are connected together by the membranes of the
laryne only at their base; and not wrapped together or surrounded
by that membrane as far as their apices, as in the Dolphins. In the
Balenoptera also, the apices of these cartilages are not expanded, as

* Buffon, vol. xiii.

+ Wiegmann’s Archiv fiir Naturgeschichte, 1838, pl. ii. fig. 5.

{ This resemblance is further exemplified in the shortness of the trachea,
the completeness of its cartilaginous rings, the length of the bronchial tubes,

and the extension of their cartilaginous structure far into the substance of
the lungs in the Dugong.

Zoological Society. 305.

in the Dolphins, but diminish to an obtuse extremity. These points
of resemblance to the condition of the /arynz in the Dugong and
Manatee are carried still further in the Mysticete Whale, at least in
the fetus dissected by me, and in which both the epiglottis and ary-
tenoid cartilages were relatively much shorter, and the thyroid car-
tilage larger and more convex than in the Piked Whale (Balenoptera).
The thyroid cartilage is, however, a single piece in both genera of
Balenide, though deeply notched above and below; and the larynx
presents several interesting individual peculiarities, which, however,
the minute and accurate descriptions and illustrations of this organ
in both the Balenoptere and Balene, published by Prof. G. Sandi-
fort*, preclude the necessity of further dwelling upon.

“ The generative organs being those which are most remotely re-
lated to the habits and food of an animal, I have always regarded as
affording very clear indications of its true affinities. We are the
least likely, in the modifications of these organs, to mistake a merely
adaptive for an essential character. The true Cetacea, as is well
known, have no trace of vesicule seminales; but I found these bags
present and of large size in the male specimen of our Dugongs.

‘« The bones are chiefly remarkable, as in the Manatee, for their
dense texture, and the non-development of medullary cavities in
them: this reptile-like condition of the skeleton is further exem-
plified in the loose connexion of the bones of the head. The bones
are not loaded with oil, as in the Cetacea. All the specimens pre-
sented 7 cervical and 19 costal vertebre, corresponding to the 19
pairs of ribs; but the number of the remaining vertebre exceeded
that ascribed to the Dugong by Home and Cuvier, there being at
least 30, making in all 55. The affinity of the Dugong to the Pa-
chydermata is thus again illustrated by the great number of the ribs.
The lower jaw is articulated to the cranium by a true synovial cap-
sule, reflected over cartilaginous surfaces, and not, as in the carni-
vorous. Cetacea, by a coarse and oily ligamentous substance.

** It has been’ suggested that the use of the projecting tusks in the
Dugeng is to detach fuci from the rocks to which they adhere:
one can hardly, however, assign any important function in relation
to nutrition to parts which are limited to the male sex; but it must
be remembered that the function was assigned by a physiologist who
supposed that the tusks in question were specific and not sexual
characters, and that the imperfect tusks, which are peculiar to the
female, were the predecessors of the projecting tusks, and, in fact,

* Nieuwe Verhandelingen der Koninklik, Niederlandishe Instituut, Deel.
iii. p. 224, pl. I1—V.
Ann. Nat. Hist. Vol. 2. No. 10. Dec. 1838. x

306 Zoological Society.

deciduous teeth. This opinion of Sir Everard Home was first called
in question by Dr. Knox*, who, having detected the supposed, de-
ciduous tusks in the head of a nearly full-grown Dugong, rejected with
great justice the opinion of Home, that they are deciduous teeth ;
and he truly observes, that no evidence had been given to prove
the existence of deciduous tusks at all in the Dugongt.

‘‘T need hardly observe that the tusks of the Dugong, being im-
planted in the intermaxillary bones, are to be regarded, like the tusks
of the Elephant, as incisors. Now both sexes of the Dugong, as of
the Elephant, do, in fact, possess deciduous or milk-tusks, but they
are much smaller than the female permanent tusks or supposed de-
ciduous teeth of Home.

‘In the skull of a male Dugong which had molares = the sock-
ets of the deciduous incisors were obliterated, and the points of the
permanent ones projected from their sockets. In only one out of
seven crania of the Dugong which I have examined, have I found
incisors in the lower jaw; they were two in number, one in the cor-
responding socket of each ramus, which sockets were much deeper
than the rest. These teeth were smaller and more bent than the
deciduous incisors of the upper jaw. They are obviously analogous
to the rudimental teeth which have been described in the jaws of
the foetal Whale.

‘« The short and thick neck, fin-like fore-legs, want of hind-legs,
caudal tegumentary fin, smooth, naked, and almost hairless integu-
ment, are all modifications of external form, by which the Dugongs
and Manatees are adapted to play their part in the waters: but the
kind of part which they are to play in that element depends on or-
ganic characters which mainly if not exclusively reveal their true
affinities. Now we have seen that the whole of the internal struc-
ture in the herbivorous Cetacea differs as widely from that of the
carnivorous Cetacea, as do their habits: that the amount of varia-
tion is as great as well could be in animals of the same class, exist-
ing in the same great deep. The junction of the Dugongs and
Manatees with the true Whales cannot therefore be admitted in a
distribution of animals according to their organization. With much
superficial resemblance they have little real or organic resemblance
to the Walrus, which exhibits an extreme modification of the am-

* Edinb. Phil. Trans. xi. p, 389.

+ “The milk-tusks of the Dugong have never been seen by any one;
that is, I have not heard of the existence of any preparation showing the
germs of the milk or permanent teeth, together or in succession.”—Dr.
Knox, loc. cit, p. 398.

Miscellaneous. 307

phibious carnivorous type. I conclude, therefore, that-the Dugong
and its congeners must either form a group apart, or be joined, as
in the classification of M. De Blainville, with the Pachyderms, with
which the herbivorous Cetacea have the nearest affinities, and to
which they seem to have been more immediately linked by the now
lost genus Deinotherium.”

Some prepared specimens belonging to the genera Siphunculus
and Asterias, collected by Mr. Harvey upon the Devonshire coast,
and presented to the Society, were upon the table, to which Mr. Owen
drew the attention of the Meeting. The Chairman read an extract
of a letter from the former gentleman, in which he stated that a con-
siderable number of the Red-band Fish (Cepola rubescens) had been
picked up on the beach near Teignmouth. One of these specimens
sent by Mr. Harvey was exhibited by Mr. Yarrell, who observed
that these fish are rarely captured, owing to their keeping very near
the bottom, and their shape allowing them to pass through the
meshes of the fishermen’s nets. In severe storms, however, shoals
of this Cepola are sometimes killed by being driven against the bot-
tom, or dashed against the rocks, and are then thrown on shore dead.
Mr. Yarrell remarked that he had heard of two or three instances
of this kind recently occurring on the British coast.

—

MISCELLANEOUS.

THE NEW HOLLAND GERBOA RAT (HAPALOTIS ALBIPES, LICHT.) BY
JOHN EDWARD GRAY, F.R.S8., &c.

The Trustees of the Museum have recently purchased of Dr. John
Lhotsky a perfect specimen of the Hapalotis albipes, described by
Professor Lichtenstein in 1827, ‘ Darstellung der Saéugethiere;’ t. 29,
from a specimen sent to Berlin in 1824 by Dr. Sieber; and a second
which was sent to Berlin by Dr. Lhotsky was put up for sale there
on the 6th of April 1837, and bought by the Royal Museum.

Our specimen differs from that described by Prof. Lichtenstein in
having the tail as long as the body, and the tip of it, which was most
probably wanting in the Berlin specimen, is covered with long ex-
panding hairs; the upper side of the tail is dark-brown, and the
under side and the pencil of long hairs at the tip is white. Dr. Licht--
enstein in his description says the tail is only one third the length
_ of the body, but in his figure represents it as half the length of the
body and head. The ears of our specimen are covered externally
with short appressed hairs, those of the front half being brown, and

x 2

308 Miscellaneous.

the hinder half white. M. Lichtenstein describes them as nearly
naked and thin. |

The thumbs of the fore feet are furnished with small blunt rudi-
mentary claws ; the hair of the back is thickly interspersed with long
taper-pointed black hairs.

The cutting teeth are yellow, rounded, and without any grooves
in front and shelving at the point within; the grinders are =—.; the
crown of the front upper is oblong longitudinal, and furnished with
three oblong transverse ridges, and three small rounded tubercles on
the inner side; one opposite the inner edge of each of the larger,
ridges ; the second upper has two oblong transverse ridges on the
outer side and three small tubercles on the inner; the hinder upper.
has two oblong transverse ridges extending over the whole width of
the tooth behind, and a small row of tubercles at the front inner
angle. The front lower grinder is formed of three, rather folded,
oblong, transverse ridges, the second and third tooth are each formed.
of only two similar ridges, the ridges of the hinder tooth and espe-
cially the hinder ridge being the smallest.

This description nearly agrees with that given by Lichtenstein,
but he supposes that one of the inner rounded tubercles of the upper
middle tooth belongs to the anterior one. Notwithstanding these
discrepancies between the description of the Berlin animal and the
one in our collection, I have no doubt that they are intended for the
same species, especially as Dr. Lhotsky informs me that the one
we have purchased is similar to that he sent to Berlin, which was
named Hapalotis albipes by Lichtenstein himself in the sale catalogue’
p- v. lot 3.

There is a specimen called a native rabbit in Mr. Caley’s collection
in the Museum of the Linnean Society, which exactly agrees with our
animal in all particulars, except that its ears are naked and semitrans-
parent as they are described by Professor Lichtenstein; but from their
appearance I am inclined to believe that they have been accidentally
denuded, which is very probable, as the scarf skin on the ears of our
specimen appears to be very easily deciduous. The specimen in the
Linnean Society’s collection has been recently described by Mr.
Ogilby under the name of Conilurus constructor, Linn. Trans. xviii.
125, where that gentleman has given an interesting account of its
habits, extracted from the notes of Major Mitchell. The general
appearance of the animal so much resembles a Gerboa, that if it
were not for the great difference in size given in Major Mitchell’s
sketch, I should be inclined to believe that it is the animal which
this enterprising traveller has figured in his work as a species of

Miscellaneous. 309

that genus. This animal is interesting as being the third genus
of true Glirine mammals found on the Australian continent, viz.
Hydromys, Hapalotis, and Pseudomys. Indeed the number of non-
marsupial mammalia appears to be rapidly increasing as we become
better acquainted with the animals of Australia. Thus I now know
of three species of insectivorous bats inhabiting that continent, one
belonging to a peculiar genus Nyctophilus, and two to Molossus.

NEW ANOMALOUS REPTILE.

Dr. John Natterer, the industrious collector, who has lately re-
turned to Vienna from South America with his large collections, has
published in the ‘ Annals of the Vienna Museum’ (ii. p. 167.) under
the name of Lepidosiren paradoxa, a new anomalous reptile, which
has much the appearance of an eel, but is covered with large netted
scales, and the body is furnished with four simple elongated taper-
ing legs; the front pair being placed on the back edge of the upper
part of the spiracles, and the hinder pair on the under side of the
hinder part of the body. The jaws are furnished with strong trun-
cated teeth, and the vent, which is circular and plaited, is placed on
the left of the centre of the under side of the body, just behind
the base of the left hind leg. It was discovered in the Brazils near
the river Amazon, and grows to three feet. They had two speci-
mens in the Vienna Museum; one of them has been put into the
hands of Professor 'Th. Bischoff for the purpose of being dissected. —

J, BE. Gray.
ON THE FUR SEAL OF COMMERCE.

In one of your last numbers there is an interesting paper, by Mr.
Hamilton, on the fur seal of commerce, illustrated by a figure, which
the author supposes will ‘‘ enable any one at once to recognise the
animal.” Unfortunately, this is not the case, as from the want
of details of the teeth, of a more minute description of the whiskers,
ears, and various other parts which form the specific characters of
these very intricate animals, we gain nothing from the paper but
that the fur-seal is an Ofaria or Eared Seal, for the colour can scarcely
be considered of any importance when we know the great changes it
undergoes during growth in the other species of the genus. I am
induced to make these remarks in the hope of inducing Mr. Hamilton
to extend his description, as I am very desirous of ascertaining if
his seal is the same as that which I described some time ago in the
‘ Magazine of Natural History’ (1837), under the name Leptonyr
Wedellii, from two specimens which were collected by the Hon.
Capt. Fitzroy, and by him presented to the British Museum.—J., E.
Gray,

310 Miscellaneous.

HABITS OF SNAILS OR BLACK SLUGS (4RION ATER.).

Several instances have been adduced of the land Helices eating
meat and other extraordinary substances, and I have often observed
the garden snails (Helix aspersa) eating the paper of the posting
bills from the walls of the environs of London after a shower, but I
was not aware until the other day, when I was near Newcastle, that
they would eat inorganic matter. But having met with a black slug,
(Arion ater,) and for safety'placed it in a box with some sea-sand, just
taken from the sea for the purpose of examining the fragments of
animal matter which renders it luminous when trodden on in the
dark, I was surprised on opening it to observe that the slug had been
eating the sand, until its feces, which were first of a green vege-
table colour, were entirely composed of pure sand, united together
into their usual form by a little mucus. When first the slug was
placed in the box, the irritation of the salt caused it to emit a quantity
of mucus, but it very shortly became reconciled to its abode, and
lived in it for several days, though the box was open; butat length
escaped.—J. E. Gray.

REGULUS MODESTUS, GOULD, A BRITISH BIRD.

I beg to hand you a notice of a very scarce and interesting species
of Regulus, which I shot on the banks near Hartley, on the coast of
Northumberland, on the 26th of last September ; it corresponds ex-
actly with Gould’s Regulus modestus, a species so extremely rare,
that he considers the individual from which he described as unique
in the continental collections. The description of my bird, which
will now entitle this species to a place in the British Fauna, is as fol-
lows :

Length, 4;'; in.; breadth, 65 in.; length from the carpus to the
end of the wing: 2;/, in.; tail, 1,1, in.; the bill from the gape to the
tip nearly ;% in., and from the tips of the feathers, which extend to
the extremity of the nostrils, } in.

The whole of the upper titans a greenish tolewa:s on the centre
of the crown of the head is a streak of paler; a light lemon-coloured
streak extends over the eye from the base of the bill to the occiput ;
a short streak of the same colour passes beneath the eye, and a nar-
row band of dusky passes through the eye and reaches the termina-
tion of the auriculars. The under parts pale yellow ; the ridge of the
wing bright lemon colour; wing feathers dusky, edged with pale
yellow, becoming broader on the secondaries ; two conspicuous bands
of lemcn colour cross the coverts; the wings reach to within 2in. of

Meteorological Observations, 311

the end of the tail. Bill brown, with the under mandible paler at
the base ; mouth yellow; legs and toes brown with the under surface
of the toes inclining to yellow; claws brown. Its manners, as far as
I had an opportunity of observing them, were so like those of the
golden-crested wren, that at first I mistook it for that species. It
was continually in motion, flitting from place to place in search of
insects on umbelliferous plants, and such other herbage as the bleak
banks of the Northumberland coast affords: such a situation could
not be at all suited to the habits of this species, and there can be
little doubt that it had arrived at the coast previous to or immediately
after its autumnal migrations—J. Hancock, Newcastle-on-Tyne.
Note.—When Mr. Gould’s figure appeared in the ‘ Birds of Eu-
rope,’ we expressed an opinion that this might only prove a young
bird of some of the other species, and we rejoice that an opportu-
nity has now occurred of clearing this doubt. Mr. Hancock has
stated to Mr. Selby that the covering of the nostrils in his specimen
consists of various feathers and not of a single plumulet as in the
other Regul: this will afford a distinguishing mark, and will more-
over destroy the importance of the structure as a generic character.
We would recommend, however, that the nestling or first plumage

of the Regulus aurocapillus and ignicapillus should still be examined.
—Enprr.

METEOROLOGICAL OBSERVATIONS FOR OCTOBER 1838.

Chiswick.—Oct.1. Hazy. 2. Cloudy: fine. 3. Fine. 4. Very fine. 5.
Hazy: fine. 6,7. Overcast. 8,9. Bleak and cold. 10. Cloudy. 11. Cloudy
and fine. 12. Clear and cold: slight snow. 13. Clear: showery : frosty at
night. 14. Overcast : showery: frosty atnight. 15,16. Cloudy. 17,18. Fine,
19, Overeast: clear and fine. 20. Rain: overcast. 2I—24, Cloudy and fine.
25. Foggy: clear at night. 26. Fine, 27. Cloudy: stormy and wet at night.
28. Hazy: heavy rain: violent hurricane from s.w. during the night. 29. Clear
and windy. 30. Fine. 31. Heavy rain,

Boston,— Oct. J. Cloudy. 2,3. Fine. 4. Cloudy. 5. Fine. 6,7. Cloudy.
8. Cloudy: rainr.m. 9-11, Cloudy. 12. Stormy: snowem. 13, Fine:
ice this morning one eighth of an inch thick. 14, Cloudy: rain em. 15. Cloudy.
16, Cloudy: stormy p.m. 17,18, Fine: stormyr.m. 19—21. Fine. 22, 23,
Cloudy. 24. Cloudy: rainearlya.m. 25. Cloudy. 26. Cloudy: rain early
A.M. 27. Fine: stormy with raine.m. 28. Fine: rainr.m. 29. Stormy :
rain early am. 30. Fine. 31. Cloudy.

Applegarth Manse, Dum/fries-shire.—Oct. 1,2. Fine harvest days. $. Ditto,
but cloudy: frosty p.m. 4, 5. Very warm: frost rime. 6. Warm: not a breath
of wind. 7. Mild day, but cloudy. 8, Fine harvest day. 9, Ditto, but
threatening rain. 10. Still lowering and threatening rain. 11. High wind:
slight shower. 12. Dry andcold. 13. Ditto: snow showers passing. 14,
Wet ali day. 15. Moist and stormy. 16. Wet allday. 17. Dryingday. 18,
Wetallday. 19. Drying again. 20. Clear and drying. 21, 22. Moist:
showers p.M. 23. Fair a.m.: cameonrain, 24. Showery. 25. Very wet p.m.
26. Rivers in flood: drying rm. 27. Showery all day: flood again. 28. Hoar
frost a.m.: fine e.m. 29. Partial showers. 30. Fine day: slight rains. 31,
Fair: wet afternoon.

‘uvayy |PE-P |SE-1 | 9€-2) -uing aa OV | LV | g.09,BE-EF/2E-PS|0-LP | L-PS |g.1g | 8-62 | $8-6% | Sh-6z |£16-66 | 990-0€ | £66-62 | “vay
1 | Ly {08 | St | ta eal ax | “N. | Zh! HE] IV] ZE | ES |0-0F] 0.2¢| EEF | LV-6z | BL-62 | 9-62 | 6SL-6z | OF8.6z | bzg-60] “IE
aes oS. | ** | ‘Mm |uyeoi*ms} “% | of] ob| Eb] oF | 99 |0-07] L.2¢|£-9F | 19-62 | LV-6% | 0€-62 | OFL-6z | PLL-6z | OFL-60| “of

gc. eee ogs. “MA "MN | *MS “IBA *MS/ZOP OV C.cPV of PS LV ZLS o-6P 8£-6% 91-6% GL-8% 08Z-6% ZOL-6% 9S£-6% "6%

4 9€- 6P- | gp. | *s juypeoj-ms| om aV| 6€| gh| SV} 6S |%-1P| 9.9¢ | 9-19 | ZE-62 | EV-62 | 01-62 | FOP-6z | L19-6z | 869-62 | °*9z
c 06.2 O8- |; “ [*MS | “mM jms; °S | OF S67 S.zb| Lb | LS |£-17| £.6¢ | L-60 | €€.62 | EF-62 | SF-6z | SSL.6z | 068-6z | 226-62 | “Zz
fe wee [VOr | "| ter | ts | ta | cay | tas | Bb lFOS| LG] of | Z9 | 0-67] z.gG | €-L5 | PL.62 | €F-62 | 61-62 | S6L-6z | $z6.6z | 082-62 | *9z C
ee 3 "| E10. | “MS | “a | cas | "MS |F0S| OF! LG| gb | 8S | 0-99) 6.6¢ | 4-08 | 08-62 | 06.62 | 02-62 | Lh6-6z | 990.06 | gI1-0€ | “Sz
Ce fc [8 | ir | 80: | 7s jeares| -m | *s | ab|gos) 99] 6 | £9 |L€S/ 0.96] 0-5 | 98.62 | 05-62 | 12-62 | ZhL-65 | 826.62 | OFL.60 | “Fz
vs | ems june] +s S| aS lEPG| So} 29 | LS |8-VS! 0.19 | L-99 | 1S-6% | OL-6% | ZP-62 | SoL-6z | 126.62 | 096-62 | “fz

4 Beet. Sle %., "aS ¥2S| S| LO| €S | 19 | LSS z%-19 | V-LS | 98-62 | 16-62 | 65-62 | EF0-0€ | 911.08 | 9S1.08 | “zz
TG [cre | oe *e | TMAS UTC) “MS | "S| BS FBS |G-GS| VS | H9 | V-8P| S-€9 | 8-SS | £0-0€ | £0.0€ | 79-62 | 196-62 | 092-0€ | 96Z-0€ | “Iz
of lotr | «|S Mx | “a | ca | “as | gh| ZS] gS] IV | 99 | O-PS] €.6¢|8-L9 | 10-08 | 28.62 | 09.62 | £26.62 | 661-08 | 880-08 | ‘oz
gg eae £0. ANA | “MN | tan [IBA “MS! gh! Bh! Z| Sb | 29 | GOP] P.gS | BLS | 08-62 VL-62 | ZP-62 | €£8-6z | €L0-0€ | 016-62} “61
ee Ses Ree TM PAN | twas [BA “AS! QF! Zh) Gh] sb | PS |O-BP! €.6¢| B-9F | 6£-6z | LL-6z | $9.62 | 198-6z | £10-0€ | PS0-08 | “g1@
et os 9) | G21. [*# [*MN| ma | "Ss FOP /ELb| bs] LE | GG |S-€9] 0.19 | $-PS | 67-62 | GO-62 | 9L.8% | £62.62 | ShS.6z | 262-6 | “LI
ey | | Le | ‘a [rmx | sms [ava sas! ZC| PG] 9¢| 19 | 09 |8-8P| L.6¢ | L-SS | P0.6z | 62-62 | F0.6z | zhb-6z | Pg0-6z | F19-6z | °91
ee Glo. | "# |x| sm | “m |Ezg] og] 1g] LP | 99 |¥-0F| g.£¢ | 8-15 | 0€-6z | 9-62 | 80.62 | 919.62 | 999-62 | PLS-66| “St
Be oe | [O@ | TPM |S [ims "8 | gh! pb] ib] oz | OF |8.cE| 0.cp|F-1P | 82-62 | 99-63 | PY-6z | L6P-6z | 626-62 | 706.62 | “P1
Pr lot. | ee (ee | el deme | LAN] IM | 8€| PE S-98) 80 | PP | P98) €.09 | P-6E | 28-62 | 82-62 | OF-6z | 908.62 | $L6-6z | Z9L.62 | “EI
gh |v | we GO| MN | ON [MAN] M1 PE! OF| SH Bh | LD | 8-20] L.6¢ | B-97 | 79-62 | 65-62 | 12-62 | LS9.6z | SSL-6z | 299-62 | “BI
a yet ie: Rare SMS" orTea) “AAs | “NSS | P| OS| ZS] 6 | 09 | 6-67] €.F¢ | 8-ZS | 66-62 | SL.6z | LV.6z | 698.62 | OOT-0F | 966-62 | *T1
ee ee ee AN [BO) “MAN “ANA OF /EZS| 6] Bh | LS | 0-0] 9.Lg | E-TS | 00-0€ | OT.0€ | VL-62 | 6ST-0€ | FEt-0€ | O€2-0€ | “01D
lk ey ne wpe) "aN | “MN | OG) 0f| 0G] Lh | 9G |0.67| L.G¢ | V-2S | €%-0€ | €-0€ | 68-62 | 90€-0€ | Loe-o€ | 09£-08 | *6
Tp [ce [eee [ee | ce | em eee] S| CAN | ab /foS| sb] LP | 99 | 9-9 | 6.9 | 0-25 | 88-08 | 8E-0F | 26-62 | ISE-0E | ZIP-0€ | ZSE-0F | °8
Gp [eee |e face | ce fee (RUM) BN | CANS |Hop| 6F| 2S] Lb | 99 |z-6P|S.PS| V-19 | £€-0€ | OF-0€ | £6.62 | EPE-0€ | SBE-0F | ZLE-OF | *L
QV {Z0-0 | t+ | eee | wee fe AN | “AN | “ENN | 0S /¥6€| LP) 6h | 99 |6.97| 9.9¢| 8-6P | IP-0f | LE.0€ | 26.62 | OLE-0€ | O1F-0€ | ZLE.0€ | °9
ap fee fee fee | ce eae Reel Z| S| Ph] oF! OF) oF | 6 |9.0 | 8.99 | L-6F | LE-0€ | LE-0E | 06-62 | BEE-0€ | 90b-0€ | ZSE.0£ | “S
og lt fe foe | ce fea [PES] OX | oh] ob] 19] LE | 19 |Z£9]Z-19 | O-1S | OF-0€ | EF-0E | £6-62 | OLE-0€ | S6E-08 | P6E-0f | “P
gq [ct | oe foe | cee deme fe | oe] ne | Phish |S-9S) oF | Fo |8-Lh] 7.09 | £95 | 0S-0€ | L6-08 | -0€ | 9oF-0€ | PrP-0€ | Bzb-0f | “€ O
= eae ep “PEN |r] oe) "XT gpl zg] 9S] Lb} £9 |z.2S| 9.16 | P99 | 86-08 | 26-0€ | 06.62 | BPE-0E | Lop-0f | 9SE.08 | *%
z GRE Lat “=| "X |“ [e6p] po ices) 1g] 6¢ |9.2¢| 9.09 | 819 | PP-0€ | 2h-08 | €8-6z | giE-0€ | Z¢¢-0€ | goe-0£ | *T

“ule § Q hs Q | TS

r90C *£ Ze w >} cure artys mS) our ur'dg/*Ur'eg| copy | “UIAL | “XB | ULL | *xepy |'ure 6 | ‘urdg | ‘wreeg “ul “xe : =

pc Toda Pele | § ‘208404 wot ang | 2 3 mon sail a 3 2 —— -roistgax-yag aged a ae tl
ia = e s é. suopuo'y E e : UOpUO'] | -sarzuing BS “MUMS | 205 “hoy : OpuoTy dITYSs"satUING MOMstyO s uobUD'T sine

“aod "uUley “pul *19JOULOULIIY J, *1aJVWIOIV josktq

"aurys-satfuncy ‘asunyy yinsajddp yo uvanng ‘Aj 49 pun ‘uozsog yo TIVaA ‘ITN 49 Suopuory anau ‘younsiy7 yo Ayarv0g poungmoysozy ay fo
UIPLDD) 9Y} 70 NOSAWOHY, “AJ 49 { NOLUTAOY “AY ‘Aunzasoag qunjsissp ay} hq hya0g yohoy ay3 fo sjuampindpy ay} 70 apou suornasasg” purgsojoLoa;9 IT

ANNALS OF NATURAL HISTORY.

-—
—_

XXXV.—On the Writings of Goethe relative to Natural
History. By M. F.G. Picrer*.

Tue labours of Goethe in natural history had for their object
comparative anatomy, botany, and geology. All bear the
stamp of the loftiness of conception and profoundness of view
which are characteristic of genius ; they treat of the most im-
portant, but also sometimes of the most disputed points of or-
ganization; we would therefore confine ourselves to the part
which we can best appreciate, and chiefly point out the ser-
vices he has rendered to comparative anatomy. But pre-
viously, and in order to explain how and to what extent Goethe
was an anatomist, it is indispensable to take a slight view of
his life and the epoch of his labours.

Born and reared at Frankfort on the Maine, Goethe directed
his first studies, as he himself tells us, to the knowledge of
ancient and modern languages. His literary taste displayed
itself early, and some poetical essays completed these first la-
bours. No circumstance had ever as yet led him to study
nature, and at most a vague desire of acquiring a knowledge
of her laws now and then crossed his mind. “ Here and there
in my poetical essays,” says he in the sketch which in 1831 he
gave of his botanical studies, “ are to be perceived some traces
of a passionate love for the country, and of an earnest desire
to penetrate the great secret of the constant creation and an-
nihilation of beings; but this desire evaporated in vain and
useless contemplations.”

It was at Strasbourg, in 1770, that he first set about the
study of the natural sciences. Having come to this city to
take the degree of doctor of laws, he gave to this pursuit so
much time only as was strictly necessary, and followed with
ardour courses of chemistry, anatomy, medicine, and even of

eee from the Bibliothéque Universelle de Genéve, vol. xv.
p. 338,

Ann. Nat, Hist, Vol.2, No.11. Jan, 1839. ¥

314 M. Pictet on the Writings of Goethe

midwifery. He returned to Germany with a very decided
taste for these sciences, a taste which his abode at Weimar
still continued to cherish. Living much in the country in the
midst of a society of learned men, making frequent botanical
excursions, and availing himself of every opportunity of im-
proving and exercising his talent for observation, he made
himself acquainted with the principal phenomena of vegeta-
tion, and from this epoch is to be dated the origination of his
principal ideas of botanical organography.

He describes himself afterwards as working at Jena with
ardour at the collections of comparative anatomy, the import-
ance of which for instruction was more and more felt ; the col-
lections of that city still contain several preparations from his
hands. By this means he acquired an exact and detailed
knowledge of animal forms, and laid up for himself important
materials for his subsequent labours. “1 sawed,” said he,
“ and cleaved bones and sculls in every direction, in order to
obtain foreseen or unforeseen lights on the structure of bones.” .
And indeed osteology was the department of zoology with
which afterwards he was principally occupied. At this period
he became the rival and friend of the anatomist Loder, and
from that time he hardly ever ceased working at comparative
anatomy, either to learn what had been done before him, or
to extend the boundaries of the science and suggest improved
methods. Fourteen memoirs or notices, composed from 1786
to 1832, bear witness to his continued interest for this study.
His memoirs, however, did not always meet with an encoura-
ging reception. Thus, when he had drawn up an account of
his discovery of the intermaxillary bone in man, he sent it to
Camper, who praised him for the composition, gave him ad-
vice about the drawings, but did not admit the results. Blu-
menbach also refused to admit its truth. In spite of the
formidable disapprobation of two of the most celebrated ana-
tomists of Germany, Goethe was not discouraged ; but it was
not till forty years afterwards that his ideas on the intermax-
illary bone were adopted by all naturalists. This is unfortu-
nately the history of most of the discoveries which swerve
from the track of generally received ideas.

_ Goethe was very tenacious of his reputation as a naturalist,

relative to Natural History. 315

and was particularly desirous that the results to which he had
come should not be attributed to a brilliant imagination, but
that they should be regarded as the fruits of long and earnest
labours. He concludes the history of his botanical studies
with these words: “ For half a century and more I have been
known as a poet in my own country and even to foreigners,
and no one dreams of denying me this talent. But what is
not so generally known, what has not been sufficiently taken
into consideration, is that I have worked earnestly and for a long
time at the physical and physiological phenomena of nature,
that I have observed in silence with the perseverance which
devotion alone can give. Also when my Essay on the know-
ledge of the Laws of development of the Plant, printed in
German forty years ago, excited attention, first in Switzerland,
then in France, people knew not how to express their asto-
nishment, that a poet, usually occupied with intellectual phe-
nomena, which are from the fountain of sentiment and ima-
gination, turning an instant from his course, had by the way
made so important a discovery. It is to controvert this mis-
taken notion that this preface has been written. It is intended
to show that I have devoted a great part of my life to the
study of natural history, to which I was drawn by a passionate
taste. It was not by the sudden and unexpected inspiration
of a genius endowed with extraordinary faculties, it was by
continued studies, that I arrived at this result.”

Thus then we may look upon Goethe as a true naturalist,
who, if he had not had so great a reputation as a poet, would
long since have been quoted amongst the men of science, for
whom Germany is illustrious. He advanced science, and well
understood its requirements. He studied with ardour the facts
upon which it rests, and, as he himself tells us, he arrived at
general laws by a comparison of details. Assuredly we do
not wish to deny the share which the strength of his imagi-
nation may have had; this noble gift has in general been the
endowment of all those who have advanced science by new
conceptions and felicitous theories. But we no longer live in an
age, when theories, which are but the produce of this faculty,
brilliant as it may be, can be regarded as a progress. The
imagination is to be admitted only when it generalizes facts,

y 2

316 M. Pictet on the Writings of Goethe

when it deduces consequences from them, and by these means
throws a vivid light upon a subject which without its aid would
have remained inert and obscure. It was this species of
imagination that directed the labours of Goethe. It is the
glory inherent in its results that he lays claim to; a glory
which we shall justify by an inquiry into the services which
he has rendered this science, and into the manner in which he
has viewed some of the important questions which have been
debated in these latter years.

It was natural for Goethe, a German and a poet, to set out
from the principle of the unity of organic composition in its
widest acceptation ; and in fact, the greater part of his labours
were directed to the demonstration of this law, which tends
every day more and more to become the basis of comparative
anatomy. In this respect he preceded all the naturalists of.
his age; he has indeed been outstripped since, and some Ger-
man anatomists have gone much further in this path, at that
time new. ‘Time will show whether they have proceeded in
it with as much success. Goethe quickly perceived that ana-
tomical determinations were tainted with a diversity opposed
to the progress of the science; he felt that a rallying point
was wanting for these conclusions, that they must be uni-
form in all animals, and that, without this principle, confusion
and the want of a rule must necessarily make the study of
comparative anatomy difficult and even impossible. He was
not slow in observing that this rallying point was the principle
of unity of organic composition, and that the discovery of this
law must alter the face ofthe science, by giving it for a basis
the unity which reigns in nature. It was he, it seems, who
if he did not catch the first glimpse, at least, who first clearly
comprehended this important fact. But he did not imme-
diately publish his ideas upon this subject, so that the con-
stant progress of science led to its being discovered in the in-
terval, in France, by Geoffroy St. Hilaire. The regeneration
of comparative anatomy set out then at the same time from
these two countries ; and if these discoveries have brought on
such animated debates, we should, I think, only attribute
them to the too great promptitude which the innovators have
been desirous of displaying, for the principle of unity of or-

relative to’ Natural History. 317

ganic composition can no longer be denied within certain
limits: the labours of those even who have opposed it when
it was put forth in all its generality, are grounded upon this
principle in a more confined view. All discussion at the pre-
sent day can have for its object only the fixing these limits,
and we do not think that the state of the science will admit of
this being done with any security.

Setting out from these principles, the illustrious author, of
whose works we are giving an analysis, published some me-
moirs which may be referred to two classes. The first relates
to the method which should serve asa guide in the researches
of comparative anatomy. The second is the discovery of some
particular facts having a relation to the demonstration of the
principle. In the first class we shall principally quote the
. memoir entitled, On the necessity of the establishment of a
Type in order to facilitate the study of Comparative Anatomy.
The ancient method, which consists in comparing man with
animals and these with one another, is lengthy, destitute of
fixed principles, and has only led to incomplete results. It
is necessary with regard to each species to note the differences
and resemblances to others; and although the natural methods
have greatly facilitated these comparisons by diminishing the
number of beings to compare, still one may say with Goethe,
that comparative anatomy, viewed in this manner, is “ a work
impossible, infinite, which, if by a miracle it should one day
be accomplished, would be without results as without limits.”

The notion of an ideal type, created, by abstraction, from
the assemblage of the parts common to all animals, supposes
a philosophical survey of organization as a whole, puts in evi-
dence, at the outset, the prominent points, allows all descrip-
tions to be reduced to the comparison of the species to the
type, by this very means makes it possible to compare all these
descriptions with one another, and thus the labour becomes
easier and more philosophical. The possibility of creating this
type flows from the law of unity of organic composition ; and.
the idea of the type is nothing else than the perfect conception
of this law; for if we suppose the organs analogous and si-
milarly arranged, this state and this arrangement in com-
mon, considered-as an abstraction made from individual forms

318 M. Pictet on the Writings of Goethe

and variations, naturally constitute the type, which accord-
ingly cannot be confounded with any species more than the
whole can be confounded with a part. |

It may be conceived how much such a method is preferable
to that, so frequently employed, of taking man as a type, when
his very perfection makes him, in most cases, very unfit for
this purpose.

The creation of the type necessarily varies according to the
objects of comparison. If we wish to study a particular
class, the type may be more defined, the characters in common
being more numerous, The type the most difficult to esta-
blish will be the animal type, for to seize it perfectly, it will be
necessary to have a perfect idea of the parts common to all
animals, or in other words, to have exhausted the study of
analogies, Thus the establishment of types will be a feeling
our way, and the perfect type the result of the science at its
zenith, as the imperfect type will be the amount of this sci-
ence at some certain period, and the basis upon which it will
lean in order to continue its progress.

The type being once created, Goethe applies himself to its
comparison with individual forms, and, in this analysis, sets out
from the principle that diversity has no other origin than this ;
that,in the development, one part becomes predominant at the
expense of some other, and vice versd. He admits with respect
hereto the influence of surrounding media and of exterior causes
generally, by the force of which the nutritive matter is directed
in superabundance and under certain forms to particular parts,
so as to produce there a hypertrophy, always followed by an
atrophy in some other part of the same being, because the
nutritive matter is diverted from it to the gain of the former.
He supposes that a certain formative or plastic force is given
to every being, and that if it be directed to one point the con-
sequence must necessarily be inverse modifications with re-

3?

gard to the others*, The general total,” says he, “in the

* To make this idea intelligible to those who are little accustomed to
these theories, I shall cite the instance of the reptiles, in which we see the
plastic force sometimes direct itself upon the vertebrae, sometimes upon the
feet. Starting from the lizard, as a mean point, we come on one side to the
frog, in which the feet, by.an excessive development, subject the ribs to
atrophy; and on the other side we find the serpent, in which the develop-

relative to Natural History. 319

budget of nature is fixed; but she is free to dispose of parti-
cular sums by any appropriation that may please her. In
order to spend on one side, she is forced to ceconomize on the
other, and nature can therefore never run in debt nor become
bankrupt.” It is easy here to recognise the principle put forth
by M. Geoffroy Saint Hilaire under the name of the balance
of organs.

These considerations may be applied in two ways; either in
the comparing of beings with one another, and the result of this
observation is to show the general type modified by the above
law according to the part which the species acts in nature and
the medium in which it dwells; or in comparing with each
other the different parts of the same being, a study in which
the same balance is perceived, and which leads to generaliza-
tions of a more difficult character and included generally
under the name of the law of homology. We shall here leave
these discussions concerning the type, and shall not follow
the author in the applications he makes of them when he pro-
duces the model of an osteological type for the Mammifere,
and analyses the variations of the bones and the characters by
which they may be known; an analysis of high importance
from its applications, but which would carry us beyond. our
intended limits.

Under the second head, that of special labours, we always
discover the same drift and the same philosophical views.
One of the most generally known is the discovery of the in-
termawillary bone in man. It is known that most of the Mam-
miferze have both sides of the upper jaw formed of two bones,
the one external and largest, which contains the molary and
canine teeth, and which is the mawillary properly so called; the
other internal, smaller, which contains the incisors, and which
has received the name of the incisive or intermazillary bone.
These two bones are not separate in man at the adult age.

The naturalists of the past century had eagerly laid hold of

ment of the ribs brings with it the disappearance of the feet. This latter exam-
ple has even this remarkable circumstance, that all the transitions are to be
seen, at first in the Scincide, which have more ribs than the lizards and
smaller feet ; then in the Sepside, which have almost the ribs of serpents
and the rudiments of feet; and lastly in d4nguis, which comes still nearer to
the serpents, and whose limbs are not externally visible.

320 M. Pictet on the Writings of Goethe

this fact as tending to establish that man and the animals
have not a common structure. Feeling what an immense di-
stance separates man from the rest of the creation, they
sought with care for all the differences of organization by
which this distance could be increased; not perceiving that
these details of structure are nothing in comparison with dif-
ferences of a higher order, which alone can establish an im-
passable barrier. Goethe understood and demonstrated that
in this particular, as in others, the organic materials which con-
stitute the body of man are the same as those which compose
that of animals. He proved that man, at every age, ‘shows
traces of the bipartiteness of the bones of the jaw, and that it
is possible by certain criteria to find, in the adult, in a portion
of the maxillary, the true incisive bone of the Mammiferze. He
confirmed this view of the matter by proving that in the child
at its birth the two bones are separate and distinct, and that
the only difference that can be pointed out in regard to this
is, that in man they are consolidated very early by the ope-
ration of life, whilst in the greater part of the Mammiferz
they unite late, and in some not at all. This discovery of
Goethe, although bearing upon a detail which may appear
minute, has been of importance, inasmuch as his inquiry was
one of the first conceived in this spirit of establishing analo-
gies, an idea which has been so fertile in beautiful results.
We have said already how long a time was necessary for the
adoption of this opinion.

The principle of the head being composed of vertebra, that
remarkable application of the law of homology, had also struck
Goethe before the time when first it was submitted to the ex-
amination of anatomists ; but he did not publish his ideas re-
specting it, and consequently he cannot be considered as its
author. We know that the bones of the skull, formerly con-
sidered as special formations, have subsequently to the be-
ginning of this century been viewed in a different light by
some naturalists. As the brain is the prolongation of the
spinal marrow, so the skull is, according to these anatomists,
the prolongation of the spinal column. The brain differs from
the spinal marrow by its expansion; the skull differs from the
vertebrae by a greater development of the superposed laminz

relative to Natural History. 321

of the nervous system. In accordance with these considerations
the skull has been decomposed into three vertebra, and the
face into three others, placed relatively to each other like the
vertebree of the body, but much more developed in the parts
which envelop the brain, because this organ is much more de-
veloped than the spinal marrow. ‘Thus these bones are no
longer a special formation, but a repetition of the preceding
formations.

M. Martius relates, in one of the notes which he has added
to his translation, that the poet, as he walked in the cemetery
of the Jews at Lido, near Venice, picked up on the sand the
head of a ram, the skull of which was split longitudinally, and
that whilst looking at it the idea instantly struck him that the
face was composed of vertebre ; the transition from the an-
terior sphenoide to the ethmoide seemed evident to him at the
first glance. This was in 1791, and at this time he did not
make known his idea. Sixteen years later it was laid down
by Oken that the head was composed of six vertebra. Ac-
cording to Carus, this discovery may have been the result of
an inspiration altogether resembling in its circumstances that
of Goethe. Being in one of the ancient forests of the Brocken,
Oken saw at his feet a stag’s head perfectly bleached ; he
picked it up, turned it, examined it, and cried out, “’Tis a ver-
tebral column!” M. Dumeril at the same time in France, from
considerations entirely different, announced to the Institute
the analogy of the head and the vertebrze,—an idea which
was at this period received with astonishment and even with
disapprobation.

We may moreover notice among the special labours of
Goethe, his observations on the researches of Dr. Jagger
upon the subject of the fossil bulls found in the neighbour-
hood of Stuttgard. Goethe seeks to prove in this article, that
the differences which exist between fossil and recent bulls
may be looked upon as the result of the perfecting of the spe-
cies during the centuries which separate the two periods.
His argument affords interest; but it seems to us that the
poet plays almost as leading a part in it as the naturalist.

Goethe took great interest in the famous discussion raised
in 1830 in the Academy of Sciences of Paris, upon the prin-

322 M. Pictet on the Writings of Goethe.

ciple which we have stated above. Every one remembers, that
in these debates, perhaps the most remarkable that ever took
place in a learned assembly upon a question relating to na-
tural history, M. Cuvier, strong in his power of observation,
his immense labours, and the rigour of his zoological method,
denied to the unity of organic composition the right of being
erected into a general law. He acknowledged it within certain
limits, but would not admit of any other analogies than those
which were rigorously demonstrated, and rejected all general-
ization conceived a priori and not yet proved by facts. M.
Geoffroy St. Hilaire on his part, also attended by a numerous
train of remarkable labours and important researches, gave
himself up to his fancy, to predetermine the general laws of
organization, which he conceived were revealed to him by those
which are known. He required that the unity of organic com-
position should be recognised @ priori, leaving to the progress
of the science the business of demonstrating it in-its details
in succeeding ages. We have said enough to show that.
Goethe, with almost the entire body of German philosophers,
rendering justice to the science and talents of the two illus-
trious champions, were sharers in Geoffroy’s views of the sub-
ject. He has given his countrymen a history of this great
struggle between analysis and synthesis; for he felt that it was
a Kuropean question, and that it was agitated for Germany
as well as for France. These two countries, ordained to march
at the head of comparative anatomy* had till then but little
understood each other, and Goethe saw well that this discus-
sion was the beginning of a new era, in which the synthetical
ideas of the Germans would be more and more appreciated in
France. The school at the head of which Geoffroy St, Hilaire
placed himself was destined to bring about this union, in
which the development of the science is so deeply interested.
Goethe was happy in seeing this school appreciate the valu-
able labours of his countrymen and himself, and with the me-
moirs of this change his literary course terminated. The ana-
lysis of which we speak is the last work which came from the
pen of this great writer.
* “ Faits pour marcher a la téte,” so says our author.—TRanst.

Rev. L. J enyns on some German Shrews. 323

XXXVI.—WNotes on some Shrews brought from Germany by

W. Ogilby, Esq., including the description of an apparently
New Species. By the Rey. Leonarp Jenyns, M.A.,
F.L.S., &c.

Mr. Ocixsy, on his return from Germany in the autumn of
1837, brought with him a small collection of shrews, which
had been all obtained in the neighbourhood of Francfort-upon-
Mayne. These he very obligingly submitted to my inspec-
tion, allowing me to compare them with our British-species,
and to describe any amongst them which might appear new.
The collection consists of fourteen individuals, referrible to at
least five distinct species, one of which is either undescribed,
or not described with sufficient accuracy to be recognised. It
has appeared to me that it would be advantageous to science
to publish the characters of this new species, as well as any
notes relating to the others which might serve to make them
better known to the naturalists of this country. I shall take
them in the order in which they arrange themselves according
to Duvernoy’s views adverted to in my former memoirs, pre-
mising only, that all the specimens, with the exception of two
or three duplicates which I was kindly permitted to retain,
have been deposited in the museum of the Zoological Society.

I, Sorex, Duv.

(1.) S. Araneus, Geoff.—The dentition of this species fur-
nishes the type of Duvernoy’s first subdivision of the genus
Sorex. That of the specimen examined accords accurately with
the description of that author, excepting that the upper mid-
dle incisors are not in contact at their extremities. The snout
is of the same form as that of the S. ¢e¢ragonurus of this country,
and attenuated to about the same degree; but it is more de-
cidedly emarginate at the tip between the nostrils. It is also
somewhat broader between the eyes, in consequence of their
being placed further back than in the species last men-
tioned. The distance between the eyes is contained very
nearly, but not quite, twice in the distance from the eye to
the end of the snout. The ears are much more developed and
stand more out of the fur than in any of the British shrews,

324 Rey. L. Jenyns on some German Shrews,

and the same character may be observed in all the species be-
longing to this section. The feet are of moderate size, of about
the same length as in the S. tetragonurus, but not altogether
so strong; the claws especially are shorter and weaker, and
apparently not so well calculated for digging. The disposition
of the tubercles, which varies but little in the species of this
genus, is also similar; but the tubercles themselves are larger,
those in particular beneath the last phalanges of the toes on
the fore feet. The tail is of about the same length, but of a
very different form, being nearly round or free from angles,
and decidedly stouter at the root than at the tip, towards which
it gradually tapers. It is also furnished with long conspicu-
ous whitish hairs*, scattered here and there among the other
shorter ones. ‘There is little or no pencil at the extremity, but
possibly it may have been worn from age. The colour of
the upper parts and sides of the body is brown tinged with
reddish, that of the under parts yellowish grey: the lips and
feet appear to have been flesh-colour.

Dimensions.

In. Lin.
Length of the head and body .........esccesssscseevecesesceceees vos 2 OF

Of the tail {s.,,<.idhescachobhndsntraesybedauekeesiauaeannae et re

of the hind foot (from the heel to the extremity of

the CLAWE)< sis ie cevivnsisloqideasadagniuphesdeshieeyiaessupovbuontneds On)

~ of the fore foot (from the wrist in like manner) ...... 0 °4

of the ears (measured from behind) ..........seeeeeneees ee -
From’ ear-to © .iic.s.iivnesssiidece dds sseabseatnbbdocds sipeui bons 0.23
to the end of the snout .....sccccessseseceees bs ope Penbe 0. 84

There is a second specimen in the collection which appears
referrible to the above species, but which nevertheless differs
in a few particulars. The snout is longer, especially that por-
tion of it between the ear and the eye. The tail is shorter,
and not quite so stout at the base, though still tapering at
the tip: the long scattered hairs are not quite so numerous,
The dentition, feet, and colours are similar. The entire length
of this specimen is 2 inches 7} lines. The length of the tail
1 inch 34 lines.

* Mr. Waterhouse first drew my attention to these long interspersed hairs,

which appear to be found in all the species belonging to Duvernoy’s first
section.

~ —_—

with the description of a new Species. 325

(2.) 8. Leucodon, Herm.—The collection contains two adult
and four immature individuals of this species. In the adult
the upper middle incisors are rather less curved than those of
the S. Araneus last described, and with the spur behind less
developed. They are quite separate throughout their whole
length in one of the specimens, but in contact at their tips in
the other. The second and third lateral incisors above are
also smaller in relation to the first. 'The lower middle incisors
are long and slightly recurved. The snout is of the same form
as in the last species, but its proportions a little different, the
distance from the ear to the eye being one-third less. This is
in consequence of the upper margin of the auricle being
brought rather more forward. The head does not appear so
full or large, the crown between the ears being more depressed.
The feet are similar, but the tubercles on the soles somewhat
smaller. ‘The tail is shorter, and less tapering at the extre-
mity; the long scattered hairs more numerous. The colours
are considerably darker above and paler beneath; that of the
upper parts is very deep reddish brown, that of the under
pure silvery grey; the two are separated on the sides by a
tolerably well-marked line.

In the young individuals of this species the teeth are not all
apparent, the lateral incisors being still invested with the skin
of the periosteum. ‘The middle incisors are much shorter than
in the adult *. The snout also is more obtuse, and in three

_ of the specimens the distance from the ear to the eye is rela-

tively greater. In the fourth, however, the proportion of this
part is the same as in the adult, showing that too great stress
must not be laid upon this character. The colours are ex-
actly similar.

Dimensions of the two adult specimens.

Gg la td
. . n, in.

Length of the head and body.........ssseeees 3. 0 2 9
WE SEE RIE <i ulncus canis tes peentedey ob bi2 boa

OGL CHE BING F008 cis. c0 5); xcedadesadis cos 0 0. 63

BE ERG LOG. F008: csi civ oncncsapindsecds 0 4 0 4

Pe SIG PAIS viscs sci sbccrepevacceeetends O: iF

MOTE ORE SOC VE 5 _ wsasesavechcrexracasnscrcnaene O-..2 O} ze
to the end of the snout .......+c085 0 8 Os e7d

* Ihave already noticed the peculiarities of the teeth in these young spe- re

cimens ina former memoir, See Ann, of Nat. Hist., vol. i. P, 427,

326 Rey. L. Jenyns on some German Shrews,

The length of the young specimens, exclusive of the tail,
varies from 2 inches 4 lines to 2 inches 7 lines.

Duvernoy at one time seems to have entertained a doubt
as to this species being distinct from the S. Araneus, but in
my opinion there cannot be a question about it.

Il. Ampuisorex, Duv.

(3.) S. tetragonurus, Herm.—Two specimens in the collec-
tion, to one of which I found the name of tetragonurus at-
tached, accord so exactly with the square-tailed shrew of this
country, described in a former paper (Ann. Nat. Hist., vol. ii.
p- 43), as to leave not a doubt in my mind of their identity,
or of our English species being the true ¢etragonurus of the
continent. In fact there is not the slightest difference in any
one of their characters. The larger of the specimens mea-
sures 2 inches 11 lines, with a tail of 1 inch 5} lines. The
smaller measures 2 inches 7} lines, with a tail of 1 inch 6
lines. The former is evidently a very old individual, the teeth
being much worn, and the tail nearly naked and almost quite
square.

_ A third specimen seems also referrible to this species, but
differs from both those just alluded to in being less bulky for its
length, with the head not so broad, and the snout more atte-
nuated. The dentition is nearly similar, but the fifth lateral
incisor above is rather more obvious from without, and the
first four do not diminish in size quite so rapidly. The feet
are similar. The tail also is of the same form, as well as thick-
ness, but better clothed with hairs, the hairs being longer,
especially the pencil at the extremity, and standing more out.
The colour of the under parts is somewhat darker, or of a more
dirty ash-grey, and blends more gradually at the sides with,
that of the upper. The length of this specimen is 2 inches 5
lines. Its proportions, with the exception above alluded to,
are not materially different from those observed in the other
individuals.

(4.) S. labiosus, Nob.—By this name I propose to designate a
species which, though very nearly allied to the S. tetragonurus;
_ offers, I think, sufficient peculiarities to be considered distinct.
If it had been already noticed by any author, it has not been
described in such a manner as to admit of its being identified,

_ with the description of a new Species. . 327

or possibly it may have been confounded with the one just
mentioned. In many of its characters it approaches the S.
cunicularius of Bechstein, which, in a former paper, I consi-
dered, though perhaps erroneously, as synonymous with the
square-tailed shrew of this country. There are two specimens
of this new species in the collection, precisely similar, except-
ing that one is a trifle larger than the other. Both, how-
ever, have the appearance of being young, and I suspect that
in the adult state they would exceed the ordinary dimensions
of the species last noticed. They are of different sexes, and the
female, which is the smaller of the two, does not appear, from
the contracted state of the uterus and its appendages, to have
been ever impregnated.

In its general form, this species, as already observed, resem-
bles the S. tetragonurus, so much so indeed as to render a de-
tailed description unnecessary. It chiefly differs in the snout
being broader before the eyes, more swollen about the lips, and
more obtuse at the extremity. ‘The head also appears longer, ©
the distance being greater from the ear to the eye. The cra.
nium, however, when extracted from the investing integuments,
is precisely similar both in size and form. The dentition is
the same. The feet are decidedly broader and stronger; the
claws long, and well formed for digging. The tail is rather
better clothed with hair, and the hairs not so appressed. The
colours are for the most part similar, but somewhat darker on
the under parts.

Dimensions.
3 (Male.) (Female,)
In. Lin. In. Lin,
Length of the head and body......cseseceeeeee 2 64 2 44
of the head.....cecaces bekcabavneanesiee Q:? £14
OR EERE ciscihids Accu kakean cas chek 8 re
Oe GRO: TING LAGE: ca cecs cccictaden cwrcess QO 64 0 53
of the fore foot ....... SRE Seon gran O 43 O.:4
at AI CUED. ccs i ckkwiania sd sad cneuananes 0. 1%. Oar i
From €Av £0. CYC. cocrsaeserecccceseees cerseeccease 0 44 0 4
to the end of the snout ........00+. 0 10 0 9

I have termed this species labiosus or full-lipped, in refer-
ence to its most distinguishing peculiarity. This character,
however, is only noticeable when compared with that of the
other species in the same section, The lips are not more

328 Rey. L. Jenyns on some German Shrews.

tumid, or the snout broader, than in the water-shrew, though
nearly as much so as in that species,

(5.) S. pygmeus, Pall. A single individual of this species,
first discovered by Pallas, and within these few years so well
described and represented by Gloger*, exists in the collection.
The species is remarkably distinguished from every other I
am acquainted with by its small size, slender form, long nar-
row head, with the snout very much produced and attenuated.
The distance between the eyes is contained more than two
and a half times between the eye and the extremity of the
snout. The whiskers are very long. The dentition is for the
most part similar to that of the S. rusticus described in a
former paper. The fifth lateral incisor above is visible from
without, and not out of the line. The ears are slightly larger
than in the S. tetragonurus, and somewhat less concealed
by the hair. The feet are much more slender than in the spe-
cies last mentioned, but rather stronger than in the S. rus-
ticus: the toes very bristly, the bristles projecting further
beyond the roots of the nails than in either of the two species
just alluded to: the claws sharp and curved. The tail is
rather thick, roundish, and well clothed with longish hairs,
which stand out at the sides, and form at the extremity a mo-
derately long pencil projecting two lines or more beyond the
bone. The colour of the upper parts is reddish brown or
rusty ; that of the lower greyish white, tinged with red. The
lips and feet are white, tinged with reddish. The tail bright

fulyous above, paler beneath.

Dimensions.

In Lin
Length of the head and body ........sseseceees 2 24
OF the head = sircudsvccasensvens eraswcorviis 0 92

OF the tall 6506 cceeiessaindewiess fawkes 1 4

of the ind Loot © ciiciésvcssvscsassevcers 0 5
of the fore foot isni:;<cescecagevusveees sonen 0 22
moe OF tO CRVG*— cisue's'spveanadegraness ba uneweel 0 13
From. ear t0 €Y€ © sesavicscsececccssecucccnangnsses 0 33
From ear to the end of the snout......ccccceees 0 Si

This species appears to have been formerly involved in some
obscurity ; but its history has been well cleared up by Gloger,

* Noy. Act, Leop. tom. xiii, 2. p, 481, pl. 25,

&

Ann. Nat Hist: Vol. PUXV, A

Nt
0"

‘

*
}

ex leurothallis artstata.

: Ai Mire: FANE, Vol. PLIVIL ! .

-

4

)
awit agit 2

Ye

)
WV

' Stelis foliosa.

Sir W. J. Hooker on two new Orchideous Plants. 329

to whose paper I beg to refer the naturalists of this country,
as containing a most detailed account of all its characters. It
is the S. ewilis of Gmelin.

P.S. Since the above notes were written I have seen Na-
thusius’s paper on the European shrews, alluded to by the
editor in a former number of this journal*. He does not ap-
pear to admit of more than two species belonging to the group
termed by Duvernoy Ampuisorex. Of course, therefore, that
which I have above named S. ladiosus is either unknown to
- him, or, what is perhaps more probable, would pass as a mere
variety of the S. tefragonurus. And I am far from saying that
this last opinion might not ultimately prove correct. Never-
theless, as I have seen two specimens exactly similar, I feel
induced for the present to consider it as distinct.

I may also state, that since it clearly appears now that the
S. tetragonurus of Hermann was known to Linneus, and the
very species originally described by him in the first edition of
the § Fauna Suecica,’ under the name of S. vulgaris, it will be
proper, in accordance with Nathusius, to adopt the name last
mentioned for this species, and to allow that of tetragonurus
to sinkas asynonym. It willalso be advisable to transfer the
English name of common shrew from the S. rusticus to this
species, which is far more abundant in this country, and seems
to be the species most universally distributed throughout
Kurope. Those naturalists who wish to have an English name
for everything might call the former the rustic shrew.

Swaffham Bulbeck, Nov. 28, 1838.

XXX VII.—Description of two new Orchideous Plants, from
the Collection of C. 8S. Parker, Esq. BySirW.J. Hooker,
L.L.D., Reg. Prof. Bot. Glasgow, F.R.S., L.S.

[ With Plates. ]

1. PLEUROTHALLIS ARISTATA.

Nana, foliis petiolatis spathulatis, racemo paucifloro, sepalis equalibus
lanceolatis aristato-acuminatissimis maculatis 3-nervibus 2 lateralibus
basi connatis, petalis sextuplo minoribus oblongo-acuminatis longe ci-

* Vol. i. p. 427, note. st
+ In the second edition of that work the name is changed to Araneus.

Ann, Nat. Hist. Vol. 2. No.11. Jan. 1839. Z

330 Sir W. J. Hooker on two new Orchideous Plants.

liatis uninervibus, labello trilobo, lobo medio elliptico pubescenti-velu- |
tino. (Plate XV.)

Hiab. British Guiana.

Cultivated in the stove of C. S. Parker, Esq., of Liverpool,
having been received with many other rarities from Deme-
rara. Whole plant scarcely 3 inches high. _ Leaves 3, in our
specimen spathulate, acute, an inch or an inch and a half
long, including the slender petiole into which it gradually
tapers. Scape very slender, twice as long as the leaves, bear-
ing a raceme of 3-—4 flowers half an inch long. Perianth
erect. Sepals equal, lanceolate, 3-nerved, concave, dingy
yellow, spotted with purple, much acuminated, so as to be al-
most aristate at the extremity, the two lateral ones united at
their base. Petals about one third the length, and about one
third the breadth of the sepals, oblong, 1-neryed, acuminate,
almost aristate, and strongly ciliated at the margin, Lip as
long as the petals, fleshy, contracted a little above the base,
narrow, oblong, 3-lobed, the side lobes obtuse, incuryed, the
middle one elliptical, clothed on the upper side with velvety
down. Column wingless, slender, shorter than the petals.
Anther conical, oblique.

The two lateral sepals are but slightly doititiined, and
though not serrate they are concave below, so that this plant
seems almost to combine the characters of Specklinia with
Pleurothallis.

Plate XV. A. Pleurothallis aristata, nat. size. Fig. 1, flower; fig. 2,
the same laid open; fig. 3, petal; fig. 4, labellum; fig. 5, column and an-
ther, magnified.

: 2, STELIS FOLIOSA.

Nana, foliis subtribus lineari-oblongis, scapo foliis breviore, spica sub-
compacta, floribus subcernuis, petalis lingulatis sepala subzequantibus,
labello trilobo, medio dense glanduloso. (Plate X VII.)

Hab, British Guiana; whence it was introduced in a living state by C.

S. Parker, Esq. ;

Root small, fibrous. Leaves 3—4, of which 2 are nearly
equal in length, 2—3 inches long, linear oblong, rather waved,
below there are one or two smaller ones. Scape shorter
than the foliage, bearing a short and rather compact spike
of 12—14 flowers, throughout of this same uniform pale
greenish colour, slightly drooping, each subtended by a small

Mr. J. E. Gray on the Slender-tongued Saurians. 331

acute bractea, Sepals equal, broadly oval or nearly orbicular,
very concave. Petals lingulate, obtuse, slightly concave. Lip
equal in length with the petals, divided to the middle into three
obtuse segments, of which the middle one is the largest and
broadest: the centre of the lip is clothed with a broad line of
dense glandular down, reaching from the base almost to the
apex. Column much shorter than the perianth, thick, fleshy,
rhomboid, Anther hemispherical. vee

Plate XVII.* A. Stelis foliosa, nat. size; fig. 1, flower-bud; fig. 2,
flower expanded, in its natural position ; fig. 3, the same inverted and more
expanded; fig. 4, column ; fig. 5, petals; fig. 6, labellum ; fig. 7, side view
of the labellum ; fig. 8, pollen masses, magnified.

XXX VIII.— Catalogue of the Slender-tongued Saurians, with
Descriptions of many new Genera and Species. By Joun
Epwarp Gray, Esq., F.R.S., Senior Assistant in the
Zoological Department of the British Museum, &c.

[Continued from p. 293. ]

Dasta. Toes 5—5, short, lower joint rather thick, with transverse
plaits beneath, upper ones compressed and slightly arched; the index
and middle finger equal, the next finger a little shorter, thumb large ;
ears closed over by the scales, not apparent (nor apparently fringed); -
muzzle short, rounded; tail tapering.

Dasia olivacea. Olive, back of the head-shield black; the back
with 12 cross series of scales with a central white spot and a black
spot on the sides; the band sometimes interrupted; scales 3 or 5
keeled, 3 or 5 toothed behind, the 2 lateral keels close together ;
hinder part of the sides, and sides of the tail with 2 broad white
streaks; chin and beneath green, not spotted.

Prince of Wales's Island. Mus. Chatham.
Aprasta. Head small, with 2 pairs of rather large frontal shields,
which also cover the cheeks; a large 6-sided elongate vertebral, and
a pair of small superciliary, shields ; labial shields rather larger, few ;
eyes large, round, eyelids rudimentary, pupil round ; nostrils small,
in the suture between the top of the first labial and anterior frontal
plate ; muzzle rounded, rather produced. Ears none; body cylin-
drical elongate, covered with uniform hexangular smooth scales;

* This plate will form part of the SurrpLemznt.
Zz 2

332 Mr.J. E. Gray on the Slender-tongued Saurians.

tail as long as the body, rather tapering, covered with scales like the
body, those on the under side being rather the largest.

Aprasia pulchella. Pale olive; head brown lined; scales pale
edged, those of the back and sides with 1 or 3 oblong longitudinal
spots forming interrupted lines ; beneath pale greyish, scales darker
edged ; tail brown lined and beneath whitish. Length of body 24,
of tail 13 inches. The scales of the occiput are rather larger than
the rest, "and the front of the vent is covered with scales Like the rest
of the body.

New Holland. Brit. Mus.

Herinia. Ears none; otherwise like Tiligua, toes 5—5; scales
smooth, thick.

Herinia capensis. Pale olive; back darker varied, with a silvery
streak on each side; sides dark brown ; beneath silvery white.

Cape of Good Hope.

*KK Muzzle rounded ; body subcylindrical, elongate ; limbs 4, far apart.

Riopa, Gray. Toes 5—5, unequal; ears distinct; head shields
normal ; front toes much longer, the two inner more slender than
the rest.

Riopa punctata, Seba, ii. t. 12. f. 16. Seps scincoides, Cuv. Ly-
gosoma punctata, Gray, Anim. Kingd. Scincus Cuvieri, Cocteau.

Bengal. Brit. Mus.

Riopa Ruppellii, Seps scincoides, Mus. Francfort, not Cuv. Pale
olive, silvery, very finely punctuated, with a whitish streak on each
side, edged beneath with a dark line; beneath whitish.

Arabia Petrea ? Mus. Francfort.

Riopa Brougainvillii, Scincus Brougainvillii, Cocteau MSS. Bronze
olive ; back with two or four interrupted series of black spots with
a broad dark brown stripe from the eyes over the legs on each side ;
belly and lower parts of the sides pale and black spotted ; tail brown,
sides dark varied, the front toes rather longer than in the former.

New Holland.

Lyaosoma, Gray. Toes 5—5; ears distinct; head shields ?

Lygosoma abdominalis, Lacerta abdominalis, Thunb. L. serpens,
Gray, Zool. Journ. not Synon.

India, Java. Brit. Mus.

Lygosoma australis, n. s. Back dark golden brown, darker varied,
with a broad pale golden streak down each side; sides grey, closely
black dotted.

New Holland. Mus. Chatham.

Cu1amezza, n, g. Toes 4—~4; ears very small ? or none? head like

‘Mr. J. E. Gray on the Slender-tongued Saurians. 333

Tiliqua, but with the vertebral shields placed one before the other,
and no anterior occipital one.

Chiamela lineata. Golden brown, with longitudinal black lines,
one placed in the centre of each series of scales; head brown;
shields pale-edged.

India. Brit. Mus.

Chiamela Duvaucellit, Scincus Duvaucellii, Cocteau? Pale with a
series of minute black specks; sides dark, white-spotted.

N. Holland, King George’s Sound. Mus. Paris.

Exactly like Scincus Duvaucellii in colour and form, but toes 4—4
thicker, shorter and of different proportional length.

Terrapactyius, Cuy. Toes 4—4; ears none; head with one
rostral, one anterior, and one posterior frontal, separated by two
small shields; two vertebral, three occipital and four or five super-
ciliary shields.

Tetradactylus decresiensis, Cuv. Pale brown, with three dark
brown dorsal streaks, the central streak broadest and interrupted.

N. Holland. Mus. Paris.

Ristetta. Toes 4—5, short; ears distinct; head shields ?

Ristella Rurkii. Crown and back pale brown, shining ; scales 6-
rowed, each of four central rows with a blackish central spot, forming
four longitudinal series of spots; sides white-dotted ; chin and belly
white.

North India, Dr. Rurk. Mus. Chatham.

~Haeria. Toes 5-—4, rudimentary, nearly equal, compressed,
clawed ; head shielded ; ears small, dot-like; scales smooth, equal,
with white netted lines.

Hagria Vosmaerii, Scincus Vosmaerii, Cocteau. Brown, minutely
black dotted, beneath pale.

Java. Mus. Paris.

Tripactyuus, Cuv. Toes 3—3; ears ? head shields ?

Tridactylus decresiensis, Cuv. Pale brown with dark longitudinal
lines, beneath whitish, brown netted.

New Holland. Mus. Paris. .

Srps, Merr. Zygnis, Fitz. Toes 3—3; ears distinct, deep; head
shields like Tiligua, but rostral scales longer; nasals very small, and
no anterior occipital shield.

Seps tridactylus, Rapp. Seps Chalcidica, Risso.

Seps vittata, Leuckart, Breves, 1818.

_ Seps multivirgatus, Boie. Mus. Leyden.

Sraruos, Gray. Perameles, Wiegm. Toes 3—38; ears none;

eyelid distinct; head shields like Ti/iqua, but without any posterior

334 Mr. J. E. Gray on the Slender-tongued Saurians.

frontal shields, the anterior frontal being large and placed in front
of the vertebral, and the anterior occipital plates rather large.
Siaphos equalis, Gray, Griff. A. K. Peromeles equalis, Wieg.
Seps equalis, Gray, Ann. Phil, 1828.
Hab. ? Brit. Mus.

kk Muzzle rounded ; body subcylindrical ; legs two, posterior, placed
on the side of the vent ending in one or two acute toes.

Opuiopes, Wagler, Feet tapering, acute, undivided ; ears none ;
eyelid distinct.

Ophiodes striatus, Pygopus striatus, Spi. Braz. Seps fragilis,
Raddi. Pseudopus Olfersii, Lichst. Mus. Paris.

Jun.—Pygopus Caryococea, Spix. Braz.

Brazils, Brit. Mus.

we Muzzle rounded ; body subcylindrical ; legs none.

Aneuis. Ears hid; eyelids distinct.

A. fragilis, Linn. Brit. Mus.
Srevana, Gray. Otophis, Fitz.? Ears exposed.
Siguana Ottonis, Gray, Griff. Anim. Kingd.; Otoph. Eryx, Fitz.? |

Europe. Mus. Breslau.
Srenostoma, Fitz. Ears none? eyelids none.
Stenostoma ?

Tortrix melanostriata from Russel, Ind. Rept. 1. 148. appears to
form a new genus of this division.

Dorrra. Ears hid; head with three vertebral plates, the frontal
pair between the small first vertebral and the larger second one, the
third between the oblique occipital ones ; eyebrows and cheeks co-
vered with small scales; ventral scales not larger than the rest.

Dorfia punctata. Crown and back white; nape with a central
black streak ending in a line of black spots; cheek, sides, and be-
neath black; lower lip white-dotted. Hoge.

Cape of Good Hope. Mus. Chatham.

GyMNoOPHTHALMID&. ‘Tongue contractile, head shielded, rostral
shields small rounded; eyelid none ; back, belly, and sides covered
with smooth uniform imbricate scales; vent transverse linear, with
scales in front,

Microueris, n. g. Toes 5—5; ears large ; head depressed; scales
moderately grooved; head with five vertebral plates.

Microlepis undulata. Tiliqua microlepis, Gray, Griff. Anim. Kingd.
71. Silvery, back with brown wavy bands.

Hab. ? Brit. Mus.

AspLerHarus. ‘Toes 5—5 ; ears distinct; front of vent shielded ;

Mr. J. E. Gray on the Slender-tongued Saurians. 335

scales six-sided, divided by a central transverse white line, with six
or eight longitudinal lines on each side.

A, panonicus, Fitz. Berol. Mag. 1824. t. 14,

A. cupreus, n.s. Golden green, brown mottled, with a narrow pale
green sinuous streak on sides of the back.

Hab. ? ‘Brit. Mus.

GymnopuTHatmus. Toes 4—5, ‘* Wagler.” Ears ?

G. lineata, Lacerta lineata and L. 4-lineata, Gmel. G. 4-lineata,
Neuwied, Braz.

Hab. ? Mus. Berlin.

CryprospLerHarus, Wiegmann. Petia, MSS. Gray. Toes 5—6;
ears ? front of vent scaly; scales ?

Crypt. Leschenaultii, Wiegmann. Ablepharus Leschenaultii, Cocteau
Mag. Zool. t. 1.

Crypt. pecilopleurus, Wiegmann, Act, Acad. Nat. Cur. xvii. t. 18.
fi,

Lerista, Bell. ‘Toes 2—3); ears none.

Lerista lineata, Bell, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1. 99.

Australasia. Mus. Bell.

Ruopona (Rhodonide). Rostral plate rather produced, large de-
pressed, with a rather sharp edge; feet rudimentary ; nostrils supe-
rior in the centre of an oblique triangular scale, occupying the back
edge of the rostral plate; vertebral plates three, one behind the other,
the middle largest, hinder triangular; superciliary plates moderate ;
ears very small, nearly hid? eyes small, with only rudimentary eye-
lids, Body elongate, subcylindrical, covered with uniform small im-
bricate scales ; feet four, far apart, the front ones rudimentary, short,
small, conical, undivided, ending in a'simple claw, hinder small, weak,
with a distinct knee, and ending in two very unequal clawed toes ;
tail elongate, cylindrical, tapering,

Rhodona punctata. Grey brown, back with rows of small black
spots, those of the middle of the back and tail largest ; labial scales
brown-edged. Body four, tail three inches. Eyes small.

New Holland. |

The genus Rhodona appears to form a distinct family, (characterized
by the form of the rostral shield, the position of the nostrils, and the
number of the vertebral shields,) which I propose to call Rhodonide.
Probably the genus Lerista of Bell may belong to the same group,
but the form and number of the head shields of that genus has not
been described.

Sorrp14, Gray (Rhodonide?), Head small, rostral plate rather pro-

336 Mr. J. E. Gray on the Slender-tongued Saurians.

duced, large, with a rather sharp edge, lower one similar, but smaller ;
nostrils subsuperior in the centre of an oblique triangular nasal scale
occupying the under edge of the rostral; vertebral plates three, one
behind the other, the middle one largest, the hinder triangular; eyes
small with only rudimentary eyelids; ears none. Body elongate,
subcylindrical, covered with uniform smooth imbricate scales; feet
two, rudimentary, simple, tapering, ending in a single claw placed
on each side of the two przeanal shields; tail elongate, cylindrical,
tapering, with a central series of similar scales beneath.

Soridia lineata. Silvery, with distant rows of minute black specks
and a broad black streak down each side. Length of body 14;
of tail 14 inch.

Hab. Australasia.

Acontiap&. Head shielded, rostral shield large, cup-shaped, in-
closing the end of the muzzle; nostril dot-like in the middle of the
sides of the rostral shield, with a posterior groove to its hinder edge;
chin shield like the rostral, but smaller. Body subcylindrical,
covered with smooth imbricate scales; feet rudimentary, some-
times wanting; tongue short, like the Scincide; scales with a
transverse central line, and close parallel longitudinal white internal
lines.

Ness1A, n. g. Body cylindrical, head shielded; ears distinct, dot-
like ; feet very short, rudimentary, divided into three very short sub-
equal toes; claws sharp, central rather the longest; eyes distinct;

eyelids ? Tail thick, elongate, cylindrical.

Nessia Burtonii, Pale brown, centre of scales darker, beneath
pale.

Hab. Mus. Chatham.

Named after Dr. Burton of Chatham. ~

Evesia, n. g. Head shielded, with three vertebral shields, two
first large and transverse, four-sided, 3rd triangular, and several
oblique occipital shields, loreal shield long; body and tail subcy-
lindrical, covered with equal smooth six-sided scales; feet four,
simple, thin, weak, rudimentary, far apart, covered with scales, end
undivided, ragged.

Evesia monodactylus, Bell, Pale brown, scales smooth, dark edged ;
tail darker.

Hab. Mus. Bell.

BrrEs. aps subcylindrical; legs two, posterior, on the sides of
the vent, feet unequally 2-lobed; ears none.

Bipes anguineus, Merrem. Anguis bipes, Linn. Seba, i. t. 86. f. 3.

Mr. W. Thompson on the Breeding of the Woodcock. 337

Lacerta bipes, Gmelin. Seps lineata, Harlan, Journal Acad. Philad.
Iv ti 18s fi 2.

Cape of Good Hope. Brit. Mus.

Bipes Gronovii. Pygodactylus Gronovii. | Mus. Leyden.

Aconrras. Body cylindrical, apodal ; eyes distinct, oblong, large,
surrounded with a series of scales; scales with parallel white longi-
tudinal internal lines, which are divided into two series by a central
cross line (best seen in the white scales).

Acontias meleagris. White with the hinder edges of the ‘upper
scales dark brown.

Cape of Good Hope. Mus. Chatham.
Var. Above brown, beneath white.
Cape of Good Hope. Mus. Chatham.

XXXIX.—On the Breeding of the Woodcock (Scolopax rus-
ticola, Linn.), in Ireland. By Wm. Tuompson, Esq., Vice-
President of the Natural History Society of Belfast.

In the 1st volume of the *‘ Annals of Natural History,’ (p.158.)
I alluded to the circumstance of woodcocks having bred within
the last few years in some of the northern, central, and south-
ern counties; at the same time stating it to be my intention
to reserve a detailed notice of the fact, until the species should
in due order come to be treated of in my intended series of
papers on the birds of Ireland. The subject being however
interesting in more than a mere ornithological point of view,
it is considered better now to publish my notes upon it,
leaving the general history of the bird, independently of this
part of its ceconomy, for the place just mentioned.

Of the occasional breeding of the woodcock in England, in-
stances have been recorded in the chief works on ornithology
published in that country within the last seventy years. Thus
Pennant informs us, that “in Case-wood, near Tunbridge, a
few breed almost annually ; the young having been shot there
in the beginning of August*.” He adds, “ I do not recollect
that any have been discovered to have bred in North Britain,”
p- 367. Latham states that “a brace of them were shot in
Chellenden Wood by the gamekeeper to Horace Mann, Esq.,

* Brit. Zool. vol. ii. p. 366. ed. 1776.

338 Mr. W. Thompson on the Breeding of

May 1, 1769, and another brace the day before; they were
sitting on their young*.” This author gives one other in-
stance, in which a friend of his met with a woodcock on its
nest, in a wood near Farningham, Kent. In his Ornithological
Dictionary+, Montagu mentions his having received eggs of
this bird from near Battel in Sussex; and in the Supplement
to the same work, relates, on the authority of Mr. Foljambe,
that in May 1802, a half-fledged woodcock was taken in
Brodsworth Wood, near Doncaster, in Yorkshire; and that
on the 5th of April 1805, a brood of four was hatched at
Shireoaks, near Worksop, Nottinghamshire. Mr. Selby nar-
rates, that “in Northumberland, the woodcock has been
known to breed in the woods about Netherwitton,” and adds,
“‘T have now in my collection eggs taken from a nest in Pig-
don Wood, not far from Morpeth{.” Within the last few
years we learn from the ‘ Proceedings of the Zoological So-
ciety of London,’ and the periodicals devoted to Natural Hi-
story§, that the number of woodcocks nestling in England and
Scotland is greatly on the increase; and, as may be inferred,
the number of these birds occurring during summer in Ire-
land has likewise been increasing within the same period.

Of the woodcock’s actual breeding in this country I have
not seen any record, and of its presence here in summer only
the following notice, which appeared first in a newspaper—
the Belfast Commercial Chronicle—and subsequently in a more
abiding place, having been transferred to the pages of the
Magazine of Natural History. “ Onthe 8th of August 1828,
a fine woodcock was shot in Florida demesne, county of Down ;
as it was seen in the course of the spring, it is supposed to
have remained in the country since last winter,” vol. ii. p. 87.
By the late T. F. Neligan, Eisq., of Tralee, a young and ardent
naturalist (whose recent death is much to be deplored), I was
informed that a woodcock had been seen in the county of.
Kerry in the month of July 1832||. In the county of Antrim,

* Gen. Syn. of Birds, vol. ili. parti. p. 130. 1785,

+ Published in 1802; the Supp. in 1813: see article Woodcock.

+ Illus. Brit. Orn. vol. ii. p. 108. 1833.

§ See Magazine of Natural History, vol. i. p. 83, vol. ii. p. 86; vol. v.
p. 570; vol. viii. p. 612; vol. ix. p. 543.—New Series, vol.1. p. 52, 121,
337, 439.

| It is thought proper to notice odd birds seen at this season, as they can

the Woodcock in Ireland. 339

at the opposite extremity of Ireland from that of Kerry, a pair
of these birds bred at Claggan, the property of Earl O’Neil
in 1834. My informant, the gamekeeper, states that in the
month of April in that year, a nest was found containing four
eggs, all of which were successfully incubated ; it was placed
in a slight depression of the ground under a hazel, and had a
little grass and moss in the bottom for the reception of the
eges : the bird was very tame when on the nest, and permitted
the approach of my informant within a yard of her*, This
same year (1834), I saw a young woodcock in the shop of Mr,
Glennon, bird preserver, &c. Dublin, who “set it up”; he
informed me that it was shot at Wilton in the county of Wex-
ford, and was received by him in a recent state on the 8th or
9th of May: he at the same time stated, that in the preceding
summer of 1833, a young bird of this species, shot in company
with one of its parents at the seat of Lord de Vesci in Queen’s
county, was sent him to be preserved, and was likewise for-
warded when recent. By Thomas Walker, Esq. of Belmont,
near Wexford, I have been favoured with the following par-
ticulars under date of May 19, 1837. As to the breeding of
woodcocks in this country, I was in the second week of May
sent a couple of young ones half-fledged +, that were taken out
of a nest at Wilton in this county, the seat of Mr. Alcock,
The nest was on the ground among brushwood, and the cry
of the young birds like the sound produced by a child’s
whistle, At the time I received the young birds, there was at
Ballyarthur, county of Wicklow, the seat of Mr. Bailey, a nest
with four eggs in it; this is the third year they have bred at
Wilton.” Mr. Walker on another occasion mentioned the
woodcock as frequenting for a similar purpose the covers of
Killoughrim Wood in the county of Wexford, and remarked
upon the young indigenous specimens he had examined, that
* although fully as large as old birds, they had not got the
strong feathers in the tail, but instead a soft curly down.” In

hardly be presumed in every instance to have been solitary individuals,
though their mates may have escaped notice.

* The tameness of the woodcock in its nest is mentioned by Pennant and
Latham, and from the observation of many persons who have witnessed it,
seems to be universal.

- > For one of these I am indebted to Mr. Walker.

340 Mr. W. Thompson on the Breeding of

the month of June or July 1836, a woodcock was shot, and
another seen about the same time at Springvale, county of
Down, the residence of Major Matthews. On the 4th of June
1837, an old female bird was killed at the vale of Ovoca, county
Wicklow. In May 1838, a woodcock was captured at Stor-
mont near Belfast.

At Tullamore Park in the county of Down (the seat of
Lord Roden), beautifully situated at the base of the mountains
of Mourne, and possessing considerable variety of surface,
abundance of wood of various size, and occasional moist and
open glades, which even in the driest summer would afford
food to the woodcock, this bird has bred of late years. From
the intelligent gamekeeper I have learnt the following inter-
esting particulars. In 1835 he first (though living here since
1828) became acquainted with their continuing throughout
the summer in the park. The first nest he saw, which had
just the appearance of a partridge’s or pheasant’s, was situated
on damp ground in a young plantation, and at the root of a
young larch fir. It contained four eggs, on which the old bird
sat so close as to allow him and other persons to approach
within a foot, but when they came near she was always ob-
served to hide her bill to its base in the grass or withered
ferns about the nest; the eggs were all productive, and were
he thinks incubated for three weeks. The young left the nest
just after birth, and were not again seen until able to use their
wings, when they frequently appeared about the place: the
male bird remained about a dozen paces from the nest during
the incubation of his partner. From having seen other wood-
cocks in the park this summer, it was believed that they must
also have nests, but this one only was discovered ; eventually
however, a second pair of woodcocks was sprung along with
five young ones, the old birds taking first to flight: the young’
—completely feathered except on the head and neck, where
down was still displayed—were now able to fly over the trees,
whilst those produced in the nest first mentioned, were but
three days “ out.”

In the summer of 1836, my informant saw in one day five
old woodcocks in the park; and though he had not any of their
nests this year, he on one occasion saw three young birds.

the Woodcock in Ireland. to ae

He is of opinion that woodcocks pair before leaving this
country in the spring for more northern climates, and re-
marks, that in their evening flight at this season they “ twist”
amazingly, the hinder one following the foremost through
every curve or sinuosity of its course, which is extremely
rapid.. Their call may now be expressed by the word hisp,
and. by the accurate repetition of which he has brought them
back when flying past him; during the breeding season they,
in addition to this, have calls which sound like waap-waap—
weep-weep, succeeding each other, and repeated as here set
down: both sexes are considered to make use of the two calls,
At the season of incubation, they call at early dawn, and at
this period their flight is very different from that in the month
of March, being now slow or with the wings scarcely moving ;
but occasionally they may be seen circling about “as if in
play,” at allevents, describing sucha course as evinces that they
cannot be in search of food. In winter, my informant believes:
_ woodcocks to have a regular line of flight from the covers to
their feeding-ground, and acting upon his belief, has, by taking
his stand at particular spots, shot many in flying over them.
In 1837 three nests were found at Tullamore, the first early
in the month of April, when it was surrounded with snow;
they were all sheltered by young trees, and one of them within
twenty yards of where a nest had been the preceding year:
in each were four eggs, all of which were productive, the
young appearing in April. The nests here have in every in-
stance been in slight hollows of the ground, with a little grass
or dead leaves in the bottom for lining. To withdraw atten-
tion from one of these nests when containing young, the pa-
rent tumbled about as if wounded, thus feigning to a greater
extent than the gamekeeper had ever before witnessed in any
species of bird; and at the same time she gave utterance to a
note distinct from those before mentioned, or as expressed to
me, “screaching with rage*.” The young birds are said to
be beautiful in the down, being mottled with black where their
parents are so, and cream-coloured where they are brown.

* When disturbed during incubation, they merely fluttered off the eggs,
and alighted at a short distance.

342 Mr. W. ‘Thompson on the Breeding of

About the second week of June, a fourth brood was seen, of
which the nest was not found.

In 1838, one nest containing four eggs (which may be con-
sidered the ordinary number) was observed in the park ; the
young appeared in April: by the middle of this month they
have generally come out here*. Long after the general de-
parture of the woodcocks for the north this year, the game-
keeper saw what he believed to be five distinct brace of these
birds in one portion of the park, and considers that they were
more numerous than in any previous summer. ‘The nests
were not discovered as usual, in consequence of boys, by whom
they were all found on former occasions, not having been em-
ployed in the young plantations. Daily throughout the year,
the gamekeeper now either sees or hears woodcocks without
going out of his way or attending to them; indeed they fly
very much about his cottage, situated in a beautiful open glade,
and from about its door may be seen on wing every evening.
I obtained this information when at Tullamore Park in the
month of August 1836, and in June last}. On the 28th of
this month I visited the park in the hope of seeing some of
these birds, but the evening was so fine and light that they
did not commence flying until it was very late, and then dark-
ness suddenly came on. At half-past nine o’clock the first

* In the 9th volume of the ‘ Magazine of Natural History’ (p. 543) it is
stated of three nests found in a wood near Derby, that the young were
hatched in the month of April. In vol. i. (New Series) of this same work, it
is remarked, in a notice of its breeding in Ross-shire, that the woodcock
“hatches early, often at the latter end of March, but generally by the first
week of April.’’ On the 10th of this latter month, the writer of the commu-
nication to the Magazine, saw woodcocks sitting on their nests, one of which
contained eggs.

+ Some few points on which naturalists are agreed have perhaps been
unnecessarily introduced, but coming from an intelligent man who has had
ample means for observation, it was considered better to include them, In
proof of Tullamore Park and its vicinity being a favourite resort of the wood-
cock, it may be stated, that the gamekeeper has with a brace of pointers
killed eight brace of these birds during a forenoon in the heath skirting the
plantations, and with the aid of one dog and a boy to beat the covers, has
shot ten brace within a similar time in the park. In the severe snow storm
of 1827, three gentleman on a visit here, and not going out before noon,
killed and bagged seventy-five brace in three days; and giving themselvesno °
trouble in looking after wounded birds, many more which had fallen by
their guns were afterwards picked up. During the month of January 1838,
about 100 brace were obtained by occasional shooting. The gamekeeper
considers that he has seen so many as eighty brace in one day.

the Woodcock in Ireland. | 343

were heard, when a pair swept past within about thirty yards,
uttering the two calls before described, and in the order in
which they have been set down. From this time, and until
half an hour had elapsed—when it was in vain to attempt
seeing them—several were heard, and all, I think, single birds,
which gave utterance only to the other call stated to resemble
in sound the word hisp quickly uttered.

The description of the habits of these birds about the period
of incubation, given by the gamekeeper at Tullamore Park,
strongly reminded me of the first good account I had read of
them, which is contained in a highly interesting notice of the
breeding of woodcocks in Ross-shire, communicated by Sir
F. Mackenzie to the Zoological Society of London*. The
manner of flight is so different after the birds are paired, from
what the sportsman is accustomed to witness at other periods,
that I am induced to call attention to the similarity of testi-
mony in the two cases. “Than the flight of the woodcock
before and after incubation, Sir F. Mackenzie states that he
knows nothing more rapid, as for an hour or two about dusk
he (probably the male, though two have been seen pursuing
each other) flies in large circles over the tops of the trees.”
To a sportsman, at least, words could not better convey an
idea of the velocity of its flight than those of my informant,
who, an experienced “ shot,” describes it to be such on these
occasions that he cannot “get his gun upon them,” or in
other words, if the uninitiated require explanation, a velocity
so great as to prevent his taking aim.

‘In a communication made by my friend Mr. Selby to the
‘ Magazine of Zoology and Botany,’ on “the woodcock
breeding in Scotland,” it is asked, “ What reason is to be as-
signed for this change in their habits? Is it to be attributed
to a change in our seasons, or are we to look for it in the
great increase of woods or plantations so general over all the
island, affording these birds additional and secure retreats,
as well as an abundant and constant supply of food?” vol. i,
p-201. Although it is not for me to attempt an explanation
of that, respecting which Mr. Selby appears dubious, it may
perhaps be allowed me to offer a few observations on the most

* Proceedings of Zool. Society, 1832, Part II, p. 133,

344 Mr. W. Thompson on the Breeding of

interesting points in connexion with the subject, or, to speak
more particularly, on the causes which have influenced these
birds to remain through the summer with us.

In the first place, it must not be overlooked, that during
the last few years, the number of woodcocks stated to have
continued throughout the year has increased so much in
England and Scotland, that, during the same time, there has
been greater attention bestowed on such facts than at any
former period, and in consequence, there have been periodical
publications—the Magazine of Natural History leading the
van—in which any isolated instance of the kind might be re-
corded, that would hitherto have been unpublished. But even
taking this circumstance into consideration, there cannot I
think be the least doubt that there has been an increase in
those countries; and in Ireland there unquestionably has
been*.

That this originated from wounded birds unable to under-
take the vernal migration seems the most untenable of all
reasons which have been assigned for it, inasmuch as the
same cause existed previously. Why should the number of
wounded birds have been greater over the British Islands ge-
nerally within the last few years than at any former period ?
Did our sportsmen become at once more numerous, and is
their aim less sure? Of what avail are all the “ appliances
and means” of modern “ warfare,” as the patent cartridge,
patent wadding, and percussion caps, if more wounded and
unbagged birds are left behind than formerly ?

The spread of plantations over the face of the country ap-
pears to be the predisposing cause, though insufficient to ac-
count altogether for the circumstance. These countries cer-
tainly had always abundance of places adapted to the nestling
of the woodcock ; and though plantations, chiefly in tracts un-
suited to cultivation, have been very much extended of late
years, others again, especially in Scotland and Ireland, of na-
tive growth, and from the excellent cover they afforded, admi-
rably adapted to this end, have been swept away, and the

* This fact appears the more singular on account of the number of wood:-:
cocks that winter in the British Islands having diminished rather than in-
creased of late years.

the Woodcock in Ireland, 345

ground they occupied been converted to purposes of pasture
or tillage. It may be remarked, that plantations of very dif-
ferent character are selected by the woodcock for its nest: thus
Sir F. Mackenzie observes, “the soil where the nests were
found (at Conan, Ross-shire) is gravelly and rather dry; the
grass tolerably long, without underwood, and the trees, oak,
birch, and larch, not exceeding 30 years’ growth.” In another
instance, where three nests were found in the same wood near
Derby, we learn that “the underwood was thin and of not
more than from seven to ten years’ growth*.” Again, we are
told, that of two nests at Brahan Castle, in Ross-shire, the one
“was in withered grass, partially screened by spray and bram-
bles,” the other “amongst pruned branches at the root of a
large larch treet.” The nests before mentioned, in the coun-.
ties of Antrim and Wexford, are said to have been in thickets,
The sites pointed out to me at Tullamore park were all in an
extensive young plantation, consisting chiefly of larch fir, ap-
parently of about eight years’ growth; here there is not much
other cover, the place having originally been a heath-covered
tract: it however joins a park rich in fine timber and a pro-
fusion of underwood. A friend just returned from shooting
in Inverness-shire informs me, that in an indigenous birch
wood, on the banks of Loch Ruthven, and containing but
little coppice, some pairs of woodcocks have nestled for the
last few years.

Our “change of seasons,” or more equable climate of late
years, by reason of the milder winters, and the summers being
colder and more humid, speaking in general terms, than they
were even at a recent period,—although the nearer they ap-
proximate, the more widely they, in this very respect, differ
from those of high northern latitudes, to which the woodcock
chiefly resorts to breed, seems to have had much influence
- on the increased number of these birds, which at all events
breed, and it may be, remain permanently in the British
islands{. It appears evident too, that it was not caused by
the peculiar suitability of any one, two, or three summers, as

* Mag. Nat. Hist., vol. ix. p. 543.

+ Mag. Nat. Hist., vol. i. p.121. New series.

t It is very obvious, that warm dry summers in these countries, as for in-
stance those of 1825 or 1826, would be ill adapted to the woodcock’s feeding,

Ann, Nat, Hist. Vol,2. No.11. Jan, 1839. 2a

346 Mr. W. Thompson on the Breeding of

for the last few years woodcocks have been gradually increa-
sing at this season. The general augmentation cannot, I con-
ceive, be attributed merely to the circumstance of the first
young birds bred in the country having continued to multiply
therein. That they have done so, however, may be fairly con-
sidered as evinced in the annual increase of the species about
its chief habitats, but is not, I think, sufficient to account
for the presence of these birds in the widely distant localities
in which they have occurred. Most migratory birds appear
to be in some degree affected by latitude in their movements,
as well as by the isotherial and isothermal lines, or those under
which the mean heat of summer and of winter is the same.
From them the woodcock apparently differs, in being influ-
enced solely by climate in the selection of its summer haunts.
In the warmest countries it frequents, this species is believed
merely to ascend from the plains to the highest mountains to
breed*, It is so in the extreme south of Europe, if my in-
formant be correct in stating that they nestle in summer in
the mountains of Albania, where in the lowlands they are abun-
dant during winter. To the Alps they resort in numbers in
the breeding season; but here another question arises, which
will apply to all but the most southern countries, to which al-
lusion has just been made.

Are the birds which breed in the mountains of the extreme
south of Europe the same. individuals which frequent their
base in the winter, or are they from a greater distance, those
from their base migrating further northwards, and is this “ the
order of their going” from south to north throughout Europe ?
According to this view, the British Islands would be looked
upon as the most northern limits of the flight of such indivi-
duals as nestle here, and we may readily in such case imagine
the birds to be attracted in their vernal flight by the first suit-
able places, in these islands or elsewhere, that may occur, and
at once take possession of them. The two following state-
ments, although they may not go far enough to establish this
point, yet seem to favour it in regard to some localities, Sir
F. Mackenzie remarks, with reference to Conan in Ross-shire,
“It is probable that the parent birds sought’this spot for the

* Latham, loe. cit,

the Woodcock in Ireland. 347

purpose of breeding, as they must have arrived in the spring
from other localities; for those who shot in the covers till
February declare that they did not know of a single woodcock
being then left in them, and had there been two or three the
keeper must have been aware of it*.” In the ‘ Magazine of
Natural History’ for 1832 (vol. v. p.570) it is stated in con-
nexion with their having bred every season for the few
years preceding in the woodlands about Darnaway Castle, the
seat of the Earl of Moray, “that when the winter set in, the
woodcock almost entirely deserted the Darnaway forest.”
The following extract from an admirable memoir by M. Necker
on the birds of the neighbourhood of Geneva, illustrates this
further. ‘“ La Bécasse (Scolopax rusticola) ouvre la marche
des oiseaux voyageurs, et c’est déja vers la fin de Février ou
le commencement de Mars que l’on voit arriver dans les fo-
réts au pied des montagnes, ces troupes qui viennent proba-
blement de V’Italie, de PEspagne, et du midi de la France;
ou elles ont trouvé un hiver doux, une terre humide et non
durcie par les gelées ; elles attendent que les neiges des mon-
taenes basses soient fondues, et nous quittent encore au mois
d’Avril pour nicher dans les lieux élevés et froidst.” But
proof is wanted, and it would be difficult to be procured, whe-
ther the woodcocks generally, that breed in the British Islands,
constantly abide therein, or are of that vast number which
leave the more southern countries in the spring in search
of suitable climates in which to rear their broods, and where
they remain during the summer only. When, however, I con-
sider that the climate of Ireland of late was not unsuitable
to this bird at any period of the year, and as it became the
more suitable, that in localities otherwise favourable, the num-
ber of woodcocks remaining during summer increased the
more; that in their chief haunts the species was always to be
met with in the interval between which the young broods had
strength enough to wing their way to more southern coun-

* In the spring of 1836 numbers of woodcocks were met with in Tulla-
more park after the ordinary time that the eggs are considered to be laid.
On the 7th of April the gamekeeper killed 42, and on the 11th 33 brace of
these birds. In such quantity they had never been known to remain so
Jate,

+ Mémoires d’Histoire Naturelle, &c. de Genéve, tom. ii. part 1, p. 35,

2A2

348 Mr.C. Babington on the Botany

tries, and the great body of migratory individuals arrived from
the north; I am disposed to believe, as in the case of their
ally the common snipe (Scolopax gallinago), that the small
proportion of woodcocks which breed in this country are per-
manent residents.

I have not touched upon the subject of any change in the
great breeding haunts of the woodcock in high northern lati-
tudes, from my inability to learn anything satisfactory about
the matter. It has been stated indeed that the eggs have
been much used in Sweden of late years, but it seems impro-
bable that any change in regions so far remote as the ordinary
summer haunts of the woodcock can affect the question of its
breeding within the British islands.

XL.—On the Botany of the Channel Islands. By CHARLES
C. Basineton, M.A., F.L.S., F.G.S., &c.*

Havine last year had the pleasure of submitting to this Section an
account of my botanical observations in the islands of Guernsey and
Jersey}, I should not have ventured to occupy the time of this
Meeting with anything further on the subject had I not been so
fortunate as to make several additions to the Channel Islands Flora
during the last few weeks.

I will proceed to mention the names of those plants which had
not been noticed in the islands before the present year.

Ranunculus ophioglossifolius. In avery wet marsh in Jersey.

Orchis laxiflora. Common in wet places in Jersey and Guernsey.

Linaria pelisseriana. In one place upon a dry hill side, amongst
Ulex europeus, in Jersey.

Myriophyllum alterniflorum. In marsh ditches in Guernsey.

Polygala oxyptera. This is probably a variety of P. vulgaris, but
has been distinguished by several eminent continental botanists. It
is frequent in all the islands, and has been gathered by myself near
Liverpool.

Ononis reclinata. This plant is very common in Alderney, but has
not been noticed in the other islands. It was found several years
since on the coast of Galloway in Scotland, by Dr. Graham.

Potamogeton plantagineus. In damp pits from which peat has been

* Read before the Nat. Hist. Sec. of the British Association, at Newcastle,

Aug. 20, 1838, and communicated by the Author.
+ Published in Mag. of Zool. and Bot., ii. 397.

of the Channel Islands. 349

taken, in Guernsey. Mr. W. Wilson Sanders informs me that he has |
gathered it in ditches at Ham Ponds, near Sandwich, Kent.

Carex punctata. In wet marshes, in Guernsey. ‘This plant has
been submitted to the inspection of Dr. Boott, from whom a mono-
graph on this difficult genus is shortly expected, and he has conferred
the name*. It has, I believe, been noticed in several parts of En-
gland.

The following additional species have been gathered in these
islands, but not in Britain.

Neotiia estivalis, in Jersey.

Sinapis incana, in Jersey. Noticed this summer plentifully in
Alderney.

Mercurialis ambigua, in Jersey. ‘This appears to be only a variety
of M. annua, but is probably the plant of the younger Linnzus.

Atriplex rosea. Jersey and Guernsey. I believe that this will be
found to exist upon the south coast of England.

Arthrolobium ebracteatum, in Guernsey. During the present year
I have found this plant in plenty in Alderney.

These five were first gathered by myself; the following had been
noticed by other botanists previously to my visit.

Allium spherocephalon. Armeria plantaginea.
Bromus maximus. Echium violaceum.
Festuca sabulicola. Centaurea Isnardi.
Brassica Cheiranthus. Lagurus ovatus.
Scirpus pungens. Juncus capitatus.

The total number of flowering plants and ferns which have been no-
ticed in the islands amounts to above 760, of which 20 have not as
yet been gathered in Britain. Alderney and Sark have been less care-
fully examined than Jersey and Guernsey, as I was not able to de-
vote more than a week to each of them, and very little has been
done by other botanists. The number of plants which I observed in
Alderney is about 330, and in Sark 252; the little island of Jethon
supplied me with 115 species, and an adjoining conical rock, called
Crevichon, is inhabited by 22 species, nearly the whole herbage con-
sisting of Silene maritima. -

In conclusion I may be allowed to mention that I am about to
publish an outline of the Flora of the islands, under the name of
‘ Primitize Flore Sarnicz,’ and shall be much obliged to any bota-
nist who may favour me with information on the subject.

Since this paper was read at Newcastle I have learned that 47.
throlobium ebracteatum has been discovered (in April 1838) in abun-

* Ts there not a Carex punctata, Gaud.? (457 Reich, Flor. Excurs.)—Eprrt.

350 Mr. Walker on the British Chalcidites.

dance on 'Tresco, one of the Scilly islands, by Miss White of that
place. Mr. Woods has gathered Brassica Cheiranthus on the sands
near Penard Castle, near Swansea; and Potamogeton plantagineus
exists in Sir J. E. Smith’s herbarium, gathered by Mr. D. Turner, at
Diss, in Norfolk, and Dr. H. Thompson, in the south of Scotland.
In the herbarium of Dr. Johnston, of Berwick, is a specimen ob-
tained by Dr. R. D. Thompson in Ferny Rig marsh, Berwickshire, and
I possess a sample of it, gathered by myself in Bottisham fen, Cam-
bridgeshire. In all these cases the plant has been referred to a wrong
species, but was suspected to be distinct by Dr. R. D. Thompson.
I have lately gathered Atriplex rosea on the coasts of Holy Island
(Lindisfarn), Berwick, and the Forth near Newhaven, and Mr.
Borrer has sent it to me from the Sussex coast.

St. John’s College, Cambridge, Oct. 27, 1838.

XLI.—Descriptions of British Chalcidites. By Francis WALKER,
F.L.S,

[Continued from p. 205. ]

Sp. 36. Cirr. Cyrrhus, Fem. Cyaneus, antenne nigre, pedes cyanei, tarsi
fulvi, protibie flave, ale limpide.

Obscure cyaneus: oculi et ocelli rufi: antenne nigra; articulus 1" ni-
gro-cyaneus: pedes cyanei ; trochanteres fulvi; genua flava; tarsi fulvi, basi
flavi, apice fusci; propedum tibize flavee extus fulvo vittate, tarsi pallide
fusci: ale limpide; squamulz fuscee, antice cyanez ; nervi fusci. (Corp.
long. lin. $; alar. lin. 1.)

June, near London.

Fem. Corpus gracillimum, sublineare, nitens, scitissime squameum, parce
hirtum: caput transversum, breve, convexum, thorace latius; antennz
graciles, extrorsum crassiores, corporis dimidio longiores; articulus 1"* gra-
cilis, sublinearis; 2"* longicyathiformis ; 4"* 3° brevior ; 5"% adhuc brevior ;
clava fusiformis, acuminata, articulo 5° plus dimidio longior : thorax longi-
ovatus, convexus : prothorax brevissimus, supra vix conspicuus: mesotho-
racis scutum latitudine longius; parapsidum suture bene determinate ; scu-
tellum breviconicum, metathorax transversus, mediocris: petiolus brevissi-
mus: abdomen longi-fusiforme, thorace multo longius, supra planum, subtus
carinatum, apice acuminatum : oviductus exertus, brevis: pedes graciles :
alis nervus ulnaris humerali longior, radialis vix ullus, cubitalis sat longus,

Sp. 37. Cirr. Mycerinus, Fem. Cupreus viridi-varius, antenne fusce,

pedes fulvi; ale limpide.

Nigro-cupreus : oculi et ocelli rufi: antennz pallide fuscze, subtus fulvee :
thoracis latera viridi-varia: oviductus vagine nigra: pedes fulvi; coxe

Mr. Walker on the British Chalcidites. 351

nigro-cuprez ; femora pallide fusca ; tarsi flavi, apice fusci ; protarsi obscu-
riores: ale limpide; squamule pice; nervi fulvi, metalis flavi. (Corp.
long. lin. 1; alar. lin. 14.)

Found near London.

Fem. Corpus longum, angustum, nitens, scitissime squameum, parce hir-
tum : caput mediocre, transversum, breve, convexum, thorace vix angustius ;
vertex latus; frons abrupte declivis, parum impressa: oculi mediocres, sub-
rotundi, non extantes : antennz subclavatz, corporis dimidio longiores ; ar-
ticulus 1"* longissimus, gracilis, sublinearis ; 2" longicyathiformis ; 3"°, 4"° et
58 lineares, subeequales; clava fusiformis, acuminata, articulo 5° fere duplo
Jongior: thorax ovatus, convexus: prothorax transversus, brevissimus, supra
conspicuus: mesothoracis scutum latitudine longius, dorso foveolatum ; pa~-
rapsides remotze, suturee bene determinate, postice mutuo accedentes; pa-
raptera et epimera conspicua; scutellum obconicum : metathorax mediocris :
abdomen fusiforme, acuminatum, thorace longius et angustius, supra de-
pressum, subtus carinatum ; segmenta transversa, brevia, subeequalia: pedes
mediocres, simplices, subaquales; tarsis articuli 1"° et 3°° breviores, 2S
et 4"* longiores; ungues et pulvilli parvi: ale mediocres, non ciliate ;
nervus ulnaris crassus, humerali fere longior, radialis vix ullus, cubitalis sat
longus in ale discum declivis, apice stigma fingens, bimucronatum.

‘

Sp. 88. Cirr. Adalia, Fem. Viridi-cyaneus, antenne picee, pedes flavi,
femora viridia, ale limpide.

Leete viridis cupreo-varius: oculi et ocelli rufi: antenne nigro-piceex;
articuli 1°° et 2°. viridi-picei: abdomen cyaneo-viride cupreo-varium : ovi-
ductus vaginee fusce : pedes flavi; coxz virides ; femora viridia, apice flava ;
tarsi apice fusci: protarsi fulvi: ale limpide; squamule pice; nervi
proalis fusci, basi flavi, metalis flavi. (Corp. long. lin. 14; alar. lin. 14.)

Var. 8.—Abdomen cyaneum, apicem versus minime cupreo-varium.

Var. y.—Lete cyaneo-viridis: antennz pice ; articuli 1"* et 2" virides:
abdomen eeneo-varium; protarsi fusci: proalis nervi fulvi.

Var. §.—Abdomen lete cyaneum, basi viridi-zneum.

May, June; near London, Hampshire, Isle of Wight, Scotland.

Fem. Corpus angustum, nitens, scitissime squameum, parce hirtum: caput
mediocre, transversum, breve, convexum, thorace fere latius, vertex latus ;
frons impressa, abrupte declivis: oculi mediocres: antenne graciles, ex-
trorsum crassiores, corporis dimidio longiores; articulus 1"* longifusiformis,
validus; 2"* longicyathiformis ; 3° et sequentes longi, sublineares, usque ad
5"™ paullulum curtantes et latescentes; clava fusiformis, articulo 5° paullo
latior et multo longior: thorax longiovatus, parum convexus: prothorax
transversus, parvus, supra conspicuus: mesothoracis scutum latitudine lon-
gius ; parapsidum suture bene determinate; scutellum obconicim: meta-
thorax mediocris: petiolus brevissimus : abdomen fusiforme, supra planum,
subtus carinatum, apice attenuatum et acuminatum, thorace paullo longius
et latius; segmentum 1°" magnum; 2"™ et sequentia transversa, brevia :
pedes graciles, simplices, subzequales ; tarsis articulus 1" 2° brevior, 3"° Li

352 Mr. Walker on the British Chalcidites.

longitudine, 4s 3° longior; ungues et pulvilli mediocres: ale anguste;
nervus ulnaris humerali paullo longior, radialis brevissimus, cubitalis sat
longus, apice stigma fingens, parvum ‘subfurcatum.

Sp. 39. Cirr. Orithyia, Fem. neo-cupreus viridi-varius, antenne picee,

pedes flavi, ale fulvescentes.

Cupreo-zeneus: oculi et ocelli rufi: antenne picez ; articulus 1"° nigro-
zeneus, subtus et basi fulvus: abdomen viridi-cupreum: oviductus pallide
rufus: pedes flavi; coxe virides; tarsi apice fusci; protarsi pallide fusci :
alz fulvescentes; squamule fulve ; nervi fulvi. (Corp. long. lin. 1;—14;
alar. lin. 13—2.).

Var. 3.—Viridis : abdominis discus cupreus.

Var. y.—Caput viride: thorax viridi-eneus ; discus cupreus.

June, September; near London, Isle of Wight. Near Belfast, Ireland,
Mr. Haliday.

Mas. Corpus robustum, nitens, pubescens, scite squameum, parce hirtum :
caput transversum, breve, convexum, juxta thoraci latum: vertex latus ;
frons abrupte declivis: oculi mediocres, non extantes: antenne filiformes,
hirtee, corpore breviores ; articulus 1"* sublinearis: 2"* longicyathiformis ;
3"S et sequentes ad 6¥™ longi, lineares, subzequales ; clava fusiformis, longis-
sima, acuminata, articulo 6° plus duplo longior: thorax ovatus, crassus, con-
vexus: prothorax transversus, brevissimus, supra conspicuus : mesothoracis
scutum foveolatum, latitudine vix longius; parapsidum suture bene deter-
minate; scutellum obconicum, bifoveolatum; paraptera et epimera con-
spicua: metathorax mediocris : petiolus crassus brevissimus : abdomen sub-
lineare, planum, thorace angustius et paullo brevius ; segmentum 1¥™ maxi-
mum; 2¥™ et sequentia breviora, transversa: sexualia exerta: pedes me-
diocres: alee non ciliate; nervus ulnaris humerali longior, radialis nullus,
cubitalis longus, in alze discum declivis.

Fem. Caput thorace vix angustius: antenne extrorsum crassiores; arti-
culi 3"5 et sequentes longi, lineares, ad 5% curtantes ; clava fusiformis, acu-
minata, articulo 5° fere duplo longior : abdomen longiovatum, acuminatum,
subtus carinatum, thorace fere longius non latius.

Sp. 40. Cirr. Tachos, Mas et Fem. Viridis, antenne picee, pedes flavi,

femora viridia, ale limpide.

Mas. Cyaneo-viridis : oculi et ocelli rufi: antennz picez ; articuli 1"S et
2"5 atri: abdomen cyaneo-viride; discus purpureo-cyaneus : sexualia fulva;
pedes fulvi; coxee nigro-virides; femora nigro-viridia: tarsi flavi, apice
fusci; protarsi fulvi: alee limpidze; squamule virides, proalis nervi fulvi,
metalis flavi.

Fem. Nigro-viridis : abdomen viridi-zeneum ; discus si CaN Mae (Corp.
long. lin. 1—14,; alar. lin. 13-13.)

Mas. Corpus robustum, nitens, pubescens, scite squameum, parce hirtum :
caput transversum, breve, convexum, juxta thoraci latum; vertex latus;
frons abrupte declivis: oculi mediocres, non extantes: antenne filiformes,
hirte, corpore breviores; articulus 1"* sublinearis; 2%* longicyathiformis ;

Mr. Walker on the British Chalcidites. 353

3"s et sequentes ad 6" longi, lineares, subzequales ; clava fusiformis, longis-
sima, acuminata, articulo 6° plus duplo longior: thorax ovatus, crassus,
convexus: prothorax transversus, brevissimus, supra conspicuus : meso-
thoracis scutum foveolatum, latitudine vix longius; parapsidum suture bene
determinate; scutellum obconicum, bifoveolatum; paraptera et epimera
conspicua: metathorax mediocris: petiolus crassus, brevissimus : abdomen
sublineare, planum, thorace angustius et paullo brevius; segmentum 19™
maximum; 2% et sequentia breviora, transversa: sexualia exerta: pedes
mediocres, subzequales ; tarsis articuli 1"S et 3"5 breviores, 2"* et 4" longi-
ores ; ungues et pulvilli parvi: ale mediocres, non ciliate; nervus ulnaris
humerali longior, radialis nullus, cubitalis longius in ale discum declivis,
apice stigma fingens, bimucronatum.

Fem. Caput thorace vix angustius: antennz extrorsum crassiores ; arti-
culi 3° ad 5¥™ curtantes; clava fusiformis, acuminata, articulo 5° fere duplo
longior: abdomen ovatum, thorace brevius et angustius; segmenta trans-
versa, 1% magnum, 2"™ et sequentia breviora.

Sp. 41. Cirr. Attalus, Mas et Fem. Viridis mas. aut eneus fem., abdo-
men cupreum, antenne nigre, pedes flavi, femora nigra, tibie fusco
cincta, ale limpide.

Mas. Nigro-viridis: oculi et ocelli rufi: antennez nigrz; articuli 1s et
2"8 nigro-virides: abdomen nigro-cupreum, basi cupreo-viride: sexualia
fusca: pedes fulvi; coxe virides; femora nigra, apice flava; tarsi flavi,
apice fusci ; metatibize basi fuscze: protarsi pallide fusci: ale limpide:
squamule piceze; nervi fusci.

Fem. Cupreo-zeneus : caput viride cupreo-varium : antennis articuli 1"* et
2"s picei, hic apice et ille subtus basique ferruginei: abdomen viridi-cu-
preum: alis nervi fulvi, basi fusci. (Corp. long. lin. 3—1; alar. lin.
14—1}.)

Var. 6. Mas.—Metatibie omnino fulve.

Var. y. Mas.—Var. 8. similis : protarsi fulvi, apice fusci.

Var. }. Mas.—Mesothoracis scutellum viridi-cupreum.

Var. ¢, Mas.—Mesotibiz pallide fusce, apice et basi fulvee ; metatibize
fuscee.

Var. €. Mas.—Abdomen basi viridi-cyaneum : protibiz obscure fuscz ;
meso- et meta-tibize picez.

Var. y. Fem.—Antennis articuli 1"* et 2"° omnino nigro-virides.

Var. 6. Fem.—Thorax obscure zneo-viridis.

Var. t. Fem.—Abdomen viride, basi late viridi-cupreum.

Var, x. Fem.—Thorax viridis.

Var. x. Fem.—Var. x. similis: metatibie omnino fulve.

June; near London, Isle of Wight. Ireland, Mr. Haliday.

Sp. 42. Cirr. Agathocles, Mas et Fem. Cyaneus aut viridis, abdomen
cupreum, antenne nigre aut picee, pedes nigri, tarsi flavi, ale lim-
pide.

Mas. Cyaneo-ater: oculi et ocelli rufi: antennz pice; articuli 1" et

354 Mr. Walker on the British Chalcidites.

2"s nigri: abdomen nigro-cupreum : sexualia fusca: pedes nigri; trochan-
teres picei; genua flava; tarsi flavi, apice fusci; propedum tibiz picee,
apice fulvz, tarsi fulvi: ale limpide ; squamule picez ; proalis nervi fusci
metalis flavi.

Fem. Atro-viridis: abdomen nigro-viride, cupreo-varium: pedes nigri;
trochanteres picei; genua fulva; tibie pices; tarsi flavi, apice fusci; pro-
tibize fulvee ; protarsi fulvi: alis nervi fulvi. (Corp. long. lin. 3; alar. lin.
14.)

Var. 8. Mas.—Nigro-cyaneus : antennz nigre ; articuli 1"° et 2"° nigro-
cyanei: abdomen nigro-cupreum: pedes nigri; trochanteres fulvi; genua
fulva ; tarsi flavi, apice fusci; protarsi fulvi.

Var. y. Mas.—Protibiz fulve ; meso- et metatibize picee.

Var. 3. Mas.—Var. y. similis: protibie basi et apice flave.

Var. «. Fem.—Cyaneo-viridis; antenne nigre; articuli 1"° et 2" atri:
abdomen cupreum, viridi-varium: pedes picei; coxe nigre; trochanteres
fulvi; femora nigra; genua fulva; tarsi flavi, apice fusci; propedum tibize

fulvze, tarsi fusci: proalis nervi flavi.

Var. €. Fem.—Propedum tibiz piceze, tarsi apice fusci.

July; near London.
Mas. Corpus sublineare, nitens, scitissime squameum, parce hirtum: ca-
put transversum, breve, convexum, juxta thoraci latum ; vertex latus ; frons
abrupte declivis, non impressa: oculi mediocres, subrotundi, non extantes :
antenne filiformes, non ciliate, corpore paullo breviores; articulus 1" ya-
lidus, fusiformis ; 2"* longicyathiformis; 3" et sequentes ad 6"™ lineares,
subeequales; clava fusiformis, acuminata, articulo 6° fere duplo longior :
thorax ovatus, convexus: prothorax transversus, brevissimus, supra vix con-
spicuus: mesothoracis scutum latitudine longius, dorso foveolatum ; para-
psidum suturee remote, conspicue ; scutellum obconicum, bifoveolatum ; pa-
raptera et epimera bene determinata: metathorax mediocris: petiolus brevis,
crassus: abdomen ovatum, planum, thorace angustius et brevius ; segmenta
parallela, 1"™ magnum, 2"™ et sequentia breviora subzequalia: sexualia
exerta : pedes mediocres, simplices, subzequales ; tarsis articuli 1" et 3"° bre-
viores, 2"5 et 4"° longiores; ungues et pulvilli parvi: proalz late, non ci-
liatee ; nervus ulnaris humerali non brevior, radialis nullus, cubitalis sat
longus in alz discum declivis, apice stigma fingens, minutum bimucronatum.

Fem. Antenne extrorsum crassiores, corporis dimidio longiores; articuli
3° ad 5"™ curtantes; clava attenuata: abdomen breviovatum, supra planum,
subtus carinatum, apice acuminatum, thorace brevius et fere latius.

Sp. 43. Cirr. Julis, Mas et Fem. Cyaneus, antenne nigre@, pedes cyanei,

tibie picee aut fusce, tarsi pallidiores, ale limpide.

Mas. Cyaneus: oculi et ocelli obscure rufi: antenne nigre; articuli
1's et 2"Snigro-cyanei: abdomen basi cyaneo-zeneum : sexualia fulva: pedes
fulvi ; coxee cyanez ; femora cyanea; tibize piceze; tarsi apice fusci; pro-
pedum tibize fulve, tarsi fusci: ale limpide; squamule fulvze; proalis
nervi fulvi, metalis flavi.

Mr, Walker on the British Chalcidites. 355

Fem. Abdomen cyaneo-viride; discus late purpureo-cyaneus, (Corp.
long. lin. $—14; alar. lin, 1—14.)

Var. 6. Fem.—Thoracis latera cyaneo-viridia: abdominis discus cupreus:
pedes cyanei; trochanteres picei; genua flava; tibie fusce; tarsi fusci,
basi flavi; protibize piceze: proalis nervi fusci.

May; near London.

Fem. Corpus breve, crassum, nitens, scitissime squameum, parce hirtum :
caput transversum, breve, convexum, juxta thoraci latum ; vertex latus;
frons abrupte declivis, non impressa: oculi mediocres: antenne sublineares,
valide, corporis dimidio longiores; articulus 1"s sublinearis ; 2"* longifusi-
formis ; 3"5, 4"5 et 5° longiovati, subequales ; clava fusiformis, acuminata,
articulo 5° fere duplo longior: thorax ovatus, valde convexus: prothorax
transversus, supra vix conspicuus : mesothoracis scutum latitudine longius ;
parapsidum suture remote, bene determinate ; scutellum obconicum, bifo-
veolatum: metathorax mediocris: petiolus brevissimus: abdomen ovatum,
planum, thorace brevius, subtus carinatum, apice acuminatum ; segmentum
1X magnum, 2"™ et sequentia breviora, transversa: pedes validi; tarsis
articulus 1"° 2° brevior, 2"° 3° longior, 4"* 2° longior; ungues et pulvilli
parvi: ale late ; nervus ulnaris humerali non brevior, radialis nullus, cu-
bitalis sat longus.

Sp. 44. Cirr. Ilithyia, Fem. Cyaneo-viridis, antenne nigre, pedes Jue,
femora viridia, ale sublimpide.

Obscure cyaneo-viridis: oculi et ocelli rufi: antenne nigre; articuli 1"
et 2"° nigro-virides: abdomen lete viride, apice supra cyaneum ; pedes vi-
rides ; trochanteres fusci; genua fulva; tibice fuscee; tarsi fusci, basi fulvi:
alee sublimpide ; squamule piceo-virides ; nervi fusci. (Corp. long. lin. 1
alar. lin. 14.)

Scotland.

Mas. Corpus robustum, nitens, pubescens, scite squameum, parce hirtum :
caput transversum, breve, convexum, juxta thoraci latum: antenne fili-
formes, hirtz, corpore breviores: articulus 1"° fusiformis ; 2"* longicyathi-
formis ; 3"° et sequentes longi, lineares, subeequales ; clava fusiformis, acu-
minata, articulo 6° duplo longior: thorax ovatus, crassus, convexus: pro-
thorax transyersus, brevissimus, supra conspicuus: mesothoracis scutum
foveolatum, latitudine vix longius; parapsidum suturz bene determinate ;
scutellum obconicum, bifoveolatum ; paraptera et epimera conspicua: me-
tathorax mediocris: petiolus crassus, brevissimus: abdomen sublineare,
planum, thorace angustius et paullo brevius: pedes mediocres: alz non ci-
liate ; nervus ulnaris humerali longior, radialis nullus, cubitalis longus in
alz discum declivis.

[To be continued. ]

356 Specimen of the Botany of New Zealand.

XLII.—Flore Insularum Nove Zelandie Precursor; or a
Specimen of the Botany of the Islands of New Zealand.
By ALLAN CuNNINGHAM, Esq.

[Continued from p. 214. ]
SAXIFRAGACEA, DC. (Escallonica, sp. R. Br.)
1. Quintinta, Alph. De Cand.

Calycis tubus ovario adherens, nervis 10 subnotatus: limbus 5-dentatus,
persistens. Petala 5-obovata. Stamina 5, patentia, petalis alterna.
Stylus columnari-filiformis. Stigma peltato-capitatum, 4—5-lobum.
Capsula stylo calycinisque dentibus coronata, 5-locularis, dissepimentis
subincompletis, loculis polyspermis. Semina parva, ovato-compressa.—
Arbores 20-30 pedales. Folia alterna, petiolata, coriacea, integra seu
serrata. Flores spicati, vel paniculati, albi.

515. Q. serrata; foliis ovato-lanceolatis lanceolatisve acuminatis undula-
tis serratis supra farinoso-squamatis, subtus punctatis fuscatis, spicis
axiliaribus ramosis multifloris folio brevioribus. 4. C. Ms.

New Zealand (Northern Island). Forests at the sources of the Kana-
Kana river and elsewhere, on the shores of the Bay of Islands, flowering in
November.—1826, 4. Cunningham.

Obs.* Arbor sempervirens, elegans, ramosa, 20-30 pedalis. Rami alterni,
teretes, glabri. Folia alterna, breve petiolata, coriacea, 3—4 pollices longa.

* The type of this genus, a native of New South Wales, may be thus cha-

racterized :—
_ Q. Siebert (melius integrifolia), foliis ovato-acuminatis coriaceis venosis
integerrimis glabris subtus discoloribus, paniculis terminalibus ramosis, ramis
patentibus. Alph. De Cand. in.Monogr. Campan. (1830), p. 92. DC. Prodr.
iv. p. 5.—Ericineis Campanulaceisve affinis. Sieb. Pl. Sic. Nov. Holl., p.
261.

Hab. In Nova Cambria Australi, in sylvis densis humidis prope littora.
—1834, R. Brown.—1818, 4. Cunningham.

A remarkable tree, assuming occasionally (like some Ficz) of equinoctial
countries) a parasitical growth, as will appear from the following memoran-
dum, made some years ago in one of its native forests. Itmay be premised,
that in the centre of the Blue Mountain chain, directly west from Port
Jackson, is a remarkable eminence, called Tomah, the height of which,
above the level of the ocean, has been ascertained to exceed 3500 feet. Be-
fore the axe of the colonist was carried to the base of that mountain, in the
great chain, viz. prior to 1823, Tomah had its flanks and summits clothed
with a dense vegetation, consisting of timber trees, loving shade and moisture,
laden with orchideous Epiphytes, and borne down heavily by gigantic climb-
ers; and beneath them, in deep shade, flourished many a noble specimen of
an arborescent fern (the Cibotium Billardiert of Kaulfuss), which was not
previously known to exist in New South Wales. On the side of the mountain
was then to be observed a remarkable instance of the disposition of the
Quintinia to attach itself to other plants by means of cauline roots, that may
be worthy notice.

A large Quintinia (Sieberi, A. DC.) grew near to an aged Cibotium,
full 35 feet high, and having a distinct trunk in the soil. At about 6 feet

Specimen of the Botany of New Zealand. = 357

2. Weinmannta, L.

516. W. betulina, foliis ternatis impari-pinnatisque : foliolis obovatis co-
riaceis obtusis basi angustatis crenato-serratis venosis, rachi ramulis pedun-
culisque pubescentibus, racemis terminalibus multifloris, petalis obovatis
obtusis calyce paulo longioribus.

New Zealand (Northern Island), Damp woods on the east coast.—1826,
A. Cunningham,

Obs. Arbor (sempervirens) triginta pedalis. oliola coriacea. Racemi
2—4 pollicares, confertiflori. Capsula ovata, acuminata, pube adpressa raro
conspersa. Semina apice penicillata.

517. W. fuchsioides, foliis simplicibus ternatisve ovato-oblongis acumi-
natis coriaceis reticulato-venosis serratis basi attenuatis longe petiolatissubtus
discoloribus, petiolis ramulisque pubescentibus, racemis terminalibus multi-
floris folio duplo triplove longioribus, sepalis lanceolatis, petalis lato-ovatis
obtusis calyce longioribus, ovariis villosis, stylis stamina zequantibus.

New Zealand (Northern Island). Shaded forests, margins of woods, &c.,
Bay of Islands.—1826, 4, Cunningham.—1834, R. Cunningham.

Obs. Arbuscula ramosa. Folia sesqui v. 2-pollices longa, basi angustata,
crenato-serrata, subtus rubro-venosa ut in Fuchsia. Racemi densiflori, 4—5
unciales. Pedunculi pubescentes. Capsule subrotunde, costate, pilis te- |
nuissimis patentibus conspersee. Semina basi apiceque barbata.

518. W. sylvicola (Sol.), foliis ternatis impari-pinnatisve : foliolis ellipticis
acuminatis obtusiusculisve coriaceis petiolatis basi attenuatis crenato-
serratis utrinque glabris, racemis elongatis densifloris folio plus duplo lon-
gioribus, fasciculis subverticellatis 4-—6-floris, ramulis pedunculisque pubi-
geris. Sol. Mss. in Bibl. Banks.

New Zealand (Northern Island).—1769, Sir Jos. Banks. Dry woods in
the country intermediate to Hokianga and the Bay of Islands.—1826, 4.
Cunningham.

Obs. Arbuscula 15—20 pedalis. Foliola crassa, ovalia, obtusa, subtus

from the ground, however, the roots which the former had thrown out from
its stem had got hold of the fern tree, the caudex of which they enveloped
by numerous folds, so as to present but one trunk of great bulk for upwards
of 20 feet. Above this, however, was to be perceived the rough bark of the
Quintinia on one side, and the rugged caudex of the fern on the other, the
trunks of both continuing firmly united, as if grafted into each other, until
near their summits, where they separated; the Quintinia exhibiting a
branching umbrageous head, while the Cibotium spread forth its noble tufts
of fronds, evidently not in the slightest degree inconvenienced by the em-
brace of the aerial roots of the other, throughout nearly its whole length of
caudex.

it may here be added, that all the specimens of Cibotium, examined at that
period on the Tomah mountain, had young seedlings of the Quintinia grow-
ing on their trunks, upon which, being well rooted, they assumed all the ha-
bit and aspect of some kinds of wild fig in intratropical regions, that live and
grow as well without earth, in the hollow branch or trunk of a tree, as they
do when they happen to fall to the ground and theretake root. (Memoran-
dum 2nd Dec, 1823. A.C.) |

358 Specimen of the Botany of New Zealand.

venosa. acemi copiosi, interdum bini, spicati, tripollicares. Stamina ex-
serta, subzequalia. Pedicelli floribus longiores. Capsula ovata, villosiuscula,
costata. Discus hypogynus 8-glandulosus. Seminum structura mihi ignota.

3. Letospermum, Don.
(Weinmannie sp. L. Forst.)

Calyx 4-fidus, deciduus. Petala 4. Stamina 8. Discus hypogynus planus,
integer. Capsula ab apice septicido-dehiscens: loculis polyspermis.
Semina minuta, oblonga, glabra.—Arbores sempervirentes (Nove Ze-
landie et Tahitensis). Folia simplicia, impari-pinnataque, serrata.
Stipule caduce. Flores racemosi.

519. L. racemosa, petiolis apice articulatis, racemis subsolitariis. Don.
in Edinb, New Phil. Journ. (June 1830) p. 8.—Weinmannia racemosa. L.
Forst. Prodr. n.173, Willd. Sp. Pl. 2. p. 438. DC. Prodr. iv. p.8.. A.
Rich. Fl, Nov. Zel. p. 321.—W., speciosa. Banks and Sol. Mss. in Bibl.
Banks,

Towai, incol., &. C.

New Zealand (Northern Island).—1769, Sir Jos. Banks. In shaded
woods and on the margins of running steams near the Bay of Islands.—
1826, A. Cunningham. (Middle Island).—1773, G. Forster. Astrolabe
Harbour.—1827, D’Urville. .

Obs. Arbor robusta, triginta vel quadriginta pedalis. Folia lato-elliptica,
vel elliptico-oblonga, subtus pulchre venulosa, 2—3-pollicaria. tacemi ter-
minales, plerumque bini, 3—4-unciales.

In Mr. Don’s monograph of this family the author gives New Zea-
land as the locality of LZ. parviflorum, on the authority of Forster.
Having, however, examined a specimen of that rare plant in the
Banksian Herbarium, where Tahiti alone is marked as its native
country, it appears evident that itis a mistake of this learned writer,
occasioned possibly by his having just previously described the type
of the genus, which both Sir Jos. Banks and Forster found in great
abundance in New Zealand. Weinmannia parviflora of Forster has
been found only in the forests of Tahiti.

4. ACKAMA.

Calyx 5-partitus, persistens ; laciniis lineari-spathulatis. Petala 5, inte-
gra, decidua. Stamina 10, eequalia. Discus hupogynus subcrateriformis,
dentatus, seu 10-glandulosus. Capsula ab apice septicido-dehiscens,
loculis polyspermis. Semina minuta, ovata, rostrata, testa spadicea : co-
riacea, glabra.

The name of this distinct genus has been invented by anagram-

mizing that given to the tree by the natives.

520. A. rosefolia.—W ecinmannia rosefolia, 4. C. Mss. 1826.

New Zealand (Northern Island). In shaded woods near the Hokianga

river, where it usually flowers in September.—1826, 4. Cunningham.—
1834, R. Cunningham,

Specimen of the Botany of New Zealand, 359

Meka-maka, insul, R, Cunningham.

Obs, Arbor 30-pedalis. Ramuli dense cinereo-pilosi. Folia pinnata:
foliola 4—6-juga cum impari, sesqui vel biuncialia, elliptica, acuta, serrata
(serraturis attenuatis), breve petiolata, glabra, subtus discolorata, pen-
ninervia attamen pilosa. lores terminales, paniculati, paniculis ramosis,
laxis, dense lanatis, pilis stellatis. Petala lineari-spathulata, segmentis calycis
aequalia. Stamina incumbentia. Styli divaricati. Ovarium copiose to-
mentosum. Capsula subrotunda, ecostata, strigosa.

CRASSULACEX, DC.
Titta#a, Mich. L.

521. 7. verticillaris ; caule basi prostrato radicante, ramis adscendentibus,
foliis oppositis oblongo-linearibus, floribus quadrifidis ad axillas congesto-
verticillatis, aliis sessilibus (immaturis ’), aliis pedicellatis. DC. Prodr. iii.
p. 382. Endl. Syn. Fl. Insul. Oc. Austr. in Ann. des Wien. Mus. Band i.
p.177.—T, muscosa. Forst. Prodr.n.61, A. Rich. Fl. Nov. Zel. p. 322,
non Linn. conf. Endl.

New Zealand (Middle Island).—1773, G. Forster.

FICOIDEA, Juss.
1. MeseMBRYANTHEMUM, L,

522. M. australe. Soland., in Hort. Kew. ed. 1. vol, ii. p. 187. Willd. Sp.
Pl. ii. p. 1047. Haw. Misc. Nat. p. 79. DC. Prodr, iii. p. 428. Endl.
- Prodr. Fl, Norf. p.72.

New Zealand (Northern Island).—1769, Sir Jos. Banks, H. K. loc. cit.

Obs. Caulis semiteres, glaber, prostratus. Folia triquetra, glaucescentia,
punctulata, levia, incurvantia. Pedunculus obtuse anceps, basi bibracteatus.
Flores mediocres, dilute rubicundi. Calyx 5-fidus. Stigmata 5, subulata.

2. Terraconia, L.

523. 7. eapansa. Soland. in Hort. Kew, ed. 1. vol. ii. p. 178. Willd. Sp.
Pl. ii. p, 1024, DC. Prodr. iii, p. 452. Endl, Prodr, Fi, Norf. p.72. A.
Rich. p. 320. Plant. Crass, t. 114.

New Zealand (Northern Island).—1769, Sir Jos, Banks,

New Zealand Spinach,

PASSIFLOREZ, Juss.
Passirtora, L. (Granadilla Tournef.)

524, P.tetrandra; glabra, foliis ovali-oblongis acuminatis integerrimis
eglandulosis. DC, Prodr. iii. p. 323. Banks et Sol. Mss. in Bibl. Banks.

Ku-papa, incol. RR. C.

New Zealand (Northern Island).—1769, Sir Jos. Banks. Near the Wai-
maté and on the margins of forests at the head of Kana- Kana river, Bay of
Islands. —1833, R. Cunningham.

Obs. Pedunculi ramosi, triflori. Calyx 4-lobus. Stamina 4, Involucrum
nullum, aut minimum. ores parvi, virescentes.

CUCURBITACE, Juss,
Sicyos, LZ.
525, S. australis, foliis cordato-reniformibus angulatis denticulatis scabri-

360 Information respecting Botanical Travellers.

usculis, cirrhis trifidis, pedunculis masculis corymboso-racemosis, elongatis,
femineis brevibus glomerato-capitatis, fructibus ovatis, echinatis, semine ovato
basi acuto, apice obtusiusculo. Endl. Prodr. Fl. Norf. p. 67.—S. angulata.
Forst. Pr. n. 368. A. Rich. Fl. Nov. Zel. p. 323, non Linn. Icon Bauer
ined. t. 110.

Pohue, incol., R. C.

New Zealand (Middle Island)—1773, G. Forster (Northern Island),
Among underwood on the sea coast, Wangaroa, &c.—1833, Rich. Cunning-
ham.

[To be continued. ]

XLIII.—Jnformation respecting Botanical Travellers.
Unio IvinERARIA.

Extract from Dr. Steudel’s Letter, dated dug. 24, 1838.

Tue general accounts which we continue to receive respecting
M. Schimper’s travels in Abyssinia are very satisfactory, although
the letters with which this naturalist favours us are mostly short and
not so full of detail as we could desire.

Since the announcement, given by us in January last, of M. Schim-
per’s proceedings, we have received tidings which bring down our
information to the end of March, at which period he was in good
health, and, together with the most favourable prognostications as to
the ultimate success of his journey, he had already augmented his
collection to the number of 50,000 dried specimens of plants, con-
sisting of about 600 distinct species, many of which were new. Dif-
ficulties had recently threatened to put a step to M. Schimper’s pro-
gress. The Abyssinian priests had succeeded by their intrigues in ob-
taining an order from the reigning powers for the expulsion of the
missionaries, hitherto so favourably received in that country, and this
mandate was also to extend to every European. Our traveller
having received due intimation of this measure, forthwith applied by
a suitable memorial to Prince Ubie, whose patronage he particularly
enjoyed, and earnestly petitioned for leave to remain in the country
under the prince’s special protection. ‘This request, backed by the
present of a handsome double-barrelled gun, produced the desired
effect ; so that M. Schimper, if he be only provided with the needful
pecuniary assistance, entertains no doubt of fully accomplishing the
object of his journey. In his last letter he computes that he has
hardly collected one tenth of the rich Flora of Abyssinia, and that
two years will probably be required to complete the collection.

Information respecting Botanical Travellers. 361

Dr. Steudel is of opinion that in case the specimens already ob-
tained reached Europe in safety, the sale of them will cover all the
expenses already incurred ; and as the most difficult part of the un-~
dertaking may be considered as overcome, the risk which subscribers
might have to run is very materially diminished.

In September 1838, the following additional information was
printed in German and circulated among the friends of the Unio Iti-
neraria.

The travels of M. Schimper in Abyssinia are still prosecuted.
The collections which he has made in that country, consisting chiefly
of dried plants, were deposited at the date of his last letter (April
1838) in fifteen chests, and were lying at Adoa, the place of his
temporary sojourn. The choice was offered him, whether to proceed.
to Europe,’carrying his collections with him, or to remain in Abyssi-
nia with the object of exploring the high mountainous country of
Semea and the valleys of Schoho. In the latter case, he must leave
the treasures that he had already amassed in Adoa, as the heavy
charges attendant on their despatch to Massava on the Red Sea and
thence to Egypt would exhaust all his funds, and forbid his prose-
cuting the aforesaid researches in Abyssinia. His decision has been
to pursue his way to those districts, hitherto unexplored, which lie
under the special jurisdiction of Prince Ubie; and this great chief,
_ mollified by petitions and presents, exempts M. Schimper from the
decree of banishment recently passed against all Europeans, and
which hastened from Adoa the missionaries Blumhardt and Isenberg,
with whom our traveller had been residing there, and who had
shown him much kindness. These estimable individuals confirm to.
the fullest extent the statement that Schimper has sent us respect-
ing the value of his collections, and also speak most highly of his
exertions. Hitherto, M. Schimper’s labours have been confined to
the moderately elevated ground that lies about Adoa; but if he can
also investigate the high mountain ranges, a most interesting epoch -
will take place in the annals of botanical research with respect to
Abyssinia. ‘This consideration and the desire to perfect his labours
induced M. Schimper to expose himself to new fatigues and dangers,
through which we hope that. his previous experience and the sound
constitution that he possesses will enable him to pass unharmed.

The most essential requisite is now that the traveller should be
furnished with fresh remittances, so that on his return from the
journey in hand, he may be enabled to incur the expense of despatch-
ing his collections. The removal of these numerous packages and,
the permission to forward them over a considerable extent of coun-

Ann. Nat. Hist. Vol. 2. No.11. Jan. 1839. 28

362 Information respecting Botanical Travellers.

try must be obtained by making numerous presents to Prince Ubie
and his subaltern officers, petty chieftains, &c. The cost of travel-
ling with goods to the Red Sea is likewise very heavy. Some little
provision has been already made, according to our former request,
to meet these expenses; and here we beg to tender our thanks for
the promptitude with which many of the: members of the Unio have
come forward, so that (including a contribution from our Govern-
ment to the amount of 300 florins) we have already been enabled ‘to
devote 6000 florins to the object of this journey. About 2000 florins
more will probably be required, and we therefore particularly look
to those members of the Unio who have as yet contributed nothing
on this occasion, or only subscribed the simple and customary sum
of 30 florins, and earnestly request that they will now come forward
with contributions of money. Such friends of botany and well-
wishers to our cause as have not yet been connected with this insti-
tution, we beg to inform that by subscriptions of 30, 60, 90, 120,
and 130 Rhenish florins (65, 130, 195, 260, and 300 francs) they
may look to receive (if no peculiar disaster occurs) respectively
200, 400, 600, 800 and 1200 species of dried plants from Abyssinia,
or other natural productions, for details respecting which we must
refer them to our printed appeal of January of this year. The many
novelties that rewarded Schimper’s journey in Arabia, particularly
the province of Hedsches, entitle us to entertain high expectations
from his labours in Abyssinia. We particularly recommend the sub-
ject of Schimper’s journey to the attention of the friends of natural
science who are to meet this month at Fribourg, and only regret
that we cannot personally attend and urge the subject.

The present opportunity permits us to mention that some small
collections remain unsold from the former journeys, viz.

Ist. Arabian Plants, collections of 200 species at 30 florins (65 francs.)
—_———- 100 — 15 florins (33 francs.)
2nd. N. American Plants, (Ohio district) col. of 200 spe. at 24 fl. (50 fr.)
3rd. Georgio-Caucasian Plants, col. of 320 species at 40 florins (86 francs.)
| 200 25 florins. This is the

fifth delivery.

Lastly, we have undertaken the commission of disposing of col-
lections made from the Flora of Portugal and the Azores this summer
by MM. Guthrick and Hochsteller, jun., in the environs of Lisbon,
(the greater part however at the Azores,) during a journey which
these naturalists made at their own expense. Purchasers may have
either complete collections of 200-—300 species at 12 florins (25-fr.),
or smaller ones of 100 to 150 species at 10 to 15 florins, the latter

: Information respecting Botanical Travellers. 363

it must be observed containing a beautiful suite of the Lisbon Flora,
and a great number of rare and novel species; for instance, some
undescribed Carices, a new Laurus, a new Vaccinium, a large-flowered
new species of Huphrasia, an undescribed Frankenia and Veronica,
together with several recent discoveries, the fruits of the Rev. Mr.
Lowe’s labours in Madeira. For these, subscriptions are received
of from 10 to 36 florins (22 to 75 francs, which must be sent free
of postage), and for which the collections will be transmitted early
in the following year. |
f Prorgssorn HocusTerrer.
Dr. Stevpe.
Esslingen, Sept, 10, 1838.

We learn by letters lately received from Switzerland, that Dr.
Brunner of Berne has returned from the Cape de Verd Islands with
a collection of from 500 to 600 species of plants, which it is his in-
‘tention to offer to botanists at the rate of about .2/..the hundred spe-
cies.

Mr. Gardner is prosecuting his botanical researches in Brazil
with unabated ardour. At p. 463 of vol. i. we mentioned his arrival
at Pernambuco, and gave some account of the vegetation of that di-
strict, which he had communicated in a letter dated Jan. 24, 1838.

Since that period several letters have reached us from this enter-
prising naturalist (the last dated in July of this year), from which
we extract the following passages.

“‘ Maceio, Province of Alagoas, April 5, 1838.

“TI am highly gratified to hear that my collections from the Organ
Mountains give so much satisfaction. After the labour bestowed on
collecting and preserving them, this intelligence becomes doubly
agreeable. It is peculiarly pleasant to me to know that the Cactus
which I named after my noble and generous patron the Duke of
Bedford is doing so well in the Glasgow Botanic Garden. Itisa
remarkably pretty species, and will soon, I trust, blossom with you ;
the specimen which I first saw, and of which the discovery gave me
more delight than I can describe, was adorned with upwards of 200
flowers.

«« Since I last wrote to you I have done and suffered a good deal,
having been within an inch-of the grave from a severe attack of dy-
sentery while on a voyage up the Rio San Francisco. On the 30th
of January I left Pernambuco in a canoe for this place, where I pur-

2B 2

‘364 Information respecting Botanical Travellers.

posed to spend two months, till the rainy season should set in, and
then proceed into the interior. The Rio San Francisco being so near,
I determined on visiting it, knowing that in these tropical countries
the margins of rivers generally afford good botanizing. After col-
lecting a few plants in the vicinity of this place, I embarked in a Jan-
gada for Peba, a village five leagues to the north of the mouth of the
San Francisco river, the heavy surf which breaks on the bar not al-
lowing small craft to approach nearer, and from thence made my
way in a bullock cart to the village of Piassabussa, situated on the
north bank of the river, and two leagues from its outlet. It was night
when I arrived, but next morning I was highly delighted with the
sight of that magnificent stream, then discharging, as usual at that
season, its greatest quantity of water, and more swollen by the late
rains than it has been since the year 1792. The flat country on
both sides was inundated to a great extent, and hundreds of families
obliged to quit theix dwellings, which were either carried away or
quite submerged. From Piassabussa I again embarked in a canoe
for the Villa do Penedo, situated five leagues higher up, and there
I spent a few days in the house of the Juiz Derita, a very excellent
kind man, a lover of science and particularly fond of botany, although
he attends more to the theoretical than the practical part of it. My
great wish was to reach the magnificent falls, nearly 200 miles
nearer the source of the river, 60 miles of which must be travelled
overland. Every one dissuaded me from the attempt, particularly
at this season, when the ground is so much burned up that it is im-
possible to find grass and water for horses. Still I determined to
proceed, and hired a canoe to convey me as far as the stream was
navigable; and just as we had reached this point, 100 miles up,
close to the Ilha do San Pedro, a large island in the river, a tre-
mendous storm overtook us in the middle of the stream. Sucha
hurricane I never witnessed. Before we could reach the lee side of
‘the river, there more than a league broad, our canoe had nearly upset;
and would certainly have done so, when we must all have been
drowned, but for the exertions of my black servant and myself, for
the crew were so terrified as to lose all presence of mind, and they
gave no assistance; and the night was dark, the river broad, and
the current strong. The thunder and lightning and rain exceeded all
I couldimagine. Drenched to the skin we reached the shore, and
remained till daybreak in our wet clothes, and the consequence to
me was a severe attack of dysentery. For several days there was no
prespect of my recovery, and more than once I attempted to write
what I considered would be my last letters to Sir W. J. Hooker and

Bibliographical.Notices. 365

another friend, when my disease took a favourable turn, and I soon
_ recovered sufficient strength to return to the Villa do Penedo, where. ;
my kind friend the Juiz gave me a most welcome reception. His at-
tentions accelerated my amendment, and I soon began to make con-
siderable collections in the neighbourhood. In going up the river I
had obtained many valuable things, chiefly Leguminose and Loran-
thacee; and on the Ilha San Pedro, where I remained during my illness,
there were a great variety of fine Cacti, of which, spite of my great
debility, 1 brought away three large cases. Some of the species attain
a height of nearly thirty feet, and have stems three feet in circum-
ference. A beautiful Melocactus particularly attracted my attention,
and I trust the plants of it that I collected will do well. Many of
the Cacti are no doubt new. I only found two species of Orchidee.
The island is chiefly inhabited by civilized Indians. It is my inten-
tion to take these collections to Pernambuco and ship them from.
thence ; and I will at the same time give you a full account of my
voyage and the vegetation of the country through which I passed.
Since I came back I have visited the city of Alagoas, which is situated
on the margin of a large lake, about six leagues from this place.. I
was much pleased to find there fine specimens of Mayaca fluviatilis
(Aublet) and Cabomba aquatica of the same author.
. “Anylittle information which my friends can communicate respect-
ing the progress of science at home will be gratefully received by |
me. I trust that I may be allowed to receive regularly the numbers
of the ‘ Companion to the Botanical Magazine,’ for I assure you that.
it is really a ‘ companion’ to me in this lonely life, where
I wander forth alone, and find no kindred eye
To gaze with me on the flowery earth and the glory of the sky.
(Mr. Gardner’s subsequent letters will appear in our next.]

9 5

BIBLIOGRAPHICAL NOTICES.

A Cornish Fauna, being a compendium of the Natural History of the
: County. Part I. Containing the Vertebrate, Crustacean, and a

portion of the Radiate Animals, By Jonathan Couch, F.L.S., &c.
_ 8vo. Truro, 1838.

_. This is another of those little works which are daily rendering the
knowledge of our native Fauna more complete, while at the same time
it serves as a guide to the collection belonging to the Scientific In-
stitution of the district. Mr. Couch has long been known as an ob-
serving naturalist, and as particularly conversant with the ichthyology
of the Cornish coasts, and in the short Fauna now before us we have

366 Bibliographical Notices.

both many interesting remarks as ‘‘ occasional correction of what is
believed to be an error, or an addition of something in which our
native species may differ from the. same kinds in other districts,”
with the characters of several species which the author considers
new, either to our Fauna or entirely so to science. The lists of the
mammalia and birds are the most scanty, and we have little doubt
that further research will soon add to their enlargement. The other
departments are much fuller and exhibit a rich series. The follow-
ing observations suggested themselves while perusing the work. Of
the bats, six species are enumerated, though it is supposed more
may exist. ‘There will also be found additions to the Sorices and
Arvicole. The Cetacea show a good list ; thirteen species are enu-
merated. Speaking of the porpoise it is remarked, “I have known
it take a bait, though it commonly proves too strong for the line.”
(We have more than once proposed to an angling friend to fish for
this animal with the.rod and line.) ©The falling motion in this and
some of the others is accounted for ‘ by the situation of the nostrils
on the anterior part of the top of the head, to breathe through which,
the body must be placed in somewhat of an erect posture, from
which to descend, it passes through a considerable portion of a
circle.”

Among the birds the Raptores are comparatively rare. ‘The Noc-
tua? funerea as British, rests on the authority of a specimen taken
on the Cornish coast. Of the Insessores the golden Oriole alights
occasionally cn the fishing boats. We regret to observe that the
Cornish chough or red-legged crow is decreasing in numbers ‘‘ owing
to persecution from those who supply specimens to naturalists.”
The hoopoe is met with so frequently, ‘‘as to justify me in saying
that it is not uncommon in Cornwall.’”’ Two instances of the alpine
Swift having occurred are mentioned. Natatores: the little gull is
stated to have been taken two or three times; and a new gull is
given under the title of L. Jacksonti, Couch, for the characters of
which see our Miscellanea, where we have printed them, as more
likely there to attract attention. Procellaria glacialis, Puffinus, An-
glorum, cinerea, pelagica, and Leachii are all given.

Among the reptiles we have the Rana esculenta introduced, but
with some hesitation. There have been several notices of this spe-
cies occurring both in England and Scotland, but without sufficient
authenticity, and the subject is worthy of more strict inquiry.

Fishes. Here we have an ample list, and in it several additions
and corrections to Mr, Yarrell’s work, which that gentleman will

doubtless use in his forthcoming supplement. The Serranus Couchit;

Bibliographical Notices. 367

Yarr., is considered identical with Polyprion cernuum, Cuy. and Vall.
_ Hemulon formosum or squirrel fish, a native of the West Indian Seas,
has been once taken. Sciena Aquila has been taken twice. Cyclo-
pterus coronatus,coronated Lump fish of Couch, and considered new to
science—one specimen however has only been examined, of a very
small size ; see our Miscellanea for characters. At the conclusion of
this list there are some important remarks on the time and ceconomy
of spawning of many of the fishes commercially used, together with
some hints regarding the improvement of our fishing regulations.
This is a much more important subject than most people are at pre-
sent willing to suppose, and these remarks deserve attention.
Of the Crustaceous animals, fifty-four species are enumerated ;
five Lepadea, and of the Radiated animals, twenty-three. We trust
the second part of this Fauna will speedily appear.

British Entomology. By J. Curtis, F.L.S.

"Since we last noticed this work Nos. 175 to 180 have been pub-
lished, which complete the 15th volume.

Lampyris noctiluca (the Glow-worm), Rhagio Heyshami, Ephe-
mera cognata (the May-fly), Harpocera Burmeisteri, Libellula rubi-
cunda, Anthicus tibialis, Molanna angustata, Coccus Aceris, and Phy-
tosus spinifer are amongst the most interesting novelties, and there
is a very beautiful plate of the rare Clostera anachoreta and its cater-
pillar. We would also call the attention of botanists to the faithful
figures of Astragalus hypoglottis, Sagittaria sagittifolia, Arabis stricta,

Osmunda regalis, Althea officinalis, Milium effusum, Hutchinsia pe-
trea, Oxyria reniformis, Acorus Calamus, Zannichellia palustris, Me-
littis grandiflora, &c.

We are happy to find that Mr. Curtis is preparing for the press a
Synopsis or Britisu Insects, the orders to be published in separate

volumes. This will undoubtedly be an agreeable present tovall lovers
of entomology, especially those who have not ready access to large
libraries.

Entomologists are earnestly invited to supply Mr. Curtis with du-
plicate specimens of those insects which he does not possess, or to lend
him such species as maybe required for describing.

Icones Plantarum. By Sir W. J. Hooker.

The fifth part of this work, or the first half of the third volume,
_has recently appeared, with fifty plates, from Tabs. CCI. to CCL. in-
clusive. This portion is particularly rich in new South American
plants from the collections of Mr. Gardner, Mathews, Professor W.
Jameson, &c,

368 Biblioyraphical Notices.

The same author has just completed the second part of Mr. Bauer’s
‘ Illustrations of the Genera of Ferns’; and the seventh part of the
‘Botany of Capt. Beechey’s Voyage’ will soon be ready. These two
works, and the ‘ Flora Boreali-Americana,’ of which Part X. is in a
state of great forwardness, are published by H. G. Bohn, 4, York
Street, Covent Garden.

We have just received the forty-seventh number of Mr. Sowerby’s
‘ Supplement to English Botany.’ It contains plates and descriptions
of Polygonum larum, Reich. and Borr. in Hook. Brit. Fl., ed. 4. nete ;
Lotus hispidus, Loisel, which we have been disposed to consider as
not specifically distinct from L. angustissimus, and it occurs in
Jersey with that species; Chara pulchella, Wallr., ‘‘ principally di-
stinguished from C. Hedwigii by its more flexible stems and oblong
nucules ;” and Tetraspora lubrica, Agardh, and Hook. in E. Fl. 5.
p. 313. .

Tijdschrift voor Natuurlijke Geschiedenis en Physiologie ; edited by
Prof. J. Van der Hoeven and Prof. W. H. de Vriese, Leiden, 1837.

Part I and II.

These contain the following original articles, besides reviews and
notices. ;

Some remarks on the northern Whale, Balenoptera rostrata. By
W. Vrolik.—On the Sargasso or Gulf-weed. By F. A. W. Miquel.
—Some remarks on the origin of the green colour and changes of
form in the stem of plants. By Dr. J. Wttewaall.—Researches re-
specting the motion of leaves which do not originate from swellings.
By M. Dassen.— [The principal results contained in this memoir
have been noticed at p. 223. of this Journal.]—Additions to our
knowledge of the simple eyes of articulated animals. By A. Brants.
—Experiments on the action of poisons on plants. By F. A. W.
Miquel.—On the cause of the brand in Physalia. By P. W. Korthals.
—Some notices of G. R. Treviranus. By J. Van der Hoeven.

Part III. and IV. 1838.

Hints on the origin of monstrous births, and on the doctrine of
misformations. By W. Vrolik.—Contributions to the natural history
of man. By J. Van der Hoeven.—The vegetation of the Northern
Nertherlands compared with that of the Prussian Rhine Provinces.
By F. A.W. Miquel.—Contributions to the solution of the question,
whether Lemna arrhiza, auct. be a permanent distinct species, or
merely a development form of some other species of the same genus.
By J. F. Hoffmann.—On the periodical secretion of blood from the
generative organs in some domestic animals, especially in the cow,

Bibliographical Notices. 369

and remarks on this phenomenon in reference to the human kind.
By A. Numan.—Geological and mineralogical notices on the Island
of Borneo. By L. Hérner.—On the covering of the stigma in the Sce-
volacee and Goodeniacee. By P. W. Korthals.—Remarks on the gi-
_-gantic Salamander of Japan. By J. Van der Hoeven. [Noticed at
p. 413.]—The biforines of Turpin, a new discovery in the crystallo-
graphy of the vegetable kingdom. By W.H. De Vries.—On Lepi-
dosiren paradoxa. By J. Van der Hoeven. [A notice of this reptile
was inserted in our last number at p. 309.]—Nove species Cycade-
arum Africe Australis, quas descriptionibus et figuris illustravit W.
‘H. De Vries.
Works in the Press.
Dr. Robert Wight, Surgeon H. E. I. C. service, is preparing for
publication an ‘Icones Plantarum Indiz Orientalis,’ or Figures of
Indian Plants described in Wight and Arnott’s ‘ Prodromus Flor
Peninsule Ind. Or.,’ and in Wight’s ‘ Illustrations of Indian Botany,’
now in the course of publication in India. This is to appear at
Madras in monthly numbers, each containing ten lithographed un-
coloured quarto plates, for one rupee or about one shilling and nine-
pence sterling. The grand object of this work may be summed up
in a few words :—To give to India (so far as the limited resources
of a private individual will permit) that which England has so long
enjoyed in Smith’s English Botany, a standard botanical work of re-
ference, by the publication of correct figures of as many Indian
‘plants as the author can accomplish, and in the shortest possible
time. To reduce the price and increase the rapidity of publication,
there will be no letter-press descriptions, but a simple reference to
the ‘ Prodromus’ by numbering the plates uniform with the run-
ning numbers of that work, except when new plants are introduced;
and for the descriptions then necessary no additional charge will be
made. The first number was expected to appear on the Ist of July.

A History of the Fishes of Madeira. By the Rev. R. T. Lowe.
With original figures from nature of all the species, by the Hon.
C. E. C. Norton and Miss Young.

‘The materials for this undertaking are the result of several years’
patient investigation and continued revisal on the spot. Several of
the genera, and of the species more than one fourth part, are either
new or have been hitherto imperfectly described. ‘The figures will
be all engraved and coloured by the same hands which, in co-ope-
ration with the author, have originally drawn them, a combination
much in favour of their accuracy and correctness. ?

370 Royal Society.

PROCEEDINGS OF LEARNED SOCIETIES.

ROYAL SOCIETY. June 21, 1838.

‘“‘ On the action of light upon the colour of the River Sponge.’’
By John Hogg, M.A., F.L.S., C.P.S8., &c., Fellow of St. Peter’s Col-
lege, Cambridge. Communicated by Thomas Bell, Esq., F.R.S.

The author found that the green colour of the Spongilla fluviatilis,
or river sponge, is acquired solely through the agency of light, and
is lost when the sponge is removed from its influence. As this does
not appear to be the case with Actinie, the Hydra viridis, or any
other Polype, the author is disposed to consider this production as
being nearer allied to the Alge or Fungi, than to any tribe belonging
to the animal kingdom*.

«On the Geometrical Forms of Turbinated and Discoid Shells.’
By the Rev. H. Moseley, Professor of Natural Philosophy and As-
tronomy in King’s College, London. Communicated by Thomas Bell,
Esq., F.R.S. :

This paper is occupied by an investigation of certain mathemati-
cal principles which the author considers as governing the formation
of turbinated and discoid shells. According to these views, all such
shells may be conceived to be generated. by the revolution about a
fixed axis of the perimeter of a geometrical figure, which, remaining
always similar to itself, increases continually its dimensions. The
spiral lines which are observable on the opercula of certain classes
of shells, taken in connexion with the well-known properties of the
logarithmic or equiangular spiral, appear to have suggested the idea,
that not only the boundary of the operculum, which measures the
sectional expansion of a shell, but also the spiral lines, which in
general are well marked both externally and internally in the shell
itself, are curves of this nature.

From an examination of the spirals marked on opercula, it appears
that the increase of their substance takes place on one margin only;
the other margin still retaining the spiral form, and acquiring an in-
crease of length by successive additions in the direction of the curve.
As in the logarithmic spiral the distances of successive spires, mea-
sured on the same radius vector produced from the pole, from
each other, are respectively in geometrical progression, if similar
distances between the successive whorls on the opercula of shells be
found to observe the same law, it will follow that these whorls must
bave a similar form; and that such is the case, the author shows by a

* (Mr. Gray arrived at the same conclusion, but on physiological grounds,
some years since. See Zoological Journal, vol. i. p. 50.—Ko1r. ]

Royal Society. 371:

variety of numerical results obtained by careful measurements on
three different opercula of shells of the order Turbo. That such is
the law of nature in the formation of this class of shells is rendered
probable by the instances adduced by the author, in which a con-
formity to this law is found to exist.

From the known properties of the logarithmic spiral the author
concludes that the law of the geometrical description of turbinated
shells is, that they are generated by the revolution about a fixed,
axis, (namely, the axis of the shell,) of a curve, which continually
varies its dimensions according to the law, that each linear incre+
ment shall vary as the existing dimensions of the line of which it is
the increment. If such be the law of nature, the whorls of the shell,
as well as the spires on the operculum, must have the form of the
logarithmic spiral; and that this is likewise the case is shown by
the almost perfect accordance of numerical results, deduced from the
property of that curve, with those deduced from a great variety of
careful measurements made of the distances between successive
whorls on radii vectores drawn on shells of the Turbo duplicatus,
Turbo phasianus, Buccinum subulatum, and in a fine section of a
Nautilus pompilius. The author further states that, besides the results
given in the paper, a great number of measurements were similarly
made upon other shells of the genera Trochus, Strombus, and Murezr,
all confirmatory of the law in question.

One of the interesting deductions which the author has derived
from the prevalence of this law in the generation of the shells of a
large class of mollusca, is that a distinction may be expected to arise
with regard to the growth of land and of aquatic shells, the latter
serving both as a habitation and as a float to the animal which forms
it; and that, although the facility of varying its position at every
period of its growth may remain the same, it is necessary that the
enlargement of the capacity of the float should bear a constant ratio
to the corresponding increment of its body; a ratio which always
assigns a greater amount to the increment of the capacity of the shell
than to the corresponding increment of the bulk of the animal.

Another conclusion deducible from the law of formation here con-
sidered is, that the growth of the animal corresponding to a given
increment in the angle of the generating curve, will always be pro-
portional to the bulk it has then attained ; and if the physical vital
energies of the animal be proportional to its actual bulk, its growth,
in any given time, will be proportional to its growth up to that time.
Hence the whole angle of revolution of the curve generating the
shell will be proportional to the whole corresponding time of the

372 Linnean Society.

animal’s growth; and therefore, the whole number of whorls and
parts of whorls will, at any period, be proportional to its age.

The form of the molluscous animal remaining always similar to
itself, the surface of the organ by which it deposits its shell will
vary as the square of the linear dimensions; but as the deposition
of its shell must vary as the cube of the same dimensions, there must
be an increased functional activity of the organ, varying as the sim-
ple linear dimensions.

Since to each species of shell there must correspond a particular
number expressing the ratio of the geometrical progression of the
similar successive linear dimensions of the whorls; and since the
constant angle of the particular logarithmic spiral, which is affected
by that species of shell, is deducible from this number, the author
considers that, connected as the form of the shell is with the cir-
cumstances of the animal’s growth and the manner of its existence,
this number, or the angle of the particular spiral, determinable as.
it is in each case by actual measurement, may be available for the
purposes of classification, and may suggest relations by which,
eventually, they may become linked with characteristic forms, and
modes of molluscous existence.

The concluding portion of the paper contains a mathematical dis<
cussion of certain geometrical and mechanical elements of a con-
choidal surface. ‘These are, the extent of the surface itself; the vo-
lume contained by it; the centre of gravity of the surface, and also
of the volume, in each case, when the generating figure revolves
about a fixed axis without any other motion, and also when it has,
besides this, a motion of translation in the direction of that axis;
and, lastly, the angle of the spiral. The author states that his ob-
ject in this inquiry is the application of these elements to a discussion
of the hydraulic theory of shells. The constant angle of the spiral,
which each particular species affects, being connected by a necessary
relation with the ceconomy of the material of the habitation of each,
with its stability, and the condition of its buoyancy, it is therefore
necessary to determine the value of this angle,

-

LINNAZAN SOCIETY.
Nov. 6, 1838.—Mr. Forster, V.P., in the Chair.

Read a letter from Mr. Jonathan Couch, F.L.S., giving an account
of a single specimen of Wilson’s Petrel (Procellaria Wilsont) having:
been found dead in a field near Polperro in Cornwall, about the
middle of August last, at a time when the stormy petrel (P. pe-

Linnean Society. 373-

lagica) abounded on the coast, most probably driven thither by the
state of the weather at that period. Mr. Couch had therefore no
difficulty in. instituting a comparison between it and a specimen of ©
the common species in nearly equal condition, and the following is
the result.

Weight of the stormy petrel 4 drams, 35 grains; of Wilson’s petrel §
drams, 2 scruples.

LBMENE Fis hs wicca caeneies siavestiessssiis G6 inches ....02iicsss 7 inches.
Spread of wings ...s.+e06 pdepiney 6 a BAD re) Fei aclowesaesb 14 —
Wings extended beyond the tail .... 4 —- — ssaeseceeeecres t+ —
With the legs extended, the toes

extend short of the tail......... \ 1 line: Beyond the’ tail’; in.\2 Ia.

The stormy petrel is feathered just to the basal joint; but in
‘Wilson’s petrel the feathers only approach within 4 lines of it. In
the former the tarsus is in length 1 line short of an inch, in the
latter 1 inch 4 lines, and equally slender with the former; and the
hinder toe is so minute that it might escape any but attentive ex-
amination. In the bill the markings are more strongly defined, with
the terminal hook longer and sharper. The prominence of the fore-
head is less than in the more common species. Colour of the head
black, with a hoary tint, lighter on the throat. The back, belly, wings,
and tail are ferruginous, lighter on the wing coverts ; the rump white,
and a little of the same at the vent. Tarsi and feet black, with a
longitudinal stripe of sulphur-yellow, more of a golden at the bor-
‘ders or the web between each toe. ;

The stouter configuration of this species enabling better to escape
the violence of a storm may be ascribed perhaps as a reason why it
is not more often found on our coasts.

On examining the stomach of a stormy petrel Mr. Couch found
about half an inch of a common tallow candle, of a size so dispro-
portionate to the bill and gullet of the bird, that it seems wonder‘ul
how it could have been able to swallow it.

Read also Observations on the Cause of Ergot. By Mr. John
Smith, A.L.S. :

The nature and origin of the substance called ergot, which occurs in
the spikes of rye and many other grasses, have been involved in much
obscurity; and even that eminent Fungologist Professor Fries, appears
to be entirely unacquainted with its real structure, the discovery
of which is clearly due to the author of the present communication,
who has shown that the ergot is a morbid condition of the albumen,
occasioned by the attack of a minute parasitic fungus, the sporules
of which he supposes to be conveyed to the ovulum along with the

374 Linnean Society.

pollen. Early one morning during the last-autumn Mr. Smith’s
‘attention was attracted by observing several large drops of a
brown-coloured fluid suspended from a spike of a species of Elymus,
in which were several full-grown ergots, and others in a younger
state. ‘The fluid was viscid and had a saccharine flavour, On sub-
jecting a portion of it to the microscope, it was found to be full of
innumerable minute, oblong, transparent bodies, varying from the
3000th to the 7000th of an inch, and resembling the sporules of
fungi, and slightly bent, having a somewhat indistinct spot at each
end. On applying a drop of water to a full-grown ergot, multitudes of
these bodies became disengaged from its surface, and issued from the
cracks or longitudinal fissures which generally characterize the fully
developed ergot: These bodies imparted to the water a milky ap-
pearance. He observed the same bodies on ergots of all ages and
sizes, aud on opening the unexpanded flowers of ergot-bearing spikes,
they were met with in abundance on the different organs, especially on
the anthers ; for on cutting an anther and applying water, they were
seen to float out along with the pollen. They were also observed
‘on the ovarium, and in little clusters on the hairs and feathery stig-
mata. These bodies are found to accompany the ergot through
all its stages, and are present even before the fecundation of the oya-
rium, at least before the discharge of the pollen, and consequently
before there is any appearance of an ergot, they therefore cannot he
the sporules, but must be the cellules of the minute fungus itself.
On examining an ergot, the surface before being moistened presents
under the microscope the appearance of a thin whitish-pruinose
crust, which, on the application of moisture, speedily separates into
myriads of the minute transparent cellules before mentioned. On
viewing the ergot in the dry state under the microscope, the pruinose
appearance of the crust will be found to arise from these bodies being
united together longitudinally, forming slightly elevated spicule, but
crowded underneath and forming a kind of crust. These cellules so
united present the appearance of slender-jointed filaments, either
simple or branched, in which state they occur likewise on the
anthers. Mr. Smith regards these cellules as the articulations of a
minute filamentous fungus which is developed in the early stage of
the flower, and propagating itself by the separation of the joints
and impregnating the soil or the perfect seeds of the grass, which on
germination and subsequent development carry up some of the re-
productive matter of the fungus, which again developes itself in- the
flower, in the manner that Mr. Francis Bauer has shown to take
place in the propagation of the smut and grain-worms in wheat.

Linnean Society. 375

The Chairman announced to the Meeting that the late Nathaniel
John Winch, Esq., of Newcastle-upon-Tyne, had bequeathed to the
Society his entire Herbarium, consisting of upwards of 12,000 spe-
cies of plants, together with his library of Natural History.

November 20.—Mr. Forster, V.P., in the Chair.

_ Read the Description of a new Genus of Plants belonging to the
Natural Family Bignoniacee. By Professor Don, Libr. L.S.

The subject of this paper was collected by Capt. Sir James Ed-
ward Alexander, during a journey through the interior of Southern
Africa to the western coast. The plant was discovered by that en-
terprising traveller in the open desert, called the Kei Kaap, in Great
Namaqua Land, in 25° S. latitude and 17° E. longitude. It is a
thorny bush, about six feet high, with small simple, hoary, wrinkled
leaves and large white flowers. ‘There can be no doubt that the
plant belongs to the Bignoniacee, although in habit it bears a stronger
resemblance to Verbenacee, especially to Duranta and Gmelina. In
its spathaceous calyx and regular funnel-shaped corolla the genus
comes near to Spathodea, but is abundantly distinguished from it by
the cells of the anthers being parallel and connate from the middle
upwards. On the specimen were two expanded flowers and a bud.
The calyx in all three had six teeth, and both the expanded flowers
had a six-cleft limb ; one of these had seven stamens, and the other,
as well as the bud, six, so that this last may be regarded as the
normal number.

The following are the name and characters of this new genus.

Caropuractes. Calyx spathaceus, hinc fissus, inde 6-dentatus. Corolla
infundibuliformis: limbo 6-lobo, patenti, equali. Stamina 6, raro 7,
subzequalia, exserta. Aatherarum loculi paralleli, e medio sursum con-
nati. Ovarium abbreviatum, conicum, biloculare ? .

Frutex (namaquensis) erectus spinosus. Folia fasciculata, simplicia,
Flores laterales, subsessiles, speciosi, albi.

Sp. 1. C. Alexandri.

There was also read an account of a new species of Lepidosperma.
By Dr. John Lhotsky:

This species is nearly allied to the Lepidosperma elatior of Labil-
lardiére, and is remarkable for the great length of its leaves, varying
from 10 to 15 and even 20 feet. A specimen exhibited to the meet-
ing had the leaf upwards of 13 feet long. It was discovered by
Dr. Lhotsky in Tasman’s Peninsula, Van Diemen’s Land, growing
in a dense jungle, through which its long slender leaves contrive to
penetrate. It is termed ‘‘ Cutting Grass,’’ and like the other spe-

376 Zoological Society.

cies of this Cyperaceous genus is characterized by the sharp edges
of its leaves, which inflict wounds on the unwary traveller who
happens to pass the plant hastily.

WERNERIAN NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY.
The 32nd Session of this Society commenced last week, when the
following gentlemen were elected office-bearers for 1839:
President.
Robert Jameson, Esq., F.R.SS.L. and E., Professor of Natural History in
the University of Edinburgh.

Vice-Presidents.

Dr. Charles Anderson, M.R.C.S. Dr. R. K. Greville, F.R.S.
William Copland, Esq., F.R.S.E. John Sligo, Esq., F.R.S.E,

Secretary,—Dr. Pat. Neill, F.R.S.E.
Assistant-Secretary,—T, J. Torrie, Esq., F.R.S.E.
Treasurer,—A. G. Ellis, Esq.
Librarian,—James Wilson, Esq., F.R.S.E.
Painter, —P. Syme, Esq.

Assistant,—W. H. Townsend, Esq.

E.

Council.
Dr. Walter Adam, F.R.C.P. ) W. A. Cadell, Esq., F.R.SS.L. & E.
Dr. William Macdonald, F.R.S.E. | Dr. Robert Hamilton, F.R.S.E.
Dr. Martin Barry, F.R.S.E. Dr. Robert Graham, F.R.S.E.

Rob. James Hay Cunningham, Esq. | Sir William Newbigging, F.R.S.E.

The seventh volume of the Society’s Memoirs has just been pub-
lished by Messrs. Black, containing the Essays by Mr. R. J. H. Cun-
ningham and Dr. Parnell, for which honorary premiums were lately
awarded ; the former on the geology of the Lothians, illustrated by
thirty-five coloured sections and a geological map, and the latter on
the Ichthyology of the Forth District, illustrated by sixty-seven en-
graved figures.

ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY.
April 10, 1838.—Rev. John Barlow in the Chair.

The first communication laid before the meeting was a description
by Mr. Owen of the organs of deglutition in the Giraffe, being a
supplementary note to his former memoir on the anatomy of that
animal *.

Mr. Owen observes that since the Giraffes have been at the Gar-
dens, they have not been known to utter vocal sounds, except once,
at the time of coition, when the male uttered a cry like that of the
Deer; and the incapacity of the species in this respect would seem
to be indicated by the structure of the glottis, the rima of which

* [The abstract of the former memoir will be found at p. 227.—Eprr.]

Zoological Society. 377

is permanently open for the space of a line, so that the chords
cannot be brought into mutual apposition.

The modifications of the organs of deglutition accompanying this
open condition of the fissure leading into the windpipe are very re-
markable, and unlike any of the few deviations from the ordinary
structures of the fauces and glottis hitherto noticed by anatomists
in other animals (as in the Elephant, Camels, Cetacea and certain
Rodentia, &c.).

On looking down the mouth into the fauces the cavity appears to
be as completely closed asin the Capzbara; but instead of narrowing
in an infundibular form to a small circular depression, it is termi-
nated by a transverse slit through which projects a soft, rounded,
valvular ridge, formed by the broad superior margin of the epig/ottis,
which is folded down upon itself at that part. The surface of the
Jfauces is broken by large risings and depressions, or is coarsely
corrugated.

At the posterior part of the soft palate there is an oval glandular
body about one inch in long diameter.

The tonsils are well-developed glands communicating with the
fauces by a single wide opening, or fossa, and thus exhibiting a
higher type of structure than they present in the human subject,
where the mucous follicles terminate by several separate apertures.
They are two inches in length and one in breadth.

Mr. Owen then proceeded to read the first part of a paper on
the Anatomy of the Apteryr; the body of that bird having recently
been presented to the Society’s Museum by the Earl of Derby. The —
results of the anatomical examination, communicated to the Meeting
on this occasion, embrace a detailed description of the parts con-
nected with the digestive apparatus.

Commencing with the beak, Mr. Owen notices the general super-
ficial resemblance which it bears to that of the Curlew and Jbis,
though it differs essentially from this organ in the slender-billed
waders, by having the perforations of the nostrils near the apez,
and the base covered with a cere. The cere terminates anteriorly
in a concave or lunated curve, resembling that of the Rhea. Two
narrow grooves extend from the angles or cresses of the cere along
each side of the mandible, the upper groove being continued to the
truncated extremity of the mandible, the lower one leading into the
external nostril, which forms, as it were, the dilated termination of
the groove, and this occupies a position of which there is no other
known.example throughout the class of birds.

The cere was about an inch in length, furnished at its sides with
Ann. Nat. Hist. Vol.2. No. 11. Jan. 1839. 2¢

378 Zoological Society.

short stiff plumes and hairs, while at its base a number of long black
bristles are given off, the presence of which, in conjunction with the
extension of sensitive skin upon the beak, is considered by Mr.
Owen to indicate the importance of the sense of touch to the Apte-
ryz, and to correspond with the account given of its nocturnal
habits. The general form of the beak is adapted for insertion into
crevices and holes, in search of insects, which were found to consti-
tute in part the contents of the gizzard.

The tongue, as in all the struthious birds, was short and simple,
yet presented nevertheless a greater relative development. It was
of a compressed, narrow, elongated, triangular form, with the apex
truncate and slightly notched; the lateral and posterior margins
entire; 8 lines in length, 4 lines broad at the base, 1 line across
the apex.

The esophagus at its upper caitveislee was half an inch in Gaeuiah,
but rapidly diminished to a breadth of three lines, of which size it
continued to the commencement of the proventriculus; its position
was to the right of the cervical vertebrae, and a little behind and to
the right of the trachea, to which latter it was closely connected.

The stomach was small, measuring less than two inches both in
its longitudinal and transverse diameters: in shape it had more
the character of a membranous stomach than of a gizzard, being
of a regular oval-rounded form. The muscular fibres were not ar-
ranged in the definite masses called digastrici and laterales, but
radiated from two tendinous centres of about two-thirds of an inch
in the longest diameter. Upon the inner surface of the gizzard were
two protuberances, one at the lower and one at the upper end of the
posterior part. The situation of the latter was such with respect
to the cardiac and pyloric openings, that Mr. Owen conceives it
would tend to close these openings during the forcible contraction
of the fibres at the upper part of the gizzard, and thus probably in
some measure regulate the passage of food into this cavity, by re-
taining a portion in the proventriculus, until the gizzard should have
become emptied of its previous contents.

A narrow pyloric passage of about three lines in length eeheaied
from the upper extremity of the gizzard into the duodenum ; there
was no sphincter present, and no pyloric pouch, as in the Ostrich,
but the cuticle was continued into the duodenum about three lines
beyond the pylorus.

The stomach was entirely concealed by a large omental adipose
process, continued from that of the peritoneum, and upon the longi-
tudinal division of which so much of the stomach was expose! as

Zoological Society. — 379

projected between the lobes of the liver; its position was towards
the left side of the abdomen.

The small intestines had a general diameter of three lines, their
size slightly diminishing on approaching the rectum. The ceca at
their commencement rather exceeded in diameter that of the lium;
their capacity slightly increasing to near their blind extremities,
where, having attained the diameter of about five lines, they sud-
denly taper to an obtuse point. The anterior half of the rectum
was contracted and the lining membrane thrown into longitudinal
folds, but these gradually subsided in the second or dilated portion.
The rectum communicated with the urinary dilatation by a small
semilunar aperture, from which several short ruge radiated. This
compartment of the cloaca was not expanded into a large receptacle
as in the Ostrich, but offered the same proportional size as in the
Emeu, measuring about two-thirds of an inch in length and the
same in diameter. The external compartment of the cloaca con-
tained a large single penis retracted spirally, and one inch and a half in
length when extended. It was traversed by an urethral groove, the
sides of which were not beset with papille as in the Gander, but
simply wrinkled transversely. At the back part of the cloaca there
was a small bursa half an inch in length, and communicating by a
wide longitudinal aperture with the external compartment.

The gizzard contained a greenish yellow pulpy substance, and
numerous filamentary bodies, amongst which a few slender legs of
insects and portions of the down of the Apteryx were the only re-
cognizable organized parts; it also contained a few pebbles.

The liver consisted of two large lobes, connected by a narrow
isthmus, the right being the larger and of a subtriangular figure ;
the left was more quadrangular in shape.

With respect to the physiological relations of the apparatus,
Mr. Owen remarks that the whole is harmoniously co-adapted to
the instruments of prehension which characterize the Apteryz. -

A beak framed to seize and transmit to the gullet small objects,
is succeeded by a simple and narrow muscular canal. The food
being of an animal nature, and taken in small and successive quan-
tities, is digested as fast as it is obtained, and therefore the esophagus
is not required to be modified to serve as a reservoir, either by its
extreme width, or a partial dilatation. The proventriculus, in the
comparative simplicity of its glands, and the gizzard, in its small size
and medium strength, more forcibly bespeak structures adapted for
the bruising and chymification of animal substances, presenting, as
do worms and the softer orders of insects, a moderate resistance.

2c 2

380 Zoological Society.

The length of the intestines, which somewhat exceeds that of the-
slender-billed insectivorous waders, and the size of the ceca, are con-
sidered by Mr. Owen to indicate an intention, that this bird, which
is so remarkably restricted in its locomotive powers, should have
every needful or practicable advantage in extracting from its low-
organized animal diet, all the nutriment that it can yield.

April 24th.—R. C. Griffith, Esq., in the Chair.

Some notes by Mr. Martin were read, On the visceral anatomy
of the Spotted Cavy, Celogenus subniger, taken from the examina-
tion of a male specimen which had died suddenly in the Menagerie
of the Society. The length of the head and body along the spine
measured about 1 foot 10 inches.

On opening the abdomen, the large folds of the cecum presented
themselves, occupying the whole of the umbilical and epigastric re-
gions, while to the left appeared the coils of small intestine; and a
portion of the stomach was seen to emerge from below the edge of
the left portion of the liver. The omentum was of very small extent,
destitute of fat, and crumpled up beneath the stomach.

The duodenum commenced in the form of a large pear-shaped
sac, which measured in length 2? inches, when the intestine as-
sumed its ordinary size, namely about half an inch in diameter. The
dimension of the sac at its largest part was four inches in circum-
ference. This pyriform commencement of the duodenum obtains in
many Rodents, and also in some Jnsectivora; among the former may
be noticed the Coypus, Capromys, and Anema: in the insectivorous
animal lately described (Zool. Proc. 1838, p. 17.) under the name
of Echinops Telfairi, the same structure also is remarkable. The
course of the duodenum was as follows: leaving the pylorus and
loosely attached by mesentery, it described an arch over the
right kidney, whence it passed over the spine to the left kidney ; it
then turned back to the spine, and there making several abrupt con-
volutions merged into the jejunum. In the sacculated part two
areole of glandular follicles were apparent through the parietes.
As in the Agouti, (Zool. Proc. 1834, p. 82.) the stomach had a con-
striction between its cardiac and pyloric portion; in which point
(as does the Agouti,) it differs from the Acouchi, the dissection of
which will be found in the Proc. of Com. of Sci. &c., 1831, p. 75.
The length of the stomach undistended, or but slightly so, was 6
inches; the cardiac portions swelled out to the extent of nearly
2 inches beyond the entrance of the wsophagus, and its pyloric. ex-
tremity swelled out into a process on each side, as in the Agouti.
A muscular band, commencing at the entrance of the esophagus,

Miscellaneous. Ws 381

passed longitudinally along the stomach, contracting the greater
curve into sacculi, especially at the constricted portion. The length
of the wsophagus within the abdomen was one inch and a quarter.

The length of the small intestines was very great, the measure-
ment being 21 fect 8 inches. |

The cecum was large, irregularly, multitudinously, but not deeply
sacculated ; in form it was gently conical, terminating in a subacute
apex; its length 2 feet 4 inches, its basal circumference about 7
inches. When blown up it formed a spiral turn and a half. The
large intestines at their commencement were about 7 inches in circum-
ference, the decrease being gradual. The lining membrane of the
colon formed a series of regular longitudinal strie, gradually disap-
pearing as the intestine narrowed, until at length they finally disap-
peared. The colon in its course followed the circular sweep of the
cecum to which it was attached by a riband of mesentery 14 inch
in breadth.

At about two feet from its origin the colon merges into a flat layer
of circular folds, the intestine making four distinct gyrations; from,
this part to the anus the intestine measured 9 feet 3 inches.

The circular fold above noticed is analogous to the long loose
fold observed in the same parts of the intestine in other Rodentia,
as the Coypus, and Capromys, and which is noticed in the respective
accounts of the dissection of those animals in the Zoological Pro-
ceedings.

The lungs consisted of three right and two left lobes. The
heart: was round, and firm in texture, the left ventricle being very
stout; the apex exhibited a slight tendency to a bifid figure. The
aorta at its arch sent off first an arteria innominata, which divided
into a right subclavian, and a right and a left carotid; then secondly,
at a quarter of an inch further, a left subclavian, in an undivided
condition. er :

The generative organs agreed closely with those of the Acouchi.

The tongue was 34 inches long, fleshy, rounded‘at the tip; the
upper surface villose, with fine close hairy papille ; at its base were
numerous, large, mucous follicles.

~

MISCELLANEOUS.

LARUS JACKSONII, JACKSON'S GULL.

Mr. Couch, in his lately published ‘ Fauna of Cornwall,’ has intro-
duced a species of Larus under the above name as new to science,

382 | Miscellaneous.

He considers it as hitherto confounded with the herring gull, and in
the plumage it agrees in every respect, except that it seems to be
more glossy. They differ however materially in size, the new bird
being about a pound heavier, about four inches longer, and in
the expanse of the wings exceeding the herring gull by nine
inches. In L. Jacksonii the bill is far stouter in proportion and
much paler; the legs of a livid flesh colour, and the membrane. of
the finest silky texture to feeiing and sight. They seem equally
common with the herring gull. In a genus so nearly allied as the
gulls, this bird may have been overlooked, and we would suggest
that Mr. Couch should send specimens to Mr. Selby and Mr. Yarrell
for examination and comparison.—Covucu, Fauna of Cornwall, p. 28.

CYCLOPTERUS CORONATUS, CORONATED LUMP FISH, COUCH.

Of this species, new to the British Fauna if not to science, I have
examined only one specimen; the small size of which causes me to
suppose that it has hitherto been overlooked from its likeness to the
young of the common lump fish. The specimen was about eight
lines in length, of the same general proportions. About the centre
of gravity, near the summit of the back, is a wide and moderately
long fin, the extremity declining; the second dorsal separated from
the first by an interval, and placed opposite the anal. Colour, a
dark green on the back, lighter on the sides, whitish below, a silvery
line across the head, uniting the posterior portion of the eyes, and
from this on each side a line running forward, approximating and
then receding at right angles, thus resembling the Greek Q, but
with a square instead of a circular summit. The specific name is
from this mark. The differences between this and the common lump
fish are, the entire want of tubercules, which in the latter give a
grotesque appearance to the back, the want of the flat space between
the termination of the ridge and the (only) dorsal fin; and more
especially in the moderately elongated first dorsal fin, which bears no
resemblance to the vestige of fin described as possessed by the painted
lump fish.—Covucu, Fauna of Cornwall, p. 48.

FRENCH EXPEDITION OF DISCOVERY TO THE SOUTH POLAR SEAS.

This expedition, undertaken by the French Government, under
the command of M. D’Urville, has completely failed. The vessels,
Astrolabe and Zelée, were not able to penetrate beyond the 64° south,
being fully 10° short of the parallel reached by Weddel. They were
stopped by a compact barrier of ice, and found the whole sea in the
latitude we have mentioned completely frozen.

Meteorological Observations. $83

VIOLA LACTEA.

A very excellent botanist and one of our most “ zealous” pupils,
John Nicholson, Esq., of Lincoln, has found a very remarkable state
of Viola lactea, Linn., ‘ E. Bot.’ t. 445, in the neighbourhood of that
city (at Boultham Lane, on both sides of the road), in habit so un-
like the figure just quoted that it might at first sight be taken for a
distinct species. Except at the base the stems are quite erect, and
many of the specimens from a foot to eighteen inches tall, with the
leaves and peduncles very remote from each other, and many of the
flowers apetalous. Reichenbach’s V. lactea, ‘ Iconogr. Bot.’ t. 99;
however, admirably represents this variety, only that the latter is much
smaller, not above a span high. Its flowers are very pale blue, al-
most milk-coloured, otherwise it is hardly to be distinguished from
some states of Viola montana, L.—Sin W. J. Hooker.

METEOROLOGICAL OBSERVATIONS FOR NOVEMBER 1838.

Chiswick.— Nov. 1. Overcast: rain: clear at night. 2,3. Fine. 4, Rain.
5. Fine. 6. Very fine. 7. Rain: fine: windy at night. 8. Clear and fine:
rain. 9. Heavy rain. 10. Clearand fine. 11. Dense fog. 12. Clear and
cold. 13. Frosty: fine. 14. Frosty and foggy. 15,16. Foggy. 17. Foggy :
fine. 18,19. Rain. 20. Cold haze. 21—23. Foggy. 24. Bleak and cold.
25, 26. Frosty. 27. Overcast. 28. Heavy rain: hurricane at night. 29.
Boisterous with heavy rain: much thunder and lightning at night. 30. Rain.
fine.

Boston.— Nov. 1. Fine: rain early a.m. 2, 3. Fine: rainr.m. 4. Cloudy:
raine.M. 5. Cloudy. 6. Fine. 7. Cloudy: rain early a.m. 8. Fine. 9, 10.
Cloudy. 11. Foggy. 12,13. Fine. 14. Foggy. 15. Cloudy. 16, 17. Foggy.
18. Cloudy: rain a.m. and p.m. 19. Stormy. 20, 21. Cloudy. 22. Cloudy:
rainearly a.m. 23, 24. Cloudy. 25, 26. Fine. 27. Stormy. 28, Cloudy :
stormy with rain r.m. 29. Stormy: rain early a.m. 30. Stormy.

Applegarth Manse, Dum/ries-shire.—Nov. 1. Heavy showers: hail. 2. Fair
but cloudy. 3. Frequent showers. 4. Fair andcloudy. 5. Moist: slight
showers. 6. Fair: one slight shower. 7. Rainall day: high flood. 8. Occa-
sional showers. 9. Fine day. 10. Fine day: rainr.m. 11. Fine day after
snow. 12. Hard frost: clearand serene. 13. Temperate. 14. Cloudy and
raw. 15. Thick fog. 16. Cleared up: dry. 17. Rain inthe night: cold.
- 18. Cold drying day: snow on hills. 19. Cold and threatening a fall. 20.
Still cold, yet dry. 21. Still threatening a fall. 22-26. Cold anddry. 27.
Cold: snow three inchesdeep. 28. Wetin the night: dittorm1. 29. Very
wet day and stormy. $0. Showery and stormy: flood,

$-8E SEL-2 |

*uvoTyT . . yo
We (LS-P | LI-1/99-€) -aing Ae 4 9-LE}6.9E $-0F £0.96 /6.gh | 6-8€| g.9h| 6-Ih | 0$-68 | 1£-62 | 02.62 | 6LP-6z | £50-62 | 089-62 | -aeagy
ae ee | | Sor

ee “* | OCP. |msm | “mM | +s “aS Vv} SV\¢.gvi ev | eg LV | P6- c. ® :

rad Of: | Efe ie a ES pee 9 V-9P | 0-26 | 9 6-8% | 05-82 | £P-8G 0£0-6z | 02-62 | 896-2 | ‘of
ao of ide toe eg ee a a fe WH) OS) PF | ES | g.1h| L-19|L-8F| 81-86 | BI-8% | BB-8% | £L9.gz | 6L9-8s | 899-66 | “6z
Ge 4° | elgg | Te lene [cet cae ; 9€) IV) OF | ES | 9.66) ¢.ch | 8-1P| 1€-8% | 86-86 | SL-8% | LIL-gz | 1£0-62 | 0F0-66 | “gz
Be tnz.g | ott Piees | ce orl ae |e “ é 1€) 1€| ve | LV 0.08] &-PE | 8-EE | ¥z-6z | VV.6% | Lz-6% | L0z-6z | 699-62 | 067-62 | “Lz
Bio eed. aes fe 8 ve; VE!) Le | OF | ¢.zE| g-LE | L-ZE| 9L-6z | 98-68 | 65-66 198.6 | 916-62 | 088-62 | “9%
GE oe fee fee | ose bag fete lege | -amm | 2elete| PE} 9% | 6€ | P-2€/ 9-66 | £8€ | 96-60 | PO.0€ | 89-60 | 886-65, | 9£0-0£ | 166-62 | “Sz
OF fo | te | ogo. | a loeol va | aN FE TOE| BE) €% | OV | 9.LE| €-FH | 8-8 | 16-62 | LL.6z | £€-66 | 189-62 | 899-6 | 895-62 | “bz C
Oe lem enc) seco. a beet aN foe) oF) IV) 9€ | 1S | Lzp|S-Lh| LF | 99-62 | 09.62 | £2-6% | 019-6z | G09-6z | FIS-6%| *€z
OE | ete tt met oe | og t oa 3 gf; av) LE | of | P.ge|¢.cr | V-Ph | 0F-6z | 8¥-62 | $6-8% | b81-6z | 90F-6z | 991-62 | *Zs
Of | |e te | ogy. | ex lupeol cay | “ENN F9S| 9€| OF) 6F | OF | F.9¢| Lob | 4-8E | 09-62 | GS.6% | 61-68 £9%-6z | SSP.6z | O1V-66 | “Iz
6£ |oz-0 |¢r. lor.| Zze. | <a lean lan | vax | 22|p9%|S-0F| SE | OF | 8-LE) 8.6£ | 8-86 | 99.66 | 71-62 | 66-66 | 695-6e | LL9-6z | 959.66 | ‘oz
ob | ls lop. | oz |can lueol-an | ON wElr9e | BV) LE | IP | g.ob) 0-Gh |0-0P | ZL.6z | LL.6z | LE-6% | OFS-6z | 689-62 | 995-62 | “61
ete cathe t-te empl ont te [oe o€| 0) 6€ | OF | 0.zh| Lor | LEP | 98.62 | 98-62 | €£-62 | 09-62 | 099-6z | ZE9-66 | “SI
1H | jet fee | see | ems lupeol «yw | oa peeteee oV| OF | If |o.1%)| Lg |8-17 | LL-6% | 89-62 | VE-62 | L69.62 | ZLL-6z | 9VL-62 | “LI®@
BE ft fe fet ove | ts loneol «a | <x (OV/r9f| IV) SE | OF | g.1h)| s-Sh | LEP | 65-62 | BS-6% | O£-6% | 989.62 | LEL.6z | 869-62 | “91
VE | fet fee | eee fess uupeol vg | ow perce) oF] IV | SP | z.ge| L.gh | 0-2 | ZL-6z | 16-6 | SS-62 | 08-62 | 686-62 | 126-62 | “ST
Of | fet fee | cee | ems funpwol sa | ON SElFFE | 9%) BE | SP \e.ce| L-L | 8-LE| S1-0€ | 8z-0F | 86-62 | 790.08 | F9z-0€ | OSZ-0€ | “VT
SE 0-0 | o* | err | eee fom Oo leapeol ean | ON gcse; 1€| Sz | gP | L.c¢|9.9P | 6-LE| 9£-0€ | OF-0€ | £0-0€ | S21.0€ | coP.o€ | V2V-0F | “€1
ee te | ee eg Stele bm | gee o£ 9.98 | Lz | LP | ¢.L¢| 9.11 | O-LE | VE-OF | 8z-0F | 08-62 | 9BI-0€ | .68€-0€ | 960-08 | “aI
Bp ft | eee eee | Fog. 4 an” fempeol “me | “as pag 9€| Z| VE! CF | o9.6¢| 0.87 | V-EF | 96-62 | 69.6% | LZ-6% | SE9.6z | 0£8.6z | VS9-6% | “11
Sv | | Jot. | oz. |tms jupeo| eye | “MNAN rIe) 8€ eV) 86 | 0G | G.6¢| €.0¢| 8-EV | 02-62 | OL.6% | $Z-6% | 0L-62 | 928-6% | 80L-6Z | “Ol
ob | 1 log. | pra | cme [ean | spe (tea “ms _on|Fer | GE | 2g (Sor L-VS | £-90 | Ob-6z | Lz-62 | L6-8% VLE.62 | 065.6% | OLE-62 | “6 D
Sb |“ Igt- |zo- | 00]. |-ms junpeo| «ng “tea -as | 2°Y| OV (9-87 | PY | LS |€-67| LLc | 1-08 | 90-62 | G1-68 | 6 | LEV.66 | 950.66 | 185-60 | *8
B61 | fog: | lms’ hurl see ae Forty £S| Lv | 19 | 6.0r| P.Pg | LES | 00-62 | Lz-6z | £9.62 | gbv.62 | £6P.6z | 297-62 | “L
oy |S6-1 |¢0. | «- | ogo. | -m laea segs a 1 of 6€| Z| 99 |68€1|¢.0¢| 7-07 | 19-62 | OL-6% | 82-62% | L49-6% | £4.62 | G7L-6% | “9
1 | °* {Sp loo. | ger} faye ae is ge | xoV 9° 6Z | 2S | L.of|z-1¢| V-9F | 99-62% | £€.6% | SL-8% | P0t-62 | £09.63 | 9G1-64 | “S
se f° li] | geo. | +s lupes ie Ge eee aV 6€ | 9S | 9.07 | 6-Lb | 9:SP | $0-6% | 68.8% | SV-82 | VH8-8% | HE0.6z | 8P8-8% | ‘V
op | | Ho. |} Llo. | ms lmzeo tg s op} 1f| LE) ov | ZS p.9€| z.gh | 8-6£ | B0-6z | 6-6 | TI-6% | 790-62 | o9b-6z | P9P-6z | “f
ov |i steer. | gee. |-me. lupeol oc | om | PE gf} ov) 0€ | 6F | Lge] 0.1g| “IV | 10-62 | 1-66 | 26-8% | 91£-62 | Pzh-6z | 8SE-64 | “6 O

fae) - eee _ _9f oF |0.SP 9€ | GS | 9.68) 2.67 L-8V | 0z-6z | O£-6% | 96-8% | LLE-6% | 9zh.6z | O@F-6% | “I

roog ‘hoy! SE | F | cures | “ors m2) -ureg jurdelureg) oo | OU! “Xe | ary |: “urS6| “ard at tae ‘ul y aap | oa

:puorz oe . 2 og ont Boot ‘ysoq SE] ‘203 Ku aa re) ee ~esuaseshios er urd § | “Ure g me $e TAT Kw BE As ‘AON

= e | § é. Be ‘UOPUOT| -soryguing| BS | PPS | 595 ‘Loy :uopuory | MFUS"S9! Fung U0 Wsog *youmsty9 : uopuo’y dyoane

hapa | “Urey “PULA *19jaUIOULIIY J, -rajauoreg oe sealers

"aunys-sarsfuncy ‘asunyy yzsvsajddp yo avanag ‘ij fg pup ‘uojsogr yo T1va A‘4N 49 £ ,
WW 49 fuopuoy avau ‘youmsiyg yo hjai0g jounynaysozy ay2 fo
M9PID) 34] WD NOSAWOHT, “IQ 49 ! NoLUTAOY “AY ‘Aumzauoay quozsissp ayy hg hjaoog pohogy ayz fo Sjuaupivdp ay3 yo apou we sie oN LON

Nee
oe

AS Ro Sae RE
anes acti hide cso Reta aie tee LEN eee ean ees ey

Ako
SSS ss wdge

OPP PP OPT

}
sit
\

oe % ae

SSS EA,

SS SS

ZTE" /

| ENON te

My stropetaton Thomit.

ME.

Pact Peg PD Mee TES OE, SAC wet bg ae gee: meen oat ee en aS Tee a a ae 1
i oe hs alias * 5 VS mes ae etal Lee cone dete Nae ai tite ete toy | Fintrcy
oo = ‘ . RIC SAT Soe > Earth ort anes We ce MCE rh Me

sn

& Wy Stropetaton If blemannl »

ANNALS OF NATURAL HISTORY.

—

XLIV.—On two Species of a new South African Genus of
the Natural Order RuizaAnrHea of Blume. By the
Honourable W. H. Harvey. Communicated by Sir W. J.
Hooker, Reg. Prof. Bot. Glasgow, F.R.S., L.S.. With
Plates XIX. and XX.*

HAVING lately received from my valued friend Mr. Harvey

the drawings here represented, and the following descriptions

of two extremely interesting plants of Blume’s Rhizanthee,

I cannot do better than lay them before the public in the

state in which I have received them, without venturing to

offer any remarks of my own respecting vegetable produc-

tions, whose structure, to be rightly understood, must be ex-

amined in a recent state, and such an opportunity is of rare

occurrence with any naturalist. Mr. Harvey indeed has not

had it in his power to compare his plants with the figures and

descriptions of allied genera of Richard or of Endlicher in his

valuable ‘ Meletemata Botanica,’ and hence he was led to

think it possible that they might be referred to Scybalium of
the latter author; but the characters are extremely different in

the two, and I have little hesitation in adopting the name

suggested by Mr. Harvey, from the spoon-shaped form of the

segments of the perianth, Mystropetalon.. It seems to belong

to the group of Balanophoree. Probably the Phelypea san-

guinea of Thunberg, which Jussieu refers to Cytinus, and of.
which Persoon makes the genus Hypolepis, may be one of
these ; but that plant is so ill defined by its discoverer, (who

appears to be. the only person to whom it is known,) that we

cannot possibly come to any satisfactory conclusion ; yet “ si

auctori aliqua fides habenda,” as Endlicher remarks, it must

be something very different; his being a “ dicecious plant,

with a 6-lobed perianth, a short style and capitate stigma.”

* [These Plates will be found in the SuppLemenr published with the pre-
sent Number.—Ebir. ]

Ann. Nat. Hist. Vol.2. No.12. Fed. 1839. ae is

386 W. H. Harvey on two New Species of Rhizanthez.

MysTROPETALON, Harv. MS.

Gen. Cuar.—Flowers monecious, in dense spikes, the
males forming the upper, the females the lower half of the
spike. Bractee 3 under each flower, one (anterior) generally
free, 2 (Jateral) more or less combined.

MALE: Perianth tripartite, the segments spathulate, un-
guiculate, the two posterior combined. Stamens two, oppo-
site to, and inserted on the posterior segments of the perianth,
conniving, but not combined; anthers versatile, 2-celled,
opening longitudinally ; pollen cubical, with fluted angles !—
A very minute abortive ovary.

FEMALE: Perianth sub-globose or tubular, tridentate, su-
perior, deciduous. Torus? fleshy, cup-like, expanded round
the base of the ovary, but attached to it only by a central
point, finally deciduous with the ovary, to which it remains
attached! Ovary ellipsoidal, attenuated at the base, containing
a fleshy mass (without distinction of ovules?!). Fruit inde-
hiscent, ellipsoidal, with a very thin juicy pericarp, and crus-
taceous endocarp, containing an indefinite number of minute
sporules, into which the whole of the fleshy mass of the ovary
appears to be dissolved.

Specific characters.

1. Mystropetalon Thomii, Harv. MS.—Anterior bractez broadly ob-
long, (in anthesis,) one-third longer than the lateral. Limbs of
the segments of the male perianth lanceolate; female perianth
sub-globose, obtusely tridentate (Pl. XIX.).

Hab. ‘‘ About.Caledon Baths.” Rev. Dr. Thom, who pointed it
out to Mr. Bowie in 1818. Same locality, Ecklon, 1831. Mr. Pole-

mann, 1837.

Stem thick and fleshy, closely covered with linear, obtuse,
smooth scales, the uppermost often bearded at or about the
apex, the lowermost sometimes elongated, and sometimes all
are so. Spike very dense, 3—4 inches long, obtuse.

Mauss: Anterior bractea oblong, of nearly equal breadth
throughout, obtuse, bearded at the apex and along the promi-
nent keel, ciliated at the margins; the beard and cilia long,
orange. Lateral bractez combined at base, sometimes nearly
free, oblong, obtuse, membranous, sometimes ciliate along the

W. H. Harvey on two New Species of Rhizanthes. 387

keel, more than half as long (generally 3rds) as the anterior,
dark purplish-red at the apex, pale below; the anterior red
with yellow margins. Perianth, segments united at base into
a cup, the anterior nearly as long as the posterior, limb lanceo-
late obtuse, somewhat concave, dark brown-red ; claws yel-
low, flat or slightly channeled. Filaments subulate, robust ;
anthers distinct ; pollen cubical, with fluted angles.

Femaues: Anterior bractea as in the male; lateral (in
anthesis) rather longer than it, boat-shaped, acute, with a
sharp ciliate keel, distinct; in fruit very much enlarged, and
much longer than the anterior, yellow with red tips. Limé
of the perianth subglobose or ellipsoidal, obtusely trifid or tri-
crenate, red. Style much exserted, filiform. Ovary oval-ob-
long, seated in a white, fleshy, cup-like torus, to whose centre
it is attached by the attenuated base, dark red, minutely hispi-
dulous, containing a fleshy mass, in the centre of which is a
white body, of whose nature I cannot satisfy myself. In some
ovaries it is very obscure. Ripe fruit deciduous, with the
torus (which surrounds its base very much like the arillus of
a seed) resembling the ovary, and but little enlarged, dark
vinous red, slightly fleshy, with a thin but hard crustaceous
endocarp. Contents, myriads of minute, white, cellular bodies,
into which the fleshy mass of the ovary is dissolved.

M. Thomii. A. flowering plant. B. plant in fruit, nat. size.
Fig. 1. female flower (anthesis); 1*. ditto, in fruit; 2. ditto, back
view ; 3. ditto, with the bractez removed; 4. female perianth, which
varies in form; 5. male bractee; 6. ditto, separated; 7. ditto, hack
view ; 8. male flower; 9. male perianth; 10. ditto, dissected.

2. Mystropetalon Polemanni, Harv. MS. Anterior bractea spathu-
late, with a narrow claw; limbs of the segments of the male pe-

rianth elliptical, very concave; female perianth tubular, trifid (Pl.
XX.). 3

Hab. At Hoouw Hoch Pass, Mrs. Denys, who communicated the
only specimen yet seen to Mr. Polemann, from whom I received it.

M. Polemanni, fig. 1. female flower (anthesis), front view; 2. ditto,
back view; 3. ditto, the anterior bractea removed, and the lateral
pulled open; 4. 5. different views of the perianth; 6. base of the
ovary, showing its insertion into the torus? 7. ovary and torus? cut
through ; 8, front view of the male bractez; 9. back view of ditto;

2D2

388 Mr. E. Newman on the Genus Passandra,

10. and 11. male flower, different views, one more advanced than
the other; 12. segments of the male flower separated; 13. anther;
14. pollen.

[M. Polemanni agrees with M. Thomii in most particulars,
except such as are noted in the figures. The colour of its
flowers is however very much brighter; that of the beards of
its bracteze a bright orange, the perianth carmine.—W.H.H.]

XLV.—On the Synonymy of Passandra, with Descriptions
of all the old and of a few new Species. By Enwarp
Newman, F.L.S.

Class COLEOPTERA. Natural Order CUCUJITES.

(conomy.—On this subject little appears to be known:
from their depressed shape and their close resemblance to the
true Cucywji, the Passandre are supposed to be wood-feeding
insects. :

Geographical Distribution Gambia, Cape of Good Hope,
Sumatra, Java, Carolina, Cuba, Brazil.

Authorities and Genera.—The genus Passandra was esta-
blished by Dalman in the appendix to Schénherr’s ‘ Synony-
mia Insectorum,’ in the year 1817. The only species referred
to the genus was P. sexstriata, an insect nearly as large as
Passalus cornutus, and inhabiting Sierra Leone and some other
parts of Africa. A second. species was described by Mr. G.
R. Gray in the English translation of Cuvier’s ‘ Régne Ani-
mal.’ A third species I described in the ‘ Entomological
Magazine.’

Closely allied to Passandra of Dalman is a genus of my own
characterized in the ‘ Entomological Magazine’ under the
name Hectarthrum, of which one species, H. curtipes, from
Western Africa, is described.

Very nearly related to Passandra and Hectarthrum is a
third genus, characterized by Mr. Westwood in the ‘ Zoolo- |
gical Journal’ under the name of Catogenus, and by Perty in
his account of the Annulosa of Brazil, collected by Spix and
Martius, under the name of Jsonotus. Mr. Westwood refers
to the Cucujus rufus as his type, and M. Perty describes a

with Descriptions of some New Species. -389

-new species. To this genus belongs the Anisocerus of Hope*.
The name Catogenus has the claim to priority.

Fabricius in the genus Cucujus describes four insects re-
ferrible to one or other of the above genera ; but unfortunately,
little anticipating the capture of several kindred species, he
has not described them with sufficient. accuracy to establish
their identity without a comparison of specimens.

Did not these subdivisions exist I should scarcely be in-
clined to propose them; however, I think it better not to
undo hastily what has been done with care. I shall not hesi-
tate to employ them.

Genus Passanpra, Dalman.

Linear, depressed, and in habit somewhat resembling Pas-
salus ; head porrected, of nearly the same breadth as the pro-
thorax, and having a deep transverse posterior furrow ; eyes
small, lateral, roundish, and but little prominent. The an-
tennz are 11-jointed, rather more than half the length of the
body, and inserted near the base of the mandibles; the 1st
oint is stout and obovate, the second short and almost sphe-
rical, the remainder are nearly equal, obconic, rather com-
pressed, and each produced at its apex interiorly; the last
joint is larger than the rest, more compressed and obliquely
truncate. The head is impressed posteriorly by a very deep
transverse furrow. The tarsi are 5-jointed, but the basal joint
is very short and nearly obsolete +.

Sp. 1. Pass. sexstriata. (Corp. long. 1:4 unc. lat. 4 unc.)

m oy - Dalman, Schonherr’s Syn. Ins. Appen-
dix, p. 146.

Head, prothorax, femora, and entire underside obscure red,
the other parts black and shining. The head has a deep trans-
_ verse furrow parallel to the anterior margin of the prothorax ;
at each posterior angle of the head this is joined by a longitu-

* But not Jsocerus of Illiger as quoted by Mr. Westwood in the ‘ Zoolo-
gical Journal,’ and by the Count Dejean in his ‘ Catalogue des Coleoptéres,’
Isocerus being merely a synonym of Parandra.

+ The instrumenta cibaria of each genus have been carefully and elabo-
rately described by the author who has proposed it. I do not repeat them,
finding the three descriptions nearly identical, having nothing additional to
offer, and considering moreover that they are by no means essential to the
object of this paper.

390 Mr. E. Newman on the Genus Passandra,

dinal marginal furrow which originates near the base of the
antenna and passes above the eye; anteriorly the head has
three deep impressions, of which the middle one occupies the
clypeus, and the lateral ones are nearly approximate to it,
but rather further back towards the crown of the head. The
prothorax has a posterior and marginal lateral ridge which is
produced on each side the head; dorsally, rather behind the
middle, it had two obscure impressions. Each elytron has three
longitudinal furrows ; the 1st is deep, near the suture, origin-
ating by the side of the scutellum and extending to the apex;
the second also deep, originating dorsally near the shoulder,
but ceasing considerably before the apex; the third is vague
and shallow, originating laterally considerably below the
shoulder, passing round the termination of the second and
ceasing near the apex.

Inhabits Sierra Leone. A single specimen obligingly lent me for
description is in the cabinet of the Rev. F. W. Hope. A very
lengthened, minute and accurate description of this insect by Dalman
will be found in the Appendix to Schénherr’s Synonymia Insec-
torum, p. 146.

Sp. 2. Pass. Columbus. (Corp. long. 1-2 unc. ; lat *325 une.) _

% OF Newman, ‘ Entomological Magazine,’
vol. v. p. 398.

Pitchy black, shining, with an obscure longitudinal stripe of
red on each elytron. The head has a deep transverse furrow
nearly parallel to the anterior margin of the prothorax ; at each
posterior angle of the head this is joined by a longitudinal mar-
ginal furrow, which originates near the mandibles, curves out-
wards to the base of the antenna, and passes abéve the eye;
anteriorly the head has one deep impression occupying the
clypeus, and on each side of this a vague and diffuse linear
impression extends from each mandible to the great transverse
furrow. ‘The prothorax has a posterior and lateral marginal
ridge which is acutely produced on each side of the head;
dorsally it has two abbreviated furrows, originating almost
close to the anterior margin and ceasing at about two thirds of
the entire length of the prothorax; these furrows are very
distant and considerably nearer the lateral margins than the

with Descriptions of some New Species. 391

centre of the prothorax. Each elytron has two deep longitu-
dinal furrows, the first originating by the side of the scutellum
and extending to the apex; the second originating dorsally
near the shoulder and terminating considerably before the
apex; exterior to this furrow are several ill-defined and in-
constant linear impressions.

Inhabits Brazil. A single specimen (from which the description
is taken) is in the cabinet of the Entomological Club; a second is

in that of the Rev. F. W. Hope, and three others in that of Mr.
Children.

Sp. 3. Pass. fasciata. (Corp. long. 65 une. lat. +2 unc.)
” A G. R. Gray, Translation of the Régne
Animal of Cuvier by Griffith and others, Insecta, vol. ii. p. 93.
Parandra ,, G. R. Gray, loc. cit. tab. lx. fig. 2. and
tab. lxxv. fig. 1. anatomical detail.

Deep red, extremely glabrous; antennz pitchy black ; elytra
red, with a sutural and marginal black longitudinal stripe on
each; tibize black. In sculptural markings those given with
the preceding species will nearly describe the present; the
impression on the clypeus is less deep ; the prothorax is more
attenuated posteriorly, and the posterior angles are more pro-
minently and acutely produced ; exterior to the second furrow
of each elytron is a very distinct longitudinal linear impression
abbreviated at each end.

Inhabits the Island of Cuba. A single specimen is in the cabinet
of the Rev. F. W. Hope, and two in that of Mr. Children.

Genus Hecrarturum, Newman.

In habit resembling Passandra, but having the antennz
considerablyshorter, moniliform, and more or less incrassated
in the middle; the joints separately are shorter and more ro-
bust, often nearly circular, and the terminal joint is rarely
larger, and in some species smaller than the rest ; itis com-
pressed and truncate. In one sex the antenne are obviously
incrassated in the middle, the sixth joint being the largest.
The head has a deep transverse furrow, and two equally deep
frontal longitudinal furrows, which unite with the transverse
one. The tarsi are 5-jointed, the basal joint being shorter than
the rest. >

392 Mr. E. Newman on the Genus Passandra,

Sp. 1. Hect. curtipes. (Corp. long. *65-unc.; lat. *325 unc.)
fi ms Newman, ‘ Entomological Magazine,’ vol. v-
p. 398.

Black shining, the abdomen, coxee, femora, and @ large oval
spot near the apex of each elytron red. The head has a deep
but diffuse transverse furrow posteriorly; at each posterior
angle of the head this is joined by a shallow but clearly de-
fined sinuous longitudinal marginal furrow, which originates at
the base of the mandible and passes by the antennz and above
the eye; the clypeus has on each side an elongate tubercular
elevation ; again on each side beyond this is a vague longitu-
dinal impression, which posteriorly assumes the character of
a deep furrow, and these two unite with the great transverse
furrow. ‘The prothorax has an extremely slender posterior
and lateral marginal ridge, also ‘two impressed longitudinal
dorsal furrows; these originate in the anterior margin, and
proceed in a direct line one to each posterior angle. Each ely-
tron has two deep longitudinal furrows; the first originates
by the side of the scutellum and extends to the apex; the
second originates dorsally, near the shoulder, and ceases con-
siderably before the apex.

Inhabits Senegal. The specimen from which the description is

taken I believe to be unique, in the cabinet of the Entomological
Club.

Sp. 2. Hect. gigas.

Cucujus gigas, Fabricius, ‘ Syst. Eleu.,’ vol. ii. p. 92.

“ Body very large for the genus Cucujus, depressed, smooth,
black and shinmg. The margin of the prothorax unarmed.
Elytra glabrous, black, with two distant impressed furrows ;
and between these, towards the apex, a large red spot.”— Fad.

“Inhabits Guinea. In the Museum of M. Sehestedt.”— Fab. It
is very evident that this resembles the previously described species,
but the anomalous antenne and the furrows of the prothorax could
scarcely have escaped the careful eye of Fabricius.

Sp. 3. Hect. brevifossum: Atra, glaberrima, abdomine pedi-
busque piceis: prothoracis strie due laterales, singuli elytri tres,
fossulaque brevissima antica inter primam et secundam. (Corp.
long. *7 unc.; lat. ‘2 unc.)
Brilliantly shining black, the abdomen and legs inclining

with Descriptions of some new Species. 393

to pitchy red. The head has an extremely deep transverse
furrow, parallel to the anterior margin of the prothorax ; at
each extremity this is joined by a slight longitudinal marginal
furrow, which passes above the antenna and eye ; the clypeus
has an oval impression, and behind it on each side is a very
deep longitudinal furrow; these last unite with the great
transverse furrow. The prothorax has a posterior and lateral
slender marginal ridge ;. anteriorly this is angular, but not
produced by the side of the head; posteriorly it is incrassated
in the middle, and as it were turned back over the disk of the
prothorax ; on each side it has dorsally an obvious but not
deep furrow, originating near the anterior margin, and termi-
nating in the posterior angle. Each elytron has four furrows :
the first originates by the side of the scutellum and terminates
in the apical angle; the second is very short, scarcely a sixth
of the entire length of the elytron, and situated near the an-—
terior extremity of the third, which originates dorsally near
the shoulder, and ceases considerably before reaching the api- -
cal angle; the fourth is equidistant from the third and the
marginal ridge of the elytron ; itis less deep than the others ;
it originates laterally, considerably below the shoulder, and
surpasses the third, but still does not reach the apical angle.

Inhabits the island of Java. One example, from which the above
description is taken, is in the cabinet of the Rev. F. W. Hope. A
second is in the British Museum, but its habitat is unknown. A
third, of much larger size than either of the foregoing, is in the
cabinet of Mr. Children, and this last has the antenne very much
incrassated in the middle.

Sp. 4. Hect. trigeminum. Afra nitida, femoribus piceis : pro-
thoracis stri@ due laterales, singuli elytri tres, quarum interna
longior , intermedia brevior, externa mediocris. (Long. corp. *75
unc. ; lat. *2 unc.)

The colour is black and very shining; there is no trace of
any other hue except in the femora, which incline to ‘pitehy
black. The head has a deep transverse furrow near its pos-
terior margin; at each posterior angle of the head this is
joined by a longitudinal marginal furrow, which originates near
the base of the antenna,.and passes above the eye; the cly-
peus has a diffuse oval impression, and on each side of this

394 Mr. E, Newman on the Genus Passandra,

commences a deep longitudinal furrow; these two unite
with the great transverse furrow. The prothorax has a pos-
terior and lateral marginal ridge; this, in the centre of the
posterior margin, is incrassated, and as it were folded back on
the disk: from each posterior angle of the prothorax arises a
small keel-like ridge; this meets a longitudinal discoidal fur-
row, which, after nearly touching the anterior margin, turns
inwards along the margin, and nearly unites with the corre-
sponding furrow of the opposite side. Each elytron has
three furrows ; the first originates by the side of the scutellum
and extends to the apical angle; the second dorsal, but distant
from the first ; it originates considerably below the basal mar-
gin and ceases as much before the apex ; the third is near the
second and extends beyond it at both ends.

There are two examples of this insect in the British Museum ;
from the largest of these, whose dimensions are given above, the de-
scription is taken; the second specimen agrees in every particular
except that it is scarcely half the size. There is no record preserved
of the habitat or donor.

Sp. 5. Hect. heros.

Cucujus heros, Fabricius. ‘Syst. Eleu.,’ vol. 11. p. 92.

“In habit and size this species resembles Cucujus gigas.
The antennz are short, stout, moniliform, and in one sex with
the joints prominent beneath, serrated. The head has stout
porrected mandibles and a bisulcated forehead ; the prothorax
is flat, black, and has a furrow on each side. The elytra are
black, immaculate, and unequally striated. The body is black,
the femora red.”—Fab. loc. cit.

‘‘ Inhabits the island of Sumatra: in the museum of Mr. Lund.”—
Fab. This cannot, as I imagine, be identical with the preceding ; the
three obvious furrows on each elytron in H. trigeminum could
scarcely be described as ‘‘ elytra inzqualiter striata.” The femora
moreover are not red,

Sp. 6. Hect. bistriatum. (Corp. long. *54 une. lat. +14 unc.)
Passandra_ ,, Castelnau, ‘ Hist. Nat. des Animaux ar-
ticulés,’ Ins. vol. ii. p.384.
Black and very shining, the abdomen and legs inclining to
pitchy red. The form of this insect is lmear and more cy-
lindrical, the antenne are moniliform and stout. The sculp-

with Descriptions of some New Species. 395

ture of the head is precisely as in H. trigeminum above de-
scribed, except that the impression on the clypeus is inter-
rupted posteriorly by the anterior extremity of a raised gla-
brous elevation, which occurs between the two deep longitu-
dinal furrows. The prothorax is precisely as in that species.
Each elytron has two furrows; the first originates by the side of
the scutellum and terminates in the apical angle; the second
originates dorsally near the shoulder and ceases considerably
before the apical angle; at the base of the elytra, equidistant
from these striz, is a deep puncture.

Inhabits the island of Java. I am indebted to the Rev. F. W.
Hope and Mr. Shuckard, who possess the only examples I have
seen, for the opportunity of describing this species.

Sp. 7. Hect. gemelliparum. Nigra, nitida, abdomine pedibusque
piceis: prothoracis strie quatuor, due distantes laterales indi-
stincte postice abbreviate, due approximate discoidales profunde
brevissime, postice ; singuli elytri strie quatuor pariter dispo-
site. (Corp. long. °6 unc. lat. ‘16 unc.)

Black and shining, the abdomen and legs inclining to pitchy
red. The form linear and subcylindrical, the antennz moni-
liform, the sculpture of the head as in H. trigeminum. The
prothorax has a posterior and lateral marginal ridge, the pos-
terior part incrassated, reflexed, and notched in the middle;
on each side it has dorsally an obvious but not deep furrow,
which reaches neither the anterior nor posterior margin : near
the posterior margin, but not adjoining it, rise two deep ab-
breviated furrows ; at the base they are nearly approximate,
but diverge anteriorly and cease abruptly at the centre of the
disk of the prothorax. Each elytron has four strie in pairs ;
the first of these extends from the side of the scutellum to the
apical angle ; the second, approximate to the first, is consider-
ably abbreviated at both extremities ; the third distant from
the second and equally abbreviated at both extremities; the
fourth approximates to the third, which it surpasses at both
extremities, but reaches neither the base nor apex of the
elytron.

Inhabits Senegal. A single specimen above described is in the
cabinet of the Rev. F. W. Hope; asecond in that of Mr. Westwood,
both obligingly lent me for description.

396 Mr. E. Newman on the Genus Passandra,

Sp. 8. Hect. semifuscum. Caput et prothorax fusca, cetera obscure
Serruginea; linee prothoracis due laterales; antice obsolete, discus
complanatus, punctatus ; singuli elytri strie quatuor pariter dis-
posite. (Corp. long. *4 unc. lat. ‘08 unc.)

Head and prothorax dark brown, elytra, abdomen and legs
ferruginous. The head is rugose; there is a very obvious
impression on or rather behind the clypeus; the transverse
and longitudinal furrows of the head are deep and very di-
stinct; the antenne are somewhat more slender, and the joints
more elongate than in the others of this genus; the terminal
_ Joint is also much larger. The prothorax has a posterior and
lateral marginal ridge, the posterior portion being incrassated,
reflexed, and notched in the middle; on each side a line arises
from the posterior angle, and proceeding upwards towards the
anterior margin ceases at about half the length of the protho-
rax. Each elytron has four striz in pairs; the first originates
by the side of the scutellum and extends to the apical angle ;
the second, approximate to the first, is considerably abbreviated
at each end; the third, distant from the second, is also abbre-
viated at each end, but extends rather below the second; the
fourth approximates to the third, originates nearer the shoulder,
and extends rather below it. |

Habitat unknown. ‘There is one specimen in the cabinet of the
British Museum without record of its locality.

Sp. 9. Hect. rufipenne.
Cucujus rufipennis, Fab., ‘ Syst. Eleu.’ ii. 98.
“ Black, with the elytra alone ferruginous.”—Fab. loc. cit.
‘Inhabits the island of Sumatra. In the museum of M. Sehestedt.”’
The brief description of this species agrees tolerably well with
H. semifuscum, but as it enters into no particulars whatever as to the
sculpture, it would be inexcusable to conclude from so trivial a simi-
larity as that of colour that the species were identical.

Genus Catocenus, Westwood. Isonotus, Perty. Aniso-
| cerus, Hope.

Antenne moniliform and of equal thickness throughout.
Head with two deep frontal longitudinal furrows which do not
reach the transverse posterior furrow. The tarsi are very di-
stinctly 5-jointed.

with Descriptions of some New Species. 397°

Sp. 1. Cato. carinatus.. Obscure ferruginea: prothorax crebre-
punctatus : singuli elytri strie due, interstitiis punctis et quadri-
lineatis. (Corp. long. *45 une. lat. ‘075 unc.)

Entirely of a dusky ferruginous or pitchy red, not very
shining. The form is depressed, linear, and very narrow. The
antenne are of nearly uniform substance, each joint externally
incrassated; the terminal joint is slightly longer but not thicker
than the rest. The head has a deep transverse furrow near
its posterior margin ; at each extremity this is joined by a la-
teral marginal furrow, which originates near the insertion of
the mandible, and passes above the antenna and eye: in front
of the transverse furrow, but quite unconnected with it, are
two deep elongate impressions, and between these is a very
slightly marked line, which proceeds from the middle of the
transverse furrow to the clypeus, where it terminates in a cir-
cular impression. The prothorax has a very slender posterior
and lateral marginal ridge. Each elytron has two furrows;
the first originating on one side of the scutellum and termi-
nating in the apical angle, the second originating dorsally near
the shoulder and terminating considerably before the apical
angle; the interstice between these furrows has four distinct
lines, which become obliterated before the apex. The head,
prothorax, and elytra are thickly punctured, the pup on
the elytra requiring a lens of high power.

Inhabits the Cape of Good Hope. I am indebted to the Rev. F.
W. Hope for the loan of one specimen, and to Mr. Westwood for
that of another. The name of carinata, Klug, has long been attached
to this species, but I am not aware of a previous description. Spe-
cifically this is distinct from the following, but I can discover no cha-
racters of distinction of higher importance than those of sculpture,
which so obviously mark the species throughout the family. |

Sp. 2. Cato. castaneus. (Corp. long. 55 unc. lat. °125 unc.)
Isonotus castaneus, Perty, ‘Animal. Artic. of Brazil.’
p- 114. tab. xxii. fig. 15.

Ferruginous, shining. Form less elongate than in C. cari-
natus, body scarcely so flat, and antenne not so long in pro-
portion to the body; the sculpture of the head exactly as in
that species. Prothorax very shining, but under a lens of
moderate power very obviously punctured ; the disk is very:flat

398 Mr. E. Newman on the Genus Passandra.

and has two obvious impressions. Each elytron has six fur-
rows, united in pairs at the base ; the fifth ceases at about half
the length of the elytron; the sixth is rudimental only.

Inhabits Brazil. A single specimen is in the cabinet of the Rev.
F. W. Hope, and three others in that of Mr. Children.

Sp. 8. Cato. rufus. (Corp. long. 475 unc. lat. ‘1 unc.)
», rufus, Westwood, ‘Zoological Journal,’ vol. v. p. 215.
Sup. tab. xlvi. fig. 2.
Cucujus rufus, Fabricius, ‘EntomologiaSystematica,’ Supp.
p. 123. No. 2.
a », Fabricius, ‘Systema Eleutheratorum,’ vol. ii.
p. 93.
This species so closely corresponds with the foregoing that
I have considerable hesitation in considering them distinct.
The present insect is rather less in size, rather less glabrous,
and scarcely so broad in proportion to its length: there is
again a difference of habitat, the Cucujus rufus of Fabricius
inhabiting the United States, and the Isonotus castaneus of
Perty inhabiting Brazil; and I may remark it is a circum-
stance of extremely rare occurrence that the same species is
common to both countries. That the present insect is the
Cucujus rufus of Fabricius appears pretty evident from that
author’s description, which I subjoin below. There is a spe-
cimen in the cabinet of the British Museum, a second in that
of the Entomological Club (donor J. O. Westwood), and a
third in that of Mr. Westwood, which is the identical speci-
men described by him in the ‘Zoological Journal’ as the type
of his genus Catogenus, and which he has kindly placed in my
hands for examination and description. It is useless to repeat
the description already given with C. castaneus; the reader
must refer to that species, notice the slight variation above al-
luded to, and add the following description from Fabricius in
the ‘ Entomologia Systematica,’ remembering also the differ-
ent locality ; a subject formerly so much neglected, that I find
it a matter of difficulty to obtain the habitat of any rare spe-
cies if it happen to boast of any antiquity.
Description of Cucujus rufus by Fabricius.
“* Cucujus depressus, rufus, elytris striatis.
“« Habitat in Carolina Dom. Bosc.

me

Pao ee

annette

the Structure

Mr. H. Giraud on the Structure of Pollen. 399

“Magnus in hoc genere. Antenne corpore paullo breviores,
crass, rufe; articulis distinctis cylindricis. Caput rufam.
Thorax planus, depressus, margine utrinque antice posticeque
acutiusculo. Elytra striata. Pedes breves compressi.”’

Sp. 4. Cato. puncticollis. Ferruginea, obscura; prothorar ru-
gose punctatus, medio late depressus, linea mediana longitudinalt
glabra: singuli elytri strie sex, exteriores indistincte. (Corp.
long. *4 unc. ; lat. ‘1 unc.)

Ferruginous, with very little gloss. Form very short and
stout, depressed, linear; antennz hairy; head sculpture al-
most precisely as in the two preceding species. The protho-
rax is coarsely punctured, and has a large but shallow dorsal
impression more rugosely punctured than the other parts, and
through the middle of this passes a raised longitudinal gla-
brous line. Each elytron has six equidistant striz, the two
nearest the suture are united at the base: these, as well as
the third and fourth, are clearly defined; the fifth and sixth
are slight and indistinct.

Inhabits North America. The Rev. F. W. Hope, to whom I am
indebted for the opportunity of describing this species, has labelled

it ‘‘rufus, Fab.” He possessed a second specimen, very much
smaller, which he considers distinct.

é.
—.——

XLVI.—-On the Existence of a Third Tunic, together with
certain other peculiarities in the Structure of Pollen. By
Hersert Grravp, F.B.S.E., Mem. Med. Soc. Edin.

[ With a Plate. ]

In pursuing a series of observations on the structure and
functions of pollen, some points of anatomical peculiarity have
been presented to my notice which may not be wholly devoid
of interest.

The existence of two membranes or tunics in the pollen-
grain has long since been satisfactorily determined by Brong-
niart, Amici, and Brown, and is proved in a most decisive
manner by the effects produced upon pollen by the action of
sulphuric acid; for when immersed in the dilute acid, the
pollen is seen to swell until suddenly a rupture takes place
in the outer tunic, upon which, however, neither the fovilla

400 Mr. H. Giraud on some peculiarities in

nor granules are emitted, but this outer membrane gradually
removes from off the grain, which still retains its original
figure, and incloses its contents as perfectly as ever. Instances
of this kind of action are represented in Plate XVIII. Fig. 1.
shows the pollen of Fritillaria meleagris with part of its outer
tunic removed. Fig. 2. the pollen-grain wholly denuded of
its outer tunic. Fig. 3. a portion of the outer tunic removed.
Fig. 4. the pollen of Liiium Martagon, its outer tunic thin and
_ transparent, rent and falling off. By employing this method,
I have succeeded in detecting a third tunic in the pollen of
Crocus vernus. When immersed in diluted sulphuric acid
the pollen-grain swells (fig. 5.), its outer tunic bursts and is
deciduous, as is represented at fig. 6. At this stage the next
tunic, thin and transparent, may be clearly defined; but after
a short interval, it expands, exposing within it a third tunic,
which incloses the pollenic granules and fovilla (fig. 7.).

In examining the pollen of Polemonium ceruleum, immersed
in water, with a power of about 500, the surface of the grains
appeared studded with very minute and perfectly opake
bodies, some of which left the grain, and floated in the water
on the object-glass (fig. 8. a.). Upon looking more atten-.
tively at these bodies, I found that each possessed a sponta-
neous and independent motion, exactly similar to that pos-
sessed by the globules of the blood, or to that which Brong-
niart describes as having witnessed in the granules of the pol-
len of the Gourd and of the Mallow. Although I could de-
tect no grains that had burst, still I supposed that these
bodies might be the pollen granules, and that therefore this
was merely a repetition of the observation of Brongniart. The
pollen-grains being made to burst and emit their granules,
an obvious distinction at once, between the latter and the
minute bodies, became apparent. The true granules were
larger than these bodies, from which they might also be di-
stinguished by their translucency. Of the nature or uses of
these bodies I have not been able to form even a conjecture ;
but that their motion is independent of all external agencies
I feel quite satisfied.

Considerable doubt has existed as to the true nature of the
longitudinal line which exists in most elliptical and spherical

the Structure of Pollen. 401

pollen-grains possessing a smooth surface. It was supposed
by Guillemin to be a slit in the outer tunic intended to faci-
litate the admission of water into the interior of the grains,
and the emission of their fovilla. The observations which I
have made in reference to this point have shown that the Jon-
gitudinal line has not, in any case, the appearance of a slit,
as it has greater opacity, when the grain is dry, than any other
part ; and were it a slit, it would not disappear under the ac-
tion of water, (which is the case,) but, on the contrary, as the
pollen-grain enlarged, it would become more patulous. It
would therefore appear that the true nature of this linear
marking is, that in the dry state the outer membrane is de-
pressed and folded in, so as to form a furrow; but that when
moisture is applied the grain swells, the fold is expanded, and
finally disappears. This statement is confirmed by the ap-
pearances which I found to be presented by the pollen of
Antirrhinum majus. In the dry state its form is cylindrical,
but under the action of water it swells and becomes spherical ;
the furrow, at the same time, is seen gradually to unfold and
at last to disappear (fig. 9, 10, 11, 12). Moreover, in the
early stages of its development, when surrounded with fluid,
and being therefore in a moist condition, no furrow is per-
ceptible.

Besides the several proximate principles which have been
shown by chemists to exist in pollen, I have succeeded in de-
tecting in certain species a very marked quantity of carbo-
nate of potassa. Whilst making an observation on the pollen
of Antirrhinum majus immersed in dilute sulphuric acid, the
field of the microscope became crowded with a quantity of
acicular crystals. As the fluid gradually evaporated, the pol-
len-grains were found to act as nuclei, from which the cry-
stals radiated in all directions (fig. 13.). Their form appeared
to be that of quadrilateral prisms with obliquely truncated
extremities. The portion of this salt was of course infinitely
too small to afford a sufficient quantity for analysis; the only
method therefore of determining its constitution was to dis-
cover the form of its crystal, and that of other salts which
might be formed by its decomposition. It was obvious that
it must be a sulphate of some base; and as potassa is an

Ann. Nat. Hist. Vol. 2. No.12. Fed. 1839. 25

402 Mr. W. Thompson on the British Species of

abundant base in some of the other vegetable tissues, it was
probable that this salt was sulphate of potassa. On com-
paring the form of microscopic crystals of sulphate of potassa
with that of the crystals derived from the pollen, it was found
that they were identical; but in order to determine this point
with greater certainty, a solution of oxalic acid was added to
the pollenic crystals, which upon evaporation afforded cry-
stals having the characteristic form of the binoxalate of po-
tassa (fig. 14.). That the potassa existed in the state of car-
bonate became probable from the fact, that the water in which
the pollen had been macerated did not yield crystals upon a
partial evaporation, the carbonate of potassa being deliques-
cent.

Note.—Although the main object of this communication has
been anticipated by M. Fritzsche, of whose labours, published
in the Transactions of the Petersburgh Academy, our corre-
spondent seems to have had no knowledge, it will prove in-
teresting to many of our readers, inasmuch as the writings of
Fritzsche are little known in this country, and his views are
in some degree confirmed by the observations of our corre-
spondent, both agreeing in their deductions. M. Fritzsche
has not only discovered a third tunic, but even a fourth, which
is said to occur, among other plants, in Clarkia elegans, some
species of Ginothera, and in Encharidium concinnu.—Entt.

XLVII.— Observations on several British Fishes, including the
description of a New Species. By Wiiu1aAm THompPson,
Esq., Vice-President of the Natural History Society of
Belfast*,

[ With a Plate. ]
1. On the British Species of the Genus Monochirus, Cuv.

By the kindness of Dr. Parnell in supplying me with speci-
mens of the Red-backed Flounder of Hanmer, ‘ Pennant’s
Brit. Zool.,’ (v. ii. p. 313. pl. 48. ed. 1812,) and the Mon. mi-
nutus, Parn., 1am enabled to speak decidedly on some points
which, in my previous remarks on these species, ‘ Annals Nat,

* Read before this Society December 5, 1838, and illustrated aid the spe-
cimens of which it treated.

the Genus Monochirus. 403

Hist.,’ vol. ii. p. 19, could only, from a want of specimens, be
treated of problematically. This I now proceed to do as sup-
plementary to what appeared in the ‘ Annals ;’ but it may be
well, in the first place, to give a slight sketch of the British
Monochiri, in so far as our present knowledge extends.

The first British Monochirus I am aware of being noticed,
is that figured under the name of Variegated. Sole in ‘ Dono-
van’s British Fishes,’ (pl. 117,) the individual represented
having been purchased. in the London market in April 1807,
but where captured is not mentioned. In the edition of Pen-
nant’s ‘ British Zoology’ published in 1812, Mr. Hanmer
figured and described a species by the appellation of Red-
backed Flounder, and stated it to be “ common in the spring
upon the coast near Plymouth.” In the sixth volume of the
‘ Magazine of Natural History,’ p. 530, a specimen of “ Solea
variegata”’ is noticed by Dr. Scouler to have been taken at
Rothsay in the isle of Bute. Mr. Jenyns, in his ‘ Manual of
British Vertebrate Animals, p. 468, takes his description
from one procured at Weymouth; and Mr. Yarrell, in his
‘ History of British Fishes, v. ii. p. 262, figures and describes
an individual supplied from Cornwall by Mr. Couch, and
mentions, in addition, from the. MS. of Montagu, that this
naturalist received a specimen 9 inches in length from Dr.
_ Leach, who purchased it with two others in Plymouth market
in August 1808. Thus far our authors, with the exception
of Mr. Jenyns, (who leaves it to be proved by future investi-
gation whether there be not a second species,) speak only of
one Monochirus.

In the first volume of the ‘ Magazine of Zoology and Bo-
tany,’ p. 526, Dr. Parnell described a Monochirus, which is
taken at Brixham, under the specific name of minutus, intro-
ducing it doubtfully as a new species, but with certainty as
distinct from the “ red-backed Sole, Mon. Lingula,”’ and, as
such, an addition to the British Fauna. Lastly, the Septem-
ber number of the ‘ Annals’ contains observations by myself
on two species of Monochirus taken on the coast of Ireland.

To attempt placing the species, of which notices are here
brought together, in a clearer light, is the object of the pre-
sent communication ; and although this may to a certain ex-

2k 2

404 Mr. W. Thompson on the British Species of

tent be done, the sequel will show that it cannot be per-
formed effectively.

First :—the Variegated Sole as figured and described by
Donovan and Yarrell, the specimen recorded by Dr. Scouler*,
and the individual noticed by myself under the name of Solea
variegata, are identical. ‘The localities in which this species
has been procured, are the coasts of Cornwall in England»
of the island of Bute in Scotland, and of Down in Ireland.
As suggested in my previous paper on this subject, it may
be worthy of investigation, whether the Mon. Pegusa of
Risso, obtained from the Mediterranean, be this species, (t-
iil. p. 258. f. 33. ed. 1826) +. Of the references in Mr. Yarrell’s
work, those relating to Rondeletius, Willughby and Cuvier
apply, I conceive, to the species next to be noticed; Duhamel
I have not for consultation; Fleming merely quotes Donovan
and: Pennant.

Spec. cHAR. Mon. variegatus. Pectoral fin about + the
length of head: scales on lateral line about 85 ; dinuih and
anal unconnected with caudal fin.

Secondly :—the Solea Lingula of Jenyns’s ‘ Manual,’ (except-
ing the short specific characters and colours which are copied
from Hanmer,) the Mon. minutus of Parnell, and the “ Solea
Lingula, Rond.,” (Mon. linguatulus) described by me in the
‘Annals,’ are the same species;—of the identity of these two
last I judge from a comparison of specimens. Being of opi-
nion that Mr. Jenyns’s description, so far as taken from the
individual before him, related to this species; and that,
rather than describe the colours from a specimen preserved
in spirits, he had copied them from Hanmer’s description
of the Red-backed Flounder, believing it the same, though
it is in reality a distinct species; I communicated with him
on the subject, and his reply confirmed my views. The op-
portunity of examining specimens of this latter fish, which
Mr. Jenyns had not, but through the kindness of Dr. Parnell

* As this fish is very briefly noticed in the Magazine, I wrote to Dr.
Scouler respecting it, and was informed in reply that it may be considered
identical with the Variegated Sole of Yarrell.

+ The large size of the pectoral fin, as represented in the figure, marks a
Solea rather than a Monochirus; but it is described as the latter by Risso,
and the figure referred to as such by Cuvier, Rég. An., t. ii. p. 348, 2nd ed.

the Genus Monochirus. 405 —

I have had, could alone have settled this point, the describer
of it having been silent on such characters as the length of
the pectoral fins, and number of scales on the lateral line, by
which chiefly it is distinguished from the present species.

This is, [consider, the So/ea parva sive Lingula described and
figured by Rondeletius, and again repeated in the works of
Gesner (lib. iv. p. 669.), Aldrovandus (p. 237.) and Willughby
(p. 102. pl. F.8. f. 1.).. With reference to this, the following
note on three specimens obtained since the publication of my
‘paper in the ‘Annals’ may be here given. Of these, which are
from 3 to 34 inches in length, one has the outline of Solea vul-
garis ; but the other two differ much from it in being narrower,
and tapering more towards the tail, thus precisely resembling,
even to the turn of the caudal fin, the Solea parva sive Lingula
as represented by these authors: the lateral line too approx-
imates the form given in the figure of this species, but in the
specimens is placed rather higher on the body; in these it
originates considerably above the middle, and for some way
slopes gradually downwards, until it takes a course midway
between the dorsal and ventral profile*. A figure of this fish
illustrates Dr. Parnell’s paper before referred to in the first
volume of the ‘ Magazine of Zoology and Botany.’

The two localities in which this species has occurred in
England are southern: at Weymouth in Dorsetshire, whence
the single specimen was obtained that served for Mr. Jenyns’s
description ; and at Brixham on the adjoining coast of De-
vonshire, where, Dr. Parnell informs us, it is taken in the
trawl-nets throughout the year. In Ireland it has been pro-
cured with the trawl or dredge both in the north and south;
in the month of August in the open sea off Dundrum, county
of Down; in June and October within the entrance to Bel-
fast bay, and at Youghal in the county of Cork. (See Annals,
loc. cit.) Of its occurrence in Scotland I have not seen any
record. This is described to be a Mediterranean species.

Spec. cHAR. Mon. linguatulus. Upper pectoral fin about

* These specimens may further be described as of a red.lish-brown colour,
minutely freckled over with a darker shade, and having the roundish spots
of dark brown and of white on the lateral line and on the body some way in-
wards from the base of the dorsal and anal tins, as had the individuals ob-
tained in June last. See Annals, vol. ii. p. 21.

406 Mr. W. Thompson on the British Species of

one-seventh the length of head; scales on lateral line about
70; an occasional black ray throughout the dorsal and anal
fins, this colour not spreading over the adjoining membrane.

Thus far all seems clear, the British specimens recorded
being allocated under the two species just treated of, with the
exception of Hanmer’s Red-backed Flounder obtained at
Plymouth, and Montagu’s specimen from the same locality.
All that is wanted to fix the species of the first-mentioned is
‘an examination of a moderate-sized Mon. variegatus. This
‘Mr. Yarrell possesses ; and now supplying him with the spe-
cimens by which I arrived at the above conclusions, I leave
this point to be determined in the forthcoming Supplement
to his ‘ History of British Fishes.’ As all the British Mono-
chirt and Solee are taken on the southern coast of England,
it signifies little to which of the species Montagu’s specimen
belonged.

It may not be useless to mention some of the comparative
differences between Hanmer’s Red-backed Flounder, (of which
two specimens, procured by Dr. Parnell at Brixham*, are
now before me,) the Mon. linguatulus and Mon. variegatus.
From the M. linguatulus it is at once seen to be specifically
different, by the greater length of its pectoral fin, (about 4
that of head, whereas it is about one-seventh in the other,) —
by its smaller scales (about 85 in the lateral line, the other
having about 70), and by the conspicuous blotches of black,
of which part is on the dorsal and anal fins, and part on the
body of the specimens}. With M. variegatus the Red-backed
Flounder accords in the length of pectoral fins, the number
of scales on the lateral line, and in general form; in every
character indeed, so far as I can judge from comparison with
a specimen of M. variegatus under three inches in length, ex-
cept in colour. This difference, in itself certainly not specific,
is nevertheless very striking; my specimen of M. variegatus,
22 inches long, Mr. Yarrell’s 5 inches, and Donovan’s 9 inches

* It was between these or similar specimens that Dr. Parnell, calling
them Mon. Lingula, clearly showed the characters in which they differed
from his Mon. minutus. See Mag. of Zool. and Bot., vol. i. p. 528.

+ The black spots mentioned in my description of the colours of Sol. Lin-
gula, Rond. (Annals, loc. cit.), differ entirely from these by appearing on
the body only; they are small roundish spots, generally about a line in dia-
meter.

the Genus Monochirus. 407

in length, all presenting similar variegated markings. The
colour of the upper side of Hanmer’s fish is described to be
“a very light brown tinged with red,” and is figured of a
uniform colour. Such Dr. Parnell’s (preserved dry) likewise
are, becoming darker at the margin, over which the black
blotches on the dorsal and anal fins occasionally extend for a
few lines: this marking, as represented in Hanmer’s figure,
is characteristic of that in the specimens at present under ex-
amination; but these exhibit rather more black on the dorsal
fin. Hanmer’s specimen was 6? inches long, Dr. Parnell’s
are 7+ and 8? inches.

The number of denticles and form of the scales of the Mono-
chiri will not prove to be a positive character, though, relatively
considered, they may be of service in the elucidation of species.
On examining one of my specimens of MM. linguatulus as to
the number of these denticles, I found that a scale taken from
the lateral line had 21; another from the next row had 22
and 2 rudimentary points; a third from an adjacent part of
the body had likewise 22. The outline of these scales was
different, the first being conspicuously contracted about the
middle at one side, and straight throughout the other; the
second slightly contracted about the middle on both sides,
and the third with the sides quite straight. In each of two
scales taken from the lateral line of Dr. Parnell’s specimen of
M. minutus there are 22 large strong denticles, with rudi-
mentary points between them: outline of these scales differ-
ent, and as in the individual just described. In my specimen
of M. variegatus, two scales which touched upon the lateral
line exhibited only 10 and 13 points; but this paucity may
be owing to its diminutive size. A scale from the lateral line
of Dr. Parnell’s smaller specimen of the Red-backed Flounder
exhibited 19 denticles, one off the third row from it 18. The
form of scale in all the individuals examined is much the
same, being broader for its length than that of scales I took
from Solea vulgaris ; they were generally, but not always, con-
tracted about the middle, either at one or both sides. The
scales were all examined separately under the microscope, and
hence is a different result in the number of denticles from
what would have appeared, had they been reckoned on the
body of the fish. 3

408 Mr. W. Thompson on a new British Fish.

11. Description of a minute Fish allied to the Ciliata glauca,
Couch, and Gadus argenteolus, Mont. Plate XVI. figs. 1, 2,3.

When dredging in Strangford Lough, county of Down, on
the 2nd of July last, at from one to three quarters of a mile
off the shore, and the water from ten to twenty fathoms in
depth, I for upwards of an hour remarked some very minute
fishes coming singly to the surface. They ascended in a
somewhat vertical direction, remained but momentarily there,
and again, generally in a similar manner, descended until lost
to view. Their back appeared to be of a dark colour, but
their sides presented the brilliancy of the brightest silver.
Their size was rather under an inch; their motion, though
somewhat wriggling, surprisingly rapid; so much so, that al-
though the boat was scarcely moving, and the sea quite calm,
their continuance at the surface was so short, that the great-
est activity had to be exerted to secure them. For this pur-
pose a small canvas net, otherwise used in the capture of mi-
nute Meduse, was available. When brought into the boat,
they at first sight called to mind the Ciliata glauca and Gadus
argenteolus; but the great size of the ventral fins, which were
likewise of a pitchy blackness for nearly the last third of their
length, seemed opposed to their identity with these species.
The boatmen who accompanied me had not observed this fish.
before, nor had they heard anything of it.

Drsc.—General form elongate; belly protuberant. On a close
examination of all the specimens, nine in number, no cirri can with
a high power of lens, or on the field of the microscope, be detected
on either jaw. The largest individual, 104 lines in length, may be
characterised as having the upper jaw the longer ; strong and pointed
teeth in both jaws; head occupying rather more than } of the entire
length: eye equal in diameter to 4rd the length of head: opercle
rounded at the base, altogether forming a portion of a circle: first
dorsal fin originating just over the opercle, so sunken, and its rays
(which are thick and blunt) so short, as to be hardly distinguishable
in the profile of the fish, not less than 25 rays; second dorsal com-
mencing close to the first, and before the end of the pectorals, of
unequal height, extending to the base of the caudal, not less than
50 rays: pectoral fins rather less than 4th of the entire length, of
moderate size and rounded, placed very high, somewhat above the

J Swaine fc

JS 49. I del

Mr. W. Thompson on a new British Fish. 409

opercle, about 20 rays; ventrals placed high, commencing rather in
advance of the pectorals, somewhat square at the end, occupying
of the entire length, reaching to the vent, and consisting of about 6
rays: anal fin commencing at the vent, and extending to the base
of the caudal, unequal in height, having at least 40 rays: caudal fin
elongate, occupying +th of the entire length (measured from last
vertebra of body), somewhat rounded at the end, containing about
30 rays*: branchial rays about 7: vent midway between snout
and base of caudal fin. Cotour when recent —: back, rich green
varied with dots of gold and black: operculum, entire sides and
under surface bright silver; pectoral, dorsal, anal and caudal fins
uniformly of a pale colour, ventrals likewise so for rds from the
base, remainder pitch black ; irides silvery.

Since the above was written, I have been favoured by Mr.
Yarrell with original specimens of Ciliata glauca, obtained
from Mr. Couch, and from these the Strangford species differs
as follows. My specimens, under 11 lines in length, do not,
like the Cornwall fish—which is 1 inch 5 lines long—exhibit
cirri on either jaw. The ventral fins in mine are equal to jth
of the entire length, in the English specimen to about 1th;
in the latter the longest rays have a fibrous termination, (to
the extreme of which the length of the fin was estimated,)
whereas these fins are somewhat square at the end in the
Strangford specimens; besides, they are in these of a pitchy
blackness for the last third of their length, although in the
other of a uniform pale colour throughout. These differences
were likewise constant in Cornwall and Strangford specimens
of similar length.

On placing the authentic Ciliata glauca and a Motella quin-
guecirratat of equal size together, the difference is very great ;

* Although the number of rays in the fins cannot be given with certainty,
an approximation to it has been thought better than entire silence on the
subject.

A One of the two individuals which, judging from their agreement with
the characters assigned to C. glauca, were noticed as such in the Annals for
September last (p. 14), at which time I had not seen authentic specimens.
In colour there certainly was a want of uniformity with the description ;
but it was considered that this might have been changed by the preserving
liquor. Compared with the figures of Couch and Yarrell, (chiefly owing to
their being uncoloured,) no obvious difference appeared. By the accompa-
nying coloured figures, though taken from specimens long preserved in spi-
rits, | have endeavoured to show this difference; in such small representa-
tions it is almost impossible to give more than the general aspect of the fish.

410 Mr. W. Thompson on a new British Fish.

the dull hue of the latter presenting quite a contrast to the
colour of the other, which is of as brilliant a silver as any of
the Clupeiade. Its general organization too is much more de-
licate than that of the Motel/a: in the form of the head they
are different; in C. glauca, the separating line between the
opercle and pre-opercle, both of which are silvery and some-
what hard, is conspicuously marked ; in the Mof¢ella the oper-
cle appears exteriorly undivided, in consequence of its soft
and fleshy covering. The snout of C. glauca is shorter than
that of the other, and the mouth smaller; this is differently
formed from that either of a Motella or Clupea, but possesses
numerous sharp and curved teeth along both jaws. Its rictus
is in a line with the first third of the eye ; that of the M. quin-
quecirrata with its posterior margin. No pores are apparent
within the posterior line of the opercle, as in the species just
named, but a row of them surmounting the upper lip. The
difference in the ventral profile is considerable, all the speci-
mens of C. glauca being, from the protuberance of the belly,
very convex anteriorly,—an appearance which the Motella
does not present.

When announcing this species in the ‘ Magazine of N wah
History,’ (vol. v. p. 15) Mr. Couch founded a new genus
upon it, which he called Ciliata; but subsequently, in the
works of Mr. Jenyns and Mr. Yarrell, it appeared as a Motedla.
Although its possessing the very few characters assigned to
this genus may be considered sufficient to place this fish un-
der it, the comparison of specimens, of which the result has
been given, induces me to think that it should constitute a
new genus. It participates in the characters both of Clupea
and Motella, resembling the former in its silvery brilliancy*,
and in almost instantly dying on removal from the water
(which the latter genus can long survive): its form, posterior
to the head, is precisely that of Motella, with which it like-
wise accords in possessing cirri. In selecting a generic name,
that of Ciliata should, by reason of its priority, be adopted,
were it not pre-engaged}+. Such being the case, I propose,

* It has a metallic appearance, as if covered with silver-leaf, wholly un-
like the silvery whiteness of the lower portion of the body in some of the
Gadide, as Gad. minutus, Merlangus vulgaris, &c.

+ Ciliés, which may, I think, be considered equivalent to Ciliata, though

Mr. W. Thompson on a new British Fish. 41]

as a compliment well merited by Mr. Couch for his practical
knowledge of fishes, that the genus be named after him,
Couchia. To the Strangford species the name of minor may
be given.

Generic characters—Covucuia. Body elongate, compressed
posteriorly: first dorsal fin, like that of Motella, very low,
composed of soft rays unconnected by a membrane: pectorals
and ventrals placed high: second dorsal and anal fin long:
divisions of opercle well defined exteriorly.

Specific characters.—Couchia minor. (Plate XVI. fig. 1.)
Lesser Mackerel Midge. Upper jaw the longer: ventrals
long (from + to +th the length of head), and black at their
termination: sides silvery*.

The Gadus argenteolus (Pl. XVI. fig. 2.) of Montagu ‘Wern
Mem.’, v. ii. p. 449. must be adverted to in connexion with the
present. species. By its describer, it is stated to be “ nearly
allied to the three-bearded Cod, Gadus Mustela, in most par-
ticulars ; but the shape of the head and the colour + are essen-
tially different.” It was the striking dissimilarity presented
by a comparison of specimens of C. glauca and Mot. quinque-
cirrata in these very characters, that led me to re-separate
them generically ; and consequently the C. glauca and G. ar-
genteolus may, from agreement in these points, be in the first
place regarded of the same genus{ as here defined. On

I know not whether this term itself has been used, appears, from Jourdan’s
‘ Dict. des Termes,’ &c., to have been adopted in a somewhat similar sense
by four different authors,

* The absence of cirri is not given as a character, as better vision than
mine may yet detect them.

+ The name of Whitebait (Clupea alba), which Montagu mentions as ap-
plied to the G. argenteolus by the fishermen, however erroneously, is suffi-
ciently indicative of its Clupea-like aspect.

+ Montagu remarks of the G. argenteolus, that ‘the whole fish is of a
silvery resplendence except the back, which is blue changeable to dark
green;” and that the three-bearded Cod he has “ taken of all sizes, from
the most minute to its full growth of 16 or 17 inches, and never ob-
served it to vary in colour, except as it grows large it becomes more rufous,
and throws out spots, which is never observed till it exceeds 6 or 7 inches,
but is invariably rufous-brown in its infant state.” As a general descrip~
tion, this is equally applicable to the five-bearded Cod (Mot. quinquecirrata),
of which I have however taken spotted examples smaller than has been just
noticed. Specimens now before me of different sizes, from 14 to 53 inches
in length, are of a tolerably uniform brown colour on the head, back, sides
and fins, varied only in the larger individuals by yellowish white at the an-

412 Mr. W. Thompson on a new British Fish.

looking critically to the detailed description of G. argenteolus
(fig. 2.), and applying it to the authentic specimen of C. glauca,
Pl. XVI. fig. 3, there is, with one exception, such a similarity
in every character which may be comprised under form and
colour, that I am fully persuaded they constitute but one spe-
cies. The single discrepancy, like to a specific one, is that of
three cirri only being attributed to G. argenteolus; but as it is
much more easy to overlook two than to distinguish all the
cirri*, I cannot under the circumstances, and at the same time
not forgetting Montagu’s great accuracy in description, consi-
der this alone a sufficient reason for separation. The localities
too, in which only theG. argenteolus and C. glauca are hitherto
recorded to have occurred, tend further to favour this view ;
by Montagu the first mentioned was obtained on the south
coast of Devonshire, where it has not since been observed ;
but by Mr. Couch the latter was some time afterwards pro-
cured on the adjoining shores of Cornwall. It is in the pre-
sent communication that the range of this genus is for the
first time shown to extend beyond the south-west of England.
Finally, with a full belief of the identity of Montagu’s and
Couch’s fishes, although they have hitherto been regarded by
naturalists without any specific reference to each other, I would
suggest that the name applied by the former author should be
retained, and that Couchia argenteola be applied to the species.

Specific characters.—Couchia argenteola. Upper jaw the
longer, 5 cirri, four on the upper, one on the lower jaw: ven-
trals moderate (from 4 to 4 the length of head), and of a
whitish colour: sides silvery.

terior part of the under surface cf the body, and in the smaller by the white
extending to the lower portion of the opercle, and here, as well as beneath,
faintly tinged with silver.

* As before stated, cirri could not be detected in any of the Strangford
specimens: lest this should be owing to want of discrimination on my own
part, they were submitted to two scientific friends who are well accustomed
to the use of the microscope ; but neither could they detect any cirri under
it, nor with the aid of a lens: the specimens, it must be remembered, were
small. It is only by very close examination that four cirri can be perceived
on the upper jaw of the large English C. glauca. ‘ Cirri three, two before
the nostrils and one on the skin,” are Montagu’s words, leaving us in doubt
on which jaw he perceived the third cirrus.

On the identity of Trigla Cuculus with T. Gurnardus. 413

111. On the identity of the Trigla Cuculus, Bl., with the T. Gur-
nardus of authors; together with Observations on two Spe-
cies of the Genus Gobius.

When noticing the 7. Cuculus as an addition to the Fauna
of Ireland, in the first volume of the ‘ Annals ’* (p. 348), I
embraced the opportunity of offermg some remarks on the
confusion that existed about the species. In so far, the ob-
servations then made may not be useless ; but as it was looked
upon in the ordinary light of being a species distinct from
T. Gurnardus, of which it has very recently been shown to be
merely the young, I feel that a few notes are requisite as sup
plementary.

In a paper on some species of British fishes read by Dr.
Parnell before the meeting of the British Association at New-
castle, the author stated that an examination of a series of
specimens, embracing all sizes, had led him to the conclusion
that 7. Cuculus, Bl., (T. Blochii, Yarr.) is only the young of
T. Gurnardus ; and to him alone, I believe, is this highly in-
teresting discovery due, for such, in consequence of the man-
ner in which it is effected, I conceive it to bet. Having
lately procured a series of specimens, that I might, for my
own satisfaction, examine into this question, I shall here give
the results. The following extract from the ‘ Histoire Natu-
relle des Poissons’ of Cuvier and Valenciennes, by whom
they are considered as distinct species, may in the first place
be desirable. “ Leur téte est la méme, ses granulations sont
semblables, les dentelures des lobes de leur museau sont tout

* One oversight was here committed. Mr. Jenyns is mentioned in com-
pany with other authors as not having described the relative length of the
first and second rays of the first D. fin to each other; but although this is
not alluded to in his ‘ Manual’ under the head of 7. Cuculus (a circumstance
which led to the remark), the relative differences only between this species
and 7. Gurnardus being described, rendered any observation on this point
unnecessary, when a similarity was considered to prevail in this character.
Fora similar reason Cuv. and Val. did not particularize the relative length
of these rays.

+ In the number of specimens of each species, independently of the beau-
tiful manner in which they are preserved, Dr. Parnell’s collection of British
fishes stands quite unrivalled. In these 77igl@ is a notable instance of the
advantage of a series of different sizes, the young and old fish being so dif-
ferent, that without having traced the changes from youth upwards, we could
hardly believe in the modification which really takes place,

414 Mr. W. Thompson on the identity of

aussi distinctes, et les points de leurs piéces operculaires et
de leur épaule tout aussi aigués; mais les trois premiéres
épines de leur dorsale n’ont pas, comme dans le gurnard gris,
les cétés granulés ou chagrinés: on ne voit qu’une dentelure
a peine perceptible sur le tranchant antérieur des deux pre-
miéres. Les crétes des écailles qui garnissent leur fossette
dorsale sont entiéres et sans crénelures, et se terminent cha-
cune par une simple pointe. Celles des écailles de leur ligne
latérale ne sont pas non plus crénelées comme dans les gur-
nards gris, mais ont deux a trois dents de scie, dont une est
plus saillante et plus aigué que les autres. Tout le reste est
parfaitement conformé de méme dans les deux espéces.”—
Article T. Cuculus, tome iv. p. 68.

T. Cuculus.

No. 1.=23 inches long. Colour red, ‘‘ with a conspicuous black
spot on the upper part of the first dorsal,” extending from the 3rd
to the 5th ray. A few denticles on the Ist D. ray only; all the
scales on the D. ridge entire, each being a sharp spine directed back-
wards; scales of the lateral line not crenated, but consisting of a
series of hooked spines similarly directed.

Nos. 2. and 3.* =3 and 33 inches long. Colour red, a conspicu-
ous black spot from 3rd to 5th ray of Ist D. fin. Scales of D. ridge
and lateral line as in No. 1; no dentieles on D. rays in No. 2; the
rays in No. 3. imperfect.

Intermediate between T. Cuculus and 'T. Gurnardus.

No. 4. = 7 inches long. Colour dark grey, black spot of 1st D.
fin very conspicuous. ‘Two anterior scales of D. ridge slightly den-
ticulated, the remainder simple; scales occupying the anterior part
of lateral line for about an inch in extent, crenated; remainder as
in Nos. 1.—3.: first D. ray denticulated, and to a greater extent
than in No. 1. :

No. 5.=9 inches long. Male, colour greyish-red, a conspicuous
black spot on 1st D. fin. The few anterior scales only of the D. ridge
slightly denticulated; anterior portion of every scale on the lateral
line crenated, but each terminating in a hooked spine: lst and 2nd
D. rays denticulated, points on the 1st increasing in number t.

* The specimens described as 7. Cuculus in the ‘ Annals,’ vol. i. 348.

+ Since this was procured, Dr. Parnell has favoured me with a specimen
of similar size, and which, being in the transition state, admirably shows
the characters of both species.

Trigla Cuculus with T. Gurnardus. 415

T. Gurnardus.

No. 6.=11 inches long. Female, colour blackish-grey, a black
spot on D. fin. Scales on D. ridge all crenated, points directed up-
wards; those on the lateral line all crenated, occasional scales
throughout its length terminating in a hooked spine, 3 anterior D.
rays crenated.

No. 7.=11} inches long. Male, colour greyish-red, black spot
on Ist D. fin. Scales throughout D. ridge crenated, but nearly all
of them having the terminal hooked spine ; scales on lateral line all
crenated, but, as in the D. scales, all except those occupying the
anterior inch terminated by a spine; 1st and 2nd anterior rays only
of 1st D. granulated.

No. 8.=133 inches long. Colour blackish-grey, with a slight tinge
of pale-red over it; Ist D. fin generally dusky. Scales of D. ridge
crenated, all the points directed upwards; scales throughout lateral
line crenated, many of them on the hinder 2rds of its length termi-
' nating in a spine; Ist 3 D. rays granulated ‘diuaghout almost thet
entire length; 4th and 5th rays partially granulated.

No. 9.= 13} inches long. Female, colour dark-grey, varied with
yellow; D. fis’ generally blackish, but of a darker hue where the
black spot usually occurs. Scales on D. ridge crenated throughout,
points directed upwards; D. scales as in No. 8.; Ist and 2nd D.
rays granulated nearly throughout their length, 3rd and 4th slightly
so about the middle.

No. 10=14 inches long. Female, colour grey, varied with yel-
low, lst D. fin with a black spot. Scales on D. ridge and lateral
line as in last, four anterior rays of 1st D. fin conspicuously granu-
lated, 5th partially so about the middle.

No. 11=15 inches long. Female, colour dark-grey, varied by
yellow; 1st D. fin generally, pale dusky*. Scales on D. ridge and
lateral line as in last; 3 anterior rays of Ist D. fin strongly granu-
lated throughout almost their entire length, 4th and 5th granulated
for more than half their length; 6th granulated on one side. No. 6.,
11 inches long, was considerably darker in colour than the three last.

Thus the 7. Cuculus may be traced gradually passing into
the T. Gurnardus, until this species appears fully developed.
It may further be perceived, that as this fish increases in size,
the granulations extend over the rays of the first dorsal fin,
and are not confined, as described by authors, to the three or

* The recent colours of all but Nos. 1-3 are here given.

416 Mr. W. Thompson on the identity of

four anterior ones only. So far as my observation extends,
the red colour assigned to the 7. Cuculus is not peculiar to
the species at any age; and individuals of this hue may be
looked upon as occasional varieties :—from 24 up to 124*
inches in length, I have seen specimens of a reddish colour.
Considered relatively to the length of body, the pectoral fins
are larger in young than in adult individuals ; in those of con-
siderable size they often extend so far as to be on a line with
the vent.

The Grey Gurnard, commonly known by the name of
knoud in the north, is a common species on the Irish coast:
specimens from the northern, eastern, and southern shores are
in my possession. It is chiefly taken in the summer and au-
tumn; to Belfast market it is sometimes brought from the
beginning of March until the end of October. Not being in
much favour for the table with those who can afford a choice,

-it becomes a cheap food to the poorer people.

At Dundrum, on the coast of Down, where I have seen it
captured, sand-eels and the fat of meat were successfully used
as bait; and once, in my presence, a slice taken off the side
of one the moment it was brought into the boat, had hardly
reached the bottom before another was taken with it; this I
learned was a common bait. The food that has generally oc-
curred to me in their stomachs was crustacea and small fishes,
chiefly of a silvery colour, as Ammodytes and Clupea. The
Grey Gurrard, when taken from the water, emits before dying
a kind of snoring noise like others of the genus, and hence
the name of Piper bestowed on T. Lyra.

Gobius niger, Cuv. and Val.? and G. Britannicus, Thomp.

When recording a species of Goby in 1837+ as new to the
British Fauna, I stated my opinion, judging merely from de-
scription, that it was the species described as G. niger by Cuv.

* This specimen may be described as tinged with red over the ordinary
grey colour which appears on the back and upper part of the sides in 7. Gur-
nardus; on the lower part of the sides, and to near the ventral profile, it
was of a deep-rose colour; all the fins too had reddish markings.

+ See ‘ Proceedings of Zool. Soc. of London,’ 1837, p.61. The G. niger,
Cuv. and Val. is the addition to the Fauna; Britannicus is applied to the
G. niger of Mont., &c. The reasons for this allocation of names are fully

stated in the work just cited, p. 63.

Ce 6
> »

Trigla Cuculus with 'T. Gurnardus. 417

and Val. ‘ Hist. des Pois.,’ t. xii. p. 9, and that it was at the
same time distinct from the G. niger of Montagu ‘ Yarr. Brit.
Fish.,’ v. i. p. 252, and Jenyns, and probably from that of
‘Yarrell. Of the former species I had then seen but the one
native specimen—captured by myself in the bay of Galway—
and therefore it was considered injudicious to draw up the
specific characters. Having now obtained from Mr. R. Ball
of Dublin two other specimens for examination—from the
coasts of Galway and Cork—I can do so with more confidence.
Although an easy task to point out the relative differences, it is
not so with the absolute characters ; these may be described as

G. niger, Cuv. and Val. ? G. Britannicus.

Teeth on the outer rows of both | Teeth of the outer rows not very
jaws very much larger than the much larger than the others,
others, and curving inwards. and, like them, straight and

truncated at the summits.

Scales small, with long cilia on | Seales rather large.
their free margins. D. 6—14; P.18; V.1+5 each;

D. 6—16; P. 20: V.5 each; A.12; C.15, and some short *.

A.13; C.14, and some short.

On comparison, the largest G. niger, Cuv. and Val., 3
inches 2 lines long, and the G. Britannicus, 3 inches in length,
present the following appearances :—

Viewed from above, the head is more equable in breadth in G. Bri-
tannicus ; in the other it approaches more to a conical form. When
placed on the side, the G. niger is rather the deeper, carrying greater
breadth to the base of the caudal fin; the scales are much smaller
in G. niger, yet the cilia on their margins are longer than in the
other: from some of the scales being wanting, their number cannot
be accurately given ; but reckoned from the opercle in a straight line
along the middle of the body—for the lateral line is inconspicuous
in both species—to the base of the caudal fin, there are about 10
more in G. niger than in G. Britannicus; about 45 in the one, and
55 in the other may be mentioned as an approximation: pecten-like
striet on the scales of both species. In G. niger, the outer row of

* The examination of more specimens has shown that there is but little
disparity between these species in the dorsal sulcus and the comparative
length of jaws, although a difference did, in these respects, appear in the in-
dividuals first compared (See Zool. Proc.). The jaws may in both be called
equal. Of four specimens of G. niger, one had a more depressed line from
the head to the first dorsal, another a broad groove, and the remaining two
displayed neither appearance.

+ See Cuv. and Val., t. xii. p. 12.

Ann. Nat. Hist. Vol.2. No. 12. Feb. 1839. QF

418 Mr. W. Thompson on the identity of

teeth in both jaws is considerably the largest, and they differ entirely
in form from those of G. Britannicus, this being the most obvious
differential character between the species; of the large hooked
teeth, there are about 16 in the outer row of each jaw; no teeth
apparent either on vomer or tongue*: in addition to the very nu-
merous card-like teeth in both jaws of G. Britannicus, the anterior
part of the vomer is paved with them; on the tongue none are ap-
parentt. The dorsal fins contiguous in both, the 2nd D. is ob-
viously higher than the lst in G. niger than in G. Britannicus, as
in the latter the two or three longest rays are equal to the general
length of those in the 2nd D., a size which they do not attain in
G. niger. In colour these specimens differ considerably, (but in this
we need not look for constancy,) the G. niger, from the general
blackish or dusky hue of the body and fins, (these much darker than
in its congener, ) well meriting its specific name: along the base it
is of a dull yellow (in other specimens pale lilac-grey): the general
hue of the G. Britannicus is much lighter and more varied, the head,
body above, and a short way beneath the lateral line marbled with
yellow and brown, and points of black scattered along the lateral
line; yellowish on the under parts.

1v. On the identity of Crenilabrus multidentatus, Thomp.,
and Labrus pusillus, Jenyns: with Notes on the Irish Core-
gon.

In the month of June 1837, I with some doubt character-
ized a Crenilabrus as new, under the specific name of multi-
dentatus (Proc. Zool. Soc., 1837, p. 56), and subsequently
gave a more detailed account of it, ‘ Mag. Zool. and Bot.,’ v. ii.
p- 449. From the species possessing some of the principal
characters of Lab. pusillus, I lately felt desirous of comparing
specimens of this fish with mine; and for this purpose Mr.
Yarrell very obligingly forwarded to Belfast, for my examina-
tion, the only specimen‘of it he possessed, and which is one
of the original individuals described by Mr. Jenyns. A com-

* Cuv. and Val. thus describe the teeth: ‘“‘ Chaque machoire a une large
bande de dents en crochets, qui dépassent les autres, et dont on compte 18
ou 20 a chaque machoire,” t. xii. p. 10. The similarity in the teeth chiefly
led me to believe this species and mine to be identical.

+ Montagu remarks of the teeth, that ‘the under jaw is roughened by
them like a rasp.” Mr. Yarrell describes the lower jaw ‘‘ with fine carding-
like teeth in several rows” (v. i. p. 258). Mr. Jenyns notes “ fine card-like
teeth in several rows, the inner rows much smaller than the outer,” p. 385.

Crenilabrus multidentatus with Labrus pusillus.

419

parison of this specimen, 2} inches in length, with my own,
proved the species to be the same.

It must be stated that C. multidentatus was not considered
a distinct species, without even critical attention having been
given to the description of LZ. pusillus. The following are the
chief differences that led to the belief of their non-identity.

C. multidentatus.

“ Teeth numerous and large, two
rows in the upper, one in the
lower jaw, number in lower
26, outer row of upper jaw 20*.

Upper jaw the longert.

Colour (in spirits) very pale green-
ish brown on the back, olive-
green on the sides becoming
paler beneath, sides with dark-
er longitudinal bands through-
out; 3 blackish spots, one on

L. pusillus.
‘« Teeth of moderate size, conical,
regular, about 16 or 18 in each
jaw.

Jaws equal.

Colour (in spirits) yellowish-
brown, with irregular trans-
verse fuscous bands : dorsal ir-
regularly spotted with fuscous:
anal light brown; the other
fins pale.”

the pre-opercle behind and ra-
ther below the centre of the
eye, a second on the body at
the base of the caudal fin and
at its lowermost portion, and
the third at the base of the last
ray of the dorsal fin.”

Mr, Yarrell’s specimen, which is in excellent preservation,
has no appearance whatever of transverse fuscous bands, like
the individual described by Mr. Jenyns :—it is also free from
spots, thus differing again from minef.

When looking over Mr. R. Ball’s collection of native fishes
in June last, I had the pleasure of seeing among them a ‘C7e-
nilabrus, which accorded better, in some respects, with Mr.
Jenyns’ description of L. pusillus than the smaller specimens,
and, compared with them, differed in several points of view
to be hereafter noticed. .

* My specimens, with the teeth more numerous, were nearly one-half
smaller than the one which (from the length of 4 inches being assigned to
the species) I presumed served for Mr. Jenyns’ description.

' + The difference in the length of jaws is very trivial.

* t See an excellent figure in the Mag. Zool. and Bot., vol. ii. pl. 13, to
which draughtsman and engraver did equal justice.

or?

420 Mr. W. Thompson on the Irish Coregoni.

This individual—4 inches 11 lines in length—is larger than any
of this species recorded in the ‘ Manual of British Vertebrate Ani-
tals.’ Excepting that the ascending margin of the pre-opercle is
not “‘ very oblique,” it agrees with the specific characters there at-
tributed to that species, and generally with the detailed description
of dimensions. So far as the brief description of colours in the
‘Manual’ enables a judgement to be formed, there is a similarity
between them. The specimen before me (preserved in spirits) pre-
sents considerable variety of colours. Two-thirds of the upper por-
tion of the sides and entire body, from origin of anal to base of cau-
dal fin, of a pale but rich brownish-red, with faint indications of se-
veral transverse dusky bands; remainder of anterior portion to ven-
tral profile, yellowish-grey. Head variously coloured in stripes, &c.,
somewhat in the manner of Labrus variegatus, Gmel., and others of
the Labride; iris bright red, lips orange; dorsal fin pale, varied
with red and dusky tints; of this latter colour from the first to be-
tween the third and fourth rays: a black spot, partly on the body
and partly on the base of the two last rays terminating this fin:
pectorals reddish, with a black band at the outer base of the rays
(similar to that in the variety of Crenilabrus Tinca called C. Cornu-
biensis): ventrals pale, with reddish markings: anal fin with faint
dusky and reddish markings alternating; caudal fin pale dusky, ir-
regularly tinged with a reddish colour.

D. 19 +11 (last double); A.349; P.14; V.145; C. 18 or
14 conspicuous (21 altogether) = Br. 5. .,

This individual has the ascending line of the pre-opercle less ob-
lique than the smaller specimens; the teeth, instead of the uniform-
ity of arrangement described in C. multidentatus, increasing some-
what gradually in size towards the centre, 21 in the lower, and a
similar number in the outer row of upper jaw; a dark brown mark-
ing appears down the centre of many of them; those of the other
individuals are uniformly transparent. Scales three or four fewer
in number on the lateral line in the large specimen than in the others,
and the tubular projections on those throughout it less developed ;
in it likewise the concentric stri@ of the scales are less strongly
marked, and the lineated-appearance (produced by the stri@ of each
scale being more deeply cut along the centre than elsewhere) less
apparent than in the others. The colour already described is very
different from that of the smaller specimens. This individual, as
well as those described as C. multidentatus, was obtained at Youghal.

Mr. W. Thompson on the Irish Coregoni. 421

Coregonus clupeoides, Nilss.? Plate XVI. fig. 4.

By the continued kind attention of the Rev. C. Mayne

(Vicar-general of Cashel), a second specimen of this fish, taken
In the river Shannon near Killaloe, was forwarded to me on
the 9th of November last. This individual, being quite per-
fect, enables me now to supply a figure of the species, and to
offer some further remarks upon it. On comparing it in every
character with my description of the individual first obtained
Annals’ for Dec., p- 267, which was divested of its scales,
and injured in some of the fins, I find very few additional ob-
servations to be requisite. Its length is 42 inches, depth 103
lines; number of scales on lateral line, and from it to dorsal
and ventral profile as described in last, judging in that in-
stance from their impressions merely; the scales rounded at
the posterior margin, and smaller than in any other British
Coregonus. D.14; P.16; V.1+11;A.14? C.2012=Br. 9.
In the dorsal, the 4th and 5th rays longest, and of about equal
length; the few anterior rays of the pectorals about equal,
the 1st much the stoutest; 4th and 5th longest in the anal,
and about equal; axillary scale of ventrals rather more than
one-third their length. Colour of specimen (from spirits) ;
body above lateral line and a short way below it pale yellow-
ish-olive when viewed in the shade, but with the light striking
on it, of a delicate silvery blue, thence to the belly silvery ;
dorsal and caudal fins marked over the rays and membrane
with black points, imparting to them, when closed, a blackish
tinge ; pectorals, ventrals, and anal, excepting a very few black
points on last, colourless.

It is desirable to institute a comparison of the chief differ-
ences between this species and Cor. Willughbeti, the only
other British fish of the genus having the lower jaw exceed-
ing the upper in length. The C. clupeoides differs from this
in the mouth being less obliquely cleft, or in having the lower
jaw less ascending (when the mouth of C. Willughbeizis closed,
the point of the lower jaw is so elevated as to be on a line
with the upper margin of the pupil of the eye; in the other

- jt is on a line with the centre of the pupil); opercle broader
and less rounded off at the base, and with the ascending mar-

422 Mr. W. Thompson on the Lrish Coregoni.

gin more oblique in C. clupeoides*; its scales very much
smaller; outline of dorsal fin very different, the membrane in
this falling considerably short of the points of the rays, and
its outline from the longest ray to the extremity of the fin
being somewhat rounded. This comparison was made be-
tween two specimens of C. clupeoides? from 4 to 5 inches in
- length, and two of C. Willughbeii about 6 inches long.

From the continental species, Cor. Marenula, as described
by Bloch, (and which, like the C. Willughbeii, agrees with
that under consideration in the lower jaw being the longer,)
the C. clupeoides differs chiefly in having a greater number of
rays in the dorsal fin (14 or 15 to 10), in having teeth im the
under jaw, (on this difference alone I should not lay any
stress, the teeth being so small as to be easily overlooked,)
and in the negative character of wanting such an appearance
on the lateral line_as would come under the description of
“garnie de cinquante-huit point noirs:” the scales on the
back and greater part of the sides are dotted with very mi-
nute black points visible under a lens, and of which those on
the lateral line have share, but not so many as the row just
above, the number of these points gradually decreasing from
the back downwards.

Should this fish eventually prove to be distinct from the
C. clupeoides of Nilsson, I would suggest that the specific
name of elegans be applied to it.

Coregonus Pollan. Plate XVI. fig. 5.

In connexion with the figure of C. Polian now given to ac-
company that of Cor. clupeoides, the following remarks are
offered. ‘The characters in which the Pollan differed from
the two British species known at the time it was announced,
were pointed out in the original description. From the two
species since recorded, it may in the first place be stated to
differ from C. microcephalus, the Loch Lomond fish, in having
the head longer, the fins less, (and of a lighter colour,) and
the scales rather smaller; from the C. clupeoides the Pollan

* The difference in this respect between these two species is not greater

than we sometimes see in different sexes of the same species of Salmo: the
Coregoni not having been dissected, their sexes are unknown to me.

Mr. W. Thompson on the Irish Coregoni. 423

differs in being much larger, in the jaws being equal*, the
scales rather larger and in the form of the dorsal fin. (See ac-
companying figures.)

Of a female Pollan, 11? inches in length, procured from
Lough Neagh on the 28th of November last, the entire
weight was 9 oz., that of the ova subsequently extracted 2 oz.
3 drachms; of this, which was just ready for exclusion, I had
a drachm weighed, and reckoned the number of ova it con-
tained; taking for granted that this would be alike in each
drachm throughout the whole, (and from the uniform size of
the ova, each a line in diameter, there can be very little dif-
ference,) the number of ova altogether would be 6156. This
too I should consider about the average produce of the spe-
cies, as the specimen was of ordinary size, and contained a
similar quantity of ova with several others dissected at the
same time. Of the stomachs, &c. of twelve Pollans examined
on this occasion, the greater number were empty, but two or
three contained minute Entomostraca, two Pisidia, and a
Limneus pereger—this last was three lines in length. 2

Jan. 1, 1839. I received from the Rev. C. Mayne a full-
grown specimen of the Cor. Pollan, taken near Killaloe, either
on the river Shannon or its expansion, Lough Derg.

REFERENCES TO PLATE XVI.

Fig. 1. Couchia minor. Fig. 2. Couchia argenteola. Fig. 3.
Couchia glauca. ‘Fig. 4. Coregonus clupeoides. Fig. 5. Coregonus
Pollan.

* This seems to be the best general character ; I have seen some indivi-
duals with the upper rather exceeding the lower jaw, others with the lower
slightly projecting beyond the upper, and the difference was not sexual. It
is perhaps unnecessary to observe, as it would apply to fishes generally, that
other individuals examined vary much in relative proportions from those
which served for the original description : the proportion of head to depth
of body, it is obvious, must vary in the sexes at particular periods; that of
head to entire length I have found to be as 1 to 5, as well as “1 to 33,” and
the vertebree 60. The two following characters were before unnoticed :
axillary scale of ventral fins about one-third their length—about 84 scales on
the lateral line: this is the number attributed by Dr. Parnell to both of the
Loch Lomond Coregoni; in a specimen of one of these, C. microcephalus,
under 10 inches in length, (much less than the size they attain,) with which
I have been favoured by its describer, there are but 76? scales on this line.
This induced me to examine various sized Pollans, to see whether there
might be any difference in this respect, when none appeared in the indivi-
duals inspected, which were from 9} to 13 inches in length.

424 Dr. Johnston on the British A phroditacee.

XLVIII.—Miscellanea Zoologica. By GrorGe JOHNSTON,
M.D., Fellow of the Royal College of Surgeons of Edin-
burgh. With Plates XXI., XXII., and XXIIL*

VI. Tur British APHRODITACES.
Class ANNELIDES. Order ERRANTES.

CuaractTer. Head distinct, antenniferous: proboscis in
general with four jaws in adjunct pairs: feet well developed,
not uniform in structure, for some are furnished with a supe-
rior cirrus and usually with branchiz, but without scales; while
others, usually squamous, are neither branchial nor cirriferous,
and these alternate, for a definite space, along the sides:
branchie sometimes obsolete, always rudimentary and con-
cealed, in the form of crests or tubercles situated on the upper
part of the dorsal branch of the foot above the cirrus.

Generai Observations t.

Of the Annelides furnished with a distinct head, there are
some which are flattish and of an oval form ; others are slender,
cylindraceous and almost filiform. The former constitute the
genus Aphrodita of Linneus, the latter his Nereis, but these
genera embrace animals too dissimilar to be so closely asso-
ciated, Bruguiére, who saw this, began the reform and led
the way toa more natural classification : he divided the Aphro-
dite into two groups, to one of which he preserved the Lin-
neean name, and he called the other Amphinome. For the time
this was considered a sufficient subdivision ; and Bruguiére
was followed implicitly, in the first instance by Cuvier and
Lamarck ; but when Savigny, with richer materials and a
deeper knowledge of them, had raised the Aphrodite to the
rank of a family with its several subordinate genera, his ar-
rangement and nomenclature were readily adopted by La-
marck, Latreille, and Blainville, and, we may add, are now un-
disputed,

The Aphroditacee possess all the characters of the order to
which they belong: the head is distinct, they have eyes, an-
tenne, a fleshy retractile proboscis, and feet to every ring of

* [These Plates will be found in the SurpLement published with the pre-

sent Number.—Epr. |
+ Translated, but not literally, from Audouin and M. Edwards.

British Aphroditacee

- OF. ad nat. del?

Ann. Nat. Hist. Vot.ll. Plate XA,

J Baswré, 8c.

% Jd)
S AWN

—_ go)

MIN

Ann. Nat. Hist. Vol Plate XXT.

\

ill

ee ODD DD

tin

Y

uy)

t

\/

355

Vi

ft
\

\

Yii\
AW

WA YA | Wy } Y ip y)

AY A

perbees

AI
Vs

J
<a
SS

CSS
S

carTrrata.

P

2
ce
oo?

0-*
Fo
oe

oe

British Aphroditacee.

SJ. Baswre, $e.

del

EF

Ann. Nat. Hist. Vol I Plate Xi.

British Aphroditacee.

Dr. Johnston on the British Aphroditacee. 425

the body, armed with spines (aciculi), bristles (festuc@) more
or less retractile, and with soft appendages highly developed,
but in no instance with the crotchets (wncinuli) which belong
to less typical orders. In form the Aphroditacee are in ge-
neral very unlike the majority of Annelides, for the body in
most of them is short, flattened, and more or less inclined to
oval, although there are among them some which are slender,
elongated, and nearly as cylindrical as the Nereides. But there
is nothing more remarkable in the external structure of the
generality of the Aphroditacee than the large membranous
scales or elytra, as Savigny calls them, which lie along the
back in a double series and cover it like a coat of mail. These
organs are affixed to the base of the superior branch of the
feet by means of a short pedicle, and are formed of two cu-
taneous or epidermoid layers applied the one against the
other, but capable of being separated so as to become vesi-
cular, and at certain seasons of the year they appear to be
filled with ova. There are, however, in all Aphroditacee a
certain number of feet which carry no scales or elytra, and
which alternate with those that are provided with them. The
first, the third, and the sixth pairs are almost constantly de-
fective in this respect, and of the feet which follow, the alter-
nate pairs for a more or less considerable extent of the body ;
but after the twenty-third, the twenty-fifth, or the twenty-
seventh segment this regular alternation ceases, for posterior
to one or other of these segments the feet may be either all
squamous or all entirely naked, or the elytra may continue to
appear and disappear alternately, but in an altered series ; for
it is now not every other but every third foot which bears an
elytron. Instances, however, occur in which the binary alter-
nation of squamous and naked feet prevails throughout the
whole length of the body, as in the genus Acéefe ; and in the
Palmyre of Savigny there are no elytra at all.

In some of the Nereides (Phyllodoce) we find on each side
of the body a series of foliaceous lamellae which resemble the
scales of the Aphroditacee, but these are really very different
organs, and never disposed in the alternating manner of the
latter, the feet of Phyllodoce being all alike. No other Anne-
lide offers any similar structure, so that the presence of feet

426 Dr. Johnston on the British A phroditacee.

garnished with scales which alternate with other feet desti-
tute of that appendage is unquestionably one of the most im-
portant characters of the present family and its leading pecu-
harity.

The elytra are very variable in number, and their shape is
not always alike. From their structure it appears probable
that they are subservient to respiration, yet we see them often
associated with organs to which the name of branchiz has
been given. These are concealed below the elytra, and have
the form of small crests or cutaneous nipples ; they occupy the
upper part of the base of the feet and are always placed within
and above the cirrus of the dorsal branch. Sometimes these
little appendages are scarcely visible, and they are very rarely
to be detected on the squamigerous feet,—that is, on the feet.
of the second, the fourth, the fifth, the seventh, the ninth
segments, and so on. This binary alternation of branchial
with abranchial feet is to be observed even in the species
which have no elytra (Palmyre); but it is not. so constant as
has hitherto been believed, for in the genus Acéete branchial
tubercles exist on all the feet, their number being only fewer
on the segments which carry the elytra.

In the families allied to Aphroditacee there are species
which present no visible branchize, but when these organs
exist, their form or their position is essentially different. Thus
in the Nereides they affect the form of little fleshy tongue-like
processes placed at the end of the foot between the superior
and inferior cirrus ; and although in the Huniceacee and the
Amphinomenacee they have nearly the same position as in the
Aphroditacee, their configuration is very dissimilar; being in
the form of filaments more or less pectinated, of tufts, of ar-
buscules, or of pinnatifid leaflets.

In the majority of Aphroditacee the presence of ioe
coincides with the absence of superior cirri, that is, we find
the latter only on such feet as carry branchiz and do not bear
scales. But this character, like the preceding, is liable to ex-
ception, for in Sigalion there is a superior cirrus to every seg-
ment of the body whether elytrous or not, and this fact ap-
pears to invalidate the opinion of those who maintain, with
Blainville, that the cirri are the analogues of the elytra, or mo-

Dr. Johnston on the British A phroditacee. 427

difications of the same organs, in those Annelides which are
not shielded with dorsal scales,—an opinion which from the
dissimilarity of their position on the body we might otherwise
have hesitated to adopt. The feet of the Aphroditacee are
divided into two branches, each furnished with a spine, with
bristles, and with cirri, whose figures vary according to the
species. We have spoken above of the superior cirri: the in-
ferior are found on all the feet and offer nothing remarkable
for notice, unless on the first segment, where they are very
large, and with the superior, constitute tentacular cirri, a sort of
antennzform filaments placed at each side of the head. But the
true antennz, however similar in appearance, are readily distin-
guished from them by their insertion on the head itself: of these
we generally reckon three*, a middle one and one on each side;
and under and exterior to them there are two larger setaceous
filaments, which may without impropriety be denominated
palpi, since they are used to feel the way during the creature’s
progress. The eyes are black points on the upper surface of
the head, usually four in number, sometimes only two, and in
Sigalion their existence is doubtful. From the mouth a pro-
boscis is at pleasure evolved, which is armed with four jaws
united in pairs, two above and two below, opposed the one to
the other by their cutting edge ; and this disposition is one of
the peculiarities of the family, for in the Luniceacee there are
never less than seven jaws, and in the Amphinomenacee there
are none. Such also is the case with many of the Nereides,
although several genera in this family have two jaws, and a
few even four; but the pairs, unlike those of Aphroditacee,
are perfectly distinct and widely separate.

The British species of this family are few in number, so far
as has been ascertained, and are referable to the four following
genera.

1. ApHRopITA. Body squamous, the scales and superior

cirri not coexistent on the same foot, but alternating;

* Savigny and Audouin and Milne Edwards say five ; but if we limit, as
I think we ought, the term antenne to those filaments which are strictly
cranial, there are only three; and what these celebrated naturalists call ex-
ternal antenna, | have, in the following descriptions, called palpi, since they
originate under the head, and are obviously different in structure, as they
appear to be, also, in their functions,

428 Dr. Johnston on the British Aphroditacee.

proboscis with rudimentary and cartilaginous jaws or
none; antenna one only; palpi two, large; eyes two.
(Scales concealed in the British species.)

2. Potynok. Body squamous, the scales exposed and al-
ternating with the superior cirri; proboscis with corneous
jaws; antenne three, unequal; palpi two, large; eyes
four.

3. Puotor. Body squamous, the scales placed over every
alternate foot ; cirri none or rudimentary ; proboscis with
four corneous jaws, the orifice plain; antenne five un-
equal, distinct ; palpi two, large ; eyes two.

4, Sicauion. Body squamous, the scales and superior
cirri coexistent on the same feet, the former placed over
every alternate foot until the twenty-seventh segment,
whence they follow uninterruptedly to the end of the
body; proboscis with corneous jaws; antenne rudi-
mentary ; palpi large; eyes none.

1. ApHropiTa*, Linneus. —

The Aphrodite are broader and more oviform than the rest
of this family, and the segments of the body do not exceed
thirty-nine. The head, more or less concealed by the scales
or by the bristles, carries two somewhat pedunculated eyes,
and a solitary small subulate antenna, but the palpi are com-
paratively very large. The orifice of the proboscis is encircled
with penicillate tentacula and armed in general with thin car-
tilaginous jaws. ‘The feet are distinctly bifid, and garnished
with three bundles of bristles, two of which belong to the
dorsal, and the third to the ventral branch; the first pair are
small and furnished with long tentacular cirri; but the pos-
terior do not differ observably from the rest. The bristles of
the dorsal branch are sometimes very complicated ; those of
the ventral simple or forked: the cirri are subulate,—the in-
ferior small, the superior long. The scales are large, and,
in our native species, concealed by a coarse felt formed by the
bristles of the dorsal branch of the feet ; there are fifteen pairs

* Aphrodite—the Greek name of Venus. In its application to a sea-worm,

there may be some allusion to the supposed derivation from e&Qed¢, “ foam
of the sea.” Hesiod calls Venus éQeoyévere, “ foam-sprung.”’

Dr. Johuston on the British Aphroditacee. 429

of them, and the thirteenth are always attached to the feet of
the twenty-fifth segment,—the pairs which precede this * al-
ternate on every other ring with the superior cirri, and the
pairs which succeed it are placed on every third ring. The
branchie consist of tubercles sometimes indistinct, often
broken on their edges, disposed in transverse rows, and, like
the dorsal cirri, they cease to appear and disappear alternately
posterior to the twenty-fifth pair of feet : they sometimes differ
very little from the protuberances which afford attachment to
the scales.

1. A. aculeata, scales concealed, blotched with black ; hair-
like bristles green and golden, the spine-like bristles dark
brown. Sea Mouse. Plate XXI.

Eruca marina Rondeletii pilis in dorso instar Colli Columbini variegatis,
Sib. Scot. Ill. pars sec. lib. iii. p. 32. Scolopendra marina, Molyneux
in Phil. Trans. abridg. iv. 133. and 368. pl. 3. fig. 6, 7.—Aph. nitens,
Lin. Faun. Suee. 367. no. 1284.—Aph. aculeata, Lin. Syst. 1084.
Pallas Mise. Zool. 77. tab. 7. fig. 1—138. Bast. Opusc. Subs. ii. 62.
pl. 6. fig. 1\—4. Pen. Brit. Zool. iv. 86. tab. 25. fig. 1. Mull. Zool.
Dan. prod. 218. no, 2641. Turt. Gmel. iv. 79. Stew. Elem. i, 387.
Turt. Brit. Faun, 136. Home Comp, Anat. pl. 39. fig. 1,2. Blumenb,
Elem. Nat. Hist. 245. Jameson in Wern. Mem. i. 557. Bosc Vers,
i, 181. Cuv. Rég. Anim. iii. 206. Audouin and M. Edwards in Ann,
des Sc. Nat. xxvii. 402. pl. 8. fig. 7. Edin. Journ. Nat. and Geogr. Se.
iii. 51. Roget Bridgew. Treat. ii. 102. and 298.—Aphrodite hérissée,
Brug. Encyclop. Méth. vi. 85.—Halithea aculeata, Lam. Anim. s. Vert.
v. 307. and 2de édit. v. 542. Rissol’Europ. Mérid. iv. 412. Stark
Elem. ii. 140. Edin. Journ. Nat. and Geogr. Se. iii. 246.

flab. Common on most parts of the British coast. Found at Leith, Sir
Robert Sibbald. Coast of Berwickshire, not common.

Desc. Body from three to five inches long, oval, narrowest
behind, convex dorsally, the back of an earthy colour, rough-
ish with a thick close felt of hair and membrane forming a
sort of skin which entirely conceals the scales, the sides
clothed with long silky green and golden hairs clustered in
fascicles and glistening like burnished metal, with blackish-
brown spiniform bristles intermixed: ventral surface flat, often
light coloured and dotted, sometimes dark brown, obsoletely
ribbed across. Head small, entirely concealed, roundish, with
two round clear spots or eyes on the vertex: antenne minute;

* The fourth and fifth segments, however, are both squamiferous,

430 Dr. Johnston on the British Aphroditacee.

palpi large, subulate, flesh-coloured or dusky, jointed at the
base, where they approximate, but are separated by a black
membranous crest. Mouth inferior, with a large retractile
edentulous proboscis ; the orifice encircled with‘a short even
thick-set fringe of compound penicillate filaments divided
into two sets by a fissure on each side: each filament has a
short stalk with a tuft of numerous forked papillz on its sum-
mit; exterior to the orifice of the proboscis there are four
fleshy tubercles placed at the angles. Scales fifteen pairs,
roundish, smooth, thin and vesicular, blotched with black
stains and specks, the first pair small, laid over the head, the
anal pair oval: Feet, thirty-nine pairs*, largest and most de-
veloped near the middle of the belly, very small and approxi-
mate at the anus, biramous, the branches wide asunder ; the
superior carries, in a sort of crest-like fashion, the long flexi-
ble brilliant coloured bristles which form the silky fringe on
each side of the body, and above them some still more deli-
cate hairs, which by their intertexture constitute the membrane
covering the scales, and with which the strong spiniform
bristles are intermixed, placed in a sort of cross series: the in-
ferior branch is armed with three rows of stout short bristles,
in the upper row only two or three which are longer and
stouter than those of the next row in which there are five or
six, and which again are stouter but less numerous than those
in. the lowest row: spine golden yellow, conical, smooth: su-
perior cirrus long, subulate, bulged at the base; the inferior
short and conical: anus large, with a dorsal aspect, encircled
with several tentacular cirri.

The very vivid iridescent hues which the hairs of this re-
markable worm reflect, render it an object of wonder and sur-
prise to the most incurious: they are not equaled by the co-
lours of the most gaudy butterfly, and rival the splendour of
the diamond beetle+. It creeps at a slow pace, and in its
progress a current of water is projected at short intervals,

* Pallas says, “constanter 40—41. Horum 2 primi minuti, compressi
submutici, ex oris quasi palato antrorsum producti, villo barbati, at setis et
cirrho destituti.”

+ “The Aphrodita aculeata reflecting the sun-beams from the depths of
the sea, exhibits as vivid colours as the peacock itself spreading its jewelled
train.” Linneus in Smith’s ‘ Tracts relating to Nat. History,’ p. 32.

Dr. Johnston on the British Aphroditacee. 431

and with considerable force, from the anus. When placed
in fresh water the creature gives immediate signs of its painful
situation and soon dies, first ejecting a white milky fluid,
and in the agony of death a large quantity of a blackish-green
turbid liquor. The size and strength of the proboscis is
remarkable, and not less so the structure of the filaments
which garnish the orifice. The cesophagus is short; the sto-
mach and intestine seem to be alike and inseparable—together
they form a straight intestine, sometimes with a wide dilata-
tion in some part of its canal, with a velvety inner surface
folded into longitudinal plaits near the termination at the anus.
Although apparently planted round with offensive arms of
considerable strength, the worm is said to be a favourite prey
of the codfish, in whose stomach specimens, in a perfect con-
dition, may be sometimes obtained. Baster tells us that the
sexes are distinct. “ Hz Aphrodite eodem, quo pisces, modo
generarevidentur; et si quis earum quasdam Junio mense disse-
cuerit, mares lactibus, foemellas multis ovis instructas yidebit.”

Puare XXI. Fig. 1. ph. aculeata of the natural size. 2. The head
uncovered. 3. The head detached and somewhat magnified. 4. Under
view of the anterior part of the body. 5. The orifice of the proboscis. 6.
The proboscis laid open by a longitudinal section. 7. A few of the peni-
cillate filaments magnified. 8 and 9. Two views of the feet. 10. Various
bristles. 11. The spine.

2. Potynog*, Savigny.

Polynoé is readily distinguished from Aphrodita by the
number of the antennz, by the more powerful armature of the
mouth, and by the part of the body at which the scales cease
to alternate with the cirri. The form of the body, and the
number of its component rings, varies much; all our known
native species are linear or elliptic-oblong, but there are fo-
reign species of a linear and worm-like figure. The back is
either entirely covered with the scales or naked in the middle,
the scales in the latter being less developed and not meeting
on the mesial line.

The head of the Polynoés is large and corneous, with four
eyes on its upper convex surface arranged in pairs: the an-
tenne are rarely two only, three being the usual number, of
which the central one is longer than the lateral, and it again

* Polynoé—one of the Nereids.

452 Dr, Johnston on the British Aphroditacee.

yields in strength and longitude to the palpi. The mouth has
a projectile proboscis with a circle of little tentacula round its
orifice and four large horny jaws curved at their points. The
scales or elytra are always exposed, and are very variable in
number, but the first twelve pairs regularly alternate with the
superior cirri on the twenty-three first segments, and if more
elytra exist they alternate in a different series, or on every
third segment: they are lamellar or sometimes vesicular, and
either smooth orcovered with little granulations. The branchiz,
which are simple and obscure, exist only on the non-elytrous
feet, and follow consequently the same alternating order. The
feet are bifid, but the superior branch is small and almost con-
fluent with the inferior, which is greatly developed. The su-
perior cirri are long, the inferior short and conical: the bristles
of the superior branch short and almost always slenderer than
those of the inferior, subulate and smooth at the point, or like
the inferior bristles, somewhat thickened and serrulate along
the edge. The spines present no peculiarity. The first pair
of feet are destitute of bristles, but are terminated by two
long tentacular cirri, which advance on each side of the head
and resemble antennz; while on the last segment we find
filiform appendages formed by a nutation of the superior cirri,
and constituting in general terminal styles,

* Scales immovably fixed.

1. P. squamata, scales twelve pairs, ovate, imbricate, gra-
nulous, ciliated on the external margin. Plate XXII. fig. 1.

Aphrodita squamata, Lin. Syst. 1084. Pallas Misc. Zool. 91. tab. 7. fig.
14. a—d. Bast. Opusc. Subs. ii. 66. pl. 6. fig. 5. Pen. Brit. Zool. iv.
tab. 25. fig.2. Turt. Gmel. iv. 80. Stew. Elem. i.387. Turt. Brit.
Faun. 136.—Aph. scabra, Penn. Brit. Zool. iv. 88. Turt. Gmel. iv. 80.
Stew. Elem. 1.387. Turt. Brit. Faun. 136. Jameson in Wern. Mem.
i1.557.—Aph. pedunculata, Pen. Brit. Zool. iv. 87. tab. 26. fig. 2.—
Aph. longirostra, Brug. Encyclop. Méth. vi. 86. Bose Vers, i. 182.—
Aph. clava? Montagu in Lin. Trans. ix. 108. tab.7. fig. 3.—-Aph.
punctata, Bose Vers, i. 182.. Jameson in Wern. Mem. i. 558.—Polynoé
squamata, Lam. Anim. s. Vert. v.309. Stark Elem. ii. 189. Audouin
and Edwards in Ann, des Sc. Nat. xxvii. 416. pi. vii. fig. 1O—16.—Po-
lynoé scabra, Johnston in Zool. Journ. iii. 331.

Hab. In deep water, frequent on the coast. Brighthelmstone and ‘Ane

glesea, Pennant. Leith shore, and Orkney and Shetland Islands, ited
Jameson. Berwick Bay, G. 7.

Dr. Johnston on the British Aphroditacee. 433

Desc. Body generally about one, rarely two, inches. long,
depressed, linear-oblong, of equal breadth at both ends, of a
uniform cinereous colour, rough: scales twelve on each side,
rather large, ovate, imbricate, rough, with brown granulations,
ciliated on the external margin, the overlapped smoother than
the exposed portion, for the granules on the former are more
minute than on the latter ; the anterior scales are smaller and
rounder than the others and completely cover the head, which
is a subtriangular pink or purplish corneous plate, furnished
with four small eyes: antenne three, the central one largest,
bulbous near the point: palpi two, longer than the antenna,
swollen near the apex; the ¢entacular cirri similar to the su-
perior cirri of the feet; these are white with a blackish ring
at the bulb where the acumination commences, retractile, ori-
ginating from above the dorsal branch of every alternate foot
and under the scales; the three last pairs of feet each with a
cirrus: feet twenty-five pairs, obtuse, subbifid, the dorsal
branch shorter and less than the ventral, each terminated with
a brush of stiff brown bristles, and under the ventral branch
there is a small setaceous cirrus and also a fleshy spine at its
junction with the belly: bristles when removed golden yellow,
those of the dorsal branch slenderest, gently curved, acutely
pointed, and serrulate for about half their length ; those of the
-ventral branch stouter, slightly bent near the top, and serru-
lated with a double series of teeth on the outer side of the
bend; each tuft of bristles inclosing a dark brown straight
spine, the inferior stouter than the upper one: ventral surface
straw-colour, prismatic, marked with the viscera, and some-
times spotted with black near the base of the feet.

This species differs remarkably from those which follow in
the tenacity with which the dorsal scales adhere to their tu-
bercles of attachment, from which they cannot be separated
except by the dissecting knife; and this fact determines the
species to be almost certainly the Aphrodita sguamata of
Linneus. His Aph. scabra must ever remain in uncertainty,
for no Polynoé has twenty scales, as he states them to be in
that species. The Aph. scabra of Otho Fabricius is said to
have fifteen pairs of scales; and overlooking this important
fact, 1, on.a former occasion, much too confidently identified

Ann. Nat. Hist, Vol.2. No.12. Feb. 1839. 26

434 Dr. Johnston on the British Aphroditacee.

it with the present, but the description is otherwise so very
applicable, that, I must acknowledge, a suspicion of their being
the same species still remains. That this is the Aph. seabra
of British authors scarcely admits of a doubt. Itis much less
certain whether it is the Aphrodita clava of Montagu ; but as
he has himself suggested their possible identity, and as his
description and figure are both of them too imperfect to cha-
racterize a species, we see no harm in reducing his to a con-
jectural synonym. In the description the scales are stated
to be “twelve or thirteen pairs,” but the figure shows thirteen
scales on one side and fourteen on the other, with a naked
space between the rows. Audoum and M. Edwards conjec-
ture that Aph. clava may be the same as their P. levis charac-
terized by having fourteen pairs of perfectly smooth scales.
Prate XXII. Fig.1. Polynoé squamata, nat. size. 1a. The jaws,

slightly enlarged. 106. A scale magnified. 1c. A spine magnified. 1 d.
A bristle from the ventral branch of the foot magnified.

** Scales deciduous.
2. P. cirrata, scales 15 pairs, ovate or kidney-shaped, im-
bricate ; bristles of the dorsal branch of the feet shorter than

those of the ventral branch. Plate XXII. fig. 2.

Aphrodita cirrata, Mull. Zool. Dan. Prod. 218. no. 2644. Fabr. Faun.
Greenl. 290. tab. fig. 7. Bosc Vers, i. 183.—Aph. squamata, Penn.
Brit. Zool. iv. 87. (excl. fig.)—Aph.imbricata, Penn. Brit. Zool. iv. 88.
Stew. Elem. i. 388. Jameson in Wern. Mem. i. 558.—Aph. violacea,
Mull. Zool. Dan. prod. 218. no. 2645. Turt. Gmel. iv. 81.—Aph.
plana, Stew. Elem. i. 388.—Polynoé imbricata, Johnston in Zool. Journ.
iii. 332.—P. cirrata, Audouin § Edw. iw Ann. des Sc. Nat. xxvii. 422.

Var. With a dark red fascia along the back.—Aphredita lepidota, Pallas
Misc. Zool. 94. tab. 7. fig. 15 a, b. and tab. 8. fig. 1,2. Mull.Zool.
Dan. prod. 218. no, 2643. Turt. Gmel. iv. 81. (exclus. syn.) Stew.
Elem. i. 388. Bosc Vers, i. 183.—Polynoé lepidota, Johnston in Zool.
Journ. iii. 333. 7

Hab. Under stones between tide marks, common. “ Taken off Angle-
sey,” Pennant. Leith shore, and Orkney and Shetland Islands, Jameson.
Berwick Bay, common, G. J.

Desc. Body elliptic-oblong, somewhat narrowest poste-
riorly, about 14 inch long, 3 lines broad, variously coloured,
of a uniform olive, brown, or mottled, often marked with a
series of pale spots along the sides, one to every scale, some-

times with a red band down the back, and sometimes pied

Dr. Johnston on the British Aphroditacee. 435

with lighter and dark shades; belly perlaceous, with a red
central line from a blood-vessel appearing through the skin:
head mostly concealed by the anterior scales, cordate with an
impressed line in the middle, pink-coloured or reddish, with
four eyes placed wide asunder: antenne three, the medial
largest, all bi-articulate, swollen near the apex, which is acutely
pointed: palpi two, setaceous with a suddenly acuminated
point, paler coloured, stouter and twice as long as the antenne,
somewhat annular: fentacular cirri two pairs, similar to the
medial antenna, the bulb ringed with black, the acute points
pale: scales fifteen pairs, imbricate, ovate or kidney-shaped,
the anterior nearly circular, variously coloured and::dotted, —
convex towards the centre, smooth to the naked eye, but really
roughish with scattered short spines or processes visible only
in certain lights or near the margin; they are attached to the
Qnd, 5th, 6th, 7th, 9th, 11th, 13th, 15th, 17th, 19th, 21st,
23rd, 26th, 29th, and 32nd segments by mammillary tuber-
eles, considerably larger than the alternating branchial ones,
and when removed the back appears spotted over the base of
the feet, the spots becoming quite distinct and regular near the
tail, which is terminated by two styles: superior cirri eighteen,
bulbous near the apex, which is pointed, with a dark ring at
Ahe bulb and blackish about the base: feet thirty-six pairs,
‘each with a small inferior cirrus and garnished with numerous
straw-yellow bristles, those of the dorsal braneh shorter than
those of the ventral, all slightly bent near the apex, which is
minutely serrulate and acute: spines simply conical.

The animal moves quickly by means of its feet in a some-
what undulating manner, the medial antenna being held erect
and reverted, the palpi stretched forwards and inclined to the
ground, which it examines by their aid. When thrown into
fresh-water it dies almost instantly, and the scales drop off;
and even during life these organs are removed with so slight
a friction that it is not easy to take up a specimen without de-
priving it of one or more of them.

Of his Aphrodita Lepidota Pallas says, “ Certe in mari inter *
Angliam et Belgium satis copiose occurrit hee species, et ex
fascia plerumque longitudinali nigra facile adgnoscitur.”. A
Polynoé marked in this fashion is common on our shore, which

262

436 Dr. Johnston on the British Aphroditacee.

answers well also to Pallas’s figure, but our worm is certainly
nothing more than a variety of the P. cirrhosa. Pallas, how-
ever, says that his Lepidota has only fourteen pairs of scales,
and were this point found to be correct, it would certainly de-
termine it to be a distinct species. We leave it to future in-
quiry.

Polynoé cirrata, it seems necessary to remark, is not iden-
tical with the Aphrodita cirrhosa of Pallas, for he expressly
‘says that the bristles of the dorsal branch of the foot are
longer than those of the inferior branch. Misc. Zool., p. 96.
The species are otherwise very nearly allied.

Prats XXII. Fig. 2. Polynoé cirrata, nat. size. 2a. The head; ! the
antenne; "the palpi; ’’ the tentacular cirri. 2c. Ascale. 2d. The
proboscis laid open. 2e. A foot, with a tentacular cirrus. 2 f. A foot,
without the tentacular cirrus.

3. P. impar, scales thirteen pairs, imbricate, rough ; tenta-
cular cirri clothed with short spinous filaments. Plate XXII.
fig. 3—9. .

Hab. Under stones between tide marks. In Berwick Bay with the pre-
ceding, but rare.

Desc. Body linear-oblong, narrowing insensibly from the
head to the tail, depressed, slightly convex on the back, of a
freckled or mottled brownish colour. Head concealed by the
anterior scales, square, sinuated in front, pale. Eyes very di-
stinct, the posterior pair most approximated. Probdoscis with
four rather large corneous hooked maxille, the orifice encircled
with a single series of simple filaments. Antenne five, the
central one setaceous, elongate, of a pink or flesh-colour; the
middle pair very small; the outer pair as long and rather
thicker than the odd one, but pale-coloured, all of them ap-
pearing roughish when highly magnified. Scales thirteen
pairs, imbricate, covering the back entirely, some of them
roundish, others subquadrangular, and others kidney-shaped,
rough with miliary granules excepting on the covered side,
the external margin fringed with short cilia. Fee¢ uniramous,
armed with two fascicles of very stout bristles, the superior with
the most numerous and longest bristles. Briséles all of them
simple, the longest formed like a lance, the shorter curved like
a sword towards their points, which are concave and serrulate

~

Dr. Johnston on the British Aphroditacee. 437

along each margin: a single conical acuminate spine to each
brush of bristles. Tentacular cirri alternating as usual, covered
with short fleshy obtuse spines, the point of the cirrus sud-
denly acuminate, naked, and frequently spathulate at the apex.
Tail with two of the filaments disproportionally elongate.

Puate XXII. Fig. 3. Polynoé impar, nat. size. 4. Head uncovered and
magnified. 5, 5*, 6. Scales magnified. 7, 8. Two views of two feet, mag-
nified ; 6. the tentacular cirrus. 9. Three bristles.

4, P. viridis, scales eighteen pairs.

. Aphrodita viridis, Montagu in Lin. Trans. xi. 18. tab. iv. fig. 1.

Hab. South coast of Devonshire, Montagu. -

Desc. Body long, greenish, with about thirty-six fasciculi
on each side, and covered with eighteen pairs of squamz, which
appear a little speckled by reason of their being somewhat ru-
gose: the fascicles are much divaricated, and between each
scale is a fleshy filiform appendage terminated by an extremely
fine fibre: ¢entacula four, setaceous : eyes four, small and black.
Length three-fourths of an inch. Rare. :

** Possibly this is the cirrosa of Pallas, as it nearly accords
in the number of feet; and probably some of the scales of his
were lost, as it is usual for them to be in number about half
those of the feet.”” Montagu. ,

Obs. In the figure there are only fourteen scales on each
side.

The two worms described below are so obscure that we can
say of them no more than that they appear to be referable to
this genus :

Aphrodita annulata, “oblong, fusiform, annulated, smooth,
excepting a row of minute spines (one on each ring) running
along the back; feet small; size two inches and a quarter ; of
a pale yellow colour.” Pen. Brit. Zool. iv. 87. tab. 26. fig. 3.
Stew. Elem. i.388. Turt. Brit. Faun. 136.

Aphrodita minuta, “ with small scales ; slender ; not an inch
long. Taken off Anglesey.” Pen. Brit. Zool. iv. 87. tab. 26.
fig. 4.—Aph. lepidota, Turt. Brit. Faun. 136.

| 3. Puoior*, Johnston.
1. Ph. inornata. Plate XXIII. fig. 1—5.

* A Nereid :
: “As Pholoé, most that rules the monsters of the main.”
Drayton, Polyolbion, Song xx.

!

438 Dr. Johnston on the British Aphroditacee.

Palmyra ocellata, Johnston in Zool. Journ. iii. 829.
Hab. Amongst Confervz between tide-marks. Berwick Bay, rare.

Desc. Worm half an inch in length, scarcely a line in
breadth, almost linear but a little narrowed behind, rounded
at the extremities, flattened, of a yellowish-brown colour,
dusky along the sides, and marked there with a series of paler
round spots indicating the point of fixture of the scales: head
small and obscurely defined, corneous : eyes two, very distinct, —
black, placed backwards: palpi, long, conical, smooth, jointed
at the base, pointing forwards: antenne five, the outer pair
larger than the three intermediate, and fringed on the inner
sides with a few fleshy spines ; the odd antenna superior and
small: mouth inferior, provided with a firm cartilaginous pro-
boscis armed with two pairs of jaws similar to those of the
Sigalion, but the orifice appears to be plain: body with about
forty pairs of feet, which seem to be all alike and destitute of
tentacular cirri, but we find two minute fleshy papillae near
their bases on both the dorsal and ventral sides: the feet are
not distinctly divided into two branches, but there is a fleshy
fold behind the apex, and within which the apex can be re-
tracted: from this fold there originate two bundles of simple
bristles, one dorsal and the other ventral, the bristles short ;
the apex itself is armed with a bundle of compound bristles,
jointed near the point and fashioned like those of a Polynoé :
to each brush of bristles there is a conical spine placed in the
centre of the brush. The back of the worm is partially co-
vered with a row of scales placed over the bases of the feet
down each side, but the middle of the back is naked: there
are fourteen pairs of scales, some of them round, others oval,
all spinous on the outer edge, smooth, raised in the centre:
belly smooth, flesh-coloured: posterior extremity without
styles.

Piate XXIII. Fig. 1. Pholoé inornata, of the natural size. 2. The ante-
yior portion of the body, magnified. 3. The elie a laid open, magnified.
4, Two of the dorsal scales. 5. The foot.

4. SigALion*, Audouin and M. Edwards,
This genus is distinguished from every known Annelide by

* Perhaps formed from osyeAcess—curiously or anomalously made—but
Sigalion is a name of Harpocrates, the companion of Esculapius and Hygeia,
by whom physicians were obliged to swear that they would observe a reli-
gious silence in their profession. See Sprengel, Hist. de la Médecine, i. 136.

Dr. Johnston on the British Aphroditacee. 439

the co-existence of superior cirri and scales on the same foot.
The body is elongate, depressed, almost linear, and formed of
_ numerous segments, The disposition of the cephalic extre-
mity is singular ; for the head, in place of being exactly termi-
nal, is overtopped by the first pair of feet, which are lodged
underneath it and more or less approximated to the mesial
line. In our native species there are three cranial tentacula,
but in a foreign species the odd one is wanting, and the lateral
are always small and lie upon the peduncles of the first feet.
The palpi on the contrary are long, and are placed outside and
under these feet, of which the two terminal cirri are pointed
forwards and may be mistaken for true antenne. There ap-
pear to be no eyes. The mouth is inferior, and is the outlet
to a proboscis similar to that of Polynoé, but armed with less
powerful jaws. At the superior base of every foot there isa
rounded protuberance which gives origin to a cirrus, and which
also carries a scale on such feet as have this appendage, a fact
inconsistent with the theory which maintains that the scales
are mere modifications of the cirri. On the anterior part of
the body the scales appear and disappear on every other seg-
ment, but subsequent to the twenty-sixth pair of feet there is
one to each segment, and two or more to the two last segments,
so that their number is always considerable. The feet are
distinctly divided into two branches ; the superior branch ter-
minated with a single brush of bristles, the inferior sometimes
with one and sometimes with two, but the bristles are shorter.
The inferior cirrus is very obvious and is inserted far from the
extremity of the foot. The appendages of the anal ring form
two tentacular styles. As tothe branchiz, there is no trace of
them at the base of the feet, and when Audouin and Edwards
inform us that they seem to be replaced by the frmges which
garnish the external margin of the elytra, they surely forget that
these fringes are not more developed than they are in Polynoé,
and their structure is very unlike that of a respiratory organ.

1. S. Boa, scales entirely covering the back, reniform ; an-
tennz three, the odd or medial one twice as long as the late-
ral; palpi elongate. Plate XXIII. fig. 6.

Sigalion Boa, Johnston in Mag. Nat. Hist. vi. 322. fig. 42.

Hab. Under stones near low water mark; not uncommon in Berwick
Bay.

440 Dr. Johnston on the British Aphroditacee.

- Desc. Body seven or eight inches long, linear, flattened,
slightly tapered towards the tail, the anterior extremity obtuse
and somewhat rounded, the beak covered with two rows of
scales of an ash or sometimes reddish-brown colour, but as
some of the scales are often paler or whitish, the body then
appears piebald: head small, convex, corneous, concealed by
the rounded anterior pair of scales, terminated in front with
three short setaceous two-jointed antennz, the central one
larger and longer than the others: eyes none, but at the base
of the least antennz there are two depressed punctures very
like eyes : palpi two, setaceous, half an inch long, arising above
and at the sides of the mouth : mouth inferior, furnished with
a retractile cartilaginous proboscis about an inch long, armed
with two pairs of sharp horny teeth plain on the margin, the
aperture encircled with a double series of papillary tentacula,
the outer series much longer than the inner, which however
is the most numerous: scales imbricate, kidney-shaped, con-
vex, roughish, the concealed portion pale, the outer and larger
margin fringed with very delicate hairs and some short ano-
malous processes; there are about 140 scales on each side,
each affixed to a fleshy tubercle, from the end of which a ten-
tacular filament is extended, equal to the feet in number, and
placed exactly above them : feet extremely numerous, obtuse,
bifid, the superior branch papillary with a brush of long un-
equal bristles curved upwards, the inferior branch truncate,
somewhat sinuate, with two brushes of short bristles, and un-
derneath with a setaceous cirrus equal to the superior: bristles
of superior branch, setaceous, unjointed, serrulate on their
upper half, with a spine in the centre of the brush; the
bristles of the inferior branch are most of them stout, enlarged
near the top, and terminated with a sort of claw toothed on
the inner side; some of these are marked with a few circular
striz below the joint, and there is a spine in their centre;
there are other more slender bristles which are two-jointed,
the apical joint longish, acute, and smooth: ventral surface
pale, perlaceous, marked down the middle with a red vessel :
tail terminated with two short filaments. When killed in fresh-
water the scales readily drop off, and the relaxed body of a
large specimen will then measure ten or twelve inches. Young

Plants collected by Mr, Schomburgk in British Guiana. 44}.

individuals are generally of alight grey colour. When placed
in a basin of sea-water it appears sluggish, but it burrows in:
loose sand with much rapidity, pig enabled to do so by the
play of its innumerable feet.

Puate XXIII. Fig. 6. The proboscis of Sigalion Boa removed and laid
open. Fig. 7. The head and anterior segments seen from above. Fig. 8.
The head on the ventral aspect to show the mouth and origin of the palpi.
Fig. 9. A scale from near the middle of the body. Fig. 10. A side view of
a foot. Fig. 11. A bristle from the dorsal ramus of the foot, unjointed but
finely serrulated on one side. Fig. 12. Another bristle from the same ra-
mus, slenderer and quite smooth. Fig. 13. A bristle from the indentation
of the foot between the dorsal and ventral rami. Fig. 14. A bristle of the
ventral ramus. Fig. 15. Another bristle of the same, situated under the.
former and consequently next the ground.

XLIX.—EKnumeration of Plants collected by Mr. Schom-
burgk, British Guiana. By Grorce Bentuam, Esq.,
F.L.S.

[Continued from p. 111.]
COMPOSITE.
-°37. Leria nutans, DC. Prod. vii. p- 42.—British Guiana. Schomburgk,

n. 689.

Since the publication of my former article on Mr. Schomburgk’s
plants another package has been received from him, in which the
Wulfa platyglossa has been again sent under the number 705, and
the following additional species :

38. Porophyllum latifolium, n. sp., herbaceum, erectum, foliis longe pe-
tiolatis lato-ovatis obtusis grosse sinuatis ad sinus pellucido-glandulosis, in-
volucri squamis mucrone calloso-acuminatis.—Dry Savannahs on the Upper
Rupunoony. Schomburgk.

Differs from P. ellipticum in the upper leaves being scarcely longer
than they are broad, and rounded, not narrowed at the base.

39. Baccharis erioptera, n. sp., caule subramoso pluri-alato, foliis ovatis
alisque supra arachnoideo- subtus dense albo-tomentosis, spicis densis subin-
terruptis, capitulis sessilibus, involucris § tomentosis squamis subulato-acu-
minatis.—Dry Savannahs on the Upper Rupunoony. Schomburgk, n. 709.

GENTIANE.

In the arrangement of this order I have followed the excellent

monograph lately published by Dr. Grisebach of Berlin, under the

title of ‘ Genera et Species Gentianearum.’

40. Schultesia stenophylla. Mart. Nov. Gen, et Sp. 2, p. 106, t. 182.
Griseb. Gent. 126.—Exacum Guianense. 4ub/. Pl. Guian.i. p. 68. t. 26.
f. 1. Moist Savannahs, British Guiana. Schomburgk.—French Guiana.
Leprieur and Herb. Par. n. 143.

442 Mr.G. Bentham’s Enumeration of the Plants

It is also Gardner’s n. 1065 from Pernambuco, and Blanchet’s
n. 2722°from the Serra Jacobina.

41. Schultesia brachyptera, Cham. Griseb.Gent. p. 128.—British Guiana.
Schomburgk.—French Guiana. Leprieur and Herb. Par. n. 141.

42. Coutoubea spicata. Aubl. Pl. Guian. i. p. 72. t.27. Griseb. Gent.’
p. 130.— Banks of the Rupunoony. Schomburgk, n. 152.

43. Coutoubea reflexa, sp. n., caule herbaceo annuo stricto ramoso tere-
tiusculo, foliis lanceolatis acutis basi angustatis margine revolutis, spicis ax-
illaribus terminalibusque, floribus oppositis distantibus, corollz laciniis re-
flexis.—Moist Savannahs, British Guiana, Schomburgk.

Not so tall as C. spicata, leaves shorter and thicker, flowers larger,
sepals broader, style shorter, with larger stigmates, anthers much.
larger.

44. Schuebleria tenella, Mart. Nov. Gen. ii. p.117. Griseb. Gent. p.
162.—Exacum tenuifolium. ubl. Pl. Guian. i, p. 70, t. 26. f. 2.—
Schuebleriat enuifolia. G@. Don. Gard. Dict,4.—French Guiana. Le-
prieur and Herb. Par. n. 176.

45. Schuebleria coarctata, sp. n., caule filiformi subsimplici, foliis oppo-
sitis linearibus, cyma coarctata, corolle flavescentis calycem dimidio supe-
rantis lobis oblique ovatis acutis tubum subzequantibus, stigmate lineari-
clavato.— Arid Savannahs on the Rupunoony. Schomburgk, n. 167. .

_ Very near S. tenella, but besides the dense cyme and linear stig-
mate, the sepals are longer, spreading at the maturity of the capsule,
and the flowers are occasionally, but very seldom, tetramerous.

Grisebach had unfortunately only seen a specimen past flower of
this plant, which he referred to the Exacum tenuifolium of Aublet,
and trusting to that author’s figure and description, established it as
a distinct genus, under the name of Apophragma, and characterized
chiefly by the supposed bilamellate stigma and appendiculate stamina.
But to me it appears evident, that although Aublet’s principal figure
exactly represents the Schuebleria tenella, yet that the details are taken
from a Coutoubea or a Schultesia; at any rate none of the Guiana
specimens before me offer anything like what he describes and fi-
gures. If the above supposition be correct, Aublet’s species and
Grisebach’s Apophragma must be suppressed altogether.

46. Lisianthus uliginosus B guianensis. Griseb. Gent. p. 182.—Moist
Savannahs, British Guiana. Schomburgk, n. 265. ‘Flowers light blue.”
(Schomb.)

47. Lisianthus chelonioides, Linn. Griseb. Gent. p. 184.—British Guiana.
Schomburgk.

48. Irlbachia ceerulescens. Griseb. Gent. p. 195.—Lisianthus cceru-
lescens. Aubl. Pl. Guian. i. p. 207. t. 82. Mart. Nov. Gen. et Sp. 2. p.
99. t. 178. f. 2.—Moist Savannahs, British Guiana. Schomburgk, n. 164.
—French Guiana.. Leprieur and Herb. Par. n. 140.

collected by Mr. Schomburgk im British Guiana. 443

SCROPHULARIACEX. -

49. Bacopa aquatica. Aubl. Pl. Guian. i. p. 128. t. 49. spiiaile
stellarioides 6 Cayennensis. Benth. in Hook. Comp. Bot. Mag. ii. p.57.
—Swampy situations on the Essequibo and Rupunoony. _ Schomburgk, n.
532.—French Guiana. Leprieur and Herb. Par. n. 178.

This remarkable genus is so exactly a Herpestis in everything but
the stamina, that in my enumeration of the genus Herpestis, having
a meagre Cayenne specimen before me, without corolla or stamina,
there did not appear to me to be any decided character to distinguish
it even as a species from the H. stellarioides; and I had excluded
Bacopa from the order on account of the regular pentandrous flowers.
Having now, however, had opportunities of examining good flowers,
I am convinced that it is one of those plants which show that the
absence or sterility of the fifth stamen is not an essential character
of the Scrophulariacee, and Bacopa must take its place next to Her-
pestis in my tribe of Gratiolee. The following are the generic and
specific characters I should propose :-—

Calyx 5-partitus sepalis imbricativis, postico maximo foliaceo, 2 anticis

_ pariter foliaceis at minoribus, 2 lateralibus interioribus lineari-carinatis.
Corollas ubrotata v. campanulata, equaliter 5-fida, estivatione imbrica-
tiva. Stamina 5, equalia, laciniis corollinis alternantia. Antherz lineari-
sagittatz, biloculares, loculis subparallelis, rima longitudinali dehiscenti-
bus. Ovarium biloculare. Stylus simplex. Stigma bilamellatum. Capsula
membranacea, vix dehiscens, bilocularis, dissepimento membranaceo fere

_ per totam superficiem placentifero. Semina numerosissima, horizontalia, —
oblongo-ovoidea, acuminata, testa reticulata, albumine copioso, em-
bryone crassiusculo recto, radicula ad hilum spectante.—Herbze Ame-
rice tropice, paludose, glabra, Herpestidibus pluribus sectionis Bramie
similes. Folia opposita. Pedunculi axillares, solitarii vel fasciculati,

| uniflori, bracteis 2 setaceis aucti. Corolle: coerulescentes v. albe.

1. B. aquatica (Aubl.), foliis lanceolatis, bracteis a calyce remotis, sepalis
exterioribus in pedunculum subdecurrentibus, corollz calycem subdimidio
superantis laciniis ovali-oblongis.

2. B. grandiflora (Mart.), foliis lanceolatis, bracteis calyci approximatis,
sepalo postico basi cordato, corolle calycem duplo superantis laciniis late
obovatis.—In inundatis et aquis stagnantibus inter Alegre et Olho d’Agoa,
in provincia Brasiliz Piauhi inferiori legit cl. Martius.

50. Herpestis sessilifiora. Benth. in Hook. Comp. Bot. Mag. ii. p. 58.
—French Guiana. Leprieur and Herb. Par. n. 180.

51. Beyrichia ocimoides. Cham. et Schlecht. Linnea, iii. p. 21.--Sands
of the Essequibo and Rupunoony. Schomburgk,n. 528.

52. Conobea aquatica. Aubl. Pl. Guian. ii. p. 639. t. 258. —Demerara.
C. S. Parker.— French Guiana. Leprieur and Herb. Par. n. 179.

53. Vandellia crustacea. Benth. Scroph. Ind. p.35.—French Guiana.
Herb. Par. n. 177, :

444 Mr.G. Bentham’s Enumeration of the Plants

54. Vandellia diffusa. Linn, Mant. p. 89.—Borders of the Essequibo
and Rupunoony.. Schomburgk, n. 516. ‘ Flowers white with a blush of
rose.”” (Schomb.) ae

This appears to be a common plant on the eastern coasts of tro-
pical America. It is Sieber’s n. 305 from Martinica, and his n. 170
from. Trinidad, and Gardner’s n. 1097 from Pernambuco, and is
also in Salzmann’s and other Bahia collections.

55. Torenia parviflora, Hamilt. Benth. Scroph. Ind. p. 39.—Rich soil
along the large rivers in British Guiana. Schomburgk, n. 335. It is also
Gardner’s n. 213. from Rio Janeiro.

The three last species belong to East Indian genera, and two at
least, Vandellia crustacea and Torenia parviflora, are very common
East Indian species, which have evidently been introduced from
thence to the American coasts. This may also be the case with the
Vandellia diffusa, although I have not atiyself yet seen any specimens
from the old world.

56. Buchnera palustris, Spreng. Benth. in Hook. Comp. Bot. Mag. i. p.
365.—Piripea palustris, 4ubl. Pl. Guian. ii. p. 628. t. 253. Moist Savan-
nahs, British Guiana. Schomburgk, n. 419.—French Guiana. Leprieur
and Herb. Par. n. 184. :

57. Buchnera lavandulacea. Cham. et Schlecht. Linnea, ii. p. 589.—
Dry Savannahs, amongst rocks, British Guiana. Schomburgk, n. 99.

This is also Cuming’s n.1100 from Panama. It should probably
be referred either to B. longifolia or to B. lithospermifolia of Hum-
boldt and Kunth, which may indeed be varieties of one species.

58. Scoparia dulcis. Linn, Sp. p.168.—British Guiana. Schomburgk,
n. 622.

It is also Gardner’s n. 90, from Rio Janeiro; Cuming’s n. 1000,
from Lima; and occurs in most collections from tropical America
and the West Indies.

59. Gerardia hispidula. Mart. Nov. Gen. et Sp. iii. p. 13. t. 207.—
Benth. in Hook. Comp. Bot. Mag. i. p. 207.—Sandy swamps, British Guiana.
Schomburgk, n.674.—French Guiana. Leprieur, Herb. Par. n. 183.

‘“« The whole plant assumes a purplish tint, the calyx is deep pur-
ple, the corolla whitish, with a purple tint.” (Schomb.) The bractez
rub easily off after the flowering is over, but may almost always be
observed on the young pedicels.

60. Glossostyles aspera. Cham. et Schl. Linnea, iii. p.22.. Benth. in
Hook. Comp. Bot. Mag.i. p. 212.—French Guiana. Leprieur, Herb. Par.

n, 182.
LABIATAE.

61. Hyptis recurvata, Poit. Benth. Lab. Gen. et Sp. p, 81.—Sands of
the Essequibo, British Guiana. Schomburgk, n. 605.

collected by Mr. Schomburgk in British Guiana. 445

62. Hyptis paludosa, St, Hil. Benth. lc. p. 82.—Moist Savannahs,
British Guiana. Schomburgk, n. 686.

63. Hyptis lantanefolia, Poit. Benth. l.c. p. 101.—British Guiana,
Schomburgk, n. 188. é

64. Hyptis brevipes, Poit. var. 6. Benth. l.c. p.105; forma capitulis

majoribus subsessilibus.—Moist Savannahs, Upper Rupunoony. Schom-
burgk. ,

65. Hyptis Parkeri. Benth. 1. c. p. 108.—Sands of the Essequibo, Bri-
tish Guiana. Schomburgk, n. 598.

66. Hyptis pectinata, Poit. Benth. l.c. p.127.—French Guiana. Herb.
- Par. n. 175.

67. Marsypianthus hyptoides, Mart. Benth. 1.c. p.64.—British Guiana.
Schomburgk, n. 215.

VERBENACEZ.

Tribe VERBENEZ.

The order of Verbenacee has been divided by Bartling, according
to the inflorescence, into two tribes, and by Endlicher into three, ac-
cording to the degree of adherence of the carpellary elements and the
consistence of the pericarp. Of these systems Bartling’s would ap-
pear at once better characterized and more natural, but requires con-
siderable modification in the details.

The Verbenee, which may be considered as the first tribe following
the Labiate, to which they are closely allied, would be characterized
by the simple spicate inflorescence (the flowers solitary, sessile, or
rarely borne on short simple pedicels, along a simple rhachis), and
the ovules straight, anatropous, and erect from the base of the cells.
They are herbaceous, or more frequently shrubby, but seldom if ever
really arborescent. Theleaves are often divided, but never compound.
The calyx remains herbaceous or membranous, nor does it appear
to acquire any remarkable extension after the fall of the corolla.
The cells of the ovary are often diverging at the base, especially
during the growth of the fruit, so as to leave between them a space,
either empty in the dry-fruited genera, or filled with pulp in the suc-
culent ones, which space is often described as one or two additional
empty cells.

The Verbenee would comprehend among the genera with a bilo-
cular ovarium : Spielmannia, with axillary solitary flowers ; Crypto-
calyx, Lippia, Riedelia, Dipterocalyx, Lantana and Camara, with im-
bricate capitate flowers; and Aloysia, Bouchea and Stachytarpheta
- with spicate flowers. Of the genera with a quadrilocular ovarium
it would contain Verbena, Dipyrena, Chascanum, Tamonea, Priva,
Casselia, Monochilus (?) and Chloanthes.

446 Mr. G. Bentham’s Enumeration of the Plants .

68. Cryptocalyx nepetefolia, sp. n.—British Guiana. Schomburgk, n.
694. - .
Also Trinidad, Anderson, and Pernambuco, Gardner, n. 1049.
The following are the characters I should propose for this new
genus and species :— ee
- Cryprocaryx, gen. n. Calyx membranaceus, tenuissimus, obsolete den-
tatus. Corolla tubulosa, bilabiata, labiis erectis, superiore brevissimo bi+
fido, inferiore elongato trifide. Stamina 4, didynama, inferiora longiora,
omnia antherifera, antheris oblongis bilocularibus. Ovarium biloculare,
loculis uniovulatis, ovulis a basi loculi erectis anatropis. Stylus in-
clusus. Stigma obliquum capitatum. Fructus sponte bipartitus, peri-
carpio calyceque subevanidis, pyrenis oblongis monospermis. Semina,
testa duriuscula tenui, exalbuminosa, embryone recto, cotyledonibus
magnis.

C. nepetefolia. Herba annua, ramosa, basi procumbens szpe radicans,
apice adscendens, Rami crassiusculi, obscure tetragoni, glabri vel pilis
appressis paucis onusti. Folia opposita, petiolata, ovato-rhombea, grosse
dentata, basi cuneato-truncata et integerrima, 1—14 pollicaria, utrinque vi-
ridia et glabra vel pilis appressis paucis pubescentia. Spicee ovoideo-ob-
long, axillares, pedunculatz, solitarie vel glomeratz, petiolo breviores.
Flores numerosissimi, minuti, sessiles, seriebus circiter 12 densissime imbri-
cati. Rhachis post flores delapsos cicatrizata. Bractez cuneate, acuminate,
membranacee, complicato-carinate, margine ciliate, flores parum exce-
dentes, Calyx corollz tubo dimidio brevior, sub lente minutissime pube-
scens. Corolla alba, glabra, vix ultra semi-lineam longa. Pyrenes matu-
ritate omnino liberi, graniformes, 4 lin. longi. me

The extreme tenuity of the calyx, the small erect limb of the co-
rolla, and the more complete separation of the fruit, together with -
the habit, distinguish this genus from Lippia. It is apparently an
old plant in herbaria, but I cannot find it described among Verbe-
nacee. Its habit is rather that of many Composite.

69. Lippia mierophylla. Cham. et Schlecht, Linnza, vii. p. 226. Fructus
calyce inclusus bipartibilis sed yix sponte secedens, globosus v. pyrene al-
tero abortiente oblongus, pericarpio tenui sicco.—Stony places in Savan-
nahs, British Guiana. Schomburgk, n. 75. -

The genus Lippia, as far as I have examined it, appears best li-
mited by Chamisso and Schlechtendal. The pericarp is thicker than
in Cryptocalyx, and the pyrenes, though easily separable, are yet
held together by it. In Riedelia the fruit is rather that of Lantana, and
must therefore be kept distinct from Lippia, unless indeed this genus
be joined to Lantana. Dipterocalyx appears also from Chamisso and _
Schlechtendal’s description to be distinct. Aloysia is too natural a
group to be united to Lippia, unless nearly the whole of Verbenee

be considered as one genus.

collected by Mr. Schomburgk in British Guiana. 447

70. Lantana salviefolia. Jacq. Hort. Schomb. iii. p. 18, t. 285 ?—-British
Guiana. Schomburgk, n. 730.

71. Lantana annua. Linn. Sp. Pl. 784?—British Guiana. Schomburgk,
n. 207.

If Lippia be kept apart from Lantana, the two sections of the lat-
ter genus proposed by Chamisso and Schiechtendal must be adopted
as distinct genera. It is for the section Callioreas of those authors
that I have retained the name of Lantana. Init the ovarium is more
fleshy than in Lippia, less so than in Camara. The structure of the
fruit is as in Lippia, only that the endocarp is harder and woody, and
the pericarp is thicker and somewhat fleshy. The species of this
genus are in a state of too great confusion to determine the speci-
mens before me with accuracy, without a detailed review of the
whole group. 9 |

72. Camara tiliefolia.— Lantana tilizfolia. Cham. et Schl. Linnea, vii.
p. 122.—British Guiana. Schomburgk, n.196.

In Camara the ovarium only differs from that of the preceding ge-
nera by being rather more fleshy even than in Lantana, but.the fruit
is very different. It is a complete berry, and the pyrenes diverging
near the base leave between them an interstice filled with pulp, or
perhaps sometimes empty, which has been improperly described as a
third sterile cell.

73. Stachytarpheta elatior, Schrad. Hort. Gott. Reichb. Icon. Exot. t.
59.~-Swamps on the Upper Rupunoony. Schomburgk. It is also Gardner's
no. 1106 from Pernambuco.

74. Stachytarpheta cajenensis, Vahl, Enum. i. p. 208 .— British Guiana,
Schomburgk, n. 262,

This species, which I have also from Trinidad, agrees with Vahl’s.
description in every respect, except that Schomburgk states it to be
herbaceous, and Vahl describes his as shrubby; but this difference
may arise from the age of the plant, or from the difficulty in ascer-
taining the point from dried specimens. |

Endlicher reunites Stachytarpheta with Verbena; ; but independ-
ently of the habit and stamina, the difference between the bi-ovu-
lated and the four-ovulated ovarium is surely of importance in this
tribe, where the genera are all closely allied, though numerous in
species. Melasanthus of Pohl appears to have been.rightly joined
to Stachytarpheta as a section by Chamisso and Schlechtendal. With
Bouchea of those authors I am unacquainted. Dzpyrena of Hooker
is not a natural genus, the single species which composes. it having
the inflorescence and flowers of Verbena juncea, and the foliage nearly
of V. aspera; yet the difference in the fruit, already perceptible in

448 Mr.G. Bentham’s Enumeration of the Plants:

the ovarium, is so marked, that the genus cannot but be preserved.
Chascanum of E. Meyer, formed of some old Buchneras, and which
I had erroneously referred to Selaginea, is a distinct group correctly
placed by E. Meyer and by Endlicher next to Verbena.

75. Tamonea spicata. Aubl. Pl. Guian. ii. p. 660, t. 268.—British Gui-
ana. Schomburgk. French Guiana. Leprieur, Herb. Par. n. 169. Also
Bahia. Gardner, n. 899, and Blanchet, n. 2566.

Among the remaining Verbenee, Casselia is a very marked group,
so also Priva; but it is surely by inadvertence that Phryma has
been joined to it; for notwithstanding some general resemblance in
habit, the structure of the fruit and convolute cotyledons are so very
singular, that it can only be considered as an isolated genus not
‘really belonging to any of the great tribes of Verbenacee. I am un-
acquainted with Monochilus of Fischer and Meyer, which is probably
‘allied to Casselia, or with Buchia of Humboldt and Kunth, which is
surely no true Verbenacea, perhaps a Polemoniacea. Chloanthes of
R. Brown, the only four-ovulated genus with a simple axillary in-
florescence, is somewhat anomalous in appearance; but the ovarium
is that of the true Verbenee. The central cavity of the fruit is here
intersected by the axis, which gives the appearance of two additional
empty cells.

Tribe DuranTEZ.

These are allied to Verbenee by their inflorescence, to Viticee by
their more arborescent habit, and by the position of the ovula, which
are laterally attached to the fleshy axis of the ovarium, either at their
base or above it, but always below the middle. The ovule is thus

frequently more or less amphitropous. The-calyx generally grows
after the flowering is over, and either incloses the fruit at its matu-
rity, or forms an expanded cup under it.

76. Petrea macrostachya, sp. n., arborea, foliis ovali-ellipticis breviter
acuminatis scaberrimis, racemo elongato, pedicellis fructiferis tubo calycis
brevioribus, calycis laciniis lineari-oblongis subspathulatis acuminatis aristu-
‘latis. Folia semipedalia. Racemus 14—2-pedalis, pendulus. Calyces flo-
-rigeri subsessiles, longiores et tenuiores quam in plerisque speciebus.—On
the brook Currassawaak. British Guiana. Schomburgk, n. 158,

Besides Petrea, the Durantee comprehend Citharerylum, Duranta
and Péppigia (Bertero, not Presl.), which last genus has been alter-
nately united with Citharerylum and with Duranta, having some of the
characters of each, but with flowers different from either. There appear
to be two species, differing from each other in the size of the flower,
the form and size of the berry, and, in some respects, in the form of
-the leaf, one from Chili, the other from the isle of Juan Fernandez.

collected by Mr. Schomburgk in British Guiana. 449

“Tribe ViTIcEz.

This group is readily distinguished from the two preceding ones
by the cymose inflorescence. The ovarium is that of Durante, and
in some genera there is the same tendency of the calyx to augment
after the flowering. The habit is often arborescent, and compound
leaves are not uncommon; but no accurate circumscription of the
tribe can be attempted until the numerous heterogeneous plants col-
lected under Clerodendron, Premna and Callicarpa, and many little
known Asiatic genera, shall have been more carefully examined.

77. Pyrostoma ternatum, C. F. W. Meyer. Flora Esseq. p. 219.—British
Guiana. Anderson. Calyx tubulosus, 10—11 lin. longus, tubo basi 10-
nervio minute tomentoso, superne ampliato 5-plicato glabro, limbo 5-lobo,
laciniis lanceolatis foliaceis acutis. Corolla hypogyna, calycem subeequans,
tubo basi glabro, supra insertionem staminum extus ferrugineo-villoso et
parum ampliato, limbo bilabiato, labio superiore bilobo, inferiore trilobo,
lacinia intermedia majore emarginata. Stamina 4, exserta, didynama, fila-
mentis basi pubescentibus. Ovarium obovoideum, hispidum, 4-loculare, lo-
culis uniovulatis, ovulis basi lateraliter affixis. Stylus filiformis. Stigma
bipartitum.

78. Vitex capitata. Vahl, Ecl. ii. p. 50, t. 18, var. foliolis latioribus sub-
tus pubescentibus.—British Guiana. Schomburgk.

I have received from Sir W. J. Hooker specimens gathered in
Trinidad by Mr. Lockhart, answering precisely to Vahl’s description
and figure. M. Schomburgk’s specimens agree with them in every-
thing but the points noted above.

79. Vitex umbrosa. Sw. FI. Ind. Occ. ii, p. 1076.—On the Essequibo.
Schomburgk.

A single specimen answering perfectly to Swartz’s description,
except that the panicle is rather shorter than the leaves.

80. Agiphila arborescens, Willd. Sp. i. p. 616. Manabea arborescens,

Aubl. Pl, Guian. i. p. 64, t.24.—Savannahs, British Guiana. Schomburgk,
n. 404.

81. Lgiphila laxiflora, sp. n., frutescens, glaberrima, foliis brevissime
petiolatis ovali-ellipticis obtuse acuminatis basi angustatis, paniculis laxis
terminalibus basi foliatis, calycis limbo ampliato breviter quadrifido, corollz
infundibuliformis tubo calyce plus duplo longiore.—British Guiana. Schom-
burgk, n. 772.

Near 4. elata, Swartz; but it does not appear to be a climber,
the leaves are narrower at the base, the panicle is more glabrous,
looser and fewer flowered, and the colour is, according to Schom-
burgk, white, not yellow.

82. Aigiphila salutaris. Humb. et Kunth, Nov. Gen. et Sp. ii. p. 249.—
British Guiana. Schomburgk.

Ann. Nat. Hist. Vol.2. No.12. Feb.1839. 2n

450 Plants collected by Schomburgk in British Guiana.

Chamisso and Schlechtendal have already remarked upon the di-
oical nature of this genus. My specimens of each of the above three
species have all exserted stamens and short included styles, and are
consequently probably all male and sterile, although the ovules
exist in the ovarium.

83. Clerodendron fragrans. Vent. Malm. p. et t. 70.—‘ Sandy soils by
the sides of hills, British Guiana.” Schomburgk, n. 475.

- There is, however, probably some mistake in the locality. The
flowers are all perfectly double and sterile, and it is only a cultivated
plant in America.

Tribe AVICENNIES.

In this tribe the inflorescence is generally irregularly racemose,
the upper pedicels being usually simple, and the lower ones cy-
mosely trifid. The ovules are attached very near the apex; and as
the radicle is always as in other Verbenacee pointing to the base of
the carpels, the ovules are amphitropous, or nearly orthotropous.
Besides Amasonia and Avicennia, I have observed this structure
in Gmelina.
~ 84, Amasonia erecta (Linn. Fil. Suppl. p. 294) perennis v. suffruticosa,
erecta v. basi decumbens, pubescenti-scabra v. glabriuscula, foliis elliptico-
oblongis grosse dentatis basi angustatis, bracteis ovatis acutis basi in petio-
lum brevem angustatis, calycibus corollisque breviter pubescenti-hirtis. ‘T'a-
ligalea campestris, Aubl. Pl. Guian. ii. p. 625, t. 252. Amasonia punicea,
Vahl, Ecl. ii, p. 51.—Savannahs of the Rupunoony Schomburgk, n. 228.

Folia inflorescentia et calyx. ut in descr. Vahliana. Corolla 9-10 lin.
longa, tubo incurvo, fauce parum ampliata, limbi quadrifidi laciniis reflexis
ciliato-fimbriatis,. superiore breviore latiore emarginata, lateralibus latis ob-
tusis, infima acutiuscula. Stamina 4, infra medium tubi inserta. Fila-
menta basi dilatata puberula, czeterum glabra, adscendentia, apice declinata,
exserta. Anthere et stylus ut in descr. Aubletiana. Ovarium quadrilocu-
lare? quadri-ovulatum, ovulis ex apice axeos amphitrope pendulis. Bac-
cam maturam non vidi; junior dipyrena videtur globosa, pyrenis dispermis.

Notwithstanding the discrepancies in the descriptions given by
the authors above quoted, it seems most probable, as Vahl suspected,
that the three are but one species. ‘The pubescence and the brac-
teze are very variable. The corolla is said by Schomburgk and Vahl
to be red, by Aublet to be yellow; but as the bracts are in all cases
red, the more or less yellow in the corolla may be of no importance.
The flowers are so much pressed in my specimens, that I could not
satisfactorily ascertain whether the ovarium was two- or four-celled.

The following new and very distinct species has been gathered in
Brasil by Pohl and by Langsdorff.

On the Metamorphosis of Syngnathus lumbriciformis. 451

. A. hirta, perennis v. suffruticosa, erecta, foliis obovato-oblongis basi longe
angustatis cauleque hirsutissimis, bracteis oblongis acuminatis villosis, caly-
cibus amplis coloratis corollisque longe pilosis.—Tota pilis flavicantibus ob-
tecta. Calyces coccinei. Corolle tubus ultrapollicaris, limbi laciniis acuti-
usculis.

L.—Metamorphosis observed in the Small Pipe-fish (Syngna-
thus lumbriciformis). By Pror, B. Frizes*. With Plate
XII. :

WueEn I had the honour some time since of presenting to-the
Royal Academy of Sciences an addition to our knowledge of
the Scandinavian species of the genus Syngnathus, I did not
expect that I should so soon again have further occasion to
return to the same genus, and to show in another point of
view that it merits the attention of Ichthyologists. Such an
‘ opportunity has however been afforded by the unexpected dis-
covery of a kind of metamorphosis which.I have observed in
the smallest of our pipe-fish, S. dumbriciformis. In all probabi-
lity this is not the only species of the genus which undergoes
this metamorphosis, but the same may probably occur in all
those belonging to the division of Syngnathi Ophidii+. As pre-
viously I had had no opportunity of convincing myself of this
fact, it may be well to publish the preliminary notice of what
I have observed, in order to direct the attention of other na-
turalists to the subject.

After having satisfied myself by some successful trials of
the possibility of keeping species of pipe-fish alive for a short
time in reservoirs filled with water—which will not in ge-
neral succeed with our sea fish—it was my intention to in-
quire into the relation subsisting between the young of the
pipe-fish in their tender age and their parents ; that is to say,
I wished to learn whether the pipe-fish, also, afford their young
the protection and care which, as experience has shown, the
marsupial pipe-fish extend to their progeny ; and, if it were so,
in what manner nature had effected this, as the former are not
furnished with the marsupial sac which in the latter affords

* Translated from the Swedish into German by Dr. Gans of Stockholm,
and inserted in Wiegmann’s Archiv, Part III. 1838, whence this is taken.

+ For the terms ophidial pipe-fish and marsupial pipe-fish, see Prof. Fries’s
paper on the genus Syngnathus, a translation of which appeared at page 96
of this Journal.—Eprr.

2H 2

A52 Prof. Fries on the Metamorphosis

to the young so sure a place of refuge. That such a relation
must exist between the pipe-fish and their young, analogy ap-
peared to require; and another circumstance which I had
noticed seemed to indicate the means by which this was
accomplished. The marsupial pipe-fish and ophidial pipe-fish
exhibit, as is well known, a great difference in their motions
and change of positions. The Marsupiales, which possess a
stiff short tail, provided with a fin, swim like other fish chiefly
by the help of the strokes of the tail. The Ophidii, on the
other hand, with a long roundish tapering and very flexible
tail, without any fin, receive little or no help in their progress
through the water from this organ, which is generally kept
still during swimming, and may rather be regarded as a helm
than as an oar. When the marsupial pipe-fish rests, or re-
mains still, it sks extended to the ground, and lies on its
belly with its tail extended, while the ophidial pipe-fish with
great dexterity entwines its flexible tail around any object that
may be present. We always see them holding fast in this man-
ner, when they find anything that may be encircled ; and even
when no such object presents itself, but several individuals
kept in the same vessel, frequently the tails are seen entwined
round one another, and thus forming groups which in a certam
degree resemble the old figures we see of the so-named “Rat-
kings.” This peculiarity in the ophidial pipe-fish suggested the
idea that probably the young might possess this property in
a still higher degree, and by this means might fix themselves
to the male parent when any danger threatened them. In
order to learn whether this was really the case, I procured a
living male with eggs attached to the vent, placed it in a se-
parate glass vessel filled with fresh water, and resolved to at-
tempt to keep it alive until the eggs should be hatched and
the young should have made their appearance. Chance would
have it, that it was just our rarest species, S. lumbriciformis,
which first fell into my hands, in a condition suitable to my
intended purpose. It was towards the end of September that
the fish was. placed in the vessel with water. He appeared
at first to thrive very well, although he refused all nutriment
of whatever kind that I offered to him. The water was changed
twice a day, morning and evening, when I carefully examined
my prisoner. At the commencement of the observations, the

| of Syngnathus lumbriciformis. 453

eges were already so far advanced in development, that the
embryons might be plainly distinguished with the lens ; but
in the course of a few days the outer membrane became so
opake, that the changes, going on within, could not be observed
any further; and since for my purpose I merely had in view
and waited for the hatching of the young, I would not venture
to disturb the fish and to deprive him of any of the eggs for
closer examination.

After six days my little fish was evidently exhausted, and the
eggs began in many places to have a changed morbid appear-
ance, so that I entertained some fear for the result. However,
it still lived for some days, and as, on the morning of the
ninth day of its imprisonment, I performed the usual exami-
nation, I was agreeably surprised to find at the surface of the
water three hatched young. They swam in an erect position,
very little concerned about one another, and had still less to do
with the father, who lay quite still at the bottom. Through
the whole forenoon I constantly watched all their motions,
but could not perceive the least inclination in them to ap-
proach or hold on to the father, nor did he pay them the least
attention ; in a word, they were all strangers to one another.
Somewhat displeased at this coldness of theirs, which destroyed
beforehand the whole of my projected theory, I took a lens
and observed the young as they were swimming freely about
in the water. To my great astonishment I then first perceived
that they were provided with locomotive organs quite dissi-
milar to those which the parents possess. The entire tail was
surrounded by a fin-like membrane, and pectoral fins were di-
stinctly perceivable, which were in a constant vibratory mo-
tion, as in the marsupial pipe-fish. As none of our Ophidii
in their complete development possess any trace of pectoral
fins, and are without -caudal fins, this discovery that these
organs occur in them in their young state came quite unex-
pectedly upon me; however the fact itself was clear and un-
deniable. Hence it follows, that these fish, like tadpoles,
lose their tail and throw off caudal and pectoral fins at a
fixed, but as yet unknown period; a circumstance that has
hitherto never to my: knowledge been observed in the fish
tribe. In the course of the afternoon, a fourth young, and

454 On the Metamorphosis of Syngnathus lumbriciformis.

on the following morning a fifth and sixth, made their appear-
ance ; several were not hatched. The whole egg substance
exhibited itself in a half dissolved condition, separated itself,
together with the adherent cellular substance, from the body,
and fell in pieces. The fish died on the same day towards
the evening. I now sacrificed two of the young for observa-
tion, and endeavoured by constant renewal of the water to
retain the others alive,in order to observe their metamorphosis.
The experiment, however, did not succeed. On the seventh
day of their life they died one shortly after the other. What I
observed during theshorttime they lived was their rapid growth
from scarcely three Swedish lines in length to five; otherwise
no change occurred in them.

In the annexed plate, M. W. v. Wright has figured with his
accustomed accuracy one of these young. PI. XII. fig. 1. isa
side view of it magnified. Fig. 2. from above, and the interme-
diate small figure indicates the natural size. The entire body
is white and transparent, so that the vertebral column and the
intestinal canal in the ventral cavity appear through. The
head, very large in proportion to the rest of the body, oc-
cupies about a sixth of its whole length, has true and di-
stinct eyes, and also the turned-up snout which characterizes
S.lumbriciformis. The length of the snout in proportion to the
other parts of the head is larger in the young than in the old
fish. It is also worthy of remark, that while the border of the
gill covering in all older Syngnathi is connected by a mem-
brane, and the common epidermal covering with the rings of the
shoulder, and leaves behind at both sides of the neck merely
a small aperture by which respiration is effected, the young
have the same border of the operculum entirely free, by which
the gill apertures are greater than is generally the case in fish.
Fig. 2. shows it quite distinctly. The anal aperture, which
occupies its right position relatively to the dorsal fin, lis,
however, somewhat nearer to the caudal extremity than in old
individuals, i.e. a portion nearly equal to half the length of
the body. This aperture in the young fish is more distin-
guished by the projecting posterior angle which the ventral
line forms at this place. The scale plates which in the form
of rings cover the whole body in the old fish appear not. yet

Information respecting Botanical Travellers. 455

to be formed; but when the young is observed from above,
along both sides of the body a series of fine serrated teeth are
seen to project, which can be nothing else than the processus
transversi proceeding from the vertebrze, which exist in the
old Syngnathi, and afford direct points of support for the said
rings. I think I could count about eighteen such points be-
tween the head and anus, and at least 50 between the anus and
caudal extremity. The ventral fins, which occupy the same
place as in the marsupial pipe-fish, are very small, but di-
stinct; they have an expanded somewhat rounded termination,
and only rudimental rays. The motions of these organs are
particularly lively. The dorsal fins may also be plainly di-
stinguished, although their rays appear to be merely indicated ;
from this fin proceeds as prolongation, both forwards and back-
wards, a somewhat lower fin-like membrane, without the least
trace of rays; the anterior continuation gradually decreases in
height, and disappears about half-way between the neck and
dorsal fin; the posterior prolongation continues, however,
along the entire back of the tail, with the same height unto
the extremity of the tail, turns round this, and then extends
on the under side of the tail to the anus. The caudal fin in
the young Syngnathi has also the same formation and shape
as in the eel, and forms one of its chief natatory organs.

Such dissimilarly formed locomotive organs as we meet with
in the small pipe-fish, as young and as old individuals, are ex-
plained by the different kind of locomotion which it employs
at these various periods of life, and this again seems to indicate
quite a distinct habit. To inquire more accurately into this
point, as also to determine the period and kind of the meta-
morphosis, remains yet for future observations.

I take this opportunity of mentioning that the delicate young
Syngnathi are perhaps of all things the best suited for micro-
scopical examinations on the circulation of the blood.

LI.—Information respecting Botanical Travellers.
Again, on June 8th, Mr. Gardner writes thus from Pernambuco *:
“« Ever since my return from the Rio San Francisco, I have been
anxiously expecting the parcels and letters of which this day has

* In continuation of the extracts given in our last Number, p. 365.

456 Information respecting Botanical Travellers.

put me in possession; and their receipt having set my mind at ease ~
respecting the welfare of my friends, and the safety of those collec-
tions which I had sent home, I sit down to write a few lines. Since
I returned hither, I have collected about a hundred species of plants”
almost entirely different from anything I had found before. Among
them are some very noble Grasses. I have secured seeds of the fine
new Melocactus which I mentioned in my last letter; so that if the
living plants should fail, I still hope it may be reared. There are
also two pods of a large leguminous tree from the banks of San
Francisco among the articles which are immediately to be despatched
for England; several specimens, in a living state, of an Orchideous
plant that I believe to be Monachanthus fimbriatus, growing ina
box, together with a large-flowered Hpidendrum.

*« The rains here continue very heavy; it is impossible to stir abroad
without being drenched. I have been waiting some time for a ves-
sel to convey me to Avacati, which is to sail in a few days; thence
I intend to go to a place called Ted, about 200 miles inland, where
I shall remain some time, and if all be well, go across the mountains
into the province of Piauhy. I find that it is requisite to purchase
four horses at least, which, with their trappings, cost about 50/. A
very good black servant; who has already been in my employ for

five months, will accompany me.
Pernambuco, July 18th.

«« After many delays, in consequence of being unable to finda
vessel bound to Avacati, in the province of Ceara, I have the satis-
faction to tell you that my arrangements are finally made to sail in
a few hours; as, however, there has been one incessant pour of rain
for the last two months, I could have done nothing in the way of
collecting, which partly reconciles me to the delay in starting.
From Avacati I still intend to make my way as quickly as possible
to Ted, 240 miles inland, where, if I find a good field for botany, I
may stay for a few months, and shall then probably pass into the
province of Piauhy. At all events, I do not think of returning to
Pernambuco for eight or ten months, if any more; but shall not fail
to seize every opportunity of letting you know how I! get on. A
long time may elapse ere I can again have the satisfaction of re-
ceiving news from Europe.”’ G. GARDNER.

In Southern Africa, our valued friend, the Honourable W. H.
Harvey, is zealously devoting his leisure hours to acquiring a more
perfect knowledge of the botany of that extensive and yet but par-
tially explored country. He is printing at Cape Town an account
of the genera hitherto discovered, and is giving every possible en-

; couragement

Information respecting Botanical Travellers. 457

couragement to the German botanist and collector Zeyher, to con-
tinue his researches in the more remote parts of the colony where
the has already been very successful, especially in Uitenhage and
Albany. It was intended that he should have proceeded to the
eastward, much beyond the colony; but this is now out of the ques-
tion. ‘‘ Any excursion beyond the boundary,” our correspondent
observes, ‘‘ the state of the country forbids. You will have seen by
the papers, that many thousands of Dutch boors, not satisfied with
our government, emigrated in the course of last year into the Zoo-
loo country to seek ‘peace and quietness,’ as they said, from the
mild and paternal sway of the Zooloo chief, Dingaan, who was civil
enough at first, for they did not alarm him—coming, as he said, zn
fews and fews; but when the main body arrived, the savage took
his measures, and succeeded in cutting off the leader of the boors,
and many of his chosen men. Since that, the whole country has
been disturbed, and actions have taken place between the parties
with various success. The population of Port Natal is almost massa-
cred to a man, the Missionaries and Captain Gardner have fled, and
the property of white persons in that country has been carried off by
Dingaan. It will take a long time to restore matters to a steady footing.
The main body of the boors, though having twice lost their leaders,
still hold out; and till they or Dingaan be completely crushed, Zeyher
must keep within bounds. I hope to settle him this coming season
among the mountain districts of George, Auteniqualand, Zivarts-
berg, &c.; Kuysna to be his head-quarters, where Mr. Rex, who is
still living and well, will gladly afford him hospitality. It is now,
however, (August) about four months too early for that country,
and these cannot be better spent than in Uitenhage and Albany,
where, I have no doubt, he will find out many plants that have
escaped others ; in fact, I have boundless confidence in the resources
of novelty still in this country. He has already found a new Myrtus
(not Memecylon Capense), a tree 30 feet high, which I have called
Myrtus Zeyheri; and from his present quarters (Uitenhage), he
sends me almost by every post something or other interesting, and
is most ready to poke out every little oddity I call for, or to send
fruit and seeds for dissection, buds for zstivation, and such like;
in fact, he spares no pains to please me.”’

The collections of such a man, and from such a country, cannot
fail to be valuable to the botanists in Europe ; and we have requested
that several sets may be sent to England, which he will (Mr, Zey-
her) be able to afford at the price of 2/. the 100 species.

Ann. Nat. Hist. Vol. 2. No. 13. Feb. 1839. 21

458 Bibliographical Notices.

BIBLIOGRAPHICAL NOTICES.

Ornithological Biography, or an account of the Habits of the Birds of
the United States of America. By John James Audubon, F.R.S.
L. & E., &c. Vol. iv. 1838. Royal 8vo. London, Longman.
Edinburgh, A. and C. Black.

For a very long period the illustrated works devoted to Natural
History in Great Britain were considered inferior in their execution,
and in the scope of their plan, to those published in France and Ger-
many. The splendid works of Levaillant and Vieillet, of Meyer and
Wolfe, and of Humboldt, in Zoology and Botany, mostly published
either immediately previous to, or about the commencement of, the
present century, were looked upon as the height of finish which
plates of this character could be brought to, and as the models which
future naturalists were to endeavour to equal. At the period alluded
to, the continent still continued to advance in its beautiful volumes
published at the national expense, which accompanied every voyage
of discovery, and without which, indeed, the record of the expedi-
tion was looked upon as incomplete. They combined the progress
of science with the improvement of the arts which a few years gra-
dually carries with them; but it was perhaps not much before the
year 1820 that British naturalists began to revive the character of
their illustrated works, by attention to the pictorial department. At
the present time this will bear the palm both for execution and com-
position, while it approaches very near to the minute accuracy for
which the productions of the continent are still deservedly famed.

The illustrations of Mr. Audubon’s remarkable work were com-
~ menced in Edinburgh, so far as we can recollect, about 1826, at first
under comparatively little encouragement, from the circumstance of
subscribers thinking that the requisite expense and labour could not
be continued with regularity ; and it is a proud thing for the metro-
polis of Scotland to say, that this gigantic work was undertaken
there, after having passed the cities of America and France and En-
gland, while it is equally gratifying to know that the plates exe-
cuted there can bear comparison with the best of those which have
been elsewhere engraved. This part of the work, “ comprising four
hundred and thirty-five plates, with one thousand and sixty-five
figures, was finished on the 20th of June last ;” and although some
of the plates might be justly criticised, we should be illiberal indeed
were we to endeavour to pick out the minor faults of a series so ex-
tensive, and containing many pictures beautiful both in drawing and
composition.

The descriptive portion of the work, or the ‘ Ornithological Bio-

Bibliographical Notices. 459

graphy,’ is also nearly completed. ‘The third volume was published
immediately after an arduous voyage to the coasts of Labrador, for
the purpose of examining the breeding stations of the northern birds ;
and after returning to England, and spending the time requisite for
arranging the materials derived from that journey, another expedi-
tion is again undertaken to the southern states of America, and we
have many of the results now before us, in the first part of the con-
cluding volume of the work.

Mr. Audubon’s previous volumes have been so frequently ex-
tracted from for the amusement and information of the general
reader, that the manner in which he treats his subjects is familiarly
known, and we shall now interfere with little criticism. The style
is undoubtedly peculiar ; and from the pen of any other, or from that
of an imitator, it would read and sound extremely affected ; but
knowing the man, and thinking that we hear him tell the tale while
we read it, every feeling is lost in the freshness of the picture, and
in the truthfulness of the detail. A little want of courtesy is some-
times manifested towards those whom he may think do not possess
sufficient knowledge of the North American Fauna, and some dis-
dain is exhibited towards the opinions of systematists ; but while he
points out those traits of habit which frequently confirm the “ sus-
picions”’ of the theorist he condemns, he cannot resist generalising
himself, according to the manners of the birds which he has had such
ample opportunities of studying, and which he has so often beauti-
fully described ; and if he would bear this in mind, he might perhaps
find some apology for the ornithologist who mourns that various
causes do not permit him to enjoy the advantages of the ‘‘ woods-
man,” and who only ventures to turn his recorded practical know-
._ ledge to the formation or support of his own opinions.

The volume before us is scarcely so original as its predecessors,
owing to many of the species having been procured from other tra-
vellers, and the accounts of their habits taken from the notes which
they furnished. It was scarcely to be expected that one individual
could personally examine the habits of all the birds of so vast a tract,
and a general history would have been incomplete without the in-
troduction, so far as known, of every species. We miss also the
‘ Episodes’ which gave such vivid accounts of scenery,—the forest
and prairie, the flood and war of elements, the chase, and the man-
ners of the squatter and woodsman. This part is here occupied with
anatomical details by Mr. Macgillivray. Mr. Audubon, during his
last journey, having brought over many specimens in spirits, they

have been dissected, and their anatomy is now illustrated by bold
212

460 Bibliographical Notices.

wood-cuts, which has added to our limited stock of facts on this
branch of ornithology. Several new species are also described in
this volume, but on which we dare scarcely venture an opinion,
without having the birds before us; some of these are the acquisi-
tions procured during the journeys undertaken by American travel-
lers, and are very interesting. The reader will also find the descrip-
tions of some of our native birds during the season of incubation,
which do not breed in our own islands. We shall add a few notices
of some of the latter, and also of those for which Mr. Audubon
claims both an American and British parentage, but which other or-
nithologists have considered distinct. We take them as they occur
in the volume.

The Turnstone, Strepsilas Interpres, is plentiful on the southern
coasts of the United States, and was observed in April and May in
Texas and Mexico; it was however looked for in vain on the Labra-
dor coast, and its breeding-places were not discovered. Mr. Audu-
bon makes the following remarks on its affinities: ‘‘I have always
looked upon the Turnstone, while at its avocations, as a species very
nearly allied to the Oyster-catcher ; and although it certainly differs
in some particulars, were I to place it in a position determined by
its affinities, I should remove it at once from the Tringa family. Its
mode of searching for food around pebbles and other objects, the
comparative strength of its legs, its retiring disposition, and its loud
whistling notes while on the wing, will, I think, prove at some pe-
riod, that what I have ventured to advance may be in accordance
with the only true system.” We have little doubt that our author
is here right; and this bird and Hematopus have elsewhere been
shown to be the medium by which the connexion was wrought out
between the Ardeade, Scolopacide and Charadriade. It is a bird.
easily tamed, and like the Oyster-catchers, thrives well where access
ean be given to a supply of water.

The Great Northern Diver, Colymbus glacialis. ‘The American
range of this bird is very extended ; it has been “‘ met with in win-
ter on all the water-courses of the United States. I have seen it
along the whole of our Atlantic coast, from the Maine to the extre-
mity of Florida, and from thence to the mouths of the Mississippi
and the shores of Texas. It occurs on the waters that fall into the
Pacific, and has been observed on the Columbia rivers; in the fur
countries it is plentiful.” In its incubation it resembles the black-
throated species, placing the nest sometimes near the water, and
sometimes a short way distant, in the latter case having a path
wrought by the passage of the bird to and from it. The eggs Mr,

Bibliographical Notices. 461

Audubon considers to be most frequently three in number; he has
experienced and confirms the speed and excellence of their diving
and progressing under water, and acknowledges himself ‘‘ outdone
by aloon.” We consider that this bird, if unhurt, can beat any
oared boat without rising from the waters.

Common Tern, Sterna Hirundo. ‘“ Although the Prince of Mu-
signano states that the bird named the Common Tern in America
differs from that bearing the same name.in Europe, and has, in con-
sequence, changed its appellation to that of Wilson’s Tern, I am of
opinion that no difference exists between the Terns of the two con-
tinents.” If we have read the prince’s works aright, we think this
is not the case. The prince, in his observations on Wilson’s no-
menclature, considers the European and American species identical ;
in the ‘ Osservazione sulla seconda edizione del Regno Animale,’
Wilson’s plate only is said to be quoted as referring to another spe-
cies, the St. Wilsoni, Bonap.; and in the latest work, ‘ Comparative
List of the Birds of Europe and North America,’ published in 1838,
St. Hirundo, Arctica and Dougallii are all given as common to both
continents, while St. Wilsoni (the St. Hirundo, Wilson, not Lin-
nzus,) is marked as American only, and St. minuta is represented
by St. argentea, Nuttal. This seems the real state of the species,
and Mr. Audubon has taken unnecessary trouble in making compa-
risons for this purpose, though they may be of use in teaching us
the range of variations to which species may be subject.

Spotted Sandpiper, Totanus Macularia, occurred abundantly from
Texas to the shores of Labrador, breeding and rearing their young
in the whole range. This species seems to be more careful than
usual in the building and selecting a station for the nest: in an
island in the Gulf of St. Lawrence, they were placed among the tall
slender grass; and in Labrador they were concealed under ledges of
rocks extending several feet over them, were made of dry moss from
six to nine inches high, and well finished with slender grasses and
feathers of the Eider Duck.

Long-tailed Duck, Harelda glacialis. Ranges as far south as
Texas and the mouth of the Columbia river, and breeds by the fresh-
water lakes on the coast of Labrador. ‘The nests were placed under
bushes eight or nine feet from the edge of the water, and were
formed of rather: coarse grass, with a layer of finer weeds, covered
with the dowa of the birds.

The Knot, Tringa cinerea. Found ranging along the coast far
south, but was unsuccessful in finding its breeding stations, which
seem yet among the desiderata of the European ornithologist. Cer.

462 Bibliographical Notices.

tain countries are given as retired to during the season of incuba-
tion, but we fear, in most instances, without sufficient authority.

Lesser Tern, St. minuta. Mr. Audubon gives the bird of America
under the foregoing name without comment. Mr. Nuttal places it
distinct as St. argentea, and the Prince of Musignano follows the
latter ornithologist, and keeps it also distinct. At present we can-
not judge of the correctness of these opinions; the habits of the
birds in both continents seem extremely similar, and a curious fact
is mentioned regarding the structure of their nests. In the south-
‘ern and middle districts it scoops merely a slight hollow in the sand,
as it does in Britain, where we have seen’ the nests; but on the
coast of Labrador they “‘ form very snug nests,” formed of dry moss
well matted together, and nearly as large as that of the American
Robin, T. migratorius.

Little Sandpiper, Tringa pusilla, Wils. Under this title the Lit-
tle Sandpiper figured by Wilson, pl. 37, is described without any
European synonym ; and the whole small species mentioned by Tem-
minck and others are disclaimed as American,—an opinion counte-
nanced by that of Bonaparte, who has omitted them in his last com-
parative sketch; we, however, yet think it requires investigation to
show that the European birds are not found in, or are not identical
with, that of America. The little bird in question was found breed-
ing abundantly on the moss-clad crests of the highest rocks on the
coast of Labrador, within a short distance of the sea.

Solan Goose or Gannet, Sula Bassana, is considered by Mr. Au-
dubon as identical in America with the bird of the Bass-rock. The
Prince of Musignano, in his last work, gives it as different, under
the title of S. Americana, but has not mentioned the differences.

Gooseander, Mergus Merganser. During the season of incuba- -
tion closely resembles the Red-breasted species, M. Serrator, so
abundant on our northern lochs. The former has not yet been dis-
covered breeding in Britain; but in America, the interior of the
states of New York, Massachusetts and Maine, are much frequented
by it. The nest is generally placed on a small island, is very large,
sometimes raised seven or eight inches on the top of a bed of all the .
dead weeds which the bird can gather in the neighbourhood; it is
rather neatly formed of fibrous roots, lined round the edge with the
down of the bird. The eggs seven or eight in number, and of a
uniform dull cream colour.

Golden-Eye, Clangula vulyaris. 'The habits of this bird in Ame-
rica seem exactly similar to those which frequent the lochs and
streams of Britain during the winter; and the fact of the species

Bibliographical Notices. 463

breeding in the hollows of trees, as recorded by Mr. Hewitson, is
here confirmed; the only specimen seen by Mr. Audubon, while in-
cubating, being discovered in the cavity of a large broken branch.
It is a curious situation to be selected, in all the instances we know
of, by a duck so decidedly and expertly aquatic in its habits; but
Mr. Audubon also states that, to his great amazement, he once saw
a small flock, on being disturbed, fly to some distance, and alight on
the large branches of a sycamore tree which hung over the creek.
Bonaparte gives the bird of America as distinct, under the name
of C. Americana.

Hen-Harrier, Circus cyaneus, is said to be identical in both con-
- tinents, contrary to the latest decision of the Prince of Musignano.
The habits of these birds in the different countries seem to vary very
little, and we incline to consider them alike; at the same time there
are one or two varieties in the plumage which are pretty constant.

Sand-Martin, Hirundo riparia. Described as identical with the
British birds, but still placed by Bonaparte with a query. Fellow-
ing the description of this swallow we have that of another closely
allied and considered new, under the name H. serripennis ; it is pe-
‘culiarly marked by having the outer webs of the quills elongated
into hooks, to judge from the wood-cut of the parts, similar to what
we observe in some of the owls and night-breeding birds.

Many of the other descriptions in the volume may be perused
with much interest, particularly those of the Brown Pelican, Snake
bird, Avocet, Black Skimmer, &c., where we have minute relations
of the manners, such as none but an observer, and one devoted to
his subject, could relate.

Genera Plantarum secundum Ordines Naturales disposite ; auctore
Stephano Endlicher. Vienna. 1836, &c.

Of this valuable publication, which may be considered a new edi-
tion of the ‘ Genera Plantarum’ of Jussieu, and of which we gave
an announcement in the ‘Companion to the Botanical Magazine,’
v. li. p. 191, seven parts are now before us, and an eighth, we be-
lieve, has also reached this country. Here, as in the work just al-
luded to of Jussieu, the arrangement is begun with the least perfect
plants, and the vegetable world is divided into kingdoms (regiones),
sections, cohorts, classes, orders, sub-orders, tribes, genera. The
characters are copious, drawn up with great care. The first regio
is entitled TuaLttopuyra, and includes what are familiarly known
as Alge, Lichens and Fungi.

The second regio is entitled Conmopuyra ; in it we have the He-

464 Bibliographical Notices.

patice, Mosses, Equisetacee, Ferns, with their allies, the Zamie, Rhi-
zanthee, Glumacee, Restiacee, and the rest of the monocotyledonous
plants included in the first four sections. The section AcrampuHI-
BRYA, we presume, corresponds with the Dicotyledones, of which
the first cohort is GymNnosPERM4, including the Conifere, &c.; the
second cohort ArgraLa#, (including Monochlamydee,) and the third
cohort is GamopeTaL#; commencing with Plumbaginee, which is
immediately followed by the class called Acerrcarz, comprising
Vailerianeea, Dipsacee and Composite, which latter occupy a good
part of the fifth, the whole of the sixth, and a portion of the seventh
part, which breaks off with the Rubiacee.

As an accompaniment to the above work, the same learned author
is editing an

‘Iconographia Generum Plantarum,’ of which we regret that only
the first fasciculus, with twelve plates in 4to, has reached our hands ;
but three parts, we understand, if not four, are published. Under
the superintendence of so accomplished a botanist as M. Endlicher,
and with engravings from the drawings of the late Frederic Bauer,
the companion of Mr. Brown during his researches in Australia, it
will not surprise our readers if we speak of this work as of first-rate
importance in the botanical world. The figures are in outline, and
the analysis very fuil and satisfactory. ‘Tab. 1. represents a most
remarkable Fungus (one of the Gasteromycetes Phalloidei), Ascrie
pentastictina, Endl. ‘Tab. 2. Calachne pulchella, Br. ‘Tab. 3. An-
guillaria dioica, Br. Tab. 4. Eustrephus latifolius, Br. Tab. 5.
Gastrodia sesamoides, Br. Tab. 6. Eriochilus autumnalis, Br. Tab. 7.
Lyperanthus nigricans, Br. Tab. 8. Caleya major, Br. Tab. 9. Gym-
nostachys anceps, Br. Tab. 10. Doryphora Sassafras, Endlich. (one
of the Atherospermee). Tab. 11. Pimelea punicea, Br. Tab. 12.
Symphyonema montanum, Br.

Icones Flore Germanice, sive Collectio compendiosa Imaginum cha-
racteristicarum omnium Generum atque Specierum quas in sua Flora
Germanica recensuit Auctor Ludovicus Reichenbach.

Under this title Dr. Reichenbach has long been conducting at
Leipzig a very extensive work, of which twelve centuries are com-
pleted, and which contain an immense number of coloured figures,
with ample dissections, of German plants; and seeing how nearly
the Flora of Britain is related to that of the German empire, we
cannot but regret that this valuable publication is not so well known
among our countrymen as it deserves to be. As far as the tenth
century, the plates were generally each devoted to a single species,

Bibliographical Notices. 465

sometimes two or more, so that they contain but 1331 species; and
these are published without any systematic arrangement, though
accompanied with very complete indices. With the eleventh cen-
tury an important change has taken place, and the first 110 plates
are devoted to the illustration of all the German Grasses, here esti-
mated at 402 species. The twelfth century illustrates, in an equally
satisfactory manner, a scarcely less difficult family, the Crucifere.
These occupy 98 plates, and embrace 233 species. The following
four plates are devoted to the Resedacee. Were are thus an im-
mense quantity of plates, and a great number of analyses brought
forward in a small compass, and yet so well arranged, as to present
no confusion to the eye. Whatever may be thought of the propriety
of making. in several instances, so many species upon very slight
grounds, the accuracy of these figures, whether of species or vari-
eties, cannot fail to throw much light upon this difficult department
of botany ; and the price is extremely moderate.

Icones Fungorum hucusque cognitorum. Auctore A. C. J. Corda.
Prage, 1838.

The second number of this valuable work has appeared. The exe-
cution of the figures is even better than that of the first part, noticed
at page 61 of this Journal, and it is no less full of interest and in-
formation. We are happy to observe that he has figured several spe-
cies from the specimens published by Fries in the ‘ Scleromycetes
Suecie,’ on the structure of which he has thrown quite a new light,
asin Agyrium rufum, &c. We hope that he will continue this useful
practice, as the illustration of described species is of far greater im-
portance than the putting forth of new and hastily formed genera.

Linnea, ein Journal fiir die Botanik, &c. Vol. XII. Parts 2, 3, 4, 5.

1838.

[Continued from vol. i. p.477.]

On the genus Laurophyllus, Thbg., or Botryceras, Willd. ; by Prof.
Bernhardi.—On Mammillaria Lehmanni and. some allied forms ; by
Dr. Pfeiffer.—Appendix to the Essay on the genus Canna; by P.C.
Bouché.—Remarks on Lycopodium lepidophyllum, Hook. and Grev. ;
by Dr. Meissner.—On the influence of Climate on the limit of na-
tural Floras; by Dr. Grisebach._—-On Mexican Plants; by D. F. L.
Schlechtendal.—Genera and species of Ericee; by J. F. Klotzsch.
—On the poisonous effects of the Manchineel tree ; by R. Schom-
burgk.—On a new genus Alberta; by Ernst Meyer.—Some remarks
on the roots of plants; by H. F. Link. —On Mexican plants; by D.

466 Zoological Society.

F. L. Schlechtendal.—Corrections and additions towards the know-
ledge of Ceratophyllee; by Dr. Schleiden.—On a new species of Se-
rapias ; by Dr. Parlatore.-—On three new Mexican mosses; by E.
Hampe.—Extract from a letter to the Editor on the hot baths of
Atonilco el grande in Mexico.—Reliquie Schraderianze.—Observa-
tions on some European species of Gladiolus.—Cursory intelligence
respecting Mexican Conifere ; by the Editor.—Additions and cor-
rections to the genera and species of Hricee; by J. F. Klotzsch.—
On the development of stomata; by Prof. Mohl.—Additions and
corrections concerning the Hercynian Flora; by Hampe.—On Mex-
ican plants; by Schlechtendal.—Contributions towards the know-
ledge of monstrosities in plants; by Hampe.

Work in the Press.

Mr. James F. Stephens, author of the ‘ Illustrations of British In-
sects,’ is preparing for publication a series of Manuals descriptive of
all the species of British Insects. The first volume is to contain the
whole of the British beetles.

PROCEEDINGS OF LEARNED SOCIETIES.

ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY.
April 24.—R. C. Griffith, Esq., in the Chair.

Mr. Waterhouse exhibited a new species, from the Society’s Col-
lection, of Gerdillus, and a new Herpestes, which were accompanied
with the following descriptions.

Herpestes rusca. Herp. fusca; pilis nigro flavoque annulatis, ad

basin fuscescentibus ; guld fusco-flavd ; caudd, quoad longitudinem,
corpus fere equante, pilis longissimis obsitd.

une. lin.

Longitudo capitis corporisque ...... 18 O
—— Cele: Ae AA ORT Oe
tarsi digitorumque ...... 3 6

Hab. India (Madras ?)

«This species is about equal in size to the Herpestes major or
urinatriz of the Cape, and hence is larger than any of the Indian
species hitherto described. It approaches in colour nearest to Herp.
brachiurus of Mr. Gray, but may be distinguished by its very long
and bushy tail. ‘The claws of the fore feet are remarkably large and
of a brown colour; the longest claw measures upwards of three
quarters of an inch; the feet are blackish. Each hair of the back
is grayish brown at the base, then pale brown, and the apical half is

Zoological Society. 467

black, generally with about three or four yellowish rings. Ata little
distance the animal appears to be of a deep brown colour.

“The skins from which the above description was taken were
purchased at a sale of zoological subjects, the greater portion of
which were from Madras. As, however, there were some from the
Nilgherries, it is possible these specimens may have come from that
quarter.

Gersittus Cuvisri. Gerb. supra colore flavescenti-cinnamomeo ;

guld, abdomine, pedibusque niveis; auribus mediocribus; caudd
longissimd ; tarsis longis. |

une. lin
Longitudo ab apice rostri ad basin caude .... 7 1
PEO Ey SCAR gS ta beetles lou boa A
wa ab apice rostri ad basin auris...... ge
— tarsi digitorumque ............ .. 1 832
— SOM 20s salt hed da iwi abla s Serbs D9

Hab. India. (No. 478. in Catal. of the Mammalia in the Zoolo-
gical Society’s Museum.)

«General colour very bright cinnamon yellow; the hairs of the
upper parts of the body gray at the base; cheeks whitish, a white
spot above, and extending behind the eye; the feet and the whole
of the under parts of the animal white; the hairs of the same colour
at the base as at the apex; tail brownish above, dirty-white be-
neath, the apical third furnished with long blackish hairs; ears
blackish, sparingly clothed with white hairs; hairs of the moustaches
black, some of those nearest the mouth white.

“This species of Gerbillus, which I have great pleasure in naming
after M. F. Cuvier, who has published so excellent a monograph on
the group to which it belongs, I have reason to believe has long been
confounded with the animal described by Major-General Hardwicke,
in the eighth volume of the Linnean Transactions, under the name of
Dipus Indicus. The chief character which induces me to consider
it as a distinct species, consists in the comparatively great length of
the tarsus. In aspecimen of Gerb. Indicus, which exceeds the present
animal in size, I find the farsus to be only 1 inch and 6 lines in
length; and in a specimen in the Paris Museum the foot was only a
quarter of a line longer, this animal being likewise larger than the
specimen which furnished the above description. In the same mu-
seum there is also a specimen of the present species, in which the
tarsus measured | inch 9 lin.; the length of the animal being 7 inches
10 lin. In the specimen of Gerd. Indicus, and that of Gerb. Cuvieri,
belonging to the Zoological Society’s Museum, there is a consider-
able difference in the colouring, the latter being paler, and of a much

468 Zoological Society.

brighter hue than the former; but whether this difference is constant
I am not aware.”

May 8, 1838.—The Earl of Sheffield in the Chair.

Mr. Waterhouse brought before the notice of the Meeting an ex-
tremely interesting series of skins of Mammalia, which had recently
been given to the Society’s Museum by George Knapp, Esq., who
had received them from the Island of Fernando Po. The collection
included the following seven species, which were considered by Mr.
Waterhouse as hitherto undescribed; namely, two new Colobi, form-
ing a most important addition to that group of Quadrumana of which
our knowledge is so extremely limited, from the small number of skins
brought to Europe ; two new species of Cercopithecus; a new An-
telope, a new Otter, and a new species of the genus Genetta.

These were severally named by Mr. Waterhouse, and the follow-
ing descriptions and specific characters communicated.

Cotosus Pennanti1. Col. supra nigrescens, ad latera fulvescenti-

rufus ; subtis flavescens ; caudd fusco-nigricante ; genis albis.

Longitudo capitis corporisque, 27 unc.; caude, 29 unc.

Hab. Fernando Po.

«The prevailing colour is bright rusty-red ; the head, back of the
neck, and the central portion of the back, are black; the cheeks and
throat are white or dirty white; chest, fore part of the shoulders,
the under parts of body and inner side of the limbs are dirty yellow;
inner side of the thighs whitish ; the hairs of the tail are brownish
black. The fur is long and not very glossy; that on the head and
fore parts of the body being the longest. There is no soft under
fur; the hairs are of an uniform colour to the base, or at least in a
very slight degree paler at that part. The portion of the back which
is described as black partakes slightly of the rusty hue which prevails
over the other parts of the body; it occupies but a narrow portion
of the back, and blends indistinctly into the rust colour. The lower
parts of the limbs are removed, butvas they are black at the knee,
and also assume a deep hue below the elbow, it is probable the re-
maining portions are black externally ; but internally, as far as can
be seen, the limbs are yellowish or yellow-white.

«« There was scarcely any perceptible difference in the colouring in
all the specimens examined by me, from Fernando Po, amounting to
about eight in number. ‘They invariably had white or dirty-white
cheeks and throat. igs

‘« This species is the nearest yet found to the Bay Monkey of Pen-
nant, but differs in having the throat and cheeks white, and in ha-

Zoological Society. 469

ving three distinct shades of colour on the body; Pennant’s animal
having the cheeks of a pale bay colour, and the body deep bay above,
and pale bay beneath. It might be argued that by ‘deep bay’
Pennant meant to designate the peculiar colour described by me as
black with a rusty hue: if so, he could scarcely apply the term ‘ very
bright bay’ to the parts which I call yellow. If, however, even this
were the case, there is still another distinct tint which he has not
mentioned, and that is the bright rusty-red colour of the sides of the
body and limbs. On the whole, therefore, I think I am right in ap-
plying a name to the animal here described, which it must be remem-
bered is from a different locality; that of the Bay Monkey being
Sierra Leone. There is another circumstance which should lead us
to be cautious in pronouncing any species which differs as niuch as
that here described, as identical with Pennant’s animal, since it so
happens that each red Co/obus discovered has in its turn been re-
ferred to the Bay Monkey, or to the Simia ferruginea of Shaw, which
is the same animal, and has had one or both of these names applied,
but has been changed upon the discovery of the next species; in
consequence of which much confusion has arisen. I think we had
better let the Bay Monkey stand until we can find an animal agree-
ing with Pennant’s description,

Cotosus Satanas. Col. niger ; vellere longissimo.

Longitudo capitis corporisque, 31 unc. ; caude, 36 unc.

Hab. Fernando Po.

‘‘Of this species I have seen three skins from the same locality;
one of these was very imperfect; the other two were perfect, with
the exception of the hands and feet. Its uniform black colour will at
once distinguish it either from Colobus leucomeros, or Col. ursinus,
the former having white thighs and a white throat, and the latter
having a white tail, and long grey hairs interspersed with the black
on the neck. The longest hairs on the back measure ten inches.
The fur is but slightly glossy, and the hairs are of an uniform colour
to the base. There is no under fur.

Crrcoriturecus Martini. Cerc. pilis corporis supra nigro et
flavescenti-albo annulatis; capite supra, brachiis cauddque ni-
grescentibus ; guld abdomineque griseo-fuscescentibus.

Longitudo capitis corporisque, 22 unc. ; caude, 26 unc.

Hab. Fernando Po.

‘*Of this animal I have seen but two skins: both very nearly agree
in colouring but differ slightly in size ; the dimensions are from the
larger specimen. The face, hands, and feet, are unfortunately

470 Zoological Society.

wanting. It appears to be most nearly allied to Col. nictitans ; the
hairs of the upper parts of the body, however, are more distinctly.
annulated, and the general tint is somewhat greyish. Each hair is
grey at the base, and has the apical portion black, with, generally,
three yellowish-white rings. The crown of the head and the fore
legs are black; the hind legs are blackish, the hairs being but ob-
scurely annulated. The throat is dirty white, the belly and inner
side of the legs at the base are of a brownish colour. The tail is black
above, and somewhat grizzled at the sides. At the base of the tail
beneath there are some deep reddish-brown hairs. The naked cal-
losities are small. The hairs on the fore part of the crown of the
head are black, annulated with brownish-white, and so are those
on the side of the face immediately below the ear. The fur is tole~ -
rably long, and but loosely applied to the body. In the smaller
specimen the under parts of the body are somewhat paler than those
in the larger, being brownish-grey.

‘«‘T have named this species after my fellow curator Mr. Martin.

CercopirHEcus ERYTHROTIS. Cerc. griseus ; pilis corporis supra

flavo nigroque annulatis; guld genisque albis; brachiis ni-
grescentibus; cauddé splendidé rufa, lined nigrescente per par-
tem superiorem excurrente, apice nigrescente; regione anali
auribusque rufis.

Longitudo capitis corporisque, 17 unc.; caude, 23 unc.

Hab. Fernando Po.

** This beautiful little species is about the same size as the Mou-
stache Monkey (Cerc. cephus), andhas undoubtedly a close affinity to
that animal; it may, however, be distinguished by the bright rusty-
red hairs which cover the ears internally, its brilliant red tail, and
by the hairs in the region of the anus being also of a bright red.

«The hairs on the upper parts of the body are black annulated
with yellow; on the hinder part of the back the yellow assumes a
deep golden hue, but, unlike the Moustache Monkey, the black pre-
vails over the yellow. On the sides of the body and the outer side
of the hinder legs, the hairs are greyish; and on the belly and inner
side of the limbs, they are greyish-white. The fore legs are blackish
externally ; a dark mark extends backwards from the eye to the ear ;
below this, on the cheeks, there is a tuft of white hairs, beneath
which the hairs are grizzled black and yellow,—in these respects
bearing a close resemblance to the Moustache Monkey. The face
is imperfect, and the feet have been removed from the skin; these
parts, therefore, cannot be described.

Zoological Society. 471

Genetta Pornsis. Gen. fulvescenti-fusca; dorso lineis nigris
confluentibus et irregularibus notato; lateribus maculis nigris
crebré adspersis ; caudd nigrd, annulis fulvis interruptis.

Longitudo capitis corporisque, 26 unc.; caude, 18 unc.

Hab. Fernando Po.

** This species probably approaches nearest in affinity to the Ge-
netta Pardina, Is. Geoff., but is distinguished from all the African
species with which I am acquainted, by its deep rich yellow-brown
colouring, and by the great number of dark markings and spots with
which its body is adorned.

“On the back of the neck there are three or four slender longitu-
dinal black lines, which are irregular and indistinct, especially near
the head. On each side of these slender lines there is a broad, ir-
regular black mark, which commencing behind the ear runs back-
wards and outwards over the shoulders; here the slender black lines
appear to divide, for as many as seven can be traced; the outer-
most of these diverge, and are soon broken into irregular spots,
which are scattered over the sides of the body. ‘The intermediate
lines are also broken into oblong spots, excepting that line which
runs along the spine of the back, which is uninterrupted, and be-
comes broader on the middle of the back. On the hinder half of
the back there are, on each side of and parallel with the spinal
black mark, two lines formed by confluent spots. ‘The sides of the
neck are adorned with numerous oblong spots. The muzzle is black;
there is a slender black line between the eyes, a yellow spot below
the anterior angle of each eye; the tip of the muzzle is also yellow.
The lips are blackish, and the eyes are encircled with black hairs ;
the hairs of the moustaches are brown, black and brown. ‘The ears
are black at the base externally; internally they are covered with
yellowish hairs. The limbs are brownish-black. The tail is black ;
on the basal half there are five narrow yellowish rings, and on the
apical half there are about four rings of a brownish colour, and
somewhat indistinct. The fur is short, glossy, and adpressed.

Lotra Pornsis. Lut. nitidé fusca; genis mento guldque fulves-
centibus.

Longitudo capitis corporisque, 24 unc. 3 lin. ; caude, 13 unc.

Hab. Fernando Po.

« The only specimen of this Otter which I have seen is smaller
than the common European species (Lutra vulgaris); its colour is
much brighter, being of a rich yellowish-brown; the sides of the
face (immediately below the ears), the sides of the muzzle, and the
throat, are of a rich deep golden-yellow with a faint brownish hue.

472 — Zoological Society.

The ears are small, and covered with hairs of the same colour as
those on the top of the head. The tip of the muzzle is bare. The
moustaches and long bristly hairs on the sides of the face are brown,
paler at the base, and blackish at the aper. The tail is about equal
to half the whole length of the animal. The fur is short, and the hairs
are nearly erect; the under fur is of a brownish-white colour, glossy
silk-like nature, and tolerably abundant. There are no feet to the skin.

AntiLorE OciByi. Ant. splendidé fuscescenti-aurata, subtis pal-

lidior, lined dorsali nigra ;,collo fusco lavato; caudd brevi et floc-
cosd, ngrescente, pilis albis sublis interspersis.

Hab. Fernando Po.

“«' The small bushy tail, the character of the fur, which is short and
closely adpressed, and the colouring, all indicate in this species, I
imagine, an affinity to the Ant. scripta, with which it appears to agree
in size. The brown neck, deeper and richer colouring, and the ab-
sence of white markings on the body, however, will serve to distin-

guish it from that species. As in Ant. scripta, there is a black line
along the spine of the back.

_.. ‘The skin from which the above description is taken is without
~ head or limbs. The length from the shoulders to the root of the
tail is about two feet eight inches. The tail is about four and a
half inches.

“If my conjectures regarding the affinities of this animal prove
correct, it will belong to the sub-genus Tragelaphus of Hamilton
Smith, or to the more extended group to which Mr. Ogilby has ap-
plied the name of Calliope.

‘«T have taken the liberty of naming this animal after the author
last mentioned, whose careful researches in the Ruminant animals
have thrown considerable light on the affinities of the species.”

Mr. Waterhouse then proceeded to notice two skins which had been
just brought from Sierra Leone by Major Henry Dundas Campbell,
(late Governor of that Colony,) and sent by him for exhibition at
the Society’s evening meeting, with a promise on the part of Major
Campbell to present them to the Museum, in the event of his being
able to make an arrangement with a party to whom he had parted
with them as an article of commerce. One of these specimens was
a remarkably fine skin of a species of Colobus, described by Mr.
Ogilby in the Society’s Proceedings under the name of Col. ursinus ;
the skin, however, upon which Mr. Ogilby founded his species was
imperfect, and until the opportunity afforded by the inspection of
the present specimen, nothing was known of the colour of the head
and face, which prove to be greyish white.

Zoological Society. 473

- The other skin was a new species of the genus Cercopithecus, for
which the name of Cerc. Campbelli was proposed, with the following
character.

Cercoriruecus Camppexu. Cerc. vellere perlongo, subsericeo,
per dorsum medium diviso; capite corporeque anteriore grises-
centi-olivaceis, pilis nigro flavoque annulatis ; corpore posteriore
Semoribusque extis intensé cineraceis; guld, abdomine, artubus-
que internis albis ; brachiis externé nigris ; caudé pilis nigris et
sordidé flavis indutd, apice nigro, pilisque longioribus instructo.

Longitudo capitis corporisque, 20 unc.; caude, 28 unc.

Hab. Sierra Leone.

‘This species appears to be most closely allied to the Cercopithecus
Pogonias of Mr. Bennett; it has not, however, the black back which
serves to characterize that animal.

«The most remarkablecharacters in this animal are its long fur,
and the hairs being divided on the back, as in most of the species of
the genus Colobus. The average length of the hairs of the back is
about two and a half inches; on the hinder half of the back, how-.
ever, they exceed three inches. ‘These hairs are grey at the base, —
and the remaining portion of each hair is black, with broad yellow
rings, the latter colour prevailing. On the posterior half of the
body, and the outer side of the hinder legs, the hairs are of a deep
slate grey, and almost of an uniform colour; some of those on the
middle of the back are obscurely freckled with deep yellow, and
those on the thigh are very indistinctly freckled with white. The
belly, inner side of limbs, fore part of thigh, chest and throat are
white. The hairs of the cheeks and sides of neck are very long, and
of a greyish-white colour, grizzled towards the apex with black and
yellow; some whitish hairs tipped with black are observable across

the fore part of the forehead. The inner side of the ears is fur-
- nished with very long hairs of a greyish-white colour, obscurely an-
nulated with grey and pale yellow; these hairs vary from three
quarters to one inch in length. The fore legs are black externally,
and the hairs on this part are comparatively short. The hairs on
the upper side of the tail are grizzled with black and dirty yellow,
and on the under side with black and brownish-white. The apical
portion of the tail, which is furnished with longish hairs, (as in Cerc.
Pogonias), is black, the black hairs occupying about one third of
the whole length of the tail.
_ ‘Thave named this animal after the late Governor of Sierra Leone,
Major Campbell, that gentleman being its discoverer.”

Mr. Ogilby exhibited and described various species of Kangaroo
Ann. Nat. Hist. Vol.2. No.13. Feb, 1839. 2k

474 Zoological Society.

Rats (Hypsiprymnus) from the Society’s Collection, and read extracts
relating to them from a paper which he had prepared upon the sub-
ject so long ago as the year 1832; and which, though partly read
before the Linnean Society at that time, had never been madepublic,
owing to the imperfection of the materials then in this country for
the perfect illustration of the genus. Reserving the detail of his
observations for an express monograph, Mr. Ogilby briefly charac-
terized the following species :—

1. Hyp. setosus: described in the Proceedings for 1830-31,
p. 149. ,

2. Hyp. my6surus: easily distinguished from all the other species
by its much shorter tail and tarsus; the former organ being scaly, as
in the true Rats.

3. Hyp. melanotis : a large species with longer ears than its con-
geners, and readily distinguished by the dark brown colour of the
hair which covers the organs, as well as by its superior size.

4. Hyp. formosus: a beautiful small species of a light russet-
brown colour, the latter half of the tail white.

5. Hyp. Phillippi: pale brown, with a slight shade of russet above,
dirty white beneath ; tail long, cylindrical, covered with short, ad-
pressed yellowish-white hairs beneath, and with reddish-brown
woolly fur on the upper surface, terminated by a tuft of dirty yel-
lowish-brown; ears elliptical; head small and attenuated; tarsus
long, and ofa pale greyish white colour; middle upper incisors not
so much longer in the lateral as in Hyp. murinus, and lower shorter
and slenderer ; the canines are nearly in contact with the lateral in-
cisors, and of the same form and size. This is the species described
in Governor Phillipp’s Voyage: that figured by White appears to
be Hyp. myosurus.

6. Hyp. Cuniculus : in size and colour something resembling Hyp.
Phillippi, but of a clearer grizzled brown colour, something like that _
of the wild rabbit ; a dark brown patch marks the nose; tail long,
cylindrical, and terminated by a tuft of coffee-coloured wool ; upper
middle incisors very large, separated from one another and truncated ;
the lower of the same form, but considerably shorter than in any
other species, and the canines much smaller than the contiguous
lateral incisors, and separated from them by a distinct bar or vacant
space ; by all which characters this animal differs from Hyp. Phillippi,
as well as by its larger and thicker head and clearer grey colour.

7. Hyp. murinus : of nearly the same colours as the last two spe-
cies, but readily distinguished by its short, thick head, blunt, unat-
tenuated muzzle, and very short ears bordered with red: the teeth

Zoological Society. 475

also afford a very distingtive character; the lower incisors are twice
as long as in the last species, the upper.not much longer than the
lateral, and the canine only half the size of the contiguous incisor,
and nearly in contact with it, being separated only by the third part
of a line; the tail is furnished with an erect crest of black hair for
three or four inches towards the tip: this is the ‘‘ Potoroo” of the
French Zoologists, as Mr. Ogilby had verified by comparison. with
the Paris specimens.

Mr. Martin then brought before the notice ie. the Meeting three
species of Chameleon from Fernando Po, forming part of Mr. Knapp’s
donation, and upon which he proceeded to offer the following obser-
vations.

‘** Among the collection of specimens from Fernando Po lately pre-
sented to the Zoological Society are three chameleons of peculiar
interest. One of them is the Cham. tricornis, or Qweni of Mr. Gray ;
the second is the Cham. cristatus of Mr. Stutchbury, described and
figured in the 3rd Part of the 17th Vol. of the Linn. Trans. The
third appears to me to be undescribed.

“With regard to the specimen of Cham. cristatus, I may be per-
mitted to point out some trifling differences between it and. the
figure given by Mr. Stutchbury, The crest ceases to be elevated
over the loins and base of the tail, degenerating into an acute ridge ;
whereas in the figure it continues for a considerable distance along
the upper aspect of the tail, and is as elevated over the loins as over
the chest. The tail is shorter in proportion in the present specimen;
the indentations which margin the casque are less bold and decided,
and the casque itself is less produced posteriorly. The dorsal crest
is supported by only ten spinous processes. The colour is slate gray,
with a yellow abdominal line, but without the orange and dark reti-
culated lines observed by Mr. Stutchbury in his specimen. Length
of head and body 34 inches: tail, 2? inches.

‘«« Asthespecimen described and figured by Mr.Stutchbury came from

_- the river Gaboon, Western Equinoctial Africa, and the specimen be-

longing to the Zoological Society from Fernando Po, it is possible that
they may be examples of permanent varieties; but [ am rather in-
clined to attribute the difference to age or sex, or to both combined.
Mr. Stutchbury’s specimen is probably an adult male; that belonging
to the Zoological Society is a young female. The Cham. Oweni, Gray
(Cham. tricornis, Gray), differs from a specimen from Fernando Po,
(collected by Lieut. Allen) in the possession of the Society, only in
having the horns less developed. With respect to the species I regard
as undescribed, I beg to offer the following observations :—
2K 2

476 Zoological Society.

« Ata first glance this Chameleon might be confounded with Cham.
Senegalensis, or with Cham. dilepas ; the grainlike scales of the body
and the general contour of the head and body being much alike in
each. When, however, we come to examine more closely, we shall
find sufficient reason to regard it as entirely distinct. Both in
Cham. Senegalensis and its immediate ally (if it be truly a separate
species), Cham. dilepas, the dorsal ridge and also the median line: of
the throat and abdomen are strongly denticulate. In this, however,
neither the dorsal ridge,'nor the abdominal or gular median line,
present any such character. In Cham. Senegalensis the tail is re-
markably stout at the base, the skin behind the knee-joint is close,
and there is a sort of heel, or angular projection (at least in the
specimens before me), at the posterior junction of the two portions
of the hind-foot. In the Chameleon which I regard as undescribed
the tail is slender at the base and long, the skin behind ‘the knee-
joint is loose and fanlike, and there is no angular projection or heel.
The granulations of the body, it may also be observed, are much
less acutely elevated (being smaller and rounder) than in Cham.
Senegalensis.

“The casque between the eyes is comparatively narrower, being
there contracted ; it is broader and more rounded however posteriorly,
and is less produced. ‘The middle line or keel is a little more dis-
tinct ; and between the eyes the casque is more deeply and abruptly
concave ; a very small flap or ear, which indeed might easily be over-
looked, is produced from the posterior part of the casque, and lies on
each side of the neck, as in Cham. dilepas; but as we have said, in
this species the dorsal ridge and the median line of the throat and
belly are strongly denticulate, or as Daudin said of its ally the
Cham. Senegalensis, ‘ dentelés en scie.’

“Regarding then this species as hitherto undescribed, I propose for
it the name of Chameleon Bibroni, as a tribute of respect to M. Bibron,
of the Musée d’Histoire Naturelle of Paris.

‘“‘ The characters of Cham. Bibroni may be summed up as follow:
Casque (or upper surface of the skull) flat, with a very slight occi-
pital keel; contracted and concave between the eyes, rounded pos-
teriorly : superciliary ridge very little elevated, and becoming obso-
lete over the nostrils; a small flap on each side from the posterior
edge of the casque lies on the neck; the dorsal ridge and median
line, both of the throat and belly, destitute of a denticulated crest.
The grains of the body and limbs small and close-set, those of the
casque flat and angular.

CuaM& LEON Bipronti. © Galed pland ; vix fe occiput carinatd ;

Wernerian Natural History Society. 477

inter oculos angustd et concavd ; posticé rotundatd, et lobo par-
vulo utrinque instructd ; margine superciliari param elevato, et
super nares obsoleto ; culmine dorsali, linedque medid per gue
lam et abdomen tendente, absque denticulis ; corpore granis par-
vis et confertis tecto ; galed lamellis angularibus.

Longitudo corporis cum capite, 4 unc. ; cade, 54.

Hab. in Insula Fernando Po.

“In proportion to the size of the body the head of Cham. Bibroni
is short, and particularly the muzzle, which is very acute at the apex.
Viewed from above the helmet it would present an elongated oval,
rounded behind and acute anteriorly, were it not for its contraction
between the eyes, which is not the case in Ch. Senegalensis. The
accessory lobes at its posterior part are very small, and might easily
be overlooked. Perhaps, however, they may be larger in the male,
(for the present individual, it is to be observed, is a female,) but of
this I have no means of judging. ‘The length and slenderness of
the tail are remarkable. The granulations of the body are small
and even. The general colour is purplish black, passing on the
sides of the belly, on the loins, and posterior limbs, into olive-green ;
the inside of the limbs, and the median line of the abdomen, are pale
reddish-yellow.”

WERNERIAN NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY.

The first meeting of the Session took place on Saturday, Dec. 15,
1838, Dr. Greville, V.P. in the Chair.

The first communication read was upon ‘“ The Geology of the
neighbourhood of Kelso, by C. Le Hunte, Esq.’’ There was next
read a paper by Sir John Graham Dalyell ‘“‘ On a singular mode of
Propagation among the Lower Animals,’ by which last phrase the
Zoophyte group is to be understood. The communication was ac-
companied by beautiful and delicate engravings, preparing for a
splendid work on the Zoophytes with which Sir John has for years
been engaged. The following modes of propagation among differ-
ent members of the group were referred to,_-by means of ova;
through the medium of an animal discharged from an external cyst
of the parent, which, after enjoying active motion for a time, be-
comes stationary, is metamorphosed, and thus attains its perfect
state. It was likewise remarked, that from the Hydra tuba, which
is a Hydra proper, prominences bud externally, which are at first
shapeless, and on being detached become perfect animals; and also,
that an animated moving corpuscule, which may, as such, be arti-
ficially liberated from Actinia, will become a perfect foetus if retained,

478 Miscellaneous.

and will be produced by the parent from the mouth in its own simi-
litude. From the several details, Sir John remarked that it may be
deduced, first, that two different modes of propagation carry on the
race of Actinia ; one whereby the embryo, a shapeless corpusculum,
endowed with locomotion within the parent, is produced symmetri-
cally by the mouth, but is then deprived of the power of motion,
or nearly so; the other, whereby a fragment buds externally from
the base, thus generating after the fashion of the Hydra tuba. Second,
that the Aplidium verrucosum, a compound Ascidia, is originally an
inert ovum, next an embryo endowed with an active locomotive fa-
culty, and in the third stage is converted into an animal of a form
absolutely different, riveted to one spot. Third, that the Zoophytes
of certain genera pass through imtermediate stages towards perfec-
tion, of which that stage exhibiting them endowed with the faculty
of locomotion is not the first.

Dr. Trail then made a verbal communication concerning the traces
of the (so-named) Cheirotherium occurring in the New r Red Sand-
stone in Cheshire, near Liverpool, illustrated by specimens, casts,
and engravings. This communication gave rise to an animated dis-
cussion, in which Dr. Trail, Professor Jameson; Mr. Stevenson, and
Dr. Greville took a leading part, and in which on the one side
doubts and scepticism were expressed as to the evidence satisfacto-
rily establishing the unequivocal traces of the foot-marks of any
guadruped whatever.

MISCELLANEOUS.
ON THE FUR SEAL OF COMMERCE.

In the December Number of the ‘ Annals,’ Mr. J. E. Gray has
noticed my paper * on the “‘ Fur Seal of Commerce ”’ which appeared
in October last +. Mr. Gray considers that the figure and informa-
tion given are insufficient to recognise the animal, and requests
me to.extend my description, that he may be enabled to ascertain
whether the Fur Seal is the same with his Leptonyx Wedellii, which
he described in 1837 from two specimens presented to the British
Museum by Capt. Fitzroy.

With regard to my allusion to the figure, it was introduced in a
note, and not in the body of the paper, as a compliment to a very
deserving artist; and until Mr. Gray has seen the drawing, and com-
pared it with a specimen of the Mur Seal either alive or dead, we

* Page 309 of the present volume. 7 p. 81.

Miscellaneous. 479

can scarcely consider him as competent to judge of its merits or de-
merits.

With regard again to the scientific characters of the animal as
they are given in the body of the paper, Mr. Gray desiderates further
information respecting ‘‘ the teeth, the whiskers, the ears, and vari-
ous other parts.” But of ‘‘ the teeth” I could say nothing, my de-
scription being taken from the stuffed specimens of the animal desti-
tute of the crania; of ‘‘ the whiskers,” I stated that “‘ the whiskers
are brownish-black, five rows being present ;” of ‘‘ the ears,’ that
“‘ they are black, narrow and pointed, one inch in length, and situate
5 inches 6 lines from the tip of the snout;” and of the other parts
and members of the animal I gave descriptions and measurements
so detailed as might have exposed me to the risk of being considered
needlessly prolix. In common with Mr. Gray, I regretted the abs-
ence of the crania, and professed to give the specific characters only
*‘so far as my opportunities permitted.”

But while my description was thus. avowedly and necessarily de-
fective—in regard more especially to the teeth and crania—I am
happy to think that it is still amply sufficient to satisfy the leading
and immediate object of Mr. Gray’s inquiries, which is whether the
Fur Seal is the same with his ‘‘ Leptonyxr Wedellii.”” Whatever else
is done by my description, it at least establishes (as Mr. Gray him-
self observes), that the Fur Seal “is an Otary or Eared Seal.”’ Now
upon turning to the description of his ‘‘ Leptonyx Wedellit”’ referred
to by him, as contained in the ‘ Magazine of Natural History’ for
1837, I find, according to the statement there given, that i¢ belongs
to a group which have “ grinders with many roots, ears none, toes
simple, soles and palms hairy.” The Fur Seal then being “an
Otary or Eared Seal,” and the Leptonyx Wedellii having “‘ ears none,”
how is it possible that they should be the same animal? It will be
observed too, that the Leptonyx Wedellit has ‘‘ soles and palms hairy,”
whereas my description of the Fur Seal bears, ‘‘ the under portion of
both extremities—to the extent of two-thirds of the anterior, and
nearly the whole of the posterior—are naked, being quite destitute of
both hair and fur.’ There are other marks of obvious distinction ;
but when it appears that the one seal is an Otary and the other not,
it may justly be deemed superfluous to insist on any other distinctive
features ; and Mr. Gray’s immediate purpose may be held to be suf-
ficiently attained.—Roserr Hamitron.

CURIOUS HABIT OF EARTH-WORMS.

While staying at Whitley, near North Shields, Mr. Fryer pointed
out to me that the worms (Lumbrici), which are abundant on the south

480 Miscellaneous.

side of his gravel walk, just under the shade of the tuft, where the
walks are seldom used, gather together in a head all the loose stones
within 6 or 8 inches of their hole, and heap them over its opening,
sometimes to a considerable height. The holes when the stones are
removed are large, and there are often also a few straws projecting
from them. Ido not recollect to have observed any similar habit in
the worm in the neighbourhoed of London; they are probably a
different species.—J. E. Gray.

OCCURRENCE OF ATRIPLEX ROSEA.

Atriplex rosea, lately added by Mr. Babington to the Flora of the
Channel Islands, is I apprehend not uncommon on most of the coasts
of England ; it is mentioned in Dillenius’s edition of Ray’s Synopsis,
as growing near Maldon, in Essex, and near Selsey, in Sussex, in
both which counties I have known it more than fifty years, and ha-
ving cultivated it, have always with Samuel Dale considered it as
distinct from Atripler patula, though in opposition to the great
names of Ray, Petiver, Hudson, Smith, &c. I am much pleased
now to find my opinion confirmed by that of so able an investigator
of British plants as my friend Babington.—Epw. Forster.

THE ANIMAL OF MODIOLUS DISCREPANS.

The mantle lobes of this animal are free all round, except at the
hinder edge, in the upper part of which they emit a short truncated
contractile tube. The hinder part of the lower edges of the mantle,
when the animal is expanded, is slightly produced, and folded on the
edge of theshell. The foot is rather large and moveable, extensile,
becoming strap-shaped, extended in front, with a small flattened disk
at the end, and keeled along its lower edge. This foot is sometimes
bent back to the hinder opening of the mantle lobes, but it is gene-
rally produced in front, and the animal uses the disk at the end of
it to enable it to turn itself from side to side, and to place itself in
an erect position when it walks by extending its foot to its utmost.
length, and thus advancing the shell and body along the whole ex-
tent of the foot at each move. It also creeps with the foot on the
surface of the water, with the shell downwards like a Cyclas ; and it
has the power, like that genus, of crawling up the smooth surface
of glass or china. When the animal slides on the surface of the
water the gills can be distinctly seen; they extend quite to the base
of the tube. I could not observe the course of the water in their
shell, but in the young of the common Modiolus (Modiolus barbatus)
it entered in currents, coming from all sides of the shell into the
spaces between the two lobes of the mantle, in the middle of the in-

Meteorological Observations. 481

ferior side of the shell, and was emitted, but without any force, at
the opening on the middle of the hinder end of the shell.—J. E.
Gray.

VESPERTILIO LEISLERI,
Since the account of the Vespertilio Leisleri appeared in the
‘ Annals of Natural History,’ the bat has been examined by the Rey.
L. Jenyns, who is of opinion that it is not a specimen of V. Leisleri,
but is at present undecided whether it is the young of the Noctule
or a distinct species—Tuomas Parng, Jun., Great Yarmouth.

We have to state, that with regard to our note at page 349 in Mr.
Babington’s Paper ‘ On the Botany of the Channel Islands,’ that it
was founded on a misapprehension originating from a misprint. On
referring to Mr. Babington’s manuscript, we find that the word “con-
firmed’’, rather hastily and indistinctly written, was mistaken by the
compositor for ‘‘ conferred” ; and that Dr. Boott had merely pro-
nounced it to be Carer punctata, Gaud., and not that he gave a
name to it already applied to another species, an oversight very un-
likely to have been made by one so thoroughly acquainted with the
genus, and whose monograph is anxiously looked for.—Eprr.

METEOROLOGICAL OBSERVATIONS FOR DECEMBER 1838.

Chiswick.— Dec. 1. Clear: rain. 2. Fine : heavy showers, with strong wind
and thunder and lightning at night. 3,4. Fine. 5. Drizzly. 6. Fine. 7.
Rain. 8. Clear: frosty. 9. Frosty and foggy. 10. Frosty: fine. 11—13,
Hazy. 14, 15. Foggy in the mornings: fine. 16—J9. Hazy and cold. 20.
Frosty: fine. 21. Hazy. 22—24. Rain. 25. Very clear. 26. Frosty:
heavy rain at night. 27. Clear. 28. Frosty. 29. Overcast: rain. 30. Rain,
31. Clear and fine.

Boston.— Dec. 1. Fine: rainr.m. 92. Fine: rain early a.m. 3. Fine. 4.
Fine: rain early a.m. 5. Cloudy. 6. Fine. 7. Cloudy: rain early a.m.
8—10. Fine. 11—13. Cloudy. 14—16. Fine. 17,18. Cloudy. 19. Cloudy :
rain p.m. 20,21. Cloudy. 22—24. Rain. 25. Fine: snow early a.m. : snow
pM. 26. Fine: rainep.m. 27,28. Fine. 29,30. Cloudy. 31. Fine.

Applegarth Manse, Dum/fries-shire.—Dec. 1. Dull and cloudy: wetr.m. 2.
Frequent showers. 3. Dulland cloudy: temperate. 4. Cleared up: very mild,
5. Clear sunshine. 6. Dull and cloudy: shower r.m. 7. Generally clear :
shower p.m. 8. Fine day: frosty p.m. 9. Dry, but cloudy. 10. Cloudy and
moist. 11, Clear and frosty. 12. Thick fog a.m.: cleared: moist. 13. Cloudy
and raw. 14. Clear and sharp. 15. Dull and threatening. 16. Fog: cleared
up p.m. 17. Dulland cloudy. 18. Cloudy a.m., but cleared up. 19. Cloudy
and threatening: rain. 20. Raw afterrain preceding evening. 21. Cleared
and cold: wet p.m. 22. Dry and cold, but threatening rain. 23, Dry: still
looking dull, 24. Dry a.m.: moist p.m. 25, Dry and clear: freezing p.m.
26. Wet and stormy till evening. 27. Frosty: ground very slippery. 28.
Frost a.m.: thawed p.m. 29. Clear, but stillsoft. 30. Wet and stormy all day.
31. Showery and unsettled.

“uve |L8.% 6L-0GL-1 “ung | | ble gt LLe L-Z€ |SV-PP S.LE | G-€f| 9-68 | $96-62 8h6-6%| 96-62 | ZP0-0€ | IgT-oF | SL0.0€ | ‘uvary
eee es oul a SS | + [Po | | aa pean ae | SS

GE] ott | coe | ee PPO. “MSM cUTRO) oy paca m Loh! 9¢| OF) of | FF z-9€ | L-09 | 8:9€ | PE-O€ | PE.o€ | 16-62 | Lev-0€ | 109.0€ | 96h-0€ | *1¢O

ey 1 Fog. | Gg. | 28 oh oe oe ce. Shp. 8h) ZE | 1S | z.07|z-gh | 7-LP | -S0-0€ | 99.6% | 25-62 | 691-0£ | E1E-08 | Zer-0F | “ok

bere | Ok fee g0- tee MH | tM ems! cs Sep ivy LE) €b | 6Y ace] g.oF 6-6£ | 66-62 | $8.62 | 02-6%.| SEz-08 8bZ-08 | ZZZ-OL | *6%

1) 20} es fe s+ ems" lunpes| «a | ew - Eee we, SE) GZ} OV | g.ce| g.oF | SEE | S0.0€ | g1.08 | 64-62 | LbZ-0F | EgE-0€ | O€z-0F | *9z

1} pe. fs | cpp. | om feuyea! ea | ems bE| SE S-SE) La} PV | o.0¢|z.6€| 8-PE| 18.6%.) 99-6z | 92-62 | 902-62 | $90-0€ | 299-62 | “Lz

L& (08-1 | ++ | oz. see |saNSS |UTBO) «g 's foe ze; gti Z| IP 8-66 | @-VE L-6Z | G£.6z | 996% | 8-62 | ZLP-62 | 6P6.6z | 816-62 "9%

ZE | tee | wee | eee QT0. | “IN | cas ‘N | ‘MN | 63 f08 GE) 13 | LE |z.pe)\ L.cE| SPE) 96.62 | $9.62 | 62-62 004-62 | £56-6z | 9f9-6z | °ez

LE | * | £0. | 10. LO. | |S | sas) a | op for, OF If | EF lgipl Ppp] SIV) 66.62 | £v-62 | $0.62 318-62 | gLP.6z | 018-62 | “Fs C

9€ " {Ot (£001 Te. | 94 tae | ng | ove bh 6€ 2) a! OF \ 0.98) L-ep| 8-2" | c-62 | 68-6z | £2-6% | 98E-6Z | £6.62 | ZLS.6% "€

cf |" 1G0. 10g. | c+ frame | eas | we | sg ¢ Le & | LE! OF | z.pele.ge| BSE) 19-62 | $6-6z | $L-6% | 886-62 | L6E-0€ | Fo1.0€ | *ze

GE | see fate | nee | cuts lonyeo ‘as | ‘HS | of OV G.9F Of | 8 | 7.¢¢| L.9¢| BSE! co.0¢g | $z-06 | -0€ 012-08 | L6E-0€ | FOF.0¢ | “Iz

CE 1 loo. | ce | tee fom | om sad ‘Ss | 6€ Ob SE gt] EV lErele.ze| 49) oz-08 | 96.6z | 08-62 | £2z-0€ | gFE.0€ | Z61-0€ | ‘oz

OF [80-0 | «++ | eee nee [HST | Ml as | cass iEpe| te] sf) 0% | oP r.ce|¢.9€ | OVE | 66.6z | So.0€ | $8-64 | Zos-0€ | 1Gz.0€ | bzz-0€ | °61

Ze nae eee eee ee ‘as ‘wayeo ‘aN “ASS ce oe ¢.c¢ fe gt 6.0E 9-96 €-¢¢ C1-0¢ £Z-0€ 66-62 [6z-0£ eVve-o£ 91€.0€ “ST

ve ah an wae «ahs “MS juuyeo °N “aS €¢ | L¢ 9f ce Lg P.Se 9-6£ 9.S¢ 0£.0¢ ZE.0F [6-62 GS£-0€ 96£-0£ 99€.0€ ‘Li®

ce ne For ete 8 ies *s yea) — “" ov LE S.0%) 1€ | gF Z-RE | ELF V-ge C£.0€ 64-08 Of | €g£-0£ | 11 P-0€ | 09.0 ‘91

ge Mag eee eee eee "MS oe § “aS "—aIN@ OP ce G.9£ QZ cv 0-17 o-OP 9-07 CZ-0F Ze.0F L6-62 9re.0£ CLE-0F 99£.0€ ‘SI

BE ff ee | see | dee oot len ‘N | “MN ize) 1€ 8) Z€ | OV | g.zh | 6.ch| 8-2" | oF.0€ | PH-0F | 16-62 | 90-08 | 1zb-0€ | .O1P-0F Re!

gt ree eee eee eee “AS ‘aryeo| °M *s cP CP cv L¢ Ov 0-17 L.¥P oC Lt-0€ LL-o€ 06-62 cee.o£ C1v-0€ 9ZE.0£ eI

OE 110.0 | «0+ | Hens coe | Ooms ‘wipe | ‘ms| cms | ch! oP SRE) 6E | SF 9.6¢ | £.PF C17 ST-0£ | 0@-0€ | Z6:6Z.| OSE-0£ | goe-.o€ | ZPE-0€ ol

VE | to | cee | eee | eee | ea mie?) sms | “Ms | 6 'F/% 6€) SE) SP | 7.¢¢] 9.07 | 9-68 | 9z.0¢ | o€-0€ | £8.62 | 12£-0€ | LoP-0€ | $8z-08 tt

| ee oe oman aw Le; 1b 2 Z| bP io. e.ge | LEE) St.o€ | St-0€ | $8-6% zz-0F | o1€-08 | 0gz-0F ‘Ol
PRE pt tt] oe | ct jompea) ace} Same | gel ce! pe] oe | se 6-2 0.17 | SEE | 6z-0€ | LE-0E | £0-0€ 198-08 | 1hP-0€ | ZIP-0F | °6

th Se ere ee Zor. | MS ume wy | my rel og €f! 92! FF 9.LE | L.gh 8-8f | Cp.o€ | SP-0€ | 86-62 OLE-0€ | [oF-0€ | ZOE-0€ 8 »)

EV | 72 | 90- |60- | got. Nm wes ewe | san foe FLE OV) 2) LP | Goplo.gp | 44P | o€.0€ | $2.08 | 08-62 ZLz-0€ | 6LE-0€ | 9Sz-0€ | *L

9f |" | log. | geo. | °s PTS?) a | *s | Ob | SP $98! 62 | LP 3.07 |z-Lb| SIV 60-0€ | a1-0€ | 9.6% 94Z-0€ | Pok-0€ | 9Sz-0F 9

OV (26-0 | * 10. | s+ |N-ms Wun] cm | Sogzp Eb ce | eF 6.96 |9.gh | 6-97 | o1-0€ $8.6z | E€-6% 129-6@ | 1€1-0€ | PE8-6z “$

TV | °** joo. | cs | cee | ems wae “ma | “Ms | OE for GIP) VE | OF | ozpl gop | Ze | ¢¢.6z GV-6% | 0-63 BSS-66 | LE6.6z | P9S-6% b

PE | ott |e | ao, Lic.1 = jeunes) hoon *s oP Lop cy 6¢ | €¢ 0.97 | 0.5 L-OV | G1.6z | Z1-6% | 06:8% | LSV-62 | 9LD-6% VOP-6z *

OV |r [fo |S: | pet. | °S lames) ems! +s isgpl zp) 19) Ph | oS ZF | £5 | 42 | G0.6z | $0-6% | 06-86. ZEP-6z | C6P-6z | PO-6z | *%
(Biakee 1 ae (GB. | oct | "AAS unpRa! ‘ms| ts Ash ier LY | -9P- 9S |2.6h 0.26 Lor £0-6z 62-6% | 20-62 | SVE-6e | LSS.62 766.66} “I O
‘res | 9 FB | ureg | omue| | 8} ce, prdohurng ote “wie eee | ape cac bates cca, | Ge uve to | UN | PN | cures |
Pepuoye ee |e A ‘20g "0H ou "wom jE ac ee ae: ee -say1Sor-yog | UA = a = Pst dey ‘younstyg. | 20S ou ert

- ez S| & |:uopuoy q) Be ‘uopuo’y -sayyuing) BS | MSU | 596 -koxy : wopuorz | OPUS SeHIUING, | vie * pues ‘qquopy
“JUL : * ge
ar “Urey ‘PULA ‘sayoMIOULIEY,L emo bie

‘aurys-sasfuncgy ‘asunyy yptvsajddpy yo avanag ‘AjN Ag pup ‘uozsog yw Tiva A‘tIN 29

MIPID) IY} JO NOSANOHY, “IJ AQ ! NoLUTGOY “I ‘Aunjasoag qunpsisspy ayy hq fyar

fuopuoT tvau ‘ynmsiyy yw hjarz0g younzynaysopzy ay fo

o0g yohoy ay3 fo suaujzindy ayg yo apou suorwasasgQ p00130j0409;2 7

:

+ Ee BEaS.

fo OMI +S

INDEX TO VOL. II.

—_—_~<>_—_—-

ABIES, remarks on the cultivation of
some species of, 163.

Acalypha ciliata, description of, 111,

Achatina, new species of, 253.

Ackama, description of the new genus,

Acontiade, new genera and species of,
336. .
Aigocerus niger, description of, 144.

_ Alseuosmia, description of the new ge-

nus, 209; affinities of, 210.
Amblypterus, a new genus of Caprimul-
gide, 76.
Anguilla latirostris, habits of, 22.
Animalcules, great fertility of, 123 ; mode
of increase of, 123; origin of paramou-
dras from, 161; formation of flint by,
192."

. Annelides, observations on, 424.

Antelope, on a new species of, 143.

Aphroditacez, observations on the Bri-
tish, 424.

Apteryx, anatomy of, 377.

Arachnida, on some new forms of, 1.

Araliacez, New Zealand species of, 213.

Aranea venatoria, singular habits of, 8.

Archiv fiir Naturgeschichte, noticed, 135,
223.

Arion ater, curious habits of, 310.

Arnott, Dr. G. W., on the genus Langs-
dorftia, 36.

Arnott and Wight, Drs., illustrations of
Indian Botany, 111.

Artocarpez, remarks on the family of,
294.

Asclepiadez, on a new genus of, 298.

Asteroidez, new species of, 126.

Atriplex rosea, note on the occurrence of,
480.

Babington, C. C., on the British species
of Lotus, 260; on the Botany of the
Channel Islands, 348, 481.

Ball, J., Botanical notes of a Tour in Ire-
land, with notices of some new British
Plants, 28.

Bat, notes on the hairy-armed, 181.

.. Bateman’s, J., Orchidacez of Mexico and

Guatimala, notice of, 157.

Bell, Sir C., on the nerves of the spine

* and those of the encephalon, 68.

Bennett, J. J., observations on the Gra-
minee, 215; on Polypodium papil-
losum, 218; historical notice of the

poison tree of Java, 295 ; history of the
genus Gunnera, 297.

Bentham, G., Commentationes de Legu-
minosarum Generibus, noticed, 63;
enumeration of the Plants collected by
Mr. Schomburgk in British Gypiana,
105, 441. .

Benthophilus, characteristics of the ge-
nus, 135.

Bevan’s, Dr. E., Honey-Bee, its natural
history, physiology, and management,
reviewed, 293.

Bibron, M., on two species of Triton, 229.

Bignoniacez, on a new genus of, 377.

Birds, figures, and descriptions of new
and interesting species, noticed, 222.

Blyth, Mr., on a peculiarity in the struc-
ture of the feet in the Trogonide, 227.

Botany of the Islands of New Zealand,
44, 125, 205, 356; of the Channel
Islands, 348, 481; Illustrations of In-
dian, 111 ; works of Goethe relative to,
316.

Botanical Notes of a Tour in Ireland,
with notices of some new British Plants,
28.

Botanical Society of Edinburgh, proceed-
ings of, 140.

Botanical Society of London, proceedings
of, 233.

Botanical Travellers, information respect-
ing, 57, 360, 455.

British Association for the Advancement
of Science, notice of the Meetings of,
156.

~ Brown, R., observations on the genus

Polypodium, 215 ; on Ataxia, 218; on
two remarkable Orchideous plants,220;
on the family of Artocarpez, 294.

Brunner, Dr., notice of the collections
made by, 363.

Buffalo, description of a new species of,
285.

Buonaparte, Lucian, Prince of Musignano,
on the Long-tailed Trogon, 72.

Campanulacez, new species of, 49.

Caoutchouc, on the occurrence of in
plants, 27.

Caprimulgidz, on a very singular form
among the, 176; Monograph of the,
noticed, 222.

Cardamine sylvatica, occurrence of, in
England, 235. '

- 484

Carnivora, on the dentition of the, 225.

Carpenter, Mr., on the reproductive
system of vegetables, 142.

Cassinia, description of the genus, 128.

Cathartes aura, habits of, 257.

Catogenus, on several new species of,
396.

Catophractes, description of the new ge-
nus, 375.

Cattle, Wild, of Chillingham Park, de-
scription of the, 274, 284.

Ceratophyllacea, affinities of the, 236.

Chalcidites, description of British, 198,
350.

Chameleon, description of a new species
of, 475.

Cheirotherium, doubtful nature of the
traces of in the new red sandstone, 478.

Christison, Prof., on the preservation of
fruits in the moist state, 141,

Cichoracez, new species of, 125.

Closterium, formation of double gems
in, 123.

Coleoptera, new species of, 112.

Composite, new species of, 107.

Conferve conjugate, formation of double
gems in, 123.

Convolvulacez, new species of, 44.

Cook, Capt. S. E., on the genera Pinus
and Abies, 163.

Cooper, D., on a large variety of Ranun-
culus Flammula, 233 ; on a new princi-
ple of fencing, 234.

Corda’s, M., Icones Fungorum, reviewed,
61, 465; on the anatomy of Hydra
fusca, 78.

Coregoni, remarks on, 268; notes on

Trish, 421.

Cotula, description of the genus, 127,

Couch, J., observations on Wilson’s Pe-
trel, 372; Cornish Fauna, noticed,
305; description of a new Gull, 381;
of the Coronated Lump-fish, 382.

Couchia, description of the new genus,
411.

Crangon vulgaris, metamorphoses of, 178.

Crustacea, metamorphoses of, 178.

Cryptocalyx, description of the genus,
446.

Cunningham, Allan, on the Flora of the
Islands of New Zealand, 44, 125, 205,
356. dj

Curtis’s, J., British Entomology, noticed,
367.

Cuvier, Frederic, notice of the late, 238.

Cygnus, on a new species of, 155.

Cyprinid, notices of new species of,
135.

Dalyell, Sir J. G., on a singular mode of
propagation among the lower animals,
477.

Dassen, M., on the motions of plants,
138, 223.

INDEX.

Deinopis, description of the genus, 8.

Delphinus, on a new species of, 229.

Denny, H., Essay on the British species
of Parasitic Insects, notice of, 139.

Dentition of Carnivora, 225.

Diptera, new species of, 183.

Don, Prof., on a new genus of plants be-
longing to the Bignoniacex, 375.

Dreissing, M., on the genus Tristoma, 77.

DuCane, Capt., on the metamorphoses of
Crustacea, 178.

Dufour, Leon, on the industry and me-
tamorphoses of the Odyneri, 158.

Echinops, description of the new genus,
153

Ehrenberg, Prof., on fossil and recent In-
fusoria, 121; on the organic origin of
the Paramoudras of Norwich, 161.

Eichwald, Prof. E., on the Fauna of the
Caspian Sea, 135.

Ergot, observations on the cause of, 373.

Ericez, new species of, 49.

Eriosoma, remarks on Leach’s genus,
189.

Eupatorium, description of a new species
of, 108.

Evadne Normanni, anatomy of, 136.

Eyton, T. C., on the Fauna of Shropshire
and North Wales, 52.

Falco islandicus, occurrence of in En-
gland, 159.

Falcons, remarks on the Greenland and
Iceland, 241.

Ferns, hybridity in, 236.

Fibres of the muscles and nerves, forma-
tion of the, 191.

Fishes, descriptions of new British, 39,
266, 382, 408; of new Irish, 14, 270;
on the osseous structure of, 69 ; occur-
rence of fossil scales of, in flint, 194.

Fishes of Madeira noticed, 369.

Flint, on the organic remains in, 191.

Forbes, E., on the specific claims of Pri-
mula acaulis veris,,and elatior, 141-; on
the land and freshwater Mollusca of
Algiers, 250.

Forster, Edward, on Ononis antiquorum.
of Linnzus, 95; on the occurrence of
Atriplex rosea, 480.

Freycinetia, description of a new species
of, 220.

Fries, Prof., on the genus Syngnathus,
96; on a metamorphosis observed in
the worm Pipe-fish, 225, 451.

Fritzsche, M., on the structure of pollen,
402.

Fruits, on their preservation in the moist
state, 141.

Fungi, oily fluid in the cells of, 62; hy-
menomycetous structure of, 63.

Fur Seal of Commerce, observations on
the, 81, 309, 478.

Galago, on a new species of, 147.

INDEX,

Gardens of the ancient Hebrews, remarks

- on, 141.

Gardner, Mr., travels in Brazil, 32, 455.

Geniostoma, description of the new ge-
nus, 45.

Gentianex, new species of, 44, 442.

Geological Society, proceedings of, 64.

Gervais, M., on a representative of the
order of -insectivorous - Mammalia,
237.

Giraffe, notes on the anatomy of the Nu-
bian, 148, 227.

Giraud, H., on some peculiarities in the
structure of pollen, 399.

Goethe, notice of his writings relating to
Natural History, 313.

Gould, J., description of the new genus
Amblypterus, 76; on new species of
Ibis and Platalea, 77 ; monograph of

- the Caprimulgide, noticed, 222; on
two new species of Ptilotis, 230.

Gray, J. E., on perforations made by Pa-

‘tella and Pholas, 72; on the walking
of the Seal, 78; on a new species of
Perameles, 143; note on the Wild
Cattle of Chillingham Park, 284; on
new or little known Mammalia, 284 ;
on the Slender-tongued Saurians, 287,
331; on the New Holland Gerboa Rat,

- 8073 on the Fur Seal of Commerce,
309 ; Mr. Hamilton’s reply to,478 ; on
the habits of Arion ater, 310; on the
animal of Modiolus discrepans, 480.

Griffith, W., on caoutchouc ~in plants,
237.

Gull, description of a new British, 381.

Gypaétos, on a new species of, 235.

Haliday, A. H., descriptions of new Bri-

* tish insects, 112, 183.

Hamilton, R., on the Fur Seal of Com-
merce, 81,478; on the gardens of the

‘ ancient Hebrews, 141.

Hancock, J., on the occurrence of Lestris
parasiticus, and of Falco islandicus, 159 ;
of Regulus modestus in Britain, 310;

-remarks on the Greenland and Iceland
Falcons, 241.

Hapalotis albipes, remarks on, 307.

Harris, Capt., on a new species of Ante-

- lope, 143.

Harvey, W. H., on two species of a new
South African genus of Rhizanthee,
385; letters from, 456.

Haxtonia, description of the genus, 127.

Hectarthrum, monograph of the genus,
391.

Hedgehog, on a new species of, 73.

Helix, new species of, 251.

Hemiptera, new species of, 183.

Hindmarsh, L., on the Wild Cattle of
Chillingham Park, 274.

Hoeven, Prof. van der, on the genus Me-

~s nopoma, 230.

‘485.

Hogg, J., on the action. of light on the
colour of the River Sponge, 370.

Honey-Bee, its natural history, physio-
logy and management, reviewed, 293.

Hooker, Sir W. J., on two new Orchi-
deous plants, 329; Icones Plantarum,
noticed, 367; on the occurrence of
Viola lactea, 383.

Hornschuch and ‘Schilling, Drs., on the
specific difference between Limosa
Meyeri and L. rubra, 136.

Horsfield’s, J., Plantee Javanicze rariores,
reviewed, 214, 294.

Hydra fusca, anatomy of, 78.

Hyena, observations on the, 236.

Hymenoptera, new species of, 112.

i et description of the sub-genus,

Icones Fungorum hucusque cognitorum,
reviewed, 61, 465.

Infusoria, fossil and recent, 121; mode
of increase of, 123; flint, partly com-
posed of, 192.

Insects, descriptions of new British, 112,
183; essay on the British species of
Parasitic, notice of, 139.

Isaacson, J. J., observations on the
striped Hyzena, 236.

Jardine’s (Sir W.) Natural History and
Illustrations of the Scottish Salmonide,
noticed, 138.

Java, historical notice of the Upas or
poison tree of, 295,

Jenyns, Rev. L., Notes on the British
Shrews, 43; notes on some German
Shrews, 323.

Johnston, G., on the occurrence of Car-
damine sylvatica, 235; of Nasturtium.
anceps, 235; on the British. Aphrodi-
tacez, 424.

Jones, Prof. R., on the interior organiza-
tion of the polygastric Infusoria, 123 ;
Prof. Ehrenberg’s reply to, 121.

Kangaroo, on a new species of, 229.

Lampronota, description of the new ge-
nus, 120.

Langsdorffia, some account of the genus,
36

Larch, cultivation of, as an improver of
the soil, 177.

Latreillea, new species of, 109.

Leguminose, Mr. Bentham’s work ‘on,
notice of, 63. >

Lepidosiren paradoxa, remarks on, 309.

Lepidosperma, account of a new species
of, 375.

Lepus Hibernicus, description of, 71.

Lestris parasiticus, occurrence of, 159.

Lhotsky, Dr. J., on a new species of Le-
pidosperma, 375.

Liber, formation of the tubes of the, 190.

Light, action of, on the colour of the
River Sponge, 370,

486

Limnoria terebrans, ravages of, 181.

Limosa Meyeri and L. rubra, specific
difference between, 136.

Lindley’s, Prof., Sertum Orchidaceum,
notice of, 157.

Linnean Society, Proceedings of, 372.

Lotus, observations on the British spe-
cies of, 260.

Lovén, M.,on the new genus Evadne, 136.

Lowe’s, Rev. R. T., History of the Fishes
of Madeira, noticed, 369.

Luminosity of the sea, an act of animal
life, 122.

Macaulay, Mr., on the effects of vegeta-
tion on the atmosphere, 141.

Macdonald, Dr., on the osseous structure
of Fishes, 69.

MacLeay, W. S., on some new. forms of
Arachnida, 1.

Mammalia, notices of new and rare spe-
cies of, 146.

Marchantia polymorpha, existence of
Spermatozoa in the anthers of, 138.
Martens, M., on hybridity in Ferns, 236.
Martin, Mr., description of a new Rhi-
nolophus, 72; on a new species of
Hedgehog, 73 ; on the new genus Echi-
nops, 153; on the anatomy of the
Spotted Cavy, 380; on three Chame-

leons, 475.

Meteorological Observations and Tables,
79, 159, 239, 311, 383, 481.

Meyen, Prof., on vegetable Spermatozoa,
138; on the formation of the fibrous
cells in Plants, 190.

Mikania, description of a new species of,

Modiolus discrepans, animal of, 480.

Mollusca, on the land and freshwater, of
Algiers, 250.

Monochirus, on the British species of,
402.

Moseley, Rev. H., on the geometrical
forms of turbinated and discoid shells,
370.

Mosses, Scottish and American, notice of,
157.

Motella cimbria, a new British Fish,. de-
scribed, 39.

Muscicapide, natural arrangement and
relations of the family of, noticed, 64.

Myrmarachne, description of the genus,
10.

Myrsinez, new species of, 47.

Mysis Fabricii, observations on, 178.

Mystropetalon, description of the new
genus, 385.

Nasturtium anceps, occurrence of, 235.

Natterer, Dr. J., on a new anomalous
reptile, 309.

Newcastle Meeting of the British Asso-
ciation noticed, 156.

Newman, E., on the synonymy of Passan-

INDEX.

dra, with descriptions of some new
species, 388.

Nops, description of the genus, 2.

Odyneri, industry and metamorphoses of
the, 158.

Ogilby, Mr., notices of new and rare spe-
cies of Mammalia, 146; on the pecu-
liarities in the structure of the hand of
a new species of Galago, 147; ona
new species of Kangaroo, 229; on the
genus Cheeropus, 232; on some spe-
cies of Kangaroo Rats, 474.

Ononis antiquorum, observations on, 95.

Ooclinium, deseription of a new species
of, 108.

Orchidacee of Mexico and Guatemala,
notice of, 157.

Otiothops, description of the genus, 12.

Owen, R., description of Pleiosaurus
macrocephalus, 64; notes on the ana-
tomy of the Nubian Giraffe, 148, 227 ;
on the organs of deglutition of the
Giraffe, 376; on the anatomy of the.
Dugong, 300; of the Apteryx, 377.

Paine, T., notes on the hairy-armed bat,
181, 481.

Palemon variabilis, metamorphoses of,
178.

Paludina, new species of, 254.

Panopea australis, description of the ani-
mal of, 158.

Patamsecium Aurelia, circular motion of
the inner cells in the, 123.

Paramoudras, organic origin of, 161.

Parnell, Dr. R., on a new species of Bri-
tish Fish, 39.

Passandra, monograph of, 388 ; descrip-
tions of new species of, 393.

Patella and Pholas, on perforations made
by, 72.

Perameles, on a new species of, 143.

Physiology, history, and management of
the Honey-Bee, reviewed, 293.

Pictet, M., on the writings of Goethe re-
lative to Natural History, 313.

Pinus and Abies, remarks on the culti-
vation of some species of, 163. = *
Pipe-fish, observations on, 96; remark-
able peculiarity existing in the sexes
of, 97; metamorphosis observed in,

451.

Pisidium Lumstenianum, description of,
255.

Planorbis, new species of, 254.

Plante Javanice Rariores, reviewed, 214,
294.

Plants, notices of new British, 28; col-
lected by Mr. Schomburgk in British
Guiana, descriptions of the, 105, 441;
on the motions of, 138,223; repro-
ductive system of, 142; occurrence
of copper in, 159; formation of the
fibrous cells of, 190; observations on

ees

INDEX.

the solid materials of, 192; action of
carbonic acid on the nutrition of, 235 ;
existence of caoutchouc ‘in, 237; de-
scriptions of two new Orchideous, 329.

Pleiosaurus macrocephalis, description of,
64; structure of the vertebra of, 66;
affinities of, 68.

Pleurothallis aristata, description of, 329.

Podocarpus, remarks on the genus, 220.

Pollen, on some peculiarities in the struc-
ture of, 399.

Polypodium, observations on the genus,
215.

Potstones, on the organic origin of, 161.

Primula acaulis, veris and elatior, specific
claims of, 140.

Procellaria Wilsoni, account of the, 372.

Quintinia Sieberi, »arasitical growth of,
356.

Rallus aquaticus, nest and eggs of the, 78.

Reade, J. B., on some new organic re-
mains in the flint of Chalk, 191.

Regulus modestus, occurrence of, in Bri-
tain, 310; editor’s remarks on, 311.

Rhizanthez, description of a new South
African genus of, 385.

Rhodona, description of the new genus,

Ronabea, description of the genus, 207.

Royal Irish Academy, proceedings of, 70.

Royal Society, proceedings of, 370.

Royal Society of Edinburgh, proceedings
of, 68.

Rubiacez, descriptions of new species of,
2

Salamander, observations on the gigantic,
of Japan, 230.

Salmonide, natural history and illustra-
tions of the Scottish, notice of, 138.

Sarcorrhamphus papa, habits of, 255.

Saurians, catalogue of Slender-tongued,
287, 331.

Saxifragacex, new species of, 356.

Scales, fossil in flint, 191.

Schimper, M., particulars respecting his
Abyssinian journey, 157, 360.

Schleiden, Dr., on the action of carbonic
acid on plants, 235; on the affinities
of the Ceratophyllacez, 236.

Schomburgk, R. H., on Bertholletia ex-
celsa, 253; on the habits of the King
of the Vultures, 255.

- Seincidee, new genera and species of,
287.

Seals, walking of the, 78; observations
on, 81, 309, 478 ; habits of the, 87.

Selenops, description of the genus, 5.

Senecionide, new species of, 127.

Shells, on the geometrical forms of tur-
binated and discoid, 370.

Shrews, notes on the British, 43; notes
on some German, 323.

Shropshire, Fauna of, 52.

487

Siebold, Dr. C. Th., observations on the
female generative organs of the Ta-
chine, 137.

Smith, J., on the nest and eggs of the
Water Rail, 78; on the cause of Ergot,
373.

Sigalion Boa, description of, 439.

Smith’s, A., Illustrations of the Zoology
of South Africa, noticed, 133.

Snails, curious habits of, 310.

Sowerby’s, J. DeC.,Supplement to English
Botany, noticed, 368.

Spermatozoa, remarks on vegetable, 138 ;
of the Tachine, 137.

Spiders, characteristics of the class of,
and notice of new forms of, 1; certain
species of, devoured by flies, 4.

Spongia fluviatilis, action of light on the
colour of the, 370.

Squirrel, description of a new species of,
226

Stelis foliola, description of, 330.

Swainson’s, W., Natural Arrangement
and Relations of the family of Fly-
catchers, noticed, 64.

Syngnathus, observations on the genus,
96; S. lumbriciformis, metamorphosis
observed in, 225, 451.

Tachinze, observations on the female ge-
nerative organs of the, 137; Sperma-
tozoa in, 138.

Tankerville, Earl of, on the Wild Cattle
of Chillingham Park, 274.

Thompson, W., on Fishes new to Ireland,
14, 270; on the Irish Hare, 70; on
new British Fish, 266, 408; on the
breeding of the Woodcock in Ireland,
337; on the genus Monochirus, 402 ;
on the identity of Trigla Cuculus with
T. Gurnardus, 413; observations on
two species of Gobius, 413; on the
identity of Crenilabrus multidentatus
with Labrus pusillus, 418; notes on
the Irish Coregoni, 421.

Tijdschrift voor natuurlijke Geschiedenis
en Phsiologie, noticed, 368.

Tiliqua, descriptions of several new spe-
cies of, 291.

Trogonide, on a peculiarity in the struc-
ture of the feet of the, 227.

Umbelliferze, new species of, 210.

Upas or poison tree of Java, historical
notice of, 295.

Valenciennes, M., on the animal of Fa-
nopea australis, 158.

Van der Hoeven, Prof., on the genus
Menopoma, 230.

Vegetables, reproductive system of, 142;
on the cause of the motions in, 138,
223; effects of carbonic acid on, 235.

Vegetation, effects of, on the atmosphere,

Verbenacez, affinities of the, 445; de-

A
Bs

488

scription of anew genus and some spe-

cies of, 446.

Vernoniacez, new species of, 125.

Vespertilio Leisleri, notes on the occur-
rence of, 181,481.

Viola lactea, occurrence of, 383.

Vittaclinia, description of the genus, 127.

Vultures, on the habits of the king of the,
255.

Wales, North, Fauna of, 52. :

Walker, F., on British ‘Chalcidites, 198,
350.

Water Rail, nest and eggs of the, 78.

Waterhouse, Mr., on two species of Kan-
garoos, 74; on a new species of Mouse,
76; ona new species of Squirrel, 226;
on a new species of Delphinus, 229 ;
on a new species of Herpestes, 466;
on a new Gerbillus, 467; on several
new Mammalia, 468; on a new Ante-
lope, 472.

Wedelia, new species of, 110.

Wernerian Natural History Society, pro-

ceedings of, 376, 477.

INDEX.

Wiegmann, Prof., Archiv der Naturge-
schichte, notices of, 135, 223; on the
dentition of the Carnivora, 225,

Wiegmann, M., sen., on the occurrence
of copper in plants, 159.

Wight, Dr. R., Icones Plantarum Indize
Orientalis, 369.

Wight and Arnott, Drs., Illustrations of
Indian Botany, 111.

Wood, occurrence of coniferous in flint,
227;

Woodcock, on the breeding of the, in
Ireland, 337.

Xanthidium, occurrence of several spe-
cies of in flint, 162, 194.

Yarrell, Mr., on a new species of Swan,
155; on the occurrence of the Red-
band Fish, 307.

Zoological Society, proceedings of, 72,
143, 226, 300, 376, 466.

Zoology of South Africa, reviewed, 133.

as singular mode of propagation
of, 477,

END OF THE SECOND VOLUME,

ALERE

FLAMMAN,.

PRINTED BY RICHARD AND JOIN E. TAYLOR,

RED LION COURT, FLEET STREET,

™.

b
tla
cin? om!

SOU

cpa
RATE ae
vag ete es

ae Neat ALE
fy ates bot
a re eer rs

: ms ‘
o
epee @
Siar
{eles

we et eet
pera? fs

Lait Pt of
ores
Sotehatg\

a
*
>

LSP t
eta t ay
Haig Pt
po gh pare:
FaR gtd ak
pee

ae SERS

+ Nig. Yen,

tf